Nicholas M. Williams 
 Memorial 
 
 Ethnological Collection 
 
 Boston College 
 Library 
 
 
 

 

 

 
 A 
 ~ New Voyage || 
 
 7 * ROUND THE 
 
 VV ORLD. 
 
 Defcribing particularly, 
 
 The Jfthmus of America, feveral Coatts 
 | and Iflands in the Weft Indies, the Illes 
 of Cape Verd, the Paflage by Tera del Fire: 
 go, the South Sea Coatts of Chili, Perz, and 
 Mexico ;, the Ifle of Guam one ‘of the La-| 
 drones, Mindanao, and other Philippize} 
 and Ef India Iflands, near Cambodia, China, 
 Formofa, Luconia, C elebes, &c. New: Hol- 
 land, Sumatra, Nissho Ifles 5 the Cape-of} 
 Good ‘Hope, and Sumta Helleane> = 
 Ly Eo daly 
 Soil, Rivers, Harbours, Plants, Fruits, “Ani-} 
 mals, and Inhabitants. 
 
 : THEE 3. ar. 
 Cuftoms, Religion, Government, Trade, be. 
 
 : VO. I. 
 By Captain Wiliam Dampier. 
 Illuftrated with Particular Maps and Draughts. 
 Whe Fourty Grttion € ozreties. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 poke = Sig a ne re oe bree a ae a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 TOON: BOON, 
 Printed for Fames Knapton, at the Crown in St Pauls 
 Church-yard. M iss so 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
To the Right Honourable 
 Charles Mountague, E1q; 
 Prefident of the Royal Socicty, 
 
 one of the Lords Commiuiffioners 
 of the Treafury, ee. 
 
 PAR EE 
 M AY it pleafe you to Pardon the 
 
 Boldnefs of a Stranger to your Perfon, 
 if upon the encouragement of Common 
 Fame, he prefiumes fo much upon your Can- 
 dor, as to lay before you this Account of 
 his Travels. As the Scene of them is not 
 only Remote, but for the moft part little fre- 
 quented allo, fo there may be fome things in 
 them New even to you; and fome poflibly, 
 not altogether unufeful to the Publick: And 
 that juft Veneration which the World pays, 
 as to your General Worth, fo efpectally to 
 that Zeal for the advancement of Knowledge, 
 and the Intereft of your Country, which 
 you exprefs upon all Occafions, gives you a 
 particular Right to whatever may any way 
 tend tothe promoting thefe Interelts, as an 
 Offering dueto your Merit. I have not fo 
 much of the vanity ofa Traveller, as to be 
 _ fond of telling Stories, ¢fpecially of this 
 
 era A 2 2 Rind: § 
 
 
 
 
SE ae 
 
 * aa Nt Oe, ee A Ty 
 : + 
 
 The Epiftle Dedicatory. 
 
 kind ; nor can I think this plain piece of 
 mine, deferves a place among your more 
 Curious Collections: much lefs have I the 
 Arrogance toufe your Name by way of Pa. 
 tronage for the too obvious fauls, both of 
 
 the Authorand the Work. Yet dare I avow, 
 
 according to my narrow {phere and poor. 
 abilities, a hearty Zeal for the promoting 
 of ufeful knowledge, and of any thing that ~ 
 may never fo remotely tendto my Countries — 
 advantage: And I muft own an Ambition 
 of trafmitting to the Publick through | 
 your hands, thefe Effays I, have made 
 toward thofe great ends, of which you are 
 fo defervedly efteemed the Patron. This 
 hath been my defign in this Publication, 
 being defirous to bring in my Gleaning, here 
 and there in Remote Regions, to that gene- 
 ral Magazine, of the knowledge of Foreign 
 Parts, which the Royal Society thought you 
 moft worthy the Cuftody of, when they 
 chofe you -for their Prefident : and if in 
 perufing thefe Papers, your Goodnefs fhall 
 fo far diftinguifh the Experience of the Au- 
 thor from his Faults, as to judge him capa- 
 ble of ferving his Country, either imme- 
 diately, or by ferving you, he will endea- 
 vour by fome real proofs to fhew him- 
 felf, 5 Fs RS 3 ! 
 
 Your Moft Faithful, 
 Devoted, Humble Servant, 
 
 W. Damper, 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 B Efore the Reader proceed amy further in the perufal of 
 
 this Work, I muft befpeak a little of bis Patience here, 
 totake along with him this fhort account of it. It w - 
 compofed of a mixt Relation of Places, and Actions, in 
 the fame order of time in swhich they occurred: for which 
 end I kept a Fournal of every days Obfervations. 
 
 In the De{cription of Places, their Produtt, &c. I have 
 endeavoured to give what falisfattion I could to my 
 Country-men ; tho poffibly to the defcribing feveral things 
 that may have been much better accounted for by others : 
 Choofing to be more particular than might be needful, with 
 
 ~ refpett to the int elligent Reader, rather than to omit what 
 I thought might tend to the information of Perfons no lefs 
 Senfible and inguifitive, tho not {0 Learned or Expérienced, 
 For which realon, my chief Care hath been to be as parti- 
 cular as was confiftent with my intended brevity, in fet- 
 ting down fuch Ob[ervables as I met with: Nor have I 
 given my felf any great trouble fince my Return 
 to compare my difcoveries with thofe of others : The ra-. | 
 ther, becaufe, fhould it fo happen that. I have defcribed | 
 ome places, or things which others have done before me, yet q 
 in different Accounts, even of the fame things, it can hard-. | 
 \y be but there will be fome new Light afforded by each of 
 them. But after all, confidering that the main of this 
 Voyage hath its Scene laid in long Tratts of the Remsoter 
 parts bor of the Ealt and Wet Indies , fome of sv bieb 
 a A 3 wery 
 
 
 
' The Preface. 
 weryfeldom vifited by Englilivamen, and others as rarely 
 by any Europeans, I may without vanity incourage the 
 Reader to expett many things wholly new to him, and 
 many others more fully defcribed than he may have feen 
 cllewhere ; for xhich not only in this Voyage, tho it felf of 
 many years continuance, but alfo feveral former long and — 
 diftant Voyages have qualified me, 
 As for the Actions of the Company , among whom I 
 made the greatef part of this Voyage, a Thread of which 
 | I bave carried on thro it, tw mot to divert the Reader 
 ; svith them that 1 mention them, much lefs that I take 
 3 any pleafure in relating them: but for methods fake, and 
 ey for the Readers {atisfattion ; who could not fo well acquie/ce 
 in my Defcription of Places, &c. without knowing the 
 particular Traverfes I made among them ; nor in thefe, 
 without an Account of the Concomitant Circumftances. 
 Befides that, I would not prejudice the truth and _fincerity 
 of my Relation, tho by omijfions only. And as for the 
 Traverfes themfelves, they make for the Readers advan- . 
 tage, bow little foewer for mine ; fince thereby 1 have been 
 the better inabled to gratify his Curiofty ; as one who ram- 
 bles about a Country can give ufually a better account of 
 it, than a Carrier who yogs on to bis Inn, without ever 
 going out of his Road 
 . 4s to my Stile it cannot be expected, that a Seaman 
 : fhould affect Politene{s , for were I ableto dodo it, yer I 
 ‘ think I {hould be little (ollicitons about it, in a work of 
 | this Nature, I have frequently indeed, divefted my (elf of 
 Pw Sea Phrafes, to gratifythe Land Reader ; for which the _ 
 Seamen will hardly forgive me: And -yet, poffibly I fhall — 
 not feem Complaifant enough to the other ; becaufe I till 
 retain the ufe of [uv many Sea terms, I confefs Ihave not 
 been at all {crupulous im this matter, either as to the one or 
 the otber of thefe; for I am perfwaded, that if what I 
 fay be intelligible, it matters not greatly in what words it 
 is exprefs'd, 
 For the fame reafon Ihave not been curious as te the 
 {pelling of the Names of Places, Plants, Fruits, Ani- 
 
 mals, 
 
 
 
 
 
 ERS RS AVP Te ee ye NBS oy tia er Tae ee 
 

 
 
 
 The a 
 
 mals, 8c. which in many of the remoter parts are given 
 
 at the plealure of Travellers, and vary according to their 
 different Humours: Neither have I confined my {elf to [uch 
 Names as are given by Learned Authors, or fo much as 
 enquired after many of them. I write for my Countrymen, 
 and have therefore for the moft part, ufed {uch Names 
 as are familiar to our Englifh Seamen, and thofe of our 
 Colonies abroad, yet without neglecting others that occur’d, 
 As it might Juffice me to have given {uch Names and De- 
 Scriptions as Icould: I hall leave to thofe of more leilure 
 and opportunity the trouble of comparing with thofe which 
 other Authors have affigned. 
 The Reader will find as he goes along, forme References 
 to an Appendix, which 1 once defgned to this Bock ; as 
 toa Chapter about the Winds in different parts of the World , 
 ‘toa Defcription of the Bay of Campeachy im the Weft- 
 Indies, where {lived long in aformer Voyage ; and to 
 a particular Chorographical Defcription of all the South, 
 Sea Cuaft of America, partly froma Spanifh MSS, and 
 partly from my own and. other Travellers Obfervatiens, 
 befide thofe contained in this Book, But (uch an Appendix 
 would have {welled it too unreafonably : and therefore I 
 
 chofe rather to publifh it hereafter by its felf, as opportunity 
 
 fhall ferve. .ind the fame muft be faid alfo to a 
 particular Voyage from Achin inthe Sfle of Sumatra, to 
 Tonquin, Malacca, &c. which fhould have been inferted 
 as part of this General one; but it would have been 
 too long, and therefore omitting it for the prefent, I have 
 carried on this, next way from Sumatra to England ; 
 and fo made the Tour of the World, corre{pondent to the 
 Title. 
 
 For the better apprehending the Courfe of the Voyage, 
 and the Situation of the Places mentioned im it, I have 
 caufed feveral Maps to be engraven, and fome particular 
 Draughts of my cwn Compofure. Among them, there is 
 in the Map of the American Ifthmus, 4 new Scheme 
 of the adjoining Bayof Panama and its Iflands, which 
 to [ome may ecm {uperfluous after that which Mr Ring- 
 
 A 4 role 
 
 
 
 c* 
 a 
 

 
 
 
 e | ~The Preface. 
 grofe hath publifhed~in the Hiffory of the Buca= 
 Neers 3 and which he offers as a very exatt Draught. I 
 vuft needs difagree with him in that, and doubt not but 
 | this which 1 hete publifh will be found more agreeable to 
 that Bay, by any who {hall have opportunity to examine it, 
 for it is acontrattion of a larger Map which 1 took from 
 — feveral Stations in the Bay it felf. The Reader may judge 
 how well Twas able to do it; by my feveral Traverles a- 
 bout it, mentioned in this Book ; thofe, particularly, which 
 are de{cribed in the 7th Chapter, which I have caufed to be 
 marked out with a pricked Line: as the Courle of my 
 - Voyage is generally in all the Maps, for the Readers more 
 ealy tracing it. 
 
 I have nothing more to add, but that there are here and 
 there {ome miftakes made , as to expreffion, and the like, 
 which will need a favourable Correction as they occur up- 
 on Reading. For infeance, the Log of Wood lying out 
 at fome diftance from the (ides of the Boats de{cribed at 
 Guem , and paralled to their Keel, which for diftintions ~ 
 fake I have called the little Boat, might more clearly and 
 properly have been called the fide Log, or by {ome {uch 
 Name ; for though fafbioned at the bottom and ends Boat- 
 
 wife, yet is mot hollow at top, but folid throughout. 
 In. other places alfol may not have expre[’'d my {elf fo 
 fully as Tought : But any confiderrble Omiffion, that I (hall 
 recollect, or be inform'd of, Ifhall endeavour to make up in 
 thofe decounts] have yer to publifh; and for any faults, 
 I heave the Reader to the joint ufe of bis Fudgment and 
 Candour. 4 
 
 ee ga 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 a THE : 
 CONTENTS 
 
 0 ie E Introdudtion, containing the Author's Departure 
 
 from England, into the Weft Indies and the 
 South Seas to the time of his leaving Captain Sharp: 
 
 Chap. I. His Return out of the South Seas, to bis 
 Landing at the Ifthmus of America. 
 
 Il. His Return by Land over the Ithmus. 
 
 Ill. His Traver/es ‘among the Welt India Jflands and 
 Coalts, and Arrival in Virginia. 
 
 IV. His departure for the South Seas again ; bis touchin 
 
 at the Ilands of Cape Verd, and the African Coaft 
 and Arrival atthe sfle of John Fernando in the South 
 Seas, | 
 
 _V. His Courfe thence Northward, tothe Iles Lobos, and 
 Gallapagos, to Caldera Bay, Reo Leja, and Ama- 
 palla, in the K. of Mexico. . 
 
 VI. He goes back towards Peru, to the Ie Plata, Poine 
 Santa Hellena, Manta, Paita, Lobos,- Puna, 
 Guiaquil, and Plata again, 
 
 VII. His Progre{s. Northward again tothe R. Saint Ja- 
 go, Tomacco, the Ie of Galleo, I. Gorgonia, the 
 Pearl Ifles, &c. in the Bay of Panama. 
 
 VILL. Hee proceeds along the Mexican Coaft, to the Keys of 
 Quibo, Rea Lejo, amd the Harbcur of Guatulco. 
 
 YX. He coafts along to Acapula, Petaplan, Efta- 
 pa, Colima, Sallagua, Cape Corrientes: thence * 
 to the Ife of Chametly, Bay of Valderas, Hee of 
 
 ONne- 
 
es Ft ag ae ee eee 
 
 Seiya eee ee ee MME ie 
 Be ; 
 
 
 
 Ay A The Contents. ae 
 “Pontique , other Iles of Chametly ; Maffaclan, 
 Rofario, R. Saint Jago, Santa Pecaque; Iles of 
 ~ Santa Maria, Valderas, and Cape Corrientes, 
 “— again, | 
 X. He ftands over the Southern Ocean for the Eaft 
 Indies, and arrives at Guam, one of the Ladrone 
 Ifles. 
 XI. His arrival at Mindanao, one of the Philippine 
 Sflands , and its Natural State. 
 XI. The Political State of Mindanao. . 
 XIU. Occurences during the Authors flay at Mindanao. 
 XIV. He departs towards Manila, in the Ifle of Luco- — 
 nia ; touching at Bat Ifand, and the Jjle of Mindora, 
 and leaving Luconia,be goes to Pulo Condore,on the 
 Coa of Cambodia, to Pulo Uby, im the Bay of 
 Siam, and to Pulo Condore again. 
 XV. He goes to the Is of St. John on the Coaft of China, 
 tothe Iffes of Pifcadores near Formo fa ; and the 
 Bafhee, or ¢ Ilands, between Formofa and Luconia, 
 called Orange, Monmouth, Grafton, Bafhee, and 
 Goat Tfles. | aa 
 XVI. He Coa/ts along the Eaft fide of Luconia, Min- 
 danao, and other of the Philippines: and touching 
 at the I, Celebes, and Callafufung im the I. of Bou- 
 - ton, bearrives at New Holland. — Pi 
 XVII. He goes thence, touches at the I. Trifte, and 
 another 5 and fteering along the Weft Coaft of Sumatra, . 
 
 arrives at the I. of Nicobar, where he ftays afhore, 
 
 and the Ship departs, 
 
 XVIII. He jPands over from thence in an open Boat to 
 Paffange Jonca; and thence to Achin; and after 
 feveral Traverfes comes to Bencouli, all om the I. of 
 Sumatra. 
 
 XIX. He Ships himfelf for England, and arrives at the 
 
 Cape of Good Hope. 
 
 XX. His departure thence to the J. Santa Hellena, and 
  Aprival in the Downs. 
 
 ‘ Mr, 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 a 
 See ios 
 iii ; i 
 oxo ae Tee 
 v4 
 j 4 a 
 se 
 
 a= ee =i es ei 
 A p OF 
 
 . t 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ll 
 Ly lll BX 
 
 
 
 
 ill 
 
 / We , 
 S 
 
 Z S 
 
 SY ae = 
 
 mth | 
 
 HAC | 
 
 nm 
 
 ’ na a 
 
 Qo | Wi ue ~ 
 
 BS 
 9 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 a — niga — 
 
 i? he. Author's Departure from England. 1 
 42.1679 : 
 i ad 
 
 
 
 
 
 Mr. Wilham Dampter's 
 
 AV SVYAGE. 
 
 RO ON DP er WE 
 
 — Tervettrial Globe: 
 
 
 
 {SS 
 
 The Introduction. 
 
 4 ‘The Authors Departure from England, 
 
 and arival in Jamaica. His firft 
 _ going over the Ifthmus of America in- 
 to the South Seas: Ais coafling a- 
 
 long Peru and Chili, and back again, 
 
 to his parting with Captain Sharp 
 near the Ife of Plata, in order to re- 
 turn over Land. janie 
 
 I Firft fee out of England on this Voyage, at the 
 beginning of the year 1679, in the Loyal Mer- 
 thant of London, bound for Famaica, Captain Knap- 
 ie 018 
 
 
 
 = 
 Soar i 
 
WT The Authors Arrival at Jamaica. 
 42.1679 man Commander. I went a Paffenger, defigning 
 w~vt~ when Icame thither, to go from thence to the 
 
 Bay of Campeachy, in the Gulph of. Mexico , to cut 
 Log-wood: where in a former Voyage I had — 
 fpent about three years in that employ ; and fo 
 was well acquainted with the place and the 
 work. . 
 
 We failed with ‘a profperous gale without any 
 impediment, or remarkable paffage in our Voyage: 
 unlefs rhac when we came’ in fight of the Ifland 
 Hifpaniola, and were coafting along on the South 
 fide of it, by the little Ifles of Vacca, or Afb, I 
 
 _ obferved Captain Knapman was more vigilant than 
 ordinary, keeping at agood diftance off fhore, for 
 fear of coming too near thofe fmalllow Iftands ; 
 
 as he did once, in a voyage from England, about 
 the year 1673, lofing his Ship there, by the care- 
 lefSnefs of his Mates But we fucceeded better ; 
 and arrived fate at Port Royal pe args fome time 
 in April 1679, and went immediately athore. 
 
 [had brought fome goods with me from England, 
 which Lintended to fell here, and ftock my {elf 
 with Rum and Sugar, Saws, Axes, Hats, Stock- - 
 ings, Shoes, and fuch other Commodities, as I~ 
 knew would fell among the Campeachy Log-wood » 
 Cutters. Accordingly I fold my Englifh Cargo at 
 Port Royal; but upon fome maturer confiderations 
 
 eo , of my intended Voyage to Campeachy, I changed 
 fi my thoughts of that defign, and, continued at Fa- 
 . maica ll that year, in expectation of fore other 
 , bufinefs. © . i 
 
 i. I fhall not troub’e the Reader with my Obfer- 
 : vations at that Ifle, fo well known to’ Englifh men: 
 . nor with the particulars of my own Affairs during: 
 E> my ftay there. Buc in fhort, having there made a 
 i : purchafe of a {mall Eftare in Dorferjh re, neat my 
 ed Native Country of Somerfet, of one whofe Title gv 
 
 
 
 
 ps 
 
 
 
 na ee > aoe 
 
 i Bae Seda hin cg Si ct ri 2 sara nls) Ag io RE teas Sc cue 
 ; i ' : Bei in , ! aC : te 
 
 if s 
 
 NT a ee eS 
 
 
 

 
 The Authors firft entring the South Seas, 
 
 Voyage to the Country of the Moskito’s, of whom 
 I fhall fpeak inmy firft Chapter. I was willing to 
 get up fome money before my return, having Jaid 
 out what [had at ‘famaica; fo I fent the Writing 
 of my new Purchafe along with the fame friends 
 whom I fhould have aecompanied to England, and 
 went on board Mr Hobby, 
 
 Soon after our fetting out we came to an anchor 
 again in Negril Bay, at the Welt end of Famaica ; 
 
 but finding there Captain Coxon, Sawkings, Sharp, 
 
 and other Privateers, Mr Hobby’s men all left him 
 to go with them, upon an expedition they had — 
 contrived, leaving not one with him befide my 
 felf ; and being thus left alone, after 3 or 4 days flay 
 with Mr Hobby, | was the more eafily perf{waded to: 
 go with them too. 
 
 It was fhortly after Chriftmas 1679, when we fet 
 out. The firft expedition was to Portcbel; which 
 being accomplifhed, it was refolved to march by 
 Land over the Ifthmus of Darien, upon fome new 
 Adventures inthe South Seas, Accordingly. on the 
 sth of April 168>, we went ashore on the Ifthmns, 
 near Golden Ifland, one of the Sambaloes, to the 
 
 . number of beween 3 and 400 men, carrying with 
 
 us fuch Provifions as were neceflary, and Toys 
 wherewith: to gratify the Wald Indians, through 
 whofe Country we were to pafs. In about. nine 
 days march we arrived at Santa Maria, and took ir, 
 and after a ftay there of about three days, we went 
 on to the South Sea Coaft, and there embarked our 
 felves in fuch Canoas and Periago’s, as our Indian 
 friends furnifhed us withal. We were in fight of 
 
 . Panama by the 23d of April, and having in vain 
 
 attempted Puebla Neva , before which Swwkings , 
 : 7 . : oie EE 
 
 
 
 it I was well affured of. I was juft embarking my 4n1689_ 
 felf for England about Chrifmas, 1679, when one “Ww . 
 _ Mer Hobby invited me to go firft a thort Trading 
 

 
 IV 
 
 
 
 His Coafting along Peru. 
 
 -‘Ag.1680then Commander in chief, and others, were killed, 
 
 
 
 “wwe made fome ftay at the Neighbouring Ifles of 
 
 Quibo. 
 
 Here we refolved to change our courfe, and 
 ftand away to the Southward for the Coatft of Pers. 
 Accordingly we left the Keys or Ifles of Quibo 
 the 6th of fune, aud fpent the reft of the year in 
 that Southern courfe; for touching at the Ifles 
 of Gorgonia and Plata, we came to Yo, a {mall 
 Town on the Coaft of Peru, andtook ite This 
 was in Ofober, and in November we went thence 
 to Coquimbo on. the fame Coat, and about Chri/t- 
 mas were gotas faras the Ifle of Fobn Fernando, 
 which wasthefartheft of our Courfe to the South- 
 
 ward. 
 
 After Chriftmas we went back again to the 
 Northward, having a defign upon 4rica, a ftrong 
 Town advantageoufly fituated in the hollow of 
 the Elbow , or bending of the Peruvian Coaft: 
 But being there repulfed with great lofs, we con- 
 tinued our courfe Northward, till by the middle of 
 April we were come in fight of the Ifle of Plata, a 
 little Southward to tke Equinodtial Line. 
 
 [have related this partof my Voyage thus fur- 
 marily and concifely, as well becaufe the World’ 
 hath accounts of it already, in the relations that 
 Mr Ringrofe and others have given of Captain sharp’s 
 Expedition, who was made chief Commander , 
 upon Sawking’s being kill’d; as alfo, becaufe in 
 the profecution of this Voyage I fhall come to 
 {peak of thefe parts again, upon Occafion of my 
 going the fecond time into the South Seas: and — 
 fhall there defcribe at large the places both of © 
 the North, and South America, as they occurred 
 to me. And for this reafon, that I might a- 
 void needlefs Repeticions, and haften to fuch 
 particulars, as the Publick hath hitherto had 
 no ‘accouut of, I have chofen to comprize the 
 ? Relation 
 
 
 
f 
 
 His Company difagree. Vv 
 Relation of my Voyage hitherto, in this fhort4.168x 
 compafs, and place it as an Introduction before “ws 
 the reft, that the Reader may the better per- 
 ceive where I mean to begin to be particular ; 
 for there I have placed the Title of my firft Chap- 
 
 ter. 
 All therefore that I have to add to the Intro- 
 du@ion, is this ; That while we lay at the Ifle of 
  Fobn Fernando , Captain Sharp was by general 
 confent, difplaced from being Commander; the 
 Company being not fatisfied either with his Cou- 
 rage or Behaviour. In_ his ftead Captain Watling 
 was advanced: but he being killed fhortly after 
 before Arica, we were without a Commander during 
 all the reft of our return towards Plata.Now Watling 
 being killed, a great number of the meaner 
 fort began tobe as earneft for choofing Captain 
 Sharp again into the vacancy , as before they 
 had been as forward as any to turn him out: 
 And on the other fide, the abler and more expe- 
 rienced men , being altogether diffatisfied with 
 Sharp's former Condu&, would by no means con- 
 fentto have him chofen. In fhort, by that time 
 we were come in fight of the Ifland Plata, the 
 difference between the Contending Parties was 
 grown fo high, that they refolved to part Compa- 
 nies ; +having firft made an Agreement, that which 
 Party foever fhould upon Polling appear to have 
 the Majority. they fhould keep the Ship: And the “4 
 other fhould content themfelves with the Launch or 
 Long boat, andCanoas, and return back over the 
 Ifthmus, or go to feek their fortune other ways, as 
 they would. | 
 
 Ac { 
 
 
 
Babe 2k) ei A edi Baie tiie eh tiltilara! ely (rind Jae motes a Sehr Se ee Pe ee ee eee en) ee 
 
 <? 
 
 i oF -_ Heleaves Captain Sharp. 
 ‘An:681 Accordingly we put it to the Vote; and upon 
 
 wy~— dividing, Captain Sharp’s party carried it. I,who 
 had never been pleafed wich his management, 
 though I had hitherto kept my mind to my felf, 
 now declared my felf on the fide of thofe that were . 
 Out-voted ; and according to our agreement, we - 
 
 D. took our fhares of fuch Neceffaries, as were fit to 
 
 ‘ip carry over Land with us, (for that was our Refolu- 
 
 tion ;) and fo prepared for our Departure. - 
 
 = THE 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 . 2 i 7 - ae = peee dis. i 3 
 % : : ; 
 4 
 ’ 
 “ 
 . 
 ‘ 
 bo 
 f * 
 . ' 
 as . 
 , 
 * . 2 
 , 
 , 
 a ‘i oti Ps ‘ — 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Lace these between the Lulruduclon & oF 
 
 I rhe South Sea Coa/t of the Isthmus of | 5 
 | AMERICA to the west of Panama | | 
 Se ee ee 
 
 
 
 
 The Wartlft Sea cB hel shawls 
 of AMERICA to the west of Portobel 
 ————— 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 20, bo 
 
 ary Ay 
 "efua Teal: Miles ae 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 Fal : Afiles 
 
 
 
 
 7 Nica 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 eye TS > wee SN OF PH 
 i = S Dios- to Fey —S IT} ee int panballas, 
 
 ee : cet eae Wee 3 2 Sa 
 S att ‘Ss a & 4 2° P32‘, E32. 3 Tee 
 
 = ; +€24 ; Fos vu72. 
 hss ee te ¢: =a Ly ry = Ss ee , 
 72 - me Sis, -. Se Sek IW : 24 S er i =e 5 oe: xe “s E A 
 
 a. Gout 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ij ts oe ey Fey att a se, 
 i. DARIEN, en Ere; 5 OT” 
 j 4 , oe ‘a My ‘ 
 a = a 
 pe Pur 
 Ai re ye = y 
 | =3 [ra ete ee BES . 
 a “D2 A RAT EAN a Az, 
 
 ‘e 
 
 S 
 
 , 
 
 Se 
 
 ye 
 Re 
 7 
 CY 
 
 y] 
 
 
 
 ST aio aria a ae ewe SS 
 
 a ) 
 vii 
 
 " 
 
 
 
 
 
 Ri 
 
 
 
 
 
 “ Mareen re os callers wie 
 ; THE SouTH SEA (Bim 
 
 Carachina 3 
 

 
 ay ae ee ey ee ee ee as) ee te CN ee he Se Oe 
 
 ee ene ts Na nn OY 
 
 Wn. 1684 
 
 
 
 
 
 THE 
 
 TRAVELS 
 
 OF 
 
 Mr. Wiliam Dampier. 
 
 
 
 
 
 GH As Pew, 
 
 An Account of the Authors Return out o 
 the South Seas, to bis Landing near 
 
 Cape St Lawrence, in the Ithmus of 
 Darien ; With an Occafional Deferip- 
 
 tion of the Moskito Indians. 
 
 leads 17th 1681. about Ten a Clock in 
 4. the morning, being 12 leagues N. W. from 
 the Ifland Plata, we left Captain Sharp and 
 thofe who. were willing to go with him in the 
 Ship, and: imbarqued into our Lanch and Ca- 
 noas, defigning for the River of Santa Maria, in 
 the Gulf of Si Michael, which is about 200 leagues 
 from the Ile of Plata. We were in number 44 
 white Men who bore Arins, a Spanifh Indian, who 
 bore Arms alfo ; and two Moskito Indians, who al- 
 : . oe. AR ways 
 
 | 
 
 
 
 ee 
 
 ee 
 
 
 
2 
 
 See eee one” es er re 
 
 
 
 
 
 The Authors Return out of the South Seas, 
 
 _An.1681 ways bear Arms amongft the Privateers, and are 
 
 =~ much valued by them for ftriking Fifh, and Turtle 
 
 or Tortoife, and Manatee or Sea Cow ; and 5 
 Slaves taken in the South Seas, who fell to our 
 fhare. 
 
 The Craft which carried us was aLanch,or Long 
 Boat, one Canoa, and another Canoa which had 
 been fawn afunder, in the middle, im order'to have 
 made bumkins, or Veffels for carrying water, ifwe 
 had not feparated from our Ship. This we joyn’d to- - 
 gether again and made it tight; providing Sails to 
 helpus along: And for 3 days before we parted, we 
 fifted fo much Flower as we could well carry, and 
 rubb'd up 20 of 30 pound of Chocolate,with Sugar 
 to fweeren it ; thefe things and a Kettle the Slaves 
 carried alfo on their backs after we landed. And 
 becaufe there were fome who defigned to go with 
 us that we knew were not well able to march, we * 
 gave out, that if any man faultred in the Journey 
 over Land he nauft expedét to be thot to death; for 
 we knew that the Spaniurds would foon be after us, 
 and ene man falling into their hands might be the 
 ruin of us all, by giving an account of our ftrength 
 and condition: yet this would not deter ‘em from 
 going with us. We had buclittle Wind when we 
 parted from the Ship; but before 12 a.clock the _ 
 Sea-breeze came in ftrong, which was like to founder 
 us before we got in with the fhoar ; for our fecurity 
 therefore, we cut up an old dry Hide that we 
 brought, with us, and barricadoed the Lanch all 
 round with it to keep the water out. About roa 
 clock at night we gotin about 7-leagues to wind- 
 ward'of;Cape Paffao under theZéme, and then it: 
 provedicalm ; and we lay and drovevall night, be- 
 ing fatigued the preceeding day. The 18th day 
 we had little wind till the afternoon; and then 
 we made fail, ftanding ‘along! the thore to the 
 Northward, having the wind at $. S. W. and: fair 
 weather. . TS sein At 
 

 
 The Authors Returz, &c. 
 
 
 
 At 7a clock we came abreft of Cape Paffao, and An.1681 
 found a {mall Bark at an Anchor in a {mall Bay tow 
 
 Leeward of the Cape,which we took,our own Boats 
 being too {mall to tranfport us. We took her juft 
 under the Equinodtial Line, fhe was not only ahelp 
 to us, but in taking her we were fafe from being 
 _ defcribed : we did not defign to have meddled with 
 any when we parted with our conforts, nor to have 
 feen any ifwe could have helped it. The Bark 
 came from Gallio laden with Timber, and was 
 bound for Guiagiul. | 
 
 The 19th day inthe morning we came to an an- 
 chor about 12 leagues to the Southward of Cape Sr. 
 Francifco, to put our new Bark into a better trim.In _ 
 3 or 4 hours time we finifhed our bufinefs,and came 
 to fail again, and fteered along the Coaft with the 
 Wind at S. S. W. intending to touch at Gugonia. 
 
 Being to the Northward of Cape Sz. Francifco we 
 met with very wet weather ; but the wind conti- 
 nuing wearrived at Gorgonia the 24th day in the 
 morning, before it was light; we were afraid to’ 
 approach it in the day time, for fear the Spaniards 
 fhould lie there for us, it being the place where we 
 careened lately, and where they might expec us. 
 
 When we came afhore we found the eres 
 - been there to feek after us, by a Honfe they had 
 built, which would entertain 100 Men, and by a 
 great Crofsbefore the Doors. This was tokene. ~ 
 nough that the Spaniards did expect us that day a- 
 gain ; therefore we examined our Prifoners if they 
 “knew and thing of it, who confeffed they had 
 heard of a Pereago, (or large Canoa) that rowed 
 with 14 Oars, which was kept in a River onthe’ 
 Main, and once in 2 or3 days came over to Gor. 
 gonia purpofely tofee forus ; and that having dif- 
 covered us, fhe wasto make all {peed to Panama’ 
 _ with the News ; where they had 3 Ships ready to 
 
 -fend-after us, 
 B x We 
 

 
 The Authors Return out of the South Seas. 
 
 “An.1681 | We lay here all the day, and {crubb’d our new 
 | ~v~ Bark, that if ever we fhould be chafed we miight 
 
 the better efcape ; we filled our Water, andin the 
 evening went from thence, having the Wind at 
 S. W.a brisk gale. 7 
 
 The 25th day we had niuch Wind and Rain, and 
 we loft the Canoa that had been cut and was join- 
 ed together ; we would have kept all our Canoas 
 to carry usup the River, the Bark not being fo con- 
 venient. 
 
 The 27th day we went from thence with a mo- 
 derate gale of Wind at S. W. In the afternoon we 
 
 . had exceflive Showers of Rain. 
 
 The 28th day was very wet all the morning ;_be- 
 twixt 10 and r1itclearedup, and we faw two great 
 Ships about a league and half to the Weftward of us, 
 ‘we being thentwo leagues from the fhore, and about 
 Yo Jeagues to the Southward of point Garrachina. 
 Thefe ships had been cruifing between Gorgonia and 
 the Gulf 6 months ; but whether our Prifoners did 
 know it I cannot tell. 
 
 We prefently furled our Sails, and rowed in clofe 
 under the fhore, knowing that they were Cruifers ; 
 for ifthey hadbeen bound to Panama this Wind 
 would have carried them thither ; and no Ships 
 bound from Panama come on this fide the Bay, but 
 
 -keep the North fide of the Bay till as faras the Keys 
 of Quibo to the Weftward ; and then if they are 
 bound to the Southward they ftand over,and many 
 ‘fetch Galleo, or betwixt it and Cape St Francifco. 
 
 The Glare did not continue long before it rained 
 again, and kept us from the fight of each other : 
 but if they had feen and chafed us, we were re- 
 folved ro run our Bark and Canoas afhore, and take 
 ouc felves to the Mountains and travel over Land ; 
 ~ for we knew that the Indians which lived in thefe - 
 
 -— parts never-had any Commerce withthe Spaniards ; 
 
 fo we might have had a chance for our Lives. a 
 
 <7 
 
An account of the Moskito Indians 5 
 
 The 29th day, at 9 aclockin the morning, we 47.1681 | 
 came to an Anchorat Point Garrachina, about 7 ~~~ 
 leagues from the Gulf of Sz. Michael, which was — | 
 the place where we firft came into the South Seas, a 
 and the way by which we defigned to return. } 
 
 Here we lay alltheday, and went afhore and , 
 dried our Cloaths, cleaned our Guns, dried our Am- 
 munition, and fixt our felves againft our Enemies, 
 if we fhould be attack’d ; for we did expeét to find | 
 fome oppofition at Landing: we. likewife kept a | 
 good Look-out all the day, for fear of thofe two | 
 Ships that we faw the day before. 
 
 The 30th day inthe morning at 8 aclock we 
 came into the Gulf of St Michael's mouth ; for we 
 put from Point Garrachina in the Evening, defigning 
 to have reached the Iflands in the Gulf before day ; 
 that we might the better work our defign of avoid- 
 ing our Enemies, if we fhould find any of them 
 waiting to {top our paffage. ey 
 
 About 9a clock we cameto an Anchor amile 
 without a large Ifland, which lies 4 miles from the | 
 mouth of the River ; we hadother fmall Iflands 
 without us, and might have gone up into the River, 
 having a ftrong tyde of flood, but would not adven- 
 ture farther till we had lookt well about us. ’ 
 
 We immediately fent aCanoa afhore on the ie 
 Ifland, where we faw (what we always feared) a | 
 Ship at the mouth of the River, lying clofeby the 
 
 . fhore, and alarge Tent by it, by which we found ic 
 would be a hard task for usto efcape them. 
 
 When the Canoa cameaboard with this news, 
 fome of our men were alittle dijheartned ; but ic 
 was no more than I ever expected. 
 
 Our care was now to get fafe over Land, feeing | 
 we could not land here according to our .défire : 
 Therefore before the Tyde of flood wasfpent, we 
 manned our Canoa and rowed again to the Ifland, 3 
 to fee if the Enemy was yet in motion, When we a 
 
 | Bo 
 
 3 came 
 
 
 
wee s ~ co) Soe er. toe re Pen wre see Ne ee ee eee 
 r : rom ' ays 
 
 6 — The Authors Return ont of the South Seas. 
 
 - An.:681 came ashore we defperfed our felves all over the 
 “v~ Ifland, to prevent our Enemies from: coming any 
 way to view us;and prefently after high-water 
 we faw aimall Canoa coming over from the Ship 
 to the [flandthat we were on; which made us all 
 _getintoour Canoa, and wait their coming ; and 
 we lay clofe till they came within Piftol-fhot of us, 
 and then being ready, we ftarted out and took 
 them. There were in her one white man andtwo 
 Indians ; who being examined, told us that the Ship 
 _ which we faw at the Rivers mouth, had lain there 
 fix months, guarding the River, waiting for our 
 coming ;that fhe had 12 Guns and 150 Seamen 
 and Souldiers: that the Sea-men all lay aboard, 
 but the Souldiers lay afhore in their, Tents ; that 
 there were 300 men at the Mines, who had all 
 fmall Arms, and\ would be aboard in two Tydes 
 time. They likewife told us, that there were two 
 Ships cruifing in the Bay, between this place and 
 Gorgonia ; the biggeft had 20 Guns, and 200 Men, 
 the other <o Guns and 150 men: Befides all this, 
 they told us that the Jzdians on this’ fide the Coun- 
 “try were our Enemies ; which was the worft news 
 of all. However we prefently brought thefe Pri- 
 foners aboard, and got under fail, turning out 
 with the Tyde of Ebb, for it was not convenient 
 to ftay longer there. 
 
 We did not long confider* what to do ; but in- 
 tended to land that night or the next day betimes ; 
 for we did not queftion but we fhould either get a 
 good commerce with che Indians, hy fuch toys as 
 we had purpofely brought with us, or elfe force 
 our way through their Country, in {pight of all 
 their oppofition: and. we did not fear what thefe 
 Spaniards could do againft us, in cafe they fhould 
 land and’come afterus.. We hada ftrong Souther- © 
 ly Wind, which blew right in ; and the Tyde of 
 Ebb being farfpenr, we could not rerurn eo 3 
 Fees 
 
= oe 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Ax account of the Moskito Indians. ~ g @ 
 I perfwaded them to run into the River of Congo, An.1681_ 
 which is a large River, about three leagues from ~v~ — 
 the Iflands where we lay ;, which with a Southerly 
 Wind we could have done : and when we were got 
 fo highas the Tide flows, then we might have 
 landed. But all-the arguments I could ufe were 
 not of force fufficient to convince them that 
 there wasa large River fonearus, but they would 
 land fomewhere, they neither did know how, 
 ‘where, nor when. 
 When we had. rowed and: towed ‘againft the 
 _ wind all night ; we juft gor about Cape Sz. Lorenzo 
 in the morning 3 and failed about 4 miles farther to. 
 the Weftward, and run into a {mall Creek within 
 two Keys, or little Iflands, and rowed up tothe 
 head of the Creek, being about a mile up, and 
 there we landed May 1: 1681. 
 We got outall our Provifion and Cloaths, and 
 then funk. our. Veffel. ; 
 
 While. we; were landing, and fixing our Snap- ~~ 
 facks. to march,.our Moskito Indians ftruckia plenti- 
 ful difh of .Fish,.which we immediately dreft, and 
 therewith fatishied our hunger... ary 
 
 Having made mention of the Moskito Indians, it 
 may not be amifs to conclude this Chapter with a 
 Short accountiof them, ‘They are tall, well. made, 
 raw-boned.,.lufty, ftrong, and nimble..of foor ; 
 long vifaged, lank: black hair, look ftern, hard fa- 
 vour d, and. of a dark Copper-colour Complexion, 
 hey are but afmall Nation or Family, and not 
 too men of them in number, inhabiting on the 
 ‘Main, on the North fide, near Cape Gratia Dios; 
 between... Cape Honduras and Nicaragua; They are 
 -Very ingenious.at throwing the Lance, Fifgig, Har- 
 -poon, orany manner of Dart, being bred to it from 
 their Infancy.; for the Children imitating their Pa- 
 ‘rents, never go abroad without a Lange in their 
 hands, which they throw. at any objet, sil] ufe hath | 
 
 4 > pads 
 
 
 

 
 The Authors Return,” &e. a 
 
 An 1681 made them maftess of the Art. Then they learn to 
 vw put bya Lance, Arrow, or Dart; the manner is 
 
 thus. Two Boys ftand at fmall diftance, and 
 Dart a blunt ftick at one another ; each of them: 
 holding a fmall flick in hisright hand, with which 
 he ftrikes away that which was dartedat him. As 
 they grow in years they become more dexterous 
 and courageous, and then they will ftand a fair 
 mark, to any one that will fhoot Arrows at them ; 
 whichthey will put. by witha very fmall ftick, no 
 bigger than the rod ofa Fowling-piece ; and when 
 they are grown tobe men, they will guard them- 
 felves from Arrows, tho they come very thick at 
 them, provided two do not happen to come at 
 once. They have extraordinary good Eyes, and 
 will difcry a Sail .at Sea farther, andfee any thing 
 better than we. Their chiefeft employment in 
 their own Country is to ftrike Fifh, Turtle or 
 Manatee, the manner of whichI defcribe elfewhere, 
 Chap. 3. For this they areefteemed and coveted 
 by all Privateers ; for one or two of themina 
 Ship will maintain roo men:So that when we careen 
 our Ships, we choofe commonly fuch places, where 
 there is plenty of Turtle or Manatee for thefe Ado/- 
 kitomen to ftrike; and it is very rare to find Pri- 
 vateers deftitute of one or more of them, when 
 _ the Commander, or moft of the men-are Englifh ; 
 \ but they do not love the French, and the Spaniards 
 
 ‘| they hate mortally. When they comeamong Pri- 
 
 vateers, they get the ufe of Guns, and prove very 
 good Marks-men : they behave themfelves very 
 bold in fight, and never feem to flinch nor hang 
 back ; for they think that the white men with 
 whom they are, know better than they do when it 
 is beft to fight, and let the difadvantage of their 
 party be never fo great, they will never yeild nor 
 give back while any of their party ftand. I could 
 néver perceive any Religion nor any Ceremonies, 
 
 | Or 
 
> ee eC are ye aee ce au We eee eae . Bs» a he hi Fa a Bde (pate gi 
 An account of the Moskito Indians. ae 
 
 or fuperftitious Obfervations among them, being 42.1681 ~ 
 ‘ready to imitate us in whatfoever they faw usdo at~“V™ 
 any time. Only they feem to fear the Devil, whom : 
 they call illefaw ; and they fay he often appears | 
 to fome among them, whom our men commonly 
 call their Priefts, when they defire to {peak with 
 him on urgent bufinefs ; but the reftknow notany |. 
 thing of him, nor how he appears, otherwife than 
 asthefe Priefts tell them. Yet they-all fay they 
 mult not anger him, for then he will beat them, 
 and that fometimes he carries away. thefe their | 
 Priefts) Thus much I have heard from fome of _ 
 them who fpeak good Englifh. 
 
 They marry but one Wife, with whom they live 
 tilldeath feparatesthem, At their firft coming to- 
 gether, the man makes a very {mall Plantation, for 
 there is Land enough, and they may choofe what 
 {pot they pleafe. They delight to fettle near the 
 Sea, or by fome River, forthe fake of {triking Fith, 
 their beloved Imployment. ’ 
 
 Far within Land there are other Indians, with 
 whom they are always at War. After the man 
 hath'cleared a fpot of Land, and hath planted it, 
 “he feldom> minds it afterward, but leaves the ma- 
 naging of itto his Wife, andhe goes out a ftriking - x 
 ‘Sometimes he feeks only for Filh, at other times | 
 for Turtle, or.Manatee, and whatever he gets he 
 brings home to his Wife, and never ftirs out to 
 feek for more tillicis eaten. Wher hunger begins 
 to bite, he either takes his Canoa and feeks for 
 more game at Sea, or walks out into the Wocds, 
 and hunts about for Peccary, Warree, each a fort 
 of wild Hogs, or Deer ; and feldom returns empty 
 handed, nor feeks for any more fo’ long as any of 
 ‘itlafts. Their Plantations are fo {mall, that they 
 cannot fubfift with what they produce : for their 
 largeft Plantations have not above 20 or 30 Plan- 
 tain-Trees, a bed of. Yams and Potatoes, a wi 
 
 0 
 
 
 
Exo An account of the Moskito Indians. 
 _ (An.168t-0F Indian Pepper, and a {mall fpot of Pine-apples ; 
 w-ye~ which laft fruicis a main thing they delight in, for 
 with thefe they make a fort of drink which our 
 men call Pine-drink, much efteemed by thefe AZs- 
 kito’s, andto which they invite each other to be 
 merry, providing Fifhand Flefh alfo. Whoever of 
 them makes of this Liquor treatshis Neighbours, 
 making alittle Canoa fall at time, and fo enough 
 to make them all drunk ; and it is feldom that fuch 
 Feafts are made, but the party that makes them 
 hath fome defign, eicher to.be revenged for fome 
 4 injury done him, or to debate of fuch differences 
 ) as,have hapned between him and his neighbours, 
 4 and to examine into thetruth of fuch matters. Yet 
 : before they are warmed with drink, they never | 
 fpeak one wordgof their grievances : and the wo- 
 men, who commonly know their Husbandsdefigns, © 
 prevent them from doing any injury to each other 
 by hiding their Lances, Karpoons, Bows and Ar- 
 rows, or any other weapon that they have. 
 
 Thefe Moskito’s are in general very civil and kind 
 to the Engljh, of whom they receive a great deal 
 of refpeét, both when they are aboard their Ships, 
 and: alfo afhore, either in. ‘famaica, or elfewhere, 
 whither © they often come -with» the Seamen. 
 We always humourcthem, Jetting them go-any 
 whitheras they will, and return to:their Country 
 4n any Veffelbound that way, if they pleafe. They 
 will have'the’ management: of/themfelves in their 
 ftriking, and will goin their own little Canoa, 
 which our men couid nor goin without danger of 
 overfetting : nor will they thenlerany white man 
 come in their Canoa, but will go aitriking init 
 ee juft as they pleafe : All which we allow them. For 
 Ee fhould we crofs them; tho they fhould fee Shoals of 
 ‘Fish, or -Turtle, or the like, they will purpofely 
 itrike their Harpoons) and Turtle-irons: afide, or fo 
 glance them as tokill nothing. They-have no spe | 
 16 Q 
 
 
 

 
 ee Wee ta ce ORR EMRE RE OPES OD ee PRE RO eTco 
 
 An account of the Moskito Indians. If 
 
 of Government amonft them, but acknowledge the 42.1681 
 King of England for their Soveraign. They learn “WY 
 ‘our Language, and take the Governor of Fa- | 
 maica to be one of the greateft Princes in the 
 World. 
 
 While they are among the English, they wear 
 good Cloaths,and take delight to go neat andtight; 
 but when they return again to their own Country 
 they put by all their Cloaths, andgo after their own 
 Country fathion, wearing only a{mall piece of Lin- 
 nen tyed about their waftes, hanging down to their 
 Knees. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Il. 
 CHAP il 
 
 The Author'sLand Journey fro the South to 
 the North Sea, over the Terra Firma, or ' 
 Ifthmus of Darien. Sire | 
 
 Rr landed, Aday the 1ft, we beganour march 
 i} about 3a Clock in the Afternoon, directing © 
 
 our courfe by. our Pocket Compafies N. E, and 
 
 having gone about 2 miles, we came to the foot of 
 
 a hill where,we builefmall Hutts and lay all night ; 
 
 having eXceflive Rains till 12 a Clock. 
 
 The 2d dayin the morning having fair weather 
 
 we afcended the Hill, and founda. {mall dian 
 
 path, which we followed till we founditrun too 
 
 much Eafterly, add then doubting it would carry. 
 
 “us out of our way, weclimb’d fome of the highett 
 
 Trees on the Hill, which was not meanly furnifh- 
 
 ~ ed withas large and tall Trees as ever Ifaw: At 
 
 length we difcovered fome Honfes. in a Valley.on 
 
 the North fide of the Hill, butit being fteep could 
 
 : not 
 
 
 

 
 i a Pu 
 joe 
 Sita: &) 
 
 
 
 
 
 A Journey over the Ifthmus of America. 
 
 (An. 681n0t defcend on that fide, but followed the {mall 
 
 Se eae Oe 
 
 Si y 
 
 “v™ path which ledus down the Hill on the Eaft fide, 
 
 where we prefently found feveral other Indian 
 Houfes. The firft that we came to at the foot of 
 the Hill, hadnone but women athome, who could 
 not {peak Spanifh, but gave each of us a good Cala- 
 bath or Shell full of Corn drink. The other Houfes 
 had fome men at home, but none that {poke Spanifh ; 
 yet we made fhiftto buy fuch food as their Houfes 
 or Plantations afforded, which we dreft, and eat 
 all together ; having all forts of our Provifion in 
 common, becaufe none fhould live better than others, 
 or pay dearer for any thing thanit was worth. This 
 day we had marched 6 mile. 
 
 In the eveningthe Husbands.of thofe women 
 came home, andgold us in broken Spanifh that they 
 had been on board of the Guard Ship, which we fled 
 from two days before, that we werenow not above 
 3 mile from the mouth of the River Congo, and 
 that they couldgo from thence aboard the Guard 
 Ship im half a Tydes time. , 
 
 This evening we fupped plentifully on Fowls, 
 and Peccary ;a fort of wild Hogs which we bought 
 of the Indians ; Yams, Potatoes, and Plantainsferved 
 us for Bread , whereof we had enough. After Sup- 
 per we agreed with one of thefe Indians to guide us 
 a days march into the Country, towards the North 
 fide ; he was to have for his pains a Hatchet, and his 
 bargain was to bring usto a certain Indians Habita- 
 tion, who could {peak Spanijh ; from whom we were 
 in hopesto be hetter, fatisfied of our Journey. ~ 
 
 The 3d day having fair weather, we began to 
 
 ftir betimes, and fet out between 6 and 7a clock, 
 
 marching through feveral old ruined Plantations. 
 This morning one of our men being tirea gave us 
 
 the flip. By 12 a clock we hadgone 8 mile, and 
 
 arrived at. the Indians houfe, wholived on the bank 
 ofthe River Congo, and {pake very good Spanifh ; to 
 | whom 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 Fourney over the Ifthmus of America. ae 
 
 whom we declared the reafon of this vifit. An.1681 
 
 At firft he feemed to be very dubious in enter. “4 
 taining any difcourfe with us, and gave very im- | 
 pertinent anfwers to the queftions that we demand- 
 ed of him ; he told us he knew no way to the 
 North fide of the Country, but could carry us to 
 Chapo, or Santa Maria, which we knew to be 
 Spanifh Garrifons; the one lying to the Eaftward 
 of us, the other to the Weftward: either of them 
 at leaft 2omiles out of our way. We could get no 
 other anfwer from him, and all his difcourfe was 
 -infuch an angry tone as plainly declared he was 
 not ourfriend. However, we were forced to make 
 a virtue of neceflity, and humour him, for it was 
 neither time nor place to be angry with the Indians 5 
 all our liveslyingintheir hand. 
 
 We were now at a great lofs, not knowing what 
 courfeto take, for we tempted him with Beads, 
 Money, Hatchets, Macheats, or long Knives; but 
 ~ nothing would work on him, tillone of our men 
 took a Sky:coloured Petticoat out of his bag and 
 put ic on his wife; who was fo much pleafed 
 with the Prefent, that fhe immediately began to 
 chatter toher Husband, and foon brought him into 
 better humour. He could then tell us that he 
 * knew the way tothe North fide, and would have 
 
 gone with us, but that he had cut his foot 2 days 
 
 before, which made him uncapable of ferving us 
 himfelf: But he would take care that we fhould 
 not want a guide; and therefore he hired the fame 
 Indian who brought us hither, to conduc us 2 days 
 march further for another Hatchet. The old man 
 would have ftayed us here all the day, becaufe ie 
 rained very hard ; but our bufinefs required more 
 hafte, our Enemies lying fo near us, for he told us 
 that he could go from his houfe aboard the Guard- 
 Ship ina Tydes time ; and this was the 4th day 
 . fince they faw us. So we marched 3 mile farther, 
 and 
 
 
 

 
 PREM oneee 
 
 f 4 «A Fourney over the Ifthmus of America. 
 
 
 
 Ani 681 and then built Hutts, where we ftayed all night ; 
 
 
 
 ie ee — 
 
 tt rained all the afternoon, and the greateft part © 
 ; the night. 
 
 The 4th day we began our march betimes, for 
 the forenoons were commonly fair, but much rain 
 afternoon: tho whether it rained or fhined it was 
 much atone with us, for J verily believe we croft 
 the Rivers 30 times this day: the Indians having no 
 paths to travel from one part of the Country to 
 another: arid therefore guided themfelves by the 
 Rivers. We marched this day 12 miles, and rhen ~ 
 built our Hutt, and lay down tofleep ; but we al- 
 ways kept two men upon the.watch ; otherwife our 
 own Slaves might have knockt us on the head while 
 we flept. It rained violently all the afternoon, 
 and moft part ofthe night. We had much ado to 
 kindle a fire this evening : our Hutts were but very 
 mean and ordinary,‘and our fire fmall, fo that we 
 could not dry our Cloaths, fcarce warm our felves, 
 and no fort of food for the Belly ; all which made 
 ic very hard withus. Iconfefs thefe hardfhips quite 
 expell’d the thoughts of an Enemy, for now having 
 been 4 days inthe Country, we began to have buc 
 few other cares than to get Guides and. Food, 
 the Spaniards were feldom in our thoughts. 
 
 The sthday we fet out in the morning betimes, 
 and having travelled 7 miles in thofe wild pathlefs 
 Woods, by 10 aclockin the morning we arrived 
 at ayoung Spani{h Indian's Houfe, who had former- 
 ly lived with the Bilhop of Panama. The young 
 Indian was very brisk, fpoke very good Spanifh, and 
 received us very kindly, This Plantation afforded 
 us ftore of Provifion, Yams, and Potatoes, but no- 
 thing of any flefh, befide 2 fat Monkeys we fhot, 
 part whereof we diftributed to fome of our Com- 
 pany, who were weak and fickly ; for others we 
 got Eggs, and fuch refrefhment asthe Indians had, 
 
 for we ftil! provided-for the fick and weak, We 
 
 haa: 
 

 
 A Fourney over the thmus of America. 
 
 had a Spanifh Indian im our Company, who firft took Aire 9 
 up Arms with Captain Sawhings, andhad been with wns 
 
 us ever fince his death. He was per{waded tolive 
 here by the mafter of the Houfe, who promifed 
 him his Sifter in marriage, and to be afliftant to 
 him in clearing a Plantation ; but we would not 
 confent to part from him here, for fear of fome 
 treachery, but promifed to releafe him in two or 
 three days, when we were certainly out of danger 
 of ourEnemies. We ftayed here all the Afternoon, 
 ond dryed our Cloaths, and Ammunition, cleared 
 our Guns, and provided our felves for a march the 
 next morning. af ; 
 
 Our Chyrurgeon, Mr Wafer, came to a fad difafter 
 here. being dryinz his Powder, a carelefs fellow 
 pafled by with his Pipelighted, and fet fire to his 
 
 Powder, which blew upand {corch’dhis Knee ; and 
 
 reduced him to that condition that he was not able 
 to march ; wherefore we allowed him a Slave to 
 carry his things, being all of us the more concerned 
 at the accident, becaufe lyable our felves every mo- 
 
 ment to misfortune, and none to look after us but - 
 
 him. This Indian Plantation was feated on the bank 
 of the River Congo,in a very fat Soyl, and thus far we 
 might have come in our Canoa, if I could have per- 
 {waded them to it. 
 
 The 6thday wefet out again, having hired ano- 
 ther guide. Here we firft croft the River Congoin a 
 Canoa, having been from our firftLanding onthe 
 Weft fide of the River, and being over, we march- 
 
 ed to the Eaftward 2 mile, and came to another 
 
 River; which we forded feveral times, though ic 
 was very deep, Twoof our men were not able to 
 keep company with us, but came after us as they 
 were able. The laft time we forded the River, ic 
 
 _ wasfodeep, that our talleft men ftood in the deep- 
 
 eft place, and handed the fick, weak, and fhore 
 men ; by which: means we all gotover fafe, ex- 
 cept 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 een ee eee rn _ * le i ie ee 4 me a 
 
 . O86 A Journey over the lfthmus of America. 
 _(An.168t cept thofe two who were behind. Forefecinga _ 
 wy neceflity of wading through Rivers frequently in our 
 
 Land march, I took care before I left the Ship 
 to provide my felfa large Joint of Bambo, which 
 . J ftopt at both ends, clofing it with Wax, fo as to 
 keep out any Water. In this I preferved my Jour- 
 nal and other Writings from being wet, tho I was 
 often forced tofwim.When we were over this River 
 we fat down to wait-the coming of our Conforts 
 who were left behind, and in half an hour they 
 came. But che River by that time was fo high, 
 _ that they could not get over it, neither could we 
 help tlrem over, but bid them be of good comfort 
 and ftay till the River did fall: But we marched 
 2 milefarrher by the fide of the River, and there 
 buile our Hutrs;having gone this day 6 miles. We 
 : had {carce finifhed our Hutts before the River rofe 
 much higher, and overflowing the Banks, obliged 
 usto remove intohigher ground : But the night 
 came on before we could build more Hutts, fowe 
 lay flraggling in the Woods, fome under one Tree, 
 fome under another. as we could find conveniency, 
 which might have been indifferent comfortable if 
 the weather had been fair ; but the greateft part of 
 the night we had extraordinary hard Rain, with 
 much Lightning and terrible claps of Thunder. 
 Thefe hardihips and inconveniences made us all 
 carelefs, and there was no Watch kept, (tho I be- 
 lieve no body did fleep:) So our Slaves taking this . 
 Opportunity, went away in the night ; all but one, 
 who was hid in fome hole, and knew nothing of 
 their defign, or elfe fell afleep. Thofe that went 
 away carried with them our Chyrurgeons Gun and 
 all his Money. 
 
 The next morning being the 8th, day we went 
 tothe Riversfide, and found it much fallen ; and 
 here our Guide would have us fordit again, which 
 being deep, and the current running {wift, we could 
 
 : not 
 
 
 

 
 A Faurney over the \thmus of America. 
 
 not. Then we contrived to {wim over ; thofe 47.1681 
 that could not fwim, we were refolved to help o- “wo 
 
 ver as well as we could: But this was not fo feiza- 
 ble: for we fhould not be able to get all all our things 
 over. At length we concluded to: fend one man 
 over with a Line, who thould hale over all our 
 things firft, and then get the men over. This be- 
 ing agreed on, one George Gajny took the end of a 
 Line‘and made it faft about his Neck, and left-the 
 other end afhore, and one man ftood by the Line; 
 to clear it away to him. But when Gayny was in 
 the midft of the water, the Line in drawing after 
 him chanezd to kink, or grow entangled ; ‘and he 
 that ftood by to clear itaway, ftope the Line, which 
 
 turned Gayny onhis back, and he that had'the Line | 
 
 in hishand threw it all into the River after him, 
 thinking he might recover himfelf ; but the, ftream 
 running very {wift,and the man having three hun- 
 dred Dollars at his back, was carried down, and 
 never feen’ more by us. Thofe two men whom 
 we left behind the day before, told us afterwards 
 that they found him lying dead in a Creek, where 
 the Eddy had driven him afhore, and the Money 
 on his back ; bat they meddled not with,any of ir, 
 being only in care how to work their way through 
 ‘a wild unknown Country. This put a period to 
 that contrivance. This. was the fourth man. tha¢ 
 we loft in this Land-Journey ; for thofe two men 
 that we left the day before did not come to us till 
 we were in the North Seas, fo we yielded them alfo 
 for loft. Being fruftrated of getting over the River 
 this way, we looked about for a Tree to fell acrofs 
 the River. At length we found one, which we 
  ¢ut down, and it reached clear over : on this we 
 pafled to the other fide, where we found a fmall 
 Plantain walk, which we foon ranfack.. . |. 
 
 2 While we were bufy getting Plantains our Guide 
 
 was gone, but in lefs than two hours came,to;.us — 
 * ie CC ‘. 
 
 ey a ee fag ae Nee coe ORE Re NOS TT TN meet Pe NE A ee Ny PALMER NT 6 VERS ETT: Cairo Ged! SMR Fee RET A cia rr aida eh tal lie ok ale td | nd tt oe 
 . ee) es NG 3 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 18 A ‘fourney over the Ifthmus of America. 
 An.168t again, and brought with him an old Indian, to 
 —\—~ whom he delivered up his charge ; and we gave him 
 a Hatchet and difnift him, and entered our felves 
 under the condu@ of our new guide . who imme- 
 diately led us away, and croft another River, and 
 entered into a large Valley of the fatteft land I did 
 ever take notice of; the Trees were not very thick, 
 but the largeft thar I faw in all my travels: We faw 
 great tracks which were made by the Pecaries, but 
 faw none of em.We marched in this pleafantCoun- 
 try till 3a clock in the afternoon, in all about 4 
 Miles, and then arrived at the old mans Country- 
 houfe, which was only a habitation for Hunting : 
 there was a {mal} Plantain walk, fome Yams, and 
 Potatoes. Here we took upour quarters for this 
 day, and refrefhed our felves with fuch food as the 
 place afforded, and dryed our Cloaths and Ammu- 
 nition, At this place our young Spani{h Indian pro- 
 vided to leave us, for now we thought our felves 
 paft danger. This was hethat was perfwaded to 
 {tay at the laft houfe we came from, to marry the 
 young mans Sifter ; and we difmifs‘d him accord- 
 ing to our promife. 
 
 The gth day the old man conducted us towards 
 his own habitation. We marched about 5 milesin . 
 this Valley ; and then afcended a Hill, and travel- — 
 led about ¢ miles farther over. two or theee {mall 
 Hills; before we came to any fettlement. Half a 
 
 _ mile before we came to the Plantations we light of 
 a path,which carried us tothe /ndians habitations.We 
 {aw many woodenCroffes erected inthe way,which 
 created fome jealoufy in us that here were fome 
 Spaniards’: Therefore we new primed all our Guns, 
 and provided our felves for an Enemy ; but coming — 
 into the ‘Town found none but Indians, who were 
 all got together in a large houfe to receive us : for 
 the old man had a little boy with him, that he fent 
 before. © 
 MID y They 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 ~~ ie oo 
 
 
 
 A. Fourney over the \fthmus of America. 19 
 _ They made us welcome to: fuch as they had, 4n.168r 
 which was very mean; for thefe were new Planta- ~W~4 
 tions, the Cornbeing not eared. Potatoes, Yams, ———- 
 and Plantains,they had none,butwhat theybrought «5 , 
 from their old Plantations. There wasnone of ~~ ~~" 
 thera {poke good Spanifh: Two young men could 
 fpeak a little, it caufed us to take more noticeof ‘oY = 
 them. To thefe we made a prefent, and defired/) . {25 
 them to get us a Guide to condué us to the North, 
 fide, or part of the way, which they promifed to 
 do themfelves, if we would reward them for ic, 
 but cold us we muft lye ftill che nextday. But we 
 thought our felves nearer the North Sea than we 
 were, and propofed to go without a Guide, rather 
 than ftay here a whole day: However fome of 
 our men who were tired refolved to ftay behind ; 
 and Mr Wafer our Chirurgeon, who marched in 
 great pain ever fince his Knee was burned with 
 powder, was' refolved to ftay with them. 
 The tenth day we got up betimes, refolving to 
 march, but the Indians oppofed it as much as they 
 could, but feeing they could not perfwade us to’ 
 itay, they came with us; and having taken leave of 
 our friends, we fet out. | 
 Here therefore we left.the Chirurgeon and two 
 more, as we faid, and marched away tothe Eaft- 
 ward following our Guides. But we often look’d 
 on our Pocket Compafles, and fhewed them to the 
 Guides, pointing at the way that we wou’d go, 7 
 which made them fhake their heads, and fay, they __ : 
 were pretty things, bat not convenient for us... Af- 
 ter we had defcended the Hillson which the Town: 
 ftood we came, down into a Valley, and guided’ 
 ourtelvesby.a River, which we croffed 22 times ; 
 and having.marched 9 miles,.we built Huts and: 
 lay there all night: This evening I killed aQuaum, 
 a large Bird as’ bigas a Turkey, wherewith’ we: 
 treated our Guides , for we brought no’ Provifion' 
 © 2 vicky’ 
 

 
 
 
 A Fourney over the Ifthmus of America. 
 
 4n.1681 with us. This night our laft Slave run away. 
 
 The eleventh day we marched ro mile farther, 
 and built Hutts at night; but went fupperiefs to 
 bed. 7 
 
 The twelfth in the morning we crofled a deep 
 River, pafling over it on a Tree, and marched 7 
 mile in a low fwampy ground ; and came to the fide 
 ofa great deep River, but could not get over. We 
 built Huts upon its Banks and lay there all night, 
 upon our Borbecu’s, or frames of Sticks, raifed a- 
 bout 3 foot from the ground. 
 
 The thirteenth day, when we turned out, the 
 River had overflow'd its Banks, and was 2 foot deep 
 in our Hutts, and our Guides went from us not tel- 
 ling us their intent, which made us think they were 
 returned home again. Now we began to repent 
 our “hafte in coming from the fettlements, for 
 we had no food fince we catne from thence. Indeed 
 we gor Macaw-berriés in this place, wherewith we 
 fatisied ourfelves this day though courfly. 
 
 The fourteenth day in the morning betimes, our 
 Guides*camne tO Us again; andthe Waters being 
 fallen. within ‘ their bounds, they carry’'dus toa 
 ‘Tree that ftood onthe Bank of the River, and 
 told usif we could fell chat Tree crefs it, we might 
 pafs; if not, we could pafs no further. Therefore 
 we fet two of'the beft Ax-men that we had, who 
 feil’d<it exa@ly-crofs the River, and the boughs juft’ 
 reached over; on this we pafled'very fafe. We’ 
 afterwards croffled:another River three times, with’ 
 much difficulry, and:at’3.a clock in the afternoon’ 
 we''came to an Imdianfettlement, where we meta’ 
 drcveof Monkeys, and killed 4 of them, and ftay-' 
 ed here all night) having marched this day 6 miles.’ 
 Here we got Plantains enough,and a kind recepti-: 
 on of: the. /edianm that lived here all alone, excepe 
 one Boy to wait/on him. Brod 
 
 F ‘The 
 
A ‘Fourney over the \fthmus of America. 21 
 
 The fifteenth day when we fet out, the kind 421681 _ 
 
 Indian and his Boy went with usin aCanoa, and »w~~ 
 “fetusover fuch places as we could not ford: and 
 being paft thofe great Rivers, he returned back a- 
 gain having helped us at leaft 2 mile. We marched ~ 
 afterwards 5 mile, and came to large Plantain walks, 
 where we took up our. quarters that night; we 
 there fed plentifully on Plantains, both ripe and 
 green, and had fair weather all the dayand night. 
 I think thefe were the largeft Plantain-walks, and 
 the biggeft Planrains that ever I faw, but no houfe 
 near them : We gathered what we pleafed by ou: 
 Guides orders, 
 
 The fixteenth day we marched 3 mile, and cam?2_ 
 
 to a large fettlement, where we abode all day: 
 Not a man of us but wifht the Journey at an end; 
 our Feet being bliftered, and our Thighs ftripe with 
 wading through fo many Rivers ; the way being al- 
 moft continually throughRivers,or pathlefs Woods. a 
 In the afternoon five of us went to feek for game, 
 and killd 3 Monkeys, which we dreft for Supper. 
 Here we firft began to have fair weather, which 
 _ continued with us till we came to the North Seas, 
 
 The eighteenth day we fet out at 10 a Clock, ; 
 and the Indians with 5 Canoas carried us a league up 
 a River ;and when we landed,the kind Indians went 
 with us and carried our burthens. We marched 3 
 mile farther and then buile our Hutts, having tra- 
 yelled from the laft fettlements 6 mile. ‘i 
 _ The nineteenth day our Guides lofi their way, 
 and we did not march above 2 mile. | 
 
 The twentieth day by» 12.a Clock we came to 4 
 Cheapo River... The Rivers we croft hitherto run all <i 
 Into the South Seas ; and this of Cheapo was the Jatt | 
 Wwe met with that run that way. Here an old. man. | 
 who came from the laf fectlements, diftributed his, a 
 burthenof Plantains among us,and taking his leave | 
 returned home. Afterward we forded the River, 
 C 3 : and 
 
 
 

 
 22 
 
 
 
 A Fourney over the Ifthmus of America. =~ 
 
 /n.168t andmarched to the foot of avery high Mountain, 
 —v~™ where we lay all night. This day we marched a- 
 
 eh as | far je 
 
 
 
 bout 9 miles. 
 
 The 21ftday fomeof the Indians returned back, 
 and we marched up a very high mountain ; being 
 on thetop, we went fome miles on a ridge,and fleep 
 on both fides ; then defcended a little, and came to 
 a fine Spring, where we lay all night, having gone 
 this day about 9 miles, the weacher ftill very fair 
 and clear. 
 
 The 22d day we marched over another very 
 high Mountain, keeping on she ridge 5 miles. 
 When we came to the North end, we,to our great 
 comfort,faw the Sea ; then we deicended and part- 
 ed our felves into 3 Companies, and lay by the fide 
 of a River, which was the firftwe met that runs 
 into thé North Sea. 
 
 The 23d day we camethrough feveral largePlan- 
 tain walks , and at 10 4 Clock came to an Indian 
 habitation, nor far from the North Seas. Here we 
 got Canoas to carry us down the River Conception to 
 the Sea fide ; having gone this day 7 miles. We 
 found agreat many Indians at the mouth of the 
 River.They had fettled chemfelves here for the be- 
 nefit of Trade with the Privateers ; and their Com. 
 modities were Yams, Potatoes, Plantains, Sugar, 
 Canes, Fowls, and Eggs. 
 
 The Indians told us, that there had been a great 
 
 -many Englifh and French Ships here, which were all 
 
 gone but one Barcolonge, a French Privateer that lay 
 at La Sounds Key or Hland. This tfland ts about 3 
 leagues fiom the mouth of the River Conception, and 
 is one of the Samballoes, a range of Iflands reachin 
 for about 20 leagues, from_ point Samballas to Gol- 
 den ifland Fahward. Thefe Iflands or Keys,as we 
 call them, were firft made the Rendezvous of Pri- 
 vateeis inthe year 1679, being very convenient 
 for careening, and had names piven to fome of 
 | | them 
 
 ——~ a. > << ee | Oe ee Ye, ee ee eS ee eS ee a oe ee Vere eee, oa le 
 oF roms = 
 
 
 

 
 A Fourney over the Ifthmus of America. — 
 
 them by the Captains of the Privateers: as this.4m.168; 
 et a ed 
 
 La- Sounds Key particularly. 
 
 Thus we finifhed our Journey from the South Sea 
 to the North in 23 days ; in which time by my ac- 
 count, we travelled 110 miles, crofling fome very 
 high Mountains ; but ourcommon march was in 
 the Valleys among deep and dangerousRivers. At 
 our firft landing in thisCountry, we were told that 
 the Indians were our Enemies ; we knew the Rivers 
 to be deep, the wet feafon to be coming in ; yer, 
 excepting thofe we left behind, we loft but one 
 man, who was drowned asI faid. Onur firft land- 
 ing place on the South Coaft was very difadvanta- 
 
 -geous, for we travelled at leaft fifty miles more 
 
 than we need to have done,could we have gone up 
 Gheapo River, or Santa Maria River; for ateitherof 
 
 thefe places a man may pafs from Sea toSeain 3 
 days time with eafe. The Indians can do itina 
 day anda half, by which you may fee how eafy !t 
 is for a party of men to travel over. I muftconfefs 
 the Indians did afiift us very much, and I queftion 
 whether ever we had gor over without their affift- 
 ance, becaufe they brought us from time to time 
 to their Plantations, where we always got Provifi- 
 on, which elfe we fhould have wanted. But ifa 
 party of soo, or 600 men, or more were minded 
 to travel from the North to the South Seas, they 
 may do it without asking leave of the Indians ; tho 
 it be much better to be friends with them. 
 
 On the 24th of Aay,(having lain one night at the 
 - Rivers mouth) we all went aboard the Privateer, 
 who lay at La Sounds Key. It was a French Veilel, 
 Captain Triftian Commander. The firft thing we 
 did was to get fuch things as we could to gratifie 
 our Indian Guides, for we were refolved to reward 
 them totheir hearts content. This we did by gi- 
 ving them Beads, Knives, Sciffars, and Looking- 
 glaiies, which we bought of the Privateers Crew ; 
 . C4 and 
 
 nt ee 
 
 
 
 c 
 4 
 j 
 ‘ 
 4 
 
, “The Authors Arrival, at the North Seas. 
 An..68tand half a Dollar a man fromeach of us ; which 
 » “-v~= we would have beftowed in goods alfo, but could 
 not ger any, the Privateer having no more toys.. 
 _  Fhey were fo well fatished with-thete, that they 
 ee returned with joy to’cheir friends ; and were very. - 
 kind to our Conforts whom we. left behind ; as 
 Mr Wafer our Chyrurgeon aod the reft of; them 
 told us, when’they came to us fome months after- 
 _ wards, as {hall be faid- hereafter. 
 : —. Pmight. have given: a further account of feveral 
 z -  thingsrelating to this Country ; the Inland parts of. 
 a which-are fo little known tothe Europeans. Bug | 
 4 fhall leave this: province to Mr Wafir, who made a 
 se. longerabode in it than I ; and is better able to do 
 a i¢ than’any map that | know, and is now PreParing 
 _ > a patticular Defcription of this Country fo, the 
 
 , Prefs a ae 
 
 t yihe 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ectiaden it 
 
 orem, 
 
 CPN eA re 
 
 
 
 )—aee Ne oe 
 
cecal 
 = 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Place this a P. 24. : 
 
 
 
 a Map of the 
 Middle Part 
 
 
 
 aN - GULPH OF SA s 
 ABIES € AY ae a 1 ze ca Islands a 
 Htaffaclan SS Ze ort 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c. Corrienteg © —_-Z 
 
 ‘eb 
 
 
 
 
 
 Moos fg, @ the Cari 
 
 
 
 
 
 aa eid 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 S Bok 
 

 
 OE ED AM PETE 
 
 he Authors cruifing with the Privateers in the 
 ' North:Seas on the Weft India Cocft. They go 
 to the Iffe of St. Andreas. Of the Cedars 
 
 P 
 J oie & 
 4 
 
 __there.The Corn Mflands,azd their Inhabitants. 
 
 ~ Bluefields River, and: an account of the Ma- 
 - matee there, or Sea-Cow 3 with the manner 
 how the Moskito Indians Ail them, and Tor- 
 toife,&e, The Maho tree... The Savages of 
 Boeca-toro. He touches again. at Point Sam - 
 ballas,aed its Iflands. The Groves of Sapadil- 
 _laes there, the Soldiers Infect, a#d Mancha- 
 
 Indians wear it 5 Mozaftery of Madre de Po- 
 
 _ pa, Rio Grande, Santa Martha Towz, and 
 
 the high Mountain there ;Riola Hacha Jown, 
 
 _ Rancho Reys, avd Pearl Fifhery theres the 
 
 Indian Izbabitants and Country, Dutch Je 
 
 _ of Querifao, &c. Count D’Eltrees uufortunate 
 
 Expedition thither. Ife of Bon Airy. Ife 
 
 gy of Aves, the Booby and Man of War Bird : 
 Sh 
 
 
 
 ‘@ Pain’s Adventure here. » Little Ile of Aves, 
 The Ifles Roca’s 5 the Noddy avd Tropick 
 
 oy ‘Bird, Mineral Water, Fug Birds 5 the Man. ae 
 _. grove Trees, black, red, and white. Wfleof °° — ;. 
 
 _ Tortuga, its Salt Ponds. Ife of Blancos the 
 Guano Animal, their Variety 3 and the beft 
 
 ©) Weft Indies. The Coaft of Caraccus, dts re- 
 cs a 
 
 igaca 
 
 
 
 
 
 -neel Tree, The River of Darien, avd the Wild — 
 
 the Wreck of D’ Eftree’s Fleet, and Captain © 
 
 - Sea Tortoife. Modern Alterations in the 
 
 Hw arkable 
 
 
 

 
 
 4) afc oes >i Dene Bie ee on. = 
 ss eka ven Toes an ee 
 
 
 
 fF °96 Privateers in the North Seas. 
 
 a An 681 markable Land, and Produé of the beft Cacoa 
 
 Sw Nuts. The Cacao defcribed at large with the 
 
 ‘ Husbandry of it. City of Caraccos. La Guaire 
 
 Fort and Haven. Town of Comana. Verina, 
 its famous beft Spanith Lobacco. The rich Trade. 
 of the Coaft of Caraccos. Of the Sucking Fifh, 
 or Remora.Lhe Authors Arrival ix Virginia. 
 
 
 
 ’a"He Privateer on board which we went being 
 now cleaned, and our Indian Guidesthus fatis- — 
 fy’'d and fet afhore, we fet fail in two days for 
 
 Springer’s Key, another of the Samballoes Ifles, and 
 about’? or 8 leagues from La Sound’s Key. Here 
 
 lay 8 fail of Privateers more, viz. 
 
 Capt. Coxov, Io Guns, 100 Men. 
 
 Capt. Payne, Io Guns, 100 Men./ Englifh Com- 
 
 Capt.Wright,! | Guns. 40 Men manders and 
 
 aBarcolongo } bard Soa Englhifhmen, 
 
 Capt. Williams,a fmal\ Barcolongo. 
 
 Capt. Yankes a Barcolongo, 4 Guns, about 60 Men, 
 Exglifh, Dutch, and French ; himfelfa Dutchman. 
 
 Capt. Archemboe, 8 Guns, 4c Men. / FrenchCom- __ 
 
 Capt. Tucker, 6 Guns, 70 Men. ¢ manders and 
 
 : Capt. Rofe, a Barcolongo. Men. 
 
 4 3 An hour before we came to the Fieet, Captain 
 Wright, who had been fent to Chagra River, arrived © 
 at Springers Key, with a large Canoa or Pereago 
 Jadén with Flower, which he took there. Some of 
 the Prifoners belongingto the Pereago, came from 
 Panama not above 6 days before he took her, and 
 told thenews ofour coming over land, and like- 
 wife related the condition and ftrength of Panama, 
 which was the main thing they enquived after ; for 
 Capiain Wright was {ent thither :purpofély toget a 
 Prifoner that was able to inform them of the 
 
 ftrength of that City, becaufe thefe Privateers de-— 
 figned to joynall their force, and by the afliftance 
 
 r of 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 > ae ’ at a. 
 
 
 
 The Privateers Intelligence, 27 
 
 _ Of theIndians,(who had promifed to be theirGuides) 42,1681 
 ‘to march over land toPamama; and there isno other “WW 
 - way of getting Prifoners for that purpofe, but by 
 abfconding beween Chagra and Fortabell, becaufe 
 
 there are much Goods brought that way from Pana- 
 
 ma ; Apeciaily when the Armado lyeth at Portabe/l. 
 
 All che Commanders were aboard of Captain Wright 
 
 when we came into the Fleet ; and were mighty 
 inquifitive of the Prifoners to know the truth of 
 
 what they related concerning us, But as foon as 
 
 they knew we were come, they immediately came — 
 aboard of Captain Trifian, being all overjoyd to fee 
 
 us, for Captain Coxon, and many others, had left us 
 
 in the South Seas about 12 months fince, and had 
 
 never heard what became of us fince that time. 
 They enpuired of us what we did-there ? how we 
 
 lived ? how far we had been ? and what difcoveries 
 
 we made in thofe Seas? After we had anfwered 
 
 thefe general queftions, they began to be more par- 
 
 ticular; in examining us concerning our paflage 
 through the Country from the South Seas. We re- 
 lated the whole matter , giving them an account of 
 the fatigues of our march, and the inconveniencies 
 
 we fuftered by the rains;and difheartned them quite. 
 from that defign. ee 
 Then they propofed feveral other palaces where _ 
 
 fuch a party of men as were now got together mighe 
 | make a Voyage ; but the objetions of fome or other 
 
 fiiil hinder’d any proceeding ; For the Privateers 
 
 have an account of moft Towns within 20 leagues 
 
 of the Sea, on all the Coaft from Trinidado down to 
 
 LaVera Cruz ; and are able to givea near guefs of 
 
 the ftrength and riches of them: For they make it 
 
 their bufinefs to examine all Prifoners that fall into 
 
 their hands, concerning the Country, Town, 
 or City that they belong to; whether born 
 
 there, or how long they have known it ¢ how ma- 
 py families, whether moft Spaniards ? or obi ais 
 the 
 
~~ ‘ol as ee OP 
 
 
 
 
 
 Se oe i ee, as Pama t Sy 
 
 : - Pee 
 28 Cruifing on the Welt India Coaft. 
 4.1681 the major part are notCopper colour’d,as Mulattoes, 
 wy Mujtefoes, or Indians ? whether rich, and what their 
 riches do confift in 2 and what their chiefeft manu- 
 faures ? iffortified, how many great Guns, and 
 what number of {mall Arms ?. whether itis poffible 
 to come undefcrib’d onthem?How many Look-outs- 
 or Centinels? for fuch the Spaniards always keep ; 
 and how theLook.outs are placed? Whether poffible 
 to avoid the Look-outs, or take them ? If any River 
 or Creek comes near it, or where the beftLanding ; 
 with innumerable other fuch queftions,which their 
 curiofities lead them to demand. And if they have — 
 had any former difcourfe of fuch places from other 
 Prifoners, they compare one with the other ; then 
 examine again, and enquireif he or any of them 
 are capable to be Guides to conducta party of men 
 thither : if not, where and how any Prifoner may 
 be taken that may do it ; and fiom thence they af- 
 terwards lay their Schemes to profecute whatever 
 defign they take in hand. 
 Te was 7 or 8 days after before any refoiution was: 
 taken, yet confultations wereheld every day. The 
 French feemed very forward to go to any Townthat 
 the Englifh could or would propofe, becaufe the Go- 
 vernor Of Pettit Guavos (from whom the Privateers 
 : take Commiflions) had recommendeda Gentleman 
 Pi lately come from France to be General of the Expe- 
 dition, and fent word by Captain Tucker, with. 
 whom this Gentleman came, that they should, if 
 poflible, make an attempt on fome Town before 
 he return’d again. The Englifh, when they were 
 in company with the French, feem dto approve of 
 what the Fresch faid, but never looked on that Ge- 
 néral to be fic for the fervice in hand. a 
 At length ic was concluded to go toa. Town, 
 the name of whichI have forgot ; itiies a great way. 
 | in the Country, bat not fuch a tedious march as ie 
 3 would be from: hence to. Panama, Our way to it 
 | aye 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 The Iffe of St Andreas, 
 
 was concluded togo with ali ourto Fleet St. An- 
 dreas, a {mall uninhabited Ifland lying near the Ile 
 of Providence, to the Weftward ofit, in 13 deg. r¢5 
 Min. North Lat: and from Pcrrabell N. N. W. about 
 76 leagues ; where’we fhou'd be bur a little way 
 | from Carpenrers River.’ And befides, at this Ifland 
 ~ we might build Conoas, it being plentifully ftored 
 with large Cedars for fuch a purpofe; and for this 
 reafon the Famaica men come hither frequently to 
 build Sloops ; Cedar being very fit for building, 
 and it being to be had here at free coft ; befide other 
 Wood, ‘famaica is well ftored with Cedars of its 
 own, chiefly among the Rocky Mountains: thefe 
 alfo of St Andreas grow in ftony ground, and are 
 the largeft thar ever I knew or heard of; the Bo- 
 dies alone being ordinarily 40 or s0 foot long’, ma- 
 ny 60 or 70, and upwards, and of a proportionable 
 bignefs. The Bermudas Ifles are well i{tored with 
 them ; fo is Virginia,which is generally a fandy Soil. 
 “Efaw none inthe Eaf Indies; ‘nor in the South Sea’ 
 
 reckon the Pereagu’s and Canoa’s that are made of Cey 
 dar to be the belt of any ; they arejnothing bur the 
 Tree it felf made heliow Boatwife, wich a flat bor- 
 tom, and the Canoa generally fharp at both ends; 
 the Pereago at one’ only, with the other end flat,’ 
 But what is commonly faid of Cedar, that the 
 Worm will nor touch it, is a miftake, for I have’ 
 feen of it very much worm eaten. | 
 
 We kept company the firft day, burat night it blew 
 ahard gale ac N. E.and fome of our Ships bore 
 away : the next day others were forced to leave’ us, 
 and the fecond night we loftall our company. I 
 
 i was 
 
 
 
 ' + All things being thus concluded on, we failed 
 from hence, directing our courfe toward St Andreas, 
 
 Coaft, except on the Ifthmus as'P came over it.We . , 
 
 ay up Carpenter's River, which is about 60 leagues 4n.148r 
 to the weftward of Portabel.Our greatelt obftrudion ww 
 in this defign was our want of Boats: therefore it 
 
 ® 
 ‘ 
 
| 
 30 The Privateers feparate. 
 An.168é was now belonging to Captain Archembo, for all the 
 wv reft of the Fleer were overmann’d: Captain /r- 
 chembo wanting men,we that came out of the South 
 Seas muft either fail with him,or remain among the 
 Indians. Indeed we found no caufe to diflike the 
 Captain ; but his French Sea-men were the faddeft 
 creatures that I was ever among; for tho we had 
 bad weather that required many hands aloft, yet the 
 biggeft part ofthem never ftirr’d out of their Ham- 
 mocks, but to eat or eafe themfelves. We madea 
 fhift to find the Ifland the fourth day, where we 
 met Captain Wright, who came thither the day. be- 
 fore ; and had taken a Spanifh Tartan, wherein were 
 30 men,all well armed : She had 4 Patereroes,and 
 fome long Guns plac’din the Swivel on the Gunnel. 
 They fought an hour before they yielded. The 
 news they related was, that they came from Carta- 
 genain company of 11Armadilloes (which are {mall 
 Vesels of War) to feek for the Fleet of Privateers 
 lying inthe Scmbaloes: that they parted fromthe 
 Armadilloes 2 days before: that they were ordered 
 tofearch the Sambaloes for us, and if they did not 
 find us, then they wereordered to go to Portab:/l, 
 and lye there till chey had farther intelligence of | 
 us; and he fuppofed thefe Armadilloes to be now 
 there. | 
 We that came over Land out of the South Seas be-- 
 ing weary ofliving among the French, defired Cap- 
 cain Wright to fit.up his Prize the Tartan,and make 
 a Man of War of her forus,which he at firft feemed 
 _ to decline, becaufe he was fettled among the Frencly 
 in Hifpaniola, and was very well beloved both by, 
 the Governor of Pettit Guavos, and all the Gentry ;. 
 and they would’ refent it ill, that Captain wrighr, 
 who had no occafion of Men, fhould be fo unkind: 
 to Captain Archembo, as to feduce his Men from 
 hin ; he being {o meanly mann’d: that he could: 
 hardly fail bis Ship: with his Frenchesen;, We told 
 3 | him 
 
 Pee ees at ee Pe a, 
 

 
 
 
 The Corn Ifands 
 
 
 
 
 
 3t 
 
 him we would no longer remain with Captain Ar- 4,,.168r 
 
 chembo, but would go afhore there, and build Ca- L., 
 
 noas to tranfport our felves down to the Moskitces, 
 if he would not entertain us; for Privateers are not 
 obliged to any Ship, but free to go afhore where 
 they pleafe, or to go intoany other Ship that will 
 entertain them, only paying for their Provifion. 
 When Captain Wright law our refolutions, he 
 agreed with us on condition we fhould be under 
 
 ~ his command, as one Ships company, to which we 
 
 unanimoufly confented. ; 
 
 We ftaid here about ro days, to fee if any moré 
 of our Fleet would come tous; but there came no 
 more of us to the Ifland but three, wiz. Captain 
 Wright, Captain Archembo, and Captain Tucker. 
 Therefore we concluded the reft were bore away 
 either for Boccatora, or Bluefields River on the Main; 
 and we defigned tofeek them. We had fine wea- 
 ther while we lay here, only fome Tornadoes, or 
 
 Thunder-fhowers : But in this Ifle of St. Andreas, 
 
 there being neither Fifh, Fowl, nor Deer, and ic 
 being therefore but an ordinary place for us, who 
 had butlittle Provifion,we failed from hence again 
 
 . in queft of our {catter’'d Fleet, dire&ing our courfe 
 
 for fome Iflands lying near the Main, called by the 
 Privateers the Corn I/lands ; being in hopes to get 
 Corn there. Thefe Ilands I take to be the fame 
 which aregenerally calledin the Maps the Pearl 
 Iflands, \ying about the Lat. of r2 D. 10 M. North. 
 
 ere wearrived the next day, and went afhore on 
 one of them, but found none of the |nhabitants ; 
 for here are but a few poor naked Indias that live 
 here ; who have been fo often plundered by the 
 Privateers that they have but little Provifion ; and 
 when they fee a Sail they hide themfelves ; other- 
 wife Ships that come here would take them, and 
 make Slaves ofthem; and I have feen fome of 
 
 _ them that have been Slaves. They are people of a 
 
 meat? 
 
Ly ibe Sta Pies. Oe eee a a ey Oe te Re eee ne Se ee a ees eee ice ee eer | 
 ss : Pra. 
 
 es 
 
 & 
 
 ; 7A 
 
 32 The Indians of the Corn Mlands:. 
 ‘An.\ 681 mean Stature, yet ftrong Limbs ; they are of a dark 
 ~~ copper-colour, black Hair, full round Faces, {mall 
 
 black Eyes,their Eye-brows hanging over their Eyes, 
 
 low Foreheads, fhort thick Nofes, not high, but 
 
 flattith ; full Lips, and fhort Chins. They have a 
 
 bee fafhion to cut holes in the Lips of 
 
 the Boys when they are young, 
 clofe to their Chin ; which they 
 keep open with little Pegs till they 
 are 14 or 15 years old: then chey 
 4 wear Beardsin them, madeof Tur- 
 \tle or Tortoife-fhetl, in the form 
 you fee in the Margin. The little 
 === notch at the upper end they put in 
 throughthe Lip, where it remains 
 between the Teeth and the Lip; 
 the under part hangs down over their Chin. This 
 they commonly wear all day, and when they fleep 
 they take it our. They have likewife holes bored 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ) ~ inthéir Ears, both men and women, when young; - 
 | | and. by continual ftretching them with great Pegs, 
 ¥ they grow to be as big as a mill d fiveShilling-piece. | 
 Herein they wear pieces of Wood, cut very round 
 
 and {mooth, fo rhat their Ear feems to be all wood, ~ 
 | witha litcle Skin abour it. Another Ornament the 
 : Women ufe is about their Legs, which they are 
 - very curious in ; forfrom the Infancy of the Girls 
 Be their Mothers make faft a piece of Cotton Cloath ¢ 
 aboutthe {mall of heir Leg,from the Ankle to the 
 Calf, very hard ; which makes them have a very 
 full Calf: this ehe women wear to their dying day. 
 Both men and women gonaked, only a Clout a- 
 bout their Waltes ; yet they have but little: Feet, 
 though rhey go bare-foot. Finding no Provifion 
 here, we failed coward Bluzfeld River, where we. 
 f careened our Tartane; and there Captain Archembo | 
 — and Captain Tucker lefi us, and went cowards Boceg- | 
 
 4 to70. . 
 The 
 
 
 
 Tay 
 RAY 
 
Blewfields River. = 33 
 
 This Blewfields River comes out between the Ri- An.168t 
 vers of Nicuragua and Veragua. At its mouth isa we 
 
 - fine fandy Bay ; where Barks nay clean : Itis deep 
 atits mouth, but a fhole within ; fo that Ships may 
 noteriter, yet Barks of 60 or 70 Tunsmay. It had 
 this name from Captain Blewfield, a famous Priva- 
 teer living on Providence Ifland long before ‘famaica 
 was taken. Which Ifland of Providence was fettled by 
 the Englifh, and belonged to the Earls of Warwick, 
 - In this River we found a Canoa coming down 
 the ftream ; and though we went with our Canoas 
 to feek for Inhabitants, yet we found none, but 
 faw in 2 or 3 places figns that Indians had made on 
 the fide of the River. ‘The Canoa which we found 
 was but meanly made for want of Tools, therefore 
 we concluded thefe Indians have no commerce with 
 the Spaniards, nor with other Indians that have. 
 
 While we lay here,our Moskito men went in their 
 Canoa, and ftruck us fome Manatee, or Sea-cow. 
 Befides this Blewfields River, I have feen of the Ma- 
 natee in the Bay of ‘Campechy, on the Coafts of Boc- 
 ca del Drago, and Bocca del Toro, inthe River of Da-. 
 rien, and among the South Keys or little Iflands of 
 Cuba. I have heard of there being found on the 
 North of Famaica, afew, and in the Rivers of Su- 
 rinam in great multitudes, which is a very low Land. 
 
 I have feen of them alfo at Mindanao one of the 
 Philippine Mlands, and on the Coaft of New-Holland. 
 This Creature is about the bignefs of a Horfe, and 
 ro or 12 footlong. The mouth of it is much like - 
 
 _ the mouth of a Cow, having great thick lips. The 
 Eyes are no bigger thana {mall Pea, the Earsare 
 only two fmall holes on each fide of the Head. The 
 Neckis fhortand thick, bigger than the Head. The 
 biggeft part ofthis Creatureis atthe Shoulders, 
 
 _ where it hath two large Fins one on eacli fide o 
 
 its Belly: ' Under each of thefe Fins theFemale 
 hath a fmall Dug to fuckle her young. From the 
 
 : Do  Shouls 
 
 Fe aaa 
 
 — 
 
 
 
cA ee ee ae ee a 2 Pe 
 2 
 
 ~The Manatee, er Sea-Cow. 
 
 ‘An.168r Shoulders towards the Tailit retains its bignefs for 
 _ ww~™ abouta foot, then it groweth {maller and {maller to 
 
 a 
 
 ee eh ee ae, 
 
 the very Tail, which is flat, and about 14 inches — 
 
 broad, and 20 inches long, and in the middle 4 or 
 5 inches thick, but about the edges of it not above 
 2 inches thick.From theHead totheTail it is round 
 and {mooth without any Fin but thofe two before 
 mentioned. Ihave heard that fome have weighed 
 above 1200/7, but I never fawany folarge. The 
 Manatee delights to live in brackifh Water ; and 
 they are commonly in Creeks or Rivers near the 
 Sea. °Tis for this reafon poffibly they are not feen 
 in the South Seas (that ever I could obferve) where 
 the Coaft is generally a bold Shore, that is, high 
 Land and deep Water clofe home by it,with ahigh 
 Sea or great Surges ; exceptin the Bay of Panama: 
 yet even there is no Manatee. Whereas the Weft 
 Indies, being as it were, one great Bay compofed of 
 many {maller,are moftly low Land and fhoalWater, 
 and afford proper pafture (as I may fay )for the Ma- 
 natee. Sometimes we find them in fale Water, 
 -fometimes in frelh; but never far at Sea. And 
 thofe that live in the Sea at fuch places where there 
 
 is no River nor Creek fit for them to enter,yet do. 
 
 commonly come once or twice in 24 hours to the 
 mouth of any frefh water River, that is near their 
 place of abode. ‘They liveon Grafs 7 or 8 inches 
 long, and ofa narrow blade, which grows in the 
 Sea in many places, efpecially among Iflands near 
 the Main. This Grafs groweth likewife in Creeks, 
 or in great Rivers, near the fidesof them, in fuch 
 places where there is but little tyde or current. They 
 
 never come ashore, nor into fhallower water than. 
 
 where they can fwim.. Their flefh is white, beth 
 the fat and. the lean, and extraordinary {weet 
 wholefome meat. The tail of a young Cow ismoft 
 efteem’d ; butif old, both head and tail are very 
 tough. A Calf that fucksis the moft delicate meat : 
 
 ‘ Priva- © 
 
 _ 
 
 
 
ears Se Ne ee | eee ee eee eee 
 
 ee ee Tae eee ce ae ee 
 
 The Manatee, or Sea-Cow. 
 
 Privateers commonly roaft them ; as they do alfo 4y.16g1 
 | great piecescut out of the Bellies of the old ones. ~YW~w 
 The Skin of the Manatee is of great ufeto Priva- 
 teers, for they cut them into ftraps,which they 
 make faft on the fides of their Conos, through which 
 they put their Oars in rowing, inftead of tholes or 
 pegs. The Skin of the Bull, or of the back of the 
 Cow is too thick for thisufe ; bue of it they make 
 Horfe-whips, cutting them 2 or 3 foot long: at 
 the handle they leave the full fubftance cf the Skin, 
 and from thence cut it away tapering,but very even 
 and {quare all the four fides. While the Thongs 
 are green they twiltthem, and hang them to dry: 
 which in a weeks time become as hard as Wood. 
 The Moskito-men have always a {mall Canoa for 
 their ufe to ftrike Fifh, Tortoifes or Manatee, 
 which they keep ufually to themfelves, and very - 
 neat and clean. They ule no Oars-but Paddles, the 
 broad part of which do th not go tapering towards 
 the ftaff, pole, or fhandle of it, as in the Oar ; nor 
 do they ufe it in the fame manner, by laying it on 
 the fide ofthe Veffel ; but hold it perpendicularly, 
 griping the ftaff hard with both hands, and putting 
 back the Water by main ftrength, and very quick 
 ftrokes. One of the Moskitoes (for there go but two 
 in a Canoa )fits in the ftern, the other kneels down 
 in the head, and both paddle till they come to the 
 place where they expect their game, Then they 
 lye ftill or paddle very foftly, looking well aboue 
 them, and he that is in the head of the Canoa lays 
 down his paddle, and ftands up with his ftriking 
 ftaff in his hand. This ftaff is about 8 foot long, 
 almoft as big as a mans Arm, at the great end, in 
 which there is a hole to place his Harpoonin. At 
 the other end of his ftaff there is a piece of light 
 wo0d called Bobwood, with a hole in it, through 
 which the fmall end of the ftaff comes; and on this 
 _ piece of Bobwood, there is a line of ro or 12 fa- 
 ; Die. thom 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The Manatee, or Sea-Cow. 
 
 An.1681 thom wound neatly about, and the end of the line 
 
 —v~ made faft toit. The other end of the line is made 
 
 faft to the Harpoon, which'is at the great end ofthe 
 ftaff, and the Moskito man keeps about a fathom of 
 ic loofe in his hand. When he ftrikes, the Harpoon > 
 prefently comes out of the ftaff, and as the Manatee 
 {wims away, the line runs off from the bob ; and 
 although at firft both ftaff and bob may be carried 
 under water, yet as the line runs off it will rife a- 
 gain. Then the Moskito men paddle with all their 
 might to get hold of the bob again and {pend ufu- 
 ally a quarter.of an hour before they get ic. When 
 the Manatee begins to be tired, it lieth ftill, and © 
 then the Asskito men paddle to the bob and take 
 it up, and begin to hale in the line. When the 
 Manatee feels them he fwimsaway again, with the 
 Canoa after him; thenhe that fteers maft be nim- — 
 ble to turn the head of the Canoa that way that 
 his confort points, who being in the Head of the 
 Canoa, and holding the line, both fees and feels 
 which way|the Manatee is{wimming. Thus the Ca- 
 noa is towed with a violent motion, ttll the Ma- 
 natee’s ftrength decays. Then they gather in the 
 line, which they are oftenforced tolet all goto — 
 the very end-At length when the Creatures {trength 
 
 is fpent, they hale itup to the Canoas fide, and 
 
 knock it on the head,and tow ic tothe neareft fhore 
 
 where they make it faft, and feek for another ; 
 
 which having taken, they go afhore with ic, to put 
 
 ic into their Canoa: For it isfo heavy that they. 
 cannot lift it in, but they hale it up in fhoal water . 
 asnear the fhore asthey can, and then overfet the 
 
 Canoa, laying one fide clofe tothe Manatee. Then » 
 they rollit in, which brings the Canoa upright a- 
 gain ; and when they have heav’d outthe water, 
 they faften a linetothe other Manatee that lieth a- 
 float, and tow it after them. I have knowntwo © 
 Moshito men fora week every day bring abeard two 
 : _ . Manatee 
 
The Maho-Tree. aa 
 Manatee in this manner ; the leaft of which hath4y.168r 
 not weighed lefs than 600 pound, and thatina very »w 
 {mall Canoa, that 3 Englifh men would {carce ad- 
 venture to goin. When they ftrike a Cow that 
 hath a young one,they feldom mifs the Calf,for the 
 commonly takes her young one under one of her 
 Fins. But if che Calf isfo big that fhe connot carry 
 it,or fhe fo frightned that she only minds to fave her 
 own life, yet the young never leaves her till che 
 Moskito men have an opportunity to {trike her. 
 
 ' The manner of ftriking Manatee and Tortoife is 
 much the fame ; only when they feek for Manate: 
 they paddle fogently, thacthey make nonoife, and 
 never touch the fide of the Canoa with their paddle; 
 _ becaufe it is a Creature that hears very well. But 
 they are not fo nice when they feek for Tortoife , 
 whofe Eyes are better than his Ears. They ftrike 
 the Tortoife with a fquare fharp Iron peg, the other - 
 witha Harpoon. The Moskito-men make their own 
 _ ftrikingInftruments,asHarpoons,Fifh- 
 hooks, and Tortoife-Iron or Pegs. 
 ThefePegs,orTortoife-Irons are made 
 4{quare,fharp at one end,and not much 
 above an inch in length,of fucha fi- 
 gure as youfee intheMargin.The {mali £ 
 ipike at rhe broad end hath the line fii 
 faften’d to it,and goes alfo into a hole™ 
 at the end of the Striking-ftaffiwhich 
 when the theTortoife is ftruck flies off, 
 the Iron and end of the line faffened to it going 
 quite within the Shell, where it is fo buried that 
 the Tortoife cannot poflibly efcape. 
 They make their lines both for Fifhing and Stri- 
 king with the bark of Mabo ; whichis a fort of Tree 
 OrShrub,that grows plentifully Il over theWeft- Indies, 
 and whofe Bark is made up of ftrings, or threads, 
 very ftrong. You may draw itoff eitherin flakes 
 or {mall threads, as you have occafion. “Tis fit for 
 any manner of Cordage ; and Privateeis often make 
 2 their 
 
 
 
 
 
+, hie. “ae Yee ‘ee. |e OT ane cy en Pee re ia TNS eee a BA ed ea, ee Teen. TR a 
 4 a . aes gl * ea ae eta * 
 * wr aa y 
 
 38 “ “Savages of Boca-toro. 
 4n.: 681 their Rigging of it. So much by way of digreflion,' 
 “VY — When we had clean’d ourTartane w? failed from 
 hence bound for Bocca-roro, which is an opening 
 between 2 Iflands about 10 Deg. 10 Min. North 
 Lat. between the Rivers of Veragne and Chagre. 
 | Here we met with Captain Yanky, whotold usthat 
 ! there had been aFleet of Spanifh Armadilloes to feek 
 | us: that Captain 7ri/fian having fallen to Leeward, 
 
 
 
 | was coming to Bocca toro, and fell in amongft them, 
 fuppofing them to be our Fleet : that they fired and 
 | chafed hini but he rowed and towed, and they fup- 
 | pofed he got away: that Capr. Pain was likewife 
 chaced by them, and Capt. Williams ; and that they 
 had not feen them fince they lay within the Iflands: 
 that the Spaniards never came in to him ; and that 
 Captain Coxos was in at the Careening place. | 
 This Boca-toro is a place that the Privateers ufe to 
 refort to,as much as any place on all the Coaft, be- 
 caufe here is plenty of green Tortoife, and a good | 
 Careening place. The Indians here have nocom-. ~ 
 merce with the Spaniards ; but are very barbarous 
 and will not be dealt with. They have deftroyed_ 
 ‘many Privateers,as they did not long after this fome 
 of Captain Pain’smen ; who having built a Tent 
 alhore to put his goods in while he Careened his 
 Ship, and fome men lying there with their Arms, 
 in the night the Indians crept foftly into the Tent, 
 and cut off che Heads of 3 or 4 men, and made 
 their efcape ; nor was this the firfttime they had 
 ferved the Privateers fo, There grow on this Coatt 
 Vinelloes in great quantity, with which Chocolate 
 is perfamed. Thefe I fhalldefcribe elfewhere. - -« 
 Our Fleet being thus f{cattered, there were now 
 no hopes of getting together again ; therefore every 
 one did what they thought moft conducing toob- | 
 tain their ends. Captain Wright, with whom Lnow 
 was, was refolved tocruife on the Coaft of Carta- 
 gene ; and it being now almoft the Wefterly wind 
 | feafon 
 
 
 
 
 
‘aw tea, Se ey Va. en”) owe ere eee ae ™ to, = Severe te 
 
 
 
 Point Samballas, axd its Ulands. ue 39 
 
 feafon, we failed from hence, and Captain Yanky 4n.168r 
 with us ; and we conforted, becaufe Captain Yanky 
 had no Commiffion,and was afraid the French would 
 take away his Bark. We paft by Scuda, a {mall 
 Ifland (where ’tis faid Sir Francis Drake's bowels were 
 bury’d)and came to a {mall River to theWeftward of. 
 Chagre ; where we took two new Canoas, and car- 
 ry dthem with usinto the Sambaloes:; We had the 
 Wind at Weft, with much rain ; which brought us 
 to Point Samballas. Were Captain Wright and Cap- 
 tain Yanky left us in the Tartane to tix the Canoas, 
 while they went on the Coaft of Cartagene to feck 
 for provifion. Wecruifed in among the Iflands, 
 and kept our Moskito-men, or ftrikers out, who 
 brought abroad fome half-grown Tortoife; and 
 _fome of us went afhore every day to hunt for what 
 we could findin the Woods : Sometimes we got 
 Pecary, Warree, or Deer ; at other times we light on 
 a drove of large fatMonkeys,orQuames,Corrofoes (each 
 a large fort of Fowl ) Pidgeons, Parrots, or Tuttle- 
 _ doves. We liv’d very well on what we got, not 
 _ ftaying long in one place ; but femetimes we would 
 go on the Iflands,where there grow great Groves of 
  Sapadillies, which is a fort of Fruit much likea 
 Pear, but more juicy ; and under thofe Trees we 
 found plenty of Svldiers, that live in Shells, alittle 
 kind of Animals and have two great Clawslikea 
 Crab, and are good food. One time our men 
 found a great many large ones, and being tharp fet 
 had them ‘dreit, but moft of them were very fick 
 afterwards, being poyfoned by them : For on this 
 Ifland were many Manchaneel Trees, whofe Fruit is 
 like a fmalil Crab, and fmells very well, but they are 
 not wholefome ; and we commonly take care of 
 meddling with any Animals that eat them, And 
 this we take for a general rule; when we find any 
 Fruits that we have not feen before, if we fee them 
 _ peck d by Birds, we may freely eat, bur if we fee 
 D : 
 
 4 no 
 
‘>. ¢ see 
 
 
 
 49 River of Darien. 
 
 An.1681 no fuch fign, we let them alone ; for of this fruit 
 “v no Birds will tafte. Many ofthefe Iflands have of 
 : thefe Manchaneel-Trees growing on them. 
 
 Thus cruifing in among thefe Iflands, at length 
 we came again to La Sound's Key ; and the day be- 
 fore havingimec with afamaica Sloop that was come 
 over on the Coaft to trade, fhe went with-us. Ie 
 was in the evening when we cameto an Anchor, © 
 and the next morning we fir'd two Guns forthe In- 
 » dians that lived on the Main tocome abroad ; for by 
 thistime weconcluded we fhould hear from our 
 five men, chat we left in the heart of the Country 
 among the Indians, this being about the latter end 
 of Auguft, and it was the beginning of May when 
 we parted from them. According to our expedtati- 
 on the Jndians came aboard,and brought our friends - 
 with them: Mr Wafer wore a Clout about him, 
 and was painted like an Indian ; and he wasfome 
 time aboard before I knew him. One of them, 
 named Richard Cobfon, dyed within 3 or 4 days af- 
 ter, and was buried on La Sounds Key. 
 
 After this we went to other Keys, to the Eaft- 
 ward of thefe, tomeet Captain Wright and Captain 
 Yanky, who met with a. Fleet of Pereagoes laden 
 with Jndian Corn, Hog, and Fowls, going to Car. 
 tagene; being conveyed by a {mall Armadilly of 2 
 Guns and 6 Patereroes. Her they chaced afhore, 
 and moft of the Pereagoes; but they got two of 
 them off, and brought them away. 
 
 Here Captain Wright's and Captain Yanky’s Barks 
 were clean’d ; and we ftock’dour felves with Corn, 
 and then went towards the Coaft of Cartagene. In 
 our way thither we pafled by the River of Darien ; 
 whichis very broad at the mouth, but not above 6 
 foot water ona Spring tyde; for the Tyde rifeth 
 but little here. Captain Coxes, about 6 months be- 
 
 - fore we came out of the South Seas, went up this Ri- 
 ver with a partyof men: Every man carr y da{mall 
 {trong 
 
et ies ee, ae 
 i 
 ceed 
 
 | Wild {ndians. - 4i 
 ftrong Bag to put his Goldin;expecting great Riches An.168x 
 there, tho they got little ornone. ‘They rowed up \\n 
 about 100 leagues before they came to any fettle- 
 -ment,andthen found fomeSpaniards,who lived there 
 
 to truck with the Indians for Gold ; there being Gold 
 Scales in every honfe. The Spaniards admired how 
 they came fo far from the mouth of the River, be- 
 caufe there are afort of Indians living between that 
 place and theSea, who are very dreadful to the Spz- 
 niards, and willnot have any commerce with them, 
 nor with any white people. They ule Trunks about 
 8 foot long, out of which they blow poyfoned 
 Darts; and are fo filent in their attacks on their 
 Enemies, and retreatfo nimbly again, that the Spa. 
 niards can never findthem. ‘Their Dartsare made 
 of Macaw-wood,being aboutithe bignefs.and length 
 
 of a Knitting-needle : one end is wound about with 
 Cotton, the other end is extraordinary fharp and 
 {mall ; and is jagged with notches like a Harpoon: 
 
 So that whatever it ftrikes into it immediately 
 breaks off by the weight of the biggeft end ; which 
 it isnot of {trength to bear,(ic being made fo flen- 
 der for that purpofe)and it is very difficult to be gor 
 out again, by reafon of thofe notches. Thefe Indi- 
 ans have always War with our Darien friendly Indi- 
 ans, and lived on both fides this great River 50 or 60 
 leagues from the Sea, but not near the mouth of 
 the River. There areabundance of Mangteein this 
 River, and fome Creeks belonging to it. Thisre- 
 lation Ihad from feveral men who accompany'd 
 Captain Coxon in that difcovery ; and from Mr. Cog 
 
 in particular, who was with them, and isa very 
 intelligent perfon ; Heis now chief Mate of a Ship 
 hound to Guinea. To return therefore to the profe- 
 cution of our Voyage ;_ meeting witl norhing of 
 note we pafled by Cartagene ; which isa City fa 
 well known, that I fhail fay nothing of ir, We 
 failed by in fight of it, for it liesopento the Sea; 
 and 
 
 
 

 
 iis HE it 
 42 Santa Martha. Jts High Land. | 
 
 - An.1688 and had a fair view of Madre de Popa, or Nueftra a Sen- 
 tow nora de Popa,a Monaftery of the Virgin Marys, 
 ftanding on the top of a very ficep hill juft behind 
 Cartagene. It isaplace of incredible wealth, by 
 reafon of the offerings made here continually ; and 
 for this reafon often in danger of being vifited by the 
 Privateers, did not the neighbourhood of Cartagene © 
 
 keep them in awe. °Tis, in fhort, the very Loretto 
 of the We? Indies : it hath innumerable Miracles re- 
 lated of it. Any misfortune that befalls the Priva-. 
 teers is attributed to this Lady’s doing , and the 
 Spaniards report that fhe was abroad that night the 
 Oxford han of Wat was blown up at the Ifle ofVacca 
 near Hi/paniola, and that (he came home all wet as, 
 belike, fhe often returns with her Cloaths dirty and 
 torn with paffing thro Woods, and bad ways, when 
 fhe has been out upon any expedition ; deferving 
 doubtlefsa new fuit for fuch eminent piecesof fervice. 
 From hence we paffed onto the Rio Grande, where 
 we took up frefh Water at Sea, a league off the 
 mouth of that River. From thence we failed Eaft- 
 ward, pailing by St. Martha, a\arge Town, and 
 good harbour belonging tothe Spaniards : yethath 
 it within thefe few years been twice taken by the 
 Privateers. It ftands clofe upon che Sea, and the 
 Hill within land isa very large one, cowering upa - 
 great hetghth froma vait body of Land. lam of 
 Opiiion that itis higher then the Pike of Tenariff ; 
 others alfochat have feen both think the fame ; tho 
 its bignefs. makes ics heighth lefs fenfible. I have 
 feen.itin pafling by, 30 leagues off at Sea ; others, 
 asthey told me, above 6c: and feveral have told 
 me, that they havefeen at once, famaica, Hifpaniola, 
 and the high Land of Szsta Afartha ; and yet the near-, 
 eft ofthefe two placesis diltant from it 120 leagues ; 
 and ‘faimaica, which is farcheft off,is accounted near 
 150 leagues ; and I queition whether any Land on 
 either ofthofe two Iilands may be feen so Cems 
 : t's 
 
le Se 
 
 Pearl Fifhery. : ‘ 43 
 
 Jts head is generally hidin the Clouds ; but in clear 4s,168r | 
 weather, when the top appears, it looks white ; “jw? 
 fuppofed to be covered with Snow. S¢ Martha lieth 
 in the Lat. of 12 Deg. North. 
 Being advanced 5 or 6leaguesto the Eaftward of 
 Sante Martha, we left our Ships at Anchor, and re- — 
 turn’d back in our Canoa’s to the River Grande ; en+ 
 tring it by a mouth of it that difembogues ir felf 
 near Santa Martha: purpofing to attempt fome 
 ‘Towns that lyea pretty way up that River. Bue 
 this defign meeting with difcouragements, we re- 
 turned to our Ships, and fet fail to Ris la Hacha, 
 This hath been a ftrong Spanifh Town, and is well 
 buile ; but being often taken by the Privateers, the 
 Spaniards deferted it fome time before our arrival, 
 It lieth to the Weltward of a River ; andright a- 
 gainft the Town is agood Road for Shins,the bot- 
 tom clean and fandy. The ‘famaca Sloops ufed of- 
 - ten.to come over to trade here: and I am informed ‘ 
 that the Spaniards have again fettled themfelves in 
 it, and made it very ftrong. We enterd the 
 Fort, and brought two fmall Guns aboard. 
 From thence we went to the Rancheries , one or 
 two {mall Indian Villages, where the Spaniards keep \ 
 two Barks to fifhfor Pearl. The Pearl-banks lye 
 about 4 or 5 leagues off from the fhore, as I have - 
 been told}; thither theFifhing Barks go andanchor ; 
 then the Divers go down to the bottom, and filla 
 Basket (which islet down before) with Oyfters ; 
 _and when they come up, others go down,two at a 
 time ; ¢his they do tillthe Bark is full, and then go 
 afhore, where the old men, women and children of: 
 thelIndians open theOyiters,there being aSpani/ZOver- 
 feer to look after the Pearl. Yet thefe Judians do very 
 often fecure the beftPearl for themfelves,as many Fa- 
 moica mencan teflifie who dailycrade with them. The 
 meat they firing up,and hang itadrying. At this 
 place we went afhore, where we found one of the 
 Barks. 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 “ 
 
 
 
 bok oe lama Se 
 
 Cruifing in the Welt Indies. 
 
 42.168 Barks, and faw great heaps of Oyfter-thells, but the 
 =v people all fled: Yet in another place, between this 
 
 and Rio la Hacha, we tookfome of the Zsdians , who 
 feem to bea ftubborn fort of people : They are - 
 long-vifaged, black hair, their nofes fomewhat ri- 
 fing in the middle, andofa fternlook, The Spani- 
 ards report them to be a very numerous Nation 3, 
 and that they will not fubje& themfelves to their 
 yoak: Yet they have Spanifh Priefts among them ; 
 and by trading have brought them to be f{omewhat 
 fociable ; but cannot keep a fevere hand over them. 
 The Land is but barren, it being of a light fand 
 near the Sea; and moft Savanah, or Champion ; 
 
 and the grafs but thin and courfe, yet they feed 
 
 plenty of Cattle. Every man knoweth his own,and 
 Jooketh after them ; bur the Land isin common, 
 exceptionly their Houfes or fmall Plantations where 
 they live, which every man maintains with fome 
 fence about it. They may remove from one place 
 to anotner as they pleafe, no man. having right to 
 any Land, but whathe poifeffech. This part of the 
 Country is not fo fabje@ to Rain, a: to the Weft-— 
 ward of Santa Martha ; yet here are Tornadoes or 
 Thunder-fhowers ; but neither fo violent as onthe _ 
 Coaft of Portabell, nor fo frequent. The Wefterly. 
 winds in the Wefterly wind feafon blow here, tho 
 not fo {trong nor lafting ason the Coafts of Carta- 
 gene and Portabell. 
 
 When we had {pent fome timehere, we return’d 
 again towards the Coaft of Cartagene ; and being be- 
 tween Rio Grande and that place, we met with 
 Wefterly winds, which keptus ftill to the Eaftward 
 of Cartagene 3 or'4 days; and then in the morning 
 we defcryed a Sail off at Sea, and we chaced her at’ 
 noon: Captain Wright who failed beft, came up 
 with her, and engaged her; andin half an hour 
 
 vafter, Captain Yanky, who failed better than. the 
 Tartan (the Veffe! chat I was in) came up with her 
 
 like. 
 
 eo ste a ee a eee |e 
 
Tite of Querifao. 45 
 likewife, and laid her aboard, then Captain Wright dn.168% 
 alfo ; and they took her before we came up. They “W™ _ 
 loft 2 or 3 men, and had 7 or 8 wounded. ‘The 
 
 - Prize was a Ship of 12 Guns and 40 men, who had 
 all good {mall Arms : She was Jaden with Sugar 
 and Tobacco, and had 8 or :o Tuns of Marmalet 
 on board: She came from Sviet Fago on Cuba, and 
 was bound to Cartagene. 
 
 We went back with her to Rio Grande, to fix our 
 Rigging, which was fhattered in the Fight, and to 
 conlider what to do with her ; for thefe were com- 
 ‘modities of little ufe to us, and not worth going 
 intoaPort with. At the Rio Grande Captain Wright 
 demanded the Prize as his due by vertue of his Com- 
 miffion ; Captain Yanky faid it was his due by the 
 Law of Privateers. Indeed Captain Wright had the 
 moft right to her, having by his Commiflion pro- 
 tected Captain Yanky from the French, who would 
 
 have turned him out becaufe he had no Commiffi- 
 
 on; and he likewife began to engage her firft. But 
 the Company were all affraid that Captain Wright 
 would prefently carry her intoa Port; therefore. 
 moft of CaptainWright’s men fluck toCaptainYazky, 
 and Captain Wright lofing his Prize burned hisown 
 
 Bark, and had Captain Yanky’s, it being bigger than 
 
 his own ; the Tartan wasfold to a famaica Trader, 
 
 and Captain Yanky commanded the Prize Ship. We 
 went again from hence to Rio la Hach, and fet the 
 
 Prifoners afhore ; and it being now the beginning of 
 
 November, we concluded to go to Querifao to fell our 
 
 Sugar, if favoured by wefterly winds, which were 
 
 now comein. We failed from thence, having fair 
 
 ‘weather and Winds to our mind, which brought us 
 
 to Querifao, a Dutch Wand. Captain Wright went a- 
 
 fhore to the Governor, and offered him the Sale of 
 
 the Sugar: but the Governor, told himhe had a 
 
 great Trade with the Spaniards, thercfore he could 
 
 not admit usin there ; bur if we would go ro St. Tho. 
 tS 
 
 « 
 
PUA ee eS Re ee yee es iy ales 4 bcs ah Zl Oy Say en ee a se ee ee 4 
 
 46 : Ife of Querifao. : 
 'An.1 651 mas, which is an Ifland, and Free Port, belonging to 
 Wm the Danes,anda Sanctuary for Privateers, he would 
 fend aSloop with fuch Goods as we wanted, and 
 Money to buy the Sugar, which he would take at 
 a certainrate ; but ic was not agreed to, 
 Querifao is the only Ifland of importance that the 
 Dutch have in the Weft Indies. It is about 5 leagues in 
 length, and may be 9 or roin circumference : the 
 Northermoft pointis laid downin North Jat. 12 d, 
 4o m.and it is about 7 or 8 leagues from the Main, , 
 near Cape Roman. On the South fide of the Eaft 
 end is a good harbour called Santa Berbara ; but the 
 chiefeft harbour is about 3 leagues from the S.E, 
 end, onthe South fide of it; where the Dutch havea - 
 very good Town, anda very ftrong Fort. Ships 
 bound in thither muft be fure to keep clofe to the 
 Harbours mouth, and havea Hafar or Rope ready 
 to fend one end afhoreto the Fort : for thereisno 
 Anchoring at theentrance of the Harbour, andthe © 
 Current alwaysfets to the Weftward- But being 
 got in, itis a very fecure port for Ships, either to 
 Careen, or lye fafe. At the Eaft end are two hills, 
 -ene of them is much higher than the other, and 
 fteepeft toward the North fide. The reft of the Ifland 
 is indifferent level ; where of late fome rich Men 
 have made Sugar Works ; which formerly was all pa- 
 fture for Cattle: there are alfo fome {mall Planta- 
 tions of Potatoes and Yames, and they have ftiil a 
 _ great many Cattle on the Ifland; but itis not fo 
 much efteemed for its produce, as for its fituation, 
 for the Trade with the Spaziard. Formerly the Har- 
 bour was never without Ships from Cartagene and 
 Portobell, that did ufeto buy of the Dutch here 1000 
 or 1500 Negroes atonce, befides great quantities of 
 x European Commodities .; but of late that Trade is 
 fallen into the hands of the Englifh at Famaica:, yet 
 ftill che Dutch have a vaft Trade over all the We? 
 Indies {ending from Holland Ships of good force laden 
 ) - with: 
 
 = 
 

 
 D’ Effre’s Expedition. 47 
 with European goods, whereby they make very pro- 4.1681 
 
 -fitable returns. The Dutch have two other Iflands Ww 
 
 here, but of little momentin comparifon of Queri- 
 
 _ fao; the one lieth 7 or 8 leagues to the Weftward of 
 Querifao, called Aruba ; the other 9 ox 10 leagues to 
 the Eaftward of it, called Bon Airy. From thele 
 Iflands the Dutch fetch in Sloops Provifion for Queri- 
 fao, to maintain their Garrifon and Negroes. I was 
 never at Aruba, therefore cannot fay any thing of ie 
 as to my own knowledge ;_ but by report it is much 
 like Bon Airy, which I fhall defcribe, only not fo: 
 big. Between Querifao and Bon Airyis a {mall Ifland 
 called Little Querifao, it is not above a league from: 
 Great Querifac. The King of France has longhad an 
 eye on Querifao, and made fome attempts to take it, 
 but never yetfucceeded, Ihave heard that about 
 23 or 24 years fince the Governor had fold it to the 
 French, but dyed af{mall time before the Fleet came 
 to demand it; and by his death that defign failed. 
 Afterwards, in the year 1678, the Count D’ Effre, 
 who a year before had taken the Ifle of Tobago from 
 the Dutch, was fent hither alfo with a Squadron of 
 ftout Ships very well mann’d,and fitted with Bombs. 
 and Carcaffes ; intending to take it by ftorm. This, 
 Fleet firft came to AMartinico; where while they \ 
 ftayd, orders were fent to Pettit Guavers,for all Pri- 
 vateers co repair thither, and affift rhe Count in his 
 defign. There were buttwo Privateers Ships that 
 went thither with him, which were mann partly 
 with French, partly with Englifhmen. ‘Thefe fet our 
 with the Count ; but in their way to Querifao, the 
 whole Fleet was loft on a Riffor Ridge of Rocks, 
 
 that runs off from the Ifle of Aves ; not above two 
 Ships efcaping, one of which was one of the Pri- 
 vateers ; and fo that defign perifhed: 
 
 Whérefore not driving a Bargain for our Sugar 
 with the Governor of @ueri/ao,we went from thence 
 
 to Bon Airy, anosher Dutch Iland, where we met a 
 
 Dutch 
 
 
 
48 _Tfle of Bon- Airy. 3 4 
 An. 681 Dutch Sloop come from Europe, laden with Irifi Beef; — 
 —v™ which we bought in exchange forfome of otr — 
 
 Sugar, : 
 
 Bos Yiry is the Eaftermoft of the Durch Iflands, 
 and is the largeft of the 3, tho not the moft confi- . 
 derable. The middle ofthe Hland is laid down in 
 Lat. 12d. 16m. Itis about 20 leagues from the 
 Main, and 9 or re from Querifao, and-is accounted 
 16 or 17 leagues round. The Road isontheS. W. 
 fide, near che middie ofthe Ifland; where there isa 
 pretty deep Bay runs in. Ships that come from the | 
 Eaftward luff up clofe ro the Eaftern fhore ; andlet 
 go their Anchor in 60 fathom water, within halfa — 
 Cables length of the fhore. But at the fame time 
 they muft be ready with a Boat to carrya Hafar or 
 Rope, and make it faft afhore ; otherwife,when the 
 Land-wind comes in the night, theShip would drive 
 off to Sea again ; for the ground is fo fteep, that no 
 Anchor can hold ifonce it ftarts. About half a mile 
 to the Weftward of this Anchoring place there is a | 
 f{inall Jow land, and a Channel between it and the 
 main Ifland. . 
 
 The Houfes are about halfa mile within Land, 
 right againft the Road :' there isa Governor lives 
 here,a Deputy to the Governor o! €uerifao,and 7 or 
 8 Soldiers, with 5 or6 Families of Indians. There is 
 no Fort ; and the Soldiers in peaceable times have 
 liccle to do but to eat and fleep, for they never 
 watch, but in cime of War, The Jndians are Hus- 
 bandmen, and plant Maiz and Guinea Corn, and 
 {ome Yams, and Potatoes: But their chiefeft bufi- 
 nefs is about Cattle; for this Ifland is plentifully 
 ftocked with Goats , and they fend great quantities — 
 every yearin Saleto Querifao, There are fome |} 
 Horfes, and Bulls and Cows ; but I never faw any 
 Sheep, tho I have been all over che Ifland. The 
 South fide is plain low Land, and there ave feveral 
 forts of Trees, but none very large.There is a {malb 
 
 Spring 
 
 
 

 
 Booby and Man-of-War Birds. 
 
 Spring of Water by the Houfes, which ferves the Am168% 
 TInhabitants, tho’ it is blackifh. At the Weft endof yw 
 
 the Ifland there isa good Spring of frefhi Water, 
 and 3 or 4 Igdian Families live there, but no Water 
 nor Houfes at any other place. On the South fide 
 near the Eaftend, isa good Salt-pond, where Durch 
 Sloops come for Salt. ; | 
 
 From Bon-diry we went to the Ifle of Aves, or 
 Birds ; fo called from its great plenty of Birds, as 
 Men-of-War and Boobies; but efpecially Boobies. The 
 Booby is a Water-fowl, fomewhat lefS than a Hen, 
 
 of a light greyifhcolour. I obferved the, Boobies of 
 
 this Ifland to be whiter than others. This Bird hath 
 a ftrong Bill, longer and bigger than a Crows, and 
 broader at theend; her feet are flat like a Ducks 
 feet. Itis avery fimple Creature, and will hardly 
 go out of a Man’s way. In other places they build 
 their Nefts on the Ground, but here they build on 
 Trees ; which I never faw any where elfe; tho’ J 
 have feen of them in a great many places. Their 
 Flefh is black and eats fifhy, but are often eaten by 
 the Privateers. Their numbers have been much lef- 
 fened by the French Fleet, which was loft here, as} 
 fhall givean account. 
 
 
 
 Soe fe eee te 
 
 as tele 
 
 ae 
 
 ~The Man-ofWar (asit is called by the Exel/fh) is 
 
 about the bignefs of a Kite, and in fhape like it, but 
 black; and the neck is red. It lives on Fith, yet 
 never lights on the Water, but foars aloft like a 
 Kite, and when it fees its prey,it flys down head fote- 
 mott tothe Waters edge, very {wiftly takes its prey 
 out of the Sea with his Bill, and immediately 
 mounts again as {wiftly; and never touching the 
 Water with his Bill. His Wings are very long ; his 
 Feet are like other Land-fowl, and he builds om 
 Trees, where he finds any ; but where they are wan- 
 ting on the Ground. 
 
 This Ifland Aves lies about 8 or 9 leagues to the. 
 
 Fafiward of thellandBow-Airy,about 14 or 15 leagues 
 ii _ from 
 
50 
 
 An,1682 from the Main, and about the lat.of 11d. 45m. | 
 North. It is but fmall, nor above 4 mile in length, — 
 and towards the Eaft end not halfa mile broad. On — 
 the North fide it is low Land, commonly overflown ~ 
 withthe Tide; but on theSouth fide there isa great — 
 Rocky Bank of Coral thrown up by the Sea. The © 
 Weft end is, for near a mile fpace, plaineven Savan- — 
 
 aa) 
 
 ~ D'Efree’s Shipwrack, 
 
 nah Land, without any Trees. Thereare 2 or 3 Wells 
 
 dug by Privateers, who often frequent this Ifland, — 
 becanfe there is a good Harbour about the middle of 
 
 it on the North fide, where they may conveniently 
 careen. The Riff, or Bank of Rocks, on which the 
 French Fleet was loft, as I mentioned above, runs 
 
 along from the Eaft end to the Northward about 3 
 mile, then trends away to the Weftward,making as - 
 it were a HalfMoon. This Riff breaks off all the | 
 Sea, and there isgood Riding in even fandy ground — 
 to the Weftward of it. There are 2 or 3 {mall low © 
 
 _ fandy Keys,or Iflands,within this Riffjabout 3 miles 
 
 from the Main Ifland. The Count @’Eftree loft his — 
 Fleet here in this manner. Coming from the — 
 Eaftward, he fell in on the back of the Riff, and — 
 fired Guns to give warning to the reft of his Fleet: © 
 
 But they fuppofing their Admiral was engaged 
 
 with Enemies, hoifted up their Topfails, and croud- ~ 
 ed all the Sail they could make, and ran full fail — 
 
 afhoar after him; all within half a mile of each 
 
 other. For his Light being in the Main-Top wasan — 
 
 unhappy Beacon for them to follow; and there 
 efcaped but one Kings-Ship, and one Privateer. The 
 Ships continued whole all day, and the Men had 
 time enough, moft of them, to get afhoar, yet ma- 
 ny perifhed in the Wreck: and many of thofé that 
 got fafe onthe Ifland, for want of being accuftomed 
 to fuch hardfhips, died like rotten Sheep. But the 
 Privateers who had been ufed to fuch accidents lived 
 metrily, from whom I had this relation : and they 
 
 told me, that if they had gone to Jamaica with 30/. 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 Seas 
 
 Pain’s Adventure. 
 
 Sf 
 
 a Man in their Pockets, they could riot have en- d7.168~ 
 
 joyed themfelves more: Forthey kept ina Gang by ““v~ 
 
 themfelves, and watched when the Ships broke, to 
 get the Goods that came from them; and though 
 much was ftaved againit the Rocks, yet abundance 
 of Wine and Brandy floated over the Riff, where 
 thefe Privateers waited to take it up.. They lived 
 here about 3 weeks, waiting an opportunity to tran* 
 fport themfelves back again to Hifpamiola; in all 
 which time they were never without 2 or 3 Hogf: 
 heads of Wine and Brandy in their Tents, and Bar- 
 tels of Beef and Pork ; Which they could live on 
 without Bread well enough, tho’ the new-comers 
 out of France could not. There were about Forty 
 Frenchmen on board in one of the Ships where there 
 
 -was gooditore of Liquor, till the after part of her 
 
 broke away, and floated over the Riff, and was 
 carry'd away to Sea, with all the Men drinking 
 
 and finging , who being in drink, did not mindthe . 
 
 danger, but were never heard of afterwards. 
 In afhort time after this great Shipwrack, Caps 
 tain Paw, Commander of a Privateer of 6 Guns, 
 
 had a pleafant accident befel him at this Ifland. He* 
 
 came hitherto careen, intending to fit himfelf very 
 well; for here lay driven on the Ifland, Mafts, 
 Yards, Timbers, and many things that he wanted, 
 therefore he halled into the Harbour, clofe to the 
 Ifland, and unriggd hisShip. Before he had done; 
 a Dutch Ship of 20Guns,was fent from Querifazo to 
 
 ' take up the Guns that were loft on the Rit: But 
 
 {eeing a Ship inthe Harbour, and knowing Her to 
 be a French Privateer, they thought to take her firft, 
 
 ‘and came within a mile of her, and began to fire 
 
 at her, intending to warp inthe next day, for it is 
 very narrow going in. Capt. Paz got afhore fome 
 of his Guns, and did what he could to refift them ; 
 tho’ he didina manner conclude he mutt be taken. 
 But while his Men were thus bufied, he fpyd a 
 ‘ | Bea | Datel 
 
, Iles of Little Aves and Roca’s, 
 An.1682 Dutch Sloop turning to get into the Road, and faw 7 
 yw her at the evening Anchor at the Weft end of the © 
 
 Ifland. This gave him fome hope of making his 
 efcape; which he did, by fending two Canoasin — 
 the night aboard the Sloop, who took her, and got «| 
 confiderable purchafe in her ; and he went away in 
 her, making a good Reprizal, and leaving his own 
 empty Ship to the Dutch Man of War. 
 
 There is another Ifland to the Eaftward of the Ifle 
 of dves about 4 leagues,called by Privateers the little 
 Ifle of Aves, which is over-grown with Mangrove 
 Trees.I have feen it,but wasnever on it-There are no ~ 
 Inhabitants, that I could learn, on either of thefe — 
 Iilands, but Boobies and a few other Birds. 
 
 While we were at the Ifle of Aves, we careen'd © 
 Capt. Wright's Bark, and fcrubb’d the Sugar-prize, — 
 and got 2 Guns out of the Wrecks ; continuing here © 
 till the beginning of Feb. 1683. j 
 
 We went from hence to the Ifles Roca’s, to careen | 
 the Sugar-prize, which the Ifle of Aves was nota | 
 place fo convenient for. Accordingly we haled clofe «= 
 to one of the fmall Iflands, and got our Gunsafhore ~ 
 the firft thing we did, and built a Breaft-work on | 
 the Point, and planted all our Guns there, to hin- | 
 der an Enemy from coming to us while we lay on | 
 the Careen: Then we made a Houfe, ‘and coverd © 
 it with our Sails; to put our Goods and Provifions — 
 in. While we lay here, a French Man of War of | 
 36Guns, camethro’ the Keys, orlittle Iflands ; to © 
 whom we fold about 10 Tun of Sugar. I wasa- © 
 board twice or thrice, and very kindly welcomed — 
 both by the Capt. and his Lieutenant, who was a 
 Cavalier of Madta ; and they both offered me great | 
 Encouragement in France, if | would go with them; * 
 but I ever defigned to continue with thofe of my own — 
 Nation. _ 
 
 The [lands Roca’s are a parcel of fmall uninhabi- 
 ted Iflands, lying about the lat. of 11 deg. 40 se ; 
 
 about — 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 The Noddy and Tropick-Birds. 
 
 about 15 or 16 leagues from the Main, and about An.1682 
 20 leagues N. W.by W. from Tortuga, and 6 or 7 eG 
 
 leagues to the Weftward of Orchi//a, another Ifland 
 lying about the fame diftance from the Main ; 
 which Ifland I have feen, but was never at it. Roca’s 
 firetch themfelves Eaft and, VVeft about 5 leagues, 
 and their breadth about 3 leagues. The Northern- 
 moft of theféIflands isthe mo{t remarkable by rea- 
 fon of a high white rocky Hill at the weft end of ir, 
 which may be feen a great way; and on it there 
 are abundance of Tropick Birds, Men-of-VVar,Boo- 
 by and Noddys, which breed there. The Booby and 
 Man-of-VVar, I have defcribed already. The Noddy 
 is a {mall black Bird, about the bignefS of the En- 
 glifh Black-bird, and indifferent good Meat. They 
 buildin Rocks. VVe never find them far off from 
 fhore. I have feen of them in other places, but never 
 faw any of their Nefts,but in this Ifland,where there 
 is great plenty of them. The Tropick-Bird is as 
 _ big as aPigeon,but round and plump like a Partridge, 
 They are all white, except two or three Feathers in 
 each VVing of a light grey. Their Bills are of a 
 yellowifh colour, thick and fhort. They have one 
 long Feather, or rather a Quill, about 7 Inches long, 
 grows out at the Rump, which is all the Tail they 
 have. They are never feen far without either Tro- 
 pick,for which reafon they are called Tropick-Birds, 
 They are very good food, and we meet with thema 
 great way at Sea, and I never faw of them any 
 _ where but at Sea,and in this Ifland,where they build, 
 and are found in great plenty. 
 By the Sea, on the South-fide of that high Hill, 
 - there’s frefh VVater comes out of the Rocks, but fo 
 flowly, that it yields not above 40 Gallons in 24 
 hours, and it taftes fo copperifh, or aluminous ra- 
 ther, and rough in the Mouth, that it feems very 
 -unpleafant at firft drinking : But after 2 or3 days 
 any VVater will feem to have no tafte. 
 RE SN ee Moods 1 
 
OS i ana ane ee A eee La 
 
 54 Mangrove-trees. 
 
 ~ fn1682 The middle of this Ifland low plain Land, over- — 
 vrs grown with long Grafs, where there are multitudes ~ 
 of fmall grey Fowls no bigger than a Black-bird , — 
 yet lay Eges bigger than a Magpy’s ; and they are © 
 therefore by Privateers called Ege-birds. The Eaft 
 : 4 of the Ifland is overgrown with black Mangrove — 
 rees. : 
 There are 3 forts of Mangrove-Trees, black, red — 
 and white. The black Mangrove is the largeft Tree; © 
 the body about as big as an Oak, and about 20 © 
 feet high. Itis very hard and ferviceable Timber, — 
 but extraordinary heavy, therefore not much made © 
 ufe of for Building. The red Mangrove groweth ~ 
 commonly by the Sea fide, or by Rivers or Creeks. © 
 _ The Body is not fo big as that of the black Man. © 
 grove, but always grows out of many Roots about © 
 the bignefS of a Man’s Leg, fome bigger, fome lefS, — 
 which at about 6, 8, or 10 foot above the Ground, | 
 joyn into one trunk or body, that feems to be fup- © 
 ported by fo many Artificial Stakes. VVhere this — 
 fort of Tree grows, it isimpoflible to march, by | 
 reafon of thefe Stakes, which grow fo mixt one © 
 amoneg{t another, that I have, when forced to go | 
 thro’them, gone half a mile, and never fet my foot | 
 on the Ground, ftepping from Root to Root.. The © 
 Timber is-hard and good for many ufés. The infide — 
 of the Bark is red, and it is ufedfor tanning of Lea. © 
 ther very much all over the We/t Indies. The white — 
 Mangrove never groweth fo big as the other two — 
 forts, neither is it of any great ufe: Of the young — 
 Trees Privateers ufe to make Loom, ‘or Handles for ~ 
 their Oars, for it iscommonly ftraight, but not very 
 {trong, which is the fault of them. Neitherthe © 
 black nor white Mangrove grow towering up from 
 ftilts or rifing root, as the red doth; but the Body — 
 immediately out of the Ground, like other Trees, — 
 
 The | 
 
 
 
i le i al I a ok le Ee es ee Rei i aN i ee hl th bee Be sn 
 
 Ifle of Tortuga. 
 
 PE a ay Te 
 
 noe 
 
 The Land of this Eaft end is light fand, which is Avz.1682 
 _ fometimes over-flown with the Sea at Spring-tides. NU 
 
 The Road for Shipsis on the South-fide, againi{t the 
 middle of the Ifland. The reft of the Iflands of 
 Roca’s are low. The next to this on the South fide 
 is but fmall, flat, and even, without Trees, bearing 
 only Grafs. On the South fide of it is a Pond of 
 brackifh water, which fometimes Privateers ufe in- 
 {tead of better , there is likewife good Riding by ic. 
 About a league from this are two other Iflands, not 
 200 yards diftant from each other; yet a deep 
 Channel for Ships to pafs through. They are both 
 overgrown with red Mangrove Trees; which Trees, 
 above any of the Mangroves, do flourifh beft in wet 
 drowned Land, fuch as thefe two Iflands are ; only 
 the Eaft point of the Weftermoft Ifland is dry fand, 
 without Tree or Bufh. On this point we careened, 
 lying on the South fide of it. 
 
 The other Iflands are low, and have red Man- 
 groves, and other Trees on them.~ Here alfo Ships. 
 may ride, but no fuch place for careening as where 
 _ we lay,becaufe at that place Ships may haleclofe to 
 the fhoar ; and if they had but four Guns on the 
 point,may fecure the Channel,and hinder any Enemy 
 trom coming near them. I obferve, that within a- 
 - mong the Iflands, was good riding in many places, 
 but not without the Iflands, except to the Weft- 
 ward, orSouth Weft of them. For on the Eaft, or 
 N.E. of thefe Iflands, the common Trade-wind 
 blows, and makes a great Sea; and to the South- 
 ward of them, there is no ground under 70, 80, or 
 100 fathom, clofe by the Land. 
 
 After we had filled what water we could from 
 hence, we fet out again in Apri/ 1682. and came to 
 Salt-Lortuga, fo called to diftinguifh it from the 
 fhoals of Dry Tortugas, near Cape Florida, and from 
 
 the Ifle of Tortugas by Hifpaniola, which wascalled 
 
 formerly French Tortugas, though not having heard 
 B 4 any: 
 
56 Ifle of Tortuga. Salt-ponds. ; 
 _ An.1682 any mention of that name agreat while,] amapt to — 
 “~~ think it is fwallowed up in that of Perit-Guavres, 
 the chief Garrifon the French have in thofe parts. | 
 This Ifland wé ‘arrived atis pretty large, uninhabi- | 
 ted, and abounds with Salt. It is inlat.11d. North, — 
 and lyeth weft-and a little Northerly trom Marga- © 
 vita, an Ifland. inhabited by the Spaniards, ftrong, | 
 and wealthy; it is diftant trom it about 14 leagues, — 
 and 17 or 18 from Cape Blanco on the Main: A ~ 
 Ship being within thefe Iflands.a little to the South- — 
 ward, may fee at once the Main, Margarita, and 
 ‘Tortuga, when itis clear Weather. The Eaft end of 
 Tortuga is full of rugged, bare, broken Kocks,which 
 ftretch themfelves a little way out to Sea. At the ~ 
 S. E. part is of ‘an indifferent good Road for Ships, . 
 much frequented in peaceable times by Merchant- . 
 {hips, that come thither to lade Salt, in the Months — 
 of May, Fune, Fuly and Aagaft. For at the Eaft | 
 end is a large Salt-pond, within 200 paces of the © 
 dea. The Salt begins to kern, or grain in Apri/, — 
 except it isaidry feafons for it isobferved that Rain — 
 makes the Salt kern. Ihave feen above 20 Sailat — 
 atime in this Road come to Jade Salt ; and thefe — 
 Ships coming from fome of the Caribbe Ifands, are — 
 always well ftored with Rum, Sugar and Lime-juice 
 to make Punch, to hearten their Men when they 
 are at work,getting and’ bringing aboard the Salt ; — 
 and they commonly provide the more, in hopes to. 
 meet with Privateers, who refort-hither in the afore- 
 {aid Months, purpofely to keep'a Chriftmas, as they 
 call it; being fure to meet with Liquor enoughto — 
 be merry with, and are. very ‘liberal to thofe that 
 treat them. “Near the Weft end of the Ifland, on 
 the South fide, there is. a fall Harbour and. {ome 
 freth Water: That end ofthe Tfland is full of fhrub- 
 by Trees, but the Eaft end is rocky and barren: as 
 to Trees, producing only courfe Grafs. ‘There are 
 fome Goats on it, but not many ; ‘and: Turtle’ or 
 : bo — Tortoife 
 
 Bis yd ia. eee Cee ane Lie ER te se CE 
 ee 
 
 
 

 
 | The Guano. Ifle of Blanco, SA 
 
 ~ Tortoife come upou the fandy Bays to lay their Av.1682 
 
 Eggs, and fromthem the Ifland hath its name. There ews 
 is no riding any where but in the Roads where the 
 
 Salt-ponds are, or in the Harbour. 
 
 At this Ifle we thought to have fold our Sugar a- 
 mong the Exg/i/h Ships that come hither for Salt ; 
 ‘but failing there, wedefign’d tor Tvimidada, an Wland 
 near the main, inhabited by the Spamzards, tolerably 
 {trong and wealthy: but the Current and Eafterly 
 winds hindring us, we pafled through between 
 Margarita and the main, and went to Blanco, a pret- 
 ty large Ifland almoft North of Margarita; about 30 
 _Teagues from the main, and in 11 d. 50 m. North 
 Lat. It isa flat, even, low, uninhabited Ifland, 
 dry and healthy : moft Savannah of long Grafs, and 
 hath fome Trees of Lignum Vite growing in Spots, 
 with fhrubby bufhes of other Wood about them. It 
 is plentifully ftored with Gwano’s which are an 
 Animal like a Lizard, but much bigger. The body 
 sas big as'the {mall of a mans Leg, and from the 
 hind quarter the Tail grows tapering to the end 
 which is very {mall. If a man takes Hold of the tail, 
 _ except very near the hind quarter, it will part and 
 _ break off in one of the joints, and the Guano will 
 get away. © They lay Eggs as moft of thofe amphi- 
 bious creatures do, and are very good to eat. Their 
 _ flefth ismuch efteem’d by Privateers, who commonly 
 _ dref§ them for their fick men; for they make very 
 good Broath. They are of divers colours, as almoft 
 black, dark brown, light brown, dark green, light 
 _ gteen.yellow, and fpeckled. They all live as well 
 in the Water as on Land, andfome of them are 
 conftantly in the Water and among Rocks: Thefe 
 arecommonly black. Othets that live in {wampy 
 wet ground are commonly on Bufhes and Trees, 
 thefe aré'green. But fich as live in dry ground, as 
 here at Blancoare commonly yellow ; yet thefe al- 
 fo will livein the Water, and are biacig on 
 y | rees, 
 
 
 
 
 
 Pe Poe Ne ee ee ee a 
 
58 Modern Changes in the Weft-Indies. \; 
 An.1632 Trees. The Road is on the N. W. end, againft a 
 Une fimall Cove, or little fandy Bay. There is no ti 
 
 ding any where elfe, for it is deep water, and fteep, 
 clofé to the Land. There is one fmall Spring on 
 the Weft fide, and there are fandy Bays round the 
 Ifland, where Turtle or Tortoife, come up in great 
 abundance, going afhoar in the night. Thefeé that | 
 frequent this Ifland are called green Turtle, and | 
 they are the beft of that fort, both for largenef$ and 
 fweetnels of any inall the Weft-Indies. 1 would here | 
 give a particular defcription of thefe, and other forts 
 of Turtle in thefé Seas ; but becaufe I fhall have 
 occafion to mention fome other fort of Turtle when 
 I come again into the South Seas, that are very 
 different from all thefe, I fhall there give a general — 
 account of all thefé feveral forts at once, that the 
 difference between them may be the better difcern- 
 ed. Some of our modern Defcriptions fpeak of 
 Goats on this Ifland: I know not what there may — 
 have been formerly, but there are none now to my 
 certain knowledge ; for my felf, and many more of © 
 our Crew, have beenall over it. Indeed thefe parts — 
 have undergone great changes in this laft Age, as — 
 well in places themfelves, as in their Owners, and — 
 Commodities ofthem; particularly Nombre de Dios, ~ 
 a City once famous, and which {till retains a confi- © 
 derable name in fome late accounts, is now nothing” 
 buta Name. For I have lain afhoar in. the place © 
 where that City ftood ; but it is allover-grown with © 
 Wood, fo as to leave no fign that any ‘Town hath © 
 been there. j 
 We ftaid at the Ifle of Blanco not above ten days, © 
 and then went back to Sa/t-Lortuga again, where 
 Captain Yanky parted with us: And from thence, 
 after about 4 days, all which time our,men were ~ 
 drunk and quartelling,. we in Capt. Wrighbt’sShip — 
 went to the Coaft of Caraccos on the.Main. Land. — 
 This Coaft is upon feveral accounts very isa | 
 fou e: a 
 
 
 
 
 
 EO 
 
 a ~ ‘ey ¥ 
 Yipes Pe AS 
 pn il Liam dees! <5 2s Sa 
 

 
 Goaft of Caracco’s, Remarkable Land. 59 
 ble: °Tis a continued traét of high Ridges of Hills, Av.1682 
 
 and {mall Valleys intermixt, for about zoleagues, +*“¥w 
 _ ftretching Eaft and Weft, but in fuch manner, that 
 
 the Ridges of Hills and the Valleys alternately run 
 
 ointing upon the {hore from South to North : The 
 alleys fome of them about 4 or 5, others not above — 
 
 one or two furlongs wide, and in length from the 
 
 Sea fcarce any. of them above 4 or 5 mile at moft; 
 
 there being a long ridge of Mountains at that di- 
 
 {tance from the Sea-coaft, and in amanner parallel 
 
 to it, that joyns thofe fhorter Ridges, and clofeth up 
 
 the South end of the Valleys, which at the North 
 
 ends of them lye open to the Sea, and make fo 
 
 many little fandy Bays, that are the only Landing- 
 
 places on the Coaft. Both the main Ridge and 
 
 thefe {horter Ribs are very high Land, fo that 3. or 
 
 4 leagues off at Sea the Valleys {carce appear to the 
 
 Eye, but all looks like one great Mountain. . From 
 
 the Ifles of Roca’s about 15, and from the Ifle of 
 
 Aves about 20 leagues off, we fee this Coaft very 
 - plain from on board our Ships, yet when at anchor 
 
 on this Coaft, we cannot fee thofelfles; tho’ again 
 from the topsof thefe Hills, they appear as if at no 
 
 great diftance, like fo many Hillocks in a Pond. 
 
 Thefe Hills are barren, except the lower fides of 
 
 them that are covered with fome of the fame rich 
 
 black Mould that fills the Valleys,and is as goodasI 
 
 have feen. In fome of the Valleys there’s a {trong red 
 
 Clay, but in the general they are extreamly fertile, 
 
 well water’d, and inhabited by Spamiards and their 
 -Negro’s. They have Maiz and Plantains for their 
 
 fupport, with Indian. Fowls and fome Hogs. But 
 
 the main Product of thefe Valleys, and indeed the 
 
 only, Commodity it vends, are the Cacao-Nuts, of 
 
 which -the Chocolate issmade. The Cacao-Tree 
 
 grows no where in the North Seas but in theBay of 
 
 Campeachy, on Cofta Rica, between Portabel and Nica- 
 
 rag ua chiefly up Carpenters River; and on this Coaft 
 
 an ; as 
 
 
 
 i | ade ae TN TD ee ee te ee OL ene ee. ee ae 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ‘60 Of the beft Gacao-Nats. . 
 An.1682 as high as the Ifle of Tyzzzdada. Inthe South Seas, } 
 tw it grows inthe River of Gziaquil, a little to the} 
 
 Southward of the Line, and inthe Valley of Col/imay” 
 on the South fide of the Continent of Mexico ; both’ 
 which places I fhall hereafter defcribe.Befides thefé, 
 Tam confident,there’s no places in the World where: 
 the Cacao grows, except thofe in Famaica; of which ® 
 
 _ there are now but few remaining, of many and large. 
 ‘Walks or Plantations of them tound there by the’ 
 Englifb at their firft arrival, and fince planted by) 
 them; and even thefe, tho’ there is a great deal” 
 of pains and care beftowed on them, yet feldom # 
 come to any thing, being generally blighted. The 
 Nuts of this Coaft of Caraccos, tho’ lefs than thofe | 
 of Coffe Rica whichare. large flat Nuts, yet are bet- 
 ter and fatter, in my opinion, being {fo very oily, 9 
 that we are forced to ufe Water in rubbing them up; § 
 and the Spaniards that live here, inftead of parching | 
 them, to get off the Shell before they pound or rub J 
 them, to make Chocolate, do ina manner burn’em | 
 _ to dry up the Oil ; for elfe, they fay, it would fill 7 
 them too full of Blood, drinking Chocolate as 7 
 they do, five or fix times a day. My worthy Con: | 
 fort Mr. Ringrofe commends moft the Guiaquil 
 Nut ; I prefume, becaufé he had little knowledge of | 
 the reft ; for being intimately acquainted with him, | 
 i know the courfe of his Travels and Experience ; © 
 But I am perfwaded, had he known the reft fo well 7 
 as I pretend tohave done, who have at feveral times | 
 been long ufed to, and in a manner lived upon all 7 
 the feveral forts of them above-mentioned,he would © 
 prefer the Caraccos Nuts before any other; yet pof: | 
 fibly the drying up of thefeNuts fo much by theSpa- — 
 aiards here, as Lfaid, may leffen their efteem with — 
 thofe’ Europeans, that ufe their Chocolate ready | 
 tubb’d up: So that/we always chofé to make it up — 
 
 si att 
 
 _ our felves.. © 
 ‘ : 
 
 The 1 
 
 
 
 ent es he 
 
Ring Ale i ie ed GE? SO OMe eee 
 
 : The Cacao-Tree. Gn 
 __ The Cacao Tree hatha Body about a foot and an An.1682 
 half thick (the largett fort) and 7 or 8 foot high to hay 
 the Branches, which are large, and fpreading like 
 -an Oak, with a pretty thick, fmooth, dark-green 
 leaf, fhaped like that of a Plumb-Tree, but larger. 
 The Nuts are inclofed in Cods as big as both a 
 Man’s Fifts put together: At the broadend of which 
 there is a imall, tough, limber ftalk, by which they 
 _ hang pendulous from the Body of the Tree, in all 
 parts of it from top to bottom, fcattered at irregular 
 diftances, and from the greater Branches a little way 
 up; efpecially at the joints of them, or partings, 
 _where-they hang thicke{t, but never on the {maller 
 Boughs. There may be ordinarily about 20 or 30 
 of thefe Cods upon a well-bearing Tree ;. and they 
 have 2 Crops of them ina year, one in December, 
 but the beft in Fume. The Cod it felf or Shell is 
 ~ almoft half an Inch thick; neither fpongy nor 
 woody, but of a fubftance between both, brittle, 
 yet harder than the Rind of a Lemmon; likewhich . 
 ‘its furface is grained or knobbed, but more courfe 
 and unequal. ‘The Cods at firft are of a dark green, 
 but the fide of them next the Sun of a muddy red. 
 As they grow ripe, the green turns to a fine bright 
 yellow, and the muddy to a more lively beautitul 
 red, very plealantto the Eye. They neitherripen, 
 nor are gathered atonce : but for three Weeks or a 
 _ Month when the Seafonis, the Overfeers of the 
 Plantations go every day about to fee which are 
 turned yellow; cutting at once, it may be, not a- 
 bove one from a Tree.. The Cods thus gathered, 
 they lay in feveral heaps to {weat, and then burfting 
 the Shell with their hands, they pull out the Nuts, 
 which are the only fubftance they contain, having 
 no ftalk or pith among them, and (excepting that 
 thefe Nuts lye in regular rows) are placed like the 
 grains of Maiz, but fticking together ; and foclofe- 
 ly ftowed, that after they have been once feparated, 4 
 it 
 
 
 
 oe ne ee ee ee bs 
 
 3 
 ie 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 62 . City of Caraccos: 
 
 An.1682 it would be hard to place them again in fo narrow 
 vw acompafs. There are generally near 100 Nuts in a 
 ‘Cod; in proportion to the greatnef$ of which, for” 
 it varies, the Nuts are bigger or lefs. When taken) 
 out they dry them in the Sun upon Mats fpread on 
 the Ground: after which they need no more care, 
 having a thin hard skin of their own, and much) 
 Oil, which preferves them. Salt-Water will not? 
 hurt them; tor we had our Baggs rotten, lying in| 
 the bottom of our fhip, and yet the Nuts never the” 
 worfe. They raife the young Trees of Nuts, fet’ 
 with the great end down-ward, in fine black Mould, 
 and in the fame places where they are to bear s_ 
 which they do in 4 or5 years time, without the™ 
 trouble of tranfplanting. There are ordinarily of | 
 thefe Trees, from 500 to 2000 and upward in a7 
 Plantation or Cacao-walk, as they callthem ; and) 
 they fhelter the young Trees from the Weather with” 
 Plantains fet about them for two or three years ; de- | 
 ftroying all the Plantains by fuch time the Cacao- 
 Trees are ofa pretty good Body, and able to endure © 
 the heat; which I take to be the moft pernicious to | 
 them of any thing; for tho’ thefe Valleys lye open | 
 to the North Winds, unlefS a little fhelter’d here and | 
 there, by fome Groves of Plantain Trees, which are | 
 purpofely. fet near the Shores of the feveral Bays, | 
 get, by all that I could either obferve or learn, the | 
 Cacao’s in this Country are never blighted, as I have © 
 often known them to be in other places. Ca- | 
 cao-Nuts are ufed as Money in the Bay of Cam." 
 peachy. q 
 The chief Town of this Country is called Corac- 7 
 cos, agood way within Land, ’tis a large wealthy | 
 place, where live moft of the Owners of thefe | 
 Cacao-walks, that are in the Valleys by the thore ; 
 the Plantations being managed by Overfees and 
 Negto’s. It is in a large Savannah Country, that 
 abounds with Cattle; and a Spaniard of my acquaine — 
 tance, 
 
 
 
 q 
 Y 
 ; 
 : 
 i 
 7 
 j 
 
 
 
La Guiare. La Comana. Verina. 63 q 
 tance, a vety fenfible Man who hath been there, Av.1682 
 - tells me that "tis very populous, and he judges it to WN 
 be three times as big as Corunna in Gallicia. The way 
 ~to it is very fteep and craggy, over that ridge of 
 Hills, which I fay clofés up the Valleys and parti- 
 ~ tion Hills of the Cacao Coaft. Inthis Coaft it felf 
 the chief place is La Guiare, a good Town clofe 
 _ by the Sea; and though it had but a bad Harbour, 
 yet it is much frequented by the Spami/h Shipping ; 
 for the Dutch and Exglifh anchor in the fandy Bays 
 that lie here and there, in the mouths of {everal 
 Valleys, and where there is very good riding. The 
 | Town is open, but hath a ftrong Fort; yet both 
 were taken fome years fince by Captain Wright and 
 his Privateers. °Tis feated about 4 or 5 leagues to 
 the Weftward of Cape Blanco, which Cape is the 
 ’ Eaftermoft boundary of this Coaft of Caraccos.  Fur- 
 _ ther Eaftward about 20 leagues, isa great Lake or 
 Branch of theSea,.called Laguna de Venezuela, 
 about which are many rich Towns, but the mouth 
 of the Lake is {hallow, that no Shipscan enter. Near 
 _ this mouth is a place called Comana, where the — 
 Privateers were once repulfed without daring to at- 
 tempt it any more, being the only place in the 
 North Seas they attempted in vain for many years ; 
 and the Spaniards fince throw it in their teeth fre- 
 quently, as a word of reproach or defiance to them. 
 Not far from that place is Verima, a {mall Village 
 and Spanifh Plantation, famous for its Tobacco ; 
 reputed the beft in the VVorld. 
 But to return to Caraccos, all this Coaft is fubje&t 
 to dry VVinds, generally North Eaft, which caufed us 
 to have fcabby Lips; and we always found it thus, 
 and that in ditterent Seafons of the year, for I have 
 _ been on this Coaft feveral times.. In other refpetts 
 _ it is very healthy, and a fweet clear Air. The Spe- 
 - niards have Look-outs or Scouts on the Hills, 
 and Breaft-works in the Valleys, and moft of 
 | | their 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 An: 1632 
 Ms ao 
 
 "it, that none of my own Countrymen find the way | 
 
 ewe, te ee ees Se 
 
 Rich Trade of the Coaft of Caraccos. 
 their Negro’s are furnifhed with Arms alfo for des. 
 fence of the Bays. The Dutch have avery profitas 
 
 ble Trade here, almoft to themfelves. 1 have 
 known 3 or 4 great Ships at a time on the Coaft, 
 each it may be of 30 or 40 Guns. They carry” 
 hither all forts of Ewropean Commodities, efpecially 
 Linnen ; making vaft Returns, chiefly in Silver and- 
 Cacao. And I have often wondred and regretted? 
 
 ne. os ae 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 thither directly from Exgland , for our Famaica-men™ 
 Trade thither indeed, and find the fweet of it, tho’! 
 they carry Engli/h Commodities at fecond or third | 
 hand. — | 
 While we lay on this Coaft, we went afhore in 
 fome of the Bays, and took 7 or 8 Tun of Cacao ;_ 
 and after that 3 Barks, one laden with Hides, the | 
 fecond with European Commodities, the third with 
 Earthen-ware and Brandy. With thefe 3 Barks we 
 went again to the Iflands of Roca’s, where we fhar’d © 
 our Commodities, and feparated, having Veflels © 
 enough to traniport us all whither we thought moft 
 convenient. ‘Twenty of us (for we wereabout 60). 
 took one of the Vefiels and our fhare of the Goods, © 
 and went direttly for Virginia. In our way ~ 
 thither we took feveral of the Sucking-jifhes’; for 
 when we fee them about the Ship, we caft out a _ 
 Line and Hook, and they will take it with any ” 
 manner of Bait, whether Fith or Flefh.. The Such- 
 ing fifh is about the bignefs of alarge Whiting, and / 
 much of the fame-fhape towards the Tail, but the © 
 Headis flatter. From the Head to the middle of | 
 its back,there groweth a fortofflefh of a hard griftly 
 fubftance, like that of the Limpit (a Shell-fifh, 
 tapering up piramidically ) which: {ticks to the 
 Rocks; or like the head or mouth of a Shell-Snail, 7 
 but harder. This Excrefcence is of a flat oval torm, © 
 about 7 or 8 Inches long, and 5 or 6 broad; and riz © 
 fing about half an Inch high. It is full of finall © 
 | Ridges, | 
 
 
 

 
 Of the Sucking-Fith, or Remora, 65 
 “ridges, with which it will faften it felf to any thing 47.1683 
 _ that it meets with in the Sea, juft as a Snail dothto ~Y™ 
 a Wall. Whenany of them happen to come about 
 | a Ship they feldom leave her, for they will feed on 
 
 fuch filth as is daily thrown over-board, or on meer | 
 
 Excrements. When it is fair weather,and but little a 
 
 wind, they will play about the Ship ; but in blufter- a 
 
 ing weather, or when the Ship fails quick, they 
 
 commonly faften themfelves to the Ships bottom, 
 
 from whence neither the Ships motion, though ne- 
 
 - ver fo fwift, nor the moft tempeftuous Sea.can re: 
 
 move them. They will likewife faften themfelves 
 
 to any other bigger Fifh ; for they never fwim faft 
 - themfelves, if they meet with any thing to carry 
 
 them. I have found them{ticking to a Shark, after 
 
 it was hal’d in on the deck, though a Shark is fo 
 
 {trong and boifterous a Fifh, and throws about him 
 
 fo vehemently for halfan hour together, it may be, 
 
 when caught,that did not the Sucking fifh {tick at no 
 
 ordinary rate, it muft needs be caft off by fo much | 
 
 violence. It is ufual alfo to {ee them fticking to Tur- 
 tle, to any old Trees, Planks, or the like, that lie dri- 
 ving at Sea. Any knobs or inequalities at a Ships 
 bottom, are a great hindrance to the {wiftnefs of its 
 failing ; and 1o or 12 of thefe fticking to it, muft 
 needs retard it,as much, in amanner,as if its bottom 
 were foul. So.that J am inclined to think that this | 
 + Fith is the Remora, of which the Ancients tell fucl 1 
 {tories ; if it be not, I know no other that is, and I 
 leave the Reader to judge. I have {een of thefe Suck- 
 | 
 | 
 \ 
 
 
 
 ing-fifhes in great plenty in the Bay of Campeachy,and 
 
 in all the Sea between that and the Coaft of Carac- 
 
 cos, as about thofeé lands particularly, | havelately 
 
 defcribed, Rocas, Blanco, Tortugas, &c. They have’ 
 no {cales, and are very good meat. 
 
 We met nothingelfé worth remark, in our Voy- . 
 
 age to Virginia, where we arrived in 7uly 1682. 
 
 | That Country is fo well known to our Nation, ra 
 
 F , 
 
en eT eT, 
 
 4 
 P 
 i, 
 : 
 . 
 e 
 
 
 
 66. 2«=—S—si‘i«é‘ I ~Atoov’s avvivaal iw Virginia, 
 An.16$2 I fhall fay nothing of it, nor fhall I detain ‘the 
 iy~ Reader with the ftory of my own Affairs, and the 
 
 troubles that betel me during about 13 months of 
 ‘my ftay there ; but in the next Chapter, enter im: 
 mediately upon my fecond Voyage into the South 
 Seas, and round the Globe. | 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CHAR. 
 
 2 
 r 
 yi 
 « 
 Br 
 1 i 
 a 
 Bas 
 vag 
 -_ 
 
PG Oe 8 OE MN Wy eg ee ee ES eT SN Ce ree oe ee Le ee | 
 =. . E ae m 5 . 
 
 The Author's xd Voyage to the South Seas, 6 | 
 An1683 
 a) 
 
 
 
 
 
 CHAP. IV. 
 
 The Author's Voyage to the Ifle of John Fernati- 
 
 do mm the South Seas. He arrives at the Ifles 
 of Cape Verd. Ijle of Sall 5 is Salt ponds, The 
 Flamingo, and its remarkable Neft.. Amber- 
 griefe where found. The Iles of St. Nicholas, 
 Mayo, St. Jago, Fogo, 2 burning Mountain; 
 with the reft of the Iftes of Cape Verd. Shers 
 borough River on the Coaft of Guinea. The oe 
 Commodities and Negroes there - A Town of 
 theirs deferib’d. Tornadoes, Sharks, Flying- 
 fib. A Sea deep and clear, yet pale. Iles of 
 Sibble de Ward. Small red Lobfters. Streight 
 Le Mair. States Ifland. Cape Horn zn Terra 
 del Fuego. Their meeting with Gaptazn Eaton 
 zn the South Seas, and their going together to 
 the Ifle of John Fernando. Of 2 Moskito- 
 man left there alone 3 Years: His Avt and 
 Sagacity; with that of other Indians. The 
 Wand defcribed. . The Savannahs of America. 
 
 _ Goats at John Fernando’ Seals. Sea-Laons. 
 Snappers a fort.of Fifb. Rock-ffo. The Bays, 
 aud natural firength of this Ifland. 
 
 . BY: now entring upon the Relation of a new 
 Voyage, which makes up the main body of this 
 Book, proceeding from Virginia by the way of Terra 
 del Fuego, and the South Seas, the Eaft-Indies, and fo 
 on, till my return to Eng/and by the way of the Cape 
 of good Hope.l fhall give my Reader this fhort Account 
 ‘of my firft entrance upon ts Among thofe who 
 2 ac 
 
 
 
‘ere 2 ree ee ee ee od ear er ree ey ceee oe ye a he vr ee) a a oe 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 68 The Author's 2d Voyage to the South Seas. q 
 An.1683 accompanied Captain Sharp into the South Seas in 
 y~ our former Expedition, and leaving him there, rej} 
 
 in the 1ftand 2d Chapters; there was one Mr. Cook, 
 an Englifh Native ot St. Chriftophers, a Cirole, as wem 
 call, all born of Evropean Parents in the Weft-Indies, 
 He was a fenfible Man, and had been fome years a 
 Privateer. At our joining our felves with thofey 
 Privateers we met at our coming again to the 
 
 North Seas, his lot was to be with Captain Yanky,)} 
 who kept Company for fome confiderable time 
 with Capt. Wright, in whofe Ship I was, and parte} 
 ed with us at our 2d Anchoring at the Ifle of Tor- 
 
 our parting, this Mr. Cook being Quarter-mafter un 
 der Captain Yanky, the fecond place in the Ship,y 
 according to the Law of Privateers, laid claim to a | 
 Ship they took from the Spaniards, and. fuch off 
 Capt. Yankys Men as were fo <difpofed, particu- 
 larly all thofe who came with us over Land went) 
 aboard this Prize Ship under the new Capt. Cook | 
 This diftribution was made at the Ifl2 of Vacca, orf 
 the Iflz of A/h, as we call it ; and herethey parted 
 alfo fuch Goods as they had taken. ButCapt. Cookil 
 having no Commiiffion, as Captain Yanky, Captaingl 
 Triftian, and fome other ~French Commanders hadjy 
 who lay then’at that Ifland, and they grutching the 
 Engli/b fach aVeflel, they all joined together, plun- 
 dered the Exeli/h of their Ship, Goods, and Armsj§ 
 and turned them afhoar. Yet Capt. T7i/tzan took 
 in about 8 or ro of thefe Englifh, and carried them 
 with him to Pezit-Guavers :, of which number Cap: 
 tain Cook was one, and Capt. Davz another, who 
 with the reft found means to feize the Ship as fhe 
 lay at anchorin the Road, Capt. I7i/?zam and many ©: 
 his Men being then afhoar: and the Exg/i/h fending 
 _ athoar fuch vench Men as remained in the Ship and 
 were maftered by them, though fuperior in number, 
 
 S 
 
 / 
 
His Departure from Virginia. 69 
 ftood away with her immediately for the Ifle of Vac- An.1683 
 ca, before any notice of this furprize could reach the ~W~w 
 ' French Governor of that Ifle; fo deceiving him alfo 
 by a Stratagem, they got on board the reft of their 
 Country-men, who had been left on that Ifland ; 
 | and going thence they took a Ship newly come 
 from France, laden with Wines.’ They alfo took a 
 Ship of good force, in which they refolved to em- 
 bark themfelves, and make a new Expedition into 
 the South Seas, to cruife on the Coaft of Chili and 
 Peru. But firft they went for Virginia with their 
 Prizes, where they arrived the Apri/ after my com- 
 ing thither. The beft of their Prizes carried a8 
 Guns: this they fitted up there with Sails, and eve- 
 ty thing neceflary for folonga Voyage ; felling 
 ‘the Wines they had taken for fuch Provifions as 
 they wanted. My felf, and thofe of our Fellow- 
 travellers over the Ifthmus of America, who came 
 with me to Virginia the year before this, ( moft of 
 which had fince made a fhort Voyage to Carolina, 
 and were again return’d to Virginia) refolved to join 
 our felves to thefe new Adventurers: and as many 
 ' more engaged in the fame defign as made our whole 
 Crew confitt of about 70 Men. So having furnifh’d 
 our felves with neceffary Materials, and agreed up- 
 on fome particular Rules, efpecially of Temperance 
 and Sobriety, by reafon of the length of our in- 
 tended Voyage, we all went on board our Ship. 
 
 Auguft 23. 1683. we failed from. Achamack in Vir- 
 ginia, under the command of Captain Cook, bound 
 for the South Seas. I fhall not trouble the Reader 
 with an account of every days Run, but haften to 
 the lefs known Parts of the World, to give a de- 
 {cription of ’em; only relating fuch memorable 
 Accidents as hapned to us, and fuch Places as we 
 touched at by the way. , 
 _ We met nothing worth obfervation till we came 
 to the Iflands of Cape Verd, except a tetrible Storm, 
 
 F 3 which 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Le SN: CT oe te See eee ee eS Pe ee RO SN res Me tg eh ee eee Ee poet Saye ee ee te ee ee, Oe ee 
 
 70 | ~The Ifles of Cape Verd. | 
 A7.1682 which could not efcape it: This hapned in a few © 
 WY days after we left Virginia, withaS.S.E. wind ju 4 
 
 in our Teeth. The ftorm lafted above a week: it 
 ~ drencht us all like fo many drowned Rats, and was} 
 one of the worft ftorms I ever was in. One I met@ 
 with in the Ea/?-Indiés was more violent for they 
 time; but ofnot above. 24 hours continuance. ALY 
 terthat Storm we had favourable winds and good” 
 weather; and in a {hort time we arrived at thelfland ¥ 
 Sall, which is one of the Eaftermoft of the CapeVerd ¥ 
 Iflands. Of thefe there are ten in number ( {0 con- ¥ 
 fiderable as to bear diftin€t names ) and they lie fe. 
 vétal degrees off from Cape Verd in Africk, whence} 
 they receive that Appellation ; taking up about 5. 
 deg. of Longitude in breadth, and about as many of 
 Latitude in their length, uzz. from near 14 to 19 § 
 North. They are moit inhabited by Portuguefe Ban- 
 dittz. This ot Sa// is an Ifland lying in the Lat. of 
 16. in Long. 19. deg. 33 m. Weit from the Lizard) 
 in England, ftretching trom North to South about 
 8 or 9 leagues, and not above a league and an half) 
 ot 2 leagues wide. It hathits name from the abun- 
 dance of Salt that is naturally congealed there, the! 
 whole Ifland being full of large Salt-ponds. The’ 
 Land is very barren, producing no Tree that TD 
 could fee, but fome finall fhrubby Bufhes by the Sea-} 
 fide. Neither could I difcern any Grafs, yet there” 
 are fome poor Goats on it. 4 
 I know not whether there are any other Beafts | 
 on the Ifland: There are fome wild Fowl, but, I) 
 judge, notmany. I faw a few Flamingo’s, which is| 
 a fort of large Fowl, much like a Heron in fhape,’ 
 but bigger, and of a reddifh colour. They delight’ 
 to keep together in great companies, and feed in| 
 Mud or Ponds, or in fuch places whete there is | 
 not much Water: They. are very fhy, therefore it | 
 is hard to fhoot them. Yet I have lain obfcuted in | 
 the evening near a place where they refort, ag 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Flamingo, and its Artificial Neff. aI 
 with two mote in my company have killed 14 of Av.1683 
 them at once; the firft fhot being made while they ew ny 
 were ftanding on the ground, the other two as they 
 tofe. They build their Nefts in fhallow Ponds, 
 
 - where there is much Mud, which they fcrape toge- 
 ther, making little Hillocks, like {mall Iflands, ap- 
 pearing out of the Water, a foot and half high from 
 the bottom. They make the foundation of thefe — 
 Hillocks broad, bringing them up tapering to the 
 _ top,where they leave a {mall hollow pit to lay their 
 
 Eges in; and when they either lay their Eggs, or 
 
 hatch them, they ftand all the while, not on the 
 
 Hillock, but clofe by it with their Legs on the 
 
 ground and in the water, refting themfelves again{t 
 
 the Hillock, and covering the hollow Neft upon it 
 with their Rumps: For their Legs are very long, 
 and building thus, as they do, upon the ground, 
 they could neither draw their Legs conveniently in- 
 to their Nefts, nor fic down upon them otherwifeé 
 than by refting their whole bodies there, to the pre- 
 judice of their Eggs or their young, were it not for 
 this admirable contrivance, which they have by na- 
 tural inftintt. ‘They never lay more than two Eggs, 
 and feldom fewer. The young ones cannot fly till 
 they are almoft full grown; but will run prodigi- 
 oufly fait; yet we have taken many of them. The 
 
 Fleih of both young and old is lean and black, yet 
 
 very good meat, tafting neither fifhy, nor any way 
 —unfavory. Their Tongues are large, having a large 
 
 knob of fat at the root, which is an excellent bit ; 
 
 2. Difh of Flamingo’s Tongues being fit for a Prince’s 
 
 Table. } ) , 
 
 When many of them are ftanding together by a 
 
 Ponds fide, being halfa mile diftant from a Man, 
 
 they appear to himlike a Brick Wall; their Feathers 
 
 being of the colour of new red Brick: and they 
 commonly ftand upright, and fingle, one by one, 
 exattly ina row (except me feeding ) and clofe 
 
 | 4 by 
 
 
 

 
 ~ Ifle of Salil. ENT 
 An.1683 by each other. The young ones at firft are of a 
 www light grey ; and as their Wing-feathers {pring out) 
 they grow darker ; and never come to their right 
 colour, or any beautiful fhape, under 10 or 1f 
 
 months old. Ihave feen Flamingoes at Rio la Hacha, 
 
 and at an Ifland lying near the Main of America 
 
 right againft Queri/ao, called by Privateers Eamingo 
 
 Key, from the multitude of thefe Fowls that breed) 
 
 there : and I] never faw of their Nefts and young} 
 
 but here. = 
 
 There ‘are not above 5 or 6 Men on this Ifland 
 
 of Sall, and a poor Governor, as they called him, 
 
 who came aboard in our Boat, and brought 3 or 4) 
 
 poor lean Goats for a Prefent to our Captain, tel-} 
 
 ling him they were the beft that the Iland did 
 
 aflord. The Captain, minding more the poverty off 
 
 the Giver than the value of the Prefent, gave him 
 
 in requital a Coat to cloathhim,; for be had no- 
 
 thing but a few Rags on his back, and an old Hat) 
 
 not worth 3 farthings; which yet I believe he} 
 
 wore butfeldom, for fear he fhould want before he} 
 
 } might get another; for he told us therehad not been! 
 a Ship in 3 years before. We bought of him about: 
 | : 20 bufhels of Salt for a few eld Cloaths: and he® 
 bege’d a little Powder and Shot. We ftay’d here 37 
 days; in which time one of thefe Portuguefe ottered” 
 to fome of our Men a lump of Ambergriefe in ex-¥ 
 change for fome Cloaths , defiring them to keep) 
 it fecret, for he faid if the Governor fhould Know | 
 it he fhould be hang’d. At length one Mr. Coppinger § 
 bought for a fmall matter; yet I believe he gave) 
 more than it was worth. We had nota Manin the’ 
 Ship that knew Ambergriefe; but I have fince feen 
 it in other places, and therefore am certain it was 
 not right. It was of a dark colour, like Sheeps Dung, © 
 and very fott, but of no fmell, and poffibly “twas | 
 fome of their Goats Dung.*' 1 afterwards faw. fome | 
 fold at the Nequebars in the Eaft-Indies,which was of 
 ay: ee A a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 AV Ny Be eee 
 
 
 
 ‘Ambergriefe where found. 72 
 a lighter colour, but very hard, neither had it any Av.168 3 
 ~fmell; and this alfo, I fuppofe, was a cheat. Yet Uw ry 
 it is certain that in both thefe places there is Am- 
 _ bergriefe found. . 
 '  Twastold by one Fob Read, a Briftol Man, that 
 he was Prentice to a Mafter who traded to thefe 
 _ Hands of Cape Verd, and once as he was riding at 
 an Anchor at Fogo, another of thefé Iflands, there 
 was a lump of it fwam by the Ship, and the Boat 
 being afhoar he miftit ; but knew it to be Amber- 
 eriefe, having taken up a lump fwimming in the 
 like manner the Voyage before, and his Mafter ha- 
 - ving at feveral times bought pieces of it of the Na- 
 tives of the Ifle of Fogo, fo as to enrich himfelf 
 thereby. And {0 at the Necquebars,Englifh men have 
 _ bought, as I have been credibly intormed , great 
 ‘quantities of very good Ambergriefe. Yet the Inha- 
 bitants are fo fubtil that they will counterfeit it, 
 both there and here: and I have heard that in the 
 Gulf of Frida, whence much of it comes; the 
 Native Indians there ufe the fame Fraud. 
 - Upon this occafion, I cannot omit to tell my 
 Reader what I learnt from Mr. Hi//, a Chirur- 
 geon, upon his fhewing me once a piece of Amber- 
 sriefe, which was thus. One Mr. Benjamin Barker, 
 a Man thatI have been long well acquainted with, 
 and know him to be a very diligent and obferving 
 Perfon, and likewife very fober and credible, told | 
 this Mr. H7//, that being in the Bay of Honduras to ; 
 procure Logwood, which grows there in great a- : 
 bundance, and paffing ina Canoa over to one of 
 the Iflands in that Bay, he found upon the fhoar, 
 on a fandy Bay there, a lump of Ambergriefe, fo 
 -Jarge, that whencarried to Famaica,he found it to 
 weigh 1 hundred pound and upwards. When he firft 
 found it, it lay dry, above the mark which the Sea 
 then came to at high-water; and he obferved in it 
 a great multitude of Beetles : It was of a ey co- 
 eee | ' » Jour, 
 
 
 
 
 
eer tae ee 
 
 
 
 74 ST fle of St. Nicholas. | 
 An.1683 lour, towards black, and about the hardnefS of mel. 
 tr~ low Cheefé, and of a very fragrant {mell : This that © 
 
 Mr. H7i// fhewed me, being fome of it, which Mr, 7 
 Barker gave him. Befides thofe already mentioned, 
 all the places where I have heard that Ambergriefe 
 hath been found , at Bermudas, and the Bahama’ 
 Iflandsin the We/t-Indies; and that part of the Coaft” 
 of Africk, with its adjacent Iflands, which reaches | 
 from Mozambique to the Red Sea. : 
 
 We went from this Ifland of Sa//, to St. Nicholas, 
 
 another of the Cape Verd Mlands, lying Weit South” 
 
 Weft from Sa//, about 22 leagues. We arrived there” 
 
 | the next day after we left the other, and An-7 
 ; chored on the S: FE. fide of the Ifland. This is a | 
 pretty large Ifland ; it is one of the biggeft of all” 
 the Cape Verd, and lieth in a triangular form. The” 
 largeft fide, which lieth to the Eaft, is about 30 _ 
 leagues long, and the other two above 20 leagues ~ 
 each. It is a. mountainous barren Ifland, and rocky 
 all round towards the Sea; yet in the heart of it, | 
 there are Valleys, where the Portuguefe, which inha- 
 bit here, have Vineyards and Plantations, and Wood | 
 for fewel. Here are many Goats, which are but’ 
 poor in comparifon with thofe in other places, yet 
 much better than thofé at Sa//: There are likewife| 
 many Affes. The Governour of this Ifland came? 
 aboard us, with 3 or 4 Gentlemen more in his com-! 
 pany, who were all indifferently well cloathed, and | 
 accoutred with Swords and Piftols ; but the reft 
 that accompanied him to the Sea-fide, which were” 
 about 20 or 30 Men more, were but ina ragged | 
 garb. The Governour brought aboard fome Wine | 
 made in the Ifland, which tafted much like Madera © 
 Wine : It was ofa pale colour, and lookt thick. He | 
 told us the chief Town was ina Valley 14 mile — 
 from the Bay where we rode; that he had there © 
 urder him above one hundred Families, befides other | 
 Inhabitants that lived {cattering in Valleys more re- 
 mote, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ife of Mayo. 
 
 - complexion. | 
 - At this Ifland we {crubb’d the bottom of our Ship, 
 and here alfo we dug Wells afhoar on the Bay, and 
 fill’d all-our Water, and after 5 or 6 days ftay, we 
 went from hence to Mayo, another of the Cape Verd 
 Iflands, lying about 40 mile Eaft and by South 
 _ from the other; arriving there the next day, and 
 _ anchoring on the N. W. fide of the Ifland. We fént 
 our Boat on fhoar, intending to have purchafed 
 fome Provilion, as Beef or Goats, with which this 
 
 Ifland is better ftock’d than the reft of the Iflands. _ 
 
 But the Inhabitants would not fuffer our Men to 
 land, for about a week before our arrival there came 
 an Engli/h Ship, the Men of which came afhoar, pre- 
 tending friendfhip , and feized on the Governour 
 with fome others, and carrying them aboard, made 
 them fend afhoar for Cattle to ranfom their Liber- 
 ties: and yet after this fet fail, and carried them 
 away, and they had not heard of them fince. The 
 Engli(h Man that did this (as I was aftetwards in- 
 formed ) was one Capt. Bond of Briftol. Whether 
 ever he brought back thofé Men again | know not : 
 He himfelf and moft of his Men have fince gone 
 over to the Spamiards : and *twas he who had like 
 to have burnt our Ship after this in the Bay of Pz- 
 nama; as fhall have occafion to relate. 
 This Ifle of Mayo is but fmall, and invironed with 
 fholes, yet a place much frequented by fhipping for 
 its great plenty of Salt: and though there is but bad 
 landing, yet many Ships lade here every year. Here 
 are plenty of Bulls, Cows, and Goats ; and at a 
 certain féafon in the year, as May, Fune, Fuly, and 
  Auguft, a fort of {mall Sea Tortoife come hither to 
 lay their Eges: but thefé Turtle are not fo fweet as 
 thofe in the Weft-Indies. the Inhabitants plant Corn, 
 Yams, Potatoes, and fome Plantans, and ae 
 rs a few 
 
 | 73 
 more. They were all very fwarthy ; the Gover- 47.1683 
 nor was the cleareft of them, yet of a dark tawny Wyno 
 
 ee 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 _ Wile of St. Jago. 4 
 
 An.1683.a few Fowls ; living very poor, yet much better’ 
 www than the Inhabitants of any other of thefe Iflands, 
 St. Jago excepted, which lieth 4 or 5 leagues to the 
 Weftward of Mayo, and is the chief, the moft fruit-7 
 ful, and beft inhabited of all the Iflands of Cape) 
 Verd yet mountainous, and much barren Land) 
 
 in it. a \ 
 On the Eaft-fide of the Ifle St. Fago is a good” 
 Port, which in peaceable times efpecially is feldom™ 
 without Ships; tor this hath long beena place which | 
 Ships have been wont to touch at for Water and” 
 Refrefhments, as thofe outward-bound to the Ea/t- 7 
 Indies, Englifh, French and Dutch ; many of the Ships 7 
 bound to the Coaft of Guinea,the Dutch to Surinam,” 
 and their own Portuguefe Fleet going for Braziel, 
 which is generally about the latter end of September 
 but few Ships call in here in their return for Europe.) 
 When any Ships are here the Country People bring 7 
 down their Commodities to fell to the Sea-men | 
 and Paffengers, v/z. Bullocks, Hogs, Goats, Fowls, 7 
 Egos, Plantains, and Coco Nuts, which they will 7 
 give in éxchange for Shirts , Drawers, Handker- } 
 chiefs, Hats, Waftecoafts, Britches, or in a man- | 
 ner for any fort of Cloth, efpecially Linnen, for | 
 Woollen is not much efteemed there. They care | 
 not willingly to part with their Cattle of any fort | 
 but in exchange for Money, or Linnen, or fome ™ 
 other valuable Commodity. Travellers muft have 
 acare of thefe People, for they are very thievifh, | 
 and if they fée an opportunity will {hatch any 7 
 thing from you, and run away with it. We did 
 not touch at this Ifland in this Voyage; but I was - 
 there before this in the year 1670, when I faw a 
 Fort here lying on the top of an Hill, and com- 
 manding the Harbour. 
 The Governor of this Ifland is chief over all the ~ 
 reft of the Iflands. JI have been told that there are © 
 two large Towns on this Ifland, fome {mall Villages, ~ 
 ! : and — 
 
ER CON NT SES ee ee ed ek CO ee eee eee eee Ve oe 
 
 The other Ifles of Cape Verd. 77 
 and a great many Inhabitants ; and that they make Az.1683 
 a great deal of Wine, fuch as is that of St..Nicholas. —yo 
 I have not been on any other of the Cape Verd 
 [flands, nor near them ; but have feen moft of 
 them at_adiftance. They feem to be mountainous 
 and barren; fome of thefe before-mentioned being 
 the moft fruitful and moft frequented by Strangers, 
 efpecially Sz. Fagoand Mayo. As tothe reft of them, 
 
 Fogo and Brava are two imall Iflands lying to the 
 Weftwatd of St. Fago, but of little note ; only Fogo 
 is remarkable for its being a Vz/cano: It isall of it one 
 large Mountain of a good heighth, out of the top 
 whereof iffue Flames of Fire, yet only difcerned in 
 the night : and then it may be feen a great way at 
 Sea. Yet this Ifland is not without Inhabitants, 
 who live at the foot of the Mountain near the Sea. 
 Their fubftance is much the fame as in the other 
 Iffands; they have fome Goats, Fowls, Plantains, 
 -Coco-Nuts, 7c. as I am informed. Of the Plan- 
 tains and Coco-Nuts I fhall have occafion to {peak 
 when I come into the Ea/ft-Indies ; and {hall defer 
 the giving an account of them till then. 
 
 The remainder of thefe Iflands of Cape Verd, are | 
 St. Anthonia, St. Lucia, St.Vincente, and Bona-Vifta: 
 of which I know nothing confiderable. 
 
 Our entrance among thefe If'ands was from the 
 North Eaft ; for in our paflage from Virgimia'we ran 
 pretty far toward the Coatt of Gvalata in Africk, to 
 preferve the Trade-wind, left we fhould be born off 
 too much to the Weftward, and fo lofe the Iflands. 
 We anchored at the South of Sa//, and paffing by the 
 South of St. Nicholas anchored again at Mayo, as hath | 
 been faid ; where we made the thorter ftay, becaufe | 
 we could get no Flefh among the Inhabitants, by | 
 ‘reafon of the regret they had at their Governor,and | 
 his Mens being carried away by Captain Bozd. So 
 
 leaving the Ifles of Cape Verd we ftood away to the ! 
 Southward with the Wind at E. N. E- intending to 
 | have | 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
An.1683 have touched no more till we came to the Streights. 
 wyn~e of Magellan. But when we came into the lat. of 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The River of Sherboro in. Guinea, 
 
 10 deg. North, we met the Winds at S. by W. and] 
 S.S. W. therefore we altered our Refolutions, and” 
 fteered away for the Coaflt of Guimea, and in few 
 days came to the Mouth of the River of Sherboro, 
 which isan Engli/b Faftory, lying South of Szerra_ 
 Liona. We had one of our Men who was well ac- 
 quainted there ; and by his dire€tion we went in™ 
 among the Shoals, and came to an Anchor. 
 
 Sherbora.was a good way from us,fo I can give no | 
 account of the place,or our Factory there ; fave that” 
 I have been informed, that there is a confiderable } 
 Trade driven there fora fort of red Wood for dying, © 
 which grows in that Country very plentifully, ’tis” 
 called by our People Cam-wood. A little within the | 
 fhoar where we anchored was a Town of Negroes, | 
 Natives of this Coaft. It was skreen’d from our 
 fight by.a large Grove of Trees that grew between 
 them and the fhoar : but we went thither to them — 
 feveral times, during the 3 or 4 days of our ftay here, | 
 to refrefh our felves; and they as often came aboard © 
 us, bringing with them Plantains, Sugar-Canes, © 
 Palm-wines, Rice, Fowls, and Honey, which they 
 fold us. They were no way fhy of us, being well ac- | 
 quainted with the Ezg/i/h, by reafon of our Guinea | 
 Faétories and Trade. This Town feem’d pretty | 
 large ; the Houfes but low and ordinary ; but one | 
 great Houfe in the midit of it, where their chief 
 Men meet and receive Strangers: and here they 
 treated us with Palm-wine. As to their Perfons, | 
 they are like other Negroes. While we lay here | 
 we fcrubb’d the bottom of our Ship, and then fill’d 
 all our Water-casks; and buying up two Punche- © 
 ons of Rice for our Voyage , we departed from © 
 hence about the middle of November, 1683. profe-~ 
 fecuting our intended .courfe towards the Szreights 
 of Magellan. q 
 
 VVe ’ 
 
PNP SEES OE PO TS A) FE eS LS Re a ETE eo eee eet ee ee 
 
 Tornadoes, or Thundev-fbowers. 19 | 
 
 We had but little wind after we got out, and very Az.1683 
 hot weather, with fome fierce Tornadoes,commonly war 
 rifing out of the N.E. which brought Thunder, 
 Lightening, and Rain. Thefe did not taft long ; 
 fometimes not a quarter of an hour, and then the 
 Wind would {hufile about to the Southward again, 
 and fall flat calm, for thefe Tornadoes commonly 
 come again{t the Wind that is thenblowing, as our 
 Thunder-clouds. are often obferved to do in Eng- © 
 land , but the Tornadoes] fhall defcribe more large- 
 ly in my Chapter of Winds, in the Appendix to this 
 Book. At this time many of our Men were taken 
 with Fevers ; yet we loft but one. While we lay 
 in the calms we caught feveral great Sharks; fome- 
 times 2 or 3 ina day. and eat them all, boylingand 
 {queezing them dry, and then ftewing them with 
 Vinegar, Pepper, €%c. for we had but little flefh a- 
 board. We took the benefit of every Tornado, which 
 came fometimes 3 or 4. ina day, and carried what 
 fail we could to get to the Southward, for we had 
 but little Wind when they were over ; and thofe 
 {mall Winds between the Tornadoes were much a- 
 
 ainft'us, at S. by E. and $.S.E. till we paft the 
 Equinottal Line, which we croft about a degree to 
 the Eaftward of the Meridian of the Ifle of Sz. Fago, 
 one of the Cape Verd Iflands. 
 
 Atfirft we could fcarce lie S. W. but being got 
 
 a degree to the Southward of the Line, the wind 
 veerd moft Eafterly, and then we ftemmed S. W. 
 by S. and as we got farther to the Southward, fo 
 the wind came about to the Eaftward and frefhened 
 upon us. In the Lat. of 3 S. we had the wind at 
 S.E. In the Lat. of 5 we hadit at E.S. E. where 
 it {tood a confiderable time, and blew a frefh Top. 
 gallant gale. We then made the beft ufe of it,ftees! 
 » ing on briskly with all the fail we could makes 
 and this wind, by the 18th of Faz. carried usintothe. 
  Lat.-of -36 South, In all this time we met with 
 é ~ nothing 
 
 
 
 
 
ee Ey NE RS OF OP tery OM NN a ee ee Te Oe ee ee eS ere ee ee ee a eo oe are 
 
 80 “Wie of Sibbel de Wards. 
 
 An.1683 nothing worthy remark ; not fo much asa Fifh, oe 
 ws cept Flying Fifh, which have been fo often defer \- 
 bed, that [ think it neediefs for me to do it. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 natural greennefS to a white, or palifh colour, hid | 
 caufed us to found, fuppofing we might {trike 
 ground: For whenever we find the colour of t 
 Sea to change, we know we.are not far from Land, 
 or fhoals which {tretch out into the Sea, running) 
 from fome Land. But here-we found no groundy 
 with one hundred Fathom Line. I was this dape 
 at noon by reckoning, 48 d. 50m. Welt from the 
 Lizard, the variation by our morning amplitude 
 15 d. 5om. Eaft, the variation increafing. The 
 20th day one of our Chirurgeons died much lament 
 ed, becaufe we had but one more for fuch a dang 
 rous Voyage. q 
 Fanuary 28. wemade the Sibbel de Wards, which 
 are 3 Iflands lying in the lat.of 51d. 25m. South, 
 and longitude Weft from the Lrzardin England, by 
 my account, 57 d. 28 m. the variation here we 
 found to be 23 d. rom. J had for a month before 
 we came hither, endeavoured to perfwade Captain 
 Cook, and his Company, to anchor at thefe Iflands, 
 where I toldthem we might probably get water, as 
 {then thought, and in cafe we fhould mifs of it here, 
 yet by being good Husbands of what we had, we 
 might reach Fohn Fernando's in the South Seas, be- 
 fore our water was {pent. This I urged to hinde 
 their defigns of going through the Streights of Ma 
 gellan, which I knew would prove very dangerous 
 tous; the rather, becaufe our men being Privateers, 
 and {o more wilful, and lefs under command, would 
 “not be fo ready to give a watchful attendance in: a 
 ‘jpailage fo little known. For altho’ thefe men were 
 more under command, than | had ever feen any 
 Privateers, yet I could not expett to find them at 
 a minutes “call, in coming to an Anchor, or weigh: 
 ing 
 
 
 
meee os ae SU ee ee oe ee 
 
 ‘A fort of fall Lobfters. 81 
 ing Anchor : Befide, if ever we fhould have occa-An.1683 
 fion to moor, or caft out two Anchors, we had not “Y~? 
 a Boat to carry out or weigh an Anchor. Thefeé 
 Iflands of Szbbel de Wards were fo named by the 
 Dutch. They are all three rocky barren Iflands with- 
 out any Tree, only fome Dildo-bufhes growing on 
 them: And I do believe there is no Water oti any 
 one of them, for there wasno appearance of any 
 Waiter. The two Northermoft we could not come 
 near, but the Southermoft we came clofé by, but 
 could not ftrike ground till within 2 Cables length 
 of the fhore, and there found it to be foul rocky 
 Ground. PLL ER 
 
 Fromi the time that we were in 10 deg. South;. 
 
 till we came to thefe Iflands, we had the Wind be- 
 tween E. N. E. and the N. N. E. fair weather, and 
 abrisk gale. The day that we made thefe Iflands, 
 we faw great fholes of fmall Lobfters, which co- 
 loured theSea red in fpots, fora Mile in compafs; 
 and we drew fome of them out of the Sea in our 
 Water-buckers. They were no bigger than the top 
 of aMan’s little Finger, yet all their Claws; both 
 great and fmall like a Lobfter. I riever faw any of 
 this fort of Fifh naturally red but here ; for ours on 
 the Ezg/i/h Coaft,which are black naturally, are not 
 red till they are boiled: Neither did I ever any 
 where elfé meet with any Fifh of the Lobfter-fhape 
 fo fmall.as thefe; unlefs, ic may be, Shrimps or 
 Prawns : Capt. Swan and Capt. Eaton metalfo with 
 fholes of this Fifh in much the fame Latitude and 
 Longitude. Tae 
 
 Leaving therefore the Sibbel de Ward Ulands, as 
 having neither good Anchorage nor Water, we 
 failed on dire€ting our Courfe for the Streights of 
 Magellan. But the Winds hanging in the Wefter: 
 board, and blowing hard, oft put us by our Topfaits. 
 fo that wecould not fetch it. The 6th day of Fe- 
 bruary we fell in with the “i Le Marr which 
 3 ig 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 82 _ Streights Le Mair. States Iland. 
 
 An.1683 is very high Land on both fides, and the Streights 
 -yNy very narrow. We had the Wind at N. N. W. a frefh> 
 gale ; and feeing the Opening of the Streights, we 
 ran in with it, till within four Mile of the Mouth, © 
 and then it fell calm, and we found a ftrong Tide 
 fetting out of the Streights to the Northward, and 
 like to founder our Ship ; but whether flood orebb 
 1 know not; only it made fuch a fhort cockling 
 Sea, as if ithad been in a Race, or place where two® 
 Tides meet ; for it ran every way, fometimes break-) 
 ing in over our Wafte, fometimes over our Poop, 
 fometimes over our Bow, and the Ship toffed like, 
 an Ege-fhell, fo.that I never felt fuch uncertain Jerks) 
 in a Ship. At 8a Clock in the Evening we had a 
 fmall Breeze at W. N. W.and fteered away to the} 
 Eaftward, intending to go round the States Ifland, 
 the Eaft end of which we reached the next day by § 
 Noon, havinga frefh Breeze all Night. 
 The 7th day at Noon being off the Eaft end of 
 States Iland, \ had a good obfervation of the Suny 
 andtound my felfinlat. 54 d. 52 m. South. | 
 At the Eaft end of States Ifland are three {mall 
 Iflands, or rather Rocks, pretty high, and white 
 with the Dung of Fowls. Wherefore having ob: 
 ferved.the Sun, we haled up South,defigning to pafg§ 
 tound to the Southward of Cape Horne,which is the 
 Southermoft Land of Terra del Fuego. The Winds 
 hung in the Weftern quarter betwixt the N. W. and 
 the Weft, fo that we could not get much» to the 
 Weftward, and we never faw Terra de] Fuego aftet 
 that Evening that we made the Streight Le Mais, 
 I have heard that there have been Smokes and Fires 
 on Terra del Fuego, not on the tops of Hills, but it 
 Plains and Valleys, feen by thofe who have failed 
 thro’ the Streights of Magellan; fuppofed to bemadé 
 by the Natives. | A 
 We didnot fee theSun at tifing or fetting, in of 
 der to take an amplitude after we left the cae b 
 é aras, 
 
They meet Capt, Eaton in the S, Seas. 82 
 Wards, till. we got into-the South Sea: Therefore I Aw.1683 
 know not whether the variation increafed any more: —y>3w 
 orno. Indeed I had an'‘obfervation of the Sunar ~~ 
 Noon, in lat. 59 d. 30m. and we were then ftanding 
 to the Southward withthe wind at W.by N.and thar 
 Night the Wind came about more to the Southward 
 of the Weft, and we tackt. Iwas theninlat. soby - 
 reckoning, which was the fartheft South lat, that ever 
 { was in. 7 
 
 The 14th day of Fed. being in lat. 57, and to the 
 Welt of Cape Horne, we had a violent Storm, which 
 held us till the 3d day of March, blowing com- 
 monly §. W. and S. W. by W. and.W. 8. W. thick 
 Weather all the time, with {mall drizling Rain; bur 
 not hard. We madea fhift however to fave 23 Bar- 
 tels of Rain-water,befides what we dreft our ViQuals 
 withal. ae % r 
 
 March the 34 the Wind fhifted at oncejand came 
 about at South, blowing a fierce gale of Wind, foon 
 after it came about to the Eaftward, and we ftood 
 into the South Seas. | ; 
 
 The oth day having. an obfervation of the Sun, 
 ‘hot having feen it of late, we found our felves in 
 lat. 47 d..10 m.and the variation to, be but 15 d. 
 30 m. Eaft. ° ie | 
 
 The Wind ftood at S.E.we had fair Weather, and 
 a moderate Gale, and the 17th day we were in lat: 
 36 by Obfervation,and. then found the variation to be 
 but 8d. Eaft. 
 
 ' The roth day when we looked out inthe Morn: . 
 ing we faw a Ship to the Southward of us, coming 
 with all. the Sail fhe could make afterus: We lay 
 muzled to let her come up with us,for we fuppoted 
 her to be a Spamh Ship come from Ba/divia bound to 
 Lima : We being now tothe Northward. of ba/divia, 
 and this being the time of the year when Ships that 
 Trade thence to Ba/drvia teturn Home: ,, They had 
 the {ame opinion of us, and therefore made fure to 
 aaa as Gr 2 take 
 
Sea eA < Ie Oe Ne ee ee eee er ee, ee ee ee 
 
 84 They arrive at the Ifle of Yohn Fernando: | 4 
 An.1683 take us,but coming nearer we both found our miftakes. | 
 iy~J This proved to be one Capt. Eaton in a Ship fent” 
 
 purpofely from London for the South Seas.We haled 
 each other, and the Capt.came on Board and told us) 
 of his A€tionson the Coaft of Brazi/, and inthe Rit 
 verof Plate. — A ail | a 
 He met Capt. Swan (one that came from Eng: 
 land to Trade~ here) at the Eaft Entrance into the® 
 Streights of Magel/an, and they accompanied each 
 other thro’ the Streights, and were feparated after 
 they were thro” by the Storm before-mentioned. Both 
 we and Capt.Eatow being bound for John Fernando's 
 Ifle, we kept Company, and we fpared him Bread 
 and Beef; andhe fpared us Water, which he took 
 in as he paffed thro’ the Streights. 1 
 _ March the 22d, 1684. we came in fight of the 
 Ifland, and the next day got, in and anchored in 4 
 Bay at the South end of the Ifland, in 25 fathom 
 Water, not two Cables lengths from the fhore- We 
 prefently got out our Canoa, and went afhore to feé 
 bs: a Moskito Indian, whom we left here when wé 
 were chafed hence by 3 Spami/h Ships in the year 168 1) 
 a little before we went to Arica, Capt. Watlin being 
 then our Commander, after Capt. Sharp was turn’d 
 out. 
 This Indian lived here alone above three years,and 
 altho’ he wasfeveral times fought after by the Spa 
 miards, who knew he was left on the Ifland, yet 
 they could never find him. He was in the Woods 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a Knife, with a fmnall Horn of Powder, and a few 
 Shot; which being {pent, he contrived a way bi 
 notching his Knite, to faw the Barrel of his Gun 
 into fmall Pieces, wherewith he made Harpoons 
 Lances, Hooks and a long Knife , heating the pieces 
 firft in the fire, which he ftruck with his Guné 
 
 . 
 
Pe Pe eee ee ee ne eee ee. Se ere het Fe roe LT) PO eee eS eT rae re oS 
 
 ; | : 
 ‘A Moskito Indian deft here. - 
 flint, and a piece of the Barrel of his Gun, which he Av.1683 
 hardned ; having learnt to dothatamongthe Exglij/h. Wows 
 The hot pieces of Iron he would hammer out and 
 bend as he pleafed, with Stones, and-faw them with 
 his jagged Knife, or grind them to an edge by long 
 labour, and harden them to a good temper as there 
 was occafion. All this may feem ftrange to fe . 
 that are not acquainted with the fagacity of the Iz- 
 dians ; but it is nomore than thefe Moskito Men 
 are accuftomed toin their own Country, where they 
 make their own Fifhing and Striking Inftruments, 
 without either Forge or Anvil; tho’ they fpend a 
 great deal of time about them. : i 
 Other wild Indians who have not the ufé of Iron, 
 which the Moskito Men have from the Exgli/h,make 
 Hatchets of a very hard Stone, with which they will’ 
 cut down Trees, (the Cotton-Tree efpecially, which 
 is a foft tender Wood) to build their Houfes or 
 make Canoas; and tho’ in working their Canoas 
 hollow, they cannot dig them fo neat and thin, yet 
 they will make them fit for their Service. This 
 their Digging or Hatchet-work they help out by 
 Fire ; whether for the felling of the Trees, or for 
 the making the infide of their Canoa hollow. Thefe 
 Contrivances are ufed particularly by the Savage Iz 
 dians of Blewfield’s River, defcribed in the 3d Chap- 
 ter, whofe Canoas and Stone-Hatchets I have feen, 
 - Thefe Stone-hatchets are about 10 Inches long, 4 
 broad, and 3 Inches thick in the middle. | They 
 are grownd away flat and {harp at both ends: Right 
 in the midft, and clear reund it they make a notch, 
 fo wide and deep that a Man might place his Fin- 
 ger along it, and taking a ftick or withe about 4 
 tootlong, they bind it round the Hatchet-head, in 
 that notch, and fo twifting it hard, ufe it as an 
 handle or helve; the head being held by it very. 
 faft.. Nor are other wild Indians \efS ingenious. 
 Thofe of Patagonia, particularly, head their Arrows _- 
 co 3 G 3 with | 
 
 
 
Av.1683 with Flint, cut or ground ; which I have feen and | 
 SFY admired. But’ to return to our Moskito: Man on 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 “0S Hls Recep as, 
 
 # 
 G 
 
 the Ifle of F-Fermando.With fuck Inftruments as h 
 made in that manner, he got fuch Provifion as the 
 Ifland afforded’; either Goats or Fifh. “He told us 
 thageat firft he was forced to eat Seal, which is very @ 
 ory Meat, before he had made Hooks: but? 
 afterwards ‘he never killed’ any Seals but to make) 
 Lines, ‘cutting their’ Skins into Thongs. He had°“ay 
 Vittle Houfe or Hut halfa Mile from the Sea, which) 
 was lined: with Goats Skin his Couch or Barbecu! 
 of Sticks lying along about ‘2 foot diftant from'the} 
 Ground, was ipread with the fame, and was all his’ 
 - Bedding. - He'had no Cloaths left, having worrout: 
 ‘thofe he. brotght from Wa/tin’s Ship, -but only a) 
 “Skin about his Wafte. He’ faw our Ship the day! 
 before we-came to an “Anchor, and did’ “‘betievel 
 we were Ezszhfh, and therefore kilVd 3 Goats tn the} 
 Morning; “before we came'to' an Anchor, ‘and-dreft; 
 them with ‘Cabbage, to treat us'when we came a5) 
 fhore. He came then to the Sea fide to Congratulate! 
 our fafe arrival. ‘And ‘when we landed, a Moskito 
 Indian, named Robin, firft leap’d afhore,; and running: 
 to-his Brother Mcskizo Man, threw himfelf flac-om 
 his face at his ‘feet, who’ hélping him ‘up; and’ ems) 
 bracing him, fell flat with his Pes on the Ground 
 at Robins feet, and was by him taken up ath.’ We 
 ftood ‘with pleaftire to behold the firprize and ten? 
 dernefs, and-folemnity of this interview, which was) 
 exceedingly affettionate ‘on both fides; and when 
 their’ Cererfonies of Civility “were over, we alfa 
 that {tood'gazing at them drew near, ‘each of us) 
 embracing hitn we‘had ‘found here, ‘who was over-_ 
 
 BR 
 =) 
 
 joyed to fee fo many’ of his old Friends come hither, 
 as he thotight, purpofely to fétch him-He was named 
 Will, as the other was Robiz. Thefe were names given 
 them ‘by the Eze/i/h, for they ‘had no Names among 
 themfelves; and they take'it asa ‘gteat favour to 7 
 re ee : —. Namec™ 
 
 * a 
 
 ao 
 
 
 
TE FN ee RE Oe eee eee 
 
 
 
 The Ifleof John Fernando defcribed. a 
 named by any of us; and will complain for want of Av.1683 
 it, if wedo not appoint them fome name when they -W™ 
 are with us: faying of themfelves they are poor 
 Men, and have no Name. ! 
 
 This Ifland is in lat. 34d. 15 m. andabout 120 
 leagues from the Main. It is about 12 leagues round, 
 full of high Hills, and {mall pleafant Valleys; which 
 if manured, would probably produce any /thing © 
 _ proper for the Climate. The fides of the Moun- 
 tains are part Savannahs, part Wood-land. Savannahs 
 are clear pieces of Land without Woods ; not be- 
 caufe more barren than the Wood-land, for they 
 are frequently {pots of as good Land as‘any, and 
 oftenare intermixt with Wood-land. In the Bay of 
 Campeachy are very large Savannahs, which I have 
 feen full of Cattle : But about the River of P/ateare 
 the largeft that ever I heard of, 50, 60, or 100 
 Miles in length ; and Famaica, Cuba and fHi/paniola, 
 have many Savannahs intermixt with Woods.Places 
 cleared of Wood by Art and Labour do not go by 
 this Name, but thofé only which are found fo in the 
 uninhabited parts of America, {uch as this Ifle of 
 Fobn Fernandoes , or which wete originally clear in - 
 other parts. 
 
 _ The Grafsin thefe Savannahs at Joby kernando’s is 
 nota long flaggy Grafs, fuch as is ufually in theSa- 
 vannahs in the We/t Indies, but a fort of kindly Grafs, 
 but! thick,and flourifhing the biggeft part of the year. 
 The Woods afford divers forts of Trees , fome large 
 and good'Fimber for Building, but none fit for Mafts. 
 The Cabbage Trees of this Ifle are but {mall and 
 low ; yet.attord a good head, and the Cabbage very 
 fweet. This Tree] fhall defcribe in the Appendix, 
 in the Bay of Campeachy. 3 ! 
 
 The Savannahs are itocked with Goats in great 
 Herds: but thofe that live on the Eaft end of the 
 Ifland are not fo fat as thofe onthe Weft end ;, for 
 though there is much more GrafS, and plenty of | 
 
 G4 ater 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 — 88 Goats at J. Fernandoes. 
 An.1683 Water in every Valley, neverthelefs they thrive not 
 &<v~ fo well here as on the Weft end, where there is lef 
 ' Food; and yet there are found greater Flocks, -and 
 thofe too fatter and {weeter. j 
 That Weft end of the Ifland is all high Champi- 
 
 on Ground without any Vally, and but one place toy 
 land ; there is neither Wood nor any frefh Water,and 
 
 the Grafs fhort and dry. q 
 
 ' Goats were firft put on the Ifland by Fobn Fer-™ 
 nando, who fir{t difcovered it in his Voyage from) 
 Lima to Baldivia; (and difcovered alfo another Ifland ™ 
 about the fame bignefs, 20 leagues to the Weftward) 
 
 of this.) From thofe Goats thefe were propagated, 
 
 and the Ifland hath taken its Name from this its’ 
 
 firft Difcoverer, who, when he returned to Lima,de-) 
 fired a Patent for it, defigning to fettle here ; and @ 
 
 it wasin his fecond Voyage hither that he fet afhore @ 
 
 3 or 4 Goats, which have fince, by their increafe, 7 
 
 io well ftock’d the whole Hland: But he could never” 
 
 et a Patent for it, therefore it lies {till deftitute of © 
 nhabitants, tho’ doubtlefs capable of maintaining 4 _ 
 
 or 500 Families, by what may be produced off the- 
 Land only. Ifpeak much within compaf{ss for the | 
 Savannahs would at prefent feed 1000 Head of Cattle | 
 befides Goats, and the Land being cultivated would” 
 probably bear Corn, or VVheat, and good Peafe, 
 Yams, or Potatoes; for the Land in their Valleys and | 
 fides of the Mountains, is of a good _ black | 
 fruitful Mould. The Sea about it is likewife very | 
 productive of itsInhabitants. Sea/s fwarmvas thick © 
 about this Ifland, as if they had no other place in © 
 
 the VVorld to live in ; for there is not.a Bay nor © 
 Rock that one can get afhore on, but is full of them. | 
 
 Sea Lyons are here in great Companies,and Fifh, par- | 
 ticularly Snappers and Rock-fifh, are fo plentiful,that — 
 
 two Men in an hours time will take with Hookand 
 
 te 
 y 
 
 Line, as many as will ferve aco Men, 2° * 
 
 
 
ee. ee Pe ee ee eS OP eee ee ee a et ee a ee eT ere T 
 
 Seals. : 89 
 
 ~The Seals are a fort of Creatures pretty well Az.1683 
 
 known, yet it may not be amifs to defcribe them. yw 
 
 They are as big as Calves, the Head of them like a 
 
 Dog, therefore called by the Dutch the Sea-hounds. 
 
 Under each Shoulder growsa long thick Fin: Thefe 
 
 ferve them to fwim with when in the Sea, and are 
 
 inftead of Legs to them when on the Land for 
 
 -taifing their Bodies up on end, by the help of thefe 
 
 Fins or Strumps,and {0 having their Tail-parts drawn 
 
 -clofé under them, they rebound, as it were, and 
 
 throw their Bodies forward, drawing their hinder- 
 
 parts after them ; and then again rifing up, and 
 {pringing forward with their fore-parts alternately, 
 
 they lie tumbling thus up and down, all the while 
 
 they are moving on Land. From their Shoulders to 
 
 ‘their Tails they grow tapering like Fifh, and have 
 
 two {mall Fins on each fidethe Rump; whichis 
 commonly covered with their Fins. Thefe Fins 
 
 ferve inftead of a Tail in the Seay and onland 
 
 they fit on them,when they give fuck to their young 
 
 Their Hair is of divers colours, as black, grey,‘dun, 
 
 fpotted , looking very fleek and pleafant when they 
 
 come firft out of theSea: Forthefe at Fob Kernan: 
 
 do’s have fine thick fhort Furr; the like 1 have not 
 
 taken notice of any where but in thefe Seas. Here 
 
 are always thoufands, I might fay poffibly millions 
 
 ef them, either fitting on the Bays, or going and 
 coming in the Sea round the Ifland ; which is co. 
 
 ‘vered with them (as they lye at the top of the Wa- 
 
 ter playing and funning themfelves) for a Mile or 
 
 two from the fhore. VVhen they come out of the © 
 
 Sea they bleat like Sheep for their. young; and 
 
 tho’ they pafS through hundreds of others young 
 
 ones, before they come to their own, yet they will 
 
 not fuffer any of them to fuck. The young ones 
 
 are like Puppies, and lie much afhore ; but when 
 
 beaten by any of us, they, as well as the old ones, 
 
 will make towards the Sea, and fwim very ‘tae 
 ; an 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 Soy EE Ee ee ee ee 
 
 Ans 683 and nimble ; tho’ on fhore they lye very fluggifhl 
 YN. and will not go out of our ways unlefs we be 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The Sea fico: 
 
 them, but fhap at us. A blow on the Nofe foon 
 kills them. Large Ships might here load themfelvé 
 with Seals Skins, and Trane-oyl ; forthey are extras } 
 ‘ordinary fat. Seals are foundas well incold as ho 
 Climates ; and in the cold places they love to geto 
 Lumps of Ice, where they will lie and fun them 
 delves, as here on the Land: They are frequent if 
 the Northern parts of Europe and America,and in th 
 Southern parts of Africa, as about the Cape of Goo 
 Hope, and at the: Streigbts of Magellan: And tho’ 
 never faw: any in the Wejt Indies, but in the Bay 0 
 Campeachy, at certain Iflands called the Adceranes,ant 
 at others called the De/arts ; yet they are over al 
 the American Coaft of the South Seas,from Terra dé 
 Fuegojup tothe Equinoftial Line ; but to’ the Nort 
 of the Equinox again, in. thefe Seas, I never fay 
 any, till as far'as 21 North lat. Nor did Lever fet 
 any in the Ea/? Indies. In general they feem to 1€ 
 jort where there is plenty of Fifth, for that is) theig 
 Food ; and Fifh, fuch as they teed on, as Cods 
 Groopers, €7c. are moft plentiful on rocky Coafts: 
 and fuch is moftly this Weftern Coaft of the Sout 
 America ; as \ {hall further relate. . 
 
 The Sea Lion is a large Creature about: 12 or 14 
 footlong. ‘The biggeft partof his Body is.as big a 
 a Bull : {tis thaped like a Sea/, but 6 times as bigs 
 ~ The Head is like a Lion’s Head; it hath.a broad 
 tacewith many long Hairs growing about its Lips 
 like aCat. It has a great goggle Eye, the: Teeth 3m 
 Inches long; about the bignef$ of a Man’s Thumb } 
 fn Capt.Sharp’s time,fome ofour men madeDice with 
 them. They have no Hair on their Bodies like-the 
 Seal; they are of a dun colour, and are all extraor 
 dinary fat ;oneof them being cut up.and boiled will 
 yield a Hogfhead of Oil, which: is very fweetand) 
 wholfom to: “fry Meat withak The lean: Flefh 
 
 TN ss 
 
 ’ 
 
\ y é sta pr 
 . Snapper Fifb. Rock Fifh, a 
 Asblack, and of a courfe Grain ; yet indifferent good Ay.1682 
 food. They will lye 4 week at atime afhore if not Uy~g 
 difturbed: Where 3, or 4, or more of them come 
 afhore together, they huddle one on another like 
 Swine, and gtunt like them, making a hideous 
 noife. ‘They eat Fifth, which! believe: is their com- 
 mon Food. 
 The Sapper is a Fifth much like a Roach, but a 
 great deal bigger. It hath a large Head and Mouth, 
 and great Gills. The back is of a brightred, the 
 belly of a Silver Golour : The Scales are asbroad 
 as a Shilling. The Swapper is excellent Meat. They 
 are in many places in the We/t- Indies, and the South 
 Seas: I havenot feen them any where befide. 
 The Rock-fifh is called by Sea-men a Grooper ; the 
 Spaniards call ita Baccalao, which is the Name for 
 Cod, becaufe it is much like it. It isrounder than 
 the Szapper, of a dark brown Colour; and hath 
 {mall Scales no bigger than a Silver-penny. This 
 Fith is good {weet Meat,and is found ingreat plenty 
 on all the Coaft of Peru and Chilz, | 
 There are only two Bays in the whole Ifland 
 where Ships may Anchor; thefe are both at the 
 Eaft end, andin both of them isa Rivolet of good 
 frefh Water. Either of thefe Bays may be fortified 
 with little charge, to that degree that 50 Menin 
 each may be able to keep off 1000 ; and there isno 
 coming into thefe Bays from the Weft end, but with 
 ereat difficulty, over the Mountains, where if three 
 Men are placed, they may keep down as many as 
 come again{t them on any fide. This was partly ex- 
 perienced by 5 Exglifhmen that Capt. Davis lefthere, 
 who defended themfelves againft a great body of 
 Spaniards who landed inthe Bays,and came here to 
 defttoy them ; and tho’ the fecond time one of their 
 Conforts deferted and fled to the Spaniards, yetthe 
 other 4 kept their ground, and were afterward ta- 
 ken in from hence'by*Capt. Strong of London. 4 
 : Ne | e 
 
 — 
 
Sea, Pv 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ee The Management of their Sick. 
 An.1683 We remained at’ Fobn Fernando's 16 days ; 
 tw fick Men were afhore all the time, and on 
 Captain Eaton’s Doftors (for he had four in hi 
 
 Ship) tending and feeding them with Goat am 
 
 . fJeveral Herbs, whereof here is plenty growing i 
 
 the Brooks; and their Difeafes were chiefly Scor 
 
 butick. | eee 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 CHAP, V. 
 
 The Author departs from John Fernando's. Of 
 ' the Pacifick Sea. Of the Andes, or high Moun- 
 tains in Peru and Chili: APrizetaken. Ifle 
 of Lobos: Penguins, and other Birds there. 
 Three Prizes more. The Iflands Gallapago’s : 
 The Wildo-Tree, Burton-Wood, Mammet- 
 Trees, Guanoes, Land-Tortoife, thezr feveral 
 
 kind; Green Snakes, Turtle-Doves, Tortoife, 
 
 or Turtle-grafS. Sea-Turtle, their feveral 
 kinds. The Aw and-Weather at the Gallapa- 
 go's. Some of the Iflands defcribed, their Sosl, 
 &c. The Ifland Cocos deferibed. Cape Blanco, 
 and the Bay of Caldera; the Savannahs 
 there. Gaptain Cook dies. Of Nicoya, and 
 gvedWood for dying, and other Commodities. 
 A narrow Efcape of twelve Men. Lance- 
 wood. Volcan Vejo, 2 burning Mountain 
 on the Coaft of Ria Lexa. A Tornado. The 
 Ifland and Harbour of Ria Lexa. Zhe Galph 
 of Amapalla’ and Posnt Gafivina. Hes of 
 Mangera and Amapalla. The Indian Inbabs- 
 tants. Hog-Plumb-Tree. Other Iflandin the 
 Galph of Amapalla. Captaim Eaton and 
 Captain Davis careen their Ships here, and 
 afterwards part. 
 
 fh E 8th of Apri/, 1684. we failed from the 
 Ifle of F. Ferzando,with the Wind at S$. E. We 
 were flow two Ships in Company : Captain Cook’s, 
 
 ) whols 
 
FEN se eT ee ee 
 ¥ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 94 Pacifick Sea. _ ii 4 
 An.1684 whofe Ship I was in, and who here took the Sick= 
 yr nefS of which he died a while after, and Capzain) 
 
 Eaton's. Our paflage lay now along the Pacifick Seay 
 properly focalled. For tho’ it be ufual with our” 
 Map-makers to give that Name to this whole OF” 
 cean calling it Mare Auftrale; Mal del Zur, or Maré 
 Pacificum , yet, in my opinion, the Name of the 
 Pacifick Sea ought not to be extended from South toy 
 North farther than from 30 to about 4 deg. South 
 Latitude, and from the American fhore ,Weftwardy 
 indefinitely, with refpett to my obfervation , whoj 
 have been in thefé parts 250 Leagues or more fromm 
 Land, and ftill had the Sea very quiet from Winds. 
 For in all this Tract of Water, of which I have™ 
 fpoken, there are no dark rainy Clouds, tho” often’ 
 a thick Horizon, fo as to hinder an Obfervation of 
 the Sun with the Quadrant; and in the Morning: 
 hazy weather frequently, and thick Mifts, but fcarce | 
 able to wet one. Nor arethereinthis Sea any Winds) 
 
 -butthe Trade-wind, no Tempefts, no Tornadoes or) 
 Hurricanes (tho’ North of the Equator, they are met) 
 with as wellin this Ocean as in the Atlantick) yet 
 the Sea it felf at the new and full of the Moon,runs) 
 with high, large, long Surges, but fuch as never 
 break out at Sea, andfoare fafeenough; unlefs that’ 
 where they fellin and break upon the fhore, they 
 make it bad landing. ng 
 In this Sea we made the.beft of our way toward 
 the Line, till in the lat. of 24S. where we. fell in’ 
 with the main Land of the South America. ~ All this’ 
 courfe of the Land, both of Chil and Perw.ts vaftly | 
 high ; thereforewe kept 12 or 14 leagues off from” 
 fhore, being unwilling to be feen by the Spaniards” 
 dwelling there. The Land (efpecially beyond this, | 
 from 24 deg.S.Lat. 17, and trom 14 to 10) is ofF 
 a molt prodigious heighth. It lies generally in” 
 Ridges parallel to the fhore, and 3 or 4 Ridges, one 
 with another, each furpaiiing other in heighth 3 | 
 ies Bos and ~ 
 
 
 
fe. ee are ee 
 
 Andes of Chili and Peru. 
 
 
 
 feen at Sea: fometimes they are obfcured with Clouds, 
 but not fo often as. the high Lands in.other parts of 
 the World, tor here are feldom or never any Rains 
 on thefe Hills, any more than in the Sea near it ; 
 neither are they fubject to Fogs.Thefeare the higheft 
 Mountains thatever I faw, far furpafling the Pzke of 
 
 Tenariffe,or Santa Martha,and 1 believe any Moun- 
 tains in the World. ) ; 
 
 I have feen very high Land in the Lat. of 30 
 South, but not fo high as in the Latitudes before 
 deftribed. In Sir Fob Narborough’s Voyage alfo to 
 Baldivia, (a City on this Coaft) mention is made 
 of very high Land feen near Ba/divia: and the Spa- 
 niards, with whom I have difcourfed, have told me, 
 that there isa very high Land all the way between 
 _Coguimbo, (which lies in about 30 d.South lat.) and 
 
 Baldivia, which is in 40 South; fothat by all likeli: 
 hood thefe Ridges of Mountains do run ina conti- 
 nued Chain from one end of Peru and Chi to the 
 other, ali along this South Sea Coaft, called ufually 
 the Andes,or Sierra Nuevada des Andes.The exceflive 
 heighth of thefe Mountains may poflibly be the 
 reafon, that there are no Rivers of note that fall 
 into thefe Seas. Some {mall Rivers indeed there 
 are, but very few of them, for in fome places there 
 is not one that comes out into the Seain 150 0r 200 
 Leagues, and where they are thickeft they are 30, 
 40 or 50 Leagues afunder,and too little and fhallow 
 to be Navigable. Befides, fome of thefe do not con- 
 ftantly run, but are dry at certain Seafons of the 
 Year; as the River of 1/0, runs flufh with a quick 
 Current at the latter end of Fanuary, and fo con- 
 tinues till ywze, and then it decreafeth by degrees, 
 srowing lefs, and running flow till the latter end of 
 September, whenit fails wholly, and rans no more 
 till Fanwary again: This 1 have feen at both ee 
 
 ons, 
 
 
 
 95 
 
 and thofé that are fartheft within Land, are much Ay.1684 
 higher than others. They alwaysappear blue when UTy~Y 
 
96 Lobos. | 4 
 An.1684 fons, in 2 former Voyages I made hither, and have 
 ‘~~ been informed by the Spamards, that other Rivets 
 
 on this Coaft are of the like Nature, being rather! 
 Torrents or Land-floods caufed by their Rains at cer 
 tain Seafons far within Land, than perennial {treams. 
 We kept ftill along in fight of this Coaft, but a 
 a good diftance from it, encountring with nothing of 
 note, till in the lat. of 9 deg. 40 min. South, of 
 the 3d of May, we deftried a Sail to the Northwaid 
 ofus. She was plying to Windward, we chafed 
 her, and Capt: Eaton being a Head foon took her; 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 of our Being in thefe Seas by an Exprefs from Bay 
 divia, for, as we afterwards heard, Captain Swany 
 had been at Ba/diviato feeka Trade there, and hey 
 having met Captain Eaton in the Streights of Ma 
 gellan, the Spaniards of Baldivia were doubtlefs in: 
 formed of us by him, fufpeéting him alfo to be oné 
 of us, tho’ he was not. Upon this News the Vice: 
 toy of Lima fent Exprefles to allthe Sea Ports, that 
 they might provide themfeélves againft our Affaults: 
 We immediately fteered away for the Ifland Lobos; 
 which lieth in lat. 6d. 24 m. South lat. ( I took the 
 Elevation of it afhore with an Aftrolabe) and its § 
 leagues from the Main. Itiscalled Lobos de la Mar, 
 to diftinguifh it from another that is not far from 
 it, and extreamly like it, called Lobos de la ‘Terra, for 
 it lies nearer the Main. Lobos, or Lovos, is thé 
 Spanifh Name for a Seal, of which there are great 
 plenty about thefe, and feveral other Iflands in thefé: 
 Seas that go by this Namie. q 
 The oth of May we arrived at this Ifle of Lobos dey 
 
 la Mar, and came to an Anchor with our Prize. This 
 Lobos confifts indeed of two little Iflands,each about’ 
 2 Mile round, of an indifferent bs ‘ 
 a 
 
 ~m 
 
 
 

 
 Ss FN RO ER ED, Te a Oe ae Se Ee Sees 
 
 | Pewguins, 
 
 
 
 
 
 ames lit 
 : 97 
 finall Channel between, fit for Boats only ; and f- Av.168 
 
 4 
 
 veral Rocks lying on the North fide of the Iflands, “ww 
 
 a little way from fhoar. There is a {mall Cove or 
 Sandy: Bay fheltred: from the: Winds, at the Weft end 
 of the Eaftermoft Ifland, where Ships:may Careen : 
 The reft of the fhoar; -aS. well round: thetwo [lands 
 as between them, is a Rocky Coatt; confifling of 
 {mall Cliffs. Within Land they are both of them 
 partly Rocky, and partly Sandy, Barren, without 
 any frefh Water, Tree, Shrub, Grafs, or Herbs; or 
 any Land Animals (for the Séals\cand-Sea-Lions 
 come afhoar here) but Fowls : Of which there are 
 great multitudes ; as Boobies; but moftly Penguins, 
 which I have féen plentifully all over the South Seas, 
 on the Coaft of Newfoundland, and of the Cape of 
 Good Hope. They area Sea-Fowl, about as big as 
 a Duck,and fuch Feet; but.a fharp Bill, feeding on 
 Fifth.) They do not fly but futter,: having rather. 
 ftumps like a young; Goflin’s, than Wings: And 
 thefe are inftead of Eins! to them:in the Water. 
 Their Feathers are: Downy. Their flefh is but ordi- 
 nary Food, but their Eggs are.good:Meat. ‘There 
 is another dort of frmall, black Fowl, that make holes 
 in the Sand for their NightHabitations, whofe flefh 
 is good: {weet meat. I never, faw any of them but: 
 here, and-at Fob Fernandd’s.: (630) 90° Et 
 . There-is good Riding between ' the Eaftermoft: 
 Ifland and the Rocks, ..in’ ten; twelve, or fourteen: 
 Fathom ; for the Wind: is commonly.at S. or S.S.E. 
 and the Eaftermoft Iland lying Eaft:and Welt, fhel-, 
 ters that-Road. © 2!) 20n-! shat 23 Oot 
 
 Here. we fcrubb’d our Ships, and being in areadi+! 
 nefs toifail,' the Prifoners were Examined, to know’ 
 if any of them could conduG us to fome Town where. 
 we might make fomedttempt ; for they had before 
 
 informed:us, that wewere defcried by the Spaniards, 
 
 and by that we knew that they would> fend no; 
 
 Riches by Sea fo long..as ae were. here. . Many: 
 
 Towns 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 98 | Cruifings: | 
 
 - An.1684 Towns were confidered on, as Guiaquil, ZanajTrux- \ 
 wy illo, and others: At laft I7wxz//o was pitched on, } 
 as the moft important; therefore the likelieft to 
 ‘make us a Voyage if we could conquer it: which 
 we did not much queftion, though we knew it to 
 be a very populous City.. But the greateft difficulty} 
 
 was in Landing; for Guwanchaguo, which is the neat 
 eft Sea-Port to it, but 6 miles off, is an ill place to) 
 Land, fince fometimes the very Fifher-men, that 
 
 live there, ate not able to goin 3 or 4 days. How- 
 ever the 17thof May, in the Afternoon, our Men 
 were muftered’of both Ships Companies, and their 
 Arms proved. We were in all 108 Men fit for fer-¥ 
 vice, befides the fick : and the next day we intend? 
 ed to fail and take the Wood Prize with us. But they 
 next day, one of our Men being afhoar betimes on™ 
 the Ifland, defcried three. Sail bound to the North 
 ward ; two of them without the Ifland tothe Weft-® 
 ward, the other between it and the Continent. | 
 We {oon got our Anchors up and chafed: and® 
 Captain Eaton, who: drew the leaft draught of Wa 
 ter, put through between the WeftermoftIfland and 
 the Kocks, and went after thofe two that were with} 
 out the Iflands. We in Captain Cook’s Ship went 
 after the other, which ftood in for the Main-Landj 
 but we {oon fetched her up; and haviug taken herJ§ 
 ftood in again with her to. the Ifland, for we faw 
 that Captain Eaton wanted no help, having taken: 
 both thofe that he went after. He came in with one 
 of his Prizes ; ‘but the other was fo far to Leeward} 
 and fo deep, that he could not then get her in, butt 
 he hoped to get her in the next day : but being deep 
 laden, as defigned to go down before the wind to 
 Panama, fhe would not bear fail. - Se 
 The z9th day fhe turned allday, but got nothing 
 nearer the Ifland. Our Moskito ftrikers, according 
 to their cuftom, went and ftruck fix Turtles, for 
 here are indifferent plenty of them. Thefe 7 
 that 
 

 
 Graifings. | 99 
 _ that we took the day before we came ftom Guancha- An.1684,° 
 _ gto, all three laden with Flower, bound for Pana. ““y~w 
 ma. Two of them were ladenas deep as they could 
 fwim, the other was not above half laden, but was 
 ordered by the Vice-Roy’ of Lima to fail with the 
 other two, or elfe fhe fhould not fail till we were 
 gone out of the Seas; for he hoped they might 
 efcape us by fetting out early. In the biggeft Ship 
 was a Letter to the Prefident of Pazama from the 
 Vice-Roy of Lima; affuring him, that there were 
 Enemies come into that Sea: for which’ reafon he - 
 had difpatched thefe three Ships with Flower, that 
 they might not want; ° (for Pavama is fupplied front 
 Peru ;) and-defired him to be frugal of it, for he 
 knew not.when he fhould fend more. In thisShip 
 were likewile 7 or 8 Tunsof Marmalate of Quinces, 
 and a ftately Mule fent to the Prefident, anda very 
 large Image of the Virgin Mary in Wood,carved and _ 
 painted, to adorna new Church at Pazama,and fent 
 from Lima by the Vice-Roy ; for this great Ship came 
 from thence not long before. She brought alfo from 
 Lima 800000 Pieces of Eight, to'carry with her to 
 Panama but while fhe lay at Gwanchaco, taking in 
 her lading of Flower,the Merchants hearing of Capt. 
 Swar’s being at Ba/diviajorder’d the Money afhoar a- 
 gain. Thefe Prifoners likewifé informed us, that the 
 Gentlemen (Inhabitants of ‘I7wxi//o) were building a 
 Fort at Gwanchaquo(which is the Sea-Port for Trwxi/- 
 Jo)clofe by the Seajpurpofely to hinder the defigns of 
 any that*fhould attempt:to land there.. Upon this 
 news wealtered our former refolutious, and refol- 
 ved to go with our three Prizes to the Gallapagos ; 
 which are:a great:many large Iflands, lying fome 
 under the Equator,'others on each fide of it. I fhall 
 here omitthe defcription of Traxil/o,becaufé in my 
 Appendix, atthe latter end of the Book, I intend 
 | to give ageneral Relation of moft of the Towns of | 
 note on this Coaft,. from Buldivia to Panama, and 
 ftom thence towards California. H 2 The 
 
 
 
is 6 ae ah manne iS BF eI TR a eae RET hs ne te MEE An re TRS BRO La rg, Te ee Be, ¢ 
 : roo | Ifles of the Gallapagos. i. 
  4n.1684 — The roth day in the evening we failed from the” 
 — eeyrw Ifland Lobos, with. Captain Eaton in our Company 
 os We carried the three Flower Prizes with us; but our 
 firtt Prize laden with Timber, we left here at an 
 
 Anchor ; the Wind was at S$. by E. which is the 
 
 common Trade-Wind here, and we fteered away) 
 
 N.W. by N. intending to run into the latitude of 
 
 the Ifles Ga//apagos, and fteer off Welt, becaufe we; 
 
 did not know the ‘certain diftance, and. therefore™, 
 
 could not fhapea dire€t Courfe to them. When we 
 
 came within 40 minutes of the Equator, we fteer4 
 
 ed Weft, having the Wind at South, a very mode 
 
 rate gentle Gale. It was the 31ft day of May when 
 
 we fuft had fight of the Iflands Gal/apagos : Some of 
 
 them appeared on our Weather-bow,  fome on our 
 
 Lee-bow, others tight.a head. We at firft fight 
 
 trimm’d-our Sails, and fteered as nigh the Wind as] 
 
 we could, ftriving to get tothe Southermoft of them} 
 a but our Prizes being deep laden, their Sails but 
 ‘a {mall and thin, and: a very {mall Gale, they could 
 not keep up with us therefore we likewile edged 
 
 away again, a point from the Wind; <to.keep nea: 
 
 them’; and in the evening, the Ship that I] was injt 
 
 and Captain Eaton, Anchored on. the:-Ealt fide of 
 
 one of the. Eaftermoft: Iflands, a ‘Mile: frond. them: 
 
 fhoar, in fixteen fathom Water, clean, | white; hard 
 
 ; Sanding sio0 gy | ; hy nents! coll 
 ae ~The Galapagos Wands are a great number of unt 
 inhabited Iflands, lying under, and on bothifides off 
 the Equator. » The Eaftermoft of them ares:about 
 110 Leagues from the Main. They are laid.dowiy 
 in the Longitude of 181, reaching to the Weftwardy 
 _asfar as 176, therefore their Longitude,from Exg/ans 
 - Weftward isabout 68 degrees. But I believe our Hy 
 drographers.do not place them far enough. tothe 
 Weltward. The Spaniards who firft difcovered. them, 
 and in whofe draughts alone they are laid:down, re 
 port them to be a great number, vate 5 : 
 3sonen? VVEe 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 i 
 ag 
 
ee er. ee gs ee ey eee ee ee Ie ee ee) Tee oe tg oe fa a oe ee 
 
 Dildoe-Txee. Burton-Wood. SOI 
 Weft from the Line, as far as 5 degrees N. but we Av.1684 
 faw not above 14 or 15. They are fome of them Wo 
 7 or 8 leagues long, and 3 or 4 broad. They are 
 of a good heighth, moft of them flat and even on 
 the top; 4 or 5 of the Kaftermoft are rocky, barren 
 and hilly, producing neither Tree, Herb, nor Grafé, 
 but a few Dildoe-trees, except by the Sea fide. The 
 Dildoe-tree is a green prickly {hrub, that grows a- 
 bout ro or 32 foot high, without either Leaf or 
 Fruit. It is as bigas a Mans Leg, from the root to 
 the top, and it is full of fharp prickles, growing in 
 thick rows from top to bottom ; this fhrubis fit for 
 no ufe, not fo muchas to burn. Clofé by the Sea 
 there grows in fome places bufhes of Burton-wood, 
 which is very good firing. This fort of wood grows. 
 in many places in the Weft-Indies, efpecially in the 
 Bay of Campeachy, and inthe Samba/oes. I did never 
 fee any in thefe Seas but here. There is Water on 
 thefe barren Iflands, in ponds and holes among the 
 Rocks. Some other of thefe [lands are moftly plain. 
 and low, and the Land more fertile, producing 
 Trees of divers forts, unknown to us. Some of the 
 Weftermoft of thefe Iflands, are nine or ten leagues 
 long, and fix or feven broad; the Mould deep and 
 black. Thefe produce Trees of great and tall bo- 
 dies, efpecially Mammee-trees, which grow here in’ 
 great Groves. In thefe large Iflands there are fome 
 retty big Rivers; and on many of the other lefler 
 Hands, there are Brooks of good Water. The Spo- 
 miards when they firft difcovered thefe Iflinds, found 
 multitudes of Guanoes, and Land-turtle or Tortoife, 
 and named them the Gal//apago’s Wands. 1 do be- 
 lieve there is no place in the World that is fo plen- 
 tifully ftored with thefe Animals. The Guanoes 
 here are as fat and large’ as any that I ever faw , 
 they are fo tame, that a Man may knock down 
 twenty in an hours time witha Club. The Land- 
 turtle are here fo numerous,that 5 or 600 men might 
 15 oe Bika fubhift 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 m ‘i | we £ 
 
102 Land-Tortoife, their Kinds. 4 
 Az.1684 fubfift on them alone for feveral months, without 7 
 — &Y~ any other fort of Provifion: They are extraordinary” 
 | large and fat; and fo fweet,that no Pullet eats more 
 pleafantly. One of the largeft of thefe Creatures 
 will weigh 150 or 200 weight, and fome of them 
 are 2 foot, or 2 foot 6 inches over the Challapee of 
 Belly. Idid never fee any but at this place, that) 
 will weigh above 30 pound weight. I have heard 
 that at the Ifle of St.Lawrence or Madagafcar, and at™ 
 
 the Engl Foreft, an Mland near it, called alfo Don 
 Mafcarin, and now poflefled by the French, there are. 
 very large ones, but whether fo big, fat, and fweet! 
 as thefe, I know not. There are 3 or 4 forts off 
 thefe Creatures in theWeft-Indies. One is called by) 
 the Spaniards, Hecatee ; thefe live moft in frefh Water- 
 ponds, and feldom come on Land. They weigh 
 about 10 er 15 pound ; they have fmall Legs and 
 flat Feet, and fmall long Necks. Another fort is 
 _ called Tenapen, thefe are a great deal lef§ than the 
 Hecatee , the Shell on their Backs is all carved natu- 
 rally, finely wrought, and well clouded: the Backs 
 oi thefe are rounder than thofe before-mentioned ,] 
 they are otherwile much of the fame form: thefe 
 delight to live in wet fwampy places, or on the 
 Land near fuch places. Both thefé forts are very 
 good Meat. They are in great plenty on the Ife of 
 Pines neat Cuba : there the Spani/h Hunters when they) 
 meet them in the Woods bring them home to theit’ 
 Huts, and mark them by notching their Shells, then’ 
 let them go; this they do to have them at hand,) 
 for they never ramble far from thence. When thefe 
 Hunters return to Cuba, after about a Month or fix, 
 Weeks ftay, they carry with them 3 or 400, or more, 
 of thefe Creatures to fell ; for they are very good) 
 Meat , and every Man knows his. own by their) 
 Marks. Thefe Tortoife in the Ga/lopago’s are more’ 
 like the Hecatee, except that, as I iaid before, they | 
 are much bigger ; and they have very long ar 1 
 necks | 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
it ‘ 
 
  $ea Tortoife, and their Kinds. 103 
 necks and littleheads. There are fome green Snakes Ay.1684 
 on thefe Iflands, but no other Land Animal that 1 ~yw 
 did ever fee. There are great plenty of Turtle- 
 Doves fo tame,that a Man may kill 5 or 6 dozen in 
 a forenoon with a ftick.They arefomewhat lefs than 
 a Pigeon, and are very good meat,and commonly fat. 
 
 There are good wide Channels between thefe 
 Iflands fit for Ships to pafs, and infome places fhole 
 water, where there grows plenty of Turtle-grafs ; 
 therefore thefe Iflands are plentifully ftored. with 
 
 . Sea-Turtle, of that fort which is called the green 
 Turtle. I have hitherto deferred the defcription of 
 thefé Creatures, therefore! {hall give it here. There 
 are 4 forts of Sea-turtle,ozz.the Trunk-turtle,the Log- 
 gerhead, the Hawks-bill, and the Green-turtle. The 
 Trunk-turtle is commonly bigger than the other, 
 their backs are higher and rounder, and their flefh 
 
 _ rank and not wholfome. The Loggerhead is fo call’d, 
 becaufe it hath a great head, much bigger than the 
 other forts; their Hefh is likewife very rank, and {el- 
 dom eaten but in cafe of neceffity : they feed on 
 Mofs that grows about Rocks. The. Hawks-bill Tur- 
 ‘tle is the leaft kind, they are fo call’d becaufe their 
 mouths are long and fmall, fomewhat refembling | 
 the Bill of a Hawk: On the backs of thefe Hawks- 
 billTurtle grows that {hell which is fo much efteenyd 
 for making Cabinets, Combs, and other things. The - 
 largeft of them may have three pound and an half 
 of fhell ; Ihave taken fome that have had 3 pound 
 10 Ounces : but they commonly have a pound and 
 half, ortwo pound; fome not fomuch. Thefe are 
 but ordinary food, but generally {weeter than the 
 Loggerhead : yet thefe Hawks-bills, in fome places, 
 are unwholfome, caufing them that eat them to, 
 purge and vomit exceflively, efpecially thofe be- 
 tween'the Sambaloes and Portobe/. We meet with 
 other Fith in the Weft-Indies, of the fame malignant 
 nature: but I fhall defcribe them in the Appendix. 
 Thefe Hawks-bill Turtles are better or worfe,accord.- 
 
 H 4. ing 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sy ules 
 
 Tod Sea-Tortoife, and their Kinds, 4 
 (An.1684 ing to their feeding. In fome places they feed on 
 L-ww Grafs, as the Green Tortoifeé alfo doth; in other | 
 
 places they keep among Rocks, aud feed on Mofsy 
 or Sea Weeds ; but thefe are not fo fweet as thofe 
 that eat Grafs, neither is their Shell fo clear, fo 
 they are commonly over-grown with Barnacles whi 
 fpoils the fhell; and their Flefh iscommonly yellowyy 
 efpecially the fat. i 
 Hawks-bill Turtle are in many places of the Weft 
 Indies. ‘They have Hlands and places peculiar ‘t6 
 ‘themfelves, where they lay their Eggs, and feldont 
 come among any other Turtle. Thefe, and all othet 
 Turtle, lay Egesin the Sand ; their time of laying 
 isin May, Fune, Fuly. Some begin fooner, 1ome 
 later. They lay three times in a Seafon, and ate 
 each time 80 or 90 Eggs. Their Eggs are as big as 
 a Hens Ege, and very round, covered only witha 
 white tough skin. There are fome Bays on the 
 North fide of Famaica, where thefe Hawks-bills ree 
 ‘fort tolay. In the Bay of Honduras are Wlands 
 which they likewife make their breeding places, and 
 many places along all the Coaft on the Main of the 
 Weft-Indies, from Trinidado to LaVera Cruz, in thé 
 Bay of Nova Hifpania. When a Sea-turtle turns out 
 ~ of’the Sea to lay, fhe is at leaft an hour before fhe 
 returns again ; for {he is to go above high-water mark, 
 and if it be low-water when fhe comes afhore, thé 
 muft reft once or twice, being heavy, before fhe 
 comes to the place where fhe lays. When fhe hath 
 found a place for her purpofe,fhe makes a great hole 
 with her Fins in the Sand, wherein fhe lays het 
 Eggs, then covers them two foot deep with the fame 
 Sand which fhe threw out of the hole, and fo re 
 turns. ‘Sometimes they come up the night before! 
 they intendto lay, and take a view of the place,and 
 fo having made a Tour, or Semi-citcular March, 
 they return to the Sea again, and they never fail to’ 
 come afhoar the next night to lay near that pac 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Kata 2 may). eae A Ta. - ta Se Bb alens PA ee aN aN i ie id as bn fs gn a Oh oa iy i 
 t . " 
 XK : 2 
 
 Sea-Tortoife, and thei Kinds: 
 
 105 
 
 All forts of Turtle ufe the fame methods in laying. Anes 
 I knew a man in Jamaica, that made 8 pound Ster- u"ywre 
 
 ling of the fhell of thefe Hawks-bill Turtle, which 
 he got in one Seafon, and in one fmall Bay, not 
 halt a mile long. The manner of taking them is 
 to watch the Bay, by walking from one part to the 
 other all Night ; making no noife, nor keeping any 
 fort of light. When the Turtle come afhoar, the 
 Man that watches for them turns them on their 
 backs, then hales them above high-water mark, and 
 leave them till the morning. A large green Turtle, 
 with her weight and ftruggling, will puzzle two Men 
 to turn her. The Hawks-bill Turtle are not only found 
 in the Weft-Indies, but on the Coaft of Guinea, and 
 ‘in the Eaft-Indies.1 never faw any in the South Seas. 
 ‘The Green Turtle are fo called, becaufe their 
 fhell is greener than any other. It is very thin and 
 
 clear,and better clouded than the Hawks-bill ; but’tis. 
 
 ufed only for inlays,being extraordinary thin. Thefe 
 Turtles are generally larger than the Hawksbill ; one 
 will weigh 2 or 3 hundred pound. Their backs are 
 flatter than the Hawks-bill, their heads round and 
 {mall. GreenWurtle are the fweeteft of all the 
 kinds: But there are degrees of them, both in re- 
 {pect to their flefh and their bignefS. I have ob- 
 ferved, that at Blanco in the Weft-Indies, the green 
 Turtle (which is the only kind there) are larger 
 than any other in the North Seas. There they 
 commonly will weigh 280 or 300 pound: Their 
 Fat is yellow, and the Lean white, and their flefh 
 extraordinary fweet. At Boca Toro, Welt of Portobel, 
 they are not fo large, their flefh not fo white ; nor 
 the Fat fo yellow. Thofe in the Baysof Honduras 
 and Campeachy are fomewhat fmaller ftill, their Fat 
 is green, and the Lean of a darker colour than thofe 
 ~at Boca Toro. J heard of a monftrous green Turtle 
 once taken at Port-Royal, in the Bay of Campeachy, 
 that was four foot deep from the back to the belly, 
 
 | and 
 

 
 
 
 An.1684 and the belly 6 foot broad ; Captain Roch’s Son, of 
 ww about 9 or 10 years of Age, went in it 4s in a Boat, 
 
 ‘places before-mentioned. This Grafs is differen 
 
 _ The Turtle of thefe [lands Ga//apagos,are a fort of % 
  baftard green Turtle, for their fhell is thicker tha 
 
 pres ue * 
 
 
 
 jaa ls (ie tt Silbas sat. 
 
 Sea-Tortoile, and their Kinds, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 on board his Fathers Ship, about a quarter of a mile 
 from the fhoar- The leaves of Fat afforded 8 Gal 
 lons of Oil. The Turtle that live among th 
 Keys, or fmall Ilands, on the South fide of Cuba, aig | 
 a mix’d fort, fome bigger, fome lef§; and fo the 
 flefh is of a mixt colour, fome green, fome darkg| 
 fomeyellowifh. With thefe, Port Royal in Famaie 
 is conitantly fupplied, by Sloops that come hitheg) 
 with Nets to take them. They carry them alive to) 
 Famaica, where the Turtles have wires made with) 
 Stakes in the Sea, to preferve them alive; and the) 
 Market is every day plentifully ftored with Turtle 
 it being the common food there, chiefly for the ai 
 dinary fort of People. — 
 Green Turtle live on GrafS, which grows in th 
 Sea, in 3, 4; 5, or 6 fathom water, at moft of th 
 
 from Manatee-grafs, for that is a {mall blade ; bu 
 this a quarter of an inch broad, and fix inches longy 
 
 
 
 other green Turtle in the Weft or Eaft-Indies, am 
 their flefh is not fo fweet. They are larger than anyy 
 other green Turtle ; for it is common for thefe te 
 be two or three foot deep, and their Callapees, @ 
 Bellies, 5 foot wide : but there are other green Tul 
 tle in the South Seas that are not fo big as the {mal 
 left Hawks-bill: Thefe are feen at the Ifland Plora 
 and other places thereabouts: They feed on Moff 
 and are very rank, but fat. d 
 
 Both thefé forts are different from any othefs 
 for both He’s and She’s come afhoar in the day time 
 and lie in the Sun ; but in other places, none but tht 
 She’s go afhoar, and that in the night only, to lay 
 their Eggs. The beft feeding for Turtle in the South 
 Seas isamong thefe Ga//epago Mlands, for here is 
 plenty of Grafs. . ae There 
 
ETE ee See Yt een Pay See SST ee Tee. Ce én 
 Bits 
 
 
 
 Sea Tortoife, and their Kinds. “107 
 There is another fort of green Turtle in the Av.1684 
 South Seas which are but fmall, yet pretty fweet : eww 
 Thefe lie Weftward on the Coaft of Mexico. One 
 thing is very ftrange and remarkable in thefe Crea-. 
 tures; that at the breeding time they leave for 2 or 
 3 Months their common haunts, where they feed 
 moft of the Year, and refort to other places, only 
 to lay their Eggs : And’tis not thought that they eat — 
 any thing during this Seafon: So that both He’s 
 and Ske’s, grow very lean ; but the He’s to that de- 
 gree that none will eat them. The moft remark- 
 able placesthat I did ever hear of for their breeding, 
 is at an Iflandin the Weft-Indies called Carmanesand 
 the Ifle Afcention in the Weftern Ocean: and when 
 the breeding time is paft, there are none remaining. 
 DoubtlefS they fwim fome hundreds of Leagues to 
 come to thofe two places: For it hath been often 
 obferved, that at Cazmanes, at the breeding time, 
 there are found all thofe forts of Turtle betore de- 
 {eribed. The South Keys of Cuba are above 40 leagues 
 from thence, which is the nearef{t place that thefe 
 Creatures can come from ; and it is moft certain, — 
 that there could not live fo many there as come 
 here in one Seafon. 
 Thofe that go to lay at A/cention, muft needs tra- 
 vel much farther; for there isno Land nearer it than 
 300 Leagues: And it is certain, that thefe Crea- 
 tures live always near the fhoar. In the South Sea 
 likewife, the Ga/lapagos is the place where they live 
 the biggeft part of the year ; yet they go from thence 
 _at their Seafon over to the Main, to lay their Eggs; 
 which is 100 Leagues, the neareft place.. Altho’ 
 multitudes of thefe Turtles go from their common 
 places of feeding and abode, to thofe laying places, 
 yet they do not all go: And at the time when the 
 Turtle refort to thefe places to lay their Eggs, they 
 are accompanied with abundance of Fifh, efpecially 
 Sharks; the places which the Turtle then leave be- 
 ; ing 
 
 
 

 
 
 “08 
 
 we 
 
 
 
 : _ The Weather at the Galapagos. 
 | 1An.1684 ing at that time deftitute of Fith, which follow the} 
 
 ' Female feeing a Boat, when they rife to blow 
 
 there are moderate refrefhing fhowers; but if 
 
 . the Equator, but one Night, becaufe our Prizes 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Turtle. 5. 
 
 When the She’s go thus to their places to lay,the 
 Male accompany them; and never leave them til 
 their return : both Male and Female are fat the} 
 ginning of the Seafon ; but before they return, the 
 Male, asI faid, are fo lean, that they are not it 
 to eat, but the Female are good to the very laff 
 yet not fo fat as at the beginning of the Seafon. Tf 
 is reported of thefe Creatures, that they are ni 
 days engendring, and in the Water ; the Male @ 
 the Females back. It is obfervable, that the Mal 
 while engendring, do not eafily forfake their Fe 
 male: for I have gone and taken hold of the Ma 
 when engendring: and a very bad ftriker may ftrik 
 them then, for the Male is not fhyat all: but the 
 
 would make her efcape, but that the Male graff 
 her with his two fore Fins,and holds her faft. Whe 
 they are thus coupled, it is beft toftrike the Femalé 
 firft, then you are fure of the Malealfo. Thelé 
 Creatures are thought to live to a great Age ; aml 
 it is obferved by the Famaica Turtlers, that they ate 
 many years before they come to their full growth. © 
 
 The Air of thefe Iflands is temperate enough cof 
 fidering the Clime. Here is conftantly a fefh Sea 
 breeze all day, and cooling refrefhing winds in th 
 night : Therefore the heat is not fo violent here, ag 
 in moft places near the Equator. The time of th 
 year for the Rains is in November, December am 
 Fanuary. Then there is oftentimes exceflive dark 
 tempeituous weather, mixt with much Thunder ane 
 Lightning. Sometimes before and after thefe Months 
 
 May, Fune, Fuly and Auguft, the weather is ab 
 ways very fair. 
 We ftaid at one of thefé Iflands, which: lies under 
 
 "4 
 # 
 
 ~~ could: 
 
 3 
 Ny 
 
The Soil, &c. | oe °° 
 
 ‘could not get in to an Anchor. We refrefh’d our Av.1684 
 
 felves very well, both with Land and Sea-Turtles ; eww 
 and the next day we failed from thence. The next 
 | Mfland of the Ga//apagos that we came to, is but two 
 ‘Leagues from this: *tis rocky and barren like this ; 
 “it is about five or fix Leagues long, and four broad. 
 | We anchored in the Afternoon, at the North fide 
 ) of the Ifland, a quarter of a Mile from the fhoar, 
 ‘in 16 fathomwater. It is fteepall round this Ifland,: 
 and no Anchoring only at this place. Here it is 
 but ordinary riding ; forthe ground is fo fteep, that 
 if an Anchor ftarts it never holds again; and the 
 - Wind is commonly off from the Land, except inthe 
 Night, when the Land-Wind comes more from the 
 Weft; for there it blows right along the fhoar, 
 though but faintly. Here is no water but in Ponds 
 and Holes of the Rocks. That which we firft An- 
 chored at hath Water on the North end; falling 
 _ down in aftream from high f{teep Rocks, upon the 
 Sandy Bay, where it may be takenup. As foon as 
 -wecame to anAnchor, we made a Tent afhoar for 
 Captain Cook, who was fick. Here we found the Sea- 
 Turtle lying afhoar onthe fand ; this is not cufto- 
 maty in the Weft-Indies. We turned them on their 
 backs-that they might not get away. Thenext day 
 more cameup, when we foundit to be their cuftom 
 tolie inthe Sun:: fo we never took care to turn 
 them afterwards; but fent afhoar the Cook every 
 _ morning, who killed as many as ferved for the day. 
 This cuftom we obferved all the time we lay here, 
 feeding. fometimes on Land-Turtle, fometimes on 
 _ Sea-Turtle; there being plenty: of either fort. -Cap- 
 _ tain Davys came hither again a fecond time; and 
 _ thenhe went. to other Iflands on the Weft: fide of 
 _ thefe. « There he found fuch plenty of Land-Turtle, 
 _ that heand his Meneat nothing elf for 3 Months 
  that.he ftaid there. They were fo faty that he faved 
 fixty Jars of Oyl-out of thefe that he {pent ; an 
 | il 
 
 
 
 ~ Mie na 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 se ne Sains i kn vai ty) aa Geach ay ice ocak AO fe a nae ld cae atti Aten sik 5 a mt Yu ee eke eee ee hee a 
 Pyro a ocos L/land. a 
 An.1684 Oil ferved inftead of Butter, to eat with Dough* 
 y~ boys or Dumplins, in his return out of thefe Seas. 
 He found very convenient places to Careen, and 
 good Channels between the Iflands; and very good 
 Anchoring in many places. There he found alfg 
 plenty of Brooks of good frefh Water, and Fi 
 wood enough, there being plenty of Trees fit fo 
 many ufes. Captain Harr, one that we fhall {peal 
 of hereafter, came hither likewife, and found fom 
 Iilands that had plenty of Mammee-Trees,and pre 
 large Rivers, The Sea about thefe Iflands is plent 
 fully ftored with Fifh, fuch as are at Fohn Fernando’ 
 They are both large and fat, and as plentiful heft 
 as at Fob Fernando’s. Here are particularly abun 
 dance of Sharks. The North part of this fecond Iff 
 we anchored at, lies 28 minutes North of the Equa 
 zor. | took the heighth of the Sun with an Aftrs 
 labe.  Thefe Ifles of the Gad/apago’s have plenty off! 
 Salt. We ftay’d here but 12 days ; in which time 
 we put afhoar 5000 packs of Flower, for a refervey 
 if we fhould have occafion of any before we lef 
 thefe Seas. Here one of our Indian Prifoners informee 
 us that he was born at Ria Lexa, and that he wo lc 
 engage to catry us thither. He being examin’d o 
 the ftrength andriches of it, fatisfy’d the Company) 
 fo well, that they were refolv’d to go thither. 
 Having thus concluded ; the 12th of Fune wey 
 | _ failed from hence, defigning to touch at the Ifland 
 | Cocos, as well to put afhoar fome Flower there,as toy 
 ) tee the Ifland, becaufe it was in our way to Rid 
 By: Lexa. -We fteer’d North, till in Lat. 4d. 40 mim 
 intending then to fteer W. by N. for we expeéted 
 to have had the Wind at S. by E. or S.S.E. asiwe 
 had on the South fide of the Equator. .Thus'l had 
 formerly found the Winds near the {hoar in thefe la! 
 titudes, but when we firft parted. ftom the Ga//apa” 
 gos, we had the Wind at S. and-as we failed far” 
 ther North, we had the Winds at S. by W. che aa 
 ' 5. 5. Waa 
 
 it : 
 
 
 

 
 toa ae 
 
 
 
 , Gape Blanco. ert | 
 S.S. W. Winds which we did not expect. We 47.1684 
 thought at firft that the Wind would come about W™ 
 again to the South ; but when we came to fail off 
 Weft to the Ifland Cocos, we had the Wind at 5. W. 
 byS. and could lie but W. by N. Yet we ftood 
 ‘that courfe till we were in the lat. 5 d. 4om. N. 
 and then defpairing, as the Winds were, to find the 
 ‘Hand Cocos, we fteer’d over to the Main ; for had 
 we {een the Ifland then, we could not have fetcht 
 it, being fo far to the North of it. | 
 The Ifland Cocos is fo named by the Spaniards, — 
 becaufe there are abundance of Coco-nut Trees 
 growing on it. They are not only in one or two 
 laces, but grow in great Groves, all round the 
 fland, by the Sea. This is an uninhabited Ifland, it 
 is 7 or 8 leagues round, and pretty high in the mid- 
 die, where it is deftitute of Trees, .but looks very 
 green and pleafant, with an Herb called by the Spa- 
 niards Gramadael. \t is low Land by the Sea fide. 
  ThisIfland is in 5 d. 15m. North of the Equator; 
 it is environed with Rocks, which makes it almoft 
 _inacceffible : only at the N.E. end there is a fall 
 - Harbor where Ships may fafely enter and ride fecure. 
 In this Harbor there is ‘a fine Brook of frefh Water. 
 running into the Sea. This is the account that the 
 Spaniards give of it, and I had the fame alfo from 
 Captain Eaton, who was there afterward. . 
 _ Any who like us hadi not experienced the nature 
 of the Winds in thefe parts, might reafonably expetk 
 that we could have failed with a flown fheet to Riz 
 Lexa’; but we found our félves miftaken, for as we 
 came nearer the {hoar, wefound the Winds right in 
 our Teeth: But I {hall refer my Reader to the 
 | Chapter of Winds, in the Appendix, for a further 
 ~ account of this. : 
 _. Wehad:very fair weather, and {mall winds, in this 
 _ Voyage froth the Ga//apagosand at the beginning of 
 (Fuly we felliin' with Cape B/anco,. onthe yom of 
 | | Mexico, 
 
 
 
haciilldhs Sp SiON Sas anit Ue certs ae lala. lls Aaa ec UMA a a (. 
 : 112 _Caldera-Bay. 
 An.1684. Mexico. This isfo called from two white Rocks 
 Gyno ing off it. When we are offat Sea, right againft the 
 i, Cape, they appear as part of the Cape; but being 
 near the fhoar, either to the Eaftward or Weftwatd 
 ofthe Cape, they appear like two Ships under fat 
 at firft view, but coming nearer, they are like tw 
 high Towers ; they being {mall, high, and tteep of 
 all fides, and they are about half a mile from th 
 Cape. This Cape is in lat.od. 56m. It is abot 
 the height of Beachy-head in England,on the Coaft 
 Suffex. It is a full Point, with fteep Rocks to th 
 Sea. The top of it is flat and even for about! 
 mile; then it gradually falls away on each fide wit 
 a gentle defcent. It appearsvery pleafant, being com fF 
 vered with great lofty Trees. From the Cape on th 
 N.W.fide the Land runs in N.E. for about 4 league 
 
 making a {mall Bay called by the Spaniards Calde 
 A league within Cape Blanco, on the N. W. fide @ 
 it, and at the entrance of thisBay, there is a fmal 
 Brook of very good waterrunning into the Sea. Het 
 the Land is low, making a faddling between 2 {mal 
 Hills. It is very rich Land, producing large tal 
 Trees of many forts; the Mould is black and deef 
 which I have always taken notice of to:be-a fa 
 Soil. About a mile from this Brook, towards th 
 N.E. the Woodland terminates. Here’ the Savai 
 nah Land begins, and runs fome Leagues intoth 
 Country, making many fall Hills and Dales. The: 
 Savannahs are not altogether clear of Trees, bu 
 are here and there fprinkled with {mall Grove 
 which render them very delightful... The Graf 
 which grows here is very kindly, thick and long’ 
 I have feen none better in the Weft-Indies.  Towart 
 the botrom of the Bay, the Land by the Sea is lov 
 and full of Mangroves, but farther in the Country 
 the Land is high and mountainous. The Mountaifis” 
 are part Woodland, part Savannah. The Trees i 
 thofe Woods are but finall and fhort; and the’ 
 ; ane Mountains” 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 “a 
 at ‘at 
 } 
 
 
 

 
 ee ee RN a ee 
 
 Cape Blanco. and Caldera Bay, 
 
 74 or 15 leagues, to the Lake of Nicaragua on the 
 ~North-Sea Coalt: the way between is fomewhat 
 
 BF 2 aaa 
 
 Mountainous, but moft Savannah. es 
 Capt. Cook, who was taken fick at Fobn Fernan: 
 
 _ does, continued fo till we came within 2 ot 3 leagues 
 
 » of Cape Blanco, and then died of a fudden; tho” 
 he feemed that morning to be as likely. to live, as 
 
 he had been fome. weeks before; butit is ufual with 
 fick Men corning from tlie Sea, where they have 
 nothing but the Sea-Ait, to die off as foon as evet 
 
 they corne within the view of the Land. About 4 
 hours after we all came toan Anchor, (namely the 
 
 
 
 Ship that I was in, Captain Eaton, and the great . 
 Meal Prize, ) a league within the Cape, right a- 
 
 gain{t the Brook of Frefh-water, in 14 fathom clean 
 
 hardSand. Prefently. after we came to an Anchor, 
 
 Capt. Cook was carried afhoar to be buried; i2 
 
 - Men carried their Aims to guard thofe that werg 
 
 ordered to dig the Grave: for although we faw no 
 
 appearance of Inhabitants, yet we did not know 
 
 but the Country might be thick inhabited. And 
 
 before Capt. Cook was interrd, 3 Spanifh Indians 
 
 came to the place whete our Men were digging 
 the Grave, and demanded what they were, an 
 
 ftom whence they came ? to whom our Men an: 
 
 - fwered, They came from Lma, and were bound to 
 Ria Lexa, but that the Capt. of one of the Ships 
 _ dying at Sea, oblig’d them to come isto this place 
 ‘to give him Chriftian burial. The 3 Spani/h Indians; 
 
 _ who were very fhy atfirft, began to be more‘bold, 
 "and drawing nearer, asked many filly Queltions 5 
 
 we 0 ee teat 
 
 and our Men did not ftick to footh them up with as 
 
 _ many Falfhoods, purpofely to draw them into their 
 
 _ clutches. Our Men often laught at their temerity 
 
 
 
 
 
 "and asked them if they never faw any Spamzards be- 
 fore ? They told them, that they themfelves were 
 
 Spa- 
 
 
 
 Mountain Savannahs are cloathed but with indiffe- Av.168 
 -rentGrafS. From the bottom of this Bay, it is but &*-¥~w 
 
¥ Neo, Oy ee Pe Pg tat) Orme 95 eee 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a4 ; Nicoya, | : 
 - ‘An.1684 Spaniards, and that they lived among Spaniards, and 
 _ &¥~s~e that altho’ they were born there, yetthey had never. 
 ; feen 3 Ships there before: Our Men told them,that 
 neither now might they have feen fo many, iff 
 had not been on an utgent occafion. At length 
 they drill’d them by difcourfe fo near, that our Md 
 lay’d hold on all three at once; but before Captaif 
 Cook was buried, one of them made his efcape, tht 
 other two were brought off aboard our Ship. Cap 
 tain Eaton immediately came aboard and examine 
 them; they confeffed that they came purpofely 4 
 view our Ship, and if poffible, to inform themfelve 
 what we were; for the Prefident of Panama no 
 long before; fent a Letter of advice to Nicoya, in 
 forming the Magiftrates thereof, that fome Enemieé 
 were come into thefe Seas, and that therefore if 
 behoved them to be careful of themfelves. Nicoys 
 is a {mall Mulatto Town, about 12 or 14 leagué 
 Eaft from hence, ftanding on the Banks of a Rives} 
 of that name. It is a place very fit for building Ships 
 therefore moft of the Inhabitants are Carpenters’ 
 who are commonly imployed in building new, 6 
 repairing old Ships. It was here that Capt. Shargh 
 (juit after I left him, in the Year 1681.) got Ca 
 penters to fix his Ship, before he returned tor Emge 
 /and : and for thatreafon it behoved the Spaniardst 
 be careful, (accordiug to the Governor of Panama 
 advice,) leit any Men at other times wanting fucly 
 neceflaries as that place attorded, might again b 
 fupplied there. Thefe Spani/h Indians told us likewil@y 
 that they were fent to the place where they wef 
 taken, in order to view our Ships, as fearing the 
 were thofe mentioned by the Prelident of Pazama:] 
 being demanded ot them to give an account of th 
 Eftate and Kiches of the Country, they faid tha 
 the Inhabitants were moft Husbandmen, who wefé 
 a ~~ imployed either in Plantiag and Manurire of Co: 0 
 | or chiefly about Cattle ; they having large Savane 
 
 na 
 
 
 
 4 
 ¥ 
 P. 
 
 ee, 
 “M4 
 
 
 
| -Red-Wood. . 115 | 
 
 nahs, which, were well ftored with Bulls, Cow Az.1684 
 
 and Horfes ; that by the Sea fide, in fome placess U~ysy 
 there grew fome Red-wood, ufeful in Dying; of 
 this they faid there was little profit made, becaufe 
 they were forced tofend it to the Lake of Wicaragua, 
 which runs into the North Seas: That they fent 
 thither alfo great quantities of Bulland Cow Hides, 
 and brought from thence in Exchange Ewrope Com- 
 “Modities; as Hats, Linnen and Woollen, where- 
 with they cloathed themfelves ,; that the Flefh of 
 the Cattle turned to no other profit than Suftenance 
 for their Families; As for Butter and Cheefe they 
 make but little in thofé parts. After they had gi- 
 -ven this Relation, they told us, that if we wanted 
 Provifion, there wasa Beef-Eftantion, or Farm of 
 Bulls or Cowsabout 3 Mile off, where we might 
 kill what we pleafed. This was welcome News,tor 
 wehad no fort of Flefh fincewe left the Ga//apagosy 
 therefore 24 of us immediately entred into two 
 Boats, taking one of thefe Spanifh Indians with 
 us for a Pilot, and went afhore about a league from 
 the Ship. There we haled up our Boats dry, and 
 marched all away, following our Guide, who foon 
 brought us to fome Houfes, and a large Penn for 
 Cattle. This Penn ftood in a large Savannah, about 
 two Mile from our Boats: There were a great many 
 fat Bulls and Cows feeding in the Savannahs ; fome 
 of us would have kill’d 3 or 4 to carry on board, 
 but others oppofed it, sand faid, It was better to 
 fiay all Night, and inthe Morning drive the Cattle 
 into the Pen, and then kill 20 or 30, or as many as 
 _we pleafed. Iwas minded to return aboard, and 
 endeavoured to perfwade them all to go with me, 
 but fome would not, therefore I returned with 12, 
 which was half, and left the other 12 behind. At 
 this place [faw 3 or 4 Tunof the Red-wood; 
 _ which I take to be that fort of Wood, call’d in Fa- 
 _maica Blood-wood, or Nicaraguawood: We who 
 12 return: 
 
 
 
 
 
oe ieee 
 
 Fa a) TE re PEAR Se Se a Oe eRe ge eet Oe cr ae ee, ee RS. le 
 
  An.1684 returned aboard, met no one to oppofé us, an 
 wn. mnext day we expetted our Conforts that we 1 
 
 _ Waftes.. Thefe Men had flept afhore in the Houff | 
 - and turned out betimes in the Morning to pen tl 
 
 ‘part of the way was thick Woods, where the Sf 
 
 Aecure of their Prey, began to whiftle now andt el 
 
 ‘A narrow Efeape of 12 Mei. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 fhore, but none came ; therefore at 4 a Clockin 
 Afternoon, 1o Men went in our Canoa to fe 
 what was become of them: When they came fo 
 the Bay where we landed, to go to the Eftantiogf | 
 they found our Men all on a {mall Rock, half a milé jf) 
 from the fhore, ftanding in the Water up to the 
 
 Cattle : 2 or 3 went one way,and as many anoth 
 way,to get the Cattle to the Pen,and others ftood! 
 the Pen to drive them in. When they were thi 
 fcatter'd, about 40 or 50 armed Spaniards came 
 among them : Our Men inimediately called to eag 
 other, and drew together in a Body before the Sf 
 aiards could attack them ; and marched to their Bog 
 which was hal’d up dry on the Sand. But wheat 
 they came to the fandy Bay, they found their Boat} 
 allin Flames, This was a vety unpleafing fight, for] 
 they knew not how to get Aboard, unlefs thi 
 marched by Land to the place where Capt. Ca 
 was buried, which was near a league. The greateff} 
 
 niards might eafily tay an Ambuth for them,at whit 
 they are very expert. On the other*fide, the Spamp lf 
 ards now thought them fecure ; and therefore came 
 to them, and asked them if they would be pleafed |} 
 to walk totheir Plantations, with many other fil 
 flouts; but our Men anfwered never a word. | 
 was about half ebb, when one of our Men took 10 | 
 tice of a Rock a good diftance from the fhore, d I 
 appearing above Water ; he fhewed it to his Co 
 
 forts, and told them it would be a good Caftle f 
 them if they could get thither. They all wifft | 
 themfelves there ; for the Spaniards, who lay asyet 
 at a good diftance fromthem behind the Buthes, 4 
 
 Dt j 
 we j 
 Bed? 
 BYE 
 
 Seaee 
 
Panos wee Re eT FO ee ene eee SOR tee gt Ve (4 
 
 12 Men, - 
 
 
 
 A narrow Efcape of 7 
 afhot among them. Having therefore well confi- Av.1684 _ 
 dered the place, together with the danger they were CAND © : 
 
 in, they propofed to fend ‘one of the talleft Men to ae 
 try if the Sea between them and the Rock were ell 
 fordable, This Counfel they prefently put inexecu- bay 
 — cution, and found it according to their defire. So_ 4. 
 - they all marched over to the Rock, whete they re- a 
 - mained till the, Canoa came to them; Which was hata 
 about 7 Hours. It was the later part of the Ebb Re! 
 when they firft went over, and then the Rock was : ’ 
 
 dry; but when the Tyde of Flood returned again, 
 _ the Rock was covered, and the Water {till flowing; a 
  fothatif our Canoa had ftayed but one hour longer, “i 
 they might have been in as great danger of - their q 
 ‘lives from the Sea, as before from the Spaniards, for 
 the Tide rifeth here about 8 foot. The Spaniards 
 remained on the fhore, expecting to feethem de , 
  ftroyed, but never. came from behind the Bufhes, 
 where they firft planted themfelves; they having 
 not above 3 or 4 Hand-guns, the reft of them being 
 armed with Lances. The Spaniards in thefe parts are r 
 very expert in heaving or darting the Lance; with - 
 which, upon occafion, they will do great Feats, | 
 efpecially in Ambufcades: And by their good Will, - 
 they care not for fighting otherwife, but content 
 themfelves with ftanding a loof, threatning and cal- 
 ling Names,at which they areas expert as the other, ) 
 fo that if their Tongues be quiet, we always take it 
 for granted they have laid fome Ambufh. Before 
 night our Canoa came Aboard, and brought our 
 Men all fafe. The next day twoCanoas were fent 
 to the bottom of the Bay tofeek for a large Canoa, 
 which we were informed wasthere. The Spaniards 
 have neither Ships nor Barks here, and but a few 
 Canoas, which they feldom ufe: Neither are there 
 any Fifhermen here, asI judge, becaufe Fifh is - 
 _ very {carce; for I never faw any here, neither could 
 any of our Men ever ie any; and yet whereever 
 ee 3 we 
 
 
 
A 
 i 
 k 
 
 | 
 by 
 
 
 
 eG he yy as Get 
 pu vny se 
 
 ., 
 ah ts, 
 i 
 
 Hi 
 
 _An.1684 we come to an Anchor, we always fend out our 
 S7-~~ Strikers, and put our Hooks and Lines over 
 
 ih Mae es Stee 
 
 Lance-Wood. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 board, to try for Fifth. The next day our Men re 
 turned out of the Bay, and brought the Canoa with 
 them, which they were fent for, and 3 or 4 days 
 afterward the 2 Canoas were {ent out again for ano 
 ther, which they likewife brought aboard. Thef 
 Canoas were fitted with Thoats or Benches, Straps) 
 and Oars, fit for fervice; and one of thefe Capt 
 Eaton had for his fhare,and we the other,which we 
 fixt for landing Men when occafion required. Whilf 
 we lay here, we filled our Water}; and cut a great 
 many Looms, or Handles, or Staves for Oars; fo 
 here is plenty of Lancewood, which is moft propemy 
 for thatufe. I never faw any in the South Seas, but 
 in this place : there is plenty of itin Famaica, efpe 
 cially at a place called Blewfields (not Blewfields Rt 
 ver which is on the Main) near the Welt end of 
 that Ifland, The Lance-wood grows ftrait like out 
 young Afhes; it is very hard, tough and heavy 
 theretore Privateers efteem it very much, not only 
 tomake Looms for Oars, but Scowring-Rods fof 
 their Guns ; forthey have feldom lefs than 3 or 4 
 {pare Rods for fear one fhould break, and they arey 
 much better than Rods made of Afh. q 
 _ The day before we went from hence Mr. Edwara 
 Davis, the Company’s Quarter-Mafter, was made 
 Captain by confent of all the Company ; for it was 
 his place by Succeflion. The 2oth day of Fuly we 
 failed from this Bay of Caldera, with Capt. Eaton 
 and our Prize which we brought from Ga//apagos if 
 Company, directing our Courfe for Ria Lexa. The 
 Wind was at North, which altho’ but an ordinary 
 Wind, yet carried us in three days abreft of our im 
 tended Port. a 
 Ria Lexais the moft remarkable Land on all this 
 Coat, for there isa high pecked burning Moun 
 tain, called by the Spaniards Volcan-Vejo, ot the Ol 
 0 de gee Volcan 3 
 

 
 Volcan-Vejo, @ burning Mountain. 
 
 ! Volcan. This muft be brought to bear N. E. then An.168% 
 a’ ee 
 
 fteer in diretly with the Mountain, and that courfe 
 will bring you to the Harbour. The Sea winds are 
 here at S.S.W. therefore Ships that come hither 
 muft takethe Sea-winds,for there is no going in with 
 the Land-wind. The Volcan may be eafily known, 
 becaufe there is not any other fo high a Mountain 
 near it, neither is there any that appears in the like 
 form all along the Coaft ; befides it fmoaks all the 
 day, and in the night it fometimes fends forth 
 flames of Fire. This Mountain may be féen 20 
 leagues : being within 3 leagues of the Harbor, the 
 entrance into it may be feen; there is a {mall flat 
 low Ifland which makes the Harbor, it is about a 
 mile long, and a quarter of a mile broad, and is 
 from the Main about a mile and half. There isa 
 Channel at each end of the Ifland, the Weft Chan- 
 
 nel is the wideft and fafeft, yet at the N. W. point | 
 
 of the Ifland there is a fhole which Ships mutt take 
 heed of going in. Being paft that fhole, you muft 
 “keep clofé to the Ifland, for there is a whole fandy 
 point ftrikes over from the Main almoft half way, 
 The Eaft. Channel is not fo wide,befides there runs 
 a ftronger Tide ; therefore Ships feldom or never 
 go in that way. This Harbor is capable of recei- 
 ving 200 Sail of Ships; the beft riding is near the 
 Main, where there is 7 or 8 fathom water, clean 
 hard Sand. : 
 Ria Lexa Town is 2 leagues from hence, and 
 there are 2 Creeks that run towards it; the Welter- 
 moft comes near the backfide of the Town, the o-. 
 ther runs up to the Town, but neither Ships nor 
 Barks cango fofar. Thefe Creeks are very nartow, 
 and the Land on each fide drowned and full of red 
 Mangerove-trees.. About a mile and half below the 
 Town, on the banks of the Eaft Creek, the Spami- 
 ards had caft up aftrong Breaft-work ; it was like- 
 wife reported they had another on the Weft Creek, 
 gas oe 14 ~ both 
 
 rig. 
 
 ¥ BS eis ace oe 
 
 
 
‘120 Ria Lexa Iand and Harboar. . 
 ‘An.1684 both fo advantageoufly placed, that 10 Men m 
 
 Ww y~~ with eafé keep 200 Men from landing, I fhall 
 a defcription of the Town in my return hither, and } 
 
 therefore forbear to do it here. Wherefore to refume | 
 
 the thread of our courfe, we were now in fight oF 
 
 the Volcan, being by eftimation 7 or 8 leagues trom } 
 
 the fhoar, and the Mountain bearing N. E. we took }f 
 
 in our Topfails and hal’d up our Courfés, intending }} 
 
 to go with our Canoas into the Harbor in the nigh 
 
 In the evening we had a very hard Tornado, out 
 
 the N. E. with much Thunder, Lightening an 
 
 Rain. The violence of the Wind did not laft lon, 
 
 yet it was 11 aclock at night before we got out ol 
 
 Canoas, and then it was quite calm. We rowe 
 
 in dire€ily for the fhoar,and thought to havereach¢ 
 
 it before day, but it was 9a clock in the mornif 
 
 before we got into the Harbor. When wecame witl 
 
 in aleague of the Ifland of kve Lexa, that makes th 
 
 Harbor, we faw a Houfe on it, and coming neargg) 
 
 we faw 2 or 3 Men, who f{tood and looked ont 
 
 till we came within halfa mile of the Ifland, the 
 
 they went into their Canoa, which lay on the i 
 
 fide of the Ifland, and rowed towards the Main 
 
 but we overtook them before they got over, am 
 
 brought them back again to the Ifland. Therewa 
 
 é a Horfeman tight againft us on the Main when we 
 ; took the Canoa, who immediately rode away towards 
 the Townasfaftas he could. The reft of our Canod 
 towed heavily, and did not come to the Ifland ti 
 42a clock, therefore we were forced to ftay fe 
 them. Before they came we examined the Prifoner 
 who told us, that they were fet there to watch, fof 
 the Governot of Ria Lexa received a Letter abot 
 a month hefore, wherein he was advifed of fom 
 - Enemies come into the Sea, and therefore admoy 
 nifhed to be careful, that immediately there 
 upon the Governor had caufed a Houfe to be built” 
 on this Ifland, and oxdered 4 Men to be von j 
 
 sald Pat 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gulf of Amapalla and Point Cafivina. 
 
 there to watch night and day ; and if they faw any Aw.1684 
 Ship coming thither they were to give notice of it KAN 
 
 They faid they did not expect to fee Boats or Ca- 
 noas, but lookt out for a Ship. At firft they took us 
 in our advanced Canoa to be fome Men that had 
 been caft away and loft our Ship; till feeing 3 or 4 
 Canoas more, they began to fufpect what we were. 
 They told us likewife, that the Horfeman which we 
 faw did come to them every morning, and that in 
 Jefs than an hours time he could be at the Town. 
 When Captain Eaton and his Canoas came afhoar, 
 we told them what had hapned. It was now 3 © 
 hours fince the Horfeman rode away, and we could — 
 not expect to get to the Town in lefS than two 
 hours; in which time the Governor having notice 
 of our coming, might be provided to receive us at | 
 his Breaft-works ; therefore we thought it beft to 
 defer this Defign till another time. : 
 
 There is a fine Spring of frefh water on the Ifland, 
 there are fome Trees alfo, but the biggeft part is 
 Savannah, whereon is good grafs, though there is no 
 fort of Beaft to eat it. This Ifland is in lat. 12 d. 10 
 m. North. Here we ftayed till 4 a clock in the af- 
 ternoon; then our Ships being come within a league 
 of the fhoar, we all went on board, and fteered for 
 the Gulf of Amapal/a, intending there to careen our 
 Ships. 
 
 The 26th of Fuly Capt. Eaton came aboard our 
 Ship, to confult with Captain Davzs, how to get 
 fome Indians to affift us in careening : it was con- 
 cluded, that when we came near the Gulf, Cap- 
 tain Davis fhould take two Canoas, well mann’d, 
 and go before, and Capt. Ezron fhould ftay aboard. 
 According to this agreement, Capt. Davis went a- 
 way for the Gulf the next day. | | 
 
 The Gulf of Amapaila is a great Arm of the Sea, 
 sunning 8 or 10 leagues into the Country. It is 
 bounded on the South-fide of its Entrance = a 
 Ay Point 
 
 oS ee =. 
 
 125 
 
 Z 
 
fag eet RAL 9h bs Morass 5 os. pas ect Ei i re i a ta I ld a A, dies A 
 
 122 Ifles of Mangera and Amapalla. i 
 An.1684 Point Ca/vina, and on the N.W. fide with St. Mi. 
 wrsy chael’s Mount. Both thefe places are very remarka- 
 ble : Point Cafvina is in lat. 12 d. 40 m. North: if 
 
 is ahigh round Point, which at Sea appears like 
 
 an Ifland ; becaufe the Land within it is very low 
 
 St. Michael’s Mount is a very high peeked Hill, no 
 
 - very fteep : the Land at the foot of it on theS.5 
 
 fide, is low and even, for at leaft a mile. Fron 
 
 this low Land the Gulf of Amapalla enters on tha 
 
 fide. Between this low Land and Point Ca/rvina 
 
 there are two confiderable high Iflands ; the Sou 
 thermoft is called Mangera, the other is called Am 
 palfa;, andsthey are two miles afunder, 
 Mangera is a high round Ifland, about 2 leagu¢ 
 
 in compafs, appearing like a tall Grove. It is im 
 ironed with Rocks all round, only a fmall Cove 
 or fandy Bay on the N.E. fide. The Mold andy 
 Soil of this Ifland is black, but not deep; it is mixt 
 with Stones, yet very productive of large tall Tim 
 ber Trees. In the middle of the Ifland there is af 
 Indian Town, and a fair Spanifh Church. The lf 
 dians have Plantations of Maiz round the Town 
 and fore Plantains; They have a.few Cocks and 
 Hens, but no other fort of tame Fowl ; neithe 
 have they any fort of Beaft, but Cats and Dogs 
 There is a path from the Town to the fandy Bay 
 but the way is fteep and rocky. At this fandy Baj 
 athere are always 10 or 12 Canoas lie haled up diy 
 except when they are in ufe. | 
 Amapalla is a larger Mland than Mangera; thi 
 Soil much the fame. There are two Towns on it 
 about two miles afunder ; one on the North-fide 
 the other on the Eaft-fide: That on the Eaft-fid 
 is not ‘above a mile from the Sea, it ftands on¢ 
 Plain on the top ofan Hill, the Path to it fo fteeg 
 and rocky, that a few Men might keep down 4 
 “great number, only with Stones. There isa very 
 fair Church ftanding-in the midft of the Tom 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Hog-Plumb-Tree. 123 
 The other Town is not fobig, yet it has a good An.1684 
 handfom Church. One thingI have obferved in byw 
 all the IndiansTowns under the Spani/h Government, 
 as well in thefe parts as in the Bay of Compeachy,and 
 elfewhere, that the Images of the Virgin Mary and 
 other Saints, (with which all their Churches were 
 filled) are {till painted in an Indian Complexion,and 
 partly in that Drefs, but in thofe Towns which are 
 inhabited chiefly by Spaniards, the Saints alfo con- 
 form themfelves to theSpani/h Garb and Complexion. 
 
 The Houfes here are but mean ; the Indians of both 
 
 Plains have good Field Maiz, remote from the 
 
 Town: They have but few Plantains, but they have 
 
 abundance of large Hog-Plumb Trees, growing about 
 
 their Houfes. The Tree that bears this Fruit is as 
 
 big as our largeft Plumb-tree : The Leaf is of a dark 
 
 ‘green colour, and as broad as the Leaf of a Plumb- 
 
 tree, but they are fhaped like the Haw-thorn Leaf. 
 
 The Trees are very brittle Wood: The Fruit is oval, 
 
 and as big asa {mall Horfe-Plumb. It is at firft very 
 
 green, but when it is ripe, one fide is yellow, 
 
 the other red. It hatha great ftone, and but little 
 
 fubftance about it: The Fruit is pleafant enough ; 
 
 but [donot remember that ever] faw one through- 
 
 ly ripe, that had nota Maggot or two init. J 
 
 do not remember that I did ever fee any of this 
 
 Fruit in the Sozth Seas, but at this place. In the 
 
 Bay of Campeachy they are very plentiful, and in 
 
 Famaica they plant them to fence their Ground, | 
 
 Thefe Indians have alfo fome Fowls, as thofe at As. 
 
 Mangera: No Spaniards dwell among them,but only 4 
 
 one Padre or Prieft,who ferves for all three Towns; ! 
 
 thefe two at Amapallaand that at Mangere. They | 
 
 are under the Governour of the Town of St. Mr- ‘ | 
 
 chaels, at the foot of St. Michaels Mount, to whom | 
 
 they pay their Tribute in Maiz ; being extreamly | 
 
 poor, yet very contented: They have nothing to 
 
 make Money of ‘but their Plantations of Maiz ont 
 _ their 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 » ¥24 ~~ Other Iftands in Amapalla Galph. , 4 
 _ An.1684 their Fowls; the Padre or Frier -hath his tenths of | 
 Le-y~y it, and knows to a peck how much every Man hath, | 
 and how many Fowls of which they dare not kill | 
 one, tho’ they are fick, without leave from him | 
 There was (as I faid) never another white Man of | 
 thefe Iflands, but the Frier. He could {peak thg | 
 Indian Language, as all Friers mutt that live among | 
 them. In this vaft Country of America_there aig 
 divers Nations of Imdians,difterent in their Language, 
 therefore thofe Friers that are minded to live among 
 any Nations of Indians, mutt learn the Langua 
 of thofe People they propofé to teach. Although 
 thefe here are but poor, yet the Ivdians in mag 
 other places have great Riches, which the Spanzardg 
 draw from them for Trifles : In fuch Places the Ff 
 ers get plentiful Incomes; as particularly inthe Bay 
 of Campeachy, where the Indians have large Caca 
 walks ; or in other places where they plant Cocht 
 neel-Trees,or Silvefter-Trees ; or where they ga 
 Vinelloes, and in fuch places where they gathet 
 
 ? : Gold. In fuch places as thefe, the Friers do get) 
 : great deal of Wealth. There was but one of all the 
 | Indians on both thefe Iflands that. could fpeak Spi 
 nifh ; he could write Spani/h alfo,being bred up put 
 pofely,to keep their Regiftersand Books of Account} 
 He wasSecretary toboth Iflands. They had a Cafe 
 too, (a fmall fort of Magiftrate the Indians ha} 
 amonegft themfelves ) but he could neither writ 
 nor {peak Spami/b. ' 
 There are a great many more Iflands in this Ba 
 but none inhabited as thefe. There is one pret 
 i large Ifland, belonging toa Nunnery, as the Indiap 
 1 told us, this was ftocked with Bulls and Cows) 
 there were 3 or 4 Indians lived there to look afte) 
 -the Cattle, for the fake of which we often fr 
 quented this Ifland, while we lay inthe Bay, they 
 are all low Iflands, except Amapalla and Mangera 
 There are two Channels to come into this Gulph, 
 
 Se a dined Stes Ges wl 
 
Other Iflands in Amapalla Galpb. — 125 
 
 one between Point Cefivina and Mangera, the other 42.1684 
 between Mangera and Amapalla’: The latter is the ™"V7S) 
 beft. The Riding place is on the Eaft fide of Avna- 
 palla, tight againit a {pot of low ground; forall 
 the Ifland except this one place it high Land. Run: 
 ning in farther, Ships may anchor near the Main, on © 
 _the N.E. fide of the Ifland Amaepalla. This is the 
 place moft frequented by Spaniards: It is called the 
 Port of Martin Lopez. This Gulph or Lake runs 
 in fome leagues beyond all the [flands;but itis {hole 
 Water, and not capable of Ships.: 
 
 It was into this Gulph that Capt. Davz was gone 
 with the two Canoas, to endeavour for a Prifoner, 
 to gain intelligence,if poffible,before our Shipscame - 
 in: He came the firft Night to Mangera, but for 
 want of a Pilot, did not know where to look for 
 the Town. In the Morning he found a great many 
 Canoas haled up on the Bay ; and from that Bay 
 found a Path which led him and his Company to 
 the Town. The Indians {aw our Shipsin the Evening 
 coming towards thelfland, and being before infor- | 
 med of Enemies in the Sea, they kept Scouts out all 
 Night for fear: who feeing Capt. Davis coming, 
 run into the Town, and alarmed all the People. 
 When Capt. Davis came thither, they all run into 
 the Woods. The Frier happened to be there at 
 this time ; who being unable to ramble into the 
 Woods, fell into Capt. Davis’s Hands: there were 
 two Indian Boys with him, who were likewile ta- 
 ken. Capt. Davis went only to get a Prifoner, 
 therefore was well fatisfied with the Frier, and im- 
 mediately came down to the Sea-fide. He went 
 from thence to the Ifland Amapal/a, carrying the 
 Frier and the two Indian Boys with him. Thefe 
 were his Pilots to condu&t him to the Landing place, . 
 where they arrived about Noon. They made no | 
 ftay here, but left 3 or 4 Men to look after the © | 
  Canoas, and Capt. Davis with the reft marched e 
 
 the , , 
 
Se Oe pe ee ee Ne ee ee ee a 
 . 
 
 26 Other Wands in Amapalla Gulph, 
 Au.1684 the Town,taking the Fryer with them. The Town, 
 Wyre asis before noted, is about a Mile from the Lands 
 ing-place, ftanding in a Plain on the top of the Hilly 
 having avery fteepafcent to go to it. All the Indian 
 ftood on the top of the Hill waiting Capt. Davis 
 coming. : ; 
 The Secretary, mentioned before, had no grea 
 kindnefs for the Spaniards. It was he that perfwadet 
 the Indians to wait Captain Davis his coming ; fo 
 they were all running intothe Woods ; but he told} 
 them, that if any of the Spamzards Enemies came 
 thither, it was not to hurt them, but the Spanzarday 
 whofe Slaves they were; and that their Poverty 
 would protect them.This Man with the Ca/ica ftoot 
 more forward than the reftjat the Bank of the Hill 
 when Capt. Davis with his Company apppearet 
 beneath. They called out therefore in Spanifh, de 
 manding of our Men, What they were, and from 
 whence they came ? Towhom Capt. Davis and his 
 Men replyed, They were Bifcayers, and that the} 
 were fent thither by the King of Spain to cleat 
 thofe Seas from Enemies; that their Ships were com 
 
 ing into the Gulf to careen, and that they came 
 ther before the Ships, to feek a convenient place fo) 
 it, as alfo to defire the Indians Affiftance. The S¢ 
 cretary, who, as I faid before, was the only Mat 
 that could fpeak Spanifh, told them that they wer 
 welcome, for he had a great refpe&t for any Od 
 Spain Men, efpecially for the Bi/cayers, of whom ht 
 had heard a very honourable Report; therefore he 
 defired them tocome up to their Town. Captaif 
 Davis and his Men immediately afcended the Hill 
 the Frier going before ; and they were receivet 
 with a great deal of affettion by the Indians. The 
 Cafica and Secretary embraced Capt.-Davzs, and 
 the other Indians received his Men with the like 
 Ceremony. Thefe Salutations being ended, they all} 
 marched towards the Church,for that is the place a 
 all 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
bas. ai ed : — =e) i 
 a sa sili rid I, eee eR aOR ect SS ee ee 
 
 | Other Tflands in Amapalla Gulph, = 127 1 
 ‘all publick Meetings, and all Plays and Paftimes are 47.1684 
 acted there alfo, therefore in the Churches belong- We | 
 ing to Indian Towns they have all forts of Vizards, | 
 and fttange antick Drefles both for Men and Wo- | 
 men, and abundance of Mufical Hautboys and 
 -Strumftrums. The Strumftrum is made fomewhat 
 likea Cittern; moft of thofe that the Indians ule are 
 made of a large Goad cut in the midft, and a thin 
 board laid over the hollow, and which is faftned to 
 “the fides: this ferves for the belly; over which the | 
 ftrings are placed. The nights before any Holidays, i 
 or the nights enfuing, are the times when they all ) 
 meet to make merry. Their Mirth confifts in fing- 
 ing, dancing, and fporting in thofe antick Habits, 
 and ufing as many antick geftures. If the Moon 
 fhine they ufe but few Torches, if not, the Church is 
 full of light. They meet at thefe times all forts of both 
 Sexes.All the Izdzans that | have been acquainted with 
 ‘who are under the Spaniards, feem to be more me- 
 lancholy than other Indians that are free, and at thefe 
 publick Meetings, when they are in the greateft of a 
 their Jollity, their Mirth feems to be rather forced | 
 than real. Their Songs are very melancholy and 
 doleful ; fo is their Mufick: but whether it be natu- 
 ral to the Indians to be thus melancholy, or the ef- 
 fet of their Slavery, Iam not certain: But I have 
 always been prone to believe, that they are then’ 
 only condoling their misfortunes, the lofS of their 
 Country and Liberties: which altho’ thefe that are 
 now living do not know, nor remember what it was 
 to be free, yet there feems to be a deep impreffion 
 in their thoughts of the Slavery which the Spamards 
 have brought them under, increas’ probably by 
 fome Traditions of their ancient Freedom. 
 Capt. Davis intended when they were all in the 
 Church to fhut the Doors, and then make a bargain , 
 with them, letting them know what he was, and fo 
 _ draw them afterwards by faix means to our Kaa 
 y : the 
 
 
 

 
 n= ee ee 
 
 OS a ee ae ee area 
 f 
 
 328 
 
 ‘An.1684 the Frier being with him, who had alfo pto 
 
 yr 
 
 were all fled, Captain Davis his Men fired and kill 
 
 . therefore called the Cape River : Near the Head 0 
 this 
 
 
 
 would inftru& him what to fay, and did not qu 
 
 raat ; a 
 
 Other Wands in Amapalla Gulph. . 
 
 eet om 
 w 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 to engage them to it: but before they were all in 
 the Church, one of Capt. Davis his Men pufht one 
 of the Indians to haften him into the Church. The 
 Indian immediately tan away, and all the reft takin 
 
 the alarm, {prang out of the Church like Deer; if 
 was hard to fay which was firft : and Captain D 
 vis, who knew nothing of what hapned, was le¢ 
 in the Church only with the Frier. When the 
 
 the Secretary ; and thus our hopes perifhed by t 
 Indifcretion of onefoolifh Fellow. | 
 
 In the afternoon the Ships came into the Gulf) 
 between Point Cafvina and Mangera, and anchore@ 
 near the Ifland Amapalla, on the Eaft-fide, in 10 
 thom Water, clean hard Sand. In the evening Cay 
 tain Davis and his Company came aboard, ar 
 brought the Frier with them ; who told Captai 
 Davis, that if the Secretary had not been killd, h 
 could have fent him a Letter by one of the Indiag 
 that was taken at Mangera, and perfwaded himt 
 come to us; but now the only way was to fend on 
 of thofe Indians to feek the Cafica, and that himfel 
 
 ! 
 
 {tion but the Ca/ica would come in on his word. The 
 next day we fent afhoar one of the Indians, wh 
 before night returned with the Cafica and 6 othe 
 Indians, who remained with us all the time that 
 ftaid here. Thefe Ivdians did us good fervice; efp 
 cially in piloting us to an Ifland where we ki 
 Beef when ever we wanted; and for this their f 
 vice we fatisfied them to- their hearts content. | 
 wasat this [land Amapal/a,that a party ot English me 
 and French men came afterwards, and ftay’d a gre 
 while, and at laft landed on the Main, and march 
 over Land to the Cape River, which difembogues if 
 to the North Seas near. Cape Gratia Dios, and 18 
 
 
 
ls 3 aig sche earl et Ss ee ee er 
 ae Pose: 
 
 \ 
 
 had propofed to go if he had been put to it; for 
 
 up that River in Canoas, about as far as the place 
 
 in the Country. They were near a month getting 
 up the River, for there were many Cataratts, where 
 “they were often forced to leave the River, dnd hale 
 
 
 
 ‘The Paffage along the Cape River. 129 
 this River they made Bark-logs (which I fhall de- 4.168 
 {cribe in the next Chapter) and fo went into the ~Y™, 
 North Seas. This was the way that Captain Sharp 
 
 this way was partly known to Privateers by the dif: 
 covery that was made into the Countty about 30 
 Years fince, by a Party of Exg//hMen that went 
 
 where thefe French Men made their Bark-logs: there 
 they landed and marched to a Town called Segovia 
 
 
 
 their Canoas afhoar over the Land, till they were | 
 paft the Cataraéts, and then launch their Canoas | 
 
 again into the River. I have difcourféd feveral | 
 
 
 
 Men that were in that Expedition, and if I miftake | 
 
 not, Captain Sharp was one of them. But to return | 
 
 to our Voyage in hand; when both our Ships were 
 
 clean, and our Water filled , Captain Dzavzs and q 
 Captain Eaton broke off Confortfhips. Capt. Ea: ae 
 ton took aboard of his Ships 400 Packs of Flower, a 
 ag out of the Gulf the fecond day of Sep: 
 
 tember. 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CHA &. Vi... 
 They depart from Amapalla. Tornadoes. Cape 
 S. Francifco. They meet Captain Eaton, and 
 part again, Ifle of Plata defertbed. Another 
 meeting withGapt. Eaton, and their final parte 
 ing. Poznt Sancta Hellena. Algatrane a fort 
 of Tar. ASpanith Wreck. Cruifings. Manta 
 near Cape St. Lorenzo. Monte Chrifto. Grate 
 fings. Cape Blanco: Payta.. The Busldingh 
 in Peru. The Soil of Peru. Colan. Bark 
 logs defertbed. Piura: The Road of Payta 
 Lobos de Terra. They come again to Lobo 
 de la Mar. Zhe Bay of Guiaquil. Ile 
 Sanéta Clara. A rich Spanifh Wreck there 
 Cat fifb. Pott Arena zn the Ifle Puna. . The 
 Ifland defcribed. The Palmeto-trée. Towih 
 _ and Harbour of Puna. Réver of Guiaquily 
 Guiaquil Town. Its Commodities, Cacao 
 Sarfaparilla, Quito Cloth. Of the City, am 
 Gold, and Aw of Quito. They enter the Bap 
 in order to make an attempt on the Town 6 
 Guiaquil. 4 great advantage [lipt that migh 
 have been made of a company of Negroes take 
 sn Guiaquil River, They go to Plata agar 
 ‘fle Plata. q 
 
 
 
 Be. third day of September, 1684. we fent th 
 Friet afhoar, and left the Indians in poflefiom: 
 of the Prize which we brought in hither, though 
 fhe was ftill half laden with Flower, and we failed 
 out with the Land Wind, pafling between Amapalla 
 
 and 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 Bie 5 Bt Pye epee ey eee, ee ee een ee 
 
 Tornadoes, 
 
 
 
 and Mangera. When we wete a league out, we Av.168% 
 faw a Canoa coming with Sail and Oars after us; Ure 
 
 therefore we fhortned Sail and ftaid for her.She was 
 a Canoa fent by the Governor of St. Michaels Town 
 _ to our Captain, defiring him not to carry away the 
 Frier. The Mefflenger being told, that the Frier 
 was fet afhoar again at Amapalla, he returned with 
 joy, and we made Sail again, having the Wiad at 
 W.N.W. We fteered towards the Coaft of Perz ; 
 we had Tornadoes every day till we made Cane Sv: 
 Francifco, which from Fume to November are very 
 common on thefe Coafts; and we had with the 
 Tornadoes very much Thunder, Lightning and Rain. 
 
 When the Tornadoes were over, the Winds, which ~ 
 while they lafted,was moftfrom the South Eaftcame 
 
 about again to the Weft, and never failed us till we 
 were in fight of Cape St. Francifco, where we found 
 the Wind at South with fair Weather. This Cape is 
 in lat. o1d. oo North. It is a high bluff, or full 
 
 oint of Land,cloathed with tall great Trees. Paffing 
 by this Point, coming from the North, you will fee 
 —afmalllow Point, which you might fuppofe to be 
 the Cape; but you are then paft it, and prefently 
 afterwards it appears with three points. The Land in 
 the Country, within this Cape, is very high,and the 
 Mountains commonly appear very black. When 
 we came in with this Cape,we overtook Captain Ea- 
 ton, plying under the fhoar: he in his paflage from 
 _ Amapalla,while he was on that Coaft,met with fuch 
 
 terrible Tornadoes of Thunder and Lightning, that as _ 
 
 heand all his Men related, they had never met with 
 the like in any place. They were very much af-, 
 {righted by them, the Air fmelling very much of 
 Sulphur, and they apprehending themfelves in great 
 danger of being burnt by the Lightning. He touch’d 
 at the Ifland Cocos, and put afhoar 200 Packs of 
 
 _ Flower there, and loaded his Boat with Coco-Nuts, 
 and tookinfrefh Water, In the evening we fépa- 
 K 2 rated 
 
Ups Late A Tati a Sd 
 
 132 The Ifle Plata. | 
 — 'An.1684 ratedagain from Captain Eaton ; for he ftood offto 
 - wwe Sea, and we plied up under the fhoar, making our 
 beft advantage both of Seaand Land Winds. The 
 Sea Winds‘ are here at South, the Land Winds at 
 §.S.E. but fometimes when we came abreft of 
 River-we fhould have the Wind at S.E. 
 The 20th day of September we cameto the Iflant 
 Plata, and Anchored in 16 fathom. We had ver 
 good weather from the time that we fell in wif 
 Cape St. Francifco,; and were now fallen in agai 
 with the fame places from whence I begin the a 
 count of this Voyage inthe firft Chapter, having not 
 compafsd in the whole Continent of the Sout 
 America. | 
 The Ifland Plata, as fome report, was fo name 
 by the Spaniards, after Sir Francis Drake took tl 
 Cacafoga, a Ship chiefly laden with Plate, whi 
 -they fay he brought hither, and divided it here wit 
 his Men. It is about 4 mile long, and a mile af 
 half broad, and of a good heighth. It is boundé 
 with high fteep Clitts clear round, only at one plage 
 on the Eaft fide. The top of it is Hat and even, df 
 Soil {andy and dry : the Trees it produceth are bie 
 fmall bodied, low, and grow thin; and there aim 
 only 3 or 4 forts of Trees all unknown to us. #] 
 obferved they were much over-grown with lof 
 Mofs. There is good Grafs, efpecially in the t 
 sinning of the year. There is no Water on th 
 Ifland but at one place on the Eaft fide, clofe by ¢ 
 Sea ; there it drills {lowly down from the Rod 
 where it may be received into Veflels. There w 
 plenty of Goats,but they are now all deftroyed.The 
 ~ is no other fort of Land Animal that I did ever {€ 
 here are plenty of Boobies and Men of War Birds.T 
 anchoring place is on the Eaft fide, near the mide 
 of theIfland, clofe by the fhoar, within two Cab 
 lengths of the {andy Bay: there is about 18 or 20) 
 fathom good faft oazy ground, and finooth water 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Point St. Hellena: 133 
 for the S. E. point of the Ifland fhelters fiom the Av.1684 
 South Winds which conftantly blow here. From Cy NJ 
 the S. E. point there {trikes out a {mall fhole a quar- 
 ter of a mile into the Sea,where there is commonly 
 a great riplin or working of {hort waves, during 
 
 all the Flood. The Tide runs pretty ftrong, the 
 Flood to the South,and the Ebb to the North. There 
 is. good landing on the Sandy Bay againft the An- 
 choring place, from whence you may go up into 
 the Ifland, and at no place.befides. There are 2 or 
 3 high, fteep, {mall Rocks, at the S.E. point, not a 
 Cables length from the Ifland ; and another much 
 bigger at the N. E. end: it is deep water all round, 
 but at the anchoring place, and at the fhole at the 
 S. E. point.. This Ifland lieth in lat.o1d. rom, 
 “South. It is diftant from Cape Sz. Lorenzo 4 or 5 
 _ leagues, bearing from it VV.S.VV. and half: a point 
 welterly. At this Ifland are plenty of thofe {mall 
 Sea Turtle {poken of in my laft Chapter. 
 
 The 21ft day Captain Eaton came to an Anchot 
 by us : he was very willing to have conforted with 
 us again ; but Captain Dauzs’s Men were fo unrea- 
 fonable, that they would not allow Captain Eaton’s 
 Men an equal fhare with them in what they got: 
 - therefore Captain Ezron ftaid here but one night, 
 ~ and the next day failed fronrhence, fteering away to 
 the Southward. VVe ftaid no longer than the day 
 enfuing, and then we failed toward Point St. He/enza, 
 intending there ta land fome Men purpofely to get 
 Pyifoners for Intelligence. 
 
 Point Santa Hellena beats South from the [land 
 Plata. It lies in lat.2d- 15m. South. The Point 
 is pretty high, flat, and even at top, overgrown 
 - withmany great Thiftles, but no fort of Tree; ata 
 diftance it appears like an Iland, becaufe the Land 
 within it is very low, : 
 
 This Point {trikes out VVeft into the Sea,making a 
 pretty large Bay on the North fide.A mile within the 
 | ; K 3 Point 
 
 
 
534. St.Hellena Village. Algatrane. 
 ‘An.1 684 Point, on the Sandy Bay, clofe by the Sea, there 
 te isa poor fmall Indiaxz Village, called Santfa Hellena, 
 the Land about it is low, fandy and barren, there 
 are no Trees nor Grafs growing near it; neither do 
 the Indians produce any Fruit, Grain, or Plant, but 
 Water-Melons only, which are large and very {weet 
 There is no frefh Water at this place, nor near it ; 
 therefore the Inhabitants are obliged to fetch al 
 their Water from the River Co/anche, which is in the 
 bottom of the Bay, about 4 leagues from it. Not™ 
 far from this Town on the Bay, clofé by the Sea, 
 about 5 paces from high-water mark, there is a fort 
 of bitumenows matter boils out of a little hole in the 
 Earth ; ir is like thin Tur: the Spaziards call it AP 
 atrane. By much boiling it becomes hard like Pitch) 
 it is frequently ufed by the Spaniards inftead of 
 Pitch ; and the Ivdiens that inhabit here fave it ia 
 Jars. It boils up moft.at high Water; and them 
 the Indians are ready to receive it. Thefe Ivdians are 
 Fifhermen, and go ont to Sea on Bark-logs. Theis} 
 chief fubfiftence is Maiz, moft of which they get 
 ftom Ships that come hither from A/gatrane. There 
 is good anchoring to leeward of the Point, right a- 
 ainft the Village: but on the Welt fide of the Point 
 itis deep VVater, and no Anchoring. The Spaniards 
 do report, that there was once a very rich Ship drit 
 ven athoar herein calm,for want of VVind to Work 
 her. As foon as ever fhe ftruck fhe heel’d off to Seay 
 7 ot 8 fathom WVater, where fhe lies to this day, 
 none having attempted to fifh for her.becaufe the lies 
 deep, and there falls in here a great highSea! VVhen 
 we were abreft of this Point, we fent away our 
 Canoas in the night to take the Izdian Village. They 
 landed in the morning betimes clofé by the Town, 
 and took fome Prifoners.. They took likewile a 
 {mall Bark which the Indians had fet on fire,but out 
 Men quenched it, and took the Indiam that did it 57 
 a who | 
 
 vee edie - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 » deme WD 
 
 , 4 
 
 
 
ee ae, ee 
 
 Manta. 
 
 
 
 who being asked wherefore he fet the Bark on fire, Av.1684 
 faid, that there was an Order {from the Vice-Roy “WN 
 
 lately fet out, commanding all Seamen to burn 
 their Veflels, if attack’d by us, and betake them- 
 felves to their Boats. There was another Bark ina 
 | {mall Cove, a Mile from the Village, thither our 
 
 -Men went, thinking to take her, but the Seamen 
 that were aboard fet her in flames and fled : In the 
 Evening our Men came aboard, and brought the 
 {mall Bark with them, the fire of which they had 
 ~ quenched ; and then we returned again towards 
 | ed ; where .we arrived the 26 day of Septem- 
 er. | 
 In the Evening we fent out fome Men in our 
 Bark lately taken, and Canoas, toan Indian Village 
 called Manta, 2 or 3 leagues to the Weftward of 
 Cape St. Lorenzo ; hoping there to get other Prifo- 
 ners, for we could not learn from thofe we took at 
 Point Sz.He/lena the reafon why the Vice-Roy fhould 
 give fiich orders to burn the Ships. They hada 
 _ frefh Sea-breez till 12 a Clock at Night, and then it 
 proved calm; wherefore they rowed. away with 
 their Canoas as near to the Town as they thought 
 convenient, and lay ftill till day. 
 
 Manta isa fmall Indian Village on the Main, di- 
 ftant from the Ifland P/ata7 or 8 leagues. It ftands 
 fo advantagioufly to be feen, being built on a {mall 
 Afcent, that it makesa very fair profpect to the Sea; 
 yet but a few poor fcattering Imdian Houfes. There 
 isa very fine Church, adorned with a great deal of 
 carved Work. It was formerly a Habitation of Spe- 
 mards, but they are all removed from hence now. 
 The Land about itis dry and fandy, bearing only a 
 few thrubby Trees. Thefe Indians plant no man- 
 ner of Grain or Root, but are fupplied from other 
 places ; and commonly keep a ftock of Provifion to 
 relieve Ships that want , for this is the firft Settle- 
 - ment that Ships can touch at,which come from Pa- 
 
 Bere | Kea, nama. 
 

 
 . An.1684, nama, bound to Lima, or any other Port in. Pe. nh, 
 i-y~ The Land being dry and fandy, is not fit to produc 
 
 ing up like a Sugarloaf, called Monte-Chrifto. It 
 
 — fo well known, that all Ships bound to this place d 
 
 able got away. They took only two old Women 
 
 ‘Vice-Roy upon this News had fet out the fore-men 
 
 having likewilé . fent orders to _all Searportaal 
 
 Oe) eee 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ~ Monte-Chrifto. — ? 
 
 Ot 
 
 Crops of Maiz ; which is the reafon they plant | 
 none. There is a Spring of good Water betweem | 
 the Village and the Seas. ; i 7 
 
 On the back of the Town, a pretty way up i 
 the Country, there is a very high Mountain, tow 
 
 a very good Sea-mark, for there is none like it of 
 all the Coatt, The Body of this Mountain beat 
 due South from Manta. About a Mile and half fron 
 the thore, right againft the Village;there is a Rock 
 which is very dangerous, becaufe it never appeatiy | 
 above Water, neither doth the Sea break on it, bem] 
 caufé here is feldom any great Sea ; yet it is nov 
 
 
 
 eafily avoid it. A Mile within this Rock there j 
 good Anchoring, in 6, $, or 10 fathom Water, goot 
 hard Sand, and clear Ground: Anda Mile from they 
 Road on the Weft fide, there isa fhoal runniig outa 
 Mile into the Sea. From Mantato Cape St. Lorenz 
 the Land is plain and even,of an indifferent heighthy 
 {See a further Account of thefe Coafts in the Apa 
 pendix. | ; a 
 “As toon as ever the day appat’d our Men landed 
 and marched towards the Village, which was abou 
 a Mile anda halffrom ‘their Land-place: Som@y 
 of the Izdians who were {tirring, faw them coming 
 and alarmed their Neighbours ; fothat all that weree 
 
 who bath faid, that it wasreported that a great many 
 Enemies were come over land thro’ the Country 
 of Darien into the South Seas, and that they wett 
 at prefent in Canoas and Periagoes : and. that. the 
 
 tioned order for burning their own Ships. Ouff 
 Men found no fort of Provifion, here ; the Vice-Roy 
 
 keep 
 
Stee a err See ye eo oe fr ne ee ee Pe alee gee 
 
 
 
 
 ¥ s2 
 i 
 
 
 
 Capt. Swan. 127 | 
 keep no Provifion, but juft to fupply themfelves. Avz.1684 
 Thefe Women alfo faid,that the Manta Indians were —VWNY 
 fenv over to the Ifland P/ata, to deftroy all the Goats 
 there ; whichthey performed about a Month agone: 
 With this News our Men returned again,and arriv’d 
 
 at Para the next day. 
 We lay ftill at the Ifland P/ura, being not refolved 
 _what to do; till the 2d day ot O¢fob, and then Capt. 
 Swanin the Cygnet of London arriv’d there. “He was 
 fitted out by very eminent Merchants of that City, 
 on a defign only to Trade with the Spaniards or In- 
 dians, having a very contfiderable Cargo well forted 
 for thefe parts of the World , but meeting with di- 
 vers Difappointments, and being out of hopes to ob- 
 tainaTrade in thefe Seas,his Men forced him to en- 
 tertain aCompany of Privateers which he met with 
 near Nicoya, a Town whither he was. going to feek 
 a Trade, and. thefe Privateers. were bound thither in 
 Boats to getaShip. Thefe were the Men that we 
 had heard of at Manta; they cameover Land under 
 the command of Capt.Perer Harris, Nephew to that 
 Capt. Harris, who was kill’d before Panama. Capt. 
 Swan was {till Commander of his own Ship,and Capt. 
 Harris commanded a fmall Bark, under Capt. Swan. 
 There was much joy on all fides when they arriv’d, 
 - and immediately hereupon Capt. Davis and Capt. 
 ~ Swan conforted, withing for Capt. Eaton again, Qur 
 ».dittle Bark, which was taken at Santa Hellena, was 
 immediately fent out to cruize, while the Ships 
 were fitting ; for Capt. Szwan’s Ship being full of . 
 _ Goods, was not fit to entertain his new Gueit, till the 
 Goods were difpofed of; therefore he by the confent 
 of the Super-cargo’s, got up all his Goods on Deck, 
 _and fold to any one that would buy upon Truft: the 
 re{t was thrown over-board into the Sea, except fine 
 Goods, as Silks, Muflins, Stockings, €%c. and except 
 the Iron, whereof he had a good Quantity, both 
 wrought and in Bats; This wasfaved for Pala 
 ae mi eg ALE 
 
 
 
 
 
ew ON eee) es . 
 
 eS Sa 
 ¥ F 
 
 } - 
 
 (An.1684 
 ey 
 
 _ our Men of War, as well as time and place wou 
 
 of Guiaquil, The 30th day we doubled Cape Blanet 
 
 fore it was the 23d day before we pafled by Poin 
 
 Pe att ee ee Sh _ eee, ae 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Cupe Blanco. 
 
 The third day after our Bark was fent to cruize, 
 fhe brought in a Prize of 400 Tuns, laden with 
 Timber : They took her in the Bay of Guzaguil; fhe 
 came from a Town of that Name, and was bound 
 to Lima. The Commander of this Prize faid that 
 it was generally reported and believed at Guzagu 
 that the Vice-Roy was fitting out 10 fail of Frigg 
 todriveus out of the Seas. This News made o 
 unfettled Crew wifh, that they had been perfwad 
 to accept of Captain Eaton’s Company on reafonab 
 Terms. Capt. Davis and Capt. Swan had fomg 
 difcourfe concerning Capt. Eaton ; they at 
 concluded to fend our fmall Bark towards the Cog 
 of Lima, as far asthe Ifland Lobos, to feek Cay 
 Eaton. This being approved by all hands, fhe w 
 clean’d the next day, and {ent away, mannd with 2 
 Men, 10 of Capt. Davis’s,and 10 of Swan’s Men,at 
 Capt. Swan writ a Letter diretted to Capt. Ectom 
 defiring his Company, and the [fle of Plata wag 
 appointed for the general Rendezvous. When th 
 Bark was gone, we turmd another Bark, which we 
 had into a Firefhip; having 6 or 7 Carpenter 
 who foon fixt her ; and while the Carpenters we} 
 at work about the Fire-fhip,we fcrubbed and cleant 
 
 f . 
 
 
 
 ermit. = 
 f The 19th day of Oé&. we finifhed our Bufinefgy 
 and the 2oth day we failed towards the Ifland Lobo 
 where our Bark was ordred to ftay for us, or met 
 us again at Plata. We had but little Wind, ther 
 
 St. Helenn. ‘The 25th day we crofled over the Bai 
 
 This Cape is in lat. 3 d. 45 m.Itis counted the worft 
 Cape inall the South Seas to double, paffing to the 
 Southward ; for in all other places Ships may ftand 
 off to Sea 20 or 30 Leagues off, if they find they 
 caQnor 
 

 
 Payta, The Buildings in Peru. 
 
 cannot get any thing under the fhoar; but here Av.1684 
 they dare not do it: for, by relation of the Spani- -yW ew 
 
 ards, they find a current fetting N. W. which will 
 
 ‘carry a Ship of more in two hours, than they can 
 tun in again in five. Befides, fetting to the North- 
 ‘ward they lofé.ground : therefore they always beat 
 
 up inunder the {hoar, which oft-times they tind very 
 
 ‘difficult, becaufe the wind commonly blows very 
 
 ftrong at 8. S. VV. or S. by VV. without altering , 
 for here are never any Land-winds.This Cape is ofan 
 indifferent heighth: it is fenced with white Rocks 
 
 to the Sea; for which reafon, I believe, it hath 
 
 this name. The Land in the Country feems to be 
 full of high, fteep, rugged and barren Rocks. 
 
 The 2d day of November we got as high as Pay- 
 ta: we lay about 6 leagues off fhoar all the day, 
 that the Spaniards might not fee us; and in the 
 
 evening fent our Canoas atfhoar to take it, Manrd 
 with 110 Men. 
 
 Payta isa {mall Spanifh Sea-Port Town inthe lat. 
 of sd. 15m. It is built on the Sand, clofe by the 
 Sea, in a nook, elbow, or fall Bay, under a pret- 
 ty high Hill. There are not above 75 or 80 Honfeés, 
 and two Churches.. The Houfes are but low and ill 
 built. The building in this Country of Pevvis much 
 alike, on all the Sea Coaft. The VVallsare built of 
 Brick,made with Earth and Straw kneaded together : 
 
 They are about three foot long, two foot broad, 
 
 and a foot and a half thick : They never burn them, 
 but lay them a long’time in the Sun to dry before 
 they are uféd in building. “In fome places they have 
 no Roofs,only Poles laid a-cro{sfrom the fide walls, 
 and covered with matts ; and then thofe VValls are 
 catty'd up to a confiderable heighth. But where 
 they build Roofs upon their Houfes, the VValls are 
 not made fo high, as I faid before: The Houfes in 
 
  general.all over this Kingdom,are but meanly built ; 
 
 one chief reafon, with the common Bosch 
 ee ee Mi. ally, 
 
 
 
 
 
See ee ee te eet 
 
 140 ‘The Soil and Buildings of Pecu. 
 An.1684 ally, is the want of materials to build withal ; for 
 - wyno however it be more within Land, yet here is née 
 ther Stone nor Timber to build with, nor any mate: 
 rials but fuch Brick as I have defcribed ; and evéj 
 the Stone which they have in fome places is fo bri 
 tle, that you may rub it into Sand with your fingers 
 Another reafon why-they build fo meanly is, be 
 caufe it never rains; therefore they only endeavou 
 to fence themfelves from the Sun. Yet their Walls) 
 which are built but with an ordinary fort of Brick 
 in comparifon with what is made in other parts ¢ 
 the World, continue a long time as frm as whem 
 firft made, having never any winds nor rains, @ 
 rot, moulder, or {hake them. However, the riche 
 fort have Timber, which they make ufe of: in build 
 - ing, but it is brought from ‘other places. { 
 This dry Country commences to the Northwardy 
 from about Cape Blanco to Coquimbo,inabout 30 d.§ 
 having no Rain that Icould ever obferve or hear of; 
 nor any green thing growing in the Mountains: net 
 ther yet in the Valleys, except where here and ther 
 waterd with a few {mall Rivets difpers’d up amt 
 down. So that the Northernmoft parts of this TraG 
 of Land are fupplied with Timber from Guiaqua 
 Galleo, Tornato, and other places that are wateret 
 ‘with Rains 3 where there are plenty of all forts 
 » Timber. In.the South parts, .as about Gwa/co am 
 ~ Coguimbo, they. fetch their Timber from the Iflang 
 Chiloe, or other places thereabouts. The Walls 
 Churches and rich Mens Houfes, are whitened wit 
 Lime, both within and without ; and the doorsand 
 pofts are very large, andadorned with carved work}y 
 and the beams alfo inthe Churches: The infide of7 
 the Houfés are hung round with rich embroidered 
 or painted Cloths. They have likewife abundanet 
 of fine Pictures, which adds no {mall ornament to 
 their Houfe : thefe, I fuppofe, they have from OM 
 Spain. Butthe Houfes of Payra are none of thenr 
 
 Oy 
 aS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 tc, 
 et 
 os iS 
 
Payata. Colan. Bark-Logs. 14t ‘ 
 fo richly furnifhed. The Churches were latge and An 1684 
 fairly carved : At one end of the Town there was a br 
 fmall Fort clofe by the Sea, but no great Guns in it. 
 This Fort, only with Mufquets, will command all 
 the Bay, fo as to hinder any Boats from landing. 
 There is another Fort on the top of the Hill, jult — 
 over the Town, which commands both it and the 
 lower Fort. There is neither Wood nor Water to 
 be had there: they fetch their Water from an Indian 
 Town called Colan, about 2 leagues N.N.E. from 
 Payta: for at Colan, there is a {mall River of frefh 
 Water, which runs out into the Sea; from whence 
 Ships that touch at Payta are fupplied with Water 
 and other refrefhments, as Fowls, Hogs, Plantains, 
 Yams, and Maiz: Payta being deftitute of all thefe 
 things, only as they tetch them from Co/am, as they 
 - have occafion. 
 The Indians of Colan are all Fithermen : they go | 
 out to Sea and fifth for Bark-logs. Bark-logs are 
 made of many round Logs of Wood, in manner of a | 
 Raft, and very different according to the ufe that 
 they are defigned for, or the humour of the people 
 that make them, or the matter that they are made 
 of: If they are made for fifhing, then they are on- 
 ly 3 or 4 Logs of light Wood, of 7 or 8 foot long, 
 plac’d by the fide of each other,pinn’d faft together 
 with wooden pins, and bound hard with Withes. 
 The Logs are fo placed, that the middlemoft are | 
 longer than thofe by the fides, efpecially at the 
 head or fore part, which grows narrower gradually | 
 into an angle or point, the better to cut through the 
 Water. Others are made to carry Goods : the bot- | 
 tom of thefé is made of 20 or 30 great Trees of a- | 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 bout 20, 30, or 40 foot long, fatten’d like the other, 
 
 fide to fide, and fo fhaped: on the top of thefé they 
 
 place another fhorter row of Trees acrofS them, | 
 
 pinn’d faft to each other, and then pinn’d to the un- j 
 
 dermoftrow ; this double row of Planks makes the | 
 bottom | 
 
 a 
 1 “’ i 
 

 
 
 
 An.1684 bottom of the Float, and of aconfiderable bread 
 wy. From this bottom the Raft is raifed to about 10 foo 
 
 they lay fmall poles along, and clofe together, t 
 
 _ageis 5 or 600 leagues. Inthe midftof all, among 
 
 _ They always go before the Wind, being unable te 
 
 vrs 
 \. [ee 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Bark. Logs deferibed. 
 
 higher, with rows of Pofts fometimes fet upright, 
 and fupporting a Hoor or two: but thofe I obfervd |} 
 were rais'd by thick Trees laid a-crofs each other, ag | 
 in Wood Piles; only not clofé together, as in th 
 
 bottom of the Float, but at the ends and fides only 
 fo as to leave the middle all hollow like a Chamber 
 except that here and there a beam goes acrofS it, t¢ 
 keep the Float more compatt. In this hollow, a 
 about 4 foot heighth from the beams at the bottomy 
 
 ee 
 
 make a floor for another Room, on the top of whic 
 alfo they lay another fuch foor made of Poles ; and 
 the entrances into both thefe hooms is only by creep 
 ing between the great traverfe Trees which maké 
 the Walls of thisSea-Houfe. The loweft of thef 
 {tories ferves as a Cellar: there they lay great {tones 
 for Ballaft, and their Jars of frefh Water clofed upg! 
 and whatever may bear being wet; for by the 
 weight of the Ballaft and Cargo, the bottom of this 
 Room, and of the whole Vefiel, is funk fo deep, as 
 to lie 2 or 3 feet within the furface of the Watef 
 ‘The fecond ftory is for the Sea-men, and their né 
 ceflaries. Above this fecond ftory the Goods arg 
 {towed, to what heighth they pleafe, ufually about 
 $ or ro feet, and kept together by poles fet upright 
 quite round : only there is a little {pace abaft fo 
 the Steers-man, (for they have a large Rudder) andy 
 afore for the Fire-hearth, to drefS their ViCtuals,efp 
 cially when they makelong Voyages,as from Lim 
 to Truxillo,or Guiaguil, or Panama; which laft Voy: 
 
 the Goods, rifes a Maft, to which is faften’da large 
 Sail, as in our Weft-Country Barges in the Thames: 
 
 Ply againft ic; and therefore are fit only for the e 
 ‘Seas, where the Wind is always in a manner the” 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 Single Bark-logs: Piura. 143 
 fame, not varying above a point or two all the way Az.1684. 
 from Lima, till fuch time as they come into theBay WN 
 of Panama: and even there they meet with no great 
 ‘Sea; but fometimes Northerly winds: and then 
 they lower their Sails, and drive before it, waiting 
 change. All their care then is only to keep of 
 omShoar; for they are {fo made that they cannot 
 fink at Sea. Thefe Rafts carry 60 or 7o Tuns of 
 Goods and upwards; their Cargo is chiefly Wine, 
 Oil, Flower, Sugar, Quito-Cloth, Soap, Goat-skins 
 ‘dreft, 7c. The Float is manag'd ufually by 3 or 4 
 Men, who being unable to return with it againft 
 the Trade-wind, when they come to Panama difpofe 
 ‘of the goods and bottom together; getting a paflage 
 back again for themfelves in fome Ship or Boat 
 bound to the Port they came from; and there they 
 make a new Bark-log for their next Cargo. 
 | The fmaller fort of Bark-logs, defcribed before, 
 | which lie flat on the Water, and are ufed for Fifh- 
 ing, or carrying Water to Ships, or the like (halfa 
 Tun or a Tun ata time) are more governable than 
 the other, tho’ they have Maftsand Sailstoo. With 
 thefe they go out at night by the help of the Land- 
 wind (which is feldom wanting on this Coaft ) and 
 return back in the day time with the Sea-wind. 
 
 This fort of Floats are ufed in many places both 
 in the Eaft and Weft-Indies. On the Coaft of Coro- 
 mande! in the Eaft-Indies they call them Catamarans. 
 Thefé are but one Log, or two fometimes ofa fort 
 of light Wood, and are made without Sail or Rud- 
 der,.and fo fimall, that they carry but one Maa, 
 whofe legs and breech are always in the Water, and 
 he manages his Log with a Paddle, appearing at a 
 diftance like a Man fitting ona Fifh’s back. 
 
 The Country about Payra is mountainous and bar- 
 ren, like all the reft of the Kingdom of Perw. There 
 is no Towns of confequence nearer it than Prura, 
 which isa large Town in the Country 40 miles di- 
 
 dittant. 
 
 aM 
 
144 Piura. Payta. - 
 An.1684 ftant. It lieth, by report of our Spami/h Prifoners, 
 «-y~~ in a Valley, which is water’d with a {mall River,that 
 difembogues it felf into the Bay of Chirapec, in about 
 
 7 d. of North latitude. This Bay is nearer to Pzwra 
 
 than Payta: yet all Goods imported by Sea for Prurg 
 
 are landed at Payta, for the Bay of Chirapec is full of 
 dangerous fholes, and therefore not frequented by 
 fhipping. The Road of Payra is one of the beft om 
 
 the Coaft of Peru. It is fheltered from the South 
 
 weit by a point of Land, which makes a large Bay 
 
 and fmooth Water for Ships to ride in. There i= 
 
 room enough for a good Fleet of Ships, and goo 
 anchoring in any. depth, from 6 fathom water to 20° 
 
 fathom. Right againft the Town, the nearer tht 
 
 Town the fhallower the water, and the’ fmoothe 
 
 the riding; it is clean Sand all over the Bay. Moff 
 
 Ships paffing either to the North or the South touchy 
 
 at this place for water, for tho’ here is none at they 
 
 Town, yet thofé Indian Fifher-men of Coan will, andy 
 
 do fupply all Ships very reafonably ; and good Wa 
 
 ter is much prized on all this Coaft through the {caf 
 
 city of it. 
 
 | November the 3d, at 6 a clock in the morning, oul 
 ae Men landed, about 4 miles to the South of the 
 7 ‘Town, and took fome Prifoners that were fent thi 
 ther to watch for fear of us; and thefe Prifoner 
 
 faid, That the Governour of Pzwra came with 100 
 
 armed Men to Payra the night before, purpofely t 
 
 oppofe our landing there, if we fhould attempt it. 7 
 
 Our Men marched direftly to the Fort on the 
 
 hill, and took it without the lofSof one Man. Here 
 
 upon the Governor of Pzzra with all his Men, anc 
 
 the Inhabitants of the Town, ran away as faft as 
 
 they could. Then our Men entered the Town, and 
 
 found it emptied both of Money and Goods; theré 
 
 _ was not fo much as a Meal of Victuals left for them. 7 
 
 a The Prifoners told us a Ship had been here a lit? 
 ; tle before and burnt a great Ship in the Road, a 
 
 1a > 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
_ Ile of Lobos de Terra. I4g ) 
 did not land their Men ; and that here they put a- An1684, ) 
 fhore all their Prifoners and Pilots. We knew this Uy Nu 
 muft be Captain Eazon’s Ship which had done this, 
 and hy thefe circumftances we fuppofed he was gone 
 to the Eaft-Indies, it being always defign’d by him. 
 The Prifoners told us alfo, That fince Capt. Eaton 
 was here, a fmall Bark had been off the Harbour, 
 and taken a pair of Bark-logs.a Fifhing, and made 
 the Fifhermen bring aboard 20 ot 30 Jars of frefh 
 Water. This we fuppofed was our Bark that was 
 - fent to the Lobos to feek Capt. Eaton. : 
 
 In the Evening we came in with our Ships, and 
 
 Anchored before the Town in 10 fathom Water, 
 near a Mile from the fhore. Here we ftaid till the 
 fixth day, in hopes to geta Ranfom for the Town. 
 Our Captains demanded 300 Packs of Flower, 3000 
 pound of Sugar, 25 Jars of Wine, and rooo Jars of 
 Water to be brought off to us ; but we got nothing 
 of it. Therefore Captain Swan ordered the Town 
 to be fired, which was prefently done. Then all our 
 Men came aboard, and Captain Swan ordered the 
 Bark which Captain Harris commanded,to be burnt, 
 becaufe fhe.did not fail well. : 
 . At Night, when the Land-wind came off, we 
 failed from hence towards Lobos. The roth day in 
 the Evening we faw a Sail bearing N.W.by N.as far 
 as we could well difcern her on our Deck. We im- 
 mediately chafed,{eparating our felves, the better to 
 meet her in the Night ; but we miftlier. Therefore 
 the next Morning we again trimm/’d fharp,and made 
 the beft of our way to the Lobos de la Mar. 
 
 The 14th day we had fight of the Ifland Lobos de 
 Terra :\t bore Eaft from us ; we ftood in towards ir, 
 and betwixt 7 and 8 a-Clock inthe Night came toan 
 Anchor at the N.E. end of the Ifland, in 4 fathom 
 Water. This Ifland at Sea is of an indifferent height, 
 and appears like Lobos de Ja Mar. Abouta quatter 
 of a Mile from the North end there isa great hollow 
 
 a i _ Rock, 
 
 
 
138 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 146 Lobosde la Mar, again, — 4 
 An 1684 Rock, and a good Channel between, where there is 
 eye 7 fathom Water. The 15th day we. went afhore, 
 Fr and found abundance of Penguins and Boobies, and 
 j Seal in great quantities. We fent aboard of all thefe 
 to be dreft,for we had not tafted any Flefh in a great” 
 while before; therefore fome of us did eat very” 
 heatily. Capt. Swan, to encourage his Mento eat, 
 this courfe Flefh,would commend it for extraordinagy 
 ry good Food, comparing the Seal toa roaiting Pig. 
 the Boobies to Hens, and the Penguins to Ducks 
 this he did to train them to live contentedly om) 
 courfe Meat, not knowing but we might be forced 
 to make ufe of fuch Food before we departed out of 
 thefeSeas ; for it isgenerally feen among Privateersy, 
 that nothing imboldens them fooner to mutiny thar 
 waut,which we could not well fufter ina place where 
 there are fuch quantities of thefe Animalsto be hadj 
 if men could be perfwaded to be content with) 
 ! them. : | ‘4 
 a In the Afternoon we failed from Lobos de Terra 
 | with the Wind at S. by E. and arriv’d at. Lobos deIa 
 
 Mar on the 19th day. Here we founda Letter, left 
 by our Bark that was fent to feek. Capt. Eaton, 
 which we underf{tood, that Capt. Eaton'had beet 
 there, but.was gone before they: arrivedy and had 
 lett no Letter to advife us which way he was gone§ 
 and that our Bark was again return’d» to P/ata, if 
 hopes to find us there; or meetus by the way, elf 
 reiolving to {tay for us there. We were forry to heat 
 that Capt. Eaton was gone, for now we did noti ex 
 pect to meet with him any more in thefeSeas) | 
 ~The 21ft day we fent out our Moskito Strikers fot 
 Turtle, who brought aboard enough to ferve both 
 Ships Companies; and this they did «alk: the time 
 that we abode here. While we lay at this: Ifland 
 Capt. Swanx made new Yards, {quarer than . thof@ 
 he had before, and made his Sails larger, and out 
 Ships Company in the mean time flit Fiat for 
 CUE- 
 
 hd 
 
 = 
 
 
 

 
 a re ee Tr, CMe SR ee gers aR nay Meee TS 
 
 Bay of Guiaquil. Zfle of St. Clara. 
 
 Fire-wood,and put aboard as many Planks as we Av.1684 
 could conveniently ftow, for other ufes: Here be: “YW 
 
 ing Plank enough of all forts,which we had brought 
 hither in the firft Prize that we took, and left here. 
 Tue 26thday in the evening, we faw a fimall 
 Bark about 3 Leagues N. N. W. from the Ifland, but 
 we fuppofing her to be our own Bark, did not go 
 after her. The next Morning fhe was two Leagues 
 South of the Ifland, ftanding off to Sea ; but wedid 
 not now chace her neither, altho” we knew fhe was 
 not our Bark ; for being to Windward of us, fhe 
 could have made her efcape, if we had chaced 
 her. This Bark, as we were afterward informed, 
 was fent out purpofely to fee if we were at this Ifland. 
 Her Orders were, not to come too near, only to ap- 
 pear in fight ; they fuppofing that if .we were here 
 we fhould foon be after her; as indeed it wasa 
 wonder we had not chaced her: But our not doing 
 fo, and lying clofe under the Ifland undifcern’d by 
 them, was a gfeat occafion of our coming upon 
 Puna afterwards unexpectedly, they being now 
 without fear of any Enemy fo nearthem. | 
 The 28th day we {erubbed our Ships bottom, in- 
 tending to fail the next day towards Guzaquil ; it be- 
 ing concluded upon to attempt that Town before 
 we returned again to P/ata. Accordingly, on the 
 29th day in the Morning, we loofed from hence, 
 fteering direttly for the Bay of Guzaguil. . This Bay 
 runs in between Cape B/ancoon the South fide, and 
 Point Chandy on the North. About 25 Leagues 
 from C. Blanco, near the bottom of the Bay, there is 
 a {mall Ifland called Santa Clara,which lies Eaft and 
 Weft: It is of an indifferent length, and it appears 
 like a dead Man ftretched out ina Shroud. The 
 Eaft end reprefents the Head, and the Weft end the 
 Feet: Ships that arebound into the River of Gua: 
 gvi/ pafS on the South-fide, to avoid the fholes which 
 lie on the North-fide ofit ; whereon formerly Ships 
 
 L 3 have 
 
 
 
 
 
Or A 
 
 148 
 
 
 
 | 
 y 
 
 es. 1684 have been loft. It is reported by the Spaniards, hat 
 wna there,is a very rich Wreck lies on the North-fide of 
 
 loft their Lives,—others the ufe of their Limbs by if 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ‘A vich Wreck, Cat-fith: | 
 
 that Ifland, not far from it; and that fome of the 
 Plate hath been taken up by one who came from 
 Old Spain, with a Patent’ from the King to fifh ig” 
 thofe Seas for Wrecks, but he dying, the Projed 
 ceafedjand the Wreck {till remains as-he leftit; only 
 the Indians by ftealth do fometimes take up fomed 
 it ; and'they might have taken up much more, iff 
 were not.for the Cat-ffh which fwarms hereabouts, 
 
 The Cat-fifh is much like a Whitimg, but the Heat 
 is flatter and bigger. It hatha great wide Mouth,ant 
 certain {mall Strings pointing out from each fide d 
 it,like Cats Whiskers; and for that reafon it iscall? 
 a Cat-fifh. It hath three Fins, one growing onth 
 top of his back, and one on either fide. Eache 
 thefe Fins hath a ftift fharp Bone, which is very 
 nemous if it ftrikes into a.Man’s Flefh; therefore if } 
 is dangerous diving where many of thefe Fith arg | 
 The Indians that adventured to fearch this Wreck 
 have to their forrow experienced it; {ome havin 
 
 
 
 this we were informed by an Indian, who himfé 
 had been fifhing on it by ftealth. I my felf hay 
 known fome white Men that have loft the ufe 1 
 their Hands, only by a {mall prick with the Fin 
 thefe Fifh: Therefore when we catch them with 
 Hook, we tread on them to take the Hook out 
 their Mouths, tor otherwifé, in flurting about (; 
 all Fifh will when firit taken ) they might accide 
 tally {trike their fharp Fins into the hands of tho 
 that caught them. ~Some of thefe Fith are 7 off 
 pound weight ; fome again, in {ome particular P. 
 ces, are none of them bigger than a’ Man’s Thum 
 but their Fins are all alike venemous. They ufe t 
 be at the Mouths of Rivers,or where there is mug 
 Mud and Oaze, and they are found all over the) 
 American Coaft, both in the Nortb and Sagh ie 
 
 
 
 
 
 
aS I ee ee et AE Le SO ee NE eT: ee Le oe ES hl eee by Re 
 ; ~ 
 
 
 
 - Punta Arena. Puna. 149 
 leaft in the hot Countries, as alfo in the Eaft-Indies : A.1 684. 
 where failing with Captain Minchin among certain “Yo 
 lands near the Srreights of Malacca, he pointed to 
 an Ifland,at which he told me he loft the ufe of his 
 hand by one of thefe, only in going to take the Hook 
 out of its mouth. The wound was {carce vifible, 
 yet his Hand was much {woln, and the pain lafted 
 about 9 weeks; during moft part of which the raging 
 heat of it was almoft ready to diftratt him. How- 
 ever, though the Bony Fins of thefe Fifh are fo ve- 
 nemous, yet the Bones in their Bodies are not fo; at 
 leaft we never perceived any fuch effect in eating 
 the Fifh; and their Flefh is very fweet, delicious 
 and wholefome Meat. : 
 From the Ifland Santa Clara to Punta Arena is 7 
 leagues ENE. This Punta Arena, or Sandy Point, is 
 the Weftermoft Point of the Ifland Puwa. Here all 
 Ships bound into the River of Guzaquil anchor, and 
 muft wait for a Pilot, the entrance being very dan- 
 gerous for Strangers. - 
 The Ifland Pwna is a pretty large flat low Ifland, - 
 ftretching Eaft and Weft about 12 or 14 leagues 
 long, and about 4 or 5 leagues wide. The Tide 
 runs very ftrong all about this Ifland, but fo many 
 different ways, by reafon of the Branches, Creeks, 
 and Rivers that run into the Sea near it, that it cafts 
 up many dangerous fholes on all fides of it. There 
 is in the Ifland only one Izdian Town on the South- 
 . fide of it, clofe by the Sea, and 7 leagues trom Porn 
 . Arenahich Town is alfo called Puna. The Indians 
 
 of this Town are all Seamen, and are the only Pi- 
 
 lots in thefe Seas, efpecially for this River. Their 
 . chiefeft employment, when they are not at Sea, is 
 fifhing. Thefe Men are obliged by the Spaniards to 
 keep good watch for Ships that anchor at Point Are- 
 na which, as I faid betore, is 7 leagues from the 
 Town Puna. The place where they keep this watch 
 is at a Point of Land on the Uland Puma, that ftarts 
 am bi3 - out 
 
 is hee 
 ee st RE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
woes ee) Si 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 yO F: Palmeto-Tree. 
 ‘An.1684 out into the Sea ;-from whence they can fee 
 weyw Ships thatanchor at Point Avena. The Indians c 
 thither in the morning, and return at night 
 Horfeback. From this watching Point to Poif 
 Arena it is 4 leagues, all drowned Mangrove-land 
 and in the midway between thefe two Points is ang 
 ther fmall Point, where thefe Indians are oblig’d t 
 Keep another Watch, when they fear an Enemy 
 The Centinel goes thither in a Canoa in the morq 
 ing, and returns at night ; for there is no comin 
 thither by Land, through that Mangrove marfhy | 
 
 ground. The middleof the lfland Pua isSavannahy 
 or Pafture. There are fome ridges of good Wood 
 Jand, which is of a light yellow or fandy Mould 
 producing large tall Trees, moft unknown even t@ | 
 Travellers : But thete are plenty of Pa/meto-Treesy | 
 which, becaufe I am acquainted with, I fhall dee | 
 fcribe. The Palmeto-Tree is about the bignefs of ag 
 ordinary Afh: It is about 30 foot high , the bodj 
 ftraight, without any limb, or branch, or leaf, ex 
 ¢ept at the head only, where it {preads forth inte 
 many {mall Branches, not halffo bigas a Mans Arm 
 fome no bigger than ones Finger: Thefe brancheg 
 are about 3 or 4 foot long, clear from any knot® 
 At the end of the brauch there groweth one broad 
 ‘leaf, about the bignefs of a large Fan. This, whet 
 it firft fhoots forth, grows in folds, like a Fan whem 
 a it is clofed; and ftill as it grows bigger fo it opens, 
 x till it becomes like a Fan fpread abroad. It ig 
 4 {trenghned towards the ftalk with many {mall ribs) 
 {pringing from thence, and growing into the leaf; 
 which as they grow near the end of theleaf, gro 
 thinner and imaller. The leaves that make the 
 brufh part of the Flag-brooms which are brought in: 
 | to England, grow juft in this manner; and are int 
 deed a fmall kind of Pa/meto, for there are of them 
 _ of feveral dimenfions. In Bermudas, and elfewhere, 
 they make Hats, Baskets, Brooms, Fans to i 
 , | Sie ae aah 
 
 ——. Aa eee 
 
Hoxfes of Puna’ Guiaquil Rever. ryt 
 the fire inficad of Bellows, with many other Houfe- Az.1684. 
 implements, of Pa/meto-leaves. On the Ridges ww 
 awhere thele Trees grow, the Indians have here and 
 there Plantations of Maiz, Yams, and Potatoes. 
 
 There are in the Town of Pua about 20 Houfes, 
 and a fmall Church. The Houfes ftand all on Pofts, 
 10 or 12 foot high, with Ladders on the ouifide to 
 go upinto them, I did never fee the like Building 
 any where but among the Ma/ayans in the Eaft-Indies. 
 They are thatched with Palmeto-leaves, and their 
 Chambers well boarded, in which laft they exceed 
 the Malayans. The beft place for Ships to lie at an 
 Anchor is againft the middle of the Town. There. 
 is 5 fathom water within a Cables length of the 
 fhoar, and good foft deep Oaze where Ships may 
 careen, or hale afhoar ; it {tows 15 or 16 foot Wa- 
 ter up and down. 
 + From Puna to Guiaquil isreckoned 7 leagues. It is 
 1 league before you come to the River of Guzaquil’s 
 mouth, where it is above two mile wide, trom 
 thence upwards the River lies pretty ftreight, with- 
 out any confiderable turnings. Both fides of the Ki- 
 ver are low fwampy Land, over-grown with Red 
 Mangroves, fo that there is no landing. Four mile 
 before you come to the Town of Guzaguil, there’s a 
 low Ifland ftanding in the River. This Ifland di- 
 vides the River into two parts, making 2 very fair 
 Channels for Ships to pafsupand down. The S.W, ‘ 
 Channel is the wideft, the other is as deep, but nar- a 
 ‘ower and nartower yet, by reafon of many Trees 
 and Bufhes, which fpread over the River, both from 
 the Main and from the Ifland ; and there are alfo 
 feverah great ftumps of Trees ftanding upright in the. | 
 Water, on either fide. The Ifland is above a mile 
 long. From the upper part of the Ifland to the 
 Town of Gwiaguil, is almoft a league, and near as 
 much from one fide of the River to the other. In. 
 that {pacious place Ships of the greateft burthen may 
 i test L 4 ride 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ce r. ‘Hite Sarfaprilla cies Glob. 
 
 An.1684 ride afloat; but the beft place for Ships is os P| 1 
 ee that part of the Land where the Town {tands ; and | 
 
 this place is feldom withoutShips. Guzaguil fra 
 facing the Ifland, clofe by the River, partly on the 
 fide, and partly at the foot ofa gentle Hill declt {fi 
 ning towards the River, by which the lower part Of }fi 
 it is often overtlown. There are two Forts, oné | 
 {tanding on the low Ground, the other on the Hil i 
 This Town makes a very fine profpect, ic being }kk 
 beautify’d with feveral Churches and other good {h 
 Buildings. Here lives a Governor, who, as | hay 
 been informed, hath his Patent from the King of }¥ 
 Spain: Guiaguil may be reckoned one of the chietefh 
 
 Sea-Ports in the South Seas: the Commodities whi¢ 
 are exported from hence are Cacao, Hides, Tallov 
 Sarfaparilla, and other Drugs, and Woollen- Cloth | 
 commonly called Cloth of Quito. . 
 
 The Cacao grows on both fides of the River a } 
 bove the Town, It is a fmall Nut, like the Campea 
 chy Nut: I think, the fmalleft of the two; ; they pro 
 duce as much Cacao here as ferves all the Kingdom } 
 of Peru ; and much of itis fent to Acapulco, and | 
 from thence to the Phillipine Iflands. | 
 
 Sarfaparilla grows in the Water by the fides | 
 the River, as I have been informed. 7 
 
 The Quito Cloth comes ftom a rich Town in the 
 Country within Land called Quito. There is a grea 
 deal made, both Serges and Broad-Cloth. T 
 Cloth is not very fine, but is worn by the commol 
 fort of People throughout the whole Kingdom of 
 Peru. This, and all other Commodities , which) 
 come from Quito, are thipt off at Guiaquil for othe 
 Parts; and all imported Goods for the City of Qu 
 10 pafs by Guraquil: By which it may. appeat thal 
 Guiaguil isa Placeof no mean'Trade. « 
 
 Quito, as | have been informed, is.a very popt 
 lous City, fated in the heart of the Country. Its 
 inhabited partly by Spariards ; but the major pa 
 
 its 
 
Quito, #5 Gold, and bad Air. 153 
 
 its Inhabitants are Indians, under the Spanifh Go- An.1684 
 vernment. i wn 
 
 ‘Tt is environed with Mountains ef a vaft 
 heighth , from whofe bowels many great Rivers 
 haye their rife. Thefe Mountains abound in Gold, 
 which by violent Rains is waih’d with the Sand into | 
 the adjacent Brooks , where the Indians refort in | 
 Troops, wafhing away the Sand, and putting up 
 the Gold-duft in their Calabafhes or Gourd Shells : 
 But for the manner of gathering the Gold I refer . 
 you to Mr. Wafer’s Book: only I thall remark here, 
 that Quito is the place in all the Kingdom of Perz 
 that abounds moft with this rich Metal, asI have 
 been often informed. , 
 
 The Country is fubjeCt to great Rains, and very 
 
 thick Fogs, efpecially the Valleys. For that reafon 
 it is very unwholfome and fickly. The chiefeft : 
 Diftempers are Fevers, violent Head-ach, Pains in 
 the Bowels, and Fluxes. I know no place where | 
 Gold is found but what is very unhealthy: as I fhall | 
 more particularly relate when I come to {peak of a 
 Achin in the Ile of Sumatra in the Eaft-Indies. Guia- | 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 guil is not fofickly as Quito and other Towns farther 
 within Land; yet in comparifon with the Towns 
 that are on the Coaft of Mare Pacifico, South of Cape | 
 Blanco, it is very fickly. 
 It was to this Town. of Guzaquil that we were , 
 bound, therefore we left our Ships off Cape Blanco, 3 
 and ran into the Bay of Gwzaqui/ with our Bark | 
 and Canoas, fteering in for the Mland Santa Clara, | 
 where we atrived the next day after we leit our | 
 Ships, and from thence we fent away two Canoas % 
 the next evening to Point Avena. At this Point there | 
 are abundance of Oyfters, and other Shell-fifh, as | 
 Cockles and Mufcles ; therefore the Indians of Puna 
 often come hither to get thefe Fifh. Our Canoas got | 
 over before day, and abfconded in a Creek, to wait | 
 for the coming of the Puma Indians. The next pr | 
 iors Ome 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 154 Town. of Guiaquil attempted. 
 
 _ An.1684 fome of them, according to their cuftom, came 
 ev thither on Bark-logs, at the latter part of the Ebb, 
 _ and wereall taken by our Men. The next day, by 
 their advice, the two Watchmen of the Indizn’Town 
 Puna were taken by our Men,and all its Inhabitants, 
 not one efcaping. The next Ebb they took a fimall_ 
 Bark ladenwith 9wro-cloth. She came from Gwe 
 guil that Tide, and was bound to Lima, they having” 
 advice that we were gone off the Coatt,by the Bark” 
 . which I faid we faw while we lay at the Ifland Loy 
 bos. The Mafter of this Cloth-bark informed ou 
 Men, that there were 3 Barks coming from Gui@ 
 quil, \aden with Negroes : he faid they would come) 
 ; trom thence the next Tide. The fame Tide of Ebb 
 P that they took the Cloth-bark, they fent a Canoa te 
 our Bark, where the biggeft part of the Men weré, 
 to haften them away with {peed to the Indian Towne 
 The Bark was now riding at Point Arena; and they 
 next Flood fhe came with all the Men, and the reft? 
 of the Canoas to Puma. The Tide of Flood being? 
 now far fpent, we lay at this Town till the laft of 
 " the Ebb,and then rowed away,leaving 5 Men aboard 
 our Bark, who were ordered to lie {till till 3.4 clock 
 the next morning, and not to fire at any Boat om) 
 Bark, but after that time they might fire at any ob 
 jeQ:: for it was fuppofed, that betore that time we 
 thould be mafters of Guzaquil. We had not rowed 
 above 2 mile, before we met and took one of thé 
 three Barks laden with Negroes; the Mafter of her 
 faid, that the other two would come from Guzaguil 
 the next Tide of Ebb. We cut her Main-maft down) 
 and left her at am Anchor. It was now ftrong 
 Flood, and therefore we rowed with all fpeed tom 
 wards the Town, in hopes to get thither before the’ 
 Flood was down, but we. found it farther than we: 
 did expe€&t it to be, or elfe our Canoas being very” 
 full of men, did notrow fo faft as we would have” 
 them. The day broke when we were two are 
 ; rom 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 Town of Guiaquil attempted, 155 
 from the’ Town, and then we had not above an dz1684 
 hours Flood more ; therefore our Captains defired www 
 the Indian Pilot to direft us to fome Creck where 
 we might abfcond all day, which was immediately 
 done, and one Canoa was fent toward Puza to our 
 Bark, to order them not.to move nog fire till the 
 next day. But fhe.came too late to countermand 
 the firft orders ; for the two Barks before-mentioned 
 laden with Negroes, came from .the Town the laft 
 quarter of the evening Tide, and lay in the River, 
 clofe by the fhoar on ons fide, and we rowed upon 
 the other fide and mift them; neither did they fee 
 nor hear us. Afloon as the Flood was f{pent, the — 
 two Barks weighed and went dowg with the Ebb, 
 towards Puza. Our Bark feeing them coming di- 
 
 — re€tly towards them, and both full of Men, fuppofed 
 that we by fome accident had been defiroyed, and 
 that the two Barks were Mann’d with Spanifb Sol- 
 - diers,and fent to take our Ships, and therefore they 
 fired 3 Guns at thema league before they came near. 
 The two Spanifh Barks immediately came to an 
 Anchor, and the Matters got into their Boats, and 
 rowed for the fhoar; but our Canoa that was fent 
 from us took them both. The firing of thefe 3 Guns 
 made a great diforder among our advanced Men, 
 for moft of them did believe they were heard at 
 Guiaguil,and that therefore it could be no profit tolie 
 ftill in the Creek ; but either row away to the 
 Town, or back again to our Ships. It was now 
 quarter ebb, therefore we could not move upwards, 
 if we had been difpos’d fo todo, Atlength Captain 
 Davis faid, he would inamediately land in the Creek 
 where they lay, and march diretly to the Town, if 
 but 40 men would accompany him: and without 
 faying more words,he landed among the Mangtoves 
 in the Marfhes. Thofe that were fo minded followed 
 him, to the number of 40 or 50. Captain Swan 
 lay {till with the seft of the Party in the Crea 
 : -* : OF 
 
 
 
Natt 7 eS ee ee > a weave oe ee er. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 155 Guiaquil attempted. 
 An.1634 for they thought it impoflible to do any good that 
 —VY™ way. Captain Davs and his Men were abfent about 
 
 4 hours, and then returned all wet, and quite tired) 
 and could not find any paflage out into the frm 
 Land. He had been fo far, that he almoft defpaird” 
 of getting back again: for a Man cannot pals thro” 
 thofé red Mangroves but with very much labour 
 When Capt. Davz was teturn’d, we concluded to be” 
 going towards the Town the beginning of the next 
 Hood; andif we found that the Town was alarm’dy 
 we purpofed to return again without attempting any 
 thing there. As foon as it was flood we rowed away, 
 and paffeéd by the Ifland thro’ the N. E. Channel, 
 ~ which is the nartoweft. There are fo many Stumps 
 - in the River, that it is very dangerous pafling in the” 
 night (and that is the tiie we always take for fuch 
 __ Attempts) for the River runs very fwift, and one of} 
 our Canoas ftuck ona Stump, and had certainly) 
 
 overfet, if fhe had not been immediately refcued by 
 others. When we were come-almoft to the end of 
 the Ifland, there was a Mufguet fired at us out of 
 the Bufhes on the Main. We then had the Town 
 } open before us, and prefently faw lighted Torches, 
 7 or Candles, all the Town over ; whereas before 
 5 the Gun was fired there was but one Light : there: 
 fore we now concluded we were difcovered: Yet) 
 many of our Men faid, that it was a Holy-day the 
 next day, as it was indeed, and that therefore they 
 Spaniards were making Fire-works, which they often 
 do in the night againft fuch times. We rowed there: 
 fore a little farther, and found firm Land, and Cap. 
 tain Davés pitched his Canoa afhoarand landed with) 
 his Men. Captain Swan, and moft of his Men, did 
 not think it convenient to attempt any thing, feeing 
 the Town was alarmed ; but at laft, being upbraided 
 with Cowardize, Captain Swan and his Men landed” 
 alfo.. The place where we landed was about 2 mile” 
 from the Town ; it was all overgrown with wom 
 
 
 
oe” Te ee mig ja ee a Se ele ae 
 
 Guiaquil attempted, 
 
 fo thick, that we could not march through in the 
 
 
 
 Night; and therefore we fatdown, waiting for the 
 light of the Day. We had two Indian Pilots with us ; 
 one that had been with usa Month, who having re- 
 ceived fome Abufes from a Gentleman of Guiaquil, 
 to be revenged offered his Service to us, and we 
 found him very faithful : The other was taken by us 
 not above 2 or 3 days before, and he feemed to be 
 
 as willing as the other to affiftus. This latter was 
 
 led by one of Captain Davis's Men, who fhewed 
 - himfelf very forward to go: to the Town, and up- 
 
 / 
 
 braided others with faint-heartednefS: Yet this Man 
 (as he afterwards confeffed ) notwithftanding his 
 G@ourage,privately cutthe String that the Guide was 
 made fa{t with, and let him goto the Town by 
 himfelf not caring to follow him ; but when he 
 thought the Guide was got far enough from us, he 
 cried out that the Pilot was gone, and that fome 
 Body had cutthe Cord that tied him. This put 
 every Man in amoving Pofture to feek the Indian, 
 but allin vain ; and our Confternation was great, 
 being in the dark and among Woods ; {0 the defign 
 was*wholly dafhed, for nota Manafter that had the 
 heart to fpeak of going farther. Here we ftaid till 
 
 a7 
 
 An.1684 
 
 wY~ 
 
 day, and then rowed out into the middle ofthe | 
 
 River, where we had a fair view of the Town, 
 which, as I faid before, makes a very pleafant prof- 
 pect. We lay ftill about half an Hour, being a mile, 
 or fomething better, from the Town. They did 
 not fire one Gun at us, nor we at them. Thus our 
 defign on Gusaquil faiVd : yet Captain Tozvely,and 
 Capt.Francois Gronet took it alittle while afterthis. 
 When. we had taken a full view of the Town, we 
 rowed over the River, where we went afhore toa 
 Beef Eftantion or Farm, and kill’d a Cow, which 
 we dreft and eat. We ftaid-there till the Evening 
 Tide of Ebb, and then rowed down the River, and 
 the oth day in the Morning arrived at Puma, In out 
 
 way 
 
158 Negroes taken. ‘A great advantage flipt: 
 - An.1684,way thither we went aboard the3 Barks laden with 
 t-ywrw Negroes, that lay at their Anchor in the River, 
 
 = ae 
 
 “3 aes ae 
 
 _ Mines there. Which might have been done with 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 and catried the Barks away with us. There were 
 roco Negroes inthe 3 Barks, all lufty young Mem 
 and’ Women. When wecame to Puna, we fenta 
 Canoa to Point Avena, to {ee if the Ships were come | 
 thither. The 12th day fhe returned again, with’ | 
 tydings that they were both there at Anchor. Theres | 
 fore in the Afternoon we all went aboard of out 
 Ships,and carry’d the Cloth-bark with us, and about 
 40 of the ftouteft Negro-men, leaving their 3 Barks) 
 with the reft ; and cut of thefe alfoCapt. Davzs and 
 Capt. Swaz chofe about 14 or 15 a:piecesand turn‘d 
 the reft afhore. a 
 There was never a greater opportunity put into 
 the Hands of Men to enrich themfelves than wey 
 had ; to have gone with thefe Negroes, and fettled 
 our felves atSanta: Maria; on the Itthmus of Darien 
 and employed thein in getting Gold out of thé 
 
 eafe : For about 6 Months betore this, Captain Har 
 mis ( who was now with us) coming over Landy 
 from the North Seas, with his Body of Privateers) 
 had routed the Spaniards away from the Town am 
 Gold-Mines of Samra Maria, fo that they had never 
 attempted to fettle there again fince: Add to thisyy 
 that the Indiam Neighbourhood, who were mortal 
 Enemies'to the Spaniards, and had been flufht by 
 their Succefles againft them, through the affiftancey 
 of the Privateers, for feveral years, were our faft 
 Friends, and ready to receive and affift-us. Wehad,) 
 as Lhavefaid tooo Negroes to work for us, wehad 
 200 Tun of Flower that lay at the Galapagos, theré 
 was the River of Sante Maria, where we could 
 careenand fit our Ships; and might fortifie the mouth 
 fo,that if all the {trength the Spaniards have in Peru! 
 had come againft us, we could have kept them out. 
 lf they lay with Guard-thips of Strength ta keep us 
 | in 
 

 
 Plata again. 159 
 in, yet we had a great Country to live in, and a.Am.1684. 
 great Nation of Indians that were our Friends: Be- ero 
 fide, which was the principal thing, we had the 
 North Seas to befriend us ; from whence we could 
 export our felves, oreftetts,or import Goods ot Men 
 
 to our athftance ;, for in afhort time we fhould have 
 had aflittance ftom all parts of the We/t-Indies;many 
 thoufands of Privateers from Famaica and the French 
 Iflands efpecially would have flockt over to us; and 
 long before this: time we might have been Mafters 
 not only of thofe Mines, (the richeft Gold:Mines 
 eyer yetfound in America) but of all the Coaft as 
 high as Quito: And much more than I fay might 
 then probably have been done. | 
 But thefe may feem to the Reader but Golden Se 
 Dreams: To leave them therefore ; The 13th day ee 
 we failed from Point: Avena towards Plata, to feek | 
 our Bark. that was fent:to theIfland Lobos, in fearch 
 of Captain Eaton... We were 2 Ships in Company, | 
 and)2 Barks ; and the 16th day we arrived at P/ara, 
 but) found no Bark there, nor any, Letter. The next 
 day) we.wentover to the Main to fill Water, and in | 
 our Paflage: met:ourBark: fhe had been a fecond : 
 time at the Ifland. dsobos, and: not fmding us), was : 
 coming to P/ata again. They had been in fome 
 want of Provifion fince they lett us, and therefore 
 they had been at Santa He//ena, and taken it ; where | 
 they got as much Maize as ferved them 3 or 4 days; 
 and that, with fome Fifh and Turtle which they 
 {truck,lafted them till they came to the Ifland Lobos 
 de Terra. They got Boobies and Penguins Eggs, of : 
 which they laid in a ftore; and went from thence 
 to Lobos de Ja Mar,where they replenifhed their {tock 
 of Eggs, and falted upa few young Seal, for fear 
 they fhould want : And being thus victualled, they 
 returned again towards Plata, When our Water 
 was fill’d'we went over again to the Ifland P/ara. 
 There we parted the Cloths that were taken # the 
 pn oth- 
 
 
 
Se et eee oe SE Ce ao) See ae q 
 
 
 
 ‘An. 1684 Cloth-Bark into two Lots or Shares ; Captain Da 
 yw vis and hisMen had one part, and Captain § 
 
 [had never feen any here before, tho’ I had bee 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Large Turtle at Plata, = 
 
 and his Men had the other part. The Bark whi 
 the Cloath was in Captain Swaz kept for a Tend 
 At this time here were at P/ataa great many large 
 Turtles, which I judgecame from the Gad/apago’s, tor 
 
 here feveral times: This was their Coupling-time, 
 which is much fooner in the Year here than in the 
 Weft-Indies, properly fo called. Our Strikers brought 
 aboard every day more than we could eat. Captaiit 
 Swan had no Striker, and therefore had no Turtle 
 but what was fent him from Captain Davis , and 
 all his Flower too he had from Captain Davis : 
 fince our difappointment at @uzaquil, Capt. Davis 
 Men murmured againft Captain Swan, and did not 
 willingly give him.any Provifion, becaufe he wa 
 not fo forward to go thither as Capt. Davis. Hows 
 ever, at laft, thefe differences were made up, and 
 we concluded to go into the Bay of Panama, to@ 
 Town called La Vela , but becaufewe had not Cae 
 noas enough to land.our Men, we were refolved t& 
 fearch fome Rivers where the Spaniards have m 
 Commerce, thereto get Indian Canoas. 
 
 
 
 
 cow CHA 
 

 
 
 
 CHAP. VIL 
 They leave the Ifle of Plata. Cape Paflao. The 
 Goat between that and Cape St. Francifco ; 
 and from thence onto Panama, The River of 
 St. Jago. The Red and the VVhite Cotton-tree, 
 The Cabbage-tree. Ie Indians of St. Jago 
 River, and its Neighbourhood. The Ifle of 
 Gallo. The River and Village of Tomaco. Ifle 
 of Gorgona. The Pearl-Oyfters there and in 
 other parts. The Land on the Main. Gape- 
 Corientes. Point Garachina. Ifland Gal- 
 lera: Zhe Kings, or Pearl Iflands. Pacheque. 
 St. Paul’s Ifland. Lavelia. Nata. The Caln- 
 fub. Opyfiers. The pleafant Profpeéts in the 
 Bay of Panama. Old Panama. The New Gity. 
 The great Goncourfe there from Lima and Por- 
 tabel, &c. upon the Arrival of the Spanifh | 
 Armada in the Weft Indies. he Courfe the 
 Armada takes, with an incidental Account of 
 the firft snducements that made the Privateers 
 undertake the paffage over the ifthmus of Da- 
 rien znto the South Seas, and of the particular 
 -beganning of their corvefpondence with the \ndi- 
 
 _ ans that tuhabit that \ithmus. Of the Air and , 
 VVeather at Panama, The Ifles of Perico. Ta- _ : 
 bago a pleafaut Iland. The Mammes-tree.The ea 
 Village Tabago. A Spanith Stratagem or two, 
 of Gapt. Bond their FE ngineer, The Ignorance 
 of the Spaniards of thefe parts in Sea affairs. 
 
 A party of French Privateers arrive from 
 over Land. Of the Gonwmiffions that are given 
 
 ous 
 
 
 
 nC 
 
162 
 
 Av.1684 out by the French Governour of Petit-Guavres, 
 
 eye 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Cape Paffao, 
 
 Of the Gulph of St. Michael, aud the Rivers of 
 Congos, Sambo, and Sta. Maria; and ap 
 Exror of the common Maps, in the placing Point) 
 Garachina and Gape St. Lorenzo, correétedy 
 Of the Town and Gold Mines of Sta. Marias 
 4nd the Town of Scuchadero, Capt. Towne 
 ley’s Arrival with fome move Englifh Privas 
 teersover Land. Fars of Pilco-Wine. A Bark 
 of Capt. Knight's joyns them. Point Garachina 
 again. Portode Pinas. Ifle of Otoque. Th 
 “Pacquet from Limataken. Other Englifh ana@y 
 French Privateers arrive. Chepelio, one of th 
 
 _fweeteft Iflands in the World.The SapadilloAvom 
 gato tear, Mammee Sappota. VVild Mam 
 mee and Star-Apple. Cheapo River and Town, 
 Some Traverfings in the Bay of Panama and 
 an account of the Strength of the Spanith-Fleety 
 and of the Privateers, and the Engagement) | 
 betweenthem. — oc | 
 
 “Te 23d day of Decemb. 1684. we failed ftott 
 the Ifland P/ota, towards the Bay of Panama 
 The Wind at S. S. E.'a fine brisk gale, and fine We; 
 ther. The next Morning we pait by Cape Pajae 
 This Cape is in lat. oo d.o8 m. South of the Equa 
 tor. It runs out into the Sea with a high roun 
 Point, which feems to be divided in the midft. — 
 is bald againft the Sea, but within Land, and@ 
 both fides, it is full of {hort Trees. The Land in th 
 Country is very high and mountainous, and it af 
 pears to be very woody. Between Cape Paffagy 
 and Cape Sz. Francifco, the ‘Land by the Sea is full) 
 of {mall Points, making as many little fandy Bays) 
 between them ; and is of an inditterent heighth 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ‘Spanith Pilots. 
 
 y this Coaft you fee nothing but a vaft Grove or 
 
 Wood ; which is fo much the more pleafant,becaufé 
 Trees are of feveral Forms, both inrefpect to 
 
 ir Growth and Colour. 
 
 Our defign was, as I faid in my firft Chapter, to 
 
 earch for Canoasin fome River where the Spaniards 
 
 “have neither Settlement nor Trade with the native 
 
 ‘der the Spaniards, who were able to carry us int> 
 
 which were not frequented by the Spaniards. There 
 e many fuch unfrequented Rivers between Plata 
 
 ‘the Gulph of Sz. Michaels, or evento Panama it 
 felf} the Coaft is not inhabited by any Spaniards; 
 nor are the Ivdians that inhabit there any way un- 
 der their fubjection: exeept only near the Ile Gals 
 fo, where,on the Banks of a Gold River or two,there 
 are fome Spaniards who work there to find Gold. 
 Now our Pilots being at a lofs on thefé lef fre- 
 guented Coafts, we fupply’d that defett out of the 
 ao” Pilot-books, which we took in their Ships : 
 Thefe we found by experience to be very good Guides: 
 Yet neverthelefSthe Country in many Places by the 
 Sea being low, .and full of openings, Creeks and 
 Rivers,it is fomewhat difficult to find any particular 
 River that 4 Man defigns to go to, where he isnot 
 well acquainted. 
 ~ This however could be no difcouragement to uss, 
 for one River might probably be as well furnifhed 
 With Indian Canoas as another; and if we found 
 them, it was to us indifferent where, yet we pitcht . 
 On the River Sz. Fago, not becaufe there were nor 
 Other Rivers as large, and as likely to be inhabited 
 With Ivdians as it, but becaufe that River was not 
 far from Gad/o, an Iland where our Ships could an- 
 @ ae chor; 
 
 vered with Trees of divers forts; fo that failing An.1684, 
 
 Indians. We had Spanifh Pilots, and Indians bred un- - 
 
 iny Harbour or River belonging to the Spamtards; | 
 ut weré wholly unacquainted with thofe Rivers. 
 
 nd Panama : Indeed all the way from the Line to’ 
 
 ZEN 
 
 
 
 : 
 : 
 
| : 164 
 
 | ‘An.1684 chor fafely and ride fecurely. We paft by CapeSe | 
 
 st ec) caf Sebati pal eae Gg Oe ae, ee 
 
 River of St. Jago: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 iS 
 
 Francifco, meeting with great and continued Raing | 
 The Land by the Sea to the Narth of the Cape, i§ 
 low and extraordinary woody ; the Trees are very 
 thick, and feem to be of a prodigious height amd | 
 bignefs. From Cape St. Francifco the Land rims 
 tore Eafterly into the Bay of Panama. | take this | 
 Cape to be its Bounds on the South fide, and tie 
 Tfles of Cobaya or Quibo to bound it on the N: fig 
 Between this Capeand the Ifle Ga//o, there are maf } 
 large and navigable Rivers. We pafled by themall 
 till we came to the River St. Fago. 
 This River is near 2 d. North of the Equator. Wt} 
 is large and navigable fome leagues up,and7 leaguts 
 from the Sea it dividesit felf into two parts, makiig 
 an Ifland that is4 leagues wide again{t the Sea. Tit 
 wideft branch is that on the S.W. fide of the [flan 
 Both Branches are very deep, but the mouth of tie 
 narrower is fo choakt with fholesthat at low wa 
 
 the River hath its original fronr fome of the mgt 
 Mountains near the City Qvto, and it runs through] 
 a Country, as rich in Soil, as perhaps any in 
 World, efpecially when it draws within 10 or 
 leagues of theSea. The Land there both on/it 
 Ifland, and on the both fides of the River, is ofa 
 black deep Mold, producing extraordinary gfe 
 tall Trees of many forts, fuch as ufually growl 
 thefe hot Climates. I fhall only give an accoiiit| 
 of the Cotton and Cabbage-trees, whereof theres 
 great plenty; and they are aslarge of their kindgas 
 ever I faw: | 
 
 There are two forts of Cotton-trees, one is cali¢ 
 the Red, the other the White Corton-iree. TMB 
 white Cotton-tree grows like an Qak, but genta J 
 
" Cotton-Trees. | 165 8 oF 
 much bigger and taller than our Oaks: The body is 47.1684 
 ftraight and clear from knots or boughs to the very “VW™ 
 head : there it fpreads forth many great limbs jutt 
 like an Oak. The Bark is fmooth and of a grey co- 
 lour: the Leaves are as big as a large Plumb-Leaf, . 
 jagged at the edge ; they are oval, tmooth, and of 
 a dark green colour. Some ot thefe Trees have their 
 bodies much bigger, 18 or 20 foot high, than nearer 
 the ground, being big-bellied like Nine-pins. They 
 
 bear a very fine fort of Cotton, called Silk-Cotton. 
 
 When this Cotton is ripe the Trees appear like our “ae 
 Apple-trees in Exgland, when full of Blofloms. If! an 
 
 ‘do not miftake, the Cotton falls down in November, _ 
 or December : then the ground is covered white with 
 it. This is not fubftantial and continuous, like that 
 which grows upon the Cotton-{hrubs, in Plantati- — 
 ons, but like the Down of Thiftles, fo that I did 
 
 never know any ufe made of it in the We/?-Indies.be- 
 
 -caufe it is not worth the labour of gathering it: but 
 
 inthe Eajft-Indies the Natives gather and ufe it_for 
 Pillows. It hath a {mall black Seed among it. The 
 Leaves of this Tree fail off the beginning of Apri/ 
 while the old Leaves are falling off the young ones 
 fpring out, and in a weeks time the Tree cafts off 
 her old Robes, and is cloathed in a new pleafant 
 Garb. The red Cotton-tree is like the other, but 
 hardly fo big : it bears no Cotton, but its Wood is 
 fomewhat harder of the two, yet both forts are foft 
 fpungy Wood, fit for noufe that 1 know, but only 
 for Canoas, which being ftraight and tall they are 
 very good for; but they will not laft long, elpeci: . 
 ally if not drawn afhoar often. and tarred, other- 
 wile the Worm and the Water foonrot them. They 
 are the biggeft Trees, or perhaps Weeds rather, in 
 
 the Weft-Indies. They are common in the Eafi and 
 Weft-Indies in good fat Land. | 
 
 As the Cotton is the biggeft Tree in the Woods, 
 
 fo the Cabbage-tree is the talleft: The Body is not 
 
 : . M 3 So MELy; 
 
 
 
 Bi Se Si a i \ mei os ae = 
 
ea 
 
 166 | 7) Gabbegeiivecn, 4 
 ‘An.1684 very big, but very high and firaight. I have 
 w yw fured one in the Bay of Campeachy 120 feet 1 
 ~ it lay on the Ground, and there are fome m 
 higher. It has no Limbs nor Boughs, but at 
 head there are many Branches bigger than a Mang 
 Arm. Thefe Branches are not covered, but flag 
 with {harp edges, they are 12 or 14 foot long. AE 
 bout two foot from the Trunk, the Branches {hoot 
 forth {mall long Leaves, about an inch broad, whieh 
 grow fo regularly on both fides of the Branch, the 
 the whole Branch feems to be but one Leaf, mad 
 up of many {mall ones. The Cabbage Fruit fhoo 
 out in the midft of thefé Branches, from the top 6 
 the Tree: it isinvelted with many young Leaves of 
 Branches which are ready to {pread abroad,as thé } 
 old Branches drop and fall down. The Cabbagg } 
 it felf, when it istaken out of the Leaves which if | 
 feems to he folded in, is as big as the {mall of @ 
 Man’s Leg, and a foot long ; it is as white as Milky 
 and as fweet asa Nut, if eaten raw, and it is vet 
 {weet and whoifom it boiled. Befides, the Cal 
 bage it ielf, there grow out between the Cabbag 
 and the large Branches, {mall twigs, as of a Shrul 
 about 2 foot long from their Stump. At the end 
 of thofe twigs ( which grows very thick together 
 there hang Berries, hard and round, and as big ag 
 a Cherry. Thefe the Tree fheds every year, ange 
 they are very good for Hogs: for this reafon th 
 Spamiards fine any who fhall cut down any of thefe 
 in their Woods. The body of the Tree is full of 
 - tings round it, half a foot afunder from the bottonm 
 tothe top, The Bark is thin and brittle; the Woody 
 is black and very hard, the heart or middle of the 
 Tree is white Pith. They do not climb to get the 
 Cabbage, but cut them down; for fhould they gaa 
 ther it off the Tree as it ftands, yet its head. being 
 gone, it foon dies. Thefe Trees are much ufed by 
 Planters in Famaica, to board the fides of the Hon Si 
 vi . or 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Spaniards, why lttle acquainted here. coy 
 for it is but {plitting the Trunk into 4 sparts with A.1684 
 an Axe, .and there are fo many Planks. Thofe Uwno 
 Trees appear very pleafant, and they beautifie the 
 whole Wood, {preading their green Branches above 
 all other Trees. | 
 All this Country is fubje&t to very great Rains, fo 
 that this part of Perz pays tor the dry weather which 
 they have about Lima and all thatCoatt. I believe 
 that isone reafon why the Spaiards havemade fich | 
 {mall difcoveries, in this and other Rivers on this 
 Coaft. Another reafon may be, becaufe it lies not fo 
 directly in their way; for they do not Coaft it a- 
 long in going from Panama to Lima,but firft go Welt- 
 ward as far as to the Keys or Mfles of Cobaya, for a 
 | Wetterly wind, and from thence ftand overtowards , 
 Cape Si. Fvancifco, not touching any where ufually, 
 till they come to Manta near Cape St. Lorenzo. In 
 their return iadecd trom Lima to Panama, they may 
 keep along the Coatt hereabouts ; but then their 
 Ships are-always laden,whereas the light Ships that 
 go from Panama, are moft at leifure to make difco- 
 veries. A third reafon may be, the wildnefsS and 
 enmity of all the Natives on this Coaft, who are 
 naturally fortified by their Rivers and vaft Woods, 
 from whence with their Arrows they can eafily an- 
 noy any that fhall land there to affault them. At 
 this River particularly there are no Indians live with- 
 in 6 leagues of the Sea,, and all the Country fo far 
 is full of impaflable Woods; fo that to get at the 
 Indians, or the Mines and Mountains, there is no 
 way but by rowing up the River, andif any who 
 are Enemies to the Natives attempt this, (as the 
 Spaniards are always hated by them) they mutt all 
 the way he expofed to the Arrows of thofe who 
 would lie purpofely in Ambufh in the Woods for. Me 
 them. Thefe wild Indians have fmall Plantations ’ 
 y of Maiz, and good Plaintain\Gardens ; for Plantains. ; 
 are their chiefeftfood. They havealfo a few Fowls 
 and Hogs. M 4 Ae 
 
 
 
84 It was to this River that we were bound, to fee 
 tw w~ for Canoas,therefore the 26th fuppofing our felvest 
 
 -’ The 27th day in the morning we entred at half 
 
 _the Banks, and fo had not the ftrength of the fireart 
 
 end of the Ifland. We faw a great many othe 
 
 ee dae: 
 
 St Jago River. Hogs. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 be abreft of it,we went from our Ships with 4Canoas, 
 
 Flood into the fmaller branch of that River, and 
 towed up 6 leagues before we met any Inhabitants 
 There we found two fmall Huts thatched’ with Pak 
 meto Leaves. The Indians feeing us rowing toward 
 their Houtes, got their Wives and little ones, with 
 their Houfhold-ftuff, into their Canoas,and paddled> 
 away ta{ter than we could row ; for we were forcet 
 to Keep in the middle of the River becaufe of ougp 
 Oars, but they with their Paddles kept clofe unde 
 
 againit them, as we had: Thefe Huts were cloig 
 by the River on the Eaft fide of it, juft againtt th 
 
 Foufes a league from us on the other fide of the Rig 
 ver ; but the main {tream into which we were nov 
 come, feemed to be fo fwift, that we were afraid) 
 
 the Fowls, which were dreft prefently. cl 
 Hogs they got (as I {uppofe) from the Spaniards by 
 fome accident, or ftom forne Neighbouring Indian 
 who converfe with the Spaniards ; tor this that we 
 took was of their Ewropean kind,which the Spaniarde 
 have introduced into America very plentifullyy 
 efpecially into the Iflands Famaica, Hifpaniola, and 
 Cuba above all, being very largely {tored with them} 
 where they feed in the Woods in the day time, ant 
 at night come in at the founding of a Concb-fhell, 
 and are put up in their Crauls or Pens, and yet 
 fome turn wild, which neverthelefs are often decoy: 
 
 ed in by the other, which being all marked, when 
 ever they fee an unmarked Hog in the Pen they 
 know it is a wild one, and fhoot him pea 
 4g quit Cle 
 
 = 
 
Ifland Gallo. Tomaco River, — 169 
 
 Thefe Crau/s I have not feen on the Continent ;.Am.1684 
 where the Spaniards keep them tame at home. WS 
 Among the W1/d Indians, or in their Woods, are no 
 Hogs, but Pecary and Warree, a fort 1 have men- 
 tioned betore. ; 
 
 After we ‘had refrefhed our felves, we returned 
 toward the mouth ot the Kiver. lt was the even- 
 ing when we came from thence, and we got to the 
 Rivers mouth the next morning before day: Our 
 Ships when we leit them were order’d to go toGu/- - 
 Jo, where they were-to {tay tor us. Ga//o isa {mall 
 uninhabited I{land, lying in between 2 and 3 De- 
 grees North Lat. It lieth in a wide Bay about 3 
 leagues from the mouth of the River Tomaco ; and 
 4 leagues and half froma fmall Indian Villagecalled 
 Tomaco: The Iland Gal/o is of an indifferent heighth; 
 it is cloathed with very good Timber Trees, and is 
 therefore often vifited with Barks from Guzaquil and 
 other places: for moft of the Timber carry’d from 
 Guiaquil to Lima, is firlt fetcht from Ga//o. There is 
 a Spring of good Water at the N: E. end: at that 
 place there is a fine fmall fandy Bay, where there » 
 is good landing. The Road for Ships is againft this 
 Bay, where there is good fecure riding in 6 or 7 
 fathom water ; and here Ships may careen. It is 
 but fhoal water all about this Ifland ; yet there is a 
 Channel to come in at, where there is no le{s than 
 4 fathom water: You muft go in with the Tyde 
 of Flood, and come out with Ebb, founding all the 
 
 
 
 _ ‘way. 
 
 Tomaco is a large River that takes its Name from 
 an Indian Village fo called : It is reported to {pring 
 from the rich Mountains about Swito. It is thick E 
 inhabited with Indians ; and there are fome Spazi- 
 ards that live there, who traffick with the Indians 
 for Gold. It isfhoal at the mouth of the River, 
 yet Barks may enter. 
 
 The 
 
Rec Rem nig pM pS kes eet Seta ee ee ea ea 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 170 wer 0. SE OMA COC aga & 
 ‘An.1684 This Village Tomaco is but {mall, and is feated not 
 wo far from the mouth of the River. It is aplace to |. 
 
 entertain the Spami/h Merchants that come to Gallota” 
 load Timber,orto traffick with the Indians for Gold, 
 Atthis place one Doleman, with 7 or 8 men mofe 
 once of Captain Sharp’s Crew, were killed in the” 
 year 1680. From the branch of the River Sz. Fago, 
 where we now lay, to Tomaco, is about 5 leagues ¢ 
 the Land low, ‘and full of Creeks, fo that Canoag” 
 may pafs within Land through thofe Creeks, and 
 . from thence -into Tamaco River. a 
 The 28th day we leftthe River of St. Fago, crok 
 fing fome Creeks in our way with our Canoas; and 
 “came to an Indian Houfe, where we took the Many } 
 and all his Family. We ftaid here till the afternoony | 
 and then rowed towards Tomaco, with the Man of 
 this Houfe for our Guide. We arrived at Tomaco ae 
 bout 12 a clock at night. Here we took all the Ing 
 habitants of the Village,and a Spani/h Knight, call’dy 
 Don Diego de Pinas. This Knight came in a Shipy, 
 from Lima to lade Timber. The Ship was riding in 
 a Creek about a mile. off, and there were only ong 
 Spaniard and 8 Indians aboard. We went ina Ca 
 noa with 7 Men and took her; fhe had no Goodsyy 
 but 12 or 13 Jars of good Wine, which we took™ 
 out, and the next day let the Ship go. Here an Img 
 dian Canoa came aboard with three Men in her 
 Thefe Men could not fpeak Spani/h, neither couldy 
 ~ the diftinguifh us from Spaniards , the wild Indiangy 
 ufually thinking all white Men tobe Spaniards. Wey 
 _ gave them 3 or 4 Callabafhes of Wine, which they 
 freely drank. They were f{traight bodied, and well® 
 limb’d Men, of a mean heighth ; their Hair black) 
 long vifag’d, {mall Nofes and Eyes ; and were thin” 
 fac’d, ill look’d Men, of a very dark copper colour. 
 A little before night Captain Swan and all of us res 
 turned to Tomaco, and left the Veffel to the Seamens 
 The 31ft day two of our Canoas, who had been” 
 
 up. 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 ; ye), Paquet taken, sid 
 
 up the River of Tomaco, returned back again to the An.16 84 
 Village. They had rowed 7 or 8 leagues up, and yw 
 
 found but one Spami/h Houfe, which they were told 
 did belong toa Lady who lived at Lima; fhe had 
 Servants here that traded with the Indians tor Gold ; 
 but they feeing our Men coming, ran away ; yet 
 our Men found there feveral Ounces of Gold in Cal- 
 labafhes. . 
 
 The firft day of Fanuary 1685. we went from To- 
 macotowatds Gallo. Wecarried the Knight with us 
 and two {mall Canoas which we took there, and 
 while we were rowing over, one of our Canoas 
 took a Pacquet-Boat that was fent.from Pazama to 
 Lima. The Spaniards threw the Pacquet of Letters 
 overboard with a Line anda Buoy to it, but our 
 Men feeing it took it up, and brought the Letters, 
 and all the Prifoners aboard our Ships,that were then 
 at an anchor at Gallo. Here we ttaid till the 6th 
 day, reading the Letters, by which we underttood 
 
 that the Armada from O/d Spain was come to Porta- ' 
 
 bel; and that the Prefident or Pavama had {ent this 
 Pacquet on purpofe to haften the Plate Fleet thither 
 . from Lima. 
 
 We were very joyful of this News, and therefore 
 fent away the Pacquet-Boat with all her Letters; and 
 we altered our former refolutions of going to La- 
 velia. We now concluded to careen our Ships as 
 fpeedily as we could, that we might be ready to 
 
 intercept this Fleet. The properef{t place that we 
 
 could think on for doing it was among the Kings 
 Iflands or Pearl Keys, becaufe they are near Panama 
 and all Ships bound to Panama trom the Coaft of 
 Lima pafs by them; fo that being there we could 
 not poflibly mifS the Fleet. According to thefe refo- 
 lutions we failed the next morning, in order to exe- 
 cute what we defigned. We were 2 Ships and 3 
 . Barks in Company, viz. Captain Davzs, Captain 
 Swan, a Firefhip, and 2 fmall Barks, as Tenders , 
 a one 
 
_ Az.1685 one on Captain Davss his Ship, the other on C - 
 No tain Swan’s. We weighed before day, and got out 
 
 ee la le OS Cedar ta aie 
 
 a 
 
 ee ee 
 We ' 
 
 we were forced toftay for them till the nextday. 
 
 * Gorgonia, on the Weft-fide of the Ifland, in 38 fay 
 
 . The Land againft the Anchoring place islow ; there 
 
 Ba, 
 
 C 
 
 Gorgonia. — | 
 
 7 
 ap. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 all but Captain Swan’s Tender, which never budged ;_ 
 for the Men were all afleep when we went out, and 
 the Tide of flood coming: on before they waked, 
 
 The 8th day in the morning we defcried a Sail 
 to the Weft of us; the Wind was at South, and we 
 chafed her, and before noon took her. She was 4 
 Ship of about 90 Tun laden with Flower; the came” 
 from Trvxi//o, and was bound to Panama, This” 
 Ship came very opportunely to us, for Flower be 
 gan to grow fcarce, and Captain Devs his Meny 
 grudg’d at what was given to Captain Swan ; who, 
 as I faid before, had none but what he had from 
 Captain. Davis. qa 
 
 We jogged on after this with a gentle gale to 
 wards Gorgonia, an Ifland lying about 25 leagues) 
 from the Ifland Ga//o. ‘The oth day we anchored at) 
 
 thom, clean ground, not 2 Cables length trom the 
 fhoar. Gorgonia is an uninhabited Ifland, in lat. as) 
 bout 3. degrees North: It is a pretty high Iland 
 and very remarkable, by reafon of 2 faddles, omy 
 vilings and fallingson the top. It is about 2 leagues) 
 long, and a league broad; and it is 4 leagues from 
 the Main: At the Weft-end is another {mall Ifland 
 
 is a fmall fandy Bay and good landing. The Soil 
 or Mould of it is black and deep, in the low groundj 
 but on the: fide of the high Land it is a kind of a 
 red Clay. This Ifland is very well cloathed with 
 large Trees of feveral forts, that are flourifhing and 
 sreen all the year. Its very well watred with” 
 dmall Brooks that iffue from the high Land. Here” 
 are a great many little black Monkeys, fome Indian” 
 Conies, and a few Snakes, which are all the Land ~ 
 Animals that I know there. It is reported ge 
 
 ane, | and 
 
Dot bere Sits Se cee Te ee ee 
 
 
 
 Pearl-Oyfters. 3 
 
 Ifland that it rains on every day in the Year mote or An,1685 
 lefS ; but that] can difprove : However, it isa very Wy 
 wet Coaft, and it rains abundantly here all the 
 Year long. There are but few fair days ; for there - 
 is little ditterence in the Seafons of the Year between 
 the wet and dry ; only in that Seafon which fhould 
 be the dry time, the Rains are lef$ frequent and 
 more moderate than in the wet Seafon, for then it 
 pours as out of aSieve. Itis deep Water and no 
 anchoring any where about this Ifland, only at the 
 Weft-fide : The Tyde rifeth and falleth 7 or 8 foot 
 upand down. Here are a great many Perewincles 
 and Mufcles to behad at low Water. Then the 
 ’ Monkeys come down by the Sea-fide and catch 
 them; digging them out of their Shells with their - 
 Claws. 
 
 Here are Pearl-Oyfters in great plenty: They 
 grow tothe loofe Rocks, in 4, 5 or 6 fathom Wa- 
 ter by Beards, or little {mall Roots, as a Mufcle: 
 Thefe QOyfters ate commonly flatter and thinner 
 than other Oyfters ; otherwife much alike in fhape. 
 The Fifh is not {weet nor very wholfom ; it is as 
 flimy as a Shell-Snail : they tafte very copperifh, if 
 - eaten raw, and are beft boiled. The Indians who 
 gather them for the Spaniards, hang the Meat of 
 them on Strings like Jews-ears, and dry them before 
 they eat them. The Pearl is found at the head of 
 the Oyiter, lying between the Meat and the Shell. 
 Some will have 20 or 30 {mall Seed-Pearl, fome 
 none at all, and fome will have a or 2 pretty large Pe 
 ones. The infide of the fhell ‘is more glorious than me 
 the Pearl it felf. 1! did never fee any in the South : 
 Seas but here. It is reported there are. fome at the 
 South end otf California. In the Weft-Indies, the Ran- 
 cho Reys,or Rancheria, {poken of in Chap. 3. is the 
 place where they are found moft plentifully. °Tis 
 - {aid there are fome at the Lfland Margarita, near 
 St. Auguftin, a Townin the Gulph of Florida, &c.ln 
 
 : in 
 
att hayes aE SY “see ~~ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 174 Cape Corrientes. Port Garachina. yg 
 An.1685 the Eaft-Indies, the Uland Azzam, near the South end 
 win of China, is faid tohave plenty of thefe Oyfters, 
 
 more productive of large round Pearl than thofe in 
 
 other places. They are found alfo in other parts off 
 
 the Ea/t-Indies, and on the Perfiaz Coatt. | 
 
 At this Ifland Gorgona, we rummaged our Prizey 
 
 and found a few Boxes of Marmalade, and 3 or4@ 
 
 - Jars of Brandy, which were equally fhared between 
 
 Capt. Davis, Capt. Swan, and their Men. Here wé 
 
 fill’d all our Water, and Capt. Swam furnifhed hima 
 
 felf with Flower: Afterward we turned afhore a 
 
 great many Prifoners, but kept the chiefeft to put™ 
 
 them afhore ina better place. 
 
 The 13th day we failed from hence toward the 
 
 Kings Iflands. We wete now 6 Sail, 2 Men of War, 
 
 2 Tenders, aFire-fhip and the Prize. We had but™ 
 
 — little Wind, but what we had was the common 
 
 Trade at South. The Land we failed by on the 
 
 Main, is very low towards the Sea-fide, but in the 
 
 Country there are very high Mountains. ae 
 
 The 16th day we pafled by Cape Corrientes. This) 
 
 Cape is in lat. 5 d. 10 m. it is high blufLand, with 
 
 3 or 4 {mall Hillocks onthe top. It appears at a di-” 
 
 {tance like an Ifland. Here we found a ftrong cur: 
 
 rent running to the N. but whether it be always fo, T° 
 
 know not. The day after we pafled by the Cape, 
 
 we faw a {mall white Ifland, which we chaced,) 
 fuppoting it had been a Sail, till coming near we’ 
 
 found our error. ] 
 
 Bi The 21ft day we faw Point Garachina.This Point 
 mas inlat.7d.zom.North ; it is pretty high Land, 
 | tocky, and deftitute of Trees; yet within Land it is” 
 woody, It is fenced with Rocks againft the Sea. © 
 Within the Point, by the Sea, at low Water, you 7 
 may find {tore of Oyfters and Mufcles. q 
 _ The Kings Iflands, or Pearl Keys, are about 127 
 os diftant from this Point. Between Point Ga- ~ 
 rachina & them,there isa {mall low fat sage a 
 Called 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Kings, or Pearl-Iflands. 175 
 called Galera, at which Captain Harris was fharing An.1685 
 with his Men the Gold he took in his pillaging Sanda wwNo 
 Maria, which I fpake of a little before, when ona 
 fudden 5 Spanyh Barks, fitted out on purpofé at Pa- 
 nama,came upon him; buthe fought them fo ftoutly 
 with one fmall Bar he had, and fome few Canoas, 
 boarding their Admiral particularly, that they were 
 all glad to leave him. By this Ifland we anchored, 
 and ient our Boats to the Kings Ifland for a good 
 careening place. 
 
 The Kings Iffands are _a great many low Woody 
 
 Iflands, lying N. W. by N.andS. E. by S. They are 
 about 7 leagues from the Main, and 14 leagues in 
 Jength, and trom Pazama about 12 leagues. Why 
 they are called the Kings Ifands, 1 know not; they 
 are fometimes, and moltly in Maps, called the Pear/ 
 Iflands. 1 cannot imagine wherefore they are called 
 fo, for 1 did never fee one Pearl Oyfter about them, 
 nor any Pearl Oyfter-fhells ; but on the other Oy- 
 {ters I have made many a Meal there: The norther- 
 moft Ifland of all this range is called Pachea,or Pa- 
 cheque. ‘This is but a fmall Ifland, diftant from Pa- 
 mama ii or 12 leagues. The Southermoft of them is 
 called St. Pauls. Befides thefe twol know no more 
 that are called by any particular Name, tho’ there 
 are many that far exceed either of the twoin bigs 
 nefs. Some of thefe Iflands are planted with Plan- , 
 tains and Bonanas; and there are Fields of Rice on 
 others of them. The Gentlemen of Panama, to 
 ‘whom they belong, keep Negroes there to plant, ‘a 
 Weed,and Husband the Plantations. Many of them, { 
 efpecially the largeft, are wholly untill’d, yet very 
 Ro fat Land, full of large Trees. Thefe unplanted 
 
 flands fhelter many Runaway-Negroes, who abfcond 
 in the Woods all day, and in the night boldly pillage _ | 
 the Plantain Walks. Betwixt thefe Iflands and the | 
 Main is a Channel of 7 or 8 leagues wide ; there is | 
 good depth of Water, and good Anchoringall the | 
 way 
 
 
 
 
 
9 Lavelia. Nata. a 4 
 ‘An,1685 way. The Iflands border thick on each other 5 yet 
 ww they make mahy fmall narrow deep Channels, fit 
 only for Boats to pafS between molt of them. At 
 the S. E. end, about a league from St. Paw/’s Ifland, 
 there is a good place for Ships to careen, or hale 
 afhore. It isfurrounded with the Land, and hatha 
 good deep Channel on the North fide to go in at || 
 The Tide rifeth here about 10 foot perpendicular. 
 We brought our Ships into this place the 25th day, | 
 but were forced to tarry for a Spring-Tide befor } 
 we could have Water enough toclean them ; theie } 
 fore we firft clean’d our Barks, that they might cruilé | 
 before Panama, while we lay here. The 27th day} 
 our Barks being clean we fent them out with 20 
 Men in each. The fourth day after, they returned 
 with a Prize laden with Maiz, or Indian Corn, Salt 
 Beef and Fowls. Shecame ftom Lavelia, and was 
 bound to Penama. Lavela is a Town we once ¢ 
 figned to attempt. It is pretty large, and ftands of 
 the Bank of a River on the North fide of the Ba 
 of Panama, 6 or 7 leagues from the Sea. 4 
 Nata is another fuch Town, ftanding ina Pla 
 near another branch of the fame Kiver. In the 
 Towns, and fome’ others on the {fame Coaft, they 
 - breed Hogs, Fowls, Bulls and Cows, and plant Maiti 
 purpofély for the fupport of Panama, which is fup 
 plied with Provifion moftly from other Towns ai 
 the Nighbouring Iflands. y 
 The Beefand Fowl our Men took, came to us i 
 a good time, for we had eaten but little Fleth fine 
 we lefi the Ifland P/at2z. The Harbour where We 
 careen’d was incompafied by three Hflands, and out 
 Ships rode in the middle. That on which we haléd 
 our Ships afhore,was a little I{land on the North fid 
 of the Harbour.There was a fine {mall fandy Bay,but” 
 all the reft of the Ifland was invironed with Rocks, 
 on which at low Water we did ufé to gather Oy 
 {ters, Clams, Mufcles and Limpits...The Clam & 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
pane 
 
 Bay of Panartia. 197 
 a fort of Oyfter which grows fo faft to the Rock, 4n.1685 
 that there is no feparating it from thence, therefore WJ 
 we did open.it where it grows, and take out. the 
 Meat, which is very large, fat and fweet. Here 
 are a few common Oyfters, fuch as we have in Exg- 
 land, of which fort I have met with none in thefé 
 Seas, but here, at Point Garachinas at Puna, and on 
 the Mexican Coaft, in the lat. of 23 d. North. I 
 have a Manufcript of Mr. Test, Capt. Swan’schizf 
 Mate, which gives an account of Oyfters plenti: 
 ‘fully found in Port St. Fa/ian, on the Eaft fide and 
 fomewhat to the North of the Streights of Mage/. 
 dan , but there is no mention made of what Oyfters 
 they are. Here are fome Guanoes, but we found ‘ho 
 other fort of Land-Animal. Here are alfo fome 
 Pigeons and Turtle-Doves. The reft of the Iflands 
 that incompa{s this Harbour had of all thefe forts of 
 Creatures. Our Men therefore did every day go 
 over in Canoas to them to Fifh, Fowl or Hunt for 
 Guanoes; but having one Man furprized once by 
 fome Spaniards lying there inambuth, and carried off. 
 by them to Pazama, we were after that™more cauti- 
 ous of Straggling. me] 
 The 14th day of Feb. 1685. we made anend of 
 cleaning our Ship, fill'd all our Water, and ftock’d 
 our felves with Fire-wood. The 15th day we went 
 out from among the Iflands, and Anchored inthe 
 Channel between them and. the Main, in 25 fathom. 
 Water, foft Oazy Ground. The PlateFleet was not 
 yet arrived ; therefore we intended to cruife before 
 the City of Panama, which is from this place about 
 25 leagues. The next day we failed towards Pana- 
 ma,pafting in the Channel between the Kings Iflur ds 
 and the Main. Itis very pleafant failing here, ha- 
 ving the Main on onefide, which appears in divers 
 forms. Itis beautified with many fmall Hills,cloath’d 
 with woods of divers forts of Trees, which are al-. 
 ways green and flourifhing. There are fome few 
 N fmalh 
 
ms City of Panama. . 
 4n.1685 {mall high Iflands within a league of the Main,f 
 &yr~ tering here and there one : Thefe are partly Wood 
 
 partly bare; and they, as well as the Main, appear 
 very pleafant. The Kings Ifiands are on the other 
 fide of this Channel, and make alfoa lovely prok 
 pect as you fail by them. Thefe, .as I have already 
 noted, arelow and flat, appearing in feveral Shapes, 
 according as they are naturally formed by many 
 fmall Creeks and Branches of the Sea. The 16th day 
 _ we anchored at Pacheque, in 17 fathom Water,abou 
 a league from the Ifland, and failed from thence thé 
 next day, with the Wind at N. N.E. diretting o 
 ~ courfe towards Panama. 
 | When we came abreft of O/d Panama we anchordy 
 and fent our Canoa afhore with our Prifoner Dom 
 | Diego de Pinas, with a Letter to the Governour, 
 treatabout an Exchange for our Man they had fp 
 tited away, as I faid ; and another Capt. Harv 
 left in the River of St. Maria the year before,comingy 
 .. over Land: Don Diego was defirous to go on thi 
 | Errand in the Name,and with the Confent of the ref 
 ’ of our Spanifh Prifonets;but by fome accident he wag, 
 ! killed before he got afhore, as we heard afterward 
 | ' Old Panama was formerly a famous place, but} 
 was taken by Sir Henry Morgan about the year 16798 
 and at that time great part of it was burned to afhey, 
 and it was never re-ediffed fince. a 
 New Panama is a very fair City, ftanding clofet 
 the Sea, about 4 mile trom the Ruines of the Og 
 Town. It gives Name to a large Bay whichis fa 
 mous fora great many navigable Rivers,fome where 
 of are very tich in Gold; it is alfo very pleafandy” 
 fprinkled with Iflands, that are not- only proficablé- 
 to their Owners, but very delightful to the Pa 
 fengers and Seamen that fail by them ; fome 
 which I have already defcribed: It is incompafied 
 on the backfide with a pleafant Country, which is” 
 full offmall Hills and Valleys, beautified I ny 
 LOVES 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ‘ 
 in 
 
 
 

 
 Panama. The Spanifh Armada. 179 
 
 Groves and Spots of Frees, that appear in the Sa- Az.1685, 
 vannahs like fo many little Iflands. This City is all WN 
 compafled with a high Stone Wall; the Houfes are 3 
 faid to be of Brick. Their Roofsappear higher than 
 the top of the City Wall. It is beantified with a 
 great many fair Churches and Religious Houfes, be- 
 fides the Prefidents Houfé, and other eminent Build: 
 ings; which altogether make one of the fineft objetts 
 that I did ever fee, in America efpecially. There are 
 a great many Guns on her Walls,moft ot which look 
 toward the Land. They had none at all again{t the 
 Sea, when firft entred thofe Seas with Captain 
 Sawkins, Captain Coxon, Captain Sharp, and others ;. 
 for til] then they did not fear any Enemy by Sea ; 
 but fince then they have planted Guns clear round. 
 ‘This isa flourifhing City: by reafon it isa thorough- 
 fair for all imported or exported Goods and Trea- 
 fire, to and from all parts of Perw and Chil, 
 whereof their Srore-houfés are never empty. The 
 ‘Road alfois feldom or never without Ships. Befides, 
 once in 3 Years, when the Spanifh Armada comes to 
 Portobel, then the Plate-Fleet alfo from Lima comes 
 ‘hither with the King’s Treafure, and abundance of 
 Merchant-Ships full of Goods and Plate ; at that 
 time the City is full of Merchants and Gentleinen ; 
 the Seamen are bufie in landing the Treafure and 
 Goods, and the Carriers, or Caravan Matters, im- 
 ployed in carrying it over Land on Mules. (in vaft 
 droves every. day) to Porrobe/, and bringing back 
 Exropean Goods trom thence : Tho’ the City be then 
 fo full, yet during this heat of Bufinefs there is no 
 Thiring ofan ordinary Slave under a Piece of Eight a 
 day ; Houfes, alfo Chambers, Beds and Viftuals, are 
 then extraordinaty dear. 
 
 - Now Tam on this Subject, I think it willnot be 
 amifS to give the Reader an account of the Progrefs 
 of the Armada from O/¢ Spain, which comes thus 
 every three Years into i Endies. \ts fiwrft arrival is 
 
 2 at 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
An.1685 at Carthagena, from whence, as | have been told, an 
 ww~w Exprefs is immediately fent over Land to Lima,thro’ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4 Spanith Prophefy: 
 
 the Southern Continent, and another by Sea to Porto. 
 bel, with two Pacquetsof Letters, one for the Vice- 
 roy of Lima, the other for the Viceroy of Mexicol | 
 know not which way that of Mexico goes after its 
 arrival at Portobel, whether by Land or Sea : Butl 
 believe by Sea to La Vera Gruz. That for Lima 
 fent by Land to Panama,& from thence bySea to Lima. 
 Upon mention of thefe Pacquets I fhall digrefs yet 
 a little further,and acquaint my Reader, that befor 
 ‘my firft going over into the South Seas with Captait 
 Sharp (and indeed before any Privateers (at Leal 
 fince Drake and Oxengham)had gone that way which 
 we afterwards went, except La Sound, a French Cap 
 tain, who by Captain Wright’s Inftruttions had vet 
 tured as far as Cheapo Town with a Body of Men,bit 
 was driven back again) I being then on Board Caph 
 Coxon,in company with 3 or 4 more Privateers,about 
 4 leagues to the Eaft of Portobel/,we took the Pacques 
 bound thither from Carthagena. We open’d a great 
 suaatiey of the Merchants Letters, and. found the 
 ontents of many of them to be very furprizing, the 
 Merchants of feveral parts of O/d Spain thereby 
 forming their Correfpondents of Paxama, and elle 
 where, of a certain Prophecy that went about Spaim 
 that year, the Tenour of which was, Ibat cham 
 wouldbe Englith Privateers that Year in the Weftlt 
 dies, who would make fuch great Difcoveries, asW 
 open a Door into the South Seas ; which they fup | 
 pofed was fafteft fhut: And the Letters were accor 
 dingly full of Cautions to their Friends to be vey | 
 watchful and careful of their Coatts. 7 
 This Door they fpake of we all concluded mufthe 
 the Paffage over Land through the Country of 
 Indians ot Darien,who were a little before this bec¢ 
 our Friends,and had lately fallenout with the : 
 ards, breaking off the Intercourfe which for 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
eT te epee meee oe ipo 
 
 The Story of John Gret. 
 
 8x 
 
 time they had with them: and upon calling al- A7.1685 
 fo to mind the frequent Invitations we had from “V+ 
 
 thofe Indians a little before this time,to pais through 
 ‘their Country, and fall upon the Spaniards in the 
 South Seas, we ftom henceforward began to enter- 
 tain fuch thoughts in earneft, and foon came to a 
 Refolution to make thofe Attempts which we after- 
 wards did, with Capt. Sharp, Coxon€¥c. So that the 
 taking thefe Letters gave the firft lite to thofe bold 
 Undertakings : and we took the advantage of the 
 fears the Spaniards were in from that Prophecy, or 
 probable Conje€ture, or whatever it were; for we 
 fealed up moft of the Letters again, and {ent them 
 afhoar to Portobel. 
 The occafion of this our late Friendfhip with thofe 
 Indians was thus. About 15 years before this time, 
 Capt. Wright being cruifing near that Coaft, and go- 
 ing in among the Samballoes (les to {trike Fifh and 
 Turtle,took there a young Indian Lad as he was pad- 
 dling about in a Canoa He brought him aboard his 
 Ship,and gave him the name of Fobn Gret,cloathing 
 him, and intending to breed him among the Ezgli/h, 
 But his Moskito Strikers, taking a fancy to the Boy, 
 bege’d him of Capt. Wright, and took him with 
 them at their return into their ewn Country, where 
 they taught him their Art, and he married a Wife 
 among them, and learnt their Language, as he had 
 done fome broken Exg//h while he was with Capt. 
 Wright, which he improved among the Moskitoes, 
 who correfponding fo much with us,do all of them 
 fmatter Exgli/h after a fort,but his own Language he 
 had almoft torgot.” Thus he lived among them for 
 many years ; tillabout 6 or 8 months before our ta- 
 king thefe Letters Capt. Wright being again among 
 the Samballoes,took thence another Indian Boy about 
 ro or 12 years old, the Son of a Man of fome ac- 
 count among thofe Indians ; and wanting a Striker, 
 he went away to the Moskito’s Country, where he 
 Tha N 3 took 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Seas The Story of John Gret. . 
 
 An, 1685 took Fobn Gret, who was now very expert at it, 
 Fobn Gret was much pleaied to fee a Lad there ofhis 
 own Country,and it came into his mind to perfuade — 
 Capt.Wrigbt,upon this occafion,to endeavour a Friend. 
 fhip with thofe Indians , a thing our Privateers had 
 long coveted, but never durft attempt, having fuch 
 dreadtul apprehenfions of their numbers and fierce. 
 nefs: But 7obn Gret offered the Captain that he” 
 would go afhoar and negotiate the matter ; who ac 
 cordingly {ent him in hisCanoa till he was near the 
 fhoar, which of a fudden was covered with Indians,_ 
 {tanding ready with their Bows and Arrows. ohm” 
 Gret,who had only a Clout about his middle, as the” 
 fafhion of the Indians is, leapt then out of the Boat, 
 and {wam, the Boat retiring a little way back; and 
 ie Indians athoat feeing ‘him in that habit, ands 
 tearing him call to them in their own Tongue, | 
 (which he had recovered by converfing with the 
 Boy lately taken) fuffered him quietly to land, and 
 gathered all about to hear how it was with him. He ; 
 told them particularly, that he was one of theiry 
 Countrymen, and how he had been taken many§ 
 years ago by the Exglifh, who had ufed him very 
 Kindly; that they were miftaken in being fo muc 
 afraid of that Nation, who were not Enemies toy 
 them, but to the Spaniar ds: to confirm this, he told 
 them how well the Ev ighifh treated another youngLad 
 of theirs, they had lately taken, fuch a ones Son} 
 for this he had learnt of the Youth, -and his Father 
 was one of the company that was got together on™ 
 the fhoar. He perfuaded them therefore to make ay 
 League with thele friendly people, by whofe help 
 they might be able to quell the Spaniards ; alluring 
 alfo the Father of the Boy, that it he would but go 
 with him to the Ship, ‘which they faw at anchor at 
 an Iland there (it was Golden Ifland, the Eaftermoft 
 of the Sawballoes, a place where there is good ftriking 
 tor Turtle) ‘he thould have his Son teftored to him,4 
 

 
 
 ‘Agreement of the Englith withthe Darien Indians. 183 — 
 and they might all expeét a very kind réception. Az.1685 
 Upon thefé aflurances 20 or 30 of them went olf pre Ye 
 fently, in 2 or 3 Canoas laden with Plantains,Bona- 
 noes, Fowls, €%c. And Capt. Wright having treated 
 them on board, went afhoar with them,and wasen- . 
 tertained by them, and Prefents were made on each 
 fide. Captain Wright gave the Boy to his Father ina 
 very handfom Ex%g/i/b Drefs, which he had caufed to 
 be made purpofely for him, and an Agreement was 
 immediately {truck wp between theEng/i/h and thefe 
 Indians, who invited the Engli/h through their Coun- 
 try into the South Seas, 
 
 Purfuant to this Agreement, the Ezg/i/h,when they 
 came upon any fuch Delign, or for Traflick with 
 them,were to give a certain Signal which they pitcht 
 upon, whereby they might be known. But it hap- 
 pened that Mr. /a Sound, the French Captain {poken 
 of alittle before, being then one of Captain Wright's 
 Men, learnt this Signal, and ftaying afhoar at Pezit- 
 Guavres, upon Captain Wrighi’s. going thither foon 
 after, who had his Commiffion from thence, he 
 gave the other French there fuch an account of the 
 
 Agreement before-mentioned, and the eafinefs of 
 
 entring the South Seas thereupon, that he got at the 
 
 head of about 120 of them, who made that unfuc- 
 cefSful attempt upon Cheapo, as I faid, making ufeé 
 of the Signal they had learnt for pafling the Indians 
 
 Country, who at that time could not diftinguifh fo 
 
 well between the feveral Nations of the Ezropeans, 
 
 as they can fince. 4 
 
 From fuch fmall beginnings arofe thofe great ftirs 
 that have been fince made over the South Seas, viz. 
 from the Letters we took, and from the Friendfhip 
 contracted with thefe Indians by means of Fohx Gret. 
 
 Yet this Friendfhip had like to have been {tifled in 
 
 its Infancy ; for within few months after an Exglifh 
 trading Sloop came on this Coaft from Famaica, and 
 Jobn Gret,who by this time ee advanced himfelf at 
 
 N 4 a 
 
 
 

 
 184" 
 
 ‘An.1685 a Grandee among thefe Indians, together with 5 or | 
 ww 6 more of that quality,went off to the Sloop in their 
 
 _ fing with ’em, they enquired of us what was become. 
 
 - goes thence to Portobe/, where it lies 30 days,and a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Courfe of the’Spanith Armada. 
 
 long Gowns, as the cuftom is for {uch to wear among 
 them. Being received aboard, they expeCted to find 
 every thing friendly, and Fobm Grertalkt to themin 
 Englifh ; but thefe Englifh Men, having no knows 
 ledge at all of what had happened, endeavoured to” 
 make them Slaves (as is commonly done) for upon 
 carrying them to Jamaica, they could have fold them 
 for 10 or 12 Pound apiece. But Fobm Grer, and thé | 
 tef{t, perceiving this, leapt all over board, and weie 
 by the others killedevery one of them in the Wateh 
 The Indians on fhoar never came to the knowledge of 
 it; if they had, ic would have endangered our Cot 
 refpondence. Several times after, upon our conve 
 
 of their Country-men : but we told them we knew 
 not, as indeed it was a great while after that w 
 heard this fiory; fo they concluded the Spaniard 
 had met with them, and killed, or takenthem. © 
 
 But to return to the account of the progrefs of the 
 Armada which we left at Cartagena : After an ap 
 pointed ftay there of about 60 days, as I take it, 
 
 longer. Therefore the Viceroy of Lzma,on notice oF 
 the Armada’s arrival at Cartagena,immediately fends 
 away the Kings Treafure to Pawama, where it is land 
 ed, and lies ready to be fent to Portobe/ upon the fit 
 news of the Armada’s arrival there. This is the rea 
 fon partly of their fending Expreffes fo early to Lima, 
 that upon the Armada’s firft coming to Portobe/, the 
 Treafure and Goods may lie ready at Panama, to D 
 fent away upon the Mules,and it requires fome time 
 for the Lima Fleet to unlade, becaufe the Ships ride 
 not at Panama, but at Perica, which are 3 fmall 
 Hlands 2 leagues from thence. The King’s Treafu 
 is {aid to amount commonly to about 24000000 Of 
 Pieces of Eight: belid¢s abundance of Merchants 
 
 Moneys 
 ® 
 
Spanifh Armada and Flote, nos 
 Money. All this Treafure is carried on Mules, and Av.1685 
 there are large Stables at both places to lodge them. ery 
 Sometimes the Merchants to fteal the Cuftom pack , 
 up Money among Goods, and fend it to Venta de | 
 (ruzes on the River Chagre ; from thence down the 
 River, and afterwards by Sea to Portobe/: in which 
 pafiage I have known a wholeFleet of Periago’s and 
 Canoas taken. The Merchants who are not ready 
 to fail by the thirtieth day after the Armada’s arrival, 
 are in danger to be lett behind, for the Ships all 
 weigh the 30th day precifely,and go to the Harbors 
 Mouth: yet fometimes, on great importunity, the 
 Admiral may ftay a week longer ; for it is impoffible 
 that all the Merchants fhould get ready, for want of 
 Men. When the Armada departs from Portobe/,it re- 
 turns again to Cartagena,by which time all the Kings 
 Revenue which comes out of the Country is got rea- 
 dy there.’ Here alfo meets them againa great Ship 
 called the Pattache,one of the Spani/h Galeons, which 
 — before their firft arrival at Cartagena goes from the 
 re{t of the Armada on purpofe to gather the Tribute of 
 the Coaft touching at the Magarzta’s,and other places | 
 in her way thence to Cartagena, as Punta de Guaira 
 Moracaybo, dio de la Hacha, and Santta Mariba; and | 
 at all thefe places takes in Treafure for theKing. Af. 
 ter the fet ftay atCartagena,the Armado goesawayto | 
 the Havana in the Ifle of Gba,to mect there the Flota, | 
 which isa {mall number of Ships that go to. /a Vera 
 Cruz, and there takes in the efteCts of the City and 
 Country of Mexico,and what is brought thither in the 
 Ship which comes thither every year trom the Philip- 
 _ pine \flands; and having joined the reft at theHavana, 
 the whole Armada {ets tail for Spazm through theGulf 
 of Florida. The Ships in the South Seas'lie a great deal 
 longer at Panama betore they return to Lima. The 
 Merchants and Gentlemen which come from Lima, 
 fiay as little time as they can at Portobe/,which is at 
 the belt but a ficbly place,and at this time i very ia 
 bi fe O 
 
 
 
 
 
‘i , 986 The Air and Weather of Panama, = 
 
 | Am.1685 of Men from all parts. But Pavama,as it is not overs 
 
 wu charg’d with Men fo unreafonably as the other, 0 
 very full, fo it enjoys a good Air, lying open to the 
 Sea-wind; which rifeth commonly about 10 or 114 
 Clock in ‘the morning, and continues till 8 or 9 a 
 Clock at night : then the Land wind comes, and 
 blows till $or 9 in the morning. 
 
 There are no Woods nor Marfhes near Pazam 
 but a brave dry Champion Land, not fibje€& to Fos 
 nor Mifts. The wet feafon begins i in the latter end 
 of May, and continues till November. At that time 
 
 ~ the Sea breezes are at $.5. W. and the Land windy 
 at N. At the dry feafonthe winds are moft betwix 
 the E.N.E. and the N. Yet oir in the Bay thee 
 _ are commonly at South, but of this I fhall o mott 
 particular in my Chapter of Windsin the Appendix 
 | The Kains are not fo exceflive about Panama it felf 
 | as on either fide of the Bay ; yet in the Months of 
 | Fune, Fuly and Auguft,they are fevere enough. Gem 
 tlemen that come trom Perz to Panama etpecially 1 
 thefe months, cut their hair clofe, to preferve them 
 from Fevers; for the place: is fickly to them, becau E 
 they come out ofa Country which never hath am 
 Rains or Fogs, but enjoys a conftant ferenity ; but | 
 am apt to believe this City is healthy enough 1 to any 
 ! other People. Thus much for Panama. 
 | The 2oth day we went ard anchored within 1 
 ‘ league of the Iflands Perico (which are only 3 little 
 | barren rocky Iflands)in expe€tation of the Prefident off 
 | 
 ; 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Panama’s Anfwer to the Letter, I faid, we fent him 
 by Don: Diego, treating about e3 xchange of Prifonerss 
 this being the day on which he had given us his Pa 
 role to return with ananiwer. The 21ft day we took) 
 another Bark laden with Hogs, Fowl, Salt Beef, and) 
 Moloffoes: fhe came ftom Lavelia and was going to” 
 Panama. (nthe afternoon we fent another Letteg 
 athoar by a young Mafti/o(a mixt brood of Indians and 
 Beeepeany) directed to the ae and 3 or 4 Co: 
 
 pi 
 
 
 

 
 
 1, Tabago. The Mammet-Tree. 
 
 
 
 ey: 
 
 | 
 
 gether with the young Man’s managing the bufinefs, 
 
 wrought fo powerfully among the common People, 
 
 that the City was in an uproar. The Prefident im- 
 | mediately fent a Gentleman aboard, who demanded 
 the Flower-Prize that we took oft of Gallo, and all 
 | the Prifoners, for the Ranfom of our two Men: but 
 | Our Captains told him they would exchange Man for 
 “Man. The Gentleman faid he had not Ordets for 
 
 that,but if he would ftay till the next day hewould 
 briug the Governours anfwer. The next day he 
 brought ahoard our two Men, and had about 40 
 Prifoners in exchange. 
 
 The 24th day we run over to the Ifland Tabago. 
 | Tabago is in the Bay, and about 6 Leagues South of 
 Panama. It is about 3 mfle long, and 2 broad,a high 
 -Mountainous Iiland. On the North fide it declines 
 with a gentle defcent to the Sea. The Land by the 
 Sea is of a black Mold and deep ; but towards the top 
 of the Mountain it is ftrong and dry, The North 
 - fide of this Ifland makes a very pleafant fhew;itfeems 
 to be a Garden of Fruit inclofed with many high 
 
 Trees; the chiefeft Fruits are Plantains and Bona- 
 
 na’s. ‘They thrive very well from the foot to the 
 
 middle of it ; but thofe near the top are but {mall,as 
 Wanting moifture. Clofe by the Sea there are many 
 Coco-Nut-Trees, which make a very pleafant light. 
 
 Within the Coco-Nut-Trees there grow many Mam- 
 
 met Trees. The Mammet is a large, tall, and ftraight- 
 
 bodied Tree, clean, without knots or limbs, for 60 
 
 or 70 foot, or more. The head fpreads abroad into 
 
 many {mall Limbs, which grow pretty thick, and 
 —dofe together. The Barkis of a dark grey colour, 
 thick and rough, full of large chops. The Fruit is 
 bigger than Quince, it is round, and covered with a 
 thick Rind, of a grey colour: When the !ruit is ripe 
 the Rind is yellow and tough; and it will then eel 
 
 
 
 
 
 ie 
 oo 
 
 ; 187 
 Om of it to be difperfed abroad among the common A7.1685 
 eople. This Letter, which was full of Threats, to- hyn 
 
 
 
 k i 
 
Ba 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ,. 388 A Spanith Stratagem, - 
 An.1585 oftlike Leather; but before it is ripe it is brittle: the 
 uyY~ juice is then white and clammy; but when ripe‘not 
 fo. The ripe Fruit under the Rind is yellow as; 
 Carret,and in the middle are two large rough ftones 
 fiat, andeach of them much bigger than an Almond, 
 The Fruit fineils very well, and the tafte is anfwer 
 ble to the fmell. The S. W. end of the Ifland hath 
 never been cleared, but is full of Fire-wood, and 
 Trees of divers forts.There is a very fine {mall Brook 
 of trefh Water, that fprings out of the fide of the 
 Mountain, and gliding through the Grove of Fruit” 
 trees, falls into the Sea on the North fide. Thee 
 was a {mall Town ftanding by the Sea,with aChurd 
 at one end, but now the biggeft part of itis deftroy | 
 ed by the Privateers. There is good anchoring right | 
 againft the Town,about a mile from the fhoar,whete 
 you may have 16 or 18 fathom Water, foft oa% 
 ground.’ There is a fmall Ifland clofe by the NV 
 end of this called Tabogil/a, with a fmall Channeé 
 to pais between. There is another woody Iflan 
 about a mile on the N. E. fide of Tabago,and a good 
 Channel between them: this Ifland hath no Na 
 that ever I heard. 
 While we lay at Tabago,we had like to have hadi 
 fcurvy trick plaid us by a: pretended Merchant from 
 - Panama, who came, as by ftealth,to traffick with u 
 privately ; a thing common enough with the Spanifh_ 
 Merchants,both in the North and South Seas notwith 
 ftanding the fevere Prohibitions of the Governours$ 
 who yet fometimes connive at it, and will even trade _ 
 with the Privateers themfelves. Our Merchant was 
 by agreement to bring out his Bark laden with Goods” 
 in the night, and we to go and anchorat the South 
 of Perico. Out-he came,with a Firefhip inftead ofa 
 Bark, and approached very near, haling us with the 
 Watch-word we hadagreed upon. We fufpeSting the 
 worft,call’d to them to come to an anchor,and upon 
 their not doing fo fired at-them: when nna 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 as 
 
 
 

 
 Spanith Stratagems. 
 
 their Men going out into the Canoas,fét fire to theit 47,1685 _ 
 Ship, which blew up, and burnt clofeby us; fo that yr, 
 
 we were forc’d to cut our Cablesin all hafte, and 
 {camper away as well as we could. . 
 The Spaniard was rot altogether fo politick in ap- 
 pointing to meet us at Perico, for there we had Sea- 
 room; whereas had he come thus upon usat Iabago, 
 the Land-wind bearing hard upon us as it did, we 
 mutt either have been burnt by the Firefhip, or upon 
 loofing our Cables have been driven afhore: But } 
 fuppofe they chofe Perico rather for the Scene of 
 their Enterprize, partly becaufe they might there 
 beft fculk among the Ilands, and partly becaufe, if 
 their Exploit faild, they could thence efcape beft 
 from our Canoas to Panama, but 2 leagues off. 
 During this Exploint, Capt.Swan (whofe Ship was 
 lefs than ours, and fo not fo much aim’d at by the 
 Spaniards) lay about a Mile off,with a Canoa atthe 
 Buoy of his Anchor, as fearing fome Treachery from 
 our pretended Merchant; anda little before the Bark 
 blew up, he faw a fall Float onthe Water, and,as 
 it appeared, a Man on it, making towards his Ship ; 
 but the Man dived, and difappeared ofa fudden, as 
 thinking probably that he was difcovered. | 
 This was fuppoféd to be one coming with fome 
 Combuftible Matter to have {tuck about the Rud- 
 der. For fucha trick Captain Sharp was ferved at 
 Coquimbo, and his Ship had like to have been burnt 
 by it, if, by meer accident, it had not been difco- 
 vered : I was then aboard Captain Sharp’s Ship, 
 Captain Swan feeing the Blaze by us, cut his Cables 
 as we did, his Bark did the like ; fo we kept undet 
 Sail all. the Night, being more {cared than hurt, 
 The Bark that was on fire drove. burning towards Iz: 
 bago.; but after the firft blaft fhe did not burn.clear, 
 only made a fmother, for fhe was not well made, 
 though Capt, Bord had the framing and manage- 
 
 ment of it. att, 
 This 
 
 
 
 189 
 
I go 
 
 ‘An.1685 This Capt, Bond was he of whom I made mention 
 
 _ as I have been told, that he did not dare to appeal 
 
 
 
 ton his Pilot, and his Ship being but an ordinat 
 
 ‘Much ata lof§ for the making any Firefhips or’ other 
 Nes € 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Gaps. Bond. The South Sea Shipping, 
 
 in my 4th Chapter. He, after his being at the Ifles 
 of Cape Verd, ftood away for the South Seas, at the 
 inf{tigation of one Richard Morion,who had been with 
 Capt. Sharp in the South Seas. In his way he met 
 with Captain Eaton, and they two conforted a day 
 ortwo: At laft Morton went aboard Capt. Eatom 
 and perfwaded him to lofe Capt. Bovd in the Night 
 which Captain Eaton did; Morton continuing aboa 
 of Capt. Eaton, as finding his the better Ship. Cap 
 Bond thus \ofing both his Confort Eaton, and Moy 
 
 Sailer, he defpaired of getting into the South Seas, 
 and had plaid fuch tricks among the Carzbbee. [fen 
 
 at any of the Exgl/fh Mlands. Therefore he perfuade 
 ed his Men to go to the Spaniards, and they com 
 fented to doany thing that he fhould propole: $¢ 
 he prefently fteered away into the Weft Indies, ane 
 the firft place where he came to an Anchor was at 
 Portobel. He prefently declared: to the Governoury 
 that there were Exg/i/h Ships coming intothe South) 
 Seas, and that if they queftioned it, he offered to be 
 kept a Prifoner, till time fhould difcover ‘the truth 
 of what he faid ; but they believed him, and feat 
 him away to Paxama, where he was in great efteemy, 
 This feveral Prifoners told us.- — | 
 The Spaniards of Panama could not have fitted 
 out their Fire-fhip without this-Captain Bond’ 
 affiftance, for it is ftrange to fay how grofly ignoe, 
 ant the Spaniards in the Weft Indies, but efpecially 
 in the South Seas, are of Sea-affairs. They build int” 
 deed good Ships, but this is a fmall matter : for any 
 Ship of a good bottom will ferve for thefe Seas on the 
 South Coaft. They rig their Ships but untowardly; 
 have ‘no Guns, but in 3 or 4 ofthe Kings Ships, and” 
 are meanly turnifhed with Warlike Provifions, and” 
 
 lef 
 
: More Privateers arrived. 191 
 lefS ufual Machines. Nay,they have not the fénfe to A7.1685 
 have their Guns run within the fides upon their dif? wo 
 charge, but have Platforms without for the Men to 
 {tand on to charge them; fo that when we come near \ 
 we can fetch themdown with:{mall fhot out of our 
 Boats. A main reafon ofthis is,that the Native Spas 
 niards are too proud to be Seamen, but ufe the Indians 
 for all thofe Offices: One Spaniard,it may be, going 
 in the Ship to command it, and himfelf of little 
 more knowledge than thofe poor ignorant Creatures : 
 nor can they gain much Experience, feldom going 
 far off to Sea, but coafting along the fhores. _ 
 
 But to proceed :In the Morning whenit was light 
 we came again to an anchor clofe by our Buoys, and 
 {trove to get our Anchors again; but our Buoy-Ropes, 
 being rotten, broke. While we were puzzling about 
 our Anchors, we faw a great many Canoas full of 
 Men pafs between Tbago,and the other Ifland. This 
 put usinto a new Confternation : We lay {till fome 
 time, till we faw that they came dire€tly towards us, 
 then we weighed and ftood towards them: And 
 when we came within hale,we found that they were 
 Engli(h and French Privateers come out of the North 
 Seas through the Ifthmus of Darien. They were 280 
 Men, in 28 Canoas; 200 of them French, the reft 
 Englifh. They were commanded by Captain Groner, 
 and Capt. Legvie. We prefently came to an Anchor 
 again, and all the Canoas came aboard. Thefe Men 
 told us,that there were 180 Ee/i/h Men mote, un- 
 der the command of Captain Townley, in the Coun- 
 try of Darien,making Canoas (as thefe men had been) 
 ' to bring them into thefe Seas. All the Exg/i/h'men ~ 
 that came over in this Party were immediately enter- 
 tain’d by Captain Davis and Captain Szoaz in their 
 own Ships; and the French Men were ordered to have 
 out Flower Prize to carry them, and Capt. Gronet 
 _ being the eldeft Commander was to command then 
 ‘there, and thus they were all difpofed of — their 
 
 gi carts 
 
 
 
 ‘An.1685 hearts content. Capt. Grovet, to retalliate this kind 
 
 Le een ee 
 
 4192 French Gommi(fioners to Privateers, ’ 
 
 
 
 & 
 
 Ww™ neff, offered Capt. Davis and Capt. Swan, each of 
 them a new Commiflion from the Governour of Pe. 
 zit Guavres. It hath been ufual for many Years paff, 
 for the Governour of P. Guavres to fend blank Com. 
 miffions to Sea by many of his Captains,with ordets 
 to difpofé of them to whom they faw convenient, 
 Thofe of Petit Gzavres by this means making them. 
 felves the Sanftuary and Afylum of all People of de. 
 fperate Fortunes; and increafing their own Wealth, 
 and the Strength and Reputation of their Party 
 thereby. Captain Davis accepted of one, having be. 
 fore only an old Commiffion, which fell to him by 
 Inheritance at the deceafe of Capt. Cook; who took 
 it from Captain I7iftian, together with his Bark 
 as is beforementioned. But Capt. Swan, refufed 
 it, faying, He had an Order from the Duke of York, 
 neither to give offence to the Spaniards, nor to fi 
 ceive any attront from them; and that he had bee 
 injured by them at Ba/drvia, where they had killd 
 fome of his Men,and wounded feveral more ; fo the 
 he thought he had a lawful Commiffion of his ow 
 to right himfelf. I never read any of thefle rena 
 Commiffions while I was in thefe Seas, nor did I then 
 know the import of them; but I have learnt fing, 
 that the Tenour of them is, to give a Liberty t 
 Fifh, Fowl, and Hunt. The occafion of this is, that 
 the Ifland Hi/pamiola, where the Garrifon of Petik 
 Guavres is, belongs partly to the Frezch, and partly 
 to the Spaniards and in time of Peace thefe Com 
 miffions are given as a Warrant tothofé of each fide 
 to proteCt them from the adverfe Party: But in e& 
 fe€t the French do not reftrain them to Hi/pamiola, 
 
 but:make thema pretence for a general ravage if 
 
 any part of America, by Sea or Land. a 
 
 Having thus difpofed of our Affociates, we i 
 
 tended to fail towards the Gulf of St. Michae/,to feck 
 
 Capt. Towsly; who by this time we thought 
 might 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gulf of St. Michael, 193 
 might be entring into thefé Seas. Accordingly the Az.1683 
 fecond day, of March, 1685, we fail’d ftom hence —WN9 
 towards the Gulf of St. Michael. This Gulf lies 
 near 30 leagues from Panama, towards the S. E. 
 
 The way thither from Pavama is, to pafS between 
 the Kings Iflands and the Main. It isa place where 
 many great Rivers having finifhed their courfes are 
 {wallowed up in the Sea. It is bounded on theS. 
 with Point Garachina, which lieth in North lat. 6 d. 
 40 m.and on the North fide with Cape St. Lorenzo. 
 Where, by the way, I miuft corre€t a grofS error in 
 our common Maps; which giving no name at all 
 to the South Cape, which yet is the moft confidera- 
 ble, and is the true Point Gurachina, do give that ) 
 name to the North Cape, which is of fmall remark, | 
 only for thofe whofe bufinefS is igto the Gulf: and. 
 the name Sz. Lorenzo, which is the true name of : 
 this Northern Point, is by them wholly omitted ; : 
 the name of the other Point being fubftituted into. ‘ 
 its place. The chief Rivers which run into this Gulf 
 of St. Michael, are Santa Maria, Sambo, and. Congos. z 
 The River Congos (which is the River 1 would have 
 perfuaded our Men to have gone up, as their neareft 
 way in our Journey over Land, mentioned Chap. 1.) 
 comes dire€tly out of the Country, and fwallows up 
 many fmall Streams that fall into it from both fides , 
 and at laft lofeth it felf on the North-fide of* the 
 Gulf a league within Cape St. Lorenzo. It is nor 
 very wide, but deep, and navigable fome leagues 
 within Land. There are Sands without it ; but a 
 Channel for Ships. *Tis not made ufe of by the | 
 Spaniards, becaufe of the neighbourhood of Santa 
 Wore River ; where they have moft bufinefs on ac- 
 count of the Mines. beat 
 The River of Sambo feems to be a great River, 
 for there is a great tide at its mouth; but I can fay 
 “nothing more of it, having never been in it. This 
 River falls into the Sea on Hae uae of the Gulf, 
 neas 
 
 
 
Ds 
 
 7.1685 neat Point Garachina. Between the mouths of th 
 wy 2 Rivérs on either fide, the Gulf runs in towards the 
 
 ' fo high the tide flows. Beyond that place the Re 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 River and Town of Santa Maria. 
 
 > 
 
 Land fomewWhat narrower, and makes 5 or 6 {mall 
 Iflands, which are cloathed with great Trees, green 
 and Hourifhing all the year, and good Channels be. 
 tween the Iflands. Beyond which, further in {til} 
 the fhoar ‘oh each fide clofes fo near, with 2 Poi 
 of low Mangrove Land, as to make a narrow Of 
 ftreight, ftarce halfa mile wide. This ferves asa 
 mouth or entrance to the inner part of the Gulf 
 which is‘a deep Bay 2 or 3 leagues over every way, 
 and about the Eaft-end thereof are the mouths @ 
 feveral Rivers, the chief of which is that of Saai@ 
 Maria. ‘There are many Outlets or Crécks befides 
 this narrow place I have deferibed, but none nave 
 gable befide that. For this teafon, the Spani/h Guard 
 Ship, mention’d in Chap. 3. chofe to lie betwee 
 thefé two Points, as the only Paffage they could 
 imagine we fhould attempt ; fince this is the way 
 that the Privateers have generally taken , as tH 
 ‘neareft, between the North and South Seas. TE 
 River of Santa Maria is the largeft of all the Rives 
 of this Gulf: It is navigable 8 or 9 leagues up; 10F 
 
 ver is divided into many Branchés, which are only 
 fit for Canoas. The tide rifes and falls in this Re 
 ver about 18 foot. 3 ‘2 
 
 ‘About’ 6 leagues from the Rivers mouth, on ‘ae 
 South-fide of it, the Spaniards about 20 years ago 
 upon their firft difcovery of the'Gold Mines heig 
 built the Town Senta Maria, of the fame name wit 
 the River. This Town was taken by Captain Coxam, 
 Captain Harr, and Captain Sharp, at their entranes 
 into thefeSeas; it being then but newly built. Since 
 that time itis grown confiderable; for when Cap 
 tain Harris, the Nephew of the former, ‘took it 
 is faid in Chap.6.) he found in it all forts of Tr 
 men, with a great deal’ of Flower, and ae 
 
 a 
 

 
 ‘Mines; for: befides what Gold and Sand they take 
 ‘up together, they often find great lumps, wedg’d be- 
 tween the Rocks, as if it naturally grew there.l have 
 feen a lump.as big as a Hens Egg, brought by Cap- 
 ‘tain Harré from thence,(/who took 120 pound there) 
 and he told me that there were lumps a great deal 
 bigger: but thefe they were forc’d to beat in pieces 
 that they might divide them.: Thefe lumps are not 
 fo folid,but that they have crevifes and pores full of 
 - Earth and Duft. This Town is not tar from the 
 -Mines,where the Spaniards keep a great many Slaves 
 ‘to work in the diy time of the year: butin the 
 tainy Seafon, when the Rivers do ovetilow, they 
 ‘annot work fo well. Yet the Mines are fo nigh 
 the Mountains, that as the Rivers foon rife, fo they 
 are foon down again; and prefently after the rain 
 is the beft fearching for Gold in the Sands: for the 
 violent rains do wafh down the Gold into the Ri 
 vers, where much of it fetrles to the bottom and re- 
 mains. Then the Native Indians who live here- 
 abouts get moft ; and of them the Spavzards buy 
 more Gold thantheir Slaves get by working: | have 
 been told that they get the value of 5 Shillings a 
 day, one with another.. The Spanzards withdraw 
 moft of them with their Slaves, during the wer 
 Seafon, to Pazama. At this Town of St Alavi, 
 Captain Townley waslying with his Party; making 
 Canoas; when Captain Grovct came into the Suas ; 
 for it was then abandoned by the Spasiards. 
 
 There is another {mallnew Town at the mouth of 
 the River called the Scwchadero¢s : It ttands on the 
 North fide of. the open place, at the mouth-ot the 
 
 yon 
 
 River of St. Maria, whete there is more air than ae , 
 
 the Mines, or at Senta Maria Townywhete they are 
 jin a manner ftifled with heat for want of air. 
 
 Q) y.. A | 
 
 gh 
 
tw~y the Land is low, it is deep black Earth, and 
 
 
 
 an j 
 
 q 
 Ag 
 | at 
 + 
 Ay 
 
 “APrize of two Barksi 
 All about thefe. Rivers, efpecially near the Se: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Trees it produceth are extraordinary large and high. 
 Thus much concerning the Gulf of Sz. Michael, 
 whither we were bound. # ea 
 The fecond day of March, as is faid before, we 
 weighed from Perico,and the fame night we anchord 
 again at Pacheque. The third day we failed from 
 thence, fteering towards the Gulf Captain Swat 
 undertook to fetch off Captain Towz/ey and his Mens 
 therefore he kept near the Main ; but the reft of the 
 Ships ftood nearer the Kizgs I/lands. Captain Swan 
 defired this office, becaufe he intended to fend Let 
 -ters overdand by the Indians to Famaica, which he 
 did ; ordering the Ivdians to deliver his Letters toany 
 Englifh Veflel in the other Seas. At 2a clock we 
 Were again near the place where we clean’d ouf 
 Ships. There we faw 2 Ships coming out, wh 
 proved to be Captain Towzley and his Men. They 
 were coming out of the Kiver in the night, and 
 took 2 Barks bound for Pazama: the one was ladeq 
 with Flower, the other with Wine, Brandy, Sugai 
 and Oyl. The Prifoners that he took declared, tha 
 the Lima Fleet wat ready to fail. We went and 
 anchored among the Kings Iffands, and the next day 
 Captain Swan returned out of the River of Sam 
 Maria, being informed by the Indians, that Captaiil 
 Townley was come over to the Kings Iflands. At th 
 place Captain Town/ey put out a great deal of His” 
 Goods to make room for his Men. He diftributed 
 his Wine and Brandy, fome to every Ship, thatt 
 might be drunk out, becaufé he wanted the Jars to 
 carry Water in. The Spaniards in thefe Seas carly 
 all their Wine, Brandy and Oyl, in Jars that ho 
 7 or 8 Gallons. When they lade at P2/co (a pla 
 about 40 leagues to the Southward of Lima, and Ta 
 mous for Wine) they bring nothing elie but Jars of 
 Wine, and they ftow one tier on the top of anothet. 
 
 
 

 
 «x a ee. ee eee eee SC Te ee ee Pes -_—- 3 | aoe Ske a 
 ere a . SE SEER Ie eer sai eee ee 1 \ 
 c aoe : ie ae 
 
 News of more Privateers coming. 
 
 Es artificially, that we could hardly do the, like Am.1685 
 without breaking them’: yet they often carry in \- YN) 
 
 _ this manner 1500 or 2000, or more, in a Ship, and 
 feldom break one. The 10th day wetook a {mall 
 Bark that came from Guiagui/: fhe had nothing in 
 her but Ballaft- The 12th day there came an In- 
 dian Canoa out of the River of Santa: Maria, and 
 told. us, that there were 300 Exg/i/h and French men 
 more coming over Land from the Norib Seas. The 
 15th day, we met a Bark, with 5 or 6 Exgli/h men 
 in her; that belonged to Captain Kzight, who had 
 been in the South Seas 5 or 6 months, and was now 
 on the Mexican Coaft. There he had {pied thisBark ; 
 but not being ‘able to come up with her in his Ship, 
 he detach’d thefe 5 or 6 Men in aCanoa,who took 
 her, but when they had done could not recover 
 their own Ship: again, - lofing company with her in 
 the night ; and therefore they'came into the Bay of 
 Panama,’ intending to go over-land-back into the 
 _ North Seas, but that they luckily met with us: for 
 the Ifthmus of Darien was now become a ‘common 
 Road for Privateers to pafs between the North and 
 
 South Seas at their pleafure. This Bark of Captain - 
 
 ‘Knight’shad inher 40 or 50 Jars of Brandy : {he was 
 now commanded by Mr. Henry More ,; but Captain 
 Swan intending to promote Captain ‘Harris, caufed 
 Mr.More to be turned out,alledging that it was very 
 likely thefe Men were run away trom their Com- 
 mander. Mr. More willingly refigned her, and 
 
 went aboard of Captain Swan, and became one of — 
 
 his Men. 7 
 
 Itwas now the latter end of the dry Seafon here; 
 and the ‘Water at the Kings, or Pearl Iflands, of 
 which there was plenty when we firft came hither, 
 was now dried away. Therefore we were forced 
 to go to Point Garachina, thinking to Water our 
 Ships there. Captain Harris being now Com- 
 mander of the new guts was {ent into the ave: 
 
 3 fe) 
 
 
 
 
 
 x 
 
 Pr eet 
 
 
 
 
 
198 
 
 2 
 
 A7.1685 of Sgnta Maria, to fee for thofe Men that the Jn 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 < nee 5 VE e t- ‘ 
 Tass POPs \s vis 
 @ Ser aan ’ : » al y i. ¥ “ 
 
 ans told us of, whilft the.reft of the Ships failed t 
 wards PointGarachina ; where we arrived. the 214 
 day, and anchored 2\mile from the Point, 
 found a ftrong Tide running out of the River — 
 Sambo. The next day we run within the Point, and_ 
 anchored in.4 fathom at low Water. The Tide 
 rifeth here 8 or 9 foot: the Flood fets N, N. E. the 
 Ebb 8.8. W,.. The Indians that inhabit inthe River 
 Sambo came.to us in Canoas, and brought Plan 
 tainsand Bonanoes. They could not fpeak nor um 
 derftand. Spani/h; therefore I believe they have ag 
 Commerce with the Spaniards. We. found no 
 frefh: Water-shere neither; fo we went from hen 
 to Port Pinas, which. is.7 leagues $. by W. from 
 hencest gods blacs-ones bee ji? Fl 
 Poxto-Pins lieth in lat. 7 d. North. Itts fo calledy 
 becaufe there are many: Pine-trees growing thergy 
 The Land is pretty high, .rifing gently.as it runs img 
 to the.Country. This Country near. the Seais all 
 govered with pretty, high Woods; the Land that 
 bounds the-Harbor ig. low in the middle, but high 
 and rocky ‘on both fides. At the mouth of the Hare 
 bor there are:2 {mall:high Mlands;-or rather barrer 
 Rocks. ) The Spaniards in their PilocBeoks com 
 mend this fora good Harbor; butitlieth all opem 
 to the 5. W. Winds, which frequently blow het 
 in the wetSeafon: befide,: the Harbor within the 
 Mflands’-is a place of . bugifmall extent, and hath a 
 very narrow going in; what depth of Water ther 
 is in the Harbor I know not. nol 
 The 25th day wes arrived at this Harbor of 
 Pines, but. did not .go: i swith our Ship, find? 
 ing it but an ordinary:placeto lie atv; We fent im 
 our Boats to fearchit; and’ they found’ a ftream of 
 good Water running into the Sea 5° but there we 
 tuch great {welling Surges came into the Harbo 
 that we could not conveniently fill our Water — 
 
Bay of Panama. 
 
 The 26th day we returned to point Gurachina again. An.1685 
 Tn our way we took a fimall Veflel Jaden with ~v wo 
 
 Cacao: fhe camefrom Guziquil. The 29th day we 
 arrived at point Garachina : There we found Cap- 
 tain Harris, who had been in the River of Santa 
 Maria; but he did not meet the Men that he went 
 for. Yet he was informed again by the Indians, 
 that they were making Canoas in one of the 
 branches of the River of Savia Maria. Here we 
 fhared our Cacao lately taken. 
 
 Becaufe we could not fill our water here, we de- 
 fizned to go to Tubygo again, where we were fure 
 to be fupplied. Accordingly, on the 30th day we 
 fet fail, being now 9 Ships in company; and had a 
 fmall wind at S.S.E. The firft day of <Apri/, be- 
 ing in the Channel between the Kings Iffands and 
 the Main, we had much Thunder, Lightning, and 
 fome Rain: This evening we anchored at the 
 Ifland Pachegue , and immediately tent 4 Canoas 
 before us to the Ifland Tabago to take fome_ Prifo- 
 nets for information, and we followed the next 
 day. The 3d day in the evening we anchored by Pe- 
 rica, and the next morning went to Labago : where 
 we found our 4Canoas. ~ They arrived there in the 
 night, and took a Canoa that came (as is ufual ) 
 from Panama for Plantains. There were in theCa- 
 noa 4 Indians anda Mulata. The Mulata,becaufe 
 he faid he was in the Firefhip that came to burn us 
 in the night, was immediately hanged. Thete Pri- 
 foners confirmed, that one Captain Bond, an Engiifh 
 Man, did command her. | a 
 
 ere we filled our Water, and cut Firewood , 
 and ftom hence we fent 4 Canoas over to the Main, 
 with one of the Indians lately taken to guide them 
 to a Sngarwork: for, now we had Cacao, we 
 wanted Sugar to make Chocolate. But the chief- 
 eft of their bufinéis was to get Coppers, for each 
 Ship having now fo many Men, our Pots would 
 
 . O 4 ery HOt 
 
 eT RES Te eee eee enone ea eee 
 
 
 
 
 
“$00 =" We “of Otoque. sal 
 
 ‘An. 1685 not boil Vietuals faft enough, though we kept them | 
 “@-e~% boiling all the day. About 2 or 3 days after they 
 
 returned aboard with 3 Coppers. ‘a 
 
 While we lay here Captain Davss his Bark went 
 
 to the Ifland Oroque. ‘This is another inhabited 
 
 Ifland in the Bay of Panama ; not fo big as Lada 
 
 yet there are good Plantain- walks on it, and fome 
 
 Negroes to look afterthem. Thefé Negroes Teak 
 
 _ Fowls and Hogs for their Mafters, who live at Pam 
 
 ma; as at the Kings-Iflands. \t was for fome Fowls 
 
 or Hogs that our Men went thither; but by acci 
 
 dent they met alfo with an Exprefs, that was {ent 
 
 to Panama with an account, that the Lima Fleet 
 
 was at Sea. Moft of the Letters were thrown ovef 
 
 board and loft, yet we found fomeé that faid poli 
 
 tively; that thé Fleet was coming with all the 
 
 firength that they could make in the Kingdom of 
 
 Peru; yet were ordered not to fight us, except the 
 
 were, forced TOC: ( though afterwards they chofe | 
 
 to fight us , having firft landed. their Treafure af 
 
 Lavelia) and that the Pilots of Lia had been iff 
 
 confultation what courfe to fteer to mifs us. : 
 
 For the fatista@tion of thofe who may be curious” 
 
 to know, I have here inferted the. Refolutions takem 
 
 by the Committee of Pilots, as one of our compa 
 
 ny tranflaced ‘them out of the Spanifh of two of the 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 : Letters, we took. T he fart Letter as follows. 
 
 | PAE bogund ‘yfaa! , | 
 M Aving been with-'bis ato and beard the 
 | Leiier of Captain, Michael Sanches de Tena) 
 bs yead;, wherein he Jays, there fhould be a meeting of 
 
 ibe Pilots of Panama. in the faid City, they Sat tis 
 : not time, putting for ‘6 bjettion thé. Gallapagoes 5 1 
 4 which I anfwwer ed, That it.was fear of the Enemy, an 
 : that they might well go that “way. I told this toh, 
 Excellency, who was pleafed to command me to ‘rit 
 the Ue. Je, which 4 is as eo ue 
 
 
 
‘The Spanith Fleets failing Orders. = 204 
 
 _ The day for faling being come, go forth to theWeft An.1685 
 South Weft; from that tothe Weft till you are forty Wo 
 leagues off at Sea , then keep at the fame diftance to 
 
 the NW. till you come under the Line : from whence 
 
 the Pilot mujt fhape bis Courfe for Moro de Porco, 
 
 and for the Couft of Lavelia and Natta: where you 
 
 may {peak with the People, and according to the In- 
 formation they give, you may keep the fame Courfe for 
 
 Otoque, from thence to Tabago, and fo to Panama : 
 This is what offers ax to the Courfe. 
 
 
 
 
 
 The Letter is obfcure: But the Reader mutt 
 - take what he can of it. The Dire€tions in the 
 other Letter were to this Effect. 
 
 Vie fureft Courfe to be obferved going forth from 
 A Malabrigo, zs thus : You muft fail W. by S. that 
 you may avoid the fight of the Iftands of Lobos , and if 
 you fhould chance to fee them, by reafon of the Breezes, 
 and fhould fall to. Leward of the Lat. of Malabrigo, 
 keep ona Wind as near as you can,and if neceffary,go 
 about,andftand in for the fhoar: then tack and ftand off, 
 _ and be fure keep your Latitude, and when you are 40 
 leagues to the Weftward of the Ifland Labos, keep that 
 diftance, till you come under the Line , andthen, if the 
 general Wind follows you farther, you muft fail N.NE. 
 till you come into 3 degrees North. And if in-this Lat. 
 you should find the breezes,make it your bufinefs to keep 
 the Coaft, and fo fail for Panama. If in your courfe you 
 Should come in fight of the Land before you are abreft of 
 Cape St.Francitco,be fure to ftretch off again out of fight 
 Te ah you may not be difcovered by the Enemy. 
 
 The laft Letter fuppofes the Fleet’s fétting out 
 from Ma/abrigo,-in about 8 deg. South Lat. (as the 
 other doth its going immediately from Lima, 4 deg. 
 further South’) and from hence is that Caution 
 
 given of avoiding Lobos, as near Ma/abrigo, in ra 
 i rs Vi 1% iva 
 
 
 
20z Chepelio 2 pleafant Ile, Sapadillo-tree. 
 fin.1685 ufual way to Paxama, and hardly to be kept o 
 ‘Vw fight, as the Winds are thereabouts: yet to bea 
 ed by the Spani/h Fleet at this time, becaufe as 
 had twice before heard of the Privateers lying at 
 Lobos de la Mar, they knew not but at that time 
 we might be there in expectation of them. bd 
 The roth day we failed from Tahago towards the 
 Kings Ifland again, becaufe our Pilots told us, that 
 
 the King’s Ships did always come this way. Th 
 aith day we anchored at the place where we @ 
 reerd. Here we found Captain Harris, who had 
 gone afecond time into the River of Santa Mari 
 and fetched the body of Men that laft came ovep 
 Land, as the Indians had informed us: but they fell 
 {hort of the number they told us of The 29th day 
 we fent 250 Menin 15 Canoas to the River Cheapi, 
 to take the Town of Cheapo. The 21ft day all our 
 Ships,. but Captain Harris, who ftaid to clean Tis 
 
 Ships, followed after. The 22d day we arrived ¢ 
 the Ifland Chepe/io. | = 
 hepelio is the pleafanteft Ifland in the Bay of Pe 
 nama: It is but 7 leagues from the City of Pazamp, 
 and a league fromthe Main. This Ifland is abogt 
 2. mile long, and almoft fo broad 5 it is loyy on the 
 North-fide,and rifeth by a fmall afcent towards the 
 South-fide. . The Soil. is yellow, a kind of Clay 
 The high fide is ftony ; the low Land is planted 
 with all forts of delicate Frits, viz. Sapadillogy 
 Ayogato- pears , Mammees , Mammee-Sappotasy 
 Star-apples, &c. The middle of the Iland is plai 
 ted with Plantain-Trees, which are not very large, 
 but the Fruit extraordinary fweet. & 
 The Sapadillo-Tree is as big as a large Pear-treg, 
 the Fruit much like. a Bergoma-pear, both in co 
 lour, fhape and fize, but on fome Trees the F 
 is a little longer. When it is green or fir Pahe 
 the Juice is white,and clammy, and it will ttick 
 glew; then the Fruit is hard, but after it hath been 
 F gathered 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ‘ ty 
 

 
 -Avogato-Pear.. Mammee-Sappota Tree. 203 
 gathered 2 or 3 days, is grows fott and juicy, and Aw.1685 
 then the juice is clear as Spring-Water, and very We 
 {weet ; in the midft of the Fruit are 2 or 3 black — : 
 Stones or Seeds, about the bignefs of a Pumkin- 
 feed : This is an excellent Fruit. Bp, 
 
 The Avegato Pear-tree is as big as moft Pear-trees, 
 and is commonly pretty high ; the skin or bark 
 black, and pretty fmooth; the leaveslarge, of an 
 eval fhape, and the Fruit as big as a large Lemon. 
 
 It is of a green colour, till it istipe, and then it is 
 a livt'e yellowiih. They are feldom fit to eat till 
 they have been gathered 2 or 3 days; then they 
 become. foft, and the Skin or Rind will peel off, 
 The fubftance in the infide is green, or a little yel: 
 lowith, and as foft as Butter. Wéithin the fubftance 
 there is a ftone as big. as a Horfe-Plumb. This 
 _ Fruit hath no tafteof it felf, and. therefore ’tis ufu- 
 ally mixt with Sugar and Lime-juice, and beaten 
 together ina Plate ; and this is an excellent difh, 
 The ordinary way. is.to eat it with a little Salt and 
 a roftéd Plantain ; and thus a Man that’s hungry, 
 may make a good.meal of it. It is very whol- 
 fome icaten any way. © It is reported that this Fruit 
 provokes to Luft, and, therefore is faid to be much 
 efteemed by the: Spaniards; and I do believe the 
 are much elteemed by them, for I have met wit 
 plenty of them in many places in the North Seas, 
 where the Spanards are fettled, as in the Bay of 
 Campeacby, on the Coalt of Certagena, and the 
 Coait of Coraccos , and there are fome in Famaica, 
 which were planted by the Spemierds when they 
 poflefiéd that Ifland, : Lf 
 
 The Mammee-Sappota Tree is different from the 
 Mammee defcribed at the Ifland Tabago in this, 
 Chapter, Itis not fo big or fo tall, neither is the 
 Fruit fo big or foround.. The Rind of the Fruit is 
 thin and brittle; theinfide is a deep red, and it has 
 a rough flat long ftone. This is accounted the ie 
 ei: cipa 
 

 
 
 
 0 te a de 84, 
 
 204 
 
 An.1685 cipal Fruit of the We/t-Indies. It is very pleafant and 
 
 Tw 
 
 Spaniards, bat 1 did never: fee any improvement 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Wild Miarnisee:”-° Stay-Apple. “Cheapo Ride 
 
 wholfome. I have not feen any of thefe on Fama 
 ca; but in many places in the We/ft-Indies among 
 the Spaniards. ‘There is another fort of Mammee- 
 tree, which is called the wild Mammee : Thisbeats 
 a Fruit which is of no value, but the Tree is ftraight, 
 tall, and very tough, and therefore principally uféd 
 for making Mafts. | = 
 
 The Star Apple-tree grows much like the Quince 
 Tree, but much bigger. It is full of leaves, and 
 the leaf is broad, of an oval fhape, and of a ‘very 
 dark green colour. The Fruit is as big as a lange 
 Apple, which is commonly fo covered. with leaves, 
 that a Man can hardly fee it. They fay this isa 
 good Fruit; I did never tafte any, but have feen 
 both of the Trees and Fruit in many places on the 
 Main, on the North fide of the Continent, — and 
 in Famaica. When the Spéniards poflefsd that 
 land, they planted’ this and other forts of Fruit, a 
 the Sapadillo, Avogato-Pear, and the like ,; and of 
 thefe Fruits there is {till in Famaica inthofe Planta 
 tions that were firft fertled by the Spanzards, as at 
 the Angels, at7 Mile Walk, and 16 Mile Wal&Thet 
 T have feen thefe Trees which were planted by the 
 
 made by the Exg/i/h, who feem in that little ae 
 rious. The Koad’ for Ships is on the North fide 
 where there is good anchoring half a mile from th 
 fhoar. There is a Well clofe by the Sea’on thé 
 North fide, and formerly there were 3 or 4 Houfés 
 clofe by it, but now they are def{troyed. This Ifland 
 {tands right againft the mouth of the River Cheapos, 
 ~ The River Cheapo fprings out of the Mountains 
 near the North fide of the’ Country, and it: being 
 pend ‘up on the’ South fide by other Mountains 
 bends its courfe «to the ‘Weftward between bo 
 till finding a paffage on the S. W. it makes a kind 
 of a half circle; and being fwell’d to a confideras 
 
- Cheapo Town. - > Res 
 ble bignefS, it runs with a flow motion into the Av.1685 
 Sea, 7 leagues from Pazama.This River is very deep “Ww 
 and about a quarter of a mile broad : but the mouth 
 of it is choak’d up with Sands,fo that no Ships can 
 enter, but Barks may. There is a {mall Spamifb 
 Town of the fame name within 6 leagues of the 
 Sea : it ftands on the left hand going from the Sea. 
 
 This is it which I faid Captain La Sound attempted. 
 The Land about it is champion, with many {mall 
 Hills cloathed with Woods ; but the biggeft part of 
 the Country is Savannah. On the South fide of the 
 River it is all Wood-land for many leagues together. / 
 It was to this Town that our 250 Men were fent. 
 The 24th day they returned out of the River, ha- 
 ving taken the Town without any oppofition : but 
 they found nothing in it. By the way going thi- 
 ther they took a Canoa, but moft of the Men 
 efcaped afhoar upon one of the Kimgs Iflands: She 
 was fent out well appointed with armed Men to 
 watch our motion. The 25th day Captain Harris 
 came to us, having cleaned his Ship. The 26th 
 day we went again toward Tabago ; our Fleet now, 
 upon Captain Harrzs joining us again, confifted of 
 10 Sail. We arrived at Tabago the 28th day : there 
 our Prifoners were examined concerning the firength 
 of Panama; for now we thought our felves {trong 
 enough for fuch an Enterprize, being near 1000~ 
 Men. Out of thefe, on occafion, we could have 
 landed 900: but our Prifoners gave us fmall Encou- — 
 ragement to it, for they affured us, that all the 
 {trength of the Country was there, and that many 
 Men were come from Portobe/, befides its own In- 
 habitants, who of themfelves were more in number 
 thanwe. Thefé reafons, together with the ftrength 
 of the place (which hath a high Wall) deterr’d us 
 from attempting it. While we lay here at Tabago, 
 fome of our Men burnt the Town on the Lifland. 
 
 The 
 
 
 
Wists? c 
 
 206 | Iffe of Pacheque. = 
 An.1685 The 4th of May we failed hence again’ bound fog 
 wy the Kings Ifands , and there we continued cruifing 
 from one end of theie [flands to the other: till on 
 the 22d day, Captain Davzs and Capt. Gronet, went 
 to Pachegue, leaving the reft of the Fleet at anchor 
 at St. Pauls Ifland. From Pacheque we fent 2 Canoag 
 to the Ifland Chepetio, in hopes to get a Prifone 
 there. The 25th day our Canoas return’d from(e 
 pelio, with three Prifoners which they took thet 
 They were Sea-men belonging to Paxama, who ff 
 that Provifion was fo fcaree and dear there, that 
 the poor were almoft ftarved ; being hindred by if 
 from thofé common and daily fupplies of Plantait 
 which they did formerly enjoy ftom the Iflands 
 efpecially from thofé two of Chepelio and ‘Taba 
 That the Prefident of Panama had ftriGly ordered 
 that none fhould adventure to any of the Ila 
 for Plantains : but neceflity had obliged them 
 trefpafs againft the Prefident’s Order. They far 
 ther reported, that the Fleet from Lima was em 
 petted every day; for it was generally talked that 
 they were come from Lima : and that the report a 
 Panama was, that King Char/es I. of England wag 
 dead, and that-the Duke of York was crowned King 
 The 27th day Captain Swan, and Capt. Townly, ae 
 fe came to Pachegue, where we lay, but Captaih 
 Swan's Bark was gone in among the Kings [ands f 
 Plancains. The Hland Pachegue, as I have befo 
 related, is the Northermoft of the Kings Ilunds. Te 
 isa {mall low Ifland about a league round. On th 
 South fide of it there are 2 or 3 {mall Hlands, nee 
 ther of them halfa mile round. Between Pacheqie 
 and thefé Iflands is a fmall Channel not above 6 df 
 7 paces wide, and about amilelong. Through 
 this Captain Towzly made a bold un, being pret” 
 hard by the Spaniards in the fight I am guing to fpeak 
 of, though he was ignorant whether there »was @ 
 futticient depth of Water or not. Onthe Eaft fide 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 tS: Tot 
 
Spanith Fleet from Lima: their Strength: 207 
 of this Channel all our Fleet lay waiting for the Az.1685 
 Lima Fleet, which we were in hopes would come mW ew 
 this way. . 
 
 The 28th day we had a very wet morning, for 
 the Rains were come in, as they do ufually inMay, 
 or Fune, fooner or later; fo that May is here avery 
 uncertain month. Hitherto, till within a few days, 
 we had good fair weather, and the Wind at 
 N.N.E. but. now the weather was altered, and 
 the Wind at 8.5. W. | 
 
 However about eleven a clock it cleared up, and 
 we faw the Spanifh Fleet about 3 leagues W. N. W. 
 from the Ifland Pacheque, ftanding clofeon a Wind 
 to the Eaftward ; but they could not fetch the 
 ‘Tfland by a league. We were riding a league S. F. 
 from the Ifland, between it and the Main ; only 
 Captain Gronet was about a mile to the Northward 
 ‘of'us near the Ifland: he weighed fo foon as they 
 ‘came in fight, and ftood over for the Main; and 
 we lay ftill, expe€&ting when he would tack and 
 ‘come to us: but he took care to keep himfelf out 
 of harms way. . 
 
 Captain Swan and Townly came aboard of Cap- 
 tain Davy to order how to engage the Enemy, who 
 we faw came purpofely to fight us, they being in 
 all 14 Sail, befides Periagoes, rowing with 12 and 
 14 Oats apiece. Six Sail of them were Ships of 
 good force : firft the Admiral 48 Guns, 450 Men; 
 the Vice-Admiral 40 Guns, 400 Men; the Rear- 
 Admiral 36 Guns, 360 Men; a Ship of 24 Guns, 
 300 Men ; one of 18 Guns, 250 Men ; and one of 
 ‘eight Gus, 200 Men; 2 gteat Firefhips, 6 Ships 
 only with {mall Arms, having 800 Men on board 
 ‘them all; befides 2 or 3 hundred Men in Periagoes, 
 This account of their ftrength we had afterwards 
 trom Captain Kzight, who being to the Windward 
 ‘on the Coaft of Per, took Priforers, of whom ‘he 
 ‘had this Information ; being ‘what they yates 
 
 rom 
 
 
 
oe ee er CNL Sete i Ue em CT “Ete © Te Deere eee pee 
 
 208 
 
 ‘ An.1685 fiom Lima, Befides thefé Men, they had alfo f ia 
 wV~ hundreds of O/d Spain Men that came from Portia 
 
 _ which continued about half an hour, and then tt 
 
 Mh ri 
 
 
 
 The Privateers Strength. 
 
 and met them at Lavelia, from whence they now 
 came: and their ftrength of Men from Lima was 
 3000 Men, being all the ftrength they could ma 
 in that Kingdom; and for greater fecurity, they 
 had firft landed their. Treafure at Lavelia. 
 Our Fleet confifted of 10 Sail: firft Captain De 
 vis 36 Guns, 156 Men, moft Exglifh ; Captain Sama 
 16 Guns, 140 Men, all Englifh: Thefe were the 
 only Ships of force that we had ; the reft having 
 none but fmall Arms. Captain Towz/ey had Io 
 Men, all Exg/i/h. Captain Gronet 3083 Men, al 
 French. Captain Harris 100 Men, moft Englih 
 Captain Branly 36 Men, fome Englih, fome kremth 
 Davis his Tender 8 Men; Swan’s Tender 8 Mew 
 Townley’s Bark 80 Men; and a {mall Bark of thin 
 Tuns made a Firefhip, with a Canoas Crew in hen 
 We had in all 960 Men. But Captain Gronet cate 
 not to us till all was over, yet we were not dit 
 couraged at it, but refolved to fight them ; forbé 
 ing to Windward of the Enemy, we had it at out 
 choice, whether we would fight or not. It wasg 
 a Clock in the afternoon when we weighed, and 
 being all under fail, we bore down right afore the 
 wind on our Enemies, who kept clofe on a wil 
 to come to us; but night came on without afy 
 thing, befide the exchanging of a few {hot on each 
 fide. Whenit grew dark, the Spani/b Admiral pit 
 out a light, as a fignal for his Fleet to come toa 
 Anchor. We faw the light.in the Admirals top 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 was taken down. Ina {fhort time after we faw 
 the light again, and being to Windward we kept 
 under fail, fuppofing the light had been in the Ad 
 mirals top; but asit proved, this was only a ftta- 
 tagem of theirs ; for this light was put out the Ie 
 cond time at one of their Barks Topmaft-head, and 
 
 ug 
 
 then 
 

 
 a re ay NE ot TS PONE RT et ae 
 fer 
 4 
 
 A Sea-Fight: 269 
 
 
 
 then fhe was fent to Leeward ; which deceived us: Am.1683° 
 
 for we thought ftill the Light was in the Admirals ye 
 Top, and by that means thought our felves to wind- | 
 ward of them. : ' 
 
 In the sMorning therefore, contrary to our ex- 
 pectation,we found they had got theWeather-gage of 
 us, and were coming upon us with full Sail; fo we 
 ran for it, and after arunning Fight all day, and ha- 
 ving taken a turn almoft round the Bay of Panama, 
 we came to an Anchor again atthe Ifle of Pachegue, 
 in the very fame place from whence we fet out in 
 the Morning. : 
 
 «thus ended this days Work, and with it all that 
 we had been projetting for 5 or 6 Months; when 
 inftead of making our felves Mafters of the Spani/h 
 Fleet and Treafure, we were glad to efcape them, 
 and owed that too, in a great meafure, to theit want 
 _ of Courage to purfue their Advantage. 
 ~The 30th day in the Morning when we looked | 
 out we faw the Spanifh Fleet all together 3 leagues. 
 to Leeward of us at an Anchor. It was but little 
 Wind till 10 a Clock, and then fprung up a fmall 
 Breeze at South, andthe Spanifh lect went away 
 to Panama. What lofs they had, [know not ; we loft 
 but one Man: And having held a Confult, we re- 
 folved to go to the Keys of Qzibo or Cobaya, to feek 
 Capt. Harris, who was forced away from us inthe 
 Fight ; that being the place appointed for our Ren- 
 dezvous upon any fuch accident. As for Gronet,he 
 faid his Men would not fuffer him to joyn us in 
 the Fight: But we were not fatished with that ex: 
 cufé ; fo we fuffered him to go with us to the Ifles 
 of Quiboa, and there cafhiered our cowardly Compa: 
 nion. Some were for taking from him the Snip 
 which we had given him: But at length he was 
 fuffered to keep it with his Men, and we fent them 
 away in itto fome other place. 
 
 P CHAP: 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CHAP. VII F 
 They fet out from Tabago. Ile of Chuche. The 
 Mountain called Moro de Porcos. The Cog 
 to the Weftward of the Bay of Panama. Iles of 
 Quito, Quicaro, Rancheria, Tbe Palma 
 Maria-tree. The Iles Canales and Cantarras, 
 They build Canoas for anew Expedition 3 aid 
 take Puebla Nova.  Gaptaim Knight jomne 
 them. Ganoas how made. The Coaft and Wt | 
 between Quibo and Nicoya. Volcan Ve 
 again, Tornadoes, and the Sea rough. Ria Les xa 
 Harbour. The City of Leon taken and burth, 
 Ria Lexa Greek; the Town and Commodities, 
 _ the Guava-Fruit, and Prickle-Pear : A Rab 
 fom paid honourably upon Parole : The Tow 
 burnt. Captain Davis and others go off for 
 the South Coaft. A contagious Sicknefs at Ria 
 Lexa. Terrible Tornadoes, The Volcan 
 Guatimala ; zherich Commodities of that Gon . 
 try, Indico, Otta or Anatta, Cochineel, Sit 
 velter. Drift Wood, and Pumice-Stones. The 
 Coaft further on the Nortb- weft.Capt. Townleys 
  fruithefs Expedition towards Vecoantepeque.I 
 Ifland Tangola, aud Neighbouring Contineih 
 Guatulco Port. The Buffadore, or Water-fpoit, 
 Ruins of Guatuleo Village. The Coaft adjosnimge 
 Capt. Townley marches to the River Capalita 
 Turtle at Guatulee: An Indian Settlement. Th 
 Vinello Plani and Fruit, 
 
 A Ccording to the Refolutions we had taken, Wt 
 fet out June the aft, 1685. paffing . 
 iveech 
 
 
 

 
 Ie Chuche. Moro de Porcos: 
 
 tween Point Garachina and the Kings lands. The An.16 85 
 Wind wasat 5.S, W. rainy Weather, with Torna? wary 
 
 does of Thunder and Lightning. The 3d day we 
 paffed by the Ifland Chuche, the laft remainder of 
 the Ifles inthe Bay of Pazama. This isa {mall,low; 
 round, woody Ifland, uninhabited ; lying 4 leagues 
 S. S. W. from Pacheca. ven 
 - In our paffage to Quibo, Captain By-anly loft hig 
 Main-Maft; therefore he and all his Men left his 
 Bark, and came aboard Captain Davis his Ship. 
 Captain Swan alfo fprung his Main-top-Maft, and 
 got up another ; but while he was doing it, and 
 _ we wete making the beft of our way, we loft fight 
 of him, and were now on the North fide of the 
 Bay ; for this way all Ships muft pafs from Paname, 
 whether bound towards the Coaft of Mexico ot 
 Peru, The roth day we pafled by. Moro de Porcos, 
 or the Mountain of Hogs. Why fo called I knovr 
 not : itisa high round Hill on the Coaft of Lavelid, 
 This fide of theBay of Panama runs out Wefterly 
 to the Iflands of Quibo ; there are on this Coaft ma- 
 ny Rivers and Creeks, but none fo large as thofé on 
 the South fide of the Bay. Itis a Coaft that ig 
 partly mountainous, partly low Land, and very 
 thick of Woods bordering on the Sea ; but a feve 
 leagues within Land it contifts moftly of Savannahs, 
 which are ftock’d with Bulls and Cows. The Ri. 
 vers on this fide are not wholly deftitute of Gold, 
 though not fo rich asthe Rivers on the other fide 
 of the Bay. The Coaft is but thinly inhabited, 
 for except the Rivers that lead up to the Towns of 
 MVata and Lavelia; | know of no other Settlement - 
 between Panama and Puebla Nova. The Spaniards 
 may travel by Land from Panama throrgh alt the 
 Kingdom of Mexico, as being full of Savannahs ¢ 
 but towards the Coat of Perz they cannot pals fur- 
 ther than the River Cheapo; the Land there being 
 fo full of thick Woods, and watered with fo many 
 mea . P 2 great 
 
212 
 
 ‘An.168 
 
 5 great Rivers, befides lefS Rivers and Creeks, that 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The Wles of Quibo, Palma-Maria Tree! 
 
 the Indians themfelves, who inhabit there,’ cannot 
 travel far without much trouble. 5 
 We met with very wet weather in our Voyage 
 to Quibo ; and with $.S. W. and fometimes S. W, 
 Winds, which retarded our courfe. It was the 
 15th day of Fune when we arrived at Quibo, and 
 found there Captain Harris, whom we fought. The 
 liland €wibo, or Cabaya, isin lat. 7 d. 14.m. North Of 
 the Equator. It is about 6 or 7 leagues long, amt 
 3 or 4 broad. The Land islow, except only neat 
 the N.E. end. Itis all over plentifully ftored with 
 great tall flourifhing Trees of many forts ; amd 
 there is good Water on the Eaft and North Eaft fides 
 of the Iiland. Here are fome Deer, and plenty 
 pretty large black Monkies, whofe Flefh is tweet 
 and wholfome : befides a few Guanoes, and fomé 
 Snakes. I know no other fort of Land Animal @ 
 the Ifland. There is'a fhole runs out from tt 
 5. E. pointof the Ifland, half a mile into the Sea; 
 and a league to the North of this fhole point, | 
 the Eaft fide, there is a Rock about a mile frorn tt 
 fhoar, which at the laft quarter ebb appears abo | 
 Water. Befides thefe two places, there is no dar 
 ger on this fide, but Ships may run within a quar 
 ter of a mile of the fhoar, and Anchor in 6, $, @ 
 or 12 fathom, good clean Sand and Oaze. 
 There are many other Iflands, lying fome onthe 
 S.W. fide, others on the N. and N. E, fides of his 
 Hiland; as the Ifland Quicaro, which is a prety 
 large ifand S$. W. of Quzbc,and on the North of #8 
 a {mali Mland called the Rancheria ; on which Iflam 
 are plenty of Palma-Maria Trees. The Palit 
 Mario is a tall ftraight bodied Tree, with a fimall 
 Head, but very unlike the Palm-tree, no 
 ftanding the Name. It is greatly efteemed for 
 King Mafts, being very tough, as well as of a g 
 
 length ; for the grain of the Wood runs not firaigh 
 
 along 
 
 
 
\ See Tee) a a Pe ee ae ne ee AP ieee oie 
 
 
 
 Puebla Nova taken. 213 
 along it,but twifting gradually about it. Thefé Trees 7.1685 
 grow in many places of the We/t-Indies, and are fre- e\WNO 
 quently ufed both by the Exgi/hand Spaniards there 
 _ tor that ufe. The Iflands Canales and Cantarras,are 
 {mall [flands lying on the N. E. of Rancheria. Thefe 
 have all Channels to pafs between, and good An- 
 choring about them; and they are as well ftored a 
 with Ireesand Water as Quibo. Sailing without : 
 them all, they appear to be part of the Main. The 
 Ifland Quibo is the largeft and moft noted; for al. 
 though the reft have Names, yét they are feldona 
 ufed only for diftintion fake: thefe, and the reft | 
 of this knot, paffing all under the common name of 4 
 the Keys of Quibo. Captain Swan gave to feveral 
 of thefe Iflands, the Names of thofe Exe/ifh Mer- 
 chants and Gentlemen who were Owners of his Ship. 
 June 16th. Captain Swan came to an Anchor by 
 us: and then our Captains confulted about new 
 methods to advance their Fortunes: and becaufe. 
 they were now out of hopes to get any thing at 
 Sea, they refolved to try what the Land would. 
 afford. ‘They demanded of our Pilots, what Towns 
 on the Coaft of Mexico they could carry us to. The 
 City of Leon being the chiefeft in the Country (any 
 thing near us) though a pretty way within Land, 
 “was pitch’'d on. But now we wanted Canoas to 
 Land our Men, and we had no other way but to 
 cut. down Trees, and make as many as we had oc- 
 cafion for, thefe Iflands affording plenty of large 
 Trees fic for our purpofe. While this was doing, 
 we fent 150 mento take Puebla Nova (a Town 
 upon the Main near the innermoftof thefeIflands) 
 _ to get Provifion: It was in going to take this Town 
 that Captain Sawkins was killed, in the year 1680, 
 who was fucceeded by Sharp. Our Men took the 
 Town with much eafé, although there was more 
 ftrength of Men than when Captain Sawkims was 
 kill'd. . They returned os the 24th day, but got 
 3 no, 
 
214 The manner of making Ganoas, 
 An.1685 no Provifion there. They took an empty Bark in 
 — Wyse their way, and brought her to us. ¢ 
 ‘ “ * The 5thday of uy Captain Knight, mentioned 
 in my laft Chapter, came tous, He had beencrui 
 fing a great way to the Weftward, but got nothing 
 belide a good Ship. At laft, he went to the South 
 _ ward, ashigh as the Bay of Guzaqui/, where he took 
 a Bark-log, or pair of Bark-logs as we call it,laden 
 chiefly with Flower. She had other Goods, ag 
 Wine, Oyl, Brandy, Sugar, Soap, and Leather of 
 Goats-skins; and he took out as much of each a5 
 he had occafion for, and then turned her away 
 again. The Mafter of the Float told him, that thé 
 Kings Ships were gone from Lima towards Panama, 
 that they carried but half the Kings Treafure with 
 them, for fear of us, although they had all the 
 {trength that the Kingdom could afford : that all” 
 the Merchant Ships which fhould have gone with 
 them were laden and lying at Payta, where they 
 were to wait for further Orders, - Captain Kzigh 
 having but few Men, did not dare to go to Payth 
 where, if he had been better provided, he might 
 have taken them all ; but he made the beft of his 
 way into the Bay of Pazama, in hopes to find ug 
 there inriched with the Spoils of the Lima Fleet} 
 but coming to the Kings Ifands, he had advice by: 
 Prifoner, that we had ingaged with their Fleet 
 but were worfted, and fince that made our way 
 the Weftward ,; and therefore he came hither tt 
 feck us. He prefently conforted with us, and 
 . fet his Men ta work to make Canoas. Ever 
 "Ships company’ made for themfelves, but we all 
 helped’ each other to launch them ; for fome welg 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 nS. 
 
 CD 
 
 made a mile from thé Sea. Tarne 
 ' The mannet of making 4 Canoa is, after cutting 
 down a large long Tree,. and {quaring the uppet 
 mnoft fide, aid then turning it upon the flat fide, tc 
 thape the oppofite fide for the bottom, Then agailt 
 
 rey 
 
 
 
tan a eae Seibel ne are Te Tie X bdo 3 < a 
 They fail from Quibo for Ria Lexa. 215 | 
 hey turn her, and dig the infide; boring alfo three 47.1685 
 holes inthe bottom, one before, one in the middle, —YWNa 
 and one abaft, thereby to gage the thickeft of the 
 bottom; for otherwifé we might cut the bottom 
 thinner than is convenient. We left the bottoms 
 commonly about 3 Inches thick, and the fides 2 
 Inches thick below, and one and an half at the top. 
 One or both of the ends we fharpen toa point. 
 Capt. Davis made two very large Canoas; one 
 was 36foot long, and 5 or 6 feet wide; the other 
 32 foot long, and near as wide asthe other. Ina 
 Months time we finifhed our BufinefS and were rea- | 
 dy to fail. Here Capt, Harris went to lay his 
 Ship a-ground to clean her, but fhe being old aid 
 rotten fell in pieces: And therefore he and all his 
 Men went aboard of Capt. Davis and Capt. Swan. 
 While-we lay here we ftruck Turtle every day, for 
 they were now very plentiful : But from Axgu/t to 
 March here are not many: The 18th day of uly, 
 Fobn Rofe,a Frenchman, and 14.Men more,belonging 
 to Capt. Gronet, having made a new Canoa,came in 
 her to Capt. Davis, and defired to ferve under him; 
 and Capt. Davis accepted of them, becaufe they had 
 a Canoa of their own. 
 The 2othday of Fuly we failed from Quzbo, bend- 
 ing our courfe for Ria Lexa, which is the Port for 
 Leon, the City that we now defigned to attempt. 
 We were now 640 Men in 8 Sail of Ships, com- 
 manded by Capt. Davis, Capt. Swan, Capt. Town- 
 ley and Capt. Knight, with a Firefhip and three 
 Tenders, which la{t had not a conftant Crew. We 
 paft out between the River Quibo and the Rancheria, 
 leaving Quiboand Quicaro on our Larboard fidejand 
 the Rancberia, with the reft-of the Iflands, and the 
 Main, on our Starboard fide. The Wind at firit 
 was at South South Weft: We coafted along fhore, 
 paffing bythe Gulf of Nicaya, the Gulf of Duice, 
 and by the Ifland Cameo, All this Coaft islow Land 
 P4 over- 
 
2 ee et oo ar T¥Y"s 7" 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 216 ae Volcan Vejo. — | Sd 
 ‘An.1685 overgrown withthick Woods, and there are but few 
 www Inhabitants near the fhore. Aswe failed to theWeft. 
 | ward we had variable Winds, fometimes S.W. and at 
 
 W.S.W. and fometimes at E.N.E. but we had them 
 
 _ moftcommonly at $.W. we had a Tornado or two — 
 
 every day, and in the Evening or in the Night, 
 
 had Land-winds at N.N.E. 4 
 
 The 8th day of dAuguft, being in the lat. of 11d) 
 
 ce 20 m. by obiervation, we faw a high Hill in the 
 
 | Country, towring up like a Sugar-loaf, which bore 
 
 N.E. by N. We fuppofed it to be Volcan Vejo, by th 
 
 {moak which afcended from its top , therefore we 
 
 {teered in North,and made it plainer,and then knew 
 
 | - it to be that Volcan, which is the Sea-mark for th 
 
 a Harbour for Ria Lexa; forjas I faid before in Chape 
 
 | ter the 5th, it is a very remarkable Mountain. When 
 
 we had brought this Mountain to bear N.E. we go 
 
 out all our Canoas, and provided to embark into 
 
 them the next day. : 
 4 The gth day in the Morning, being about § 
 
 | feagues from the fhore, we left our Ships undet 
 
 the charge of a few Men, and 520 of us went away 
 
 | in 31 Canoas, towing towards the Harbour of Ri 
 
 Lexa. Wehad fair Weather and little Wind till 3 
 
 | a Clock in the Afternoon, then we had a Tornado 
 
 from the fhore, with much Thunder, Lightning — 
 
 and Kain, and fuch aguft of Wind, that we wee 
 
 : all like to be foundred. In this extremity we pu 
 
 | right afore the Wind, every Canoas crew making” 
 what fhift they could to avoid the Threatning D 
 
 | ger. The {mall Canoas being moft light ant 
 
 buovant, mounted nimbly over the Surges, but th 
 
 grat heavy Canoas lay like Logs in the Sea, ready 
 
 to be iwallowed by every foaming Billow. Some 
 
 of our Canoas were half full of Water, yet kept 
 
 two Men conftantly heaving it out. The fiercenefs” 
 
 of the Wind continued about half'an hour, and a 
 
 bated by degrees ; and as the Wind died away, fo 
 
 the 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tornadoes. : 217 
 the fury of the Sea abated : For in all hot Countries A7.1685 
 as I have obferved, the Sea is foon raifed by the — we 
 Wind, and as foon down again when the Windis 
 gone, and therefore itis a proverb among the Sea- 
 men, Up Wind, up Sea, Down Wind, down Sea. At 
 7a Clock in the Evening it was quiet calm, and the 
 Sea as fmooth as aMill-pond. Then we tugg’d to 
 get into thefhore, but finding we could not doit 
 before day, we rowed off again to keep our felves 
 ought of fight. By that time it was day,wewere 5 
 leagues from the Land, which we thought was far 
 enough off fhore. Here weintended to lye till the 
 Evening, but at 3 aClock in the Afternoon we had 
 another Tornado, more fierce than that which we 
 had the day before. This put us in greater peril of 
 our Lives, but didnot lait fo long. As foon as the 
 violence of the Tornado was over, we rowed in 
 for the fhore, and entred the Harbour in the Night: 
 The Creek which leads towards Leon, lieth on the 
 S.E. fide of the Harbour. Our Pilot being very 
 well acquainted here, carried us into the Mouth 
 of it, but could carry us no farther. till day, be- 
 caufe it is but a fmall Creek, and there are other 
 Creeks like it. The next Morning afloon as it was 
 light, we rowed into the Creek, whichis very nar- 
 row; the Land on both fides lying fo low, that 
 every Tide it is overflown with the Sea. This fort of 
 Land produceth red Mangrove-Trees, which are here 
 fo plentiful and thick, that there is no Paffing thro’ 
 them. Beyond thefe Mangroves, on the firm Land, 
 clofé by the fide of the River, the Spaniards have 
 built a Breftwork, purpofely to hinder an Enemy 
 from the Landing. When we came in fight of the 
 Breftwork, we rowed as faft as we could to get 
 afhore : Thenoife of our Oars allarmed the Indians 
 who were fet to watch, and prefently they ran a- 
 way towards the City of Leon, togive notice of our - 
 approach. We landed as foon as wecould, and 
 
 | marched 
 
218 City of Leon, and Gountry adjacent. = 
  1An.1685 marched after them: 470 Men were drawn outto 
 wy~) march to the Town, and I was left with 59 Men 
 
 6 more to ftay and guard the Canoas till their return, 
 The City of Leov is 20 Mile up in the Country; 
 The way toit plain and even, thro’ a Champion 
 Country, of long grafly Savannahs, and fpots of 
 high Woods. About 5 Mile from the Landing-place 
 there is a Sugar-work, 3 Mile farther there is ano 
 ther, and 2 Mile beyond that, there is a fine River 
 to ford, which is not very deep, befides which 
 there is no Water inallthe way, till you come @ 
 an Indian Town, {which is 2 Mile before you come 
 to the City, and from thence it isa pleafant ftraight 
 fandy way to Leon. This City ftands in a Plain noe 
 far from a high pecked Mountain, which oftentimes 
 -¢afts forth fire and fmoak fromits top. It may be 
 feen at Sea, and it iscalled the Volcan of Leon, The 
 Houfes of Leon are not high built, but ftrong and 
 large, with Gardens about them. The Walls arg 
 Stone, and the Covering of Pan-tile: There are 3” 
 Churches anda Cathedral,which is the head Church” 
 in thefe parts. Our Countryman Mr. Gage, who 
 travelled in thefe parts, recommends it to the 
 World as the pleafanteft place in all America, and 
 calls it the Paradice of the Indies; Indeed if we 
 confider the Advantage of itsScituation,we may find” 
 it furpaffing moft Places for Health and Pleafure im 
 America, tor the Country about itis of a fandy” 
 Soil, which foon drinks up all the Rain that falls) 
 to which thefe parts are much fubjett. It is im” 
 compaffed with Savannahs; fo that they have the” 
 beneht of the Breezes coming from any quarters 
 all which makes it a very healthy Place. It is a” 
 place of nogreat Trade, and therefore not rich in” 
 Money, ‘Their Wealth lies in their Paftures, andy 
 Cattle; and Plantations of Sugar. It is faid that? 
 they make Cordage here of Hemp, but if they 
 have any fuch Manufagtory, it is at fome diftanca 
 : : TOR, 
 
 Ne 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 hee 
 
 y 
 * 
 ’ 
 

 
 ea ee ee 
 
 City of Leon taken, — 219 
 from the Town, for here is no fign of any fuch An,1685 
 thing. wy~ 
 Thither our Men were now marching ; they 
 went from the Canoas about 8 a clock. Captain 
 Townley, with 80 of the briskeft Men, marched be- 
 fore, Captain Swan with 100 Men marched next, 
 and Captain Davis with 170 Men marched next, 
 and Captain Kaight brought up the Rear. Captain 
 Townley, who was near 2 mile a head of the reft, 
 met about 79 Horlemen 4 mile before he came to 
 the City, but they never ftood him. About 3a 
 clock Captain Townley, only with his 80 men,enter- 
 ed the Town, and was briskly charged in a broad 
 Street, with 170 or 200 Spanifh Horfemen, but 2 
 or 3 of their Leaders being knock’d down, the reft 
 fled. Their Foot contified of about 509 men, which 
 were drawn up in the Parade ; for the Spamiards 
 in thefe parts make a large {quare in every Town, 
 tho’ the Town it felf be imall. The Square is cak 
 led the Parade: commonly the Church «makes 
 one fide of it,and the Gentlemens Houfes, with their 
 Galleries about them, the other. But the Foot al- 
 fo fecing their Horfe retire, left an empty City to 
 Captain Townley ; beginning to fave themfelves by 
 flight. Captain Swan came in about 4 a clock, 
 Captain Davis with his Men about 5, and Captain 
 Kyight with as many Men as he could incourage 
 to march, came in about 6, but he left many Men 
 tired onthe Road ; thefe, as is ufual, came drop- 
 ping in one or two at atime, as they were able. 
 The next. morning the Spaniards kil?d one of our 
 tired Men; he was a ftout old Grey-headed Man, 
 aged about 84, who had ferved under O/ver in © 
 the time of the Ivi/b Rebellion ; after which he 
 was at Famaica, and had followed Privateering 
 ever fince. He would not accept of the offer our 
 Men made him to tarry afhoar, but faid he would 
 yenture as far as the beft of them: and when fur- 
 ese Pelee athe rounded 
 
 
 
220 City of Leon burnt. ‘ 
 An.1685 rounded by the Spaniards,he refuled to take Quarte 
 tw but difcharged his Gun amongft them, keeping 
 Piftol {till charged, fo they fhot him dead atad 
 ftance. His name was Swan ; he was a very 
 ry hearty old Man, and always ufed to declar 
 would never take Quarter : But they took Mr.S 
 who wastired alfo; he was a Merchant belon 
 to Captain Swan, and being, carried before 
 Governour of Leon, was known by a Mu/atta Wo- 
 man that waited on him. Mr. Smith had lived ma 
 ny years in the Canaries, and could {peak and write 
 very good Spanifh, and it was there this Mu/atia 
 Woman remembred him. He being examined ho 
 many Men we were, faid 1000 at the City, amt 
 500 at the Canoas, which made well for us at the 
 Canoas, who ftrageling about every day, might & 
 fily have been deftroyed. But this fo daunted the 
 Governour, that he did never offer to moleft out 
 Men, -although he had with him above 1000 Men, 
 as Mr. Smith guefied. He fent in a Flag of Truce 
 about Noon, pretending to Ranfom the Town, tm 
 ther than let it be burnt, but our Captains dé 
 manded 300000 Pieces of Eight forits Ranfom, and 
 as much Provifion as would vittual 1000 Men 4 
 months, and Mr. Smith to be Ranfomed for fome 
 of their Prifoners ; but the Spaviards did not i 
 tend to Ranfom the Town, but only capitulated day 
 after day to prolong time, till they had got mofé 
 Men. Our Captains therefore, confidering the de 
 ftance that they were from the Canoas, refolved 
 be marching down. The 14th day in the morning, 
 they ordered the City to be fet on fire, which was 
 prefently done, and then they came away : but 
 they took more time in coming down than in go 
 ing up. The 15th day in the morning, the Spaniards” 
 fent in Mr. Smith, and had a Gentlewoman in ee 
 change. Then our Captains fent a Letter to the 
 -Governour, to acquaint him, that they intended” 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 { 
 
Ria Lexa Harbour and Town. 223 
 next to vifit Ric Lexa, and delired to meet him there : A7.1685§ 
 they alfo releafed a Gentleman, on his promife of ~~. 
 paying 150 Beefs for his Ranfom, and to deliver 
 them to us at Ra Lexa; and the fame day our Men 
 came totheir Canoas: where having ftaid all night, 
 the next morning we all entred our Canoas, and 
 came to the Harbour of Ria Lexa, and intheafter- 
 noon our Ships came thither to an Anchor. 
 
 The Creek that leads to Ria Lexa, lyeth from the 
 N. W. part of the Harbour, and it runs in Norther- 
 ly. It is about 2 Leagues from the Ifland in the 
 Harbours mouth to the Town ; two thirds of the 
 way it is broad, then you enter a narrow deep 
 Creek, bordered on both fides with Red Mangrove 
 Trees, whofe limbs reach almoft from one fide to 
 the other. Amile from the mouth of the Creek it 
 turns away Weft. There the Spaniards have made 
 a very {trong Breftwork, fronting towards the mouth 
 of the Creek, in which were placed 100 Soldiers to 
 hinder us from landing : and 20 yards below that 
 Breftwork there was a Chain of great Trees placed 
 crofs the Creek, fo that 1o Men could have kept 
 off 500 or 1000. : 
 
 When we camein fight of the Breftwork we fired 
 but two Guns, and they all ran away : and we 
 were afterwards near half an hour cutting the 
 Boom or Chain. Here we landed, and marched 
 to the Townof Ria Lexa, or Rea Lejo, which is a- 
 bout a mile from hence. This Town ftands on a 
 Plain by a fall River. It is a pretty large Town 
 with 3 Churches, and an Hofpital that hath a fine 
 Garden belonging to it: befides many large fair 
 Houfes, they all ftand at a good diftance one from 
 another, with Yards about them. This is a very 
 fickly place, and I believe hath need enough of an 
 Hofpital ; for it is feated fo nigh the Creeks and 
 Swamps, that it is never free from a noifom f{mell. 
 The Land about it is a ftrong yellow Clay seat 
 
 where 
 
 
 
OW RRA MNS RE MIRREN ae Noe ang hee ND eS Ser ony GEER nnn 2 En a ee 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ay) The Gdava. Prickle-Peav; - 
  An.1685 where the Town ftands it ieems to be Sand. Hers 
 ww ate feveral forts of Fruits, as Guavo’s, Pine-apples, 
 Melons, and Prickle-Pears. The Pine-apple and 
 Melon are well known. sas a 
 
 _ The Guava Fruit grows on a hard fcrubbeg 
 Shrub, whofe Batk is {mooth and whitifh, the 
 branches pretty long and {mall, the leaf fomewhat 
 like the leaf of a Hazel, the Fruit much like a Pear, 
 witha thin rind ; it is full of {mall hard Seeds,and- 
 
 it may be eaten while it is green, which is a thing 
 very rare in the Indies: for moft Fruit, both in the 
 Faft or Weft-Indies, is full of clammy, white, unfe 
 
 _ -voty Juice, before it is ripe, though pleafant enough 
 _ afterwards. When this Fruit is ripe it is yellow, 
 foft, and very pleafant. It bakesas well as a Pear, 
 and it may be coddled, and it makes good Pies 
 There are of divers forts, different in fhape, tafte 
 and colour. Theinfide of fome is yellow, of others 
 red. When this Fruit is eaten green, it is binding 
 when tipe, it is loofening. : 
 The Prickle-Pear, Bufh, or Shrub, of about 4 
 
 or 5 foot high, grows in many places of the Weft” 
 Indies, as at Famaica, and mott other Iflands theres 
 and on the Main in icveral places. This prickly — 
 Shrub delights moft in barren fandy grounds ; and 
 they thrive beft in places that are near the Sea’ 
 efpecially where the Sand is faltifh: The Tree, ot 
 Shrub, is 3 or 4 foot high, fpreading forth feveral 
 branches; and on each branch 2 or 3 leaves. Thefe 
 leaves (if I may call them fc) are round, as broad” 
 evety way as the palm of a Man’s hand, and ag 
 thick; their fubftance like Houfeleek : thefe leaves” 
 are fenced round with {trong prickles above an inch 
 long. The Fruit grows at the farther edge of the 
 leat’: itisas big asa large Plumb, growing final 
 near the leaf, and big towards the top; where it 
 opens like a Medlar. This Fruit at firtt is green like 
 the leaf, from whence it {prings with fall Prickles” 
 
 ow 
 
Ria Lexa burnt. | (223 
 about it; but when ripe itis of a deep ted colour. Av.1685 
 The infide is full of {mall black Seeds, mixt witha WN) 
 certain red Pulp, like thick Syrup: Itis very pleafant 
 in tafte, cooling, and refrefhing ,; but ifa Man eats 
 i5 or 200f them they will colour his Water,making 
 it look like Blood. This I have often experienced, 
 yet found no harm by it. be 
 
 There are many Sugar-works in the Country, and 
 Eftantions or Beet Farms : There isalfo a great deal 
 of Pitch, Tar and Cordage, made in the Country, 
 which is the chief of their Trade. This Town we ~ 
 approached without any oppofition, and found no- 
 thing but etnpty Houfes ; befides fuch things as they 
 could not, or would not carry away, which were 
 chiefly about 560 Packs of Flower, brought hither in 
 the great Ship that we left at Amapa//a, and fome — 
 Pitch, Tar and Cordage. Thefe things we wanted, 
 and therefore we fent them all aboard. Here we 
 received 150 Beefs, promifed by the Gentleman 
 that was releafed coming from Leon ; befides, we 
 vifited the Beef:Farms every day, and the Sugar- 
 Works, going in fmall Companies of 20 or 30 Men, 
 and brought away every Man his Load; for we 
 found no Horfés, which if we had, yet the ways 
 were fo wet and dirty, that they would not have 
 been ferviceable to us. We ftayed here from the 
 17th till the 24th day, and then fome of our de- 
 ftruCtive Crew fet fire to the Houfes: 1 know not by 
 whofe order, but we marched away and left them 
 burning ; at the Breft-work we imbarked into our 
 Canoas and returned aboard our Ships. 
 
 The 25th day Capt. Davis and Capt. Swaz 
 _ broke off Confortfhip ; for Capt. Davis was 
 minded to.return again on the Coaft of Perw, but 
 _ Capt. Swan defired to go farther to the Weft- 
 - ward. § had till this time been with Capt. Davis, 
 bus now left him, and went aboard of pais 
 
 Swan 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 224 Malignant Fevers, 
 
 An.1685 Swan. It was not from any diflike tomy old Cap: 
 wy™~ tain, but to get fome knowledge of the Northern 
 it Parts of this Continent of Mexico : And I knew tha 
 Capt. Sean determined to Coaft it as far North,ashe 
 thought convenient, and then pafs over for the Eafe 
 Indies ; which was a way very agreeable to my It 
 clination. Capt. Towm/ey, with his two Barks, was 
 refolved to keep us Company ;. but Capt.Kzight and 
 Capt. Harris followed Captain Davis. The 27th 
 day in the Morning Capt. Davis with his Ships went 
 out of the Harbour, having a frefh Land Wind. They 
 wete in Company, Capt. Davis’s Ship with Caph 
 Harris in her , Capt. Davis’s Bark and Firefhip, afl” 
 Capt. Kzight in his own Ship, in all 4 Sail. Capt 
 Swan took his laft farewel of him by firing § 
 Guns, and he fired 11 in return of the Civility. © 
 We ftayed here fome time afterwards to fill off 
 Water and cut Fire-wood; but our Men, who hi 
 been very healthy till now, began to. fall dowm 
 apace in Fevers. Whether it was the badnefsaf 
 the Water, or the unhealthinefs of the Town wa 
 the caufe of it we did not know; but of the tw 
 rather believe it was a Diftemper we got at Ri 
 Lesa; for it was reported that they had been wf 
 fited with a Malignant Fever in that Town, which 
 had occafioned many People to abandon it ; af 
 although this Vifitation was over with them, y 
 their Houfes and Goods might {till retain fomewhat 
 
 of the Infeftion, and Communicate the fame! 
 us. 
 Ithe rather believe this, becaufe it afterwards 
 taged very much,not only among us,but alfo among 
 Capt. Davis and hisMen, as he told me himfelf 
 fince, when I met him in Exgland: Himfelf hat 
 like to have died, as did feveral of his and our Mem 
 The 3d day of September we turned afhore all out 
 Prifoners and Pilots, they being unacquainted fur 
 thertothe Weft, which was the Coaft that we de 
 
wees or ee 
 
 
 
 Tornadoes. Volcan, and City of Guatimala. 225 
 figned to vifit: for the Spaniards have very little .Av.1685 
 Trade by Sea beyond the River Lempa, a little to WW" 
 the North Weft of this place. 
 About 10 a clock in the morning, the fame day, 
 we went from hence, fteering Weftward, being in 
 company 4 Sail, as well as they who left us, vz. 
 Captain Swan and his Bark, and Captain Towzly 
 and his Bark, and about 340 Men. 
 We met with very bad weather as we failed along 
 this Coaft : feldom a day paft but we had one or 
 two violent Tornadoes, and with them very fright- 
 ful Flafhes of Lightning and Claps of Thunder ; 3 
 did never meet with the like before nor fince. Thefeé 
 Tornadoes commonly came out of the N. E; the 
 Wind did not laft long; but blew very fierce for 
 the time: When the Tornadoes were over we had 
 the Wind at W. fometimes at W. S. W. and S. W. 
 and fometimes to the North of the Weft, as far as 
 the N. W. | : 
 We kept at a good diftance off fhoar; and faw 
 no Land till the 14th day ; but then, being in lat. 
 12 d.§0 m: the Volcan of Guatimala appeated in 
 fight. This is a very high Mountain with two 
 peeks or heads, appearing like two Sugar-loaves. It 
 often belches forth Flames of Fire and Smoak from 
 between the two heads; and this, as the Spaniards 
 do report, happens chiefly in tempeftuous weather. 
 It is called fo from the City Guatima/d, which ftands 
 near the foot of it; about 8 leagues from the South 
 Sea, and by report , 40 or 50 leagues from the 
 Gulf of Matique in the Bay of Honduras, in the 
 North Seas. This City is famous for many rich . 
 Commodities that are produced thereabouts ( fome 
 almoft peculiar to this Country ) and yearly fent 
 into Evwrope, efpecially 4 rich Dyes, Indico, Otta 
 or Anatta, Silveiter, and Cochineel. 
 Indico is made of an Herb which grows a foot 
 and heli or twotoot high, ae of fimall branches ; 
 | an 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 226° Indico. Otta or Anatta. oo 
 { 4n 1685 and the branches full of leaves , refembling the 
 wy leaves which grow on Flax, but more thick and 
 fubftantial. They cut this Herb or Shrub and caft 
 it into a large Ciftern made in the ground for that 
 purpofe, which is half full of Water. The Indico 
 Stalk or Herb remains in the Water till all the 
 leaves, and I think, the skin, rind, or bark r 
 off, and in a manner diffolve : but if any of the 
 leaves fhould ftick faft, they force them off by much 
 labour, tofling and tumbling the mafS in the watet 
 till all the pulpy fubftance is diflolved. Then the 
 Shrub, or woody part, istaken out, and the Watem 
 which is like Ink, being difturbed no more, fertles 
 and the Indico failstothe bottom of the Cittern Like 
 Mud. When it is thus fettled they draw off the 
 Water, and take the Mud and lay it in the Sun 
 Gy: which there becomes hard ; as you -fee f 
 brought home. ; 2 
 Oita, or Anatta, isa red fortof Dye. Itis made 
 of a red Flower that grows on Shrubs 7 or 8 foot 
 high. [tis thrown into a-Ciftern of Water as the 
 indico is, but with this difference, that there is m0 
 ftalk, nor fo much as the head of tne Flower, bit 
 only the Flower it felf pull’d off fromthe head, a 
 ‘you peel Rofe-leavestromthe bud. This remainsif 
 the Water till it rots, and by much jumblingit 
 diffolves to a liquid fubftance, like the Indico; 
 and being fettled, and the Water drawn oft, te 
 ted Mud is made up into Rolls or Cakes, and ld 
 in the Sun to dry. I did never fee any made 
 but ata place called the Angels in Famiaica,at Sir Th 
 Muddiford’s Plantations, about 20 years fince ; bit | 
 was gtubb’d up while I was there, and the Ground | 
 otherwife employed. I do believe there is: none ay 
 where elfe on famaica: and even this probabl 
 _ owing to the Spaniards, when they had that | 
 Indico is common enough in Femaica. I obférved 
 
 they planted it moft in fandy Ground: they | 
 
2. Sieg erage aa. ei A i acts Si. a an Be ee ees iy 
 Indico, Otta or Anatta:  - ey a 
 sreat Fields of it, and I think they fow-it every Az.1685 
 year ; but I did never fee the Seeds it bears. In- swe 
 dico is produced all over the Weft Indies, on moft _ 
 of the Caribbee Iflands, as well asthe Mains yet no 
 part of the Main yields fuch great quantities both 
 of Indico and Orta as thisCountry about Guatimala: 3 
 I believe that Otta is made now only by the Spazi- | 
 ards ; for fince the deftroying that at the Ange/s 
 Plantation in Femaica, 1 have not heard of any 
 Improvement made of this Commodity by our 
 Country men any where; atid as to Famaica, | have 
 fince. been informed, that *tis wholly left off there. 
 I know not what quantities either of Indico or Ot- 
 ta are made at Cuba ot Hi/poniola: but the place 
 moft ufed by our Famtaica Sloops for thefe things 
 ‘is the Ifland.Porto Rico, where out famaica Tra- 
 ders did ufe to buy Indico for 3 Rials, and Otta for 
 4 Rials the Pound, which is but 2s. 3 d@ of our 
 Money: and yet at the fame time Otta was worth 
 in Famaica § s. the Pound, and Indico 3 s. 6d. the 
 Pound ; and even this alfo paid in Goods; by 
 - which means alone they got 50 or 60 per Cent. Our 
 Traders had not then found the way of trading 
 with the Spaniards in the Bay of Honduras , but 
 Captain Coxo” went thither (as I take it) at the be- 
 Binning of the Year 1679, under pretence to cut 
 ogwood, and went into the Gulf of Matique, 
 which is in the bottom of that Bay. There he 
 landed with his Canoas and took a whole Store- 
 houfe full of Indico and Otta in Chefts, piled up 
 in feveral parcels, and marked with different 
 marks ready to be fhipt off aboard two Ships that 
 then lay in the road purpofély to take it in; but 
 _ thefe Ships could not come at him, it being fhole- 
 water. He opened fome of the Chefts of Indico, 
 and fuppofing the other Chefts to’ be all of the fame 
 fpecies, ordered his Men to carry them away. They 
 immediately fet to work, and took the neareft at 
 Q. 2 hand; 
 
228 
 An.1685 hand ; and having carried out one heap of C 
 
 j 
 
 - Chefts belonged to the Ship Captains, who fok 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Gochineel. eT 
 
 hefts, : P 
 they feized on another great pile of a different 
 mark from the reft, intending to carry them away — 
 next. But a Spamifh Gentleman, their Prifoner, 
 knowing that there was a great deal more than they — 
 could carry away, defired them to take only fuch — 
 as belonged to the Merchants, (whofé marks he 
 undertook to fhew them) and to fpare fuch as had_ 
 the fame mark with thofe in that great Pile they” 
 were then entring upon; becaufe, he faid, thofe 
 
 lowing the Seas, as themfelves did, he hoped they 
 would,for that reafon, rather fpare their Goods than 
 the Merchants. They confented to his Requeft ;_ 
 but upon their opening their Chefts (which was 
 not before they came to Famaica, where by connix” 
 vance they were permitted to fell them) they found — 
 that the Dow had been too fharp for them; the few _ 
 Chefts which they had taken of the fame mark 
 with the great-Pile proving to be Otto, of greater 
 value by far than the other; whereas they might as 
 well have loaded the whole Ship with Otto, as __ 
 with Indico. L 3 
 
 The Cochinee/ is an Infe&t, bred in a fort of Fruit 
 4much like the Prickle-Pear. The Tree or Shrub” 
 that bears it is like the Prickle Pear Tree, about 5” 
 foot high, and fo prickly ; only the Leaves are not 
 quite fo big, but the Fruit is bigger. On the top” 
 of the Fruit there grows a red Flower :. This Flows 
 sr, when the Fruit isripe, falls down on the top of 
 the Fruit, which then begins to open, and covets” 
 it fo, that no Rain nor Dew can wet the infidel) 
 The next day, or two days after its falling down, 
 the Flower being then fcorched away by the heat 
 of the Sun, the Fruit opens as broad as the mouth” 
 of a Pint Pot, and the infide of the Fruit is by this 
 time fll of finall red Infetts, with eurious thin Wings. 
 Rethey were bred here, fo here they would oa 
 
 a 
 
Cochineel. Silvefter. 
 
 for want of food, and rot in their husks, ( having Av.1685 
 by this time eaten up their motheir Fruit ) did not eww 
 
 the Indians, who plant large fields of thefé Trees, 
 when once they perceive the Fruit open, take care 
 to drive themout: for they {pread under the branch- 
 es of the Tree a large Linnen Cloth, and then witk 
 fticks they fhake the branches, and fo difturb the 
 poor Infetts, that they take wing to be gone, 
 et hovering {till over the head of their native Tree, 
 be the heat of the Sun fo diforders them, that 
 they prefently fall down dead on the Cloth {pread 
 for that purpofe, where the Indians let them remain 
 2 or 3 days longer, till they are throughly dry. 
 When they fly up they are red , when they fall 
 down they are black; and when firft they are quite 
 dry they are white as the {heet wherein they lie, 
 though the Colour change a little after. Thefé 
 yield the much efteemed Scarlet. The Cochineel- 
 trees are called by the Spaniard Toona’s: They are 
 planted in the Country abour Gzatima/a, and about 
 Cheape and. Guaxaca, all 3 in the Kingdom of Mex:- 
 co. The Silvefter is a red Grain growing ina Fruit 
 much refémbling the Cochineel-truit, as doth alfo 
 the Tree that bears it. There firft fhoots forth 4 
 ellow Flower, then comes the Fruit, which is 
 onger than the Cochineel-fruit. The Fruit being 
 ripe opens alfo very wide. The infide being full of 
 thefé fmall Seeds or Grains, they fall out with the 
 leaft touch or fhake. The Indians that gather them 
 hold a Difh under to receive the Seed, and then 
 fhake it down. Thefe Trees grow wild ; and $or 
 10 of thefé Fruits will yield an ounce of Seed: but 
 of the Cochineel-fruits, 3 or 4 will yield an ounce 
 of Infects, The Silvefter gives acolour almoft as 
 fair as the Cochineel , and fo like it asto be often 
 miftaken for it, but it is not near fo valuable. I 
 often made enquiry how the Silvefter grows, and 
 of the Cochineel , but was aT fully igtisied, al 
 Sw 3 * 
 
 ie 
 i 
 : 
 . 
 
 | 
 
 t 
 i 
 
mt 
 
 | aa Drifi-wood, and Pumice- ones. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Anx685 1 met a Spanifh Gentleman that had lived 30 yeats in 
 j fey theWeft-Indies, and fome years where thefe grow 
 
 = and from him I had thefe relations. He was a ve 
 
 i" ry intelligent Perfon, and pretended to be well ac 
 
 quainted in the Bay ef Campeachy , therefore I exa 
 
 mined him in many particulars concerning tha 
 
 Bay, where I was well acquainted my felf, livin 
 
 there 3 years. He gave very true and pertinen 
 
 an{wers to all my demands, fo that I could have-n 
 
 diftruft of what he related. | a. 
 
 When we firft faw the Mountain of Guatimala, 
 
 we were by judgment 25 leagues diftance from it 
 
 As we came nearer the Land it appeared higher and 
 
 plainer, yet we faw no Fire, but a little Smoak pro, 
 
 ceeding fromit. The Land by the Sea was of a 
 
 E- good height, yet but low in comparifon with that 
 
 in the Country. ‘TheSea for about $ or 10 leagues” 
 
 from the fhoar, was full of floating Trees, or Drift 
 
 Wood,as it is called, (of which I have feen a great] 
 
 ’ deal, but no where fo much as here,) and Pumice: 
 
 a " ftones floating, which probably are thrown out of © 
 
 a the burning Mountains, and wafhed down to they 
 
 fhoar by the Rains, which are very violent and] 
 
 frequent in this Country ; and onthe fide of Hom 
 
 : duras it is exceffively wet. | a 
 | ~ "The 24th day we were in lat. 14d. 30 m. North, 
 i and the Weather more fettled. Then Captain 
 
 | Lownley took with him 106 Men in 9 Canoas, and) 
 
 yvent away to the Weftward, where he intended 
 
 to Land, and romage in the Country for fome 
 
 geftefhment for our fick Men, we having at thig™ 
 
 time near half out Men fick, and many were dead, 
 
 | fince we left Ria Lexa. ‘We in the Ships lay {till 
 
 hs with our Topfails furled, and out Corfes or lower 
 a mails hal’d up this day and the next, that Captain” 
 
 Townley might get the ftart of us, cle - | 
 
 The’ 26th day we made fail again, coafting to” 
 
 the Weftward, having the Wind at North and fair’ 
 
 Poe RE oh ela 
 
* 
 
 ‘7 Fe ES ee ke ee Ee ng, Ny ae ce ee Te ra 
 
 “SRA eS ep eee ee 
 
 The Sea Coaft. 5 236 0 
 weather. We ran along bya tra& of very high Land, Av.1685 
 which came from the Eaftward, more within Land aw ~y 
 than we could fee, after we fell in with it, it bare 
 us company for about 1o leagues, and ended with 
 a pretty gentle defcent towards the Weft. 
 
 There we had a perfect view of a pleafant low 
 Country, which feemed to be rich in Pafturage 
 for Cattle. It was plentifully furnifhed with Groves 
 of green Trees, mixt among the grafly Savannahs : 
 Here the Land was fenced from the Sea with high 
 fandy Hills, for the Waves all along this Coaft run 
 high, and beat againft the fhoar very boifteroufly, 
 making the Land wholly unapproachable in Boats 
 or Canoas: So we. coafted ftill along by this low 
 Land; 8 or 9 leagues farther, keeping clofe to the 
 fhoar for fear of miffing Capt. Towmley. We lay 
 ee the Night, and in the Day made an eafie 
 ail. : 
 
 The 2d day of Ofober Captain Townley came a- 
 board; he had coafted along fhoar in his Canoas, 
 feeking for an entrance, but found none. At laft, 
 being out of hopes to find any Bay, Creek, or Ri- 
 ver, into which he might fafely enter; he put a- 
 fhoar on a fandy Bay, but overfet all his Canoas ; 
 he had one Man drowned , and feveral loft their 
 Arms, and fome of them that had not waxt up 
 their Cartrage or Catouche Boxes, wet all their 
 Powder. Captain Towz/ey with much ado got a- 
 fhoar, and dragged the Canoas up dry on the Bay ; 
 then every Man fearched his Catouche-box, and. 
 drew the wet Powder out of his Gun, and pro- 
 vided to march’ into the Country, but finding it full 
 of great Creeks which they could not ford, they 
 were forced to return again to their Canoas. In 
 the night they ,made good fires to keep themfelves 
 warm ; the next morning 200 Spaniards and Indians 
 fell on them, but were immediately repulfed, and 
 made greater {peed bagk than they had done for- 
 
 | ; Q4 Ward. 
 

 
 . 252 Ifle Tangpla. Guatulco, 2 Port. : 
 (A.1685 ward. Captain Townley followed them, but not far 
 hey for fear of his Canoas. Thefe Men came from Te- 
 guantapeque, a Town that Captain Townley went 
 chiefly to feek, becaufe the Spani/h Books make 
 mention of a large River there ; but whether it 
 
 was run away at this time,orrather Captain Townley 
 
 and his Men were fhort-fighted, ] know not ; but — 
 they could not find it, 4 
 
 ~ Upon his return we ee made fail, coafting — 
 
 fiill Weftward, having the Wind at E. N. E. fair — 
 weather and a treth gale. We kept within 2mile 
 of the fhoar, founding all the way; and found at 
 6 miles diftance from Land 19 fathom; at 8 miles 
 diftance 21 fathom, grofs Sand. We {aw no open- 
 ing, nor fign of any place to land at, fo we failed _ 
 about 20 leagues farther, and cametoafmallhigh . 
 Ufland called Temgola, where there is good anchor- 7 
 ang. The Ifland is indifferently well furnifhed with 
 Wood and Water, and lieth about a league from ~ 
 the fhoar. The Main againft the Ifland is pretty — 
 high champion Savannah Land by the Sea ; but 2 _ 
 or 3 leagues within land it ishigher, and very © 
 woody. : 
 Wecoafted a league farther and came to Guatulco, ~ 
 This Port is in lat. 15 d. 30 m. it is one of the beft © 
 in all this Kingdom of Mexico. Near a mile from ~ 
 the mouth of the Harbour, on the Eaft-fide, there 7 
 is a little Ifland clofe by the fhoar; and on the 
 Wett-fide of the mouth of the Harbour there isa — 
 ereat hollow Rock, which by the continual work. — 
 ing of the Sea in and out makes a great noife, which ~ 
 may be heard a great way. Every Surge that comes ~ 
 in forceth the Water out of a little hole on its top, ~ 
 as out of a Pipe, from whence it Hies out juft like © 
 the blowing’ of a Whale; to which the Spanmrds — 
 alfo liken it. They call this Rock and Spout the ~ 
 Buffadore : upon what account [know not. Even © 
 i iy 
 
 
 
 Se = 
 
 
 
 
 
eee eR, See SEN, eee tie ORS Oe es a et, ae ae ae ap ite va! ee ea ee ELA a 
 
 | Guatulco. Capalita River; 233 
 in the calmeft Seafons the Sea beats in there, ma-A7.1685 
 
 king the Water {pout out at the hole: {0 that this is -wN~J 
 
 always a good mark to find. the Harbour by. The 
 
 Harbour is about 3 mile deep, and one mile broad ; 
 
 it runs in N,W. But the Welt-fide of the Harbour 
 
 is bet to ride in for fmall Ships; for there you 
 
 may ride land-locked: whereas any where elfe you 
 
 are open to the S, W. Winds , which often blow 
 
 here. There is good clean ground any where, and 
 
 sood gradual foundings from 16 to 6 fathom; itis . 
 
 bounded. with a {mooth fandy fhoar, very good to 
 
 Jand at; and at the bottom of the Harbour there 
 
 is a fine Brook of frefh Water running into the Sea, 
 
 Here formerly ftood a {mall Spanifb Town, or Vil- 
 
 lage, which was taken by Sir Francis Drake : but 
 
 now there is nothing remaining of it, befidea little 
 
 Chappel ftanding among the Trees, about 200 paces 
 
 from the Sea, The Land appears in {mall fhort. 
 
 ridges parallel to the fhoar, and to each other; the 
 
 innermoft {till gradually higher than that neares 
 
 the fhoar;, and they are all cloathed with very 
 
 high flourifhing Trees, that it is extraordinary plea- 
 
 fant and delightful to behold at a diftance: I have 
 
 no where {een any thing like it. 
 
 At this place Captain Swaz, who had been very 
 fick, came afhoar, and all the fick Men with him, 
 and the Surgeon to tend them. Captain Tovnlep 
 again took a company of Men with him, and went 
 into the Country to feek for Houfes or Inhabitants, 
 He marched away to the Eaftward, and came to | 
 the River Capalita: which is a fwift River, yet deep 
 near the mouth, and isabout a league from Gzatulco, 
 There 2 of his Men fwam over the River, and took 
 3 Indians that were placed there, as Centinels, to 
 watch for our coming, Thefe could none of 
 them fpeak Spanifh yet our Men by figns made 
 them underftand, that they defired to know if there 
 was any Town or Village ngar ; who by the ee 
 
 : which 
 
 
 
(An.1685 which they made gave our Mento underftand, that 
 yw they could guide them toa Settlement: but there 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Turtle: Vineilo’s. 
 
 f 
 
 was no underftanding by them, whether it was a 
 Spanifh ot Indian Settlement,nor how far it was thi 
 ther. They brought thefé Izdians aboard with them, 
 and the next day, which was the 6th day of Offo. 
 ber, Captain Townley with 140 Men (of whom] 
 was one) went afhoar again, taking one of thefe 
 Indians with us fora Guide to condu€t us to this” 
 Settlement. Our Men that ftay’d aboard fill’d our 
 Water, and cut Wood, and mended our Sails: and_ 
 our Moskito Men ftruck 3 or 4 Turtle every day, 
 They were a fimall fort of Turtle, and not very 
 fweet, yet very well efteemed by us all, becaufe we 
 had eaten noFlefh a great while. The 8th day we 
 returned out of the Country, having been about 14 
 miles directly within land before we came to any 
 Settlement. There we found a fmall Indian Vib 
 lage, and in ita great quantity of Vinello’s drying 
 ~ gn the Sun. og 
 ' The Vinello is a little Cod full of fimall black 
 Seeds; it is 4 or 5 Inches long, about the bignels 
 of the ftem of a Tobacco leat, and when dried 
 much refemblingit: fo that our Privateers at firlt” 
 have often thrown them away when they took any, 
 wondering why the Spaniards {hould lay up- To: 
 bacco ftems. This Cod grows on a fmall Vine, 
 which. climbs about and fupports it,felf by the 
 neighbouring Trees: it firft bears a yellow Flower, 
 from whence the Cod afterwards proceeds. It is 
 firft green, but when ripe it turns.yellow , then the 
 Indians (whofe Manufa€ture it is, and who fell it 
 cheap to the Spaniards ) gather it, and lay it in the 
 Sun , which makes it foft; them it changes to 4 
 Chefiut-colour. Then they frequently prefs it be- 
 tween their fingers, which makes it flat, Ifthe Ia 
 dians do any thing to them befide, 1 know not; bug 
 1 have feen the Spaniards fleck them with Oil, 
 a , + Fhe 
 
Vinello's, where found: 235 
 Thefé Vines grow plentifully at Bocca-toro, where Az.168 
 . T have gathered and tried to cure them, but could ye 
 not : which -makes me think that the Izdians have 
 fome Secret that 1 know not of to cure them. J] 
 have often askt the Spaniards how they were cured, 
 but I never could meet with any could tell me. One 
 Mr. Cree alfo, a very curious Perfon, who fpoke 
 Spanifh well, and had been a Privateer all his Life, 
 and 7 years a Prifoner among the Spantards at Porto- 
 bel and Cartagena, yet upon all his enquiry could 
 . not find any of them that underftood it. Could 
 we have learnt the Art of it, feveral of us would 
 have gone to Bocca-toro yearly, at the dry feafon 
 and cured them, and freighted our Veffel. We 
 there might have.had Turtle enough for foad, and 
 ftore of Vinello’s.. Mr. Cree firft fhewed me thote at 
 Becca-toro. At,or near a Town alfo, called Cai 
 hooca, in the Bay of Campeachy,thefé Cods are found. 
 hey are commonly fold for 3 pence a Cod among. 
 the Spaniards in the Weft-Indies, and are fold by the 
 Druggift, for they are much ufed among Choco- 
 late to perfume it. Some will ufe them among To- 
 bacco, for it gives a delicate fcent. I never heard of 
 any Vinello’s but here in this Country, about Caz 
 hooca, and at Bocca-toro. 
 The Indians of this Village could fpeak but little 
 Spanifb. ‘They feemed to be a poor innocent Peo- 
 ple : and by them we underftood, that here are 
 very few Spaniards in thefe parts; yet all the Indi- 
 ans hereabout are under them. The Land from 
 ~ the Sea to their Houfes is black Earth, mixt with 
 fome Stones and Rocks ; all the way full of very 
 high Trees. - 
 The roth day we fent 4 Canoas to the Weft- 
 ward, who were ordered to lie for us at Port Az- _ 
 gels; where we were in hopes that by fome means 
 or other they might get Prifoners, that might 
 give us a better account of the County than 
 
 at 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 Geen eee eee ye hi i a ci Eee ears pci ara Sif haath st ah Wee ply ee ae hee 
 
 236 They pte from Guatulco; 
 
 Baas at prefent we could have; and we followed 
 them with our Ships , all our Men being now 
 pretty well recovered of the Fever, which had — 
 gaged amongit us ever fince we departed from 
 
 Ria Lexa, 
 
 Be io ~ Sees 2 eae 
 a 
 

 
 
 
 CHAP. IX. 
 
 They fet out from Guatulco. The Ile Sacrificio. 
 
 Port Angels. Faccals. Axarvow Efcape. The 
 Rock Algatro{s, and the neighbouring Coaft. 
 Snooks, a fort of Fifb. The Town of Acapulco. 
 Of the Trade it drives with the Philippine 
 Iflands. The Haven of Acapulco, A Tor- 
 
 nado. Port Marquis. Capt. Townly makes 
 
 @ fruttlef{s Attempt. A long fandy Bay, but 
 very vough Seas, The Palm-tree great and fmall, . 
 The Hill of Petaplan. A poor Indian Village. 
 
 _ Jew-fith. Chequetan, agood Harbor. Efta- 
 
 pa; Mufcles there. A Caravan of Mules taken 
 A Hill neay Thelupan. The Coaft hereabouts, 
 
 ‘The Volcan, Town, Valley, and Bay of Colima. 
 
 Sallagua Port. Orrha. Ragged Hills, Co- 
 ronada, or the Crown-Land. Gape Corri- 
 entes. Ifles of Chametly. The Crty Purifi- 
 
 cation. Valderas ; or the Valley of Flags, 
 | They mifs thew defign on this Goaft. Captain 
 
 Townly leaves them with the Darien Indi- 
 ans. Zhe Point and Ifles of Pontique. O- 
 they Iflesof Chametley. The Penguin-fruzt, 
 she yellow and thered. Seals heré. Of the Ri- 
 wer of Cullacan, and the Trade of a Town 
 shere with California. Maflaclau. River and 
 Lown of Rofario. Caput Cavalli, and ane- 
 sher Hill. The difficulty of Intelligence onthis 
 Goat. The River of Oletta. River of St. Jago. 
 Maxentelba Rock, and Zelifco Hil] San&a 
 
 | Pecaque 
 
et tei 
 
 to anchor at the [fland Sacrificio, which is a {mall 
 
 fhoax, which, was all fandy Bays , the Country 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The Ile Sacrificio. ~~ F 
 
 Pechaque Town in the River of St. Jago: O 
 Compoftella. Many of them cut off at Sana 
 Pechaque. Of California ; whether an Ifland — 
 or not: and of thé North Weft and North 
 Eaft Paffage. A Method propofed for Difcove: — 
 rp of the North Weft and North Eaft Paf 
 fages. Ifle of Santa Maria. A prickly Plant, 
 Gapt. Swan propofes a Voyage to the Eaft-In 
 dies. Valley of Balderas agai, and Gape 
 - Corrientes. -The veafon of their ill Succefs on 
 the Mexican Coaft, and Departure thence for 
 the Eaft-Indies. : 
 
 T was the i2th of Ofober, 1685. whien we fet 
 out of the Harbour of Guatulco with our Ships, 
 The Land here lies along Weft, and a little South? 
 erly for about 20 or 30 leagues, and the Sea winds” 
 ate commonly at W. S. W. fometimes at S. W. the’ 
 Land winds at N, We had now fair weather, and 
 but little wind. We coafted along to the Weft. 
 watd, Keeping as near the {hole as we could for the 
 benefit of the Land winds, for the Sea winds were 
 sight againit us; and we- found a current fetting” 
 
 OF 
 
 to the Eaftward which kept us back, and obliged us 
 
 green Ifland about half'a mile long. It lieth about 
 a league to the Weft of Gwaztz/co, and about half a. 
 mile trom the Main. There {eems to be a fine Bay” 
 to the Weft of the Ifland ; but it is full of Rocks 
 The beft riding is between the [land and the 
 Main: there you will have 5 or 6 fathom Water” 
 Here runs a pretty ftrong tide ; the Sea rifeth andy 
 falleth 5 or 6 foot up and down. 
 The 1&th day we failed from hence, coafting 
 the Weftward after our Canoas. We kept near t 
 
 pretty 
 

 
 Port Angels: ~ 
 
 pretty high and woody, and a great Sea tumbling A7.1689. 
 in upon the fhoar. The 22d day 2 of our Canoas wy hs 
 
 came aboard, and told us they had been a great 
 way to the Weftward, but could not find Port Ay- 
 
 gels. They had attempted to land the day before, . 
 
 at a place where they faw a great many Bulls and 
 Cows feeding, in hopes to get fome of them ; but 
 the Sea run fo high, that they over-fet both Ca- 
 noas, and wet all their Arms, and loft 4 Guns, and 
 
 had one Man drown’d, and with much ado got off 
 
 again. They could give no account of the other 
 2 Canoas, for they lott company the firft night that 
 ae went from Guwarulco, and had not feen them 
 ince. 
 
 We were now abreft of Port Angels, though out 
 Men in the Canoas did not know it ; therefore we 
 went inand anchored there. Thisis a broad open 
 Bay, with 2 or 3 Rocks at the Weft-fide. Here is 
 good anchoring all over the Bay, in 30 or 200r 12 
 fathom Water; but you muft ride open to all 
 Winds, except the Land Winds, till you come into 
 72 or 13 fathom Water; then you are fheltered 
 from the W.S. W. which are the common Trade 
 Winds. The Tide rifeth here about 5 foot; the 
 Flood fets to the N. E. and the Ebb tothe S. W. 
 The landing in this Bay is bad; the place of land- 
 ing is clofé by the Wett-fide, behind a few Rocks ; 
 here always goes a great {well. The Spaniards com- 
 pare this Harbour for goodnefs to Gvatulco, but 
 there is a great difference between them. For 
 Guatulco is almoft Landlocked, and this an open 
 road, and no one would eafily know it by their Cha- 
 racter of it, but by itsmarks, and its latitude, which 
 is 15 d. North. For this reafon our Canoas, which 
 were fent from Gwatulco and ordered to tarry here 
 for us, did not know it, ( not thinking this to be 
 that fine Harbour) and therefore went farther; 2 
 ef them, as [ faid before, returned again, but the 
 
 other 
 
246 A Farm. Faccals. bi 
 ‘fin.168§ other 2 were not yet come tous. The Land that — 
 yw bounds this Harbour is pretty high, the Earth fandy — 
 
 and yellow, in fome places red , it is partly Wood. | 
 
 Jand, partly Savannahs: The Treesin the Woods | 
 
 are large and tall, and the Savannahs are plenti- | 
 
 fully ftored with very kindly Grafs. Two leagues 
 
 to the Eaft of this place is a Beef Farm, belonging © 
 
 to Don Diego de la Rofa. i 
 
 The 23 day welanded about too men and march- 
 
 ed thither, where we found plenty of fat Bulls and- 
 
 Cows, feeding in the Savannahs, and in the Houfe” 
 
 good ftore of Salt aud Maiz, and fome Hogs, and © 
 
 Cocks and Hens: but the Owners or Overfeers were — 
 
 gone. We lay here 2 or 3 days feafting on frefh a 
 
 Provifion, but could not contrive to carry any quar- 
 
 tity aboard, becaufe the Way was fo long, and our 
 
 Men but weak , and a great wide River to ford. _ 
 
 - Therefore we returm’d again from thence the 26th’ 
 
 day; and brought every one a little Beef or Pork 
 
 for the Men that ftay’d aboard. The two nights” 
 
 that we ftay’d afhoar at this place we heard great 
 ‘ droves of Jaccals, as we fuppos’d them to be, bark: — 
 
 ing all night long, not far from us: None of us 
 
 Yaw thefe ; but J do verily believe they were Jaccals; 
 
 tho’ I did never fee thofe Creatures in America, nor 
 
 hear any but at this time. Wecould not think that 
 there were lef§ than 30 or 40 in acompany.. We 7™ 
 got aboard in the evening ; but did not yet hear ~ 
 
 any news of our two Canoas. . | 
 
 The 27th day in the morning we failed ftom 
 
 hence, with the Land Windat N. by W. The Sea- 
 Wind came about noon at W.S. W.and in the even: 
 ing we anchored in 16 fathom Water, by a fmalk 
 tocky Ifland, which lieth about half a mile from” 
 the Main, and 6 leagues Weftward from Port An: 7 
 gels. The Spaniards give no account of thisIfland ~ 
 in their Pilot-book. The 28th day we failed again © 
 with the Land Wind: in the afternoon a Sea 
 Cz 
 
 | BICCZ = 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A narrow Ffeape. — a4t 
 
 breez blew hard, and we fprung our Main Top-maft. 47.1685 
 This Coaft is full of fmall Hills and Valleys, anda Wr 
 great Sea falls in upon the fhore. In the night we 
 met with the other 2 of our Canoas that went from 
 us at Guatulco. They had been as far as Acapulco to 
 feek Port Angels Coming back from thence they went 
 into a River to get Water, and were encountered 
 by 150 Spaniards, yet they filled their Water in 
 {pight of them, but had one Man fhot thro’ the 
 Thigh. Afterward they went into a Lagune, or 
 Lake of Salt-water, where they found much dried 
 Fifth, and brought fome aboard. We being now a- 
 breft of that place, fent in a Canoa mann’d with 
 12 Men for more Fifth. The Mouth of this Lagune 
 is not Piftol-fhot wide, and on both fides are pretty 
 high Rocks, fo conveniently placed by Nature, that 
 many Men may abfcond behind ; and within the 
 Rock and Lagune opens wide on both fides. The 
 Spaniards being alarmed. by our 2 Canoas that had 
 been there 2 or three days before, came armed to this. 
 Place to fecure their Fith ; and feeing our Canoa 
 coming, they lay fnug behind the Rocks, and fuf- 
 fered the Canoa to pafSin, then they. fired their 
 Volley, and wounded 5 of our Men. Our People 
 were a little furprized at this fudden Adventure, 
 yet fired their Guns, and rowed. farther into the 
 Lagune, for they durit not adventure to come out 
 again through the narrow Entrance, which was near 
 a quarter of a Mile in length. Therefore they 
 rowed into the middle of the Lagune, where they 
 lay out of Gun-fhot, and looked about to fee if 
 there was not another Paflage to get out at, broader 
 than that by which they entred, but could fee none. 
 So they lay ftill two days and three Nights, in 
 hopes that we fhould come to feek them , but we 
 lay off at Sea, about 3 leagues diftant, waiting for 
 their return, fuppofing by their long abfence, that 
 they had made fome greater Difcovery, and were 
 
 ¢ R gone 
 

 
 242 Snooks, a fort of Fijh: . 
 An 1685 gone farther than the Fifh-Range; becaufe it is uf. 
 &-y~~ al with Privateers when they enter upon fuch de- 
 
 figns, to featch farther than they propofed, if they 
 meet any Encouragement. But Capt. Towz/ey and 
 _ his Bark being nearer the fhore, heard fome Guns 
 fired inthe Lagune. So he mann’d his Canoa, and 
 went towards the fhore, and beating the Spaniards _ 
 away from the Rocks, made a free paflagefor our 
 Mento come out of their pound, where ‘elfe they — 
 mu{t have been f{tarved or knocked on the head by 
 the Spaniards. They came aboard their Ships again 
 the 3 1f{t of Ofob.ThisLaguneis about the lat. of 16d, — 
 40 m. North, | 
 From hence we made fail again, coafting to the 
 Weftward, having fair Weather and a Current fet- 
 ting tothe Weft. Thefecond day of November we 
 palt by a Rock, called by the Spanzards the Alga-— 
 trofs. Fhe Land hereabout is of an indifferent 
 height, and woody, and more within the Country 
 Mountainous. Here are 7 or 8 white Cliffs by the © 
 Sea, which are very remarkable, becaufe there are 
 none fo white and fo thick together on all the Coaft. 
 ‘They ate 5 or 6 Mile to the Welt of the Algatrofs 
 Rock. There is a dangerous fhoal lieth S. by W.— 
 from thefe Cliffs, 4 or 5 Mile off at Sea. Two- 
 ‘Yeagues to the Weft of thefe Cliffs thereis a pretty — 
 large Rivet, which formsa {mall Ifland at its Mouth. — 
 ‘The Channel on the Eaft fide is. but fhoal and 
 fandy, but the Weft Channel is deep enough for 
 ‘€anoas to’ entet- Oh the Banks of this Channel 
 the Spaniards have made a Breftwork, to hinder an” 
 Enemy from landing, or filling Water. 1 
 The 3d day we Anchored abreft of this River, in 
 14 fathom Watet,about a Mile and a half off fhore. 
 The next Morning we mann’d our Canoas, and — 
 went afhore. to the Breft-work with little refiftanee, — 
 although thers were about zoo Men to Keep us off — 
 ‘Ehey fired about 20 of 30 Guns. at us, but feeing 
 wey 
 “7? 
 * 
 
 1 
 yn 
 
Oe Se oe ee 
 
 The Sea Coaft, 243 
 we were tefolved to land, they quitted the place; An, 1685 
 one chief reafon why the Spaniards are {fo frequently Uys, 
 routed by us, although many times much our fu- 
 periors in numbers, and. in many places fortified 
 with Breftworks, is, their want of {mall Fire-arms, 
 for they have but few onall the Sea Codftss unlefs 
 near their larger Garifons: Here we founda grear 
 _ deal of Salt; brought hither, as I judge, for to falt 
 - Fifh, which they take in the Lagunes: The Fith I 
 _ Obferved here mottly; were what we call Snooks; —--~ 
 neithera Sea fifh nor frefh Water fith, but very nu- 
 merous in thefe {alt Lakes: This. Fifh is about a 
 - foot long, and round, and as thick asthe {mall of 
 a Mans Leg, with a pretty longhead : Ithath Scales 
 of a whitifh colour, and is good meat. How the 
 saa take them I know not, for we. never 
 ound any Nets, Hooks, or Lines; neither yet 
 any Bark, Boat, or Canoa, among them, on alk 
 this Coaft, except the Ship I-fhall mention at 
 apie 
 e marched twoor three Leagues into the Coun- 
 try, and met with but one Houfe, where we took a 
 Mulaetto Prifoner, who informed us of a Ship that 
 was lately arrived at Acapulco ; {he came trom Lima: 
 Captain Lown/ey wanting a good Ship, thought now 
 he had an opportunity of getting one, if he could 
 perfwade his Men to venture with him into 
 the Harbour of Acapulco, and fetch this Lima Ship 
 out. Therefore he immediately propofed. it; and: 
 found not only all his own Men willing to aflift 
 him, but many of CaptainSwan’s Men alfo. Cap- 
 tain Swan oppofed it, becaufe Provifion being farce 
 with us, he thought our time might be much bet. 
 ter imployed in firit providing our elves with ood’; 
 and here was plenty of Maiz in the River where 
 we now were, as we were informed by the fame 
 Prifoner, who offered to condu€tus to. the place 
 where it was, But neither the prefént neceffity, nor 
 . R 2 Cape 
 
 
 
 
 
An.1638 Captain Swan’s perfwafion availed any thing, no | 
 w-v~w nor yet their ownintereft ; for the great defign we - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Acapulco. 
 
 had then inhand, was to lie and wait for a rich 
 Ship which comes to Acapulco every year richly la: 
 den from the Phz//ppine lands. Butit wasneceflary 
 we fhould be well ftored with Provifions, to ena- 
 ble us to Cruifé about, and wait the time of her co- 
 ming. However, Towzley’s Party prevailing, we — 
 only fill’d our Water here, and made ready to be 
 gone. So the 5th day in the Afternoon we failed — 
 again, Coafting to the Weftward, towards Acapulco, — 
 The 7th day in the Afternoon, being about twelve ~ 
 Leagues from the fhoar, we {aw the high Land of — 
 Acapulco, which is very remarkable: for there is a 
 round Hill ftanding between 2 other Hills; the 
 Weftermoft of which is the biggeft and higheft, and 
 hath two Hillocks like two Paps on its top: the 
 Eaftermoft Hill is higher'and fharper than the mid: — 
 dlemoft. From the middle Hill the Land declines — 
 toward the Sea,ending in a high round point. There — 
 is no Land fhaped like this on all the Coaft. In- 
 the evening Captain Townley went away from the 
 Ships with 140 Men in 12 Canoas, to try to get 
 the Lima Ship out of Acapulco Harbour. q 
 Acapulco is a pretty large Town, 17 degrees North — 
 of the Equator. It is the Sea-Port tor the City of 
 Mexico, on the Weft fide of the Continent ; as La 
 Vera Cruz, or St. Fobn d’Ulca in the Bay of Nova 
 Hifpania, is on the North fide. This Town is the 
 only place of Trade onall this Coaft; for there 
 is little or no Traffick by Sea on all the N. W. part 
 of this vaft Kingdom, here being, as I have faid, 
 neither Boats, Barks nor Ships, (that I could ever 
 fee) unlefs only what come hither from other parts, — 
 and ‘fome Boats near the S.5. end of Californias — 
 asI gueis, by the intercourfe between that and the — 
 Main, tor Pearl-fifhing: i 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 
 
ee, Se he . at Tete. =, at de® OT ars Se 
 
 The Ships that Trade with Manila. a 
 
 The Ships that Trade hither are only 3, two An.1685 
 that conftantly go once a year between this and U\ny 
 Manila in Luconiaone of the Philippine Ulands,and 
 one Ship more every year to and from Lima. This 
 from Lima commonly arrives a little before Chri/?- 
 mas the brings them Quick-filver, Cacao, and 
 Pieces of Eight. Here fhe ftays till ithe Manila 
 Ships arrives, and then takes in a Cargo of Spices, 
 ‘Silks, Callicoes, and Mullins, and other Ea/?-India 
 ‘Commodities, for the ufe of Per, and then te- 
 turns to Lima. This is but a’ {mall Veffel of 20 
 Guns, but the two Manila Ships are each faid to 
 beabove 1000 Tun. Thefe make their Voyages 
 - alternately, fo that one or other of them is always 
 at the Manila’s. When either of them fets out 
 from Acapulco, it is at the latter end of March, or 
 the beginning of Apri/; fhe always touches to te- 
 frefh at Guam, one of the Ladrone Mflands, in about 
 60 days {pace after fhe fets out. There fhe ftays 
 but 2 or 3 days, and then profecutes her Voyage 
 to Manila, where {he commonly arrives fome time 
 in June. By that time the other is ready to fail 
 from thence, laden with Ea/?-India Commodities. 
 She {tretcheth away to the North as far as 36, or 
 fometimes into 40 degrees of North lat. before the 
 gets a Wind to ftand over to the American fhoar. 
 She falls in firft with the Coaft of Catifornia, and 
 then Coafts along the fhoar to the South again, 
 and never mifles a Wind to bring her away from 
 thence quite to Acapulco. When the gets the length 
 of Cape St. Lucas, which is the Southermoft point 
 of California, fhe ftretcheth over to Cape Corientes, 
 which is in about the 2oth degree of North lat. 
 from thence fhe Coafts along till fhe comes to Sa/- 
 lagua, and there fhe fets afhoar Paflengers that are 
 bound to the City of Mexico: From thence fhe 
 makes her beft way, Coafting ftill along fhoar, till 
 the atrives at Acapulco, which is commonly about 
 Bie oh; R 3 Chrift- 
 
NG UE M RIP E RR Ss Mente OTT EN TA OMEN en RS tS ee eee: Ow Le me 
 
 246 
 An.1685 
 
 to fugceed each other alternately in their proper 
 
 nel. This Harbour runs in North about 3 Miles, = 
 
 -yorm, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Acapulco Harbour. q 
 Chrifimas, never more than 8 or 10 days before or — 
 after. Upon the return of this Ship to the Manila, 
 the other which ftayeth there till her arrival, takes _ 
 her turn back to Acapulco.Six Fobn Narborough there- 
 fore was impofed on by the Spaniards,who told him — 
 that there were 8 fail, or more,that ufed this Trade. 
 ’ The Port of Acapulco is very commodious for — 
 the reception of Ships, and fo ‘large, that fome — 
 hundreds may fafely Ride there without damnify- — 
 ing each other. Thereis a {mall low Ifland crof — 
 fing the mouth of the Harbour ; itisabout a mile — 
 and a half long, and half a mile broad, ftretching — 
 Eaftand Weft. It leaves a good wide deep Chan: — 
 nel ateach end, where Ships may fafely go in or f 
 come out, taking the advantage of the Winds; they. — 
 muft enter with the Sea-Wind, and go out with the — 
 Land-Wind, for thefe Winds feldom or never fail © 
 
 feafon of the day or night. The Weftermoft — 
 Channel is the narroweft, but fo deep, there is no 
 Anchoring, and the Mavi/a Ships pafs in that way, 
 but cheShips from Lima enters on the S. W. Chan- 
 
 then growing very narrow, it turns fhort about to” 
 the Welt, and runs about a mile farther, where it” 
 ends. The Town ftands on the N. W. fide; at thé 
 mouth of this narrow paflage; clofe by the Sea,” 
 and at the end of the Town, there is a Platform 
 with a great many Guns. Oppofite to the Town 
 on the Eaft fide, ftands a high ttrong Caftle, faid to ~ 
 have 40 Guns’ of a° yery great bore. Ships com- 
 monly Ride near the bottom of the Harbour, under 
 the Command both of the Caftle and the Plat-— 
 
 
 
 ~ Captain Townly, who, as Lfaid before, with 140 
 Men, left our Ships on a defign to fetch the Lima — 
 Ship out of the Harbour, ‘had not Rowed abov 
 3 or 4 Leagues before the Voyage was like to end 
 poet NB Soe aa 4 iwat ake «24M sic ae a Bete eanaLS “with 
 
 
 
eee, 
 
 __ Port Marquis. 
 
 which had like to have foundered all the Canoas ; 
 but they efcaped that danger, and the fecond night 
 got fate into Port Marquis. Port Marquis is a very 
 good Harbour, aleague to the Eaft of Acapulco Har- 
 bour. Here they ftaid all the next day to day them- 
 felves, their Cloaths, their Arms, and Ammunition, 
 and the next night they rowed foftly into Acapulco 
 Harbour; and becaufe they would not be heard, 
 they hal’d in their Oars, and paddled as foftly as if 
 they had been feeking Manatee. They paddled 
 ¢clofé tothe Caftle ; then ftruck over to the Town, 
 and found the Ship riding between the Breft-work 
 and the Fort, within about 100 Yards of each. 
 VVhen they had well viewed her, and confidered 
 the danger of the defign, they thoughtit not pofli- 
 ble to accomplifh it ; therefore they paddled {fofily 
 back again, till they were out of command of the 
 Forts, and then they went to Land, and fell in a- 
 mong a Company of Spami/h Soldiers (for the Spavj- 
 ards having feen them the day before,had fet Guards 
 along the Coaft) who immediately fired at them, 
 but did them no damage, only made them retire 
 farther fromthe fhore, They lay afterwards at the 
 mouth of the Harbour till it was day,to takea view 
 of the Town and Caftle, and then returned aboard 
 again, being tired, hungry, and forry for their Dif- 
 appointment. 
 
 The 11th day we made fail again further on to 
 the VVeftward, with the Land-wind, which is com- 
 monly at.N.E, but the Sea winds are at S. VV. VVe 
 pafled by a long fandy Bay of above 20 leagues. All 
 the way along it the Sea falls with fuch force on the 
 fhore, that it is impoffible to come near it with Boat 
 or Canoa ; yet it is goodclean ground, and good an- 
 choring a mile or two fromthe {hore. The Land 
 by the Sea is low, and indifferent Fertile, produ- 
 
 R 4 ie (1334 
 
 i 7 ie 
 with all their Lives ; for on a fidden they were en- Av.1685 
 countred with a violent Tornado fiom the fhore, #wNy 
 
- 
 
 F 248 
 
 A.1685 cing many-forts of Trees, efpecially the {preading 1 
 
 ~ thete it fpreads totth many large green Branches,not 
 
 The Palm-tree. Hill of Petaplan. s 
 
 Palm, which grows in {pots ftom one end of the 
 Bay to the other. , J 
 
 clear ftom Boughs of Branches,till juft at the head; 
 
 much unlike the Cabbage-tree before defcribed, 
 
 - 'Thefe Branches alfo grow in many Places, (as in 
 
 Famaica, Darien, the Bay of Campeachy, &c.) from 
 
 a {tump not above a foot or two high; which is 
 
 
 
 
 
 Si) <2 
 ‘ 
 “ra 
 
 “The Palm-tree is.as big as an ordinary Afh, — 
 erowing about 20 or 30 toot high. The Body is 
 
 f 
 
 not the Remains of a Tree cut down ; for none of — 
 
 thefe fort of Trees will ever grow again when they 
 
 have once loft their head; but thefé are a fort of — 
 
 Dwarfpalm, and the Branches which grow from 
 the ftump, are notfo large as thofé that grow on 
 the great Tree. Thefe {mallet Branches are ufed 
 both in the Foff and Weff Indies for thatching 
 
 Houfes, They. are vety lafting and ferviceable, 
 much furpafling the Palmeto. For this Thatch, if — 
 welllaid‘on, will endure 5 or 6 Years; and this — 
 is called by the Spaniards the Palmeto Royal, The — 
 
 Englifbat Famaica give it the fame Name. Whether . 
 
 this be tlie fare which they in Guinea get the Palm- 
 
 wine from, 1 know not; but Know that itis like — 
 
 this. 
 
 ~ The Land iathe Country is full of finall pecked — 
 barren Hills, making as many little Valleys, which — 
 
 appear, Hourifhing and green. At the Weft-end of 
 this Bay is the Hill of Perap/az,in lat.17d. 30m.N. 
 This is a round Point ftretching out into the Sea: 
 Ata diltance it feems to bean Tfland. A little to 
 the Weft: of this: Hill are feveral tound: Rocks, 
 which we left without us, ftéering in between 
 them. and. the round’ Point, where we had rt fa- 
 thom. Water.. We came to.an Anchor on the N.W. 
 fide of the Hill, and went. afhore, about 170 Men 
 
 of us, and matched into the Country 12 or 14 _ 
 ¥ ; seit aise ive ci Oy ate : 
 
 miles. 
 
 
 
Jew-fith: Chequetan. 249 
 miles. There we came to a poor Indian Village An.1685 
 that did not afford us a Meal of Vi&tuals. The Peo. Ay 
 ple all fled, only a Mulatra Woman, and 3 or 4 
 
 fmall Children, who were taken and brought a- 
 
 broad. She told us that a Carrier (one who drives 
 aCaravan of Mules) was going to Acapulco, laden 
 
 with Flower and other Goods, but ftopt in the Road ~ 
 
 for fear of us, a little to the Weft of this Village, 
 
 (for hehad heard of our being on this Coaft) and 
 ihethought he {till remained there : And therefore 
 
 it was we kept the Woman to be our Guide to car- 
 
 ry us to that place. -At this place where we now 
 lay our Moskito-men firuck fome {mall Turtle, and 
 many {mall Few-fi/p. 
 
 The Few-fifh isa very good Fifh, and I judge fo 
 called by the,Eng/i/h becaufe it hathScales and Fins, 
 therefore a clean Fifh,according to the Levitica/Law, 
 and the Faws at Famaica buy them, and eat them 
 very freely. It is a very large Fifh, fhaped much 
 like a Cod, but a great deal bigger ; one will weigh 
 3, or 4, or 5 hundred weight. It hath a large 
 head, with great Fins and Scales, as big.as an Half- 
 Crown, anfwerable to the bignefs of his Body. Ie 
 is very. {weet Meat, and commonly fat. This Fifh 
 lives among Rocks; there are plenty of them in 
 the Weft Indies, about Famaica, and the Coaft of 
 Caraccos ; but chiefly in thefe Seas, efpecially more 
 Weftward. ; : 
 
 We went from hence with our Ships the: 18th day, } 
 and fteered Weft about 2 leagues farther, to a place ; 
 called Chequetan. A-Mile and half from the fhore. 
 there is afmall Key, and within itisa very good Har- 
 bour where Ships may careen ; there is alfoa {mall 
 ‘River of frefh VVater, and VVood enough. © 
 
 The 14th day inthe morning we went with 95 
 Men in 6 Canoas to feck’ for the Carrier, taking 
 the Mulatto-Woman for our Guide, but Captain 
 Townley would not'go with us. 2, Before day we oa 
 
 Mey Shits. ce ely 3 e 
 
 Pood 
 
 ya 
 

 
 2.50 A Garvan of Mules taken. mT 
 An.1685 ded at aplace called E/tepa,a league to the VVett of — 
 yr Chequeton. The VVoman waswell acquainted here, — 
 
 having been often at this place for Mufcles, asfhe — 
 told us; for here are great plenty of them.. They 
 feem inall refpettlike our Ezglifh Muficles. She . 
 carry 'd us through the pathlefs VVood by the fide of 
 a River, for about a league: Then we came intoa — 
 Savannah full of Bulls and Cows; and here the % 
 Carrier before-mentioned was lying at the Eftan- 
 tion-houfe with his Mules, not having dared to 
 advance all this while, as not knowing where we 
 lay ; fo his own fear made him, his Mules, and all © 
 his Goods, become a Prey.to us. He had 40 Packs 
 of Flower, fome Chocolate, a great many {mall 
 Cheefes, and abundance of Earthen Ware. The — 
 Eatables we brought away, but the Earthen Vefiels 
 we had no occafion for, and. therefore left them, — 
 The Mules were about 60 ; We brought our Prize © 
 with them to the Shore, and fo turned them away, — 
 Here we alfo kill’d fome Cows, and brought with — 
 us to our Canoas. Inthe Afternoon our Ships came 
 toan Anchor halfa Mile from the. place where we 
 landed, and. then we went aboard. Captain Townley 
 feeing our good fuccefS, went afhore with his Men — 
 to kill fome .Cows ; for here were no Inhabitants — 
 near to oppofe us.. The Land is very woody, of — 
 a. good fertile Soil, watered. with many fimall — 
 Rivers ; yet it hath but few Inhabitants near the — 
 Sea.  Capt..Towa/ey kill’d 18. Beefs, and after he 
 came, aboard, our Men, contrary to Captain Swan's 
 inclination, gave Capt. Towmley part of the Flower 
 which,we..took afhore,. Afterwards we gave the 
 VVoman fome .Cloaths for her, and her Children, 
 and put her. and two of them-afhore ; but one of 
 them,:a vety pretty Boy, about 7 or 8 Years old 
 / Capt. Swan. kept, The VVoman cried, and begg’d 
 hard to have him; but Capt. Swen would not, 
 but promifed to make much of him, and was a 
 * BOOC 
 
The Coafting along. 255 
 good as his word. He proved afterwards a very Az.1685 
 fine Boy for Wit, Courage, and Dexterity ; I have yw 
 often wonder'd at his Expreffions and ACtions. 
 
 The 21ft day in the evening,we failed hence with 
 the Land-Wind. The Laad-Winds on this part of 
 the Coaft are at N, and the Sea-Winds at W.S. W. 
 We had fair Weather, and Coafted along to the 
 Weftward. The Land is high, and full of ragged 
 Hills; and Weft from thefe ragged Hills, the Land 
 makes many pleafant and fruittul Valleys among 
 the Mountains. The 25th day we were abreft of a 
 very remarkable Hill, which towring above the 
 teft of its fellows, is divided in the top, and makes 
 two fmall parts. Itisin lat. 18d. 8m. North. The 
 Spaniards make mention of a Towncalled The/upan 
 near this Hill, which we would have vifited if we 
 could have found the way toit. The 26th day 
 Captain Swan and Captain Townley, with 200 Men, 
 of whom I was one, went. in our Canoas to feek 
 ‘torthe City of Coma, a rich place by report, but 
 how far within LandI could never learn: for, as 1 
 faid before, here is no Trade by Sea, and therefore 
 - -wecould never get Guides to inform us, orconduct 
 us to any Town, but one or two, on this Coaft ; 
 and there is never a Town that lieth open to the 
 Sea but Acapulco, and therefore our iearch wag 
 commonly fruitle{s, as now; for, we rowed above 
 20 Leagues along fhoar, and found it a very. bad 
 ‘Coaftto Land. We faw no Houfe,. nor fign of In- 
 habitants, although we paft by a fine Valley, called 
 the Valley of Maguella , only at two places, the 
 one at our fir{t fetting out on this Expedition, and 
 the other at the end of it, we faw a Horfeman fet, 
 as we fuppofed, as a Centinel, to watch us, At 
 both places we landed with difficulty, and at each 
 place we followed the track of the Horfé on. the 
 fandy Bay, but where they entered the Woods 
 weloft the track, and although we diligently see 
 
 
 

 
 The Volcan and Valley of Colima: 
 
 An.1685 for it, yet we could find it no more ;, fo we were 
 yrs perfectly at a lofs to find out the Houfes or Town 
 
 a 
 
 they came from. The 28th day, being tired and 
 hopelefS to find any Town, we went aboard our 
 Ships, that were now come abreft of the place 
 where we were; for always when we leave our 
 Ships, we either order a certain place of meeting, 
 or elfe leave them a fign to know where we are, 
 by making one or more great Smoaks: yet we had 
 all like to have been ruin’d by fuch a fignal as this, 
 in a former Voyage under Captain Sharp, when 
 we made that unfortunate Attempt upon -Avzca, 
 which is mentioned in the H:/tory of the Buccaneers. 
 For upon the routing our Men, “and taking feveral — 
 of them, fome of thofé fo taken told the Spamzards, 
 that it was agreed between them and their Com- 
 panions on board, to make two great Smoaks at a © 
 diftance from each other, as foon as the Town © 
 fhould be taken, as a fignal to the Ship, that it 
 might fafely enter the Harbour. The Spamiards 
 made thefe Smoaks prefently : 1 was then among 
 thofé who ftaid on board; and whether the fignal 
 was not fo exaétly made, or fome other difcourage- — 
 ment happen’d, I remember not, but we foxbore — 
 soing in, till we faw our fcatter’d Crew coming © 
 off in their Canoas. Had we enter’d the Port upon ~ 
 the fale fignal, we muft have been taken or funk ; — 
 for we muit have paft clofé by the Fort, and could — 
 have had no Wind to bring us out, till the Land- — 
 Wind fhould rife in the night. 
 
 But to our prefent Voyage: After we came a- — 
 board we faw the Volcan of Colima. This isa very — 
 high Mountain, in about 18 d..36 m. North, 
 ftanding 5 or 6 Leagues ftom the Sea, in the midft 
 of'a pleafant Valley. It appzars with 2 fharp peeks, — 
 fiom each of which there do always iffue flames of — 
 fire’ or fmoak. The Valley in which this Volcan — 
 ftands, iscalled the Valley of Coma, ftomtheTown — 
 | 3 ) it | 
 
Valley of Colima. 252 
 it felf which ftands there not far from-the Volcan, Az.1685 
 The Town is faid to be great and rich, thechief of bys 
 -allits Neighbourhood : and the Valley in which it 
 is feated, by the relation which the Spaniards give 
 of it, is the moft pleafant and fruitful Valley in all 
 the Kingdom of Mexico. This Valley is about ten 
 or twelve leagues wide by the Sea, where it makes 
 a {mall Bay : but how far the Vale runs into the 
 Country I know not. — It is faid to be full of Cacoa- 
 gardens, Fields of Corn, Wheat, and Plantain- 
 Walks. The neighbouring Sea is bounded with a 
 fandy fhoar; but there is no going afhoar for the 
 violence of the Waves. The Land within it is low 
 all along, and Woody for about 2 leagues from the 
 Faft fide; at the end of the Woods there is a deep 
 River runs out into the Sea, but it hath fuch a 
 great Bar, or fandy Shoal, that when we were | 
 here, no Boat or Canoa could poffibly enter, the 
 Sea running fo high upon the Bar: otherwife, I 
 judge, we fhould have made fome farther difcove- 
 ry into this pleafant Valley. On the Weft fide of 
 the River the Savannah land begins, and runs to the 
 other fide of the Valley. We had but little Wind 
 when we came aboard, therefore we lay off this Bay 
 that Afternoon and the Night enfuing. 
 
 The 29th day our Captains went away from out 
 Ships with 200 Men, intending at the firft conve- . 
 nient place to land and fearch about for a path : 
 for the Spanifh Books make mention of 2 or 3 other 
 Towns hereabouts, efpecially one called Sad/agua, 
 to the Weft of this Bay. Our Canoas rowed along 
 as near the fhoar as they could, but the Sea went 
 fo high that they could not land. About ro or 11 
 a Clock, 2 Horfemen came near the fhoar, and one 
 of them took a Bottle out of his Pocket, and drank 
 to our Men. While he was drinking, one of our Men 
 {natch’d up his Gun, and let drive at him,and kill’d 
 his Horfe : fo his Confort immediately fet Spurs to 
 
 his 
 

 
 
 a | Povt of Sallagua: " 
 ‘An.1685 lis Horfe and rode away, leaving the other to 
 yr come after afoot. But he being Booted, made but — 
 
 flow hafte ; therefore two of our Men ftript them- 
 felves, and fwam afhoarto take him. But he had 
 a Macheat, or long Knife, wherewith he. kept 
 them both from feizing him, they having nothing in 
 their hands wherewith to defend themfelves, or 
 offend him. The 30th day our Men came all a- — 
 board again, for they could not find any place td — 
 
 ‘and in. : face 
 
 ‘The firft day of December we pafied by the Port — 
 of Sallagua. This Port isin lat 18d.52m. Itis 
 only a pretty deep Bay, divided in the middle with _ 
 a rocky point, which makes, as it were, two Har- 4 
 -bours. Ships may ride fecurely in either, but the — 
 _ Weft Harbour is the beft: there is good Anchoring 
 ‘ any where in ro or 12 fathom, and a Brook of frefh — 
 ‘Water runs into the Sea. Here we faw a greatnew ~ 
 thatched Houfé, and a great many Spaniards both — 
 Hoffe and Foot, with Drums beating, and Co- — 
 lours flying, in defiance of us, as we thought. We — 
 took no notice of them till the next morning; and — 
 then we landed about 200 Men to try their Cou. © 
 tage; but they prefently withdtew. The Foot ne- © 
 ver ftay’d to exchange one fhot, but the Horfemen ~ 
 ftay’d till 2 or 3 were knock’d down, and then 7 
 . they drew off, our Men purfiing them. At laft, 2 
 of our Men took two Horfes that had loft their Ri- — 
 ders, and mounting them, rode after the Spaniards ~ 
 full drive till they came among them, thinking to 
 have taken a Prifoner for Intelligence, but had like 
 to have been taken themfelves : for 4 Spaniards fur- 
 rounded them, after they had difctharged their Pi- 
 ftols, and unhorfed them ; and if fome of our beft 
 Footmen had not come to their refeue, they muft 
 have yielded, or have been killed. They were both — 
 €ut in 2 or 3 places, but their wounds were nor 
 mortal, Thea Spaniards got away before our Men 
 : could 
 
 
 

 
 |) . cake Saad on. ty, be 
 
 Oarrha. The Author taken fick, 
 
 vo eee oe Nae aoe a ee 
 
 25§ 
 
 could hurt them, and mounting their Horfés, fpee- Av.1685 
 ded after their Conforts, who were marched away Wo 
 
 into the Country. Our Men finding a broad Road 
 leading into the Country, followed it about 4 
 leagues ina dry ftony Country,full of fhort VVood; 
 
 but finding no figh of Inhabitants,they returned again. 
 
 In their way back they took two Mu/atto’s, who 
 were not able to march as faft as their Conforts; 
 therefore they had skulked in the Woods, and by 
 that means thought to have efcaped our Men. Thele 
 Prifoners informed us, that this great Road did 
 lead to a great City called Ozrrba, from whence 
 ‘many of thofe Horfemen before fpoken of came : 
 That this City was diftant from hence as far asa 
 Horfe will go in 4 days;and that there is no place of 
 confequence nearer: That the Country is very poor, 
 and thinly inhabited. They {aid alfo, that thefe 
 Men came to affift the Phi/lippine Ship, that was 
 every day expected here, to put afhore Paflengers for 
 Mexico. TheSpanifh Pilot-Books, mention a Town 
 alfo called Sa//agua hereabouts; but we could not 
 find it, nor hear any thing of it by our Prifon- 
 €1S. . ; 
 We now intended to eruife off Cape Corrien- 
 zes, to waitfor the Philippine Ship. Sothe 6th day 
 of Decemb. we fet fail, coafting to the Weftwards 
 towards Cape Corrientes. We had fair Weather, and 
 but little Wind ; theSea-Breezes at N: W. and the 
 Land-Wind at N. The Land is of an indifferent 
 heighth, full of ragged Points, which at a diftance 
 appear like Iflands: The Country is very woody, 
 -but the Trees-are not high, nor very big. 
 Here | was taken fick of a Fever and Ague that 
 afterwards turned to a Dropfie, which! laboured. 
 under along time after; and many of our Men died 
 of this Dittemper, though our Surgeons uféd their 
 greatelt skill to preferve their Lives. The’ Dropfie is 
 » general Diftemper on this Coaft; and the Natives 
 | fay, 
 
 
 
(256  Gape Corrientes: 7 
 An.1685 fay, that the beft remedy they can find for it, is the 
 Wwy~w Stone or Cod of an Allegator (of which they have 4, 
 one near each Leg,within the Flefh) pulverized and 
 drunk in Water: This Receipt we alfo found mentt- 
 oned in an Almanack made «at Mexico: I would 
 have tried it, but we found no Allegators here, tho 
 there are feveral. | | 
 There are many good Harbours between Sai/a- 
 gua and Cape Corrientes : but we pafled by them all. 
 As we drew near the Cape, the Land by the Sea ap- 
 peared of an indifferent heighth, full of white 
 Cliffs; but in the Country the Land is high and — 
 barren, and fullof fharp pecked Hills, unpleafant 
 to the fight.. To the Weft of this ragged Land is a 
 Chain of Mountains running parallel with the 
 Shore ; They end on the Weft with a gentledefcent; — 
 but on the Eaft fide they keep their heighth, ending — 
 with a high fteep Mountain, which hath three {mall 
 {harp pecked tops, fomewhat refembling a Crown ; — 
 and therefore called by the Spanzards, Coronada, the 
 Crown Land. | 
 The 11th day we were fair in fight of Cape Cor. — 
 vientes, it bore N. by W. and the Crown Land bore © 
 North. TheCape isof an indifferent heighth, with © 
 {teep Rocks to the Sea. It is Hat and even on the © 
 top, cloathed with Woods: The Land in the Coun- — 
 try ishigh and doubled. This Cape liethin 20d. — 
 28m. North. I find its longitude trom Tenuriff to — 
 be 230d.56m. but I keep my longitude Weftward, 
 according to our Courfe; and according to this 
 reckoning,| find it is from the Lizard inEmgland12 14. 
 41m. fo that the difference of time is 8 hours, and 
 almoft 6 minutes. 7 
 _ Here we had refolved to cruizefor the Philippine 
 Ship, becaufé {he always makes this Cape in her 
 Voyage homeward. We were (asI have faid) four 
 Ships in Company; Captain Swan, and his Ten- ~ 
 der ; Captain Towmley, and his Tender.’ It ey © | 
 ordered ~ 
 
 Eee a 
 
 ee en na oh 
 

 
 
 
 Iffes of Chametly? 
 
 ftant each from other, between him and the Cape, 
 that fo we might not mifS the Philippine Ship ; but 
 we wanted Provifion, and therefore we fent Capt. 
 Towznley’s Bark, with 50 or 60 Men to the Weft of 
 the Cape, to {earch about forfome Town or Planta- 
 tions, where we might get Provifion of any fort. 
 ‘The reft of us in the mean time cruizing in our 
 Stations. The 17th day the Bark came to us again, 
 but had got nothing,for they could not get about the 
 Cape,becaufe the Wind on this Coaft is commonly 
 between the N. W. and the 8. VV. which makesit 
 very difficult getting to the VVeftward ; but they 
 left 4. Canoas with 46 Men at the Cape, who re- 
 folved to row to the weftward. The 18th day we 
 failed to the Keys of Chamertly to fill our water. 
 Thefe Keys or Iflands of Chametly are about 16 or 
 
 18 leagues to the Eaftward of Cape Corrientes.They 
 are {mall, low, and woody, invironed with Rocks; 
 there are 5 of them lying in the form of an half 
 Moon, sot a Mile from the fhore, and between 
 
 them and the Main is very good Riding, fecure 
 
 from any wind. The Spaniards do report, that here 
 
 live Fifhermen, to fifh for the Inhabitants of the 
 
 City of Purification. Thisisfaid to bea large Town, 
 
 the beft hereabouts ; but is 14 leagues up in the 
 
 Country. 
 
 _ The 20th inftant we entred within thefé Iflands, 
 paffing in on the S.E. fide, and. Anchored between 
 the Iflandsand the Main, in 5 fathom clean Sand. 
 Here we found good frefh water'and wood, and 
 caught plenty of Rock-fifh with Hook and Line, 
 a fort of Fifh Idefcribed at the Ifle of FobnFernando 
 ‘but we fawno fign of Inhabitants, befides 3 or 4? 
 old Hutts ; therefore 1 do believe that the Spanifh 
 or Indian Fifhermen come hither only at Lezr, or 
 fome other fuch eae that they do not i 
 
 Cre 
 
 
 
 ik bas | 
 
 
 
 | ye 
 ordered, that Captain Swaz fhould lye 8 or 10 42,1685 - 
 leagues off fhore, and the reft about a league di- ~y™ 
 

 
 258: Valderas, 2 pleafaat Valley, ¥. 
 Az.1685 here conftantly. The 21ft day Captain Townley 
 le“y~s Went away, with about 60 Men, to take an Indian 
 
 Village, 7 or 8 leagues from hence tothe Weftwatd 
 more towards the Fane, and the next day we weit 
 to ctuife off the Cape, where Captain Townley was 
 to meet us. The 24th day, as we were cruifing 
 off the Cape, the four Canoas before-mentioned, 
 which Captain Townley’s Bark left at the Cape, © 
 came of to us. They, after the Bark left them, 
 paft to the Weft of the Cape, and rowed into the — 
 Valley Valderas, or pethaps Val d’Iras ; for it figni- 
 fies the Valley of Flags. | 
 This Valley lies in the bottom of a pretty deep 
 Bay, that runs in between Cape Corrientes on the 
 S. E. and the point of Pomtique on the N. W. which 
 two places are about ro leagues afunder. Tho 
 Valley is about 3 leagues wide; there isa level 
 fandy Bay againft the Sea, and good fmooth land. — 
 ing. Inthe midft of the Bay is a fine River, where- 
 - into Boats may enter; but itis brackifh at the 
 Jatter end of the dry Seafon, which is in February, 
 March, and part of April. 1 fhall fpeak more of 
 the Seafons in my Chapter of Winds, in the Ap» 
 pendix. ‘This Valley is bounded withinLand, with — 
 a fmall green Hill, that makes a very gentle de- 
 fcent into the Valley, and affords a very pleafant — 
 profpett to Sea-ward. It is inriched with fruittil 
 Savannahs, maixt with Groves of Trees fit for any — 
 ules, befide Fruit-Frees in abundance, as Guava’s, — 
 Oranges and Limes, which here grow wild in fuch — 
 plenty, as if Nature had defigned it only for a 
 Garden. The Savannahs are full of fat Bulls and — 
 Cows, and fome Horfés, bur no: Houfe infight. 
 When our Caneas came to this pleafant Valley, 
 they landed 37 Men, and marched into the Coun 
 wy fecking for fonie Houfes. They kad not gone — 
 paft 3 mile before they were attackt by 150 Spa: 
 aiards,, Hore and Foot » There was a an 
 | Wood: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 | fh Skirmife, 
 Wood clofe by them, into which our Men tetfeat- 
 
 ed. to fecuré themfelves from the fury of the Horfé : »y~ 
 
 Yet the Spaniards rode in among them, and attackt 
 them very futioufly,till the Spanifh’ Captain, and 17 
 more, tumbled dead off their Horfes: then the 
 teft retreated, being many of them wounded. We 
 loft four Men, and had two defperately wounded In 
 this action, the Foot, who were armed with Lances 
 and Swords, and were the greateft number, never 
 made any attack; the Horfetnen had each a brace 
 of Piftols, and fome fhort Guns. If the Foor had 
 come in, they had certainly deftroy’d afl our Men? 
 When the Skirmifh was over, our Men placed the 
 _ two wounded Men on Horfés, and came to thgir 
 _ Canoas. There they kill’d one of the Horfes, and 
 ‘dref§'d it, being afraid to venture into the Savannaly 
 to kill a Bullock, of which there was ftore. When 
 they had eaten, and fatisfied themfelves, they reé- 
 turned aboatd. The 25th day, being Chriftmas, — 
 
 we cruifed in pretty near the Cape, sand fent in 3 
 
 Canoas with the Strikers to get Fifh, being deff- 
 rous to have a Chriftmas Dinner. In the Afternoon 
 they returned aboard with 3 great Few-fi/h, which 
 feafted us all ; and the next day we fentafhoar our 
 Canoas again, and got 3 or 4 mote. | 
 Captain Townley, who went from us at Chametly; 
 came aboard the 28th day, and broughtabout 4o. 
 bufhels of Maiz. He had landed to the Eaftward 
 of Cape Corrientes, and march’d to an Indian Village 
 that is 4 or 5 leagues in the Country. The Indians 
 feeing hiny coming, fet two Houfés on fire that were 
 full of Maiz, and runaway ; yet he and his Men 
 got in other Houfes as much as they could bring: 
 down on their backs, which he brought aboard. — 
 We cruiféd off the Cape till the firtt day of Fu. 
 nuary 1686. and then made towards the Valiey 
 Valderas, to hunt tor Beef, and before Night we 
 Anchored in the bottom of the Bay, in’ 60° fatkony 
 : $2 ' Water 
 
 
 
pe EDL Tee oP tele) Cece e RE ie se RP ny ge 
 
 260 Their Defigns on this Coaft. q 
 An 1686 Water a mile ftom the fhoar. Here we ftay’d 
 t-wr~ hunting till the 7th day, and Captain Swan and 
 . Captain Townley went aihoar every morning with 
 
 about 240 Men, and marched to a fmall Hill ; 
 where they remained with 50 or 60 men to watch 
 the Spaniards, who appeared in great companies on 
 other hills not far diftant, but did never attempt 
 any thing againft our men. Here we kill’d and 
 falted above 2 months meat, befides what we {pent 
 frefh ; and might have kill’d as much more, if we 
 had been better ftor’'d with Salt. Our hopes of 
 meeting the Phi/ippime Ship were now over ; for we 
 did all conclude, that while we were neceflitated 
 to hunt here for Provifions, fhe was paft by to the 
 ' Eaftward, as indeed fhe was, as we did underftand 
 afterwards by Prifoners. So this defign fail’d,, — 
 through Captain Towz/ey’s eagernefS after the Lima — 
 Ship, which he attempted in Acapulco Harbour, as 
 } have related. For though we took a little Flow-  ~ 
 ex hard by, yet the fame Guide which told us of — 
 that Ship,would have conducted us where we might 
 have had ftore of Beef and Maiz : but inftead there- 
 of, we loft both our time, and the opportunity of 
 providing our felves ; and fo we were forced to be 
 viCtualling, when we {hould have .been cruifing off 
 Cape Corrientes, inexpe€tation of the Manila pt 
 Hitherto we had coafted along here with 2 diffe- 
 rent defigns ; the one was to get the Mania Ship, 
 which would have inriched us beyond meafure, — 
 and this Captain Townley was moft for. Sir Tho, 
 Cavendifh formerly took the Manila Ship off Cape. — 
 St. Lucas in Califorma, (where we alfo would have 
 waited for her, had we been early enough ftored 
 with Provifions, to have met her there) and threw 
 much rich Goods over-board. The other defign, 
 which Captain Swan and. our Crew were moft for, 
 was to fearch along the Coaft for rich Towns, and 
 
 Mines chiefly of Gold and Silver, which we were 
 
 affured 
 
 
 

 
 Darien Indians. Pont Pontique. 
 
 that it was in effet an Inland Country, its Wealth 
 remote from the South Sea Coaft, and having little 
 of no commerce with it, its\Trade being driven 
 Eaftward with Europe by La Vera Guz. Yet we 
 had {till fome expectation of Mines, and {fo refolved 
 to fteer on tarther Northward ; but Captain Towz- 
 OQ who had no other defign in coming on this 
 oa{t, but to meet this Ship, refolved to return 
 again towards the Coaft of Perz. : 
 
 In all this Voyage on the Mexican Coaft, we had 
 with usa Captain, and 2 or 3 of his Men, of our 
 friendly Indians of the Ifthmus of Darien ; who ha- 
 ving conduted over fome parties of our Privateers, 
 and expreffing a defire to go along with us, were 
 received, and kindly entertained aboard our Ships; 
 and we were pleasd in having, by this means, 
 Guides ready provided, fhould we be for returning 
 over Land, as feveral of usthought todo, rather 
 than fail round about. But at this time, we of 
 Captain Swan’s Ship defigning farther to the North 
 
 - Weft; and Captain Towm/ey going back, we com- 
 
 mitted thefe our Idian Friends to his care, to carry 
 them home. So here we parted ; he to the Eatt- 
 ward, and we to the Weftward, intending ta 
 fearch as far to the Weftward as the Spaniards 
 were fettled. 
 
 It was the 7th day of January in the morning - 
 
 when we failed from this pleafant Valley. The 
 Wind was at N.E. and the weather fair. At 11 a 
 clock the Sea-wind-came at N.W. Before night 
 we pafled by Point Ponrique, this is the Weft point 
 of the Bay of the Valley of Valderaz, and is diftant 
 from Cape Corrientes 10 leagues. ‘This point is in 
 lat.20d. 50 m. North; it is high, round, rocky and 
 barren. Ata diftance it appears like an Ifland. A 
 league to the Weft of si point are two {mall bar- 
 
 3 ren 
 
 261 
 
 -affured were in this Country, and we hoped near Av.1686 
 the fhoar: not knowing (as we afterwards found) sw gy 
 
 
 
el eA ee ee 
 
 262 | 
 
 he SOE As ae Na Pane ee 
 
 ‘Other Ifles of Chametly. 
 
 An.166 xen Iflands, called the Ilands of Pontique. There 
 
 we x $=. 
 a # ? < 
 
 are feveral high, fharp, ‘white Rocks, that lie feat: 
 tering about them: We pats’d between thefe rocky 
 Tflands on the left, and the Main on the right, for 
 there isno danger. ‘TheSea-coaft beyond this point 
 
 -guns Northward for about 18 leagues, making ma- 
 
 ny tagged points, with {mall fandy Bays between 
 them. The Land by the Sea-fide is low and pretty 
 woody ; but inthe Country, fullof high, fharp, 
 barren, rugged, unpleafant Hills. 
 
 ' The 14th day we had fight of a {mall white 
 Rock, which appears very much like a Ship under 
 fail. “This Kock isin lat. 21d. 15 m. it is 3 leagues 
 from the Main. There is a good Channel between 
 it and the Main, where you will have 12 or 14 
 fathom Water near the Ifland; but sunning nearer 
 the Main, ‘you will have gradual foundings, rill you 
 
 come in withthe fhoar. At night we Anchored in. © 
 
 6 fathom Water, near a league from the Main, in 
 good oazy ground. We caught a great many Cat- 
 
 Jyh here, and at feveral places on this Coalt, both a 
 
 ‘before and after this. 
 ' From this Ifland the Land suns more Northerly, 
 making a fair fandy Bay; but the Sea falls in with 
 fuch violence on the fhoar, that there is no land- 
 ing, but very good Anchoring on all the Coaft, 
 and gradual Soundings. About a League oif fhoar, 
 you will have 6 fathom, and 4 mile off fhoar you 
 will have 7 fathom Water. We cametoan Anchor 
 every evening ; and in the mornings we failed off 
 with the Land-wind, which we found at N.E. 
 and theSea-breezes at N.W. °° » . 
 The 2oth day we Anchored about 3 mileson the 
 Eaft fide of the Iflands Chamerly, difterent from 
 thofe of that name before-mentioned , for thefe 
 are 6 fmall Iflands, in lat. 23 d.11 m. 4 little to the 
 South of the Tropick of Cancer, and about 3 leagues 
 from the Main, where a Salt Lake hath its outlet 
 4 . ie, ok # : G6 aek gah Ose Bs oe &¥ -ed into 
 
 
 

 
 The Penguin Fruit, yellow and red, 262 
 into the Sea. Thefe Ifles are of an indiferent 4.1686 
 heighth : Some of them have a few fhrubby bufhes; "vd 
 the re{tare bare of any fort of Wood. They are 
 rocky round by the Sea; only one or two of them 
 have fandy Bays on the North fide. There is a fort 
 of Fruit growing on thefe Iflands called Penguins, 
 
 - and’tis all the Fruit they have. 
 
 The Penguin Fruit is of two forts, the yellow 
 and the red. The yellow Penguin grows ona green 
 ftem, as big as a Mans Arm, above a foot high 
 from the ground: The leaves of this ftalk are half 
 a foot long, and an inch broad ; the edges full of 
 fharp prickles. The Fruit growsat the head of the 
 ftalk, in 2 or 3:great clufters, 16 or 20 in aclufter. 
 The Fruit is as big as a Pullets Ege, of a round 
 form, and in colour yellow, It has a thick skin or 
 tind, and the infide is full of {mall black feeds, mixt 
 among the Fruit. Itis tharp pleafant Fruit. The 
 red Penguin is of the bignefs and colour of a {mall 
 dry Onion, and is in fhape much like a Nine-pin ; 
 for it grows not on a ftalk, or ftem, as the other, 
 but one end on the ground, the other ftanding up- 
 right. Sixty or feventy grow thus together as clofe. 
 as they can {ftand one by another, and all from the 
 fame Root, or clutter of Roots. Thefe Penguins are _ 
 encompafs'd or fenced with long leaves, about a foot 
 and an half,’ or two foot long, and prickly like the 
 former ; and the Fruit too is much alike. They 
 are both wholfome, and neyer offend the ftomach ; 
 but thofé that eat many, will find a heat or tickling 
 in their Fundament. They grow fo plentifully in 
 the Bay of Campeachy, that there is no pafling for 
 their high prickly leaves. i. 
 
 There are fome Guanoes on thefe Iflands, but 
 no other fort of Land Animal. The Bays about 
 the Iflands are fometimes vifired with Seal, and this 
 was the firft place where | had feen any of thefe 
 Animals, on the North fide of the Equator, in thefe 
 
 3 4 Seas, 
 
264 Pearl Fifhery at California. 
 ‘An.1686 Seas. For the Fifhonthis fandy Coaft lye moft in 
 www the Lagunes or Salt-lakes, and Mouths of Rivers ; 
 but the Sealscome not fo much there, as I judge : 
 For this being no rocky Coaft, where Fifh retort 
 moft, there feems to be but little Food for the Seals, 
 unlefs they will venture upon Cat-fifh. 
 
 Capt. Swan went away from hence with 100 Men 
 in our Canoas, to the Northward, to feek for the 
 River Coolecan, poflibly the fame with the River of 
 Pajftl2, which fome Maps lay down in the Province 
 or Region of Cullacan. This River lieth in about 
 24d. N. lat. We were informed, that there is a fair 
 rich Spani/b Town feated on the Eaft fide of it, 
 with Savannahs about it, full of Bulls and Cows; 
 and that the Inhabitants of this Town pafS over in 
 Boats to the Ifland Ca/ifernia, where they fifh for 
 Pearl. I have been told fince by a Spaniard that 
 faid he had been at the Ifland California, that there 
 are great plenty of Pearl Oyfters there, and that 
 the Native Indians of California,near the Pearl-fifhery, 
 are mortal Enemies to the Spaniards. Our Canoas 
 were abfent 3 or 4 days,and faid they had been above 
 30 leagues but found no River; that the Land by the 
 Sea was low, and all fandy Bay ; but fuch a great 
 Sea, that there was no landing. They met us in 
 their return in the lat. 23 d. 30 m. coafting along 
 fhore after them towards Gu/lacan ; fo we returned 
 again to the Eaftward. This was the fartheft that 1 
 was to the N.on this Coafte. - : 
 
 6 or 7 leagues N.N. VV. from the Ifles of Cha- 
 metly, there isa {mall narrow entrance into a Lake, 
 which runs about 12 Leagues Eafterly, parallel with 
 the ihore, making many {mall low Mangrove ~ 
 Iflands. The Mouth of this Lake is in lat. about 
 23 d. 30 m. Itis called by the Spaniards Rio de Sal/: 
 for it isa falt Lake. There is water enough for 
 Boats and Canoas to enter, and fmooth landing af- 
 ter you are in, On the weft fide of it, there isan 
 iste hy: 7 Houle. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 + 
 £ 
 < ‘ wen - , si > Bs ‘ Ripe aie Sess 
 = i a cae ic i <= ee NET ONS ORE ce Tee ER are RP POT TE) nee a Bee 
 AT rg es Pe Sat eee PO ORE ST eR en” PE EAE SS ARN NRG = PSE Oa ee Te LT hah neg 2 Ae ee eT et, enn ee a> ky 
 

 
 Rio de Sal. Maffaclan: 
 
 Houfe, and an Eftantion, or Farm of large Cattle. 4.1686 
 
 
 
 
 
 265 
 
 Our Men went into the Lake and landed,and coming yu 
 
 to the Houfe, found 7 or 8 Bufhels of Maiz: but. 
 
 the Cattle were driven away by the Spaniards, yet 
 - there our Mentook the Owner of the Eftantion, and 
 brought himaboard. He faid, that the Beefs were 
 driven a great way in the Country, for fear we 
 fhould kill them. While we lay here, Capt. Swan 
 went into this Lake again, and landed 150 Menon 
 the N. E. fide, and marched into the Country : 
 About a Mile from the Landing-place, as they were 
 entring a dry Salima, or Salt-pond, they fired at two 
 Indians that crofs'd the. way before them; one of 
 them being wounded in the Thigh, fell down, and 
 being examined, he told our Men, that there was an 
 Indian Town 4 or 5 leagues off, and that the way 
 which they were going would bring them thither. 
 While they were in Difcourfe with the Izdian they 
 were attack’d by 100 Spamifh Horlemen, who came 
 witha defign to {care them back, but wanted both 
 Arms and Hearts to do it. | 
 Our Men paft on from hence, and in their way 
 marched through a Savannah of long dry Grafs. 
 This the Spaniards fet on fire, thinking to burn 
 them, but that did not hinder our Men from 
 marching forward, though it did trouble them a 
 little. They rambled for want of Guides all this 
 day, and part of the next, before they cameto the 
 Town the Ixdian {poke of. There they found a com- 
 pany ofSpaniards and Indians;who made head againft 
 them, but were driven out of the Town atter a 
 {hort Difpute. Here our Surgeon and one Man 
 more were wounded with Arrows, but none of the 
 reft were hurt. When they came into the Town 
 they found two or three Indians wounded, who 
 toldthem that the Name of the Town was Majfa- 
 clan ; that thete were a few Spaniards living init,and 
 the reft were Ivdians; that 5 Leaguesfrom this a 
 ae ; | there 
 
Ree et ; is A sisal Sa he te 
 
 ~ 266 — Rever and Towns of Rofarie. Gold Mines, 7 
 An.1686 there were two rich GoldMines,where the Spaniards 
 we of Compoftalla, which is the chiefeft Town in thefe 
 parts, kept many Slaves and Indians at Work for 
 
 Gold. Here our Men lay that night, and the next 
 
 morning packt up all the Maiz that they could find, 
 
 and brought it on their backs to the Canoas, and 
 
 came aboard. | 
 
 We lay here till the 2d of February, and then 
 Captain Swan went away with about $0 Men to 
 the River Rofario;, where they landed, and.marched 
 to an Indian Town of the fame Name. They found 
 it about 9 mile from the Sea ; the way to it fairand 
 even. This was a fine little Town, of about 6o or 
 70 Houfes, with a fair Church; and it was chiefly 
 inhabited with Izdians, They took Prifoners there, 
 which told them, That the Kiver Refario is rich in 
 Gold, and that the Mines are not above 2 leagues 
 from the Town. Captain Swan did not think it 
 convenient to go to the Mines, but made hafte 
 aboard with the Maiz which he took there, to the 
 quantity of about $0 or 90 Bufhels ; and which to 
 us, in the fcarcity we were in of Proyifions, was at 
 that time more valuable than all the Gold in the — 
 World; and had-he gone to the Mines, the Spaniards 
 would probably have deftroyed the Corn before his 
 return, The 3d of February, we went with our 
 Ships alfo towards the River Rofario, and Anchored 
 the next day againft the Rivers mouth, 7 fathom, 
 good oazy ground, a league from the fhoar. This — 
 River isin Jat. 22d. 5¢m.N. When you are atan — 
 Anchor againft this River, you will fee'a round Hill, 
 like a Sugarloaf, a little way within Land,right over 
 the River.and bearing N.E. by N, Tothe Weltward 
 of that Hill there is another pretty long Hill, called 
 by the Spaniards Caput Cavallir the Horfe’s head. 
 
 The 7th day Captain Sway came aboard with the 
 Maiz which he got. ‘This was but a {mall quantity 
 for fo many Men ag we were, efpecially conan 
 . rey? the 
 
 ie 
 

 
 
 
 River of St. Jago. 267 
 the place we were in, being {trangets, and having Az.1686 
 no Pilots to dire€t or guide us into any Rivers and We 
 we being without all fort of Provifion, but what we 
 were forced to get in this manner from the fhoar. 
 
 And though our Pilot-Book diretted us well enough 
 to find the Rivers, yet for want of Guides to carry 
 us to the Settlements, we were forced to fearch 
 2 or 3 days before we could find a place to land; 
 for, as | havefaid before, befides the Seas being toe 
 rough for ianding in many places, they have neither 
 Boat, Bark, nor Canoa, that we could ever fee 
 or hear of : and therefore as there are no fuch land- 
 ing places in thefe Rivers, as there are in the North 
 Seas; fo when we were landed, we did not know 
 which way to go to any Town, except we acciden- 
 tally met with a path, Indeed, the Spaniards and 
 Indians, whom we had aboard, knew the Names of 
 feveral Rivers and Towns near them, and knew the 
 Towns when they faw them; but they knew not 
 the way to-go to them from the Sea. 
 The 8th day, Captain Swan {ent about 490 Men 
 to feck for the River O/eta, which is to the Eaft- 
 ward of the River Rofario. The next day we fol- 
 lowed after with the Ships, having the Wind at 
 W.N. W. and fair weather. In the Afternoon our 
 Canoas came again to us, for they could not find. 
 the River O/eta; therefore we defigned next for 
 the River Sz. Jago, to the Eaftward ftill, The 
 11th day in the evening, we Anchored again{t the 
 mouth of the River, in 7 fathom Water, good foft 
 oazy ground, and about two mile from the fhoar. 
 There was a high white Rock without us, called 
 | Maxentelbo, ‘This Rock ata diftance, appears like 
 a Ship under fail; it bore fromus W. N. W. diftant 
 about 3 leagues. The Hill Ze/fco boreS. E, which 
 is a very high Hill in the Country, with a Saddle 
 or bending on the top. The River Sz. Fago is in 
 lat.22d.15 m. It is one of the principal Rivers et 
 RSME he Me ee ee eo 
 
 \. a tees DAD ode et Cae PE a Phe AR eee 
 

 
 Sh Cy eee PN ee oe tee ere Oe ete perce Se, 
 
 - Sahta Pecaque. 
 
 ‘An.1686 this Coaft ; there is 10 foot Water on the Bar at 
 Wwwy low Water, but how much it flows here I know — 
 not. The mouth of this River is near halfa mile 
 broad, and very {mooth entring. Within the © 
 mouth it is broader, for there are three or four Ri- 
 
 vers more meet there, and iffue all out together, is 
 
 frefh Water, is brackifh a great way up ; yet there, : 
 the Water to be had, by digging or making Wells — 
 in the fandy Bay, two or three foot deep, juftat ~ 
 
 the mouth of the River. 
 
 The 11th day Captain Swan fent 70 Men in four : 
 Canoas into this River, to feek a Town; for al- ~ 
 
 though we had no intelligence of any, yet the 
 Country appearing very promifing, we did not 
 queftion but they would find Inhabitants before 
 they returned. They {pent two days in rowing up 
 and down the Creeks and Rivers; at laft they 
 came to a large Field of Maiz, which was almoft 
 ripe: they immediately fell to gathering as faft 
 as they could, and intended to lade the Canoas ; 
 but feeingan Indian that was fet to watch the Corn, 
 they quitted that troublefome and tedious work, and 
 feizd him, and brought him aboard, in hopes by 
 his information, to have fome more eafie and ex- 
 pedite way of a fupply, by finding Corn ready cut 
 and dried. He being examined, faid, that there 
 was a Town called Senta Pecaque, four leagues from 
 the place where he wastaken; and that if wede- 
 figned to go thither, he would undertake to be our 
 Guide. Captain Swan immediately ordered his men 
 to make ready, and the fame evening went away 
 with 8 Canoas and 140 men, taking the Indian for 
 their Guide.. 
 
 He rowed about five leagues up the River, and 
 
 landed the next morning. The River at this place 
 was not above Piftol-fhot wide, and the Banks 
 pretty high on each fide, and the Land plain and 
 even. He left 23 men to guard the Canoas, and 
 
 eee marcht 
 
 
 
"  Gty, and Silver Mines of Compoftella, 269 
 marcht with the reft to the Town. He fet out Az.1686 
 from the Canoas at 6 a clock in the morning, and Wr 
 reach’d the Town by 10. The way through which 
 he pafled was very plain, part of it Wood-land, part 
 Savannahs. The Savannahs were full of Horfes, 
 Bulls and Cows. The Spaniards feeing him coming 
 tun all away; fo he entred the Town without the 
 leaft oppofition. : 
 
 This Town of Santa Pecaque ftands on a Plain, 
 in a Savannah, by the fide of a Wood, with many 
 Fruit Trees about it. It is but a fmall Town, but 
 very regular, after the Spami/h mode, with a Parade 
 in the midft. The Houfes fronting the Parade had. 
 all Balconies : there were 2 Churches; one againft 
 the Parade, the other at the end of the Town. It 
 is inhabited moft with Spaniards. Their chiefeft 
 occupation is Husbandry. There are alfo fome 
 Carriers, who are imployed by the Merchants of 
 etl. to Trade for them to and from the 
 
 ines.’ 
 
 Compoftella is a tich Town, about 21 leagues from 
 hence, It is the chiefeft inall this part of the King- 
 dom, and is reported to have 70 white Families ; 
 which is a great matter in thefe parts ; for it may 
 be, that fuch a Town hath not lefs than 500 Fami- 
 lies of copper-coloured People, befides the white. 
 The Silver Mines are about 5 or 6 leagues from 
 Santa Pecaque ; where, as we were told, the Inha- 
 bitants of Compoftella had fome hundreds of Slaves 
 at Work. The Silver here, and all over the King- 
 dom of Mexico, is faid to be finer and richer in pro- 
 portion than that of Poto/i or Peru, tho’ the Oar be 
 not fo abundant; and the Carriers of this Town 
 of Santa Pecaque, carry the Oar to Compoftella,whete 
 itis refined. Thefe Carriers, or Sutlers, alfo furnifh 
 the Slaves at the Mines with Maiz, whereof here 
 was great plenty now in the Town defigned for that 
 ufe ; Here was alfo Sugar, Salt, and Salt-fith. 
 Captain 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 a7e Santa Pecaque Pillaged. ; 
 An.1686 Captain Swan’s only bufinefs at Santa Pecague was 
 wy to get Provifion; therefore he ordered his Mento 
 divide themfélves into two parts, and by turns — 
 ¢atry down the Provifion to the Canoas; one half 
 remaining in the Town to fecure what they had 
 taken, while the other half were going and com: 
 ing. In the Afternoon they caught fome Horfes, 
 and the next morning, being the 17thday, 57 Men, 
 and fome Horfés, went laden with Maiz t the 
 Canoas. They found them, and the Men left to 
 euard them, in good order ; though the Spaniards 
 had given them a {mall diverfion,and wounded one 
 Man: but our Men of the Canoas landed, and 
 drove them away. Thefe that came loaded to the 
 Canoas left 7 Men more there, fo that now they 
 were 30 Men to guard the Canoas. At night the 
 Other returned ; and the r8th day in the morning}, 
 that half which ftaid the day before at the Town, 
 took their turn of going with every Man his’ bur- 
 then, and 24 Horfesladen. Before they returned, 
 Captain Swav, and his other Men at the Town, 
 caught a Prifoner, who faid, that there were near 
 a thoufand Men of all colours,Spamiards and Indians, 
 Negroes and Mulatto’s; in arms; at a’ place called’ 
 Sr. Fago, but 3 leagues off, the chief Town on this 
 River ; that the Spaniards were armed with Guns 
 and Piftols, and. the copper-coloured with Swords 
 and Lances. Captain Swan, fearing the ill confe- 
 quence of feparating his finall company, was re- 
 folved the next day to march away with the whole 
 Party ; and therefore heordered his Men to catch as 
 many Horfes as they could, that they might carry 
 the more Provifion with them. Accordingly, the — 
 next day, being the roth day of February 1686. 
 Captain Swaz called out his Men betimes to be 
 gone ; but they refufed to go, and faid, thatthey 
 would not leave the Town tilf all the Provifion 
 was in the Canoag: Therefore he was forced * 
 
 
 
 ee OE Pee ae ar a 
 
 ee ee 
 
 a ee ee 
 

 
 Fifty of their Men Killed, 
 
 27% 
 
 yield to them, and fuffered half the company to go .Av.1686 
 
 as before : They had now 54 Horfes laden, which 
 ‘Captain Swan otdered to be tied one to. another, 
 and the Men to go in two bodies, 25 before, and 
 as many behind ; but the Men would go at their 
 own rate, every Man leading his Horfe. The 
 
 myn 
 
 Spaniards observed their manner of marching, and. \ 
 
 laid an Ambufh about a mile from the Town,which 
 they managed with fuch fuecefs, that falling on our 
 body of Men, who were guarding the Corn to the 
 Canoas, they killed them every one. Capt. Swan 
 hearing the report of their Guns, ordered his Men, 
 who were then in the Town with him, to march 
 out to their afliftance ; but fome oppofed him, de- 
 fpifing their Enemies, till two ot the Spaniards 
 Horfes, that had loft their Riders; came galloping 
 into the Town in a great fright, both bridled and 
 faddled, with each a pair of Holfters by their 
 fides, and one had a Carabine newly difcharged ; 
 whith was an apparent token that our Men had 
 been engaged, and that by Men better armed than 
 they imagined they fhould meet with. Therefore 
 Captain Swan immediately march’d out of the 
 Town, and his Men all followed him; and wher 
 the came to the place where the Engagement had: 
 been, he faw all his Men that went outin the morn: 
 ing lying dead. They were {tripr, and focut and: 
 mangl’d, that he fcarce knew one Man. Captain 
 Swan had not more Men then with him, than thofe’ 
 were who lay dead betore him, yet the Spaniards 
 never came to oppofe him, but kept at a great di- 
 ftance ; for ’tis probable, the Spaniards had not cut 
 off fo many Men of ours, but with the lof§ of a 
 great many of theirown. So hemarched down to 
 the Canoas, and came aboard the Ship with the 
 Maiz that was already in the Canoas. We hada- 
 bout 50 Men killed, -and among the reft, my Inge- 
 nious Friend Mr. Ringrofe was one, whowrote “a 
 
 art 
 
 OE 
 
272 Of the Gulph ofCalifornia? 
 
 ‘An.1686 Part of the Hi/fory of the Buctaneers, which relates 
 
 ery to Capt. Sharp. He was at this time Cape-Merchant, 
 or Super-Cargo of Capt. Swan’s Ship. He had no 
 mind to this Voyage; but was neceflitated to engage 
 in it or f{tarve 3 
 
 This lof difcouraged us from attempting any 
 thing more hereabouts. Therefore Capt. Swaz pro- 
 pofed to go to Cape St. Lucas on California to 
 careen. He had two reafons for this: Firft, that he 
 thought he could lye there fecure from the Spaniards, 
 and next, that if he could get a Commerce with the 
 Indians there,he might makea difcovery in the Lake 
 of Carlifornia, and by their Affiftance try for fome 
 of the Plate of New Mexico. 
 
 This Lake of California (for fo the Sea, Channel 
 ot Streight, between that and the Continent, is 
 called) is but little known to the Spaniards, by 
 what I could’ ever learn; for their Drafts do not 
 agree about it. Some of themdo make California an 
 Ifland, but give no manner of account of the Tides 
 flowing in the Lake, or what depth of Water there 
 is, or of the Harbours, Rivers, or Creeks, that 
 border on it: Whereas on the Wett fide of the Ifland, 
 towards the Affarick Coaft, their Pilot-Book givesan 
 account of the Coaft from Cape St. Lucas to 40 d. 
 North. Some of their Drafts newly made do 
 make Ca/ifornia to join to the Main. I do believe 
 that the Spaniards do not care to have this. Lake dif- 
 covered,for fear left other European Nations fhould 
 get knowledge of it, and by that means vifit the 
 Mines of New Mexico. We heard that not long 
 before our arrival here, the Indians in the Province 
 of New Mexico made an Infurreftion, and deftroyed 
 moft of the Spaniards there, but that fome of them 
 flying towards the Gulph or Lake of California, 
 made Canoas in that Lake, and got fafe away ; 
 though the Indians of the Lake of Ca/zfornia, feem 
 to be at perfect Enmity with the Spaniards. We had 
 
 ean 
 
 
 
' Kingdom of New Mexico. 
 
 273 
 
 an old intelligent Spaniard now aboard, who faid Av.1686 
 that he fpoke with a Frier that made his Efcape —w ww 
 
 among them. 
 
 New Mexico,by report of {everal Exgli/h Prifoners 
 - thére, and Spamiards | have met with, lieth N. W. 
 from Old Mexico between 4 and 500 leagues, and 
 the biggeft part of the Treafure which is found in 
 this Kingdom, is in that Province; but without 
 doubt there are plenty of Mines in other parts, as 
 well in this part of the Kingdom where we now 
 were, asin other places; and probably, on thé 
 Main , bordering on the Lake of Ca/fornia; al: 
 though not yet difcovered by the Spaniards, who 
 
 have Mines enough, and therefore, as yet, have no ~ 
 
 reafon to difcover more. | 
 
 In my opinion, here might be very advantageous 
 Difcoveries made by any that would attempt it: for 
 the Spaniards have more than they can well manage. 
 I know yet, they would lie like the Dog iz the Man: 
 ger; altho’ not able to eat themfelves, yet they 
 would endeavour to hinder others. But the Voyage 
 thither being fo far, I take that to be one reafon 
 that hath hindered the Difcoveries of thefe parts : 
 yet it is poflible, that a Man may find a nearer way 
 
 hither than we came ; | mean by the North Weft. 
 
 I know there have been divers attempts made 
 about a North Weft Paflage, and all unfuccefSful : 
 yet 1 am of opinion, that fuch a Paflage may be 
 found. All our Countrymen that have gone to 
 difcover the N. W. Paffage, have endeavoured to 
 pafs to the Weftward, beginning their fearch along 
 Davis’s or Hudfon’s Bay. But if I was to goon this 
  Difcovery, I would go firft into the South Seas; 
 
 ' bend my courfé from thence along by CaMfornia, 
 and that way feek a Paflage back into the We/t 
 Seas. For as others have {pent the Summer, in firft 
 fearching on this more known fide nearer home; 
 and fo before they got through; the time of the 
 
 T yeat 
 

 
 
 Of the North-Welt and North-Eaft Paffages. ' 
 An.1686 year obliged them to give over their fearch, and 
 uy~ provide fora long Courfe back again, for fear of 
 
 being left in the Winter ; on the contrary, I would 
 fearch firft on the lefs known Coaft of the South 
 Sea-fide, and then as the Year paft away, I fhould 
 need no retreat, for I fhould come farther into my 
 knowledg, it I fucceeded in my attempt, and fhould 
 be without that dread, and fear which the others 
 muft have in pafling from the known to the un- 
 
 known: who, for ought I know, gave over their: 
 
 fearch juft as they were on the point of accomplifh- 
 ing their defires. 
 
 | would take the fame method if I was to go to 
 difcover the North Eaft Paffage. I would winter 
 about Fapan, Corea, or the North Eatft part of Chr. 
 na; and taking the Spring and Summer before me, 
 I would make my firft trial on the Coaft of Tar- 
 tary, wherein, if I fucceeded, I fhould come into 
 fome known Parts, and have a great deal of time 
 before me to reach Archangel or fome other Port. 
 Captain Wood, indeed, fays, this N. Eaft Paflage 
 is not to be. found for Ice: but how often do we 
 {ce that fometimes defigns have been given over as 
 impoffible, and at another time, and by other ways; 
 thofe very things have been accomplifhed; but 
 enough of this. 
 
 The next day after that fatal Skirmifh near Santa 
 Pecaque, Capt. Swan ordered all our Water to be 
 filled, and to get ready.to fail. The 21ft day we 
 
 failed from hence, diretting our Courfe towards Ca- 
 
 hfornia: we had the wind at N. W. and W.N. W. a 
 tmall gale, with a great Sea out of the Weft. We 
 
 paft by 3 Iflands called the Muaria’s. After we paft - 
 
 thefe Iflands we had much wind at N. N.W. and 
 N. W, and.at N. with thick rainy weather. We 
 beat till the 6th day of February, but it was again{t 
 a brisk wind, and proved labour in vain. For we 
 were now within reach of the Land Tera 
 
 which 
 
The Maria’s Ilands: 275 
 which was oppofite to us : but would we go to Ca/i. An.1686 
 _ fornia wpon the difcovery or otherwifé, we fhould wna 
 
 bear 60 or 70 leagues off from the fhoar; where © 
 
 we fhould avoid the Land-winds, and have the be- 
 
 nefit of the true Eafterly Trade-wind. 
 
 Finding therefore that we got nothing, but ra- 
 
 ther loft ground , being then 21 d.5 m. N. we 
 
 fteered away more to the Eaftward again for the 
 
 Iflands Maria's, and the 7th day we came to an an- 
 
 chor at the Eaft-end of the middle Ifland, in 8 fa- 
 
 thom Water, good clean Sand. 
 
 The Maria’s are three uninhabited Iflands in lat. 
 
 21 d. 40 m. they are diftant from Cape Sz. La- 
 cas on California 40 leagues, bearing Eaft South 
 _ Eaft, and they are diftant from Cape Corrientes 20 
 _ leagues, bearing upon the fame points of the Com- 
 
 pafs with Cape St. Lucas. They ftretch N. W.and 
 
 _ §. E. about 14 leagues. There are 2 or 3 {mall 
 high Rocks near them: The weftermoft of them 
 is the biggeft Ifland of the three; and they are all 
 three of an indifferent heighth. The Soil is ftony 
 and dry , the Land in moft places is covered with 
 a fhrubby fort of Wood, very thick and trouble- 
 fome to pafs through. In fome places there is plen- 
 ty of ftraight large Cedars, though {peaking of the 
 _ places where I have found Cedars, Chap. 3. I for. 
 got to mention this place. The Spaniards make 
 mention of them in other places: but I {peak of 
 thofe which | have feen. All round by the Sea-fide 
 it is fandy ; and there is produced a green prickly 
 Plant, whofe leaves are much like the Penguin-leat, 
 and the root like the root of a Sempervive,but much 
 larger. This root being bak’d in an Oven is good 
 to eat: and the Indians on California, as 1 have been 
 informed, have great part of their fubfiftence from 
 thefe Roots. We made an Oven in a fandy Bank, 
 and baked of thefé Roots, and I eat of them: but 
 none of us ggeatly cared for them. They tafte ex- 
 
 Eo 2 actly 
 

 
 
 
 276 Prince George's I/land. 
 
 An.1686 a&tly like the Roots of our Exgli/b Burdock boil’d, 
 
 uy of which I have eaten. Here are plenty of Gua- 
 noes and Raccoons (a large fort of Rat) and Indian 
 Conies, and abundance of large Pigeons and Turtle- 
 Doves. The Sea is alfo pretty well ftored with Fith, 
 and Turtle or Tortoife, and Seal. This is the fe- 
 cond place on this Coaft where I did fee any Seal : 
 dnd this place helps to confirm what I have obfer- 
 ved, that they are feldom feen but where there is 
 plenty of Fifh. Captain Swan gave the middle 
 Ifland the Name of Prince George's Iffand. 
 
 The 8th day we run nearer the Iiland, and ancho- 
 ted in 5 fathom, and moored Head and Stern, and 
 untige’d both Ship and Bark, in order to Careen. 
 Here Capt. Soa propofed to go into the Eaft-Indies. 
 Many were well pleafed with the Voyage; but fome 
 thought, fuch was their Ignorance, that he would. 
 carry them our of the World ; for about 2 thirds of 
 our Men did not think there was any fuch way to 
 be found ; but at laft he gained their Confents. 
 
 At our firft coming hither we did eat nothing but 
 Seal; but after the firft 2 or 3 days our Strikers 
 brought aboard Turtle every day; on which we 
 fed all the time that we lay here, and faved our 
 Maiz for our Voyage. Here alfo we meafured all 
 our Maiz, and found we had about 80 Buthels. 
 This we divided into 3 parts; one for the Bark, 
 and two for the Ship; our Men were divided alfo, 
 100 Menaboard the Ship, and 50 aboard the Bark, 
 befides 3 or 4 Slaves in each. 
 
 I had been a long time fick of a Dropfie, a Di- 
 ftemper, whereof, as I faid before, many of our 
 Men died ; fo here I was laid and covered all but 
 my head in the hot Sand: I indured it near half an 
 hour, and then was taken out and laid to fweat in 
 a Tent. I did fweat exceedingly while I was in 
 the Sand, and I do believe it did me much good, 
 for I grew well foon after. : e 
 
 “ e 
 
 a) ee Se a Teach ee Pee rears 
 Oe we 
 
a Neier 
 
 
 
 Of the Gommerce of Mexico. aa? 
 
 We ftaid here till the 26th day, and then both Av.1686 
 Vefiels being clean, we failed to the Valley of wa 
 Balderas to water , for-we could not do it here 
 now. In the wet Seafon indeed here is Water 
 enough, for the Brooks then run down plentifully , 
 but now, though there was Water, yet it was bad 
 filling, it being a great way to fetch it from the 
 holes where it lodged. The 28th day weanchored in 
 the bottom of the Bay in the Valley of Ba/deras, 
 right again{ft the River, where we watered before ; 
 but this River was brackifh now in the dry feafon, 
 and therefore we went 2 or 3 leagues nearer Cape 
 Corrientes, and anchored by a {mall round Itfland, 
 not half a mile from the fhoar. The Iflandis about 
 4 leagues to the Northward of the Cape; and the 
 Brook where we filled our Water is gut within the 
 Ifland, upon the Main. Here our Strikers ftruck 
 9 ot 10 Few-fifh ; fome we did eat, and the reft we 
 falted : and the 29th day we fill’d 32 Tuns of very, | 
 good Water. 
 
 Having thus provided our felves, we had nothing 
 more to do, but to put, in execution our intended 
 Expedition to the Eaft-Indies , in hopes of fome 
 better fuccefs there, than we had met with on this 
 little frequented Coaft. We came on it full of ex- 
 pectations; for befides the richnefS of the Coun- 
 try, and the probability of finding fome Sea-Ports 
 worth vifiting, we perfwaded our felves that there 
 muft needs be Shipping and Trade here, and that 
 Acapulca and La Vera Cruz were to the Kingdom of 
 Mexico, what Panamaand Portobe/ are to that of Pe- 
 vz, viz. Marts for carrying on aconftant Commerce 
 betweenthe South and North Seas, as indeed they 
 ate. But whereas we expected that this Commerce 
 fhould be managed by Sea, we found our felves 
 miftaken : that of Mexico being almoft wholly a 
 Land-trade, and managed more by Mules than by, 
 Ships ; So that inftead of es we met with little 
 Kee? i 3 on 
 

 
 i el it le le aD —_— 
 
 278 They leave the Mexican Coa 
 
 ee 
 ~ im 
 
 Az.1686 on this Coaft, befides fatigues, hard{hips and loff>s, 
 
 ty and fo were the more eafily induced to try what 
 better fortune we might have in the Ea/t-Indies. 
 But todo right to Captain Swan, he had no in- 
 tention to be as a Privateer in the Ea/t-Indies ; but, 
 as he hath often aflured me with his own mouth, 
 he refolved to take the firft. opportunity’ of return- 
 ing to England : So that he feigned a compliance 
 with fome of his Men, who were bent upon going 
 to. cruize at Manila, that he might have leifure to 
 take {ome favourable opportunity of quitting the 
 Privateer Trade. ; 
 
 j 
 u 
 
 
 
 
 
Their Provifions for croffing the S. Seas. 
 
 ) 
 
 
 
 Ck A: Pod. 
 
 Their Departure from Cape Corrientes for the 
 Ladrone Jflands, and the Eaft-Indies. Their 
 Courfe thither, and Accidents by the way: 
 with a Table of each days Run,&c. Of the 
 different accounts of the breadth of thefe Seas. 
 Guam , one of the Ladrone Iffands. The 
 Coco-Nut Tree , Fruit, &c. The Toddi, or 
 Arack that diftils from it; with other Ufes 
 that ave made of it. Coire Gables, The Lime, 
 or Crab Limon. The Bread-fruit, The Na- 
 tive Indians of Guam. Their Proe s, a re- 
 markable fort of Boats: and of thofe ufed in 
 the Eaft-Indies. The State of Guam: and 
 the Provifions with which they were furni{h'd 
 there, 
 
 page given an account in the laft Chapter of 
 the Refolutions we took of going over to the 
 Faft-Indies. But having more calmly confidered on 
 the length: of our Voyage, fiom hence to Guam, 
 one of the Ladrone lands, which is the firft place 
 that we could touch at, and there alfo being not 
 certain to find Provifions, moft of our Men were 
 almoft daunted at the thoughts of it ; for we had 
 not 60 days Provifion, at a little more than half a 
 pint of Maiz’a day for each Man, and no other 
 Provifion, except 3 Meals of falted Few-ffb; and 
 we had a great many Ratsaboard, which we could 
 not hinder from ‘cating part of our Maiz. Befide, 
 the great diftance between Cape Corrientes and 
 Guam : which is varioufly fet down. The Spa- 
 | } Hi 4 niards, 
 
 
 
 279 
 An.1686 
 
 STL ee ee ee eT oe 
 
 ty 
 

 
 280 The Tedioufnefs of this Voyage. 
 
 40.1686 niards, who have the greateft reafon to know beft, 
 
 tye make it to be between 2300 and 2400 leagues ; 
 our Books alfo reckon it differently, between 90 
 and 100 degrees, which all comes fhort indeed of 
 2000 leagues, but even that was a Voyage enough 
 to frighten us, confidering our {canty Provifions. 
 Captain Swan, to encourage his Men to go with 
 him, perfwaded them that the Englifh Books did 
 give the beft account of the diftance ; his Reafons 
 were many, although but weak. He urged among 
 the reft, that Sir Thomas Candifh and Sir Francis 
 Drake, did run it in lef§ than 50 days, and that he 
 did not queftion but that our Ships were better 
 failers, than thofé which were built in that Age, and 
 that he did not doubt to get there in little more 
 than 40 days: This being the beft time in the year 
 for breezes, which undoubtedly is the. reafon that 
 the Spaniards fet out from Acapulco about this 
 time ; and that although they are 60 daysin their 
 Voyage, it is becaufe they are great Ships, deep 
 laden, and very heavy failers ;. befides, they wanting 
 nothing, are in no great hafte in their way, but fail 
 with a great deal of their ufual Caution. And 
 when they come near the Ifland Guam, they lie by 
 in the night for a week, before they make. Land. 
 In prudence we alfo fhould have contriv’d to lie by 
 in the night when we came near Land, for other 
 wife we might have run afhoar, or have outfailed 
 the Iflands, and loft fight of them before morning. 
 But our bold Adventures feldom proceed with fuch 
 warinefs when in any {traights. 
 
 But of all Captain Swan's Arguments, that which. 
 prevailed moft with them was; his promifing them, 
 as | have faid, to cruize off the Mani/a’s. So he and 
 his Men being now agreed, and they incouraged 
 with the hope of gain, which works its way thro’ 
 all Difficulties, we fet out from Cape, Corrientes, 
 March the 3 ft, 1686. We were. 2 Ships in Company, 
 
 | se Captain 
 
 
 

 
 150 Men, 100 aboard of the Ship, and 50 aboard 
 the Bark, befide Slaves, as I faid. 
 
 We had a fall Land-wind at E. N. E. which 
 carried us 3 or 4 leagues, then the Sea-wind came 
 at W. N. W. a frefh gale, fo we fteered away S. W. 
 By 6a clock in the evening we were about 9 leagues 
 S. W. from the Cape, then we met a Land-wind 
 which blew frefh all night, and the next morning 
 about 10 a clock we had the Sea-breez at N. N.E: 
 fo that at noon we were 30 leagues from the Cape: 
 It blew a frefh gale of Wind, which carried us off 
 into. the true Trade-wind, (of the ditterence of 
 which Trade-winds I fhall fpeak in the Chapter 
 of Winds, in the Appendix) for although the con- 
 {tant Sea-breez near the fhoar is at W. N. W. yet 
 the true Trade off at Sea, when you are clear of 
 the Land-winds, is at E. N.E. At firft we had it 
 at N. N.E. fo it came about Northerly, and then 
 to the Eaft as werun off. At 250 leagues diftance 
 from the fhoar we had it at E.N.E. and there it 
 {tood-till we came within 40 leagues of Guam. 
 
 When we had eaten up our 3 Meals of falted Few- | 
 
 fi/h,in fo many days time, we had nothing but our 
 {mall allowance of Maiz. 
 
 After the 31ft day of March we made great runs 
 every day, having very fair clear Weather, and a 
 frefh Trade-wind, which we made ufe of with all 
 our Sails, and we made many good Ob/ervations of 
 the Sun. At our firft fetting out, we fteer’d into 
 the lat. of 13 degrees, which is near the lat. of 
 Guam ; then we: fteered Weft, keeping in that lat. 
 By that time we had failed 20 days, our Men fee- 
 ing we made fuch -great runs, and the Wind like 
 to continue, repined becaufe they were kept at 
 fuch fhort allowance. Captain Swan endeavoured 
 to perfwade them to have a little Patience ; yet 
 2 | nothing 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The Courfe from Cape Corrientes to Guam. 
 Captain Swan’s Ship, and a Bark commanded un-Av.1686 
 der Captain Swan, by Captain Tear, and we were eyes 
 
 28 t 
 

 
 
 
 
 Occurrences during the Voyage. 
 
 An.1686 nothing but an augmentation of their daily allow- 
 iY ance would appeafé them. Captain Swav, though 
 
 with much teluftance, gave way to a fmall en- 
 largement of our Commons, for now we had not 
 above 10 fpoonfuls of boil’d Maiz a Man, once a 
 _ day, whereas before we had 8: | do believe that 
 
 this {hort allowance did me a great deal. of good, 
 though others were weakened by it; for 1 tound 
 that my Strength increafed, and my Dropfie wore 
 of Yet I drank 3 times every 24 hours; but 
 many of our Men did not drink in 9 or 10 days 
 time, and fome not in 12 days ; one of our Men 
 did not drink in 17 days time, and faid he was not 
 adry when he did drink; yet he made water every 
 day more or lefs. One of our Men in the midit 
 of thefe hardfhips was found guilty of theft, and 
 condemned. for the fame, to have 3 blows from 
 each Man in the Ship, with a 2 inch anda half 
 rope on his bare back. Captain Swan began frtt, 
 and {truck with a good will; whofe example was 
 followed by all of us. | 
 
 It was very ftrange, that in all this Voyage we 
 did not fee one Fifh, not fo much as a Flying-fith, 
 nor any fort of Fowl, but at one time, when we 
 were by my account 4975 miles Weft from Cape 
 Corrientes, then we faw a great number of Boobies, 
 which we fuppofed came trom fome Rocks not far 
 from us, which wete mentioned in fome of our 
 Sea-Carts, but we did not fee them. 
 
 After we had run the 1900 leagues by our reck: 
 oning, which made the Exg/i/b account to Guam, 
 the Men began to murmur againft Captain Swen; 
 for perfwading them to come this. Voyage; but he 
 gave them tair words, and told them that the Spa- 
 mifh' account might probably be the trueft, and {ée- 
 ing the Gale was likely to continue, a fhort time 
 longer would end our troubles. eh) 
 
 As 
 
 
 
 
 | 
 

 
 Tae Se neice — 
 
 — 
 
 fea at germ 
 
 eros peneene 
 
 re NN 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 een 
 
 
 
 Sete 
 
 L. Nafac 
 
 
 
 
 
 @ , 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Sire 1g Mia off 
 
 Bare avis 
 
 
 
 
 = : pi lo 
 
 
 
 THE INDIAN SEA 
 
 ot 
 ep 
 
 
 
 
 7 
 Pees 
 “tees 
 tye, 
 t. 
 
 i Mat 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 oo? 
 A 
 
 
 
 ona ; = | i yp sins ER . Be : 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 = — ns 
 
 ihe ap af Capra 
 or TERRA AU 828 RALIS= <= 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i gene ee) ere RE ee ee eRe eT 
 They arrive at Guam, one of the Ladrone Iflands. 283 Be 
 ~ As we drew nigh the Ifland, we met with fome Az.1686 
 fmall Rain, and the Clouds fettling in the Weft, —ww 
 were an apparent token that we were not far from 
 Land ; for in thefe Climates, between or néar the 
 Tropicks, where the Trade-wind blows conftantly, | 
 the Clouds which: fly fwift over head, yet feem near 
 the Limb of the Horizon to hang without much 
 - motion or alteration, where the Land is’near. I 
 have often taken notice of it, efpecially if it is high 
 Land, for you fhall then have the Clouds hang about 
 it without any vifible motion. 
 
 The 20th day of May, our Bark being about 3 
 leagues a head of our Ship, failed over a rocky 
 fhole, on which ‘there was but 4 fathom water, 
 and abundance of Fifh {wimming about the Rocks. © 
 They imagin’d by’ this that the Land was not far ~ 
 off; fo they clapt ona Wind with the Barks head 
 to the North, and being paft the Shole lay by for 
 us. Whén'we came up with them, Captain Teat 
 came aboard us, and related what he had ften. 
 We were then in lat. 12.d.55 m. fteering Weft. 
 The Ifland Guam is laid down in Lat. 13. dN. 
 by the Spaniards, who are Mafters of it, keeping it as 
 a baiting place as they go to the Philippine Iilands. 
 Therefore weclapt on a Wind and {tood to North- 
 ward, being fomewhat troubled and doubtful whe- 
 ther we were right, becaufe there is no Shole laid 
 down, in the Spami/h Drafts, about the Ifland Guam, 
 
 _ At.4.a€lock, to our great Joy, we faw the Ifland 
 Guam, at about 8 leagues diftance. 
 4 Tt was well for Captain Swar that we got fight 
 of it before our Provifion was fpent, of which we 
 had but enough for 3 days more; for, as I was af- 
 terwards informed, the Men had contrived, firft to 
 kill Captain Swan and eat him when the Victuals 
 was gone, and after him all of us who were accef: 
 _ fary in promoting the undertaking this Voyage. 
 This madé Captain Swan fay to me after our ey 
 f rks : rival 
 
 
 
- They anchor at Guam. | 
 An.1686 arrival at Guam , Ab! Dampier, you would have 
 } wy~ made them but a poor Meal, for1 was as lean as 
 : the Captain was lufty and flefhy. The Wind was 
 ; at E. N. E. and the Land bore at N. N. E. therefore 
 we ftood to the Northward, till we brought the 
 . Ifland to bear Eaft, and then we turned to get in 
 " to an anchor. 
 if - The account I have given hitherto of our Courfe 
 from Cape Corrientes in the Kingdom of Mexico, 
 (for I have mentioned another Cape of that name 
 in Peru, South of the Bay of Panama ) to Guam, 
 e one of the. Ladrone Mlands, hath been in the grofé, 
 But for the fatisfattion of thofe who may think it 
 ferviceable to the fixing the Longitudes of thefe: 
 Parts, or to any other Ufe in Geography or Navi- | 
 gation, I have here fubjoyned a ‘particular Table 
 of every days run, which was as follows, : 
 
 
 
 
 
 March 
 
 
 

 
 (4 
 lr 
 I; 
 
 
 
 vf able bate aoe ch days ts Een’ h to 2 CHEE , 
 
 Marcb. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Courfe, Dips. W. | WW. | Lat. | Winds. 
 Sw5dW]_27 cart 20) _20: 11 Ma W 
 
 W by S[r03|19}100 1000.17: 6 6|N 
 W 12 S[14.0]2:9]134 136|Ob.16:37 T637N:NNE_ 
 20 5[160 54 ak 
 ees E 
 
 
 
 cece 
 
 =| =| =| =| - 
 3 
 
 Ninmniplrryodan 
 
 
 
 
 94 
 $138, 
 q 
 
 oS 
 
 “él 53I0b. mr 
 121137)0b. 14: EN 2 
 
 
 
 A IA 
 
 fat ah Hib eee Toke d eh Ty RS 
 
 S| ee 
 
 pee ee See eee, © eee 
 
 W 6 3[21622214/R. 12: SEN E Kain 
 
 The Summ ot the V Vettings hitherto is 2283 
 which make Deg. of Longitude 39 d. 5m. 
 From hence my Courfe is moft VVeft, fometimes 
 
 ee fometimes Northerly. 
 
 Dif? N.ors. ors.) W. Wi Lat. | Winds. 
 
 0 [rR 12:47|E by N 
 181K. 12:47/E cloudy 
 
 ne | nanan 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I7 WK y2: 47|E 
 18olK. 12: R. 12:47E by IN 
 
 zat 1IN Nos 2 aa by N 
 
 
 
 
 
 ie 3 [Ob Wwanl?7° 
 
 
 
 485 | ; 
 
 Am1686 - 
 LN 
 
 a 
 
 
 
SMR AL dn kN i ere en eee ete ery eS 
 
 y 486 4 oe able of wich Days run to Guam. 
  An.1686 8 [Dal Courfe. (Dif{N.or8 | W. 
 a LY = 24 In. W. rae] 0 [rach 
 las W [142|_0 
 @ 26 W3_N]1e5| oN 
 | 127_\|W 140 
 [28 W_ |167| 
 29 W 2. Niza 
 30 W.|az2|_0 
 Mi W.h196 O 
 | 2 \W [160 ze) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 |_3|W 154 
 | 4 ae 153) 59 
 
 
 
 wa EE EE — —— SE 
 
 
 
 
 
 ito |W 
 
 amt iWs5S |r12| 9, eT haniuie NE 
 a2 |W 12 fo |r2s{k r2:57|ENE 
 13 |W ao aH I2: Sas a I 
 
 a | en | eres | eee] 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 DoW oS ea hae 
 laa IN W7W. A ING | 
 ~~Summ of all the Weftings ——— 7323 ‘ 
 
 ‘Gabe. Deg. of Longitude in woe oe d. 11m. 
 Now 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 a Rg ee ee: Lee ae eee SE, OP Se ee 
 : SO ag He 
 
 
 
 et 8 en aE ae 
 
 
 
 The Table explained. 287 aN 
 
 Now the [fland Guam bore N.N.E. 8 leagues Av.1686 
 dift. this gives 22 m. to my Lat.and takes 9 frommy UWNS 
 Meridian dift. fo that the Ifland is in Lat. 13: 21; 
 and the Merid. dift. from Corrientes 7302 miles ; 
 which, reduced into degrees, makes 125 d. 11 m. 
 
 The Table confifts of 7 Columns. The firft is 
 of the days of the month. The 2d Column con- 
 tains each days courfe, ‘or the point of the Compafs 
 we ran upon. The 3d gives the diftance or length 
 of fuch courfé in Italian or Geometrical miles, (at 
 the rate of 60 toa degree ) or the progrefS the Ship | | 
 makes every day ; and is reckoned always from 
 noon to noon. But becaufe the Courfé is not al- 
 ways made upon the fame Rumb in a direct line, 
 
 _ therefore the 4th and 5th Columns fhew how ma- 
 » ny miles we ran tothe South every day, and how 
 many to the Weft ; which laft was our main run in 
 this Voyage. By the 17th of Apr7/ we were got 
 pretty near into the latitude of Guam, and our 
 Courfe then lying along that parallel, our Northing : 
 and Southing confequently were but little, accord- 
 ing as the Ship deviated from its dire&t courfe ; and 
 fuch deviation is thenceforward expreft by N. or S. 
 in the 5th Column, and the Ships keeping ftraight 
 on the Weft Rumb, by 0, that is to fay, no North- 
 ing or Southing. The 6th Column fhews the lat. 
 we were in every day, where R. fignifies the dead 
 Reckoning, by the running of the Logs, and Ob. fhews 
 the lat. by obfervation. The 7th Column fhews the 
 Wind and Weather. 
 
 To thefe] would have added an 8th Column, to 
 fhew the Variation of the Needle; but as it was very 
 fmall in this courfé, fo neither did we make any ob- 
 fervation of it, above once, after we were fét out 
 from the Mexican Coaft. At our departure from Cape 
 Corrientes, we found it to be 4 d. 28 m. Eafterly : 
 and the obférvation we made of it afterwards, 
 when we had gone about a third of the Voyage, 
 
 fhewed 
 
 _— 
 
 
 
 
 
 | SS ? — 
 
288 Of the Breadth of thé South Sea: 
 
 _.An.1686 fhewed it to be fo near the fame, to be decreafing : 
 Www Neither did we obferve it at Guam, for Captain 
 Swan who had the Inftruments in his Cabbin, did 
 not feem much to regard it: Yet ] am inclined to 
 think that at Gzam, the Variation might be either 
 
 none at all, or even inereafing to the Weftward. 
 To conclude, May 20th at noon ( when we begin 
 to call it 21ft) wewere in lat. 12 d. 50 m.N. by R; 
 having run fince the noon before 134 miles dirett- 
 ly Weit., We continued the fame Courfe till two 
 that afternoon, for which I allow 10 miles more 
 Welt ftill, and then, finding the parallel we ran up- 
 on tobe too much Southerly, we clapt on a Wind 
 and failed dire¢tly North, till 5 in the afternoon, 
 having in that time run 8 mile, and increaféd our 
 latitude fo many minutes, making it 12d. 53 m. 
 We then faw the Ifland Guam bearing N. N. E. di- 
 {tant from us about 8 leagues, which gives the 
 latitude of the Ifland 13 d. 20 m. And according 
 to the account foregoing, its longitude is 125 d. 
 11m. Welt from the Cape Corrientes on the Coatt of 
 Mexico, allowing 58 and 59 Italian miles toa degtee 
 Pi in thefe latitudes, at the common rate of 60 miles 
 
 to a degree of the Equator, as before computed. 
 Asa Corollary from hence it will follow, that 
 upon a fuppofal of the truth of the general al- 
 lowance , Seamen make of 60 Italian miles to an 
 Equinoftial degree, that the South Sea muft be of a 
 greater breadth by 25 degrees, than it’s commonly 
 reckoned by Hydrographers, who make it only 
 about 100, more or lefs. For fince we found (as | 
 fhall have oceafion to fay) the diftance from Guam 
 to the Eaftern parts of Afiz, to be much the fame 
 with the common reckoning; it follows by way of 
 .neceflary confequence from hence, that the 25 
 degrees of longitude, or thereabouts, which are un- 
 der-reckoned in the diftance between America and 
 the Eajt-Indies Weftward , are over - reckoned 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ae = . => 
 
 fO the Athiopick. and Atlantick Ocean: 289 
 in the breadth of Afra and Africk, the Atlantick Sea, 4% 1686 
 or the American Continent, or all together ; and fo e-y™s, 
 that Tra& of the Terraqueous Globe, muft be fo 
 much fhortned. And for a further confirmation of 
 the faé&, I fhall add, that as to the E¢thiopick or 
 Indian Sea, its breadth muft be confiderably lefs 
 than *tis generally calculated tobe ; if it be true 
 what I have heard over and over, from feveral able 
 Seamen, whom I have converfed with in thefe parts, 
 that Ships failing from the Cape of Good Hope to 
 New Holland, (as many Ships bound to Fava, of 
 _ thereabouts, keep that latitude) find themfelves 
 there,(and fometimes to their coft) running aground 
 when they have thought themfelves to be a great 
 way off; and ’tis from hence poffibly,that the Dutch 
 call that part of this Coaft the Land of Indraughr, 
 (as if it magnetically drew Ships too faft to it) and 
 give cautions to avoid it : But [ rather think, ’tis the 
 nearnefs of the Land, than any Whirlpool, or thé 
 like, that furprizes them. As to the breadth of the 
 Atlantick Sea, 1am from good hands affured, that 
 it is over-reckoned by fix, feven, eight, or ten de- 
 grees ; for befides the concurrent Accounts of feve- 
 ral experienced Men, who have confirmed the fame 
 to me: Mr. Canby particularly, who hath failed as 
 a Mate ina great many Voyages, from Cape Lopez, 
 onthe Coaft of Guinea, to Barbadoes, and is much 
 efteem’d as a very fenfibleMan, hath often told me, 
 that he conftantly found the diftance to be between 
 60 and 62 degrees ; whereas °tis laid down in 68; 
 69, 70, and 72 degrees, in the common draughts. 
 
 As to the fuppofition.it felf; which our Seamen 
 make, in. the allowing but 60 miles to a degree, I 
 am not ignorant how much this hath been canvafed 
 of late years efpecially, and that the prevailing opi- 
 nton hath been that about 70; or upwards, fhould 
 be allowed. Buttill 1 ean, fee fome better erqungs 
 
 oF 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Po bs Cans oe PP be 
 
 
 
 en oe 
 
 290 Of the Miles ina Deg. The Ifle of Guam. 
 An.1686 for the exa€tnefs of thofé trials; that have been 
 wy~y made on Land by Mr..Norwood and others, con- 
 
 fidering the inequality of the Earths furface, as 
 well as the obliquity of the way ; in their. allow- 
 ing for which, I am fomewhat doubtful of their 
 \ meafures. Upon the whole matter, I cannot but 
 ' adhere to the general Sea-calculation, confirmed 
 as to the main by daily experience, till fome more 
 certain eftimate fhall be made, than thofe hither- 
 to attempted. For we find our felves, when we 
 fail North or South, to be brought to our intended 
 place, ina time agreeable enough with what we 
 expect upon the ufual fuppofition, making all rea- 
 fonable allowance, for the little unavoidable devi- 
 ations Eaft or Weft: and there feems no reafon 
 why the fame eftimate fhould not ferve us in ¢rof- 
 fing the Meridians, which we find fo true in Sailing _ 
 under them. As to this courfe of ours to Guam 
 particularly, we fhould rather increafe than fhorten 
 our eftimate of the length of it, confidering that . 
 ‘the Eafterly Wind and Current being fo ftrong, 
 and beating therefore our Log after us, as is ufual 
 in fuch cafés, fhould we therefore, in cafting up the 
 run of the Log, make allowance for fo much {pace 
 ‘as the Log it felf drove after us (which is common- 
 ly 3 or 4 miles in 100, in fo brisk a galeas this was) 
 we muft have reckoned more than 125 degrees; 
 but in this Voyage we made no fuch allowance : 
 (though it be ufual to do it) fo that how much fo« 
 ever this computation of mine exceeds the common 
 Draughts, yet is it of the fhorteft, according to our 
 experiment and calculation. . 
 
 But to proceed with our Voyage: The Ifland 
 Guam or Guabon, (as the Native Indians pronounce 
 it) is one of the Ladrone Mlands, belongs to the 
 Spaniards, who have a {mall Fort with fix Guns in 
 it, with a Governour, and 26 or 30 Soldiers. They 
 keep it for the rélief and tefrefament of their Phi/- 
 258 : - dppiné 
 
 
 

 
 Ie of Guam, or Maria. The Goco-nit. 
 
 lippine Ships, that touch here in their way from 4n,1686 
 Acapulco to Manila, but the Winds will not fo eafily Uys, 
 
 let them take this way back again. The Spemards 
 of late have. named Guam, the Ifland Maria, it is 
 about 12 leagues long, and 4 broad, lying N. and S. 
 It is pretty high Champion Land. | 
 
 The z1ft day of May, 1686. at 11 a Clockinthe 
 Evening, we anchored near the middle -of the 
 Ifland Guam, on the Weft fide; a Mile from the 
 fhore. Ata diftance it appears Hat and even, but 
 coming near it you will find it ftands fhelving, and 
 the Eaft fide, whicli is much the higheft, is fenced 
 
 with fteep Rocks, that oppofe the Violence of the” 
 
 Sea, which continually rage againft it, being driven 
 with the conftant Trade-wind, and on that fide 
 there is no Anchoring. The Weft fide is pertty 
 low, and full of fmall fandy Bays, divided with 
 ~-as many rocky Points. The Soil of the Ifland is 
 reddifh, dry and indifferent fruitful. The Fruits are 
 chiefly Rice, Pine-Apples, Water melons, Musk- 
 melons, Oranges and Limes, Coco-nuts, and a fort 
 of Fruit called by usBread-fruit. 
 
 The Coco-nut Trees grow by the Sea, on the 
 Weftern fide in great Groves, 3 or 4. Miles in length, 
 anda Mile or two broad. This Tree is in thape like 
 the Cabbage-tree, andata diftance they are not to 
 be known each from other, only the Coco-nut Tree 
 is fuller of Branches ; but the Cabbage-tree generally 
 ismuch higher, tho’ the Coco-nut Trees in fome 
 places are very high. 
 
 The Nut or Fruit grows at the head of the Tree, 
 among the Branches and in Clufters, 10 or 12 ina 
 Clufter.. The Branch to which they grow is about 
 the bignefs of a Man’s Arm, and as. long, running 
 {mall towards the end. It is of a yellow Colour, 
 full of Knots, and very tough. e Nut is gene- 
 rally bigger than a Man’sHead. The outer Rindis 
 near two Inches, tek before you come tothe Shell, 
 
 ; th 2 the 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
eter Re PO et a. RET RENEE 8 Py MEN Ree gg Pee eT eee ER Te | Tee EL VE 
 
 BOD The Coco-nut. x9 
 ~ An.1686 the Shell it felf is black, thick, and very hard. The 
 ~ Sno Kernel in fome Nuts is near an Inch thick, {ticking to 
 the infide of the Shell clear round, leaving a hollow 
 in the middle of it, which contains about a Pint, 
 moreor lefs, according to the bignefs of the Nut, 
 for fome are much bigger than others. : 
 
 This Cavity is full of fweet, delicate, wholfom 
 and -refrefhing Water. While the Nut is growing, 
 all the infide is full of this Water, without any 
 
 - Kernel at all; but as the Nut grows towards its 
 Maturity, the Kernel begins to gather and fettle 
 round on the infide of the Shell, and is foft like 
 Cream ; and as the Nut ripens, it increafeth in 
 fubftance and becomes hard. "The ripe Kernel is 
 {weet enough, but very hard to digeft, therefore 
 feldom eaten, unlefs by Strangers, who know not 
 the effects of it, but while it is young and foft 
 like Pap, fome Men will eat it, feraping it out 
 with a Spoon, after they have drunk the Water 
 that was within it. I like the Water beft when 
 the Nut is almoft ripe, for itis then fweeteft and 
 briskelt. 
 
 When thefe Nuts areripe and gathered, the out- 
 fide Rind becomes of a brown rufty colour ;' fo that 
 one would think that they were dead and dry ; 
 yet they will fprout out like Onions, after they 
 have been hanging in the Sun 3 or 4 Months, or 
 thrown about in a Houfe or Ship, and if planted 
 afterward in the Earth, they will grow up to a 
 Tree. Before they thus fprout out, there is a 
 fmall {pungy round knob grows in the inhde, 
 which we call an Apple. This at firit isno bigger 
 than the top of ones finger, but increafeth daily, 
 fucking up the Water till it is grown fo big as to 
 fill up the Cavity of the Coco-nut, and then it be- 
 gins to {prout-forth. By this time the Nut that 
 was hard, begins to grow oily and foft, thereby 
 giving paflage to the Sprout that {prings from the 
 
 Apple, 
 
 
 
 
 
till it grows ripe, juft where it’s faftned by its Stalk 
 to the Tree ; but one of thefe holes remains open, 
 even when it is ripe) through which it creeps and 
 {preads forth its Branches. You may let thefe teem- 
 ing Nuts fprout out a foot and half} or two foot 
 high before you ‘plant them, for they will grow 
 a great while like a Onion out of their own Sub- 
 ftance. ‘- 
 
 Befide the Liquor or Water in the Fruit, there 
 isalfo a fort of Wine drawn from the Tree called 
 Toddy, which looks like Whey. It is fweet and 
 very pleafant, butit is to be drunk within 24 hours 
 after it is drawn, for afterwards it grows fowre. 
 Thofe that havea great many Trees, draw a Spirit 
 from the fowre Wine, called Arack. Arack is di- 
 ftill’d alfo from Rice, and other things in the 
  Eaft Indies; but none is{o much efteemed for ma- 
 king Punch as this fort, made of Toddy, or the 
 
 fap of the Coco-nut Tree, for it makes moft deli- 
 
 cate Punch ; but it muft have a dafh of Brandy to 
 hearten it, becaufe this Arack is not {trong enough 
 to make good Punch of it felf. This fort of Li- 
 quor is chielly ufed about Goa ; and therefore it 
 hasthe Name of Goa Arack. The way of drawing 
 the Toddy from the Tree, is by cutting the top 
 of a Branch that would bear Nuts; but before it 
 has any Fruit ; and from thence the Liquor which 
 was to feed its Fruit, diftils into the hole of a Cal- 
 
 _ labath that is hung upon it. : 
 This Branch continues running almoft as long as 
 the Fruit would have been growing, and then it 
 dries away.TheTree hath ufually 3 fruitful Branches, 
 which if they be all tapp’d thus,then the Tree bears 
 no Fruit that year; but if one or two_ only be 
 tapp’d, the other will bear Fruit all the while. The 
 Liquor which is thus drawn is emptied out of the 
 U3 Callabafh, 
 
 
 
 Toddy and Arack, Liquors made of the Coco-Tree.. 293 
 Apple,which Nature hath fo contrived,that it points A7z.1686 
 to the hole in the Shell, (of which there are three, —W>~ 
 
 
 
 
 
Ry we ee Le Be: x pal not ae eo TS TaIeee ve 
 
 294 
 
 The hfes of the Coco-nut. 
 
 4.1686 Callabafh duly Morning and Evening, fo long as it 
 tyre continues running, and is fold Every Morning and 
 
 Evening in moft Towns inthe Euf? Indies, and great 
 gains is produced from iteven this way ; but’ thofe 
 that diftil it and make Arack, reap’ the greateft 
 profit. There isalfo great profit made of the Fruit, 
 both of the Nut and the Shell. 
 
 The Kernel is much uféd in making Broath. When 
 the Nut is dry, they take off the Husk, and giving 
 two good Blows on themiddle of the Nut,it breaks 
 in two equal parts, letting the Water fall on the 
 Ground ; then with a fmall Iron Rafp made for 
 the purpofe, the Kernel or Nut is rafped ‘out clean, 
 
 which being put into a little frefh. Water, makes it 
 
 tecome white as Milk. In this milky Water they 
 boil a Fowl,or any other fort of Flefhjand it makes 
 very favory Broath. Exeli/h Seamen put this water 
 into boiled Rice, which they eat inftead of Rice- 
 milk, carrying Nuts purpofely to Sea with them. 
 This they learn from the Natives. 
 
 But the greateft ufe of the Kernel isto. makeQyl, 
 both for burning and for frying. The way to make 
 the Oyl is to grate or rafp the Kernel,and fteep it in 
 trew Water; then boil it, and {cum off the Oyl at 
 top as it rifes: But-the Nuts that make the Oyl 
 ought to be a long time gathered.fo as that the Ker- 
 nel may be turning foft and oily. 
 
 _ The Shell of this Nut is uféd in the Ea/? Indies for 
 Cups, Dithes, Ladles, Spoons, and in a manner for 
 alleating and drinking Veffels. Well fhaped Nuts 
 ave often brought home to Ezrope,and much efteem- 
 ed. Fhe Husk of the Shell is of great ufé to make 
 Cables ; for the dry husk is full of finall Strings 
 and ‘Threads, which being beaten, become foft,and the 
 other Subftance which was mixt among it falls a- 
 way like Saw-duft, leaving only theStrings. Thefe 
 are afterwards fpun into long Yarns, and twifted. 
 Up into Balls for Convenience : and many of thefé. 
 
 
 

 
 " The Profitablenefs of Coco-Trees. 295 
 Rope-Yarns joyned together make good Cables. Az,1686 
 This Manufattory is chiefly ufed at the Ma/dive- —YN) 
 Iflands, and the threads fent in Balls into all places 
 that trade thither, purpofely for tomake Cables. [I 
 made a Cable at Achim with fome of it. Thefe are 
 called Corre Cables ; they will laft very well. But 
 there is another fort of Cozre Cables (as they are 
 called) that are black, and more {trong and lafting , 
 and are made of ftrings that grow, like Horfe-hair, 
 at the heads of certain Trees, almoft like the Coco- 
 nut Tree. This fortcomes moft from the Ifland ‘T7- 
 mor. \n the South Seas the Spaniards do make Oa- — 
 kam to chalk their Ships, with the husk of the Coco- 
 nut, which is more ferviceable than that made of 
 hemp,and they fay it will neverrot. | have been told 
 by Captain Kzox, who wrote the Relation of Cey- 
 Jon, that in fome places of India they make a fort 
 of courfe Cloth of the husk of the Coco-nut, which 
 is ufed for Sails. I my4felf have {een a fort of courle 
 Sail-cloth made of fuch a kind of fubftance ; but 
 whether the {ame or no | know not. 
 I have been the longer on this fubjett, to give the 
 Reader a particular Account of: the ufe and profit 
 of a Vegetable, which is poffibly of all others the 
 moft generally ferviceable to the conveniencies, as 
 well as the neceflities of humane Life. Yet this 
 Tree, that is of fuch great ufe, and efteemed fo 
 much in the Eaft-Indies, is {carce regarded in the 
 Weft-Indies, for want of the knowledge of the bene- 
 fit which it may produce. And ’tis partly for the 
 fake of my Country-men, in our American Planta- 
 tions, that I have fpoken {0 largely of it. For the 
 hot Climates there are a very proper foil for it: and ©) 
 indeed it is fo hardy, both in the raifing it, and 
 when grown, that it will thrive as well in dry fan- 
 dy ground asinrichland. I have found them grow- 
 ing very well in low fandy Iflands (on the Weft of 
 Sumatra) that are over-fowed with the Sea every. 
 U4 Spring- 
 
 
 

 
 296 The Lime-Tree and Fruit: Bread-fruit. 
 An.1686 Spring-tide ; and though the Nuts there are noz 
 wy very big, yet this is no lofs, for the Kernel is thick 
 
 _ and {weet and the Milk, or Water in the infide, 
 is more pleafant and fweet than of the Nuts that 
 grow in rich ground, which are commonly large 
 indeed, butnot very fweet. Thefe at Guam grow 
 in dry ground, are of a middlefize, and I think the 
 {weete{t that | did ever tafte. Thus much for the 
 Coco-nut. 
 
 *” The Lime is a fort of baftard or Crab limon. 
 The Tree, or Bufh that bears it, is prickly, like a 
 Thorn, growing full of fmall boughs. In Famaica, 
 and other places, they make of the Lime-Buth 
 Fences about Gardens, or any other Inclofure, by 
 planting the feeds clofe together, which growing 
 up thick, fpread abroad, and make a very good 
 Hedge. The Fruit is like a Lemon, but fmaller ; 
 the tind thin, and the inclofed fubftance full of 
 juice. The juice is very tart, yet of a pleafant 
 tafte if fweetned with Sugar. It is chiefly ufed for 
 making Punch, both in the Eaff and Weft-Jndies, as 
 well afhoar as atSea, and much of it istor that pur- 
 pofe yearly brought home to England, from our 
 Weft-India Plantations. Itis alfo ufed for a particu- 
 lar kind of Sauce, which is called Pepper-Sauce, 
 and is made of Cod-pepper,commonly call’d Guinea- 
 pepper, boiled in Water, and then pickled with 
 Salt, and mix’d with Lime-juice to preferve it. 
 Limes grow plentiful in the Eaft and We/t-Indies, 
 within the ‘Tropicks. ba aro 
 
 The Bread-fruit (as we call it) grows on a large 
 Tree, as big and highas our largeft Apple-Trees. It 
 hath a fpreading head full of branches, and dark 
 leaves. The Fruit: grows on the boughs like Ap- 
 ples : it is as big asa Penny-loaf, when Wheat is 
 at five Shillings the Bufhel.. It is of a round fhape, 
 and hath a thick tough rind. ‘When the Fruit is 
 wpe, itis yellow and foft ;. and the ee 
 
 Ay an 
 
 R 
 
The Natives of Guam. 207 o 
 and pleafant. The Natives of this Ifland ufe it for Av.1686 
 Bread : they gather it when full grown, while it is -wNu 
 green and hard; then they bake it in an Oven, 
 which fcorcheth the rind and makes it black : - but 
 they fcrape off the outfide black cruft, and there 
 _ remains a tender thin cruft, and the infide is foft, \ 
 tender and white, like the crumb of a Penny Loaf. 
 There is neither feed nor ftone in the infide, but 
 all is of a pure fubftance like Bread: it muft be 
 eaten new, for if it is kept above 24 hours, it be. 
 comes dry, and eats harfh and choaky ; but ’tis ve- 
 ry pleafant before it is too ftale. This Fruit lafts 
 in feafon 8 months in the year; during which time 
 the Natives eat no other fort of food of Bread kind. 
 I did never {ee of this Fruit any where but here. 
 The Natives told us, that there is plenty of this 
 Fruit growing on the reft of the Ladroze Iflands ; 
 and I did never hear of any of it any where elfe. | 
 
 They have here fome Rice alfo: but the Ifland 
 being of a dry Soil, and therefore not very proper 
 for it, they do notfow very much. Fifth is fcarce | 
 about this Ifland ; yet on the fhole that our Bark 
 came over there was great plenty, and the Natives | 
 commonly go thither to fifh. re | 
 
 The Natives of this Ifland are ftrong bodied, 
 large limb’d, and well-fhap’d. They are Copper- 
 coloured, like other Indians : their hair is black and 
 long, their eyes meanly proportioned ; they have 
 pretty high Nofes;, their Lips are pretty full, and 
 their Teeth indifferent white. They are long 
 vifaged, and ftern of countenance ; yet we found 
 them to be affable and courteous. They are many 
 of them troubled with a kind of a Leprofie. This 
 diftemper is very common at Mindanao: therefore 
 I {hall {peak more of it in my next Chapter. They 
 of Guam are otherwifé very healthy,efpecially. in the 
 dry feafon: but in the wet feafon, which comes 
 in in ‘une, and holds till Ofzober, the air is — 
 thick 
 
 
 
 —_ 
 
por bs » = Ee RT Pa te, ee oe ee ee ee a ee ee. | 
 
 298 -——- Proes, a fort of Indian Boats. 
 
 An.1686 thick and unwholfome; which occafions Fevers : 
 “YV~ but the Rains are not violent nor lafting. For the 
 Ifland lies fo far Wefterly from the Philippine Mlands, 
 or any other Land, that the Wefterly Winds do fel- 
 dom blow fo far ; and when they do, they do not 
 laft long: but the Eafterly Winds do conftantly 
 blow here, which are dry and healthy ; and this 
 Ifland is found to be very healthful, as we were 
 informed while we lay by it. The Natives are ve- 
 ty ingenious beyond any People, in making Boats, 
 or Proes, as they are called in the Ea/t-Indies, and 
 therein they take great delight. Thefe are built 
 fharp at bothends; the bottom is of one piece, 
 made like the bottom of a little Canoa, very neatly 
 dug, and left of a good fubftance. This bottom 
 part isinftead of a Keel. It is about 26 or 28 foot 
 long ; the under part of this Keel ismade round, but 
 inclining toa wedge, and {mooth; and the upper 
 part is almoft flat,having a very gentle hollow, and is 
 about a foot broad: From hence both fides of the 
 Boat are carried up to about 5 foot high with nar- 
 row Plank, not above 4 or 5 inches broad, and 
 each end of the Boat turns up round, very pretti- 
 ly. But what is very fingular, one fide of the Boat 
 is made perpendicular, like a Wall, while the o- 
 ther fide is rounding, made as other Veffels are, 
 with a pretty full belly. Juftin the middle it is 
 about 4 or 5 foot broad aloft, or more, according 
 to the length of the Boat. The Maft ftands exaétly 
 in the middle, with a long Yard that peeps up and 
 down like a Mizen-yard. Oneend of it reacheth 
 down to the end or head of the Boat, where it is 
 placed ina notch, that is made there purpofely to | 
 receive it, and keep it faft. The other end hangs 
 _over the Stern: To this Yard the Sail is faftened. | 
 ~ At the foot of the Sail there is another {mall Yard, 
 ‘to keep the Sail out fquare, and to roll up the 
 Sail on when it blows hard ; for it ferves ih, a 
 Ce. 
 
 
 
—~ SS  Pe ee er 
 
 Proes, or Indian Boats. 299 
 
 Reef to take up the fail to what degree they pleafé, A7.1686 
 according tothe ftrength of the Wind. Along the -Y™2 — 
 Belly-fide of the Boat, parallel with it, at about 6 
 or 7 foot diftance, lies another {mall Boat, or Ca- 
 noa, being a Log of very light Wood, almoft as 
 longas the great Boat, but not fo wide, being not 
 above a foot and an half wide at the upper part, 
 and very fharp like a Wedge at each end. And 
 there are two Bamboas of about 8 or 10 foot long, 
 and as big as ones Leg, placed over the great Boats 
 fide, one near each end of it, and reaching about 
 6 or 7 foot from the fide of the Boat: By the help 
 of which, the little Boat is made firm and contt- 
 guous to the other. Thefe are generally called 
 by the Dutch, and by the Exg/ifh from them, Out- 
 layers. The ufe of themis to keep the great Boat 
 Upright from over-fetting ; becaufe the Wind here 
 being in a manner conftantly Eaft, (or if it were 
 at Weftit would be the fame thing) and the Range 
 of thefe Iflands, where their bufinefs lies to and 
 fro, being moftly North and South, they turn the 
 flat fide of the Boat againft the Wind, upon which 
 they fail, and the Belly-fide, confequently, with its 
 little Boat, is upon the Lee : And the Veflel having 
 - a Head at eachend, fo as to fail with either of 
 them foremoft ( indifferently ) they need not tack, 
 or go about, as all our Veflels do, but each end of 
 the Boat ferves either for Head or Stern as they 
 pleafe. When they ply to Windward, and are 
 minded to go about, he that fteers bears awaya 
 little from the Wind, by which means the {tern 
 comes to the Wind ; which is now become the Head, 
 only by fhifting the end of the Yard. This Boat is 
 fteered with a broad Paddle, inftead of a Rudder. 
 T have beenthe more particular in defcribing thefe 
 Boats, becaufé I do believe, they fail the beft of any 
 Boats in the World. I did here for my own fatif- 
 
 faGtion, try the fwiftnefs of one of them; sis 
 
Ce a EE FE eR ee ee eee ek eee ee ee, ©) oN eh. es. er i a a ee ee ae | 
 
 300 «©—S—s«*ST he ft ate of the Spaniards at Guam. 
 
 An.1686 by our Log, we had 12 Knots on our Reel, and fhe 
 
 y~) tun it all out before the half Minute-Glafs was half 
 out ; which, if it had been nomore,is after the rate 
 of 12 Mile anhour ; butI do believe fhe would have 
 run 24 Mile an hour. It was very pleafant to fee 
 little Boat running along fo {wift by the others 
 ide. 
 
 The Native Indians are no lefS dextrous in ma- 
 naging, than in building thefe Boats. By report,they 
 will go from hence to another of the Ladvone 
 Iflands about 30 leagues off, and there do their 
 Bufinefs, and return again in lefSthan 12 hours. I 
 was told that one of thefe Boats was fent ExprefS to 
 Manila, which is above 400 leagues, and performed 
 the Voyage in 4 days time. There are of thefe Proes 
 or Boats ufed in many places of the Ea/t-Indies,but 
 with a Belly anda little Boat on each fide. Only at 
 Mindanao I faw one like thefe, with the Belly 
 and a little Boat only on one fide, andthe other flat, 
 but not fo neatly built. 
 
 The Indians of Guam have neat little Houfes,very 
 handfomly thatch’d with Palmeto-thatch. They inha- 
 bit together in Villages built by the Sea, on the weft 
 fide, and have Spani/h Priefis to inftru€t themin the 
 Chriftian Religion. 
 
 The Spaniards have a fmall Fort on the weft fide, 
 near the fouth end, with 6 Guns in it. There isa 
 Governour, and 20 or 30 Spanifh Soldiers. There 
 are no more Spaniards on this Ifland, befide 2 or 3 
 Priefts. Not long before we arrived here, the Na- 
 tives rofé on the Spaniards to deftroy them, and did 
 kill many : But the Governour with his Soldiers 
 at length prevailed, and drove them out of the 
 Fort: So when they found themfelves difappoint- 
 ed of their intent, they deftroyed the Plantations — 
 and Stock, and then went away to other Iflands: 
 There were then 3 or 400 Indians on this Ifland; 
 but now there are not above roo ; for all that were. 
 
 tn 
 
 
 
note Upae rh a es ee 
 
 
 
 Ee Bl i sis 
 hei Treating for Provifions. = 361 
 in ‘this Confpiracy went away. As for thefe who Az.1686 
 yet remain, if they were not attually concerned in b-WNu 
 that broil, yet their hearts alfo are bent againft the 
 Spaniards : for they offered to carry us to the Fort, 
 and affift us in the Conqueft of the Ifland ; but C. 
 Swan was not for molefting the Spaniards here. 
 Before we came to ananchor here, one of the 
 Priefts came aboard inthe Night, with 3 Indians. 
 They firft haled us to know from whence we came, 
 and what we were : To whom anfwer was made in 
 Spani(h, that we were Spaniards, and that we came 
 from ‘Acapulco. It being dark they could not fee the 
 make of our Ship, nor very well difcern what we 
 were : Therefore we came aboard ; but perceiving 
 the miftake they were in, in taking us fora Spanifh 
 Ship, they endeavoured to get from us again,but we 
 held their Boat faft,and made them come in. Capt. 
 Swan received the Prieft with much Civility, and 
 condutting him into the Great Cabbin, declared/That 
 the reafon of our coming to this Ifland was want 
 of Provifion, and that he came not in any hoftile 
 manner, butas a Friend to putchafe with his Mo- 
 ney what he wanted: And therefore defired the 
 Prieftto write a Letter to the Governour, to inform 
 him what we were, and on what account we 
 came. For having him now aboard, the Captain 
 was willing to detain him as an Hoftage, till we 
 had Provifion.. The Padre told Capt. Swan, that 
 Provifion was now fcarce onthe Ifland ; but he would 
 engage, that the Governour would do his utmoft to 
 furnifh us. | 
 In the Morning the Indians, in whofe Boat or 
 Proe the Frier came aboard, were fent to the Go- | 
 vernour with two Letters ; one from the Frier, and 
 another very obliging one from Capt. Swaz, and.a | 
 Prefent of 4 Yards of Scarlet-cloath, and a -piece d 
 of broad Silver and Gold Lace. The Governour 
 lives near the South end of the Ifland on the 46 
 ide; 
 
302 The Governours Prefents to Capt. Swan. 
 An.1686 fide ; which was about 5 leagues from the place 
 Wyn where we were ; therefore we did not expe€t an 
 
 an{wer till the Evening, not knowing then how 
 nimble they were. Therefore when the Indian 
 Canoa was difpatched away to the Governour, we 
 hoifed out 2 of our Canoas, and fent one a fifhing, 
 and the other afhore for Coco-nuts. Our fifhing 
 Canoa got nothing ; but the Men that went afhore 
 for Coco-nuts came off laden. 
 
 About 11 a Clock, that fame Morning, the Go- 
 vernour of the Iland fent a Letter to Capt. Swan, 
 complimenting him for his Prefent, and promifing 
 to fupport us with as much Provifion, as he could 
 poflibly {pare ; and as a Token of his Gratitude, he 
 fent a prefent of 6 Hogs, of a {mall fort, moft ex- 
 cellent Meat, the beft 1 think, that ever I eat : 
 They are fed with Coco-nuts, and their flefh is 
 hard as Brisket Beef. They were doubtlefS of that 
 breed in America which came originally from Spain. 
 He fent alfo 12Muskmelons,larger than ours in Exg- 
 land, and as many Water-melons, both forts here _ 
 being a very excellent Fruit; and fent an order to 
 the Indians that lived in a Village not far from our 
 Ship, to bake every day as much of the Bread-fruit 
 as we did defire, and to aflift us in getting as many 
 dry Coco-nuts as we would have ; which they ac- - 
 cordingly did, and brought off the Bread-Fruit eve- 
 ry day hot, as muchas we couldeat. After this the 
 Governour fent every day a Canoa or two with 
 Hogs and Fruit, and defired for the fame Powder, 
 Shot and Arms; which was {ent according to his 
 Requeft. We had a delicate large English Dog ; 
 which the Governour did defire, and had it given 
 him very freely by the Capt. though much a- 
 gainft the grain of many of his Men, who hada 
 great value for that Dog. Capt. Swan endea- 
 voured to get this Governours Letter of Recom: 
 Mendation to fome Merchants at Manila, a i 
 
 ta 
 
 
 

 
 The Acapulco Ship narrowly efcapes them, 303 
 
 had then a defign to go toFort St. George, and from Av.1686 
 thence intended to trade to Mani/a: but this his de- ye 
 fign was concealed from the company. While we © 
 lay here, the Acapulco Ship arrived in fight of the 
 Ifland, but did not corne in the fight of us; for the 
 Governor fent an Indian Proe, with advice of our a 
 being here. Therefore fhe ftood off to the South- d 
 ward of the Ifland, and coming foul of the fame | 
 fhole that our Bark had run over before, was in . 
 great danger of being loft there, for fhe {truck off 
 her Rudder, and with much ado got clear; but 4 
 not till after three days labour. For tho’ the fhole 
 be fo near the Ifland, and the Indians go off and fifh 
 ' there every day, yet the Mafter of the Acapulco : 
 
 Ship, who fhould (one would think) know thefe 
 Parts, wasutterly ignorant of it. This their ftriking “| 
 on the fhole we heard afterward, when we were on 
 the Coaft of Manila , but thefe Indians of Guam did 
 {peak of her being in fight of the [fland while we 
 lay there, which put our Men in a great heat to go 
 out after her, but Captain Swan ‘perfwaded them 
 out of that humour, for he was now wholly averfe 
 to any Hoftile aftion. _ : 
 
 The 30th day of May, the Governor fent his laft 
 Prefent, which was fome Hogs, a Jar of pickled 
 Mangoes, a Jar of excellent pickled Fifh, and a Jar 
 of fine Rusk, or Bread of fine Wheat Flower, ba- 
 ked like Bisket, but not fo hard. He fent befides, 
 6 or 7 packs of Rice, defiring to be excufed from 
 fending any more Provifion to us, faying he had 
 no more on the [fland that he could fpare. He 
 fent word alfo,that the Weft Monfoon was at hand, 
 that therefore it behoved us to be jogging from 
 hence, unlefé we were refolved to return back to 
 America again. Captain Swan returned him thanks 
 for his kindnefS and advice, and took his leave ; 
 and the fame day fent the Frier afhoar, that was 
 feized on at our firftartival, and gave him a Lie 
 
 rafs 
 
 
 
304 Their Provifions for their Voyage. - 
 An.1686 Brafs Clock, an Aftrolable, and a large Telefcope 
 wy~y for which Prefent the Frier fent us aboard fix Hogs, 
 
 and a roafting Pig, 3 or 4 Bufhels of Potatoes, and 
 50 pound of Manila Tobacco. Then we prepared to 
 be gone, being pretty well furnifhed with Provifion 
 to carry us to Mindanao, where we defigned next to © 
 touch. We took aboard us as many Coco-nuts as 
 we could well ftow, and we had a good ftock of 
 Rice, and about 50 Hogs in falt. 
 
 
 
 CHA P. 
 
 
 
PE ey i nee eh SO a Mae Le OP Lee en Ie ee TRE EC ene Nee Creer ig 
 They defizn for Mindanao. 
 ; a 4n.1 686. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 as 
 é ae 
 bv aet wie) fay 
 at eee eee Te 
 
 gs i a gee. 4 & 
 
 » They refolve to go to Mindanao. Their depars a 
 tare from Guam. . Of the Phillipine [/lands. 
 The Ife Luconia, and its chief Town and 
 | Port, Manilo, Manila, or Manilbo. Of the 
 vith Trade we might eftablifh with thefe Iflands. 
 St. John’s Ifland. They arrive at Mindanao. 
 The Iland defcribed, Its Fertility. The Lib- 
 by Trees, and the Sago made of them. The 
 Plantain Tree, Fruit, Liquor, and Cloath. A 
 Smaller Plantain at Mindanao. The Bonano. 
 Of the Clove-bark, Cloves and Nutmegs, and 
 the Methods taken by the Ditch to Monopo- 
 lize the Spices. The Betel-Nut, and Arek- 
 ‘Tree. The Durian, and the Jaca-Tree and 
 
 Fruit.. The Beas of Mindanao. Centapees 
 _. or Forty Legs, 2 venemous Infect, and others. 
 f Their kowls, Fifb, &c. The temperature of 
 the Climate, with the Courfe of the Winds, 
 
 Tornadoes, Rain, and temper of the Air 
 ) throughout the Year. 
 
 
 
 ay 
 
 ~ \ \ 
 
 } Hile we lay at Guam, we took up a Refo- 
 lution of going to Atindanao, one of the 
 _ Philkppine \lands, being told by the Frier, and others, 
 that it was exceedingly well ftored with Provifi- 
 Ons; that the Natives were Afahometans, and that 
 they had formerly a Commerce with the Spaniards, 
 but that now they were at Wars with them. ‘This 
 Ifland ‘was thérefore thought to be a convenient 
 place for us to goto ; forbefides that, it was in our 
 wt Xx way 
 
 
 
a “ a — =e 
 
 306 Departure from Guam. I. of St. John. 
 An.1636.way to the Ea/t Indies, which we had refolved to 
 UYy™ vilit; and that the Wefterly Afon/oon was at hand, 
 which would oblige us to fhelter fomewhere in a 
 fhort time, and that we could not expect good 
 Harbours in a better place than in fo large an Ifland 
 as Mindanao : befides all this, I fay, the Inhabitants 
 of Adindanao being then, as we were told, (tho’ 
 falily) at Wars with the Spaniards, our Men, who 
 it fhould feem were very {queamifh of plundering 
 without Licence, derived hopes from thence of 
 getting a Commiffion there from the Prince of the 
 Ifland, to plunder the Spani{h Ships about Manila, and 
 fo to make Mindanao their common Rendezvous. 
 And if Captain Swan was minded to go to an En- 
 glifh Port, yet his Men, who thought he intended 
 to leave them, hoped to get Veflels and Pilots at 
 Mindanao fit for their turn, to cruize on the Coaft 
 of Afanila. As for Captain Swan, he was willing 
 enough to go thither, as beft fuiting his own de- 
 fign; and therefore this Voyage was concluded on 
 by general confent. 
 
 Accordingly June 2d, 1686. we left Guam, 
 bound for Mindanao. Wehad fair Weather, anda 
 pretty fmart gale of Wind at Eaft, for 3 or 4 Days, 
 and then it fhifted to the S. W. being rainy, but it 
 foon came about again to the Eaft, and blew a 
 gentle gale; yet it often fhuffed about to the S. E. 
 For though in the Eaf-Indies the Winds fhift in 
 April, yet we found this to be the fhifting feafon for 
 the Winds here; the other fhifting feafon being in 
 Oétober, fooner or later, all over India. As to our 
 courfe from Guam to the Philippine Iflands, we found 
 it (as I intimated before) agreeable enough with 
 the account of our common Draughts. | 
 
 The 21ft Day of Sune we arrived at the Ifland 
 St. Fobn, which is one of the Philippine Iflands. The . 
 Philippines are a great company of large Iflands, ta- 
 king up about 13 deg.of Lat. in length, reaching 
 
 near 
 
 
 

 
 Philippine I/ands. Luconia, Manilo. 
 
 307 
 
 near upon, from 5 d. of North Lat. tothe roth de- 4n.1686. 
 
 gree, and in breadth about 6 deg. of Longitude. 
 ’ They derive this Name from Philip II. King of 
 Spain ; and even now they do moft of them belong 
 to that Crown. ; 3 3 
 
 The chiefeft Ifland in this range is Luconia, which 
 lies on the Northof them all. At this Ifland A4agellan 
 died on the Voyage that he was making round the 
 World. For after he had paft thofe Streights be- 
 tween the South-end of Americaand Terra del Fuego, 
 
 which now bear his Name, and had ranged down 
 
 in the South Seas on the back of America; from thence 
 ftretching over tothe Eajt-Jndies, he fell in with the 
 Ladrone \flands, and from thence fteering Eaft ftill, 
 he fell in with thefe Philippine Iflands, and anchored 
 at Luconia, where he warr’d with the native Indians, 
 to bring them in obedience to his Mafter the 
 _ King of Spaz, and was by them kill’d with a poy- 
 foned Arrow: It is now wholly under the Spam- 
 ards, who have feveral Towns there. The chief 
 is Manilo, which is a large Sea-port Town near the 
 | §. E. end, oppofite to the Ifland Afindora. It isa 
 place of great Strength and Trade: The two great 
 Acapulco Ships before mentioned fetching from 
 hence all forts of East-India Commodities ; which 
 are brought hither by Foreigners, efpecially by the 
 Chinefe, and the Portuguefe. Sometimes the Englifh 
 | Merchants of Fort St.George fend their Ships hither 
 as it were by ftealth, under the charge of Portu- 
 guefe Pilots and Mariners: For as yet we cannot 
 
 get the Spamards there to a Commerce with us or 
 
 the Dutch , although they have but few Ships of 
 their own: ‘This feems to arife from a Jealoufy 
 or Fear of difcovering the Riches of thefe Iflands, 
 for moft, if not all the Philippine Iflands, are rich 
 in Gold :® And the Spaniards have no place of much 
 ftrength in all thefe Iflands that I could ever hear 
 of, belides AZnnilé it felf. Yet they have oes 
 
 1 ae ane 
 
 7 1s ee ibe is ity. fU 
 
 Ss 
 
, 208 
 "An.1636. 
 
 Philippine lands. Ifle of St. John. 
 
 and Towns on feveral of the Iflands, and Padres 
 
 
 
 SAV™ or Priefts to inftrucé the native Indians. from whom 
 
 _ call Trading by ftealth) as well as any Nation that - 
 
 -warioufly fet down, that I find the fame Iflands” 
 
 they get their Gold. 
 The Spanifh Inhabitants , of the finaller Iflands 
 efpecially, would willingly trade with us if the Go- — 
 vernment was not fo fevere againft it: for they 
 have no Goods but what are pea from Manila 
 at an extraordinary dear rate. I am of the Opini- 
 on, That if any of our Nations would feek a Trade” 
 with them, they would not lofe their labour ; for 
 the Spaniards can and will Smugegle (as our Seamen | 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I know ; and our Yamaicans are to their profit fen- 
 fible enough of it. And J have been informed that 
 Captain Goodlud of London in a Voyage which he 
 ‘made from Mindanao to China, touch’d at fome of 
 thefe Iflands, and was civilly treated by the Spa= 
 mards, who bought fome of his Commodities, give 
 ing him a very good Price for the fame. ¢ 
 
 ‘There are about 12 or 14. more large Iflands lys 
 ing to the Southward of Luconia; moft of which, 
 as I faid before, are inhabited by the Spaniards. Bee 
 fides thefe there are an infinite number of {mall 
 Iflands of no account, and even the great Iflands, 
 many of them, are without Names; or at leaft fo 
 
 named by divers Names: 4 
 
 The Ifland St. Yobx and A4indanao are the Sou- 
 thermoft of all thefe Ifands, and are the only 
 iflands in all this Range that are not fubje& to the 
 Spaniaras. a 
 
 St. Fobn’s Wland is on the Eaft-fide of the A4# 
 danao, and diftant from it 3 or 4 leagues. It isinIa 
 about 70r 8 North. ‘This Ifland is in length a 
 38 leagues, ftretching N. N. W. and S. S. E. al 
 it is in breadth about 24 leagues, in the middle 
 the Ifland. ‘The Northermoft end is broader, al 
 the Southermoft is narrower: This Ifland is of 
 
Sd mR CA Se hea eS BR ee a hae endo Pa te oe 
 
 ‘Their arrival at Mindanao. 
 
 Land at the South-Eaft-end (where I was afhoar) 
 
 is of a black fat Mould; and the whole Ifland 
 
 _feems to partake of the fame fatnefS, by the vaft 
 _number of large Trees that it produceth ; for it 
 looks allover like one great Grove. | 
 
 As we were pafling by the S. E. end we faw a 
 Canoa of the Natives under the fhoar; therefore 
 one of our Canoas went after to have fpoken with 
 her ; but fhe run away from us, feeing themfelves 
 chaced, put their Canoa afhoar, leaving her, fled into 
 the Woods; nor would be allured to come to us, 
 altho” we did what we could to entice them; . be- 
 fides thefe Men, we faw no more here, nor fign of 
 any Inhabitants at this end. 
 
 When we came aboard our Ship again,we fteered 
 away for the Ifland AGinzdanao, which was now fair 
 in fight of us: it being about 10 leagues diftant 
 from this part of St. Fobn’s. The 22d day wecame 
 _ within a league of the Eaft-fide of the Ifland AGz- 
 danao, and having the Wind at S. E. we fteered 
 _ toward the North-end, keeping on the Eaft-fide, till 
 Wwe came into the lat. of 7d. 40 m. and there we 
 anchored ina {mall Bay, about a mile from the 
 fhoar, in 19 fathom Water, rocky foul ground. 
 
 Some of our Books gave us an account, That 
 
 
 
 309 
 good heighth, and is full of many fmall Hills. The 4n.1686. 
 
 CY™~ 
 
 Mindanao City and Ifle lies in 7 d. 40 m. we gueft - 
 
 that the middle of the Ifland might lie in this lat, 
 ‘but we wereat a great lofs where to find the City, 
 whether on the Eaft or Welft-fide. Indeed, had it 
 been a finall Jfland, lying open to the Eaftern 
 ‘Wind, we might probably have fearched firft on 
 the Welt-fide; for commonly the Iflands within 
 the Tropicks, or within the bounds of the Trade- 
 
 Winds, have their Harbours onthe Wett-fide, as beft _ 
 
 fheltered; but the Ifland A@imdanao being guarded on 
 
 the Eaft-fide by St. Fobn’s Ifland, we might as rea- » 
 
 _ fonably expec to find the Harbour and City on 
 ie X 3 this 
 
310 Ife of Mindanao. Libby-trees, Sago. 
 _ An.1686. this fide, as any where elfe: but coming into the © 
 (AWN Lat. in which we judg’d the City might be, found 
 | no Canoas, or People, that might give us any um- _ 
 brage of a City, or place of Trade near at hand, — 
 tho’ we coafted within a league of the Shoar. . 
 The Ifland Mindanao is the biggett of all the Phi- — 
 lippine Iflands, except Luconia. It isabout 60 leagues — 
 Jong, and 40 or 50 broad. The South-end is in 
 about 5 d. N. and the N. W.. end reacheth almoft 
 to8d.N. It is a very mountainous Ifland, full of © 
 Hills and Valleys. The Mould in general is deep 
 and black, and extraordinary fat and fruitful. The 
 fides of the Hills are ftony, yet produ@tive enough — 
 of very large tall Trees. In the heart of the Coun- — 
 try there are fome Mountains that yield good — 
 Gold. The Valleys are well moiftned with plea- — 
 fant Brooks, and {mall Rivers of delicate Water; © 
 and have Trees of divers forts flourifhing andgreen | 
 all the year. The Trees in general are very large, — 
 and moft of them are of kinds unknown to-us. 
 - There is one fort which deferves particular no= | 
 tice ; called by the Natives Libby-Trees. Thefe — 
 grow wild in great Groves of 5 or 6 mile long, by © 
 the fides of the Rivers. Of thefe Trees Sago is 
 made, which the poor Country People eat inftead ; 
 of Bread 3 or 4. months inthe year. This Tree for’ 
 _ its body and fhape is much like the Palmeto-Tree, — 
 or the Cabbage-tree, but not fo tall as the latter. ~ 
 ‘The Bark and Wood is hard and then like a Shell, ~ 
 and full of white Pith, like the Pith of an Elder. — 
 This Tree they cut down, and fplit it in the mid- — 
 dle, and fcrape ont all the Pith; which they beat © 
 luftily with a wooden Peftle in a great Mortar or © 
 ‘Trough,and then putit into a Cloth or Strainer held | 
 over a Trough; and pouring Water in among the © 
 Pith, they ftir it about in the Cloth: So the Water. | 
 carries all the fubftance of the Pith through the | 
 Cloth down into the Trough, leaving nothing e 4 
 
 £385 , 
 ete Soe 
 
 
 

 
 Fe Pee eee ee eo | ee a eT AT 
 
 Sago. The Plantain Tree or Shrub. ant 
 the Cloath but a light fort of Husk, which they 42.1689. 
 throw away ; but that which falls into the Trough wWwNg 
 fettles in a fhort time to the bottom like Mud; aad 
 then they draw off the Water, and take up the 
 muddy fubftance, wherewith they make Cakes; 
 which being baked proves very good Bread. : 
 
 The Mindanao People live 3 or 4 Months of the 
 year on this Food for their Bread kind. The Na- 
 tive Indians Of Teranate, and Tidore, andall the Spice 
 Iflands, have plenty of thefe Trees, and ufe them 
 for Food in the fame manner; as I have been in- | 
 
 - form’d by Mr. Cari Rofy, who is now Commander 
 
 _ ofone of the King’s Ships. He was one of our 
 
 _ Company at thistime; and being left with Captain 
 
 Swan at Mindanao, went afterwards to Teranate, 
 and lived there among the Datch a Year or two. 
 The Sago which is tranfported into other parts of 
 the Eajt Indies, is dried in {mall pieces like little — 
 Seeds or Comfits, and commonly eaten with Milk 
 of Almonds by thofe that are troubled with the 
 Flux ; for it isa great binder, and very good in 
 that Diftemper. 
 
 In fome places of A4indanao there is plenty of 
 Rice; but in the hilly Land they plant Yams, Po- 
 tatoes, and Pumkins; all which thrive very well. 
 The other Fruits of this Ifland are Water-Melons, 
 Musk-Melons, Plaintains, Bonanoes, Guavas, Nut- 
 megs, Cloves, Betel-Nuts, Durians, Jacks, or 
 Jacas, Coco-Nuts, Oranges, Cec. 
 
 The Plantain I take to be the King of all Fruit, 
 not except the Coco it felf. The Tree that bears 
 this Fruit is about 3 Foot, or 3 Foot and an half 
 round, and about roor12Foothigh. ‘Thefe Trees 
 are not raifed from Seed, (for they feem not to have 
 any) but fromthe Roots of other old Trees. If thefe 
 young fuckers are taken out of the Ground, and 
 planted in another place, it will be 15 Months be- 
 fore they bear, but if let ftand in their own native 
 
 ) a ae Soil 
 
 
 
a ER eh EME MS eee tey Sh nee ION ER Ear Re ieee Fee eye RISES tian PEP ee " 
 3 12 The Plantain-Tree. 
 ‘An.1686. Soil they will bear in 12 Months. As foon as the 
 UWY™~™ Fruit is ripe the Tree decays, but then there are 
 many young ones growing up to fupyly its place. 
 When this Tree firft {prings out of the Ground, it ~ 
 ’ comes up with two leaves; and by that time it is a 
 foot high, two more fprings up in the infide of them ; 
 and in a fhort time after two more within them; 
 and{o on. By that time the Tree is a Month old, 
 you may perceive a {mall body almoft as big as ones 
 Arm, and then there are eight or ten leaves, fome 
 of them four or five foot high. The firft leaves that 
 it fhoots forth are not above a foot long, and half 
 a foot broad; and the ftem that bears them no big- 
 ger than ones Finger; butasthe Tree grows higher 
 the leaves are larger. As the young leaves {pring up 
 in the infide, fo the old leaves fpread off, and their 
 tops droop downward, being of a greater length _ 
 and breadth, by how much they are nearer the 
 root, and at laft decay and rot off: but ftill there 
 are young leaves {pring up out of the top, which 
 makes the Tree look always green and flourifhing. 
 When the Tree is full grown, the leaves are.7 or 8 
 foot long, anda foot and half broad; towards the — 
 end they are {maller, and end with a round point. 
 Theftem of the leafis as bigas a Man’s Arm,almoft 
 round, and about a footinlength, betweentheleaf 
 and the body ofthe Tree. That part of the ftem 
 _ which comes from the Tree, if it be the .outfide — 
 leaf, feems to inclofe half the body, as it were with 
 a thick hide ; and right againft it, on the other fide 
 of the Trée, is another fuch anfwering to it. The 
 next two leaves, in the infide of thefe, grow oppofite 
 to each other, in the fame manner, but fo that if _ 
 the two ourward grow NorthandSouth, thefegrow 
 Fait and Welt, and thofe {till within them keep 
 the fame order.’ Thus the body of this Tree feems 
 to be made up of many thick skins, growing, one 
 over another , and when it is full grown, there 
 a , : ‘ i A fprings 
 
 
 
 
 
 ORS LAA tay IED 
 
 
 
| The Plantain Fruit. 313 
 
 fprings out of the top a {trong {tem, harder in fub- 4.1686. 
 ftance than any other part of the body. This ftem Ww 
 fhoots forth at the heart of the Tree, is as big as a 
 Man’s Arin, and as long; and the Fruit grows in 
 ri round it, firft blofloming, and then fhooting 
 forth the Fruit. It is fo excellent, that the Spaniards 
 give it the preheminence of all other Fruit, as moft 
 conducing to Life. It grows in a Cod about 6 or 7 
 inches long, and as bigas a Man’s Arm. The Shell, 
 Rind or Cod, is foft, and of a yellow colour when 
 ripe. Itrefembles in fhape a Hogs-gut Pudding. The 
 inclofed Fruit is no harder than Butter in Winter, 
 and is much of the colour of the pureft yellow But- 
 ‘ter. Itis of a delicate tafte,and melts in ones mouth 
 like Marmalet. It is all puré Pulp, without] any Seed, 
 Kernel or Stone. This Fruit is fo much efteemed by 
 all Europeans that fettle in America, that when they 
 make a new Plantation, they commonly begin with 
 a good Plantain-walk, as they call it, or a Field of 
 _ Plantains; and as their Family encreafeth, fo. they 
 = augment the Plantain- Walk, keeping one Man pur- 
 - pofely to prune the Trees, and gather the Fruit as 
 he fees convenient. For the Trees continue bearing, 
 fome or other, moft part of the Year; and this 
 is many times the whole Food on whicha whole 
 Family fubfifts. They thrive only in rich fat 
 ground, for poor fandy will not bear them. The 
 Spamards in their Townsin America, as at Havana, 
 Cartagena, Portabel, &c. have their Markets full 
 of Plantains, it being the common Food for poor 
 People: Their common price is half a Riol, or 3d. 
 a Dozen. When this Fruit is only ufed for Bread, 
 it isroafted or boil’d when it’s juft full grown, but 
 _ not yet ripe, or turn’d yellow. Poor people, or 
 ~ Negroes, that have neither Fifh nor Fleth to eat 
 _ with it, make Sauce with Cod-pepper, Salt and 
 Lime juice, which makes it eat very favory; much 
 better than a cruft of Bread alone. Sometimes for 
 
 a 
 
 Tae Ss) eS), AE aie, caMicte dy Lie 
 
 
 
 
 
aren 
 
 Bo) ay bie 
 
 “SE x beh te Aaa 
 
 ate Maced: 
 
 314 
 
 ee MS er ep eee 
 
 Plantain Frait and Drink. 
 
 An.1686,a Change they eat a roafted Plantain, anda ripe 
 (YN raw Plantain together, which is inftead of Bread 
 
 and Butter. They eat very pleafant fo, andi have 
 made many a good meal in this manner. Some- 
 
 
 
 times our Englifh take 5 or 7 ripe Plantains, and 
 
 mafhing them together, make them into a lump, 
 and boil them initead of a Bag-pudding; which 
 they call a Buff-Jacket: and this is a very good 
 way for a change. This Fruit makes alfo very 
 good Tarts; and the green Plantains flic’d thin, 
 and dried in the Sun, and grated, will make a fort 
 of Flour which is very good to make Puddings. A 
 ripe Plantain flic’d and dried in the Sun may be 
 preferved a great while; and then eats like Figs, 
 
 very fweet and pleafant? The Darien Indians pre- _ 
 
 ferve thema long time, by drying them gently over 
 the fire; mafhing them firft, and moulding them 
 into lumps. The Ad<oskito Indians will take a ripe 
 Plantain and roaft it; then take a pint and half of 
 Water in a Calabafh, and fqueeze the Plantain in 
 pieces with their hands, mixing it with the Water ; 
 then they drink it all off together: This they call 
 Mifblaw, and it’s pleafant and fweet, and nou- 
 rifhing ; fomewhat like Lambs-wool - (as ’tis call’d) 
 made with Applesand Ale: and of this Fruit alone 
 many thoufands of Indian Families in theWeft-Indies 
 have their whole fubfiftence. When they make drink 
 with them, they take 10 or 12 ripe Plantains and 
 
 _ mafh them well ina Trough: then they put 2 gallons 
 
 of Water among them; and this ir 2 hours time will 
 ferment and froth like Wort. In 4 hours it is fit to 
 drink; and then they bottle it, and drink itas they 
 have occafion : but this will not keep above 24 or 30 
 hours. Thofe therefore that ufe this drink, brew it 
 in this manner every morning. When I went firft to 
 Famaical could relifh no other drink they had there. 
 It drinks brisk and cool, and is very pleafant. This 
 drink is windy, and fo is the Fruit eaten raw i mn 
 easy 2. hilt ‘ : , ee : oyl’d 
 
Plantain Cloth, — 315 
 boil’d or roafted it is not fo. If this Drink is kept 14n.168¢. 
 above 30 hours it grows fharp: but ifthen it be put ~WNo 
 out into the Sun, it will become very good Vine- 
 gar. This Fruit growsall over the We/t-Jndies (in the 
 proper Climates) at Guinea, and in the East-Indies.. 
 
 As the Fruit of this Tree isof great ufe for Food, 
 fo is the Body no lefs ferviceable to make Cloaths ; 
 but this [never knew till I came to this Ifland. The 
 ordinary People of Mindanao do wear no other 
 Cloth. The Tree never bearing but once, and fo 
 being fell’d when the Fruit is ripe, they cut itdown 
 clofe by the Ground, if they intend to make Cloth 
 with it. One blow with a Macheat, or long 
 Rnife, will ftrike it afunder;, then they cut off the 
 top,leaving the trunk 8 or 10 foot long, {tripping off 
 the outer Rind, which is thickeft towards the lower 
 end; having ftript 2 or 3 ofthefe Rinds, the Trunk 
 becomes in a manner all of one bignefs, and ofa 
 whitifh colour: Then they fplit the Trunk in the 
 middle; which being done, they fplit the two 
 halves again, as near the middle as they can. This 
 they leave in the Sun 2 or 3 days, in which time 
 part of the juicy fubftance of the Tree dries away, 
 and then the ends will appear full of {mall threads. 
 The Women, whofe employment it is tomake the 
 Cloth, take hold of thofe Threads one by one, 
 which rend away eafily from one end of the 
 ‘Trunk to the other, in bignefs like whited brown 
 thread; for the threads are naturally of a determi- 
 nate bignefs, as I obfered their Cloth to be all of 
 one fubftance and equal finenefs ; but ’tis ftubborn 
 when new, wears out foon, and when wet, feels a 
 little flimy. - They make their pieces 7 or 8 yards 
 long, their warp and woof all one thicknefs and 
 fubitance. 3 : 
 
 There is another fort of Plantains in that Ifland, 
 which are ‘fhorter and lefs than the others, which 
 I never faw any where but here. Thefe are full 
 
 igs : se 
 
 ~ 
 
 mea. | + 
 
316 Bonano’s, Clove-Bark, Cloves, Nutmezs. 
 An.1686.0f black Seeds mixt quite through the Fruit. They 
 tv are binding, and are much eaten by thofe that have 
 Fluxes. The Country People- gave them us for 
 that ufe, and with good fuccefs. 
 
 The Bonano Tree is exactly like the Plantain for 
 fhape and bignefs, nor eafily diftinguifhabie from it 
 but by its Fruit, whichis a great deal fmaller, and 
 not above half fo long asa Plantain, being alfo 
 more mellow and foft, lefs lufcions, yet of-a more 
 delicate tafte. They ufethis for the making Drink 
 oftner than Plantains, and it is belt when ufed for 
 Drink, or eaten as Fruit; but it is not fo good for 
 Bread, nor doth it eat well at all when roafted or 
 boi’d; fo ’tis only neceffity that makes any ufe it 
 this way. They grow generally where Plantains 
 do, being fet intermixt with them purpofely in 
 their Plantain-walks. They have plenty of Clove- 
 bark, of which I faw-a Ship-load;, andas for Cloves, 
 Raja Laut, whom I fhall have occafion to mention, 
 told me, that if the Exglifh would fettle there, they 
 could order Matters fo in a little time, as to fend 
 a Ship-load of Cloves from thence every year. I 
 have been informed that they grow on the boughs 
 of a Tree about as big as a Plumb-tree, but I ne- 
 ver happened to fee any of them. 
 
 Ihave not feen the Nutmeg-trees any where; but 
 the Nutmegs this Ifland produces are fair and large, 
 yet they have no great ftore of them, being unwil- 
 ling to propagate them or the Cloves, for fear that 
 fhould invite the Dutch to vifit them, and bring 
 them into fubjection, as they have done the reft of 
 the neighbouring Iflands where they grow. For 
 the Dutch being feated among the Spice-Iflands, 
 have monopolized all the Trade into their own 
 Hands, and will not fufler any of the Natives to 
 difpofe of it, but to themfelves alone. Nay, they 
 are fo careful to preferve it in their own hands, 
 that they will nat fuffer the Spice to grow in the 
 
 . Ws 
 
 
 
The Dutch monopolize the Spice. 317 
 uninhabited Iflands , but fend Soldiers to cut the 42.1686. 
 Trees down. Captain Rofy told me, that while he “YN 
 lived with the Dutch, he was fent with other Men 
 to cut down the Spice-Trees; and that he himfelf 
 did at feveral times cut down 7 or 800 Trees. Yet * 
 altho’ the Dutch take fuch care to deftroy them,there 
 are many uninhabited Iflands that have great plenty — 
 of Spice-Trees, as I have been informed by Dutch 
 Men that have been there, particularly by a Cap- 
 tain of a Dutch Ship that I met with at Achin, who 
 told me, that near the Ifland Banda there is an 
 Ifland where the Cloves falling from the Trees do 
 he and rot on the ground, and they are at the time 
 when the Fruit falls, 3 or 4 Inches thick under the 
 Trees. He and fome others told me, that it would 
 not be a hard matter for an Exglifh Veflel to pur- 
 
 -chafe a Ships Cargo: of Spice, of the Natives of fome 
 of thefe Spice-Iflands. : 
 
 He was a free Merchant that told me this. For 
 by that name the Dutch and Englifh inthe East-In- 
 dies, diftinguifh thofe Merchants who are not Ser- 
 vants to the Company. The free Merchants are’ 
 not fuffered to Trade to the Spice-Iflands, nor to 
 many other places where the Durch have Factories ; 
 but on the other Hand, they are fuffered to Trade 
 
 _ to fome places where the Dutch Company them- 
 >»  felvesmay not Trade, as to Achin particularly, for 
 there are fome Princes in the Indies, who will not 
 Trade with the Company for fear of them. The 
 Seamen that go to the Spice-Iflands are obliged to 
 
 - bring no Spice from thence for themfelves, except 
 a {mall matter for their own ufe, about a pound or 
 two. Yet the Matters of thofe Ships do common- 
 ly fo order their bufinefS,° that they often fecure a 
 good quantity , and fend it afhoar to fome place 
 near Batavia, before they come into that Harbour, 
 (for it is always brought thither firft before it’s fent 
 to Europe,) and if they meet any Velflel at Sea that 
 will 
 
 
 
18 
 
 
 
 An.1686. will buy their Cloves, they will fell 10 or ry Tuns 
 
 out of 100, and yet feemingly carry their comple- 
 ment to Batavia , for they will pour Water among 
 the remaining part of their Cargo, which will fwell 
 them to that degree, that the Ships Hold will be as 
 full again, as it was before any were fold: This 
 Trick they ufe whenever they difpofe of any clan- 
 deftinely, for the Cloves when they firft take them 
 in are extraordinary dry; and fo will imbibe a 
 great deal of Moifture. This is but one Inftance, 
 of many hundreds, of little deceitful Arts the Dutch 
 Sea-men in thefe Parts have among them, of which 
 I have both {een and heard feveral. I believe there 
 are no where greater Thieves; and nothing will 
 perfuade them to difcover one another ; for fhould 
 any do it, the reft would certainly knock him on 
 the Head. But to return to the Produdts of Afin- 
 danao. 
 
 The Betel-Nut is much efteemed here, as it is in 
 moft places of the East Indies. The Betel-Tree 
 grows like the Cabbage-Tree, but it is not fo big, 
 nor fo high. The Body grows ftrait, about 12 
 or 14. foot high, without Leaf or Branch, except 
 at the Head. ‘There it fpreads forth long Bran- 
 
 ‘ches, like other Trees of the like nature, as the 
 
 Cabbage-Tree, the Coco-Nut Tree, and the 
 
 Palm. Thefe Branches are about 10 or 12 foot 
 
 long, and their ftems near the head of the Tree, 
 as big as a Mans Arm. On the top of the Tree 
 among thé Branches the Betel-Nut grows on a 
 tough ftem, as big as a Mans Finger, inclufters much 
 as the Goco-Nuts do, and they grow 40 or soina 
 clufter, This Fruit is bigger than a Nutmeg, and 
 is much like it, but rounder: It is much ufed all 
 over the East-Indies: ‘Their way is tocut it in four 
 pieces, and wrap one of them up in an Arek- 
 leaf, which they fpread with a foft Pafte made of 
 Lime or Plafter, and then chew it altogether: 
 
 Every 
 
 The Betel Tree. dnd Nat. 
 
 ef 
 a ‘har einai 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 SI Rs 
 
 Sa en 
 
 ee ee 
 
 Poe aes 
 
 Sa eee 
 

 
 Betel and Arek. Durians, Tree and Fruit. 
 
 
 
 319 
 
 Every Man in thefe parts carries his Lime-Box by 41,1686: 
 his fide, and dipping his Finger into it, {preads his WAYS 
 
 Betel and Arek-leaf with it. The Arek is a fimall 
 Tree or Shrub, of a green Bark, and the Leaf is 
 long and broader than a Willow. They are packt 
 up to fell into Parts that have them not, to, chew 
 with the Betel. The Betel-Nut is moft efteem’d 
 when it is young, and before it grows hard, and 
 then they cut it only in two pieces with the green 
 husk or fhell on it. It is then exceeding juicy, and 
 _ therefore makes them fpit much. It taftes rough in 
 the Mouth, and dies the Lips red, and makes the 
 Teeth black, but it preferves them, and cleanfeth 
 the Gums. It is alfo accounted very wholfom for 
 the Stomach; but fometimes it will caufe great 
 giddinefs in the Head of thofe that are not us’d to 
 chew it. But this is the effect only of the old Nut, 
 for the young Nuts will not do it. I fpeak of my 
 own Experience. 
 
 This Ifland produceth alfo Durians and Jacks, 
 The Trees that bear the Durians, are as big as Ap- 
 ple-Trees, full of Boughs. The Rindisthickand ~ 
 rough; the Fruit is fo large that they grow only 
 about the Bodies, or on the Limbs near the Body, 
 like the Cacao. ‘The Fruit is about the bignefS of 
 _a large Pumkin, covered with a thick green rough 
 
 Rind. When it is ripe, the Rind begins to turn | 
 yellow, but it is not fit to eat till it opens at the 
 top. Then the Fruit in the infide is ripe, and 
 fends forth an excellent Scent. When the Rind is 
 opened, the Fruit may be fplit into four quarters ; 
 each quarter hath feveral {mall Cells, that inclofe 
 a certain quantity of the Fruit, according to the 
 bignefs of the Gell, for fome are larger than others. 
 The largeft of the Fruit may be as big as a Pullets 
 Egg: *Tis as white as Milk, and as foft as Cream, 
 and the Tafte very delicious to thofe that are ac- 
 cuftomed to them; but thofe who have not oe 
 ufe 
 
320 © faca Tree and Fruit. The Animals here, a 
 ‘4n.1686. ufed to eat them, will diftike them at firft, becaufe _ 
 VV™ they fmeil like roafted Onions. ‘This Fruit muft — 
 
 » be eaten in its prime, (for there is no eating of it * 
 before it is ripe) and even then twill not keep a- 
 
 ~ bove a day or two before it putrifies, and turns 
 
 black, or of a dark colour, and then it is not good. 
 
 Within the Fruit there is a ftone as big as a imall 
 
 Bean, which hath.a thin fhell over it. Thofe that 
 
 are minded to eat the Stones or Nuts, roaft them, 
 
 and then a thin fhell comes off, which inclofes the 
 
 Nut 5 and it eats. like a Chefhut. 7 
 
 The Jack er Jaca is much like the Durian, both 
 in bignefS and fhape. ‘The Trees that bear them 
 alfo are much a like, and fo is their manner of the 
 Fruits growing. But the infide is different; for 
 the Fruit of the Durian is white, that of the Jack 
 is yellow, and fuller of Stones. The Durian is 
 
 _ inoft efteemed; yet the Jack is very pleafant Fruit, 
 and the Stones or Kernels are good roafted. 
 _ There.are many other forts of Grain, Roots and 
 Fruits in this Ifland, which to give a particular de- 
 fcription of would fill up a large Volume. 
 
 In this Ifland are alfo. many forts of Beafts, both 
 wild and.tame; as Horfes, Bulls, and Cows, Buf- 
 faloes, Goats, Wild Hogs, Deer, Monkies, Gua- 
 no’s, Lizards, Snakes, e¢c¢.. 1. never faw or heard 
 of any Beafts of Prey here, as in many other places. 
 ‘The Hogs are ugly Creatures; they have all great 
 
 . Knobs growing over their Eyes, and there are mul- 
 titudes of them in the Woods. They are com- — 
 monly very poor, yet {weet. Deer are here very 
 plentiful in fome places, where they are not di- 
 fturbed. : a 
 Of the venemous kind of Creatures here are Scor- — 
 pions, whofe fting is in their Tail, and Centapees, © 
 
 A - ealPdby the Exglifh4o Legs,both whicharealfocom- — 
 mon in the Weft-Indies, in Famaica, andelfewhere. | 
 
 Thefe Centapees are 4. or 5. inches long, as big as | 
 
 ’ a @ 
 
 
 

 
 ' Fowl, Fifb, Rivers and Air. 
 
 a Goofe quill, but flattifi ; of a dun or reddifh co- 4n.x686. 
 lour On the Back, but Belly whitifh, and fullof'urvN | 
 
 Legs on each fide the Belly. Their fting or bite is 
 more raging than the Scorpion. ‘They lye in old 
 Houfes, and dry Timber. There are feveral forts 
 ef Snakes, fome very poifonous. ‘There is another 
 fort of Creature like a Guano both in colour and 
 fhape, but 4 times as big, whofe Tongue is like a 
 _fmall Harpoon, having two beards like the beards 
 of a Fifhhook. , They are faid to be very venemous 
 but I know not their Names. | I have feen them in 
 _ other places alfo, as at Pulo Condore, or the Ifland 
 
 Condore, and at Achin, and have been told that they 
 are in the Bay of Bengal. Ele. 
 
 The Fowls of this Country are Dueks and Hens: 
 Other tame Fowl I have not feen nor heard of any. 
 The wild Fowl are Pidgeons, Parrots, Parakits, 
 “ Turtle dove, and abundance of fmall Fowls. There 
 are Bats as big as a Kite. 
 
 There are a great many Harbours, Creeks, and 
 - good Bays for Ships to ride in; and Rivers navi- 
 gable for Cangas, Proes.or Barks, which are all 
 
 plentifully ftored with Fifh of divers forts, fo is al- 
 
 fo the adjacent Sea. The chiefeft Fifh are Bonetas, 
 Snooks, Cavally’s, Bremes, Mullets, 10 Pownders, 
 _@c. Here are alfo plenty of Sea Turtle, and {mall 
 Manatee, which dare not near fo big as thofe in 
 the Weft-Indies. The biggeft that | faw would not 
 weigh above 600 pound, but the flefh both of the 
 
 Turtle and Manatee are very fweet. 
 ' The weather at A4indanao is temperate enough 
 ‘asto heat, for all it lies fo near the Equator ; and 
 efpecially on the borders near the Sea. There they 
 commonly enjoy the breezes by day, and cooling 
 Land Winds at night. The Winds are Eafterly 
 ene partof the Year, and Wefterly theother. The 
 Eafterly Winds begin to blow in Oétober, and it is 
 the middle of November before they are fettled: 
 ¥ Thefe 
 
 en ee eee re ee Ree ON See ee ee Te ee ee ee 
 

 
 pany ipdiew 5 median vena Poe > Se 
 
 222 The Wind and Weather. 
 An. 1686. Thefe Winds bring fair weather. The Welfterly 
 YS Winds begin to blow in Atay, but are not fettled 
 till a month afterwards. The Weft Winds always 
 bring Rain, Tornadoes, and very Tempeftuous 
 Weather. At the firft coming in of thefe Winds | 
 they blow but faintly; but then the Tornadoes ~ 
 rife one in a day, fometimes two. ‘Thefe are 
 . Thunder-fhowers which commonly come againft 
 the Wind, bringing with themacontrary Wind to 
 what did blow before. After the Tornadoes are 
 ovee, the Wind fhifts about again, and the Sky be- 
 comes clear, yet then in the Valleys and the fides 
 of the Mountains, there rifeth a thick fog, which 
 covers the Land. The Tornadoes continue thus 
 for a Week or more; then they come thicker, 2 4 
 or 3 in aday, bringing violent gufts of Wind, and 
 terrible claps of Thunder. At laft they come fo 
 faft, that the Wind remains in the quarter from | 
 whence thefe Tornadoes do rife, which is out of ~ 
 the Weft, and there it fettles till October or Novem- 
 ber. When thefe Weftward Winds are thus fettled, 
 the Sky is all in mourning, being covered with 
 black Clouds, pouring down exceflive Rains, 
 fometimes mixt with Thunder and Lightning, that 
 nothing can be more difmal. The Winds raging 
 to that degree, that the biggeft Trees are torn up 
 by the Roots, and the Rivers fwell and overflow 
 their Banks, and drown. the low Land, carrying 
 ‘great Trees into the Sea. ‘Thus it continues fome- 
 times a week together, before the Sun or Stars 
 appear. The fierceft of this weather is in the latter 
 end of Fuly and in Auguf, for then the Towns feem ~ 
 to ftandina great Pond, and they gofrom onehoufe ~ 
 to another in Canoas. At this time the Water carries | 
 away all the filth and naftinefs from under their | 
 Houfes. Whilft th® tempeftious feafon lafts, the | 
 weather is cold and chilly. In September the wea- . 7 
 ther is more moderate, and the Winds are not fo | 
 . fierce, @ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Wind and Weather. 323 
 
 fierce, nor the Rain fo violent. The Air thence- 41.1686. 
 forward begins to be more clear and delightfome.; “VW 
 but then in the morning there are thick Fogs, con- 
 tinuing till 10 or 11 a clock before the Sun fhines 
 out, efpecially when it has rained in thenight. In 
 Oétober the Eafterly Winds begin to blow again,and 
 bring fair weather till April. Thus much concern- 
 ing the natural ftate of AGndanao. 
 
 
 
 ¥. 42 Cal Ar 
 

 
 CHAP. XII. 
 
 Of the Inhabitants, and Civil State of the Ifle of | 
 
 > 
 
 other Diftempers. Their Marriages. The . 
 
 the People are much alike, in colour, ftrength, 7 
 and ftature. They are all or moft of them of 7 
 
 Mindanao. The Mindanayans, Hilanoones, — 
 Sologues, avd Alfoorees. Of the Minda- — 
 nayans, properly fo called; Their Manners 
 and Habits, The Habits and Manners of © 
 their Women. A Comical Cuftom at Minda- — 
 nao. Their Houfes, their Diet, and Walb- — 
 ings. The Languages {poken there, and Tranf- ~ 
 actions with the Spaniards. Their fear of the | 
 Dutch, and feeming defire of the Englifh. 7 
 Their Handy-crafts, and peculiar fort of © 
 Smiths Bellows. Their Shipping, Commodi= ~ 
 ties, and Trade. The Mindanao and Ma- © 
 nila Tobacco. A fort of Leprofie there, and ~ 
 
 Sultan of Mindanao, his Poverty, Power, ~ 
 Family, &c. The Proes or Boats here. Ra= ~ 
 ja Laut the General, Brother to the Sultan, © 
 and bis Family. Their way of Fighting. Their — 
 Religion. Raja Laut’s Devotion. A Clock ~ 
 or Drum in their Mofques. Of their Cir- 
 
 cumcifion, and the Solemnity then ufed. Of — 
 other their Religious Obfervations and Superftie 
 tions. Their abhorrence of Swines Flefb,&c. 
 
 His Ifland is not fubje& to one Prince, nei-~ 
 ther is the Language one and the fame; but 7 
 
 One | 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 i Of the People of the Ifund. 
 
 Mindanao people, more particularly fo called, are 
 the greateft Nation in the Ifland, and trading by 
 Sea with other Nations, they are therefore the 
 more civil. I-fhall fay but little of the refit, being 
 
 -lefs known to me, but fo’ much as hath come to, 
 
 my knowledge, take as follows. Thereare befides 
 
 the AGindanayans, the Hilanoones, (as they call them)- 
 
 or the Mountaneers, the Sologues and Alfoores. 
 
 The Hilanoones live in the heart of the Country: 
 They have little or no commerce by Sea, yet they 
 have Proe’s that row with 12 or 14 Oars apiece. 
 They enjoy the benefit of the Gold Mines; and 
 with their Gold buy forreign Commodities of the 
 
 Mindanao People. They have alfo plenty of Bees 
 Wax, which they exchange for other Commodi- 
 ties. 
 
 The Solagues inhabit the N. W. end of the 
 
 ‘Tfland. They -are the leaft Nation of all; they 
 Trade to Aanila in Proes, and to fome of the 
 
 neighbouring Iflands, but have no Commerce with: 
 
 the Afindanao People. 
 
 The Alfoorees are the fame with the Afindanayans, 
 and were formerly under the fubjection of the 
 Sultan of Adindanao, but were divided between the 
 Sultan’s. Children, and have of late had a Sultan of 
 their own; but having’ by Marriage ‘contracted an 
 ' alliance with the Sultan of Afindanao, this has oc- 
 
 cafioned that Prince to claim them again as his | 
 
 Subjects; and he made War with them a little af- 
 
 | terwe wentaway, as I afterwards underftood. 
 The Mindanayans properly fo called, are men of 
 mean ftatures; fimall Limbs, {traight Bodies, and 
 little Heads. Their Faces are oval, their Fore- 
 heads flat, with black fmall Eyes, fhort low No- 
 fes, pretty large Mouths; their Lips thin and red, 
 “their Teeth black, yet very found, their Hair 
 ¥ 3 | black 
 
 one Religion which is Mahometanifm, and their 47.1686 
 cuftoms and manner of living are alike. The “WWW 
 
 "> mf tb = ee 
 
 
 
2 Jal 
 
 326 Of the People of the Ifland. | 
 An.1686.black and ftraight , the colour of their Skin taw- 
 ney, but inclining to a brighter yellow than fome 
 other Indians, efpecially the Women. They have. 
 a Cuftom-to wear their Thumb-nails very long, — 
 efpecially that on their left Thumb, for they do. | 
 never cut it but ferape it often. They are indued 
 with good natural Wits, are ingenious, nimble, and 
 active, when they are minded; but generally very 
 lazy and thievifh, and will not work except forced 
 by Hunger. This lazitiefS is natural to moft Indi- 
 ans; but thefe People’s lazinefs feems rather to 
 proceed not fo muchfrom their natural Inclinations, 
 as from the feverity of their Prince of whom they 
 ftand in awe: For he dealing with them very ar- 
 bitrarily, and taking from them what they get, 
 this damps their Induftry, fo they never ftrive to 
 have any thing but from Hand to Mouth. They 
 are generally proud, and walk very ftately. They 
 are civil enough to Strangers, and will eafily be 
 acquainted with them, and entertain them with | 
 
 great freedom ; but they are implacable to. their 
 Enemies, and very revengeful if they are injured, © 
 frequently poifoning fecretly thofe that have af- | 
 fronted them. i 
 They wear but few Cloaths ; their Heads are © 
 circled with a fhort Turbat, fringed or laced at | 
 both ends; it goes once about the Head, and is © 
 tied ina knot, the lacedends hanging down. They — 
 wear Frocks and Breeches, but no Stockings nor | 
 Shooes. 4 
 The Women are fairer than the Men; and their | 
 Hair is black and long ; which thevage ina knot, | 
 _, that hangs back in their Poles. They are more | 
 round vifaged than the Men, and generally well — 
 featured ; only their Nofes are very fmall, and fo. 
 low between their Eyes, that in fome of the Fe- 
 male Children the rifing that fhould be between | 
 the Eyes is fcarce difcernable; neither is there any | 
 i cranes | but ae fenfible | 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a ee he oe OE Pee ee SP a Ree ee Oe eee 
 
 Their Habits. Bee 
  fenfible rifing in their Foreheads. At a diftance 4n.16g6 
 
 they appear very well; but being nigh, thefe Im- Wwro 
 pediments are very obvious. They have very {mall 
 Limbs. They were but two Garments; .a Frock, 
 anda fort of Petticoat; the Petticoat is only a piece 
 of Cloth, fowed both ends together: but it is made 
 2 foot too big for their Wafts, fo that they may 
 wear either end uppermoft: that part that come 
 up to their Waftes, becaufe it is fo much to big, 
 they gather it in their Hands, and twift it tll it fits 
 clofe to their Waftes, tucking in the twifted part 
 between their Waflte and the edge of the Petticoat, 
 which keeps it clofe. The Frock fits loofe about 
 them, and reaches down a little below the Waite. 
 The Sleeves are a great deal longer than their 
 Arms, and fo {mall at the end, that their Hands 
 will fcarce go through. Being on, the Sleve fits 
 in folds about the wrift, wherein they take great 
 pride. ; | 
 
 The better fort of People have their garments 
 made of long Cloth, but the ordinary fort wear 
 Cloth made of Plantain-tree, which they call Saggen, 
 by which Name they call the Plantain. They have 
 neither Stocking nor Shooe, and the Women have 
 very fmall Feet, " 
 
 The Women are very defirous. of the company 
 of Strangers, efpecially of White Men; and doubt- 
 lefS would be very familiar, if the Cuftom of the 
 Country did not debar them from that freedom, 
 which feems coveted by them. Yet from the high- 
 eft to the loweft they are allowed liberty to con- 
 verfe with, or treat Strangers in the fight of their 
 Husbands. * 
 - There is a kind of begging Cuftom at Afindanao, 
 that I have not met elfewhere with in all my Tra- 
 vels; and which I believe is owing to the little 
 Trade they have; which is thus: When Strangers 
 arrive here, the A4indanao Men will come aboard, 
 Ber Y 4 and 
 
 
 
pied ian ’ i aa gi Si RN i tata uk Dh it i RB ie ie i aot a isl cron a aN 
 325 How they treat Strangers. 
 
 An.1686. and invitethem to their Houfes, and inquire who ~ 
 SV™ has a Comrade, (which word I believe they have , 
 from the Spaniards) ora Pagally, and who has 
 fot. A Comrade is a familiar Male-friend;, a Pa- 
 gally is an innocent Platonick Friend of the other 
 Sex. All Strangers are in a manner oblig’d to ac- 
 cept of this Acquaintance and Familiarity, which 
 muft be firft purchafed with a {mall Prefent, and 
 afterwards confirmed with fome Gift or other to ~ 
 continue the Acquaintance: and as often as the | 
 Stranger goes afhore, he is welcome to his Comrade _ 
 or Pigally’s Houfe, where he may be entertained — 
 for his Money, to eat, drink, or fleep; and com- 
 plimented, as often as he comes afhore, with To- 
 bacco and Betel-Nut, which is all the Entertain- 
 ment he muft expect gratis. The richeft Mens 
 Wives are allow’d the freedom to converfe with her 
 Pagallyin publick, and may give or receive Prefents — 
 from him. Even the Sultans and the Generals | 
 Wives, who are alwayscoopt up, willyet lookout 
 of their Cages when a Stranger paffeth by, and de- 
 mand of him if he wants a Pagally: and to invite — 
 
 him to their Friendfhip, will fend a Prefent of To- 
 
 - bacco and Betel-nut to him by their Servants. 
 
 The chiefeit City on this Ifland is called by the 
 fame name of A@indanao. It is feated on the South 
 fide of the Ifland, in lat. 7 d. 20 m. N. on the 
 banks of a fmall River, about 2 mile from the Sea. 
 The manner of building is fomewhat ftrange: yet 
 
 - generally ufed in this part of the Eajt-Jndies. Their 
 Honfes are all built on Pofts, about 14, 16, 18, or, 
 20 foot high. Thefe Pofts are bigger or lefs, ac- 
 cording to the intended magnificence of the Super- 
 ftructure.” They have but one floor,’ but many: par- 
 titions or rooms, anda ladder or ftairs to go up 
 out’ of the ftreets. The roof is large, and covered 
 with Palmeto or Palm-leaves. So there is a clear 
 paflage like a Piazza’ (but a’ filthy one ) under the. 
 Migs NeisOy Teen gle oN Bee Neo ig OLE. i 
 
 
 
 3 
 
Of their Houfes and Buildings. 329 
 Houfe. Some of the poorer people that keep Ducks 4n.1686. 
 or Hens, have a tence made round the pofts of WO 
 their Houfes, with a door to go inand out; and | 
 this under-room ferves for no other ufe. Some ufe 
 this place for the common draught of their Houfes, 
 but building moftly clofe by the River in all parts 
 of the Indies, they make the River receive all the 
 filth of their Houfe; and at the time of the Land- 
 floods, all is wafhed very clean. 
 
 The Sultans Houfe is much bigger then any of the 
 reft. It ftands on about 180 great Palts or Trees, 
 a great deal higher than the common Building, with 
 great broad ftairs made to go up. In the firftroom 
 he hath about 20 Iron Guns, all Saker and Minion, - 
 placed on Field-Carriages. The General, and 
 other great Men have fome Guns alfo in their. 
 Houfes. About 20 paces from the Sultans Houfe 
 there is a fmall low Houfe, built purpofely for the 
 Reception of Ambafladors or Merchant Stran- 
 gers. This alfo ftands on pofts, but the floor is not 
 taifed above 3 or 4 foot above the ground, and is 
 neatly matted purpofely for the Sultan and his 
 
 - Council to fit on; for they ufe no Chairs, but fit 
 
 crofs-legg’d like Taylors on the floor. _ 
 
 The common Food at A4indanao is Rice, or Sago, . 
 and a fall Fifh or two. The better fort eat Buffa- 
 lo, or Fowls ill dreft, and abundance of Rice with 
 it. They ufe no Spoons to eat their Rice, but 
 every Man takes a handful out of the Platter, and 
 by wetting his Hand in Water, that it may not ftick 
 to his Hand, fqueezes it into a lump, as hard as 
 poflibly he can make it, and then crams it into his 
 mouth. They all ftrive to make thefe lumps as big 
 as their mouths can receive them; and feem to vie 
 
 with each other; and glory in taking in the biggeft - 
 lump; fo that fometimes they almoft choak them- 
 felves. They always wafh after meals, or if they 
 touch any thing that is unclean ;- for which nt 
 
 
 
 
 
BG: Of the Houfes, &c. 
 An.1636. they {pend abundance of Water in their houfes. This 
 wy¥™ Water, with the wafhing of their Difhes, and what 
 other filth they make, they pour down near their 
 Fire-place: for their Chambers are not boarded, but 
 floored with fplit Bamboes, like Lathe, fo that the 
 Water prefently falls underneath their dwelling 
 rooms, where it breeds Maggots, and makes a pro- 
 digious ftink. Befides this filthinefs, the fick peo- 
 ple eafe themfelves, and make water in their Cham- 
 bers; there being a fmall hole made purpofely in 
 the floor, tolet it drop through. But healthy found 
 people commonly eafe themfelves, and make water 
 in the River. For that reafon you fhall always fee 
 abundance of people, of both Sexes in the River, 
 from morning till night, fome eafing themfelves, 
 others wafhing their bodies or cloaths. If they come 
 into the River purpofely to wafh theircloaths, they + 
 » {trip and ftand naked till they have done; then put 
 them on, and march out again: both Men and Wo- 
 men take great delight in fwimming, and wafhing 
 themfelves, being bred to it from their Infancy. I 
 do believe it is very wholfom to wafh mornings 
 and evenings in thefe hot Countries, at leaft 3 or 4 
 days inthe week: For I did ufe my felf to it when 
 I lived afterwards at Ben-cooly, ‘and found it very 
 refrefhing and comfortable. It is very good for 
 thofe that have Fluxes to wafh and ftand in the Ri- 
 ver mornings andevenings. I fpeak it experimen- 
 tally ; for I was brought very low with that diftem- 
 per at Achin, but by wafhing conftantly mornings 
 and evenings I found great benefit, and was quickly 
 
 | cured by it. 
 
 In the City of Afandanao they {peak two Lan- 
 guages indifferently, their own Adindanao Lan- 
 guage, and the Malaya: but in other parts of the 
 {and they fpeak only their proper Language, ha- 
 ving little Commerce abroad. They have Schools, 
 and inftru@ the Children to read and ins and 
 
 : as ‘bring 
 
 
 
"Their good Opinion of the Englifh. 331 
 bring them up in the Mahometan Religion. There- 42.1686; 
 fore many of the words, efpecially their Prayers, “Ye 
 are in Arabick ; and many of the words of civility 
 the fame as in Turkey , and efpecially when they 
 meet in the morning, or take leave of each other, 
 
 - they exprefsthemfelves in that Language. . 
 
 Many of the old People, both Men and Women, 
 
 can {peak Spanifh, for the Spaniards were formerly 
 fettled among them, and had feveral Forts on this 
 Ifland; and then they fent two Friers to the City, . 
 to convert the Sultan of Mindanao and his People. 
 At that time thefe People began to learn Spanifh, 
 and the Spaniards incroached on them and endea- 
 voured to bring them into fubjeftion ; and proba- 
 bly before this time had brought them all under 
 their yoak, if they themfelves had not been drawn 
 off from this Ifland to Manila, to refift the Chinefe, 
 who threatned to invade them there. When theSpani- 
 ards were gone, the old Sultan of AGinzdanao, Fa- 
 ther to the prefent, in whofe time it was, razed 
 and demolifhed their Forts, brought away their 
 Guns, and fent away the Friers; and fince that 
 time will not fuffer the Spaniards to fettle on the 
 Iflands. 
 
 They are now moft afraid of the Dutch , being 
 fenfible how they have inflaved many of the neigh- 
 bouring Iflands. For that Reafon they have along 
 time defired the Exglifh to fettle among them, and 
 have offered them any convenient Place to build a 
 Fort in, as the General himfelf told us; giving 
 this Reafon, that they do not find the Exglifh fo in- 
 croaching as the Dutch or Spanifh. ‘The Dutch are 
 no lefs jealous of their admitting the Exglifh, for 
 they are fenfible what detriment it would be to them 
 if the Engli(h fhould fettle here. 7 
 
 ’ There are but few Tradefinen at the City of 
 Mindanao. The chiefeft Trades are Gold{imiths, 
 Blackfmiths, and Carpenters. There are but 2 or 
 
 
 
iy ea tan beth ae AMO Bae ty ot Pa 
 
 me eed Their Trades. , 
 4n.1686. 3 Goldfmiths; thefe will work in Gold or Silver, 
 UY™ and make any thing that you defire: but they have 
 
 j no Shop furnifhed with Ware ready made for Sale. 
 Here are feveral Blackfmiths who work very well, 
 confidering the Tools that they work with. Their 
 Bellows are much different from ours. They are 
 made of a wooden Cylinder, the trunk of a Tree, 
 about 3 foot long, bored hollow like a Pump, and 
 fet upright on the ground, on which the Fire it felf 
 is made. Near the lower end there is a fimmall hole, 
 in the fide of the Trunk next the Fire, made to re- 
 ceive a Pipe, through v, hich the wind is driven to 
 the Fire by a great bunchof fine Feathers faftned to 
 one end of the ftick, which clofing up the infide of 
 the Cylinder, drives the Air out of the Cylinder 
 through the Pipe: Two of thefe Trunks or Cy- 
 linders are placed fo nigh together, that a Man 
 ftanding between them may work them both at 
 once alternately , one with each hand. They 
 have neither Vice nor Anvil, buta great hard {tone 
 or a piece of an old Gun, to hammer upon: yet 
 they will perform their work making both common 
 Utenfils and Iron-works about Ships to admiration. 
 They work altogether with Charcoal. Every Man 
 almoft isa Carpenter, for they can work with the 
 
 _ Ax and Ads. Their Ax is but fmall, and fo made 
 
 ( that they can take it out of the Helve, and by turn- 
 
 ing it make an Adsof it. They have no Saws ; 
 | but when they make Plank, they fplit the Tree in 
 
 ' two, and make a-Plank of each part, plaining it 
 
 \ withthe Ax and Ads. This requires much pains, 
 and takes up a great deal of time; but they work 
 cheap, and the goodnefs of the Plank thus hewed, 
 which hath its grain preferv’d entire, makes a- 
 mends for their coft and pains. 2 
 
 They build good and ferviceable Ships or Barks | 
 
 for the Sea; fome for Trade, others for Pleafure; :\ 
 
 and fome Shipsof War. Their trading Veflels ney 
 | en 
 
 
 

 
 Bees-wax and Tobacco. 
 
 33 
 fend chiefly to A4anila. Thither they tranfport Bees- 47.1686) 
 wax, which, I think, is the only Commodity, be- ~V™W) 
 fides Gold that they vend there. ‘The Inhabitants 
 of the City of Adindanao get a great deal of Bees- 
 wax themfelves: but the greateft quantity they 
 purchafe is of the Mountaneers, from whom they 
 alfo get the Gold which they fend to Afamila;, and 
 with thefe they buy there Calicoes, Muflins, and 
 China Silk. They fend fometimes their Barks to 
 Borneo and other Iflands; but what they tranfport . 
 thither, or import from thence, I know not. The 
 Dutch come hither in Sloops from Ternare and Tidore, 
 and buy Rice, Bees-wax, and Tobacco: for here 
 is a great deal of Tobacco grows on this Ifland, 
 more than in any Ifland or Country in the Eajf- 
 Indies, that I know of, Manila only excepted. It 
 is an excellent fort of Tobacco; but thefe people . 
 have not the Art of managing this Trade to their 
 beft advantage, as the Spaniards have at Manila. 1 
 do believe the Seeds were firft brought hither from: 
 Manila by the Spaniards, and even thither, in all 
 probability, from America: the difference between 
 _ the Mindanao and Manila Tobacco is, that the AZn- 
 danao Tobacco is of a darker colour; and the leaf 
 larger and grofler than the Afanila Tobacco, being 
 propagated or planted in a fatter foil. The Afani- 
 la Tobacco is of a bright yellow colour, of an in-~ 
 different fize, not ftrong, but pleafant to fmoak. 
 _ The Spaniards at Manila are very curious about this 
 Tobacco, having a peculiar way of making it up 
 neatly in the leaf. -For they take 2 little fticks, 
 each about a foot long, and flat, and placing the 
 ftalks of the Tobacco leaves in a row, 400r 50 of 
 them. between the two fticks, they bind them hard 
 together, fo that the leaves hang dangling down. 
 One of thefe bundles is fold for a Rial at Fort 
 St. George: but you may have 10 or 12 pound of 
 Tobacco at Mindanaofor a Rial; and the Tobaccois © 
 as 
 
 
 
 
 
aid 
 
 334 
 4n.1 636. 
 wvyn 
 
 The Leprofie. s 
 
 as good, or rather better than the Manila Tobacco, 
 
 } 
 
 but they have not that vent for it as the Spamiards 
 
 have. ; 
 
 The Mindanao People are much troubled with a 
 fort of Leprofie, the fame as we obferved at Guam. 
 This Diftemper runs with a dry Scurf all over their 
 Bodies, and caufeth great itching in thofe that have 
 it, making them frequently fcratch and fcrub them- 
 felves, which raifeth the outer skin in fmall whitifh 
 flakes, like the fcales of little Fith, when they are 
 raifed on end witha Knife. ‘This makes their skin 
 extraordinary rough, and in fome you fhall {ee 
 broad white fpots in feveral parts of their Body. | 
 judge fuch have had it, but are cured ; for their 
 skins were fmooth, and I did not perceive them to 
 f{crub themfelves: yet I have learnt from their own 
 mouths that thefe fpots were from this Diftemper: 
 Whether they ufe any means to cure themfelves, 
 or whether it goes away of it felf, [know not: but 
 I did not perceive that they made any great matter 
 of it, for they did never refrain any company for 
 it; none of our People caught it of them, for we 
 were afraid of it, and kept off They are fome- 
 times troubled with the Small Pox, but their ordi- 
 nary Diftempers are Fevers, Agues, Fluxes, with 
 great pains, and gripings in their Guts. ‘The Coun- 
 try affords a great many Drugs and Medicinal 
 Herbs, whofe Virtues are not unknown to fome 
 of them that pretendtocure theSick. - | 
 
 The Mindanao Men have many Wives: but 
 what Ceremonies are ufed when they marry I know 
 not. There is commonly a great Feaft made by the 
 Bridegroom to entertain his Friends, and the moft 
 part of the night is fpent in mirth. 
 
 The Sultan is. abfolute in his Power over all his 
 SubjeGs. He is but a poor Prince ; for as I men- 
 tioned before, they have but little Trade, and 
 therefore cannot be rich. If the Sultan nacelle 
 
 thas 
 
 
 
 ey eS 
 
Of the Sultan and his Family. 335 
 
 that any Man has Money, if it be but 20 Dollars, 4n.1686. 
 which is a great matter among them, he will fend WACNY, 
 to borrow fo much Money, pretending urgent oc- 
 cafions for it; and they dare not deny him. Some- 
 times he will fend to fell one thing or another that 
 he hath to difpofe of, to fich whom he knows to 
 have Money, and they muft buy it, and give him 
 his price; and if afterward‘he hath occafion for the 
 fame thing, he muft have it if he fends for it. He 
 is but a little Man, between 50 or 60 years old, 
 and by relation very good natured, but over-ruled 
 by thofe about him. He has a Queen, and keeps 
 about 29 Women, or Wives more, in whofecom- 
 pany he fpends moft of his time. We has one 
 Daughter by his Sultanefs or Queen, and a great 
 many Sons and Daughters by the reft.. Thefe 
 walk about the itreets, and would be always beg- 
 "ging things of us; but it isreported, that the young 
 ‘Princefs is kept ina Room, and never ftirs out, and 
 that fhe did never fee any Man but her Father and 
 Raja Laut her Uncle, being then about 14 years 
 old. 
 When the Sultan vifits his Friends he is carried in 
 a {mall Couch on 4 Mens fhoulders, with 8 or to 
 armed Men to guard him; but he never goes far 
 this way; for the Country is very Woody, and 
 they have but little Paths, which renders it the lefs 
 commodious. When he takes his pleafure by Wa- 
 ter, he carries fome of his Wives along with him. 
 ~The Proes that are built for this purpofe, ‘are large 
 enough to entertain 50 or 60 perfons or more. 
 - The Hull is neatly built, with a round head and 
 - ftern, and over the Hull there is a fmall flight 
 houfe built with Bamboes; the fides are made up 
 with fplit Bamboes about 4 foot high, with little 
 Windows in them of the fame, to open and fhut 
 at their pleafure. The roof is almoft flat, neatly 
 thatched with Palmeto leaves. This houfe is di- 
 vided 
 
 
 
 
 
336 Of their Proes: : 
 An.1686. videdinto 2 or 3 fmall Partitionsor Chambers, one — 
 WY particularly for himfelf. This is neatly mattedun= — 
 
 derneath, and round the fides; and there is a 
 Carpit and Pillows for him to fleep on. The fe- — 
 ‘cond Room is for his Women, much like the for- © 
 mer. ‘The third is for the Servants, who tend them 
 with Tobacco and Betel-Nut; for they are always — 
 chewing or fmoking. ‘The fore and after parts of © 
 the Veflel are for the Marriners to fitand row. Be- 
 fides this, they have Outlayers, fuch as thofe I de- 
 {cribed at Guam; only the Boats and Outlayers 
 here are larger. Thefe Boats are more round, like 
 the Half-Moon almoft; and the Bamboes or Out- 
 layers that reach from the Boat are alfo crooked. 
 Befides, the Boat is not flat on one fide here, as at 
 Guam; but hath a Belly and Outlayers on each 
 fide: and whereas at Guam there is a little Boat fa- 
 ften’d to the Outlayers, that lies in the Water; the 
 Beams or Bamboes here are faften’d traverfe- 
 wife to the Ontlayers on each fide, and touchnot — 
 the Water like Boats, but 1, 3 or 4 foot above the 
 Water, and ferve for the Barge-men to fit and row 
 and paddle on; the infide of the Veffel, except on- 
 ly juft afore and abaft, being taken up with the 
 apartments for the Paflengers. . There run acrofs 
 the Outlayerstwo tire of Beams for the Padlers to 
 fit on, on each fide the Veflel. The lower tire of 
 thefe Beams is not above a footfrom the Water: fo. 
 that upon any the leaft reeling of the Veffel, the 
 Beams are dipt in the water, and the men that fit 
 are wet up to their wafte: their feet feldom efta- 
 ping the water. And thus as all our Veffels are 
 Rowed from within, thefe are Paddled from with- 
 out. : 
 
 The Sultan hath a Brother called Raja Laut, a 
 brave man. He is the fecond man in the Kingdom. 
 All ftrangers that come hither to trade muft make 
 their addrefs to him, for all Sea affairs belong to 
 
 LLIN s 
 
 CAD ee Se ee Sant 
 
 
 
 
 
ee ee ee 
 Fah a ‘ 
 
 vee 
 
 him. — He licenceth Strangers to import or export 47.1686. 
 any Commodity, and ’tis by his Permiffion that WYN 
 
 The Mindanayan General, W. Ars, Bec. 
 
 _ the Natives themfelves art fuffered to Trade: Nay 
 
 the very Fifhermen muft take a Permit from him : 
 So that there is no Man can come into the River 
 
 or go out but by his leave. He is2 or 3 Years 
 
 
 
 younger than the Sultan, and a little Man like 
 him. He has eight Women, by fome of whom he 
 hath Iffue. He hath only one Son, about 12 or 
 14 years old, who was Circumcifed while we were 
 there. His eldeft Son died a little before we came 
 hither, for whom he was ftill in great heavinefs. 
 If he had lived a little longer he fhould have mar- 
 ried the young Princefs, but whether this fecond 
 Son muft have her I know not, for I did never 
 hear any Difcourfe about it. Raja Laut is a very 
 fharp Man ; he {peaks and writes Spanifh, which he 
 learned in his Youth. Hehas by often converfing 
 
 _ with Strangers, gota great fight into the Cuftoms 
 
 of other Nations, and by Spanifh Books has fome — 
 knowledge of Europe. He is General of the Afin- 
 danayans, and is accounted an expert Soldier and a 
 
 very ftout Man; and the Women in their Dances, 
 
 fing many Songs in his praife. 
 
 The Sultan of A4indanao fometimes makes War 
 
 with his Neighbours the Afonutaneers or Alfoores. 
 Their Weapons are Swords, Lances and fome 
 Hand-Creffets. The Creffet is a fmall thing like a 
 Baggonet , which they always wear in War or 
 Peace, at work or play, from the greateft of them 
 to the pooreft, or the meaneft Perfons. They do 
 never meet each other fo as to have a pitcht Battle, 
 but they build fmall Works or Forts of Timber, 
 
 - wherein they plant little Guns, and lie in fight of 
 
 each other 2 or 3 Months, skirmifhing every day in - 
 {mall Parties , and fometimes furprizing a Breft- 
 work ; and whatever fide is like to be worfted, if 
 they have no probability to efcape by flight, we 
 
 Z ell 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
2 ial 
 
 
 
 338 
 
 ; Their Religion. A Gong.’ 4 
 
 ‘An.1686. fell their lives. as dear as they can; for there is fel- — 
 Wv™ dom any quarter given, but the Conqueror cuts * 
 
 and hacks his Enemies topieces. q 
 
 The Religion of thefe People is Mahometanifn. © 
 Friday 1s their Sabbath; but I did never fee any 
 difference that they make between this day and a- 
 ny other day, only the Sultan himfelf goes then to 
 the Mofque twice. Raja Laut never goes to the 
 Mofque, but prays at certain hours, 8 or 10 times 
 in a. day; where-ever he is, he is very punctual to 
 his Canonical hours, and if he be abroad will go | 
 
 . afhore , on purpofe to pray. For no Bufiuefs nor 
 
 Company hinders him trom this Duty. Whether — 
 
 he is at home orabroad, ina Houfe or in the Field, 
 he leaves all his Company, and goes about 100 
 yards off, and there kneels down to his. Devotion. 
 He firit. kiffes the Ground, then prays.aloud, and 
 divers times in- his Prayers he. kiffes the Ground; 
 and does the fame when.he leaves off. His Servants, 
 and his Wives and Children talk and fing, or play 
 how they pleafe all the time, but himfelf is very 
 ferious.. The meaner fort of People. have little De- 
 votion: I did never fee any of them at their Pray- 
 ers, or go Into a Mofque.: z : 
 In the Sultans Mofque there is a great Drum 
 with but one head called a Gong; which is inftead © 
 
 of aClock. ‘This Gong is. beaten at.12 aClock, at 
 3, 6, and; a Man being appointed for that Ser= _ 
 vice. He has a Stick as big asa Mans Arm, witha | 
 great knob at the end,. bigger than.a, Mans Fift, 
 made with Cotton , bound faft with: finall Cords ; 
 with this he. ftrikes the Gong as hard as he can, 
 about 20 ftrokes; beginning to ftrike leifurely the: 
 firft 5 or 6 ftrokes; then she {trikes fafter, and at laft 
 ftrikes as faft as he can; and then he ftrikes again 
 flower and flower fo. many more ftrokes:: thus he 
 rifes and falls 3 times, and then leaves off till three 
 hours after. ‘This isdone night and day. ne 
 | They 
 
Circameifion. A Mock-fight. 339 : 
 They circumcife the Males at 11 or 12 Years of 4.1686 
 Age, or older ; and many are circumcifed at once. WW 
 This Ceremony is performed with a great deal of 
 Solemnity. There had been no Circumcifion for 
 fome Years before our being here ; and then there 
 was one for Raja Laut’s Son. ‘They chufe to have 
 a general Circumcifion when the Sultan, or Ge=_ 
 neral, or fome other great Perfon hath a Son fit 
 to be Circumcifed; for with him a great many 
 more are Circumcifed. ‘There is notice given about 
 8 or 10 Days before for all Men to appear in Arms, 
 and great preparation is made again{ft the folemn 
 Day. In the Morning before the Boys are Circum- 
 eifed, Prefents are fent to the Father of the Child, 
 that keeps the Feaft; which, as 1 faid before, is 
 either the Sultan, or fome great Perfon: and about 
 roor 11a Clock the A¢ahomertan Prieft does his Of 
 fice. He takes hold of the fore-skin with two fticks, 
 and with a pair of Sciffors fhips it off After this 
 moft of the Men, both in City and Country being 
 in Arms before the Houfe, begin to a& as if they 
 were ingaged with an Enemy, having fuch Arms as 
 J defcribed.. Only oneadts ata time, the reft make 
 a great Ring of 2 or 300 yards round about him. He 
 that is to exercife comes into the Ring witha great 
 fhriek or two, anda horrid look; then he fetches 
 2 or 3 large ftately ftrides, and falls to work. 
 He holds his broad Sword in one Hand, and his 
 Lance inthe other, and traverfes his Ground, leap- 
 ing from one fide of the Ring to the other ; and in 
 a menacing pofture and look, bids defiance to the 
 ' Enemy, whom his fancy frames to him; for there 
 is nothing but Airto oppofe him. ‘Then he ftamps 
 and fhakes his Head, and grinning with his Teeth 
 makes many ruful Faces. , Then he throws his 
 Lance, and nimbly fnatches out his Creffet, with 
 which he hacks and hews the Air like a Mad-man, 
 often fhricking. At laft, being almoft tired with 
 £2 m0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
iat 
 
 An.1686. 
 
 GV™ 
 
 Head and Body, are in continual motion, efpeci- 
 
 ph apy. aR ARRAY St as Mea ai 3) ga 
 
 - Solemnities at Circumcifions. 
 motion, he flies to the middle of the Ring, where 
 he feems to have his Enemy at his mercy, and 
 with 2 or 3 blows cuts on the Ground as if he was 
 cutting off his Enemy’s Head. By this time he is 
 all ‘of a fweat, and withdraws triumphantly out of 
 the Ring, and prefently another enters with the 
 like fhrieks and gefture. Thus they continue com- 
 bating their imaginary Enemy all the reft of the 
 Day; towards the conclufion of which the richeft 
 Men act, and at laft the General, and then the 
 
 Sultan concludes this Ceremony: He and the Ge-_ 
 
 neral with fome other great Men, are in Armor, 
 but the reft have none. After this the Sultan re- 
 turns home, accompanied with abundance of Peo- 
 ple who wait on him there till they are difmift. 
 But at the time when we were there, there was an 
 after-game to be played; for the General’s Son 
 being then Circumcifed, the Sultan intended to 
 give him a fecond vifit in the Night, fo they all 
 waited to attend him thither. The General alfo pro- 
 vided to meet him in the beft manner, and there- 
 fore defired Captain Swan with his Men to attend 
 him. Accordingly Captain Swan ordered us to get 
 our Guns, and wait at the Generals Houfe till fur- 
 
 ther Orders. So about 40 of us waited till 8 a 
 Clock in the Evening: When the General with 
 
 Captain Swan, and about 1000 Men, went to meet 
 the Sultan, with abundance of Torches that made 
 it as light as Day. The manner of the march was thus: 
 Firft of all there was a Pageant, and upon it two 
 dancing Women gorgeoufly apparelled, with Co- 
 ronets on their Heads, full of gliftering Spangles, 
 
 and Pendants of the fame, hanging down over ° 
 
 their Breaft and Shoulders. Thefe are Women 
 bred up purpofely for dancing: Their Feet and 
 Legs are but little imployed, except fometimes to 
 turn round very gently; but their Hand, Arm, 
 
 ally 
 
 
 
 
 
A Proceffion at a Circumeifion. = 34 
 ally their Arms, which they turn and twift fo 4n.1686. 
 ftrangely, that you would think them to be made “YW 
 without Bones. Befides the two dancing Women, 
 there were two old Women in the Pageant, hold- 
 ing each a lighted Torch in their Hands, clofe by 
 the two dancing Women, by which light the glit-. 
 tering Spangles appeared very glorioufly. This 
 Pageant was carried by fix Infty Men: Then came 
 6 or 7 Torches, lighting the General and Cap- 
 tain Swan, who marched {fide by fide next, and we 
 that attended Captain Swan followed clofe after, 
 marching in order 6 and 6 abreft, with each man 
 his Gun on his Shoulder, and Torches on each 
 fide. After us came 12 of the Generals men with 
 old Spazifh Match-locks, marching 4 in a row, 
 After them about 40 Lances, and behind them as 
 many with great Swords, marching all in order. 
 After them came abundance only with Creflets by 
 their fides, who marched up clofe without any 
 order. When we came near the Sultans houfe, the 
 Sultan and his men met us, and we wheel’d off to. 
 Jet them pafs. The Sultan-had 3 Pageants went 
 ‘before him: In the firft Pageant were 4 of his 
 Sons, who were about 10 or 11 years old. They 
 had gotten abundance of fmall Stones, which they 
 roguifhly threw about on the peoples heads. In 
 the next were 4 young Maidens, Nieces to the 
 Sultan, being his Sifters Daughters; and in the 3d, 
 there were 3 of the Sultans Children, not above 
 © years old. The Sultan himfelf followed next, 
 being carried in his Couch, which was not like 
 your Jzdian Palankins, but open, and very little and 
 ordinary. A multitude of Peoplecame after, with 
 out any order: but.as foon as he was paft by, the 
 General, and Captain Swaz, and all our men, clo- 
 fed in juft behind the Sultan, and fo all marched 
 together to the Generals houfe. We came thither 
 between 10 and 11a clock, where the biggeft pare 
 Z 3 Qk 
 
 a Deb 
 
Pr ee Ee eR pe Eee) pee oe eee ee aT a A Ps ate te ee he a | 
 
 od 
 
 342 Mafical Bells. The Ladies. 
 An.1686. of the Company were immediately difmift ; but the 
 
 — Y™ Sultan and his Children, and his Nieces, and fome 
 other Perfons of Quality, entred the Generals 
 houfe. They were met at the head of the Stairs 
 
 by the Generals women, who with a great deal of 
 
 refpect conducted them into the houfe. Captain 
 
 Swan, and we that were with him followed after. 
 
 It was not long before the General caufed his 
 
 dancing Women to enter the Room, and divert | 
 
 the company with that paftime. I had forgot to 
 
 tell you that they have none but vocal Mufick here, 
 
 by what I could learn, except only a row of a 
 
 kind of Bells without clappers, 16 in number, and 
 
 their weight increafing gradually from about 3 to 
 
 10 pound weight. Thefe were fet in a rowona 
 
 Table in the Generals Houfe, where for 7 or 8 
 
 days together before the Circumcifion day, they 
 
 were {truck each with a little ftick, for the biggeft 
 
 part of the day making a great noife,and they ceafed 
 
 that morning. So thefe dancing Women fung them-, 
 
 felves, and danced to their own Mufick. After this the 
 
 General’s Women, and the Sultans Sons, and his. 
 
 Nieces danced. Two of the Sultans Nieces were 
 
 about 18 or 19 years old, the other two were 3 or 
 
 ig 4 years younger. ‘Thefe young Ladies were very 
 richly dreft, with loofe Garments of Silk, and 
 
 * {mall Coronets on their Heads. ‘They were much 
 fairer than any Women that I did ever fee there, 
 and very well featured; and their Nofes, tho but 
 
 ; fmall, yet higher than the other Womens, and- 
 very well proportioned. When the Ladies had 
 
 very well diverted themfelves and the Comyany 
 
 with dancing, the General caufed us to fire fome 
 Sky-rockets, that were made by his and Captain 
 
 Swan’s order, purpofely for this nights folemnity; 
 
 and after that the Sultan and his retinue went a+ 
 
 way with a few attendants, and we all broke up; 
 
 and thus ended this days folemnity: bat the Boys 
 
 oe re Bord beg 
 
 
 
tie gees oP Peer hi Te ea Ey es 
 
 The Ramdam.  Abhorrence of Swine. 343 
 being fore with their Amputation, went ftraddling 4n.1686. | 
 for a fortnight after. | ive WYN - 
 
 They are not, as I faid before, very curious, or 
 ftri& in obferving any days, or times of particular 
 _ Devotions, except in be the Ramdam time, as we call 
 it. The Ramdam time was then in August, as I 
 take it, for it was fhortly after our arrival here. In 
 ‘this time they faft all day, and about 7 a clock in 
 the evening , they fpend near an hour in Prayer. 
 Towards the latter end of their Prayer, they loudly 
 invoke their Prophet, for about a quarter of an 
 hour,both old and young bawling out very ftrangely, 
 as if they intended to fright him out of his fleepinefS 
 or negle& of them. After their Prayer is ended, 
 _ they fpend fome time in Feafting before they take 
 their repofe. Thus they do every day for a whole 
 Month at leaft; for fometimes ’tis 2 or 3 days long- 
 er before the Ramdam ends’: For it begins at the ~ 
 New Moon, and lafts till they fee the next new. 
 Moon, which fometimes in thick hazy Weather is 
 not till 3 or 4 days after the change, as it happen’d 
 while I was at -Achin, where they continued the 
 Ramdamtillthe new Moons appearance. “The next 
 day after they have feen the new Moon, the Guns 
 are all difcharged about noon, and then the time 
 _ ends. 
 A main part of their Religion confifts in wafhing 
 often, to keep themfelves from being defiled ; or 
 after they are defiled to cleanfe themfelves again. a 
 They alfo take great care to keep themfelves from 
 being polluted, by tafting or touching any thing \ 
 _ that is accounted unclean ; therefore Swines Flefhis 
 very abominable to them; nay, any one that hath ei- 
 ther tafted of Swines flefh,or touched thofeCreatures, } 
 is not permitted to come into their Houfes in many E 
 days after, and there is nothing will fcare them | 
 more than a Swine. Yet there are wild Hogs in 
 
 the Iflands, and thofe fo plentiful, that they will 
 ZL 4 Ee COIS 
 
 
 
he ee hp es i ere es 
 
 344 
 
 An.1 686. 
 
 www 
 
 Shoes {poil’d with Hogs-briftles. 
 
 come in Troops out of the Woods inthe night in- 
 to the very City, and come under their Houfes, 
 to romage up and down the Filth that they find 
 there. ‘The Natives therefore would even defire 
 us to lie in wait for the Hogs, to deftroy them, 
 
 which we did frequently, by fhooting them and 
 
 carrying them prefently on board, but were prohi- 
 bited their Houies afterwards. 
 
 And now I am on this Subje@, I cannot omit a 
 Story concerning the General. He once defired 
 
 to have a pair of Shoes made after the Englifh Fa- 
 
 fhion, tho’ he did very feldom wear any: So one 
 of our Men made him a pair, which the General 
 liked very well. Afterwards fome Body told him, 
 ‘That the Thread, wherewith the Shoes were fowed, 
 were pointed with Hogs-briftles.’ This put him 
 into a great Paflion; fo he fent the Shoes to the 
 Man that made them, and fent him withal more 
 Leather to make another pair, with Threads point- 
 ed with fome other Hair, which was immediately 
 
 done, and then he was well pleafed. 
 
 
 
 CHAP. @ 
 
 RE SA ae eee ee ee een, PONT SOC a Rey a eR ier eeeeS i 
 K pat: 
 
 
 
 - OF CO a Me ee a ee is se sei 
 
CHAP. XIIL wy 
 
 Their coafting along the Ifle of Mindanao, from 
 
 _ @ Bay onthe Eafi-fide to another at the 8. E. 
 
 end. Tornadoes and boifterows Weather. The 
 S. E, Coaft, and its Savannah and plenty of 
 Deer. They coaft along the South-fide to the 
 River of Mindanao City, and anchor there. 
 The Sultans Brother and Son come aboard 
 them, and invite them to fettle there. Of the 
 Feafiblene{s and probable Advantage of [uch a 
 Settlement , from the Neighbouring Gold and 
 Spice Iflands. Of the bel way to Mindanao 
 by the South Sea avd Terra Auftralis; and 
 of an accidental Difcovery there by Captain 
 Davis, avd a probability of a greater. The 
 Capacity they were in to fettle here. The Min- 
 danayans meafure their Ship. Captain Swan’s 
 Prefent to the Sultan: his Reception of it, 
 and Audience given to Captain Swan, with 
 Raja Laut , the Sultans Brother’s Entertain- 
 ment of him. The Contents of two Englifh 
 Letters fbewn them by the Sultan of Minda- 
 nao. Of the Commodities, andthe Punifbments 
 there. The General’s Caution how to demean 
 themfelves : at his Perfuafion they lay up their ; 
 Ships in the River. The Mindanaians Careffes. 5 
 The great Rains ana Floods at the City. The age 
 Mindanaians have Chinefe Accomptants, ‘ey 
 How their Women dance. A Story of one we 
 John Thacker. Their Bark eaten up, and : 
 their Ship endanger’d by the Worm. Of the 
 
 : Worms 
 
 eye 
 atS 2 
 
346 Two Iflands at the S. E. of Mindanao. 
 
 — n.1686. Worms here and elfewhere. Of CaptainSwan. | 
 
 VY = Raja Laut, the General’s Deceit{ulne/s. Hunt~ | 
 
 ing wild Kgne. The Prodigality of fome of the 
 
 Englifh.” Captais Swan treats with a young 
 
 Indian of 4 Spice-Iland. A Hunting Voyage 
 
 with the General. His punilbing a Servant of 
 
 bis. Of bis Wives and Women. A fort of 
 firong Rice-drink, The General?s foul Dealing 
 and Exactions, Captain Swan's Uneafine/s and 
 indifcreet Management. His Men mutiny. 
 
 Of a Snake twifting about one of their Necks. 
 
 The main part of the Crew go away with the Ship, 
 
 leaving Captain Swan and fome of his Men: 
 
 Several others poifoned there. | 
 eee in the two laft Chapters given fome 
 
 Account of the Natural, Civil, and Religious 
 State of Adindanao, | fhall now go on with the pro- 
 fecution of our Affairs during our ftay there. 
 
 *T was in a Bay on the N. Eaft-fide of the Ifland 
 that we came to an anchor, as hath been faid. 
 We lay in this Bay but one night. and partof the 
 next day. Yet there we got Speech with fome of 
 the Natives, who by figns made us underftand, — 
 that the City Mindanao was on the Welt-fide of the 
 Ifand. We endeavoured to perfuade one of them, 
 to go with us to be onr Pilot, but he would not : 
 
 . Therefore in the afternoon we loofed from hence, 
 fteering again to the South Eaft, having the Wind 
 at S. W. When we came to the S. E. end of the 
 Ifland ALindanao, we faw two {mall Iflands about 3 
 Leagues diftant from it. We might have pafled 
 between them and the main Ifland, as we learnt 
 fince, but not knowing them, nor what dangers we 
 might encounter there, we chofe rather to fail to 
 the Eaftward of them. But meeting very {trong 
 Welterly Winds, we got nothing forward in jl 
 
 Jays. 
 
 ee 2 pea 
 = za i een x. 
 cea >: Pannen 3 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 1a eae ee Cr er Tie > gle dente Fiae a! 
 e ; 
 
 The Bay of Deer. — 247 
 days. In this time we firft faw the Iflands Afean- 47,1686. 
 gis, which are about 16 leagues diftant from the “WN 
 Mindanao, bearing S.E._ I fhall have occafion to 
 fpeak more of them hereafter. 
 
 _ The 4th day of Suly we got into a deep Bay, 4 
 leagues N. W. from the two {mall Iflands before 
 mentioned. But the night before, in a violent 
 
 Tornado, our Bark being unable to beat any long- 
 
 er, bore away, which put us in fome pain for fear 
 
 fhe was overfet, as we had like to have been our 
 felves. We anchored on the South Weft fide of 
 the Bay, in 15 fathom Water, about a Cables length 
 from the fhore. Here we were forced to fhelter: 
 
 _our felves from the violence of the Weather, which | 
 
 was fo boifterous with Rains, and Tornadoes, and 
 
 a {trong Wefterly Wind, that we were very glad 
 
 to find this place to anchor in, being the only 
 
 fhelter on this fide from the Weft Winds. 
 
 _ This Bay is not above two mile ‘wide at the 
 
 mouth, but farther in it is 3 leagues wide, and 7 
 
 fathom deep, running in N. N. W. There isa 
 
 good depth of Water about 4 or 5 leagues in, but 
 rocky foul ground for about 2 leagues in, from the 
 mouth on both fides of the Bay, except only in 
 that place where we lay. About 3 leagues in from 
 the mouth, on the Eaftern fide, there are fair fan- 
 dy Bays, and very good anchoring in 4, 5 ando | 
 fathom. The Land on the Eaft fide is high moun- | 
 
 ‘tainous, and woody, yet very well watered with 
 
 {mall Brooks, and there is one River large enough 
 
 for Canoas to enter. On the Weft fide of the 
 
 Bay, the Land is of a mean heighth with a large 
 
 Savannah, bordering on the Sea, and ftretching - 
 
 from the mouth’ of the Bay, a great way to the 
 
 Wetltward. 
 
 This Savannah abounds with long Grafs, and itis 
 plentifully ftock’d with Deer. The adjacent Woods 
 are a covert for them in the heat of the day: but 
 ac mornings 
 
 
 
 
 
7 348 * They arrive at Mindanao River. |} 
 An.1686, mornings and evenings they feed in the open || 
 wv Plains, as thick as as in our Parks in England. | ne- |} 
 
 - ver faw any where fuch plenty of wild Deer, tho 
 I have met with them in vent parts of America, | 
 both in the North and South Seas. | 
 
 The Deer live here pretty peaceably and unmo- 
 lefted; for there are no Inhabitants on that fide of — 
 
 . the Bay. We vifited this Savannah every morning, © 
 J; and killed as many Deer as we pleafed, fometimes © 
 
 16 or 18 in a day; and we did eat nothing but ~ 
 
 Venifon all the time we ftaid here. K 
 
 We faw a great many Plantations by the fides — 
 of the Mountains, on the Eaft fide of the Bay, | 
 and we went to one of them, in hopes to learn | 
 of the Inhabitants whereabouts the City was, | 
 that we might not over-fail it in the night: but | 
 they fled from us. | 
 
 We lay here till the 12th day before the Winds © 
 abated of their fury, and then we failed from ~ 
 
 hence, directing our courfe to the Weftward. In 4 
 
 the morning we had a Land Wind at North. At © 
 
 11 a clock the Sea breeze came at Welt, juft in our 7 
 
 Teeth, but it being fair Weather, we kept on our © 
 
 way, turning and taking the advantage of the Land © 
 
 breezes by night, and the Sea breezes by day. — ‘ 
 
 Being now paft the S. E. part of the Ifland, we © 
 coafted down on the South fide, and we faw a- — 
 bundance of Canoas a fifhing, and now and then © 
 mg a fmall Village. Neither were thefe Inhabitants — 
 | afraid of us (as the former) but came aboard; yet — 
 
 a we could not underftand them, nor they us, butby — 
 
 oe. figns: and when we mentioned the word A@indanao, © 
 
 ue § they would point towards it. q 
 
 The 18th day of July we arrived before the Ri- | 
 ver Of Mindanao; the mouth of which lies in lat. © 
 6 d. 22 m. N. and is laid in 231 d. 12 m. Longi- © 
 tude Welt, from the Lizardin England. Weanchor- © 
 ed right againft the River in 15 fathom water, cy ‘| 
 
 ard | 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 joel Sass 
 
ee eg Si td 
 
 oT hei Reception by the Mindanayans. 
 
 
 
 349 
 
 hard Sand; about 2 miles from the fhore, and 3 or 4n.1686. _ 
 
 4. miles from a {mall Ifland, that lay without us to 
 the Southward. We fired 7 or 9 Guns, I remem- 
 ber not well which, and were anfwered again with 
 3 from the fhore,; for which we gave one again. 
 Immediately after our coming to an anchor Raja 
 Laut, and one of the Sultans Sons came off in a 
 Canoa, being rowed with 10 Oars, and demanded 
 in Spanifh what we were? and from whence we 
 came ? Mr. Smith (he. who was taken Prifoner at 
 Leon in Mexico) anfwered in the fame Language, 
 that we were Englifh, and that we had beena great 
 while out of England. They told us that we were 
 welcom, and asked us a great many queftions a- 
 bout England ; efpecially concerning our Eaft India 
 Merchants ; and whether we were fent by them to 
 fettle a Factory here? Mr. Smith told them that we 
 came hither only to buy Provifion. They feemed 
 a little difcontented when they underftood that we 
 ‘were not cometo fettle among them: for they had 
 | heard of our arrival on the Eaft-fide of the Ifland a 
 great while before, and entertained hopes that we 
 were fent purpofely out of England hither to fettlea 
 trade with them; which it fhould feem they are very 
 ‘defirous of. For Captain Goodlud had been here not 
 long before to treat with them about it; and when 
 | he went away told them (as they faid) that ina 
 | fhort time they might expeét an Ambafladour from 
 | England, to make a full bargain with them. 
 
 Indeed upon mature thoughts,’ I fhould think 
 we could not have done better, than to have com- 
 plied with the defire they feemed to have. of our 
 fettling here, and to have taken up our quarters 
 among them. For as thereby we might better 
 have confulted our own profit and fatisfaGtion, 
 than by the other loofe roving way of life; fo it 
 might probably have proved of publick benefit to 
 our Nation, and been a means of introducing an 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Englih 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ‘An.1686. Englifh Settlement and:Trade, not only here, but 
 _ Vv™ through feveral of the Spice-Iflands, which lye in” 
 
 - gotten a Trade there. But of Prince Seoly I thall 7 
 
 | ; Advantages of , Setslement here. 
 
 its neighbourhood. | 4 
 
 For the Iflands Adeangis, which I mentioned in” 
 the beginning of this Chapter, lye within 20 | 
 Leagues of Afindanao. Thefe are 3 {mall Iflands that 7 
 abound with Gold and Cloves, if I may credit my ~ 
 Author Prince Feoly, who was born on one of | 
 them, and was at that time a Slave in the City of | 
 Mindanao. He might have been purchafed by us of 
 his Mafter for a fmall matter, as he was afterwards 
 by Mr. AZoody, (who came hither to trade, and 
 Jaded a Ship with Clove-Bark) and by tranfporting ¥ 
 him home to. his own Country, we might have § 
 
 fpeak more hereafter. Thefelflands are as yet pro- | 
 bably unknown to the Dutch, whoas I faid before, | 
 indeavour to ingrofs all the Spice into their own 4 
 Hands. 
 
 There was another opportunity offered us here 7 
 of fettling on another Spice-Ifland that was very © 
 well inhabited: for the Inhabitants fearing the 7 
 Dutch, and underftanding that the Englifh were fet- 7 
 tling at Adindanao, their Sultan fent his Nephew to 7 
 Mindanao while we were there to invite us thither: 7 
 Captain Swaa.conferr’d with him about it divers | 
 times, and I do believe he had fome Inclination to — 
 accept the offer; and Iam fire moft of the Men 
 were for it: but this never came to a head, for — 
 want of a true underftanding between Captain Swan 
 and his Men, as may be declared hereafter. 
 
 Befide the benefit which might accrue from this © 
 Trade with Adeangus, and other the Spice Iflands, © 
 the Philippine Ilandsthemfelves, by a little care © 
 and induftry, might have afforded us a very benes | 
 ficial Trade, and all thefe Trades might have been | 
 managed from Adindanao, by fettling there firft 
 For that Ifland lyeth very convenient for Trading | 
 
 ; either | 
 

 
 The best way to the Phillipine T/lands. =. 
 either to the Spice-Iflands, or to the reft of the 4n.1686. 
 "Philippine Wands: fince as its Soil is much of the “VN 
 fame nature with either of them, {0 it lies asit, were 
 in the Center of the Gold and Spice Trade in thefe 
 parts ; the Iflands North of Adizdanao abounding 
 “moft in Gold, and thofe South of Adeangus in 
 f opice. 
 As the Ifland A4indanao lies very convenient for 
 _ Trade, fo confidering its diftance, the way thi- 
 _ ther.may not be over-long and tirefonte. The 
 _ Courfe that I would choofe fhould be to fet out of 
 _ England about the latter end of August, and to pafs 
 | round Terra del Fuego , and fo ftretching over to- 
 _ wards New Holland, coat it along that Shore till I 
 came near to Adindanao , or firlt I would coaft 
 down near the American. Shore, as.far as I found 
 convenient, and then dire& my Courfe accordingly 
 . for the Ifland.. By this I fhoultl avoid coming near 
 _ any of the Dutch Settlements, and be fure to meet 
 always with a conftant brisk Eafterly Trade Wind, 
 | after I was once palt Terra del Fuego. Whereas in 
 pafling about the Cape of Good Hope, after you are 
 fhot over the East-Indian Ocean, and are come to! 
 the Iflands, you muft pafs through the Streights of 
 Malacca or Sundy, or elfe fome. other Streights Eaft 
 from Fava, where you will. be fure to meet with 
 ‘Country-winds , .go on which fide of the Equator 
 you pleafe ; and this would require ordinarily 7 
 er 8 Months for the Voyage, but the other [ 
 fhould hope to perform in 6 or 7 at moft.. In your 
 return from thence alfo you mult obferve the fame 
 Rule as the Spaniards do in going from Manila to 
 Acapulco, only asthey run towards the North-Pole 
 for variable Winds, fo you muft run to the South- 
 ward, till you) meet with a Wind that will carry 
 you over to Terra del Fuego. There are places e- 
 nough to touch at for Refrefhment, either going 
 or coming. You may touch. going thither on ei- 
 oe ier’. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 352 ~— Davis's Difcovery of Terra Auftralis, | 
 ‘n.1686. ther fide of Terra Patagonica, or, if you pleafe, at | 
 ~ WV™~ the Gallapagoes Iflands, where there is Refrefhment | 
 
 enough ; and returning you may probably touch — 
 fomewhere on New Holland, and fo make fome pro- - 
 fitable difcovery in thefe Places without going out _ 
 ef your way. And to {peak my Thoughts freely, E 
 believe ’tis owing to the neglect of this eafy way 
 that all that vaft Tra& of Terra Auftralis which 
 bounds the South Sea is yet undifcovered: thofe © 
 that crofs that Sea feeming to defign fome BufinefS © 
 on the Peruvian or Mexican Coaft, and fo leaving — 
 that at a diftance. To confirm which, I fhall add ¥ 
 what Captain Davis told me lately, That after his } 
 Departure from us at the Haven of Ria Lexa (as } 
 is mentioned in the 8th Chap.) he went after feve- 
 ral Traverfes, to the Gallapagoes, and that ftanding ~ 
 thence Southward for Wind, to bring him about © 
 _ Terra del Fuego, in the Lat. of 27South, about 500 4 
 leagues from Copayapo, on the Coaft of Chil, he faw } 
 
 a {mall fandy Ifland juft by him; and that they _ 
 faw to the Weftward of it a long Tra& of pretty | 
 high Land, tending away toward the North Weft — 
 
 out of fight. This might probably be the Coaft of 
 Terra Anftralis Incognita. iq 
 _ Buttoreturn to Mindanao; as to the Capacity we © 
 were thenin, of fettling our felves at Afindanao,al- — 
 though we were not fent out of any fuch defign of © 
 
 fettling, yet we were as well provided, or better, © 
 confidering all Circumftances, thanif we had. For © 
 there was fcarce any ufeful Trade, but fome or 
 other of us underftood'it. Wehad Sawyers, Car- — 
 penters, Joyners, Brickmakers, Bricklayers, Shoe- | 
 makers, Taylors, @c. we only wanted a good 
 Smith for great Work; which we might have had | 
 at Mindanao. We were very well provided with | 
 Iron, Lead, and all forts of Tools, as Saws, Axes, | 
 Hammers, ¢c. We had Powder and Shotenough, | 
 -and very good fmall Arms. If we had defigned ‘6 
 , build — 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 —— 
 
 _ Raja Laut éavites them afbore. 
 
 
 
 Tar "la = 
 tied 
 
 build a Fort; we could have fpared 8 or 10 Guns 47.4686. 
 out of our Ship, and Men enough to have ma- WWYNS 
 
 ~naged it, and any Affair of Trade befide. We had 
 alfoa great Advantage above raw Men that are fent 
 out of England into thefe places, who proceed ufu- 
 ally too cautioufly, coldly and formally, to com- 
 pafS any confiderable Defign, which Experience 
 better teaches than any Rules whatfoever; befides 
 the danger of their Lives in fo great and fudden:a 
 change of Air: whereas we were all inured to 
 hot Climates, hardened by many Fatigues, and, in 
 ' general, daring Men, and fuch as would not be 
  ealily baffled. To add one thing more, our Men 
 - were almoft tired, and began to defire a quietus eft 5 
 and therefore they would gladly have feated them- 
 felves any where. We hada good Ship too, and 
 enough of us (befide what might have been fpared 
  t@ manage our new Settlement) to bring the News 
 with the Effeéts to the Owners in England: for 
 Captain Swan had already 000 /. in Gold, which 
 he and his Merchants received for Goods fold moft- 
 ly to Captain Harris and his Men: which if he had 
 | laid but part of itout in Spice, as probably he might 
 have done, would have fatisfy’d the Merchants to 
 their Hearts content. So much by way of digref- 
 fion. 
 
 To proceed therefore with our firft Reception at 
 Mindanao, Raja Laut and his Nephew fat {till in their 
 Canoa, and would not come aboard us ; becanfe, as 
 | they faid, they had no Orders for it from the Sultan. 
 After about half an Hour’s Difcourfe, they took their 
 leaves; firft inviting Captain Swan afhore, and pro-\ 
 mifing him to affift him in getting Provifion; which 
 they faid at prefent was fcarce, but in three or four 
 Month’s time the Rice would be gathered in, and 
 then he might have as much as he pleafed: and 
 that in the mean time he might fecure his Ship in 
 fome convenient place, for fear of the Welterly 
 | | Aa winds, 
 
354 Their Prefents and Audience of the Sultan, 
 
 An.1686. winds, which they. faid would be ‘very violent at 
 
 WVNY the latter erid: of this month, and all the next, as 
 we found them. 
 
 We did not know the quality of thefé two per- 
 fons till after they were gone; elfe we fhould have — 
 fir’d fome Guns at their departure: When they — 
 were gone, acertain Officer under the Sultan came — 
 aboard, arid meafured our Ship. A cuftom deri- — 
 ved from the Chinefe, who always meafure the 
 length and breadth, and the depth of the Hold of 
 all Ships that come to Idad there , by which means 
 they know how much each Ship will carry. But — 
 for what reafon this Cuftom is ufed either by the 
 Chinefe, or Mindanao men, \ could never learn; un- 
 jefS the ALindanaans defign by this means to im- 
 prove their skill in Shipping, againft they have a 
 trade. 
 
 Captain Swan, confidering that the Seafon of the 
 year would oblige us to fpend fome time at this © 
 Ifland, thought it convenient to make what inte- — 
 reft le could with the Sultan; who might after-— 
 
 ‘wards either obftruct, or advance his defigns. He 
 therefore immediately provided a Prefent to fenda- 
 fhore to the Sultan, viz. 3 Yards of Scarlet Cloth, © 
 3 Yards of broad Gold Lace, a Turkifh Scimiter and 
 a Pair of Piftols: and to Raja Laut he fent 3 Yards 
 of Scarlet Cloth, and 3 Yards of Silver Lace. This 
 Prefent was carried by Mr. Henry More in the Even- — 
 ing. He was firft conducted to Raja Lam’s Houfe ; 
 where he remained till report thereof was made to 
 the Sultan, who immediately gave order for all things 
 to be made ready to receive him. 
 
 About 9 a Clock at Night, a Meffenger came ~ 
 
 - from the Sultan to bring the Prefent away. Then 
 Mr. More was conducted all the way with Torches © 
 and armed ‘Men, till he came to the Houfe where 
 the Sultan was. ‘The Sultan with eight or ten Men 
 of his Council were {eated og Carpets, waiting | 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 icin i nt EAE 
 
ss ot vate peal Tk. wes [oe ap eae gS 
 
 _. Two Englith Letters found at Mindanao. 3 
 his coming. The Prefent that Mr. Afore brought 4n.1686- 
 was laid down before them, and was very kindly “WY 
 accepted by the Sultan, who caufed Mr. Afore to fit 
 down by them, and asked a great many queftions 
 of him. The difcourfe was in Spanifh by an In- 
 terpreter. This conference lafted about an hour, 
 and then he was difmift, and returned again to 
 Raja Laut’s Houfe. ‘There was a Supper provided 
 for him, and the Boats crew; after which he re- 
 turned aboard. | ; 
 The next day the Sultan fentfor Capt. Swan: He 
 Immediately went afhore with a Flag flying in the 
 Boats head, and two Trumpets founding all the 
 way. Whenhe came afhore, he was met at his 
 Landing by two principal Officers, guarded along 
 with Soldiers, and abundance of People gazing to 
 fee him. The Sultan waited for him in his Cham- 
 ber of Audience, where Captain Swan was treated 
 with Tobacco and Betel, which was all his Enter- 
 tainment. ay 
 The Sultan fent for two Engh{h Letters for Cap- 
 tain Swan to read, purpofely to let him know, 
 that our Eaft-India Merchants did defign to fettle 
 here, and that they had already fent a Ship hi- 
 ther. One of thefe Letters was fent to the Sultan 
 from England, by the Eajft-India Merchants. The 
 chiefeft things contained in it, as I remember, for 
 I faw it afterwards in the Secretaries hand, who 
 was very proud to fhew it tous, was to defire 
 _fome priviledges, in order to the building of a 
 Fort there. This Letter was written in a very 
 fair Hand; and between each Line, there was a 
 Gold line drawn. The other Letter was left by 
 Captain Goodlud, diretted to any Englifh men who 
 fhould happen to come thither. ‘This related 
 wholly. to Trade, giving an account, at what rate 
 he had agreed with them for Goods of the Ifland, 
 and how European Goods fhould be-fold to them, 
 Aaa with 
 
 
 
356 A Mindanaian Panifbment.- . : 
 ‘An.1686. with an account of their Weight and Meafures,, — 
 
 - WAV™ and their difference from ours. : 
 
 The rate agreed on for A4indanao Gold, was 14. 
 
 Spanifh Dollars, (which isa current .Coin all over 
 
 India) the Englifh Ounce, and 18 Dollars the Afin-. 
 
 danaoOunce. Butfor Bees-wax and Clove-bark, I 
 
 do not remember the rate; neither do I well re- 
 
 member the rates of Europe Commodities ; but I 
 
 think the rate of Iron was not above 4 Dollars a 
 
 ‘ Hundred. Captain Goodlud’s Letter concluded thus. 
 
 “S Truft none of them, for they are all Thieves, but T ace 1s 
 
 Latin for a Candle. We underftood afterwards that: 
 
 Captain Goodlzd was robb’d of fome Goods by one 
 
 of the General’s Men, and that.he that robb’d him 
 
 was fled into the Mountains, and could not be 
 
 found while Captain Goodlud was here. . But the 
 
 Fellow returning back to. the City fome time after 
 our arrival here, Raja Laut brought him bound to ~ 
 Captain Swaz, and told him what he had done, 
 deliring him to punifh him for it as he pleafed; 
 but Captain Swaz excufed himfelf, and faid it did 
 not belong to him, therefore he would have no» 
 thing to do with it. However, the General Raja 
 Laut, would not pardon him, but. punifhed him ac- 
 cording to their own Cuftom, which I did never 
 
 fee butat this time. - ayer 4 
 
 He was ftript ftark naked in the Morning at Sun- 
 rifing, and bound to a Poft, fo that he could not © 
 ftir Hand nor Foot, but.as he wasmov’d ; and was. — 
 placed with his Facé Eaftward againit the Sun. In 
 the Afternoon they turn’d his Face towards the Weft, 
 that the'Sun might {till be in his Face; and thus he — 
 ftood-all Day, parcht inthe Sun (which fhines here ~ 
 exceflively hot) and. tormented with. the Moskitos ~< 
 or Gnats: After this the General would have kild — 
 him, if-Captain Swan had confented to it, I did © 
 never fee any put to Death; but believe they are © 
 
 barbarous enough in it; The General told us ie 
 
 € 
 
 
 
 rf 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 Raja Laut evtertains Captain Swan. 357 : 
 felf that he put. two Men to Death in a Town 4n.1686. | 
 where’ fome of us were with him, but I-heard not “VW 
 the mannerofit. Their common way of  punith- | 
 ing is to {trip them inthis manner, and place them : 
 in-the Sun 3, but. fometimes they, lay them flat-on 
 their Backs.on-the Sand, whichis very hot; where 
 they remain, a;whole Day in the fcorching Sun, - 
 with the Moskito’s biting them all the time. 
 “. This aG@ion ef the General in offering Captain 
 Swan ih punifament of the Thief, caus’d Captain 
 Swan afterwards,to make- him the fame offer of his 
 Men, when any had offended the Adindanao Men: 
 _ but the General left fuch, Offenders to be punifhed 
 - by. Captain: Swaz,..as he thought convenient. So 
 that for the; leaft offence Captain Swaz punifhed his 
 Men, and. thatinthe fight of the ALndanaians , and 
 I think fometimes only for revenge ; as he did once 
 punifh his Ghief Mate Mr, Teat, he that came;Cap- 
 tain of the Bark to AGudanao. , Indeed at that time . 
 - @aptain, Sma had. his Men,as much. under com- 
 mand ‘as if,.he,-had_ been. ia, a.King’s Ship: and 
 thad he known how to ufe hiss Authority, he might 
 have led them,to any Settlement, and have brought 
 them to aflift,himin anydefign he had pleafed. | 
 ., Captain Swae being, diimut from the Sultan , 
 with abundance of civility, .after about two hours 
 difcourfe with,him,.went..thence to.Raja Laut’s 
 Houle... Raja Law had .then,.fome difference with 
 - the Sultan, and therefore he was not prefent.at the 
 Sultans reception.of our:Captain,; but waited his re- 
 urn, .and-treated him and.all his,Men with boyled 
 Rice and Fowls... ,.He.then: told Captain Swan 
 again, and urged it to) him, that, at: would. be beft 
 to. get his Ship,into the River,as foon as he could, 
 becaufe of the, nfual. tempeftuous Weather-at this 
 time of the Year; and that he fhould want no aflift- 
 ance to further him in any. thing. He told-him al- 
 fo, that as we muft of neceflity ftay here fome 
 | PR 3 time, 
 
 
 
 SS 
 
 
 

 
 358 ‘They draw their Ship up their Réver. 
 'An.1686. time, fo our Men would often come afhore; and. 
 WY™ he therefore defired him to warn his Mento be ~ 
 
 ' careful to give no afront to the Natives ; who, he 
 faid, were very revengeful. That their Cuftoms 
 being different from ours, he feared that Captain 
 Swan’s Men might fome time or other offend them, 
 though ignorantly ; that therefore he gave him this 
 friendly warning, to prevent it: that his Houfe — 
 fhould always be open to receive him or any of © 
 his Men, and that he-knowing our Cuftoms, would — 
 never be offended at any thing. -After agreat deal — 
 of fich Difcourfe he difmift the Captain and his 
 Company, who took their leave and came aboard. 
 
 _ Captain Swan having feen the two: Letters, did — 
 not doubt but that the Evglifh did defign to fettle — 
 a Factory here: therefore he did ‘not much fcruple 
 the honefty of thefe People, but immediately or- 
 dered us to get the Ship into the River. The Ri- 
 ver upon which the City of A4indanao ftands is but 
 {fmall, and hath not above 10 or 11 foot Water ‘on 
 the Bar at a Spring-tide: therefore we lightened 
 our Ship, and the Spring coming on, we with 
 much ado ‘got her into the River, being aflifted by 
 30 or 60 Mindanaian Fifhermen, who liv’d at ‘the — 
 mouth of the River; Raja Laut ‘himfelf being a- — 
 board our Ship to dire&t them. ‘We carried her — 
 about a quarter of a mile up, within the mouth © 
 of the River, and there moored her, head and ftern 
 in a hole, where we always rode afloat. After 
 this the Citizens of A4indanao came frequently a- — 
 board, to invite our Men to their Houfes, and ta — 
 offer us Pagallies. ”*T’wasa long time fince any of — 
 us had received fuch Friendfhip, and ‘therefore swe 
 were the more eafily drawn to accept of ‘their — 
 kindnefles ; and ina very fhort time moft of our 
 Men got a Comrade or two, ‘and as many Pagal- 
 lies ; efpecially fuch of us as had‘good ‘Cloths, -and 
 frore of Gold, .as'many had, ‘who were ‘of the 
 
 | : number 
 
 4 
 4 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 The Natives carefs them. ey fo) 
 number of -thofe, that accompanied Captain Harris An.1686. 
 over the Ifthmus of Darien, the reft of us being “WY 
 poor enough. Nay, the very Pooreft and Meaneft 
 of us could hardly pafs the Streets, but we were 
 even hal’d by Force into their Honfes, to be treated 
 by them; altho’ their Treats were but mean, wz. 
 obacco, or Betel-nut, ora little fweet fpiced Wa- 
 ter. Yet their feeming Sincerity, Simplicity, and 
 the manner of beftowing thefe Gifts, made them 
 very acceptable. When we came to their Houfes, 
 they would always be praifing the Englijh, as decla- 
 ring that the Exglifh and A4indanaians were all one. 
 This they expreit by putting their two fore-fingers 
 clofe together, and faying, that the Ezglifhand Minda- , 
 nains were famo, Jamo, thatis, all ove. Then they ~~ 
 would draw their fore-fingers half a foot afunder, 
 and fay the Dutch and they were Bugeto, which fig- | 
 nifies fo, that they were at fuch diftance in point of 
 Friendfhip: And for the Spaniards, they would make | 
 a greater Reprefentation of diftance than for the 
 
 _Dutch: Fearing thefe, but having felt, and {marted 
 from the Spaniards, who had once almoft brought 
 them under. . 
 
 Captain Swan did feldom go into any Houfe at 
 firft, but into Raja Laut’s. There he dined commonly 
 every day; and as many of his Men as were afhore, 
 and had no Money to Entertain themfelves, refort- 
 ed thither about 12 a Clock, where they had Rice 
 enough boiled and well dreft, and fome fcraps of 
 Fowls, or bits of Buffaloe, dreft. very naftily. CGap- 
 tain Swan was ferved a little better, and his two 
 Trumpeters founded all the time that he was at din- 
 ner. After dinner Raja Laut would fit and difcourfe 
 with him moft part of the Afternoon. It was 
 now the Ramdam time, therefore the General ex- 
 cufed himfelf, that he could not Entertain our 
 Captain with Dances, and other Paftimes, as he 
 intended to do when this folemn Time was paft; 
 Aa 4 betides., 
 
 
 
 & 
 

 
 foe 
 
 
 
 V, es Reine ind Floods | 
 
 An.1686. befides, it was the very heighth of the wet Seafor 
 
 and therefore not fo proper for Paftimes. voy 
 
 We had now very tempeftuous Weather, and _ 
 exceffive Rains, which fo fwell’d the River, that it 
 overflowed its Banks; fo that we had much ado 
 to keep our Ship fafe: For every now and then | 
 we fhould havea great Tree come floating down — 
 the River, and fometimes lodge againft our Bows, | 
 to the endangering the breaking-our Cables, and ~ 
 either the driving usin, over the Banks, or carrying 
 us out to Sea; both which would have been very 
 dangerous to us, efpecially being without Ballaft.° 7 
 
 The City is about a Mile long (of no great 
 breadth) winding with the Banks of the River on 
 the right Hand going up, tho’ it hath many Houfes 
 on the other fide too. But at this time it feemed 
 to ftand as ina Pond, and there was no pafling 
 from one Houfe to another but in Canoas. This tem- 
 peftuous rainy Weather happened the latter end of 
 Fuly, and lafted moft part of Axguf. 
 
 When the bad Weather was a little affwaged, 
 Captain Swan hired a Houfe ta put our Sails and 
 Goods in, while we careen’d our Ship. We shad 
 a great deal of Iron and Lead, which was brought — 
 afhore into this Honufe. Of thefe Commodities — 
 Captain Swan fold to the Sultan or General, 8 
 or 10 Tuns, at the Rates agreed:on by Captain 
 Goodlud, to be paid in Rice. The Miadanaians are 
 
 no good Accomptants; therefore the Chine/e that 
 
 live here, do caft up their Accompts for. them. 
 After this, Captain Swan bought “Fimber-trees of 
 the General, and fet fome of our’ Men to faw 
 them into. Planks, to fheath the Ship’s bottom 
 He lad two Whip-Saws on Board,: which ‘he 
 brought out of England, and four or five Men that 
 knew the ufe of them, for they had been Sawyers 
 in Jamaica. . ii 
 
 When 
 

 
 Swan, entertained him every Night »with Dances. 
 ‘The dancing Women that are purpofely bred up to 
 it; and make it their Trade, I have already de- 
 fcribed. But befide them, all the Women in gene- 
 al are much additted to Dancing. They dance 
 
 ‘40/or §0 at once; ‘and that ftanding all round in a — 
 
 Ring, joined Hand in Hand, and Singing and keep- 
 ing time. But they never budge out of their places, 
 
 nor make any motion till the Chorus is Sung; then — 
 
 all at once they throw out one Leg, and baw! out 
 ‘aloud; and fometime they only clap their Hands 
 ‘when the Chorus is Sung. Captain Swan, to re- 
 taliate the General’s Favours, fent for his Violins, 
 and fome that could dance Englifh Dances; where- 
 with the General was very well pleafed. ‘They 
 
 commonly fpent the biggeft part of the Night in: 
 
 thefe fort of Paftimes. 
 - Among the reft of our Men that did ufe to dance 
 thus before the General, there was one Soh Thacker, 
 who was a Seaman bred, and could neither 
 Write nor Read; but had formerly learnt to Dance 
 in the Mufick-houfes about Wapping: This Man 
 ‘came into the South Seas with Captain Harris, and 
 getting with him a good quantity of Gold, and be- 
 ing a pretty good Husband of his Share, had {till 
 fome left, befides what he laid out in a very good 
 fuit of Cloaths. The General fuppofed by his Garb 
 and his Dancing, that he had been of noble Ex- 
 ‘tration; and to be fatisfy’d of his Quality, asked 
 of one of our Men, if he did not guefS aright of 
 him? The Man of whom the General asked this 
 ‘Queftion told him, he was much in the right; and 
 that moft of our Ship’s Company were of the like 
 -Extraction; efpecially all thofe that had fine 
 “Cloaths; and that they came abroad only to fee 
 the World, having Money enough to bear their Ex- 
 Pus | pences 
 
 Their Dances. A Story of J. Thacker. 361 
 - When the Ramdam time was over, and the dry 42.1686: 
 ‘time fet in a little, the General, to oblige Captain U“°WNJ 
 
 
 
 : 
 | 
 . 
 

 
 362 The General's Treachery. q 
 4n.1686. expences where-ever they came; but that for the — 
 wv reft, thofe that had but mean Clothes, they were 
 
 only common Seamen. After this, the General — 
 fhew’d a great deal of Refped& to all that had — 
 good Clothes, but efpecially to Yohx Thacker, till 
 Captain Smaz came to know the Bufinefs, and — 
 marr’d all; undeceiying the General, and drubbing — 
 the Noble-man: For he was fo much incenfed a- 
 gainft Fobe Thacker, that he could never indure © 
 him afterwards ; tho’ the peor Fellow knew nothing — 
 of the Matter. ie 
 About the middle of November we began to work © 
 on our Ship’s bottom, which we found very much — 
 eaten. with the Worm: For this is.a horrid place 
 for Werms. We didnot know this till after we had 
 been in the River a Month; and then we found 
 our Canoas bottoms eaten like. Honey-combs; our 
 Bark, which was a fingle bottom, was eaten thro’; 
 fo that fhe could not {wim. But our Ship was fheath- 
 ed, and the Worm came-no farther than the Hair 
 between the fheathing Plank, and :the main Plank. © 
 We.did not miftruft theGeneral’s Knavery till now: 
 tor when he came down to our Ship, and found us 
 ripping off the fheathing Plank, .and faw the firm — 
 ‘bottom underneath, he fhook his Head, and feem- ° 
 ed tobe difcontented; faying, he.did never fee a Ship 
 with two bottoms before. Wewere told that in this — 
 place, where we now lay, aDutch Ship waseaten up — 
 in 2 Months time, and the General had all her Guns; 
 and it 18 probable he did.expeét to have had Ours: — 
 Which Ido believe was the main Reafon that made — 
 him fo forward in aflifting us to,get our Ship into 
 the River, for when we went out again we had.no — 
 Affiftance from him. We -had no Worms till we — 
 came to this.place: -For when we,Carreen’d atthe © 
 AMarias, the Worm -had not touch?d us; nor at 
 Guam, for there.we fcrubb’d ; .norafter we.came to 
 she Mand Atedaeae; for at the .S. E. end - ve | 
 “2HaNG — 
 

 
 - Ship-Worms. 363 
 Ifland we heel’d and ferubb’dalfo. The AGindanai- n.1686. 
 ans are fo fenfible of thefe deftructive Infedts, that ~VW™ 
 whenever they come from Sea, they immediately 
 hale their Ship into a dry Dock, and burn her bot- ; 
 tom, and there Jet her lye dry till they are ready \ 
 to go toSea:again. TheCanoas or Proes they hale es 
 up dry, and never fuffer them to be long in the 
 Water. Itisreported that thofe Worms which get 
 into a Ships bottom) in the falt Water, will dye in 
 . the frefh Water; and that the frefh water Worms 
 willdye in falt Water: but in brackifh Water both 
 forts will increafe prodigioufly. Now this place 
 where we lay was) fometimes -brackifh Water, yet 
 commonly freth ; but what fort of Worm this was 
 know not. Some Men are of Opinion, that thefe 
 Worms ‘breed in>the: Plank; but I am perfwaded 
 ithey breed in ‘the Sea: For I have feen Millions of 
 sithem fwimming in the Water, particularly in the 
 Bay of Panama, for there Captain Davis, Captain > 
 Swan and my felf, and moft of our Men, did take 
 notice of them divers times, which was the reafon 
 of our Cleaning fo often while we were there : and 
 thefe were the largeft Worms ‘that I did -ever ‘ee. 
 I have alfofeen them in Virginia, and in the Bay of 
 Campeachy , in the latter of which places the Worms 
 ‘eat prodigioufly. They are alwaysin Bays, Creeks, 
 Mouths of Rivers, and fuch placesias are near the 
 fhore; being never found far. out at Sea, that i 
 could everlearn : -yet.a Ship will bring them lodg’d 
 in its Plank for a‘great way ~ | 
 Having thus ript off all our"Worm-eaten Plank, 
 and -clapt on new, *by the beginning of December 
 ‘1686, our Ships bottom was fheathed and tallowed, 
 and the roth day ‘we went over (the»Bar, and ‘took 
 ‘aboard the Iron and ‘Lead that we could:not fell, 
 and began to fill.our Water, and fetch aboard ‘Rice 
 for our Voyage: But C. Swan remain’dafhore ftill, 
 and was not yet determin’d when to fail, or whither. 
 
 But 
 
 
 
 
 
364 The General tricks them. 4 
 ‘An.1686. But 1 am well affured that he ‘did ‘never intend to” 
 V™ Cruize about Afanila, as his ‘Crew defigned; for I 
 did one ask him, and he told me, That what he — 
 had already done of that kind«he was forc’d to; 
 but» now being at Liberty, he would never more 
 Engage in any fuch Defign: For, faid he, thereis no - 
 Prince on Earth is‘able to wipe off the Stain of:fuch 
 Actions. What other Defigns he had I know not,. for 
 he was commonly very Crof ; ‘yet he-did never pro- — 
 ‘pofe doing any thing elfe, but only. ordered ‘the 
 Provifion to be got Aboard in order to Sail; and I - 
 am confident if he had made’a motion to go to'any 
 Englifh Factory, moft of his.Men would have: con- 
 fented to it, tho’ probably fome would have: ftill 
 oppofed it. However, his Authority. might foon — 
 have over-fway’d thofe that were: Réfractory:; © for — 
 it was very ftrange to fee the Aweithat thefe Men — 
 were in of him, for, he punifhed the: moft ftubborn | 
 and daring of his Men. Yet when we had ‘brought 
 the Ship out into the Road, they were not:altoge- 
 ther fo fubmiflive, as while it lay im the River, ‘tha’ | 
 even then it was that he punifhed»Captain Tat. 1) 
 “I was at that time a Hunting with the:Geiteral 
 for Beef, which he had a long-time: promifed. us. 
 But now J faw that there was.no:Credit, to be:gi- — 
 ven to his Word; ‘for I was:a'Week out with him 
 and faw but four Cows, which were fo wild,, that 
 we did not get one. ‘There :were five or fix more © 
 of our Company with me ; thefe :who were: young ~ 
 Men, and had Dalilabs there, which made them | 
 fond of the Place, all agreed) with the General to 
 tell Captain Swan, ‘that therewere Beeves enough, — 
 only they were wild: ButI told himthe Truth; and — 
 advifed him not to :be too, credulous of the Gene- 
 ral’s Promifes.. He feemed to be very angry; and 
 stormed behind the General’s Back, but ia’his Pre- | 
 fence was very mute, being a Man of {mall Courage: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 | The Prodigality of the Englifh Seamen. 36 5 
 It was about the.20th Day of December when we 4n. 1686. 
 fetirned from hunting, and the General defigned tw™ 
 to go again to another place to hunt for Beef; but~ 
 he ftayed till after Chriftmas-day, becaufe fome of 
 us defigned to go with him; and Captain Swan 
 had defired all his Men to be aboard that Day, that 
 we might keep it folemnly together’: And accord- 
 ingly he fent aboard a Buffaloe the day before, 
 that we’ might have a good Dinner. So the 25th 
 day about 10 a clock, Captain Swaz came aboard, 
 and all his Men who were afhore: For you mutt 
 underftand that near a third of our Men lived con- 
 ftantly afhore, with their Comrades and Pagallies, 
 and fome with Women-fervants, whom they hired 
 of their Mafters for Concubines. Some of our 
 Men alfo had Houfes, which they hired or bought, 
 for Houfes are very cheap, for 5 or6 Dollars. For 
 many of them having more Mony than they knew 
 what to do with, .eafed themfelves here of the 
 trouble of telling it, {pending it very lavifhly, their 
 prodigality making the People impofe upon them, 
 tothe making the reft of us pay the dearer for what 
 we bought, and to the endangering the like impofi- 
 tions upon fuch Exglifhmenas may come here here- 
 after. For the Adindanaians knew. how to get our 
 Squires Gold from them (for we had no Silver,) and 
 when our Men wanted Silver, they would change 
 now and then an Ounce of Gold, and could get 
 for it no more than 10 or 11 Dollars for a Min- 
 danao Ounce, which they would not part with 
 again under 18 Dollars. Yet this, and the great 
 prices the Afindanaians {et on their Goods, were not 
 the only way to leffen their ftocks; for their Pa- 
 ‘gallies and Comrades would often be begging 
 fomewhat of them, and our Men were generous 
 enough, and would beftow half an Ounce of Gold 
 at a time, ina Ring for their Pagallies, or in a 
 Silver Wrift-band, or Hoop to come about their 
 - Arms, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
366 Captain Swans ill Conduct. 
 ‘An.1636. Arms, in. hopes to get a nights Lodging with | 
 yn them. | 
 When we were all aboard on Chri/tmas-day, Cap- | 
 
 tain Swan and his two Merchants; I did expect } 
 
 that Captain Swan would have made fome pro- | 
 pofals, or have told.us his defigns; but he only | 
 dined and went afhore again, without fpeaking a-— 
 ny thing of his mind. Yet even then I do think 
 that he was driving ona defign, of going to one 
 of the Spice Iflands, to load with Spice, for the 
 young Man before mentioned, who I faid was fent — 
 by his Unkle, the Sultan of a Spice Ifland near — 
 
 Ternate, to invite the Exglifh to their Ifland, came 
 
 aboard’ at this time, and after fome private dif- 
 
 courfe with Captain Swaz, they both went afhore — 
 together. This young Man did not care that the ~ 
 
 Mindanaians fhould be privy to what he faid. I 
 
 have heard Captain Swan fay that he offered to ~ 
 
 load his Ship with Spice, provided he would build — 
 a {mall Fort, and leave fome Men to fecure the © 
 
 Ifland from the Dutch; but 1 am fince informed, — 
 
 that the Dutch have now got pofleffion of the — 
 
 Ifland. | 
 
 The next day after Chriftmas the General went 
 away again, and 5 or 6 Englifbmen with him, of © 
 whom I was one, under pretence of going a hunt- — 
 ing; and we all went together by Water in his © 
 
 Proe, together with his Women and Servants, to © 
 
 the hunting place. The General always carried — 
 
 his Wives and Children, his Servants, his Money ~ 
 and Goods with him: fo we all imbarked in the © 
 
 Morning, and arrived there before Night. I have» 
 
 already defcribed the fafhion of their Proes, and ~ 
 
 the Rooms made inthem. We were entertained in © 
 the Generals Room or Cabbin. Our Voyage was — 
 not fo far, but that we reached our Port before 
 
 Night. _ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 at 
 
Paes! Ee, ree ae tet Wc amen te, 
 
 The Generals Seraglio. 
 
 
 
 367 
 
 - At this time one of the Geneéral’s Servants had 4a. 168: 
 
 offended, and was. punifhed in this manner: He 
 was bound faft flat on his Belly, on a Bambou be- 
 Yonging to the Prow, which was fo near the Wa- 
 
 Yd 
 
 ter, that by the Veflel’s motion, it frequently del- — 
 
 ved under Water, and the Man along with it; and 
 fometimes when hoifted up, he-had fearce time to 
 blow before he would be carried under Water a- 
 ain. 
 When we had rowed about two Leagues, we 
 entred a pretty large deep River , and rowed up 
 a League further, the Water falt all the way. 
 There was a pretty large Village, the Houfes built 
 after the Country fafhion. We landed at this place, 
 where there was a Houfe made ready immediately 
 for us. The General and his Wonien lay at one end 
 of the Houfe, and we at the other end, and in the 
 
 Evening all the Women in the Village danced be- 
 
 fore the General. 
 
 While he ftaid here, the General with his Men 
 went out every Morning betimes, and did not re- 
 turn till 4 or 5 a Clock in the Afternoon, and ‘he 
 would often complement us, by telling us what 
 good Truft and Confidence he had in us, faying, 
 that he left his Women and Goods under our 
 
 Protection, and that he thought thein as fectire with 
 
 us fix, (for we had all our Aritis with us) as if he 
 had left roo of his own Men to guard them. Yet 
 for all this great Confidence, he always left one of 
 his principal Men, for fear fome ‘of us fiould be too 
 familiar with his Women. 
 
 They did never ftir out of théir own ‘Room 
 when the General was at Home, but as foon as he 
 ‘was gone out, they would prefently come into ovr 
 Room, and fit with us all Day, and ask a Thow- 
 
 fand Queftions of tis concerning |‘ our Exglifh Wo- 
 
 men, and our Guftoms. You may imagin that be- 
 fore this time, fome of us had -attained fo much of 
 ii their 
 
 
 
eee Ae hee 
 
 368 
 
 = \ Ret Sy gee 8) ee eee oo} SA” yee eae ee 
 ? | 
 
 Their Converfe with the Genernl’s Women. 
 
 4n.1686. their -Language as to underftand them, and give 
 wy them Anfwers to their Demands. I remember that — 
 
 , ee 
 
 ‘should go with him. 
 
 one day \they asked how many Wives the King © 
 of England had? We told them but one, and that — 
 our Englifh Laws did not allow of any more. | 
 They faid it was a ftrange Cuftom, that a Man — 
 fhould be confined to one Woman; fome of them 
 faid it was a very bad Law, but others again faid it 
 was a good Law; fo there was a great Difpute a- 
 mong them-about it. But one of the General’s © 
 Women faid pofitively, That our Law was better 
 than theirs, and made them all filent by the Reafon — 
 which fhe gave for it. This was the War Queen, as — 
 we called her, for fhe did always Accompany the — 
 General when ever he was called out to Engage his — 
 Enemies, but the reft did not. 
 
 By this Familiarity among the Women, and by © 
 
 often difcourfing them, we came to be acquainted © 
 
 with their Cuftoms and Priviledges. _ The General — 
 lies with his Wives by turns; but fhe by whom he | 
 
 had the firft Son, has a double Portion of his Com- 
 
 pany: For when it comes to her turn, fhe has him © 
 two Nights, whereas the reft have him but one. ~ 
 She with whom he is to lyeat Night, feems to have — 
 a particular Refped fhewn her by the reft all the © 
 precedent day; and for a Mark of diftinction, | 
 wears a ftriped filk Handkerchief about her Neck, — 
 by which we knew who was Queen that day. 
 
 We lay here about 5 or 6 Days, but did never | 
 in all that.time fee the leaft fign of any Beef, which 
 was the BufinefS we came about; neither were | 
 we fuffered to go out with the General to fee 
 the wild Kine, but we wanted for nothing elfe: | 
 However, this did not pleafe us, and we often im- 
 portuned "him to let us go out among the Cattle. | 
 At laft he told us, That he had provided a Jar of © 
 Rice-drink to be merry with us, and after that we | 
 
 This | 
 
 
 

 
 ~ Rice-Drink, 
 
 This Rice-drink is made of Rice boiled and 4n.1687° 
 “put into a Jar, where it remains along time fteep- U7°VN). 
 
 -ing in Water. I know not the manner of making 
 it, but it is very {trong pleafant Drink. The Even- 
 ing when the General defigned to be merry, he 
 
 caufed a Jar of this Drink to, be brought into our " 
 
 Room, and he began to drink firft himfelf, then 
 
 afterwards his Men; fo they took turns till they 
 
 were all as drunk as Swine , before they fuffered 
 us. to drink... After they had enough, then we 
 drank, and they drank no’ more, for they will 
 -not drink after us. The General leapt about our 
 ‘Room a little while; but having his Load foon 
 -went to fleep. 
 
 ~The next Day. we went out with the General 
 into the Savannah, where he had near 100 Men 
 making of a large Pen to drive the Cattle into. 
 For that is the manner of their Hunting, having 
 
 and thofe -as wild as Deer, fo that we got none 
 this Day: yet thenext Day'fomeof his Men brought 
 in 3 Heifers, >'which they kill’d in the Savannah. 
 With thefe we returned aboard, they being all that 
 we.got there.)., ; 
 
 (Captain Smaz was much vext at the Generals 
 Actions; for he promifed to fupply us with as much 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 oer would not make good his Promife. Befides, he 
 failed to perform his Promife in a bargain of Rice, 
 that we were to have for the Iron which he 
 fold him, but he put us off ftill from time to time, 
 nd would not come to any Account. Neither 
 were thefe.all his Tricks, for a little before his Son 
 
 dng Chapter),-he pretended a great ftreight for 
 ‘Money, to. defray the Charges of that Day; and 
 therefore defired Captain Swan to lend him about 
 20 Ounces.of Gold; for he knew that Captain 
 firs: Bb 
 
 eff Swan 
 
 no Dogs., But I faw not above 8 or! to Cows, - 
 
 Beef as we fhould want, but now either could. not, 
 
 owas Circumcifed, (of which I fpake in the forego- 
 
 369 
 
 > oe ee ee 
 
 oo Tet, * heen 
 
370 Raja Laut’s aneafinefs to Capt. Swan. 3 
 ‘An.1687. Swan had a confiderable quantity of Gold in his — 
 “V™ pofleffion ,| which the General thought was his — 
 : own, but indeed had none but what belonged to 
 the Merchants. However he lent it the General, 
 but when he came to an Account with Captain 
 ‘Swan, he told him, that it was uftal ‘at fach fo- 
 lemn times to make Prefents, and that he received 
 it asa Gift. He alfo demanded Payment for the 
 Victuals that our Captain and his Men did eat at 
 his Houfe. Thefe things ftartled Captain Swan, 
 yet how to help himfelf he knew not. But all 
 this, with other inward troubles lay hard on our 
 Captain’s Spirits; and put him very much out of © 
 Humour; for his own Company alfo were prefling © 
 him every Day to be gone, becaufe now was the © 
 heighth of the Eafterly Monfoon, the only Wind ¢ 
 to carry us farther into the Indies. . 
 About this time fome of our: Men, who were — 
 weary and tired with wandring, ‘ran away into — 
 the Country and abfconded, they being ‘affifted, as © 
 was generally believed, by Raja Laut: >There were 
 others alfo, who fearing we fhould.not go to an 
 Engli{h Port, bought a Canoa, and defigned to go 
 in her to Borveo: For not long before a A4indanao 
 Veflel came from thence, and broughta Letter di- 7 
 rected to the chief of the Evelifh Fatory at AZin-~ 
 danas. This Letter the General would have Cap+~ 
 tain Swan have opened, but he thought it might 
 come from fome of the Eaj? India Merchants, whofe / 
 Affairs he would not intermeddle with, and there- | 
 fore did not open it. YT fince met with Captain _ 
 Bowry at Achin, and telling him this Story, he faid 
 “that he fent that Letter, fuppofing that the Ex 
 glifh were fettled there at Adindanao, and by this 
 Letter we alfo thought that there was’ an Englifh 
 Factory at Borneo: fo here was a miftake on both 
 fides. ‘But this Canoa wherewith fome of them 
 thought to go to Borneo, Captain Swan took from 
 ; them, | 
 
 pees. eae = 
 
 Se ited Ti aie 
 
 
 
 

 
 The Diforders among the Ship’s Crew. 371 
 them, and threatned the Undertakers very hardly. 4u.168y. 
 However, this did not fo far FE ete oe 3 
 for they fecretly bought another, but their De- 
 figns taking Air, they were again fruftrated by 
 Captain Swan. 
 
 The whole Crew were at this time under a ge- 
 neral Difaffection, and full of very different Pro- 
 jects; andall for want of Action. ‘The main Divi- - 
 fion was between thofe that had Money and thofe 
 that had none. There was a great Difference in the 
 Humours of thefe; for they that had Money liv’da | 
 Shore, and did not care for leaving Ad4indanao , whilft ‘i 
 thofe that were poor liv’d Aboard, and urg’d Capt. z | 
 Swan to go to Sea. Thefe began to be Unruly as 
 well as Diflatisfy’d, and fent a Shore the Merchants 
 Iron to fell for Rack and Honey, to make Punch, 
 wherewith they grew Drunk and Quarrelfome: 
 Which diforderly ACtions deterr’d me from going 
 Aboard; for I did ever abhor Drunkennefs, which 
 now our Men that were Aboard abandoned them- 
 felves wholly to. 
 
 Yet thefe Diforders might have been crufht, if 
 Captain Swan Had ufed his Authority to Supprefs 
 them: But he with his Merchants living always a 
 Shore, there was no Command; and therefore eve- 
 ry Man did what he pleafed, and encouraged each 
 other in his Villanies. Now Mr. Harthop, who was 
 one of Captain Swan’s Merchants, did very much 
 _ importune him to fettle his Refolutions, and declare - 
 his Mind to his Men; which at laft he confented to 
 
 do: Therefore he gave warning to all his Men to 
 come Aboard the 13th day of Fasuary, 1687. 
 
 ‘We did all éarneftly expect to hear what Cap- 
 tain Swan would propofe, and therefore were very 
 willing to go Aboard. But unluckily for him, two 
 days before this Meeting was to be, Captain Swan 
 fent Aboard his Gunner, to fetch fomething afhore 
 out’ of his Cabbin.. The Gunner rummaging to 
 | Bb 2 find 
 
 
 
 Lisi 4 a 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 372 | 
 An.1687; find what he was feit for, among other things | 
 
 Sy 
 . 
 
 ~ 
 
 , Keep Journals, when they have an opportunity; | 
 
 . perience. At the firft opening of theBook he light 
 
 fufficient for them to accomplih their ends, Cap+ — 
 
 ‘to be revenged for his Injuries, and aggravated the — 
 
 The Crew difeufted at their Captain. 
 took out the Captains Journal, from: America to | 
 the Ifland Guam, and laid down by him. This | 
 Journal was taken up by one Yobx Read, a Briffol 
 
 man, whom | have mentioned in my 4th Chapter- | 
 
 He was a pretty Ingenious young man, and of a | 
 very civil carriage and behaviour. He was alfo — 
 accounted a good Artift, and kept a Journal, and | 
 was now prompted by his curiofity, to. peep into — 
 Captain Swan’s Journal, to fee how it agreed with | 
 his own; a thing very ufual among Sea»men that © 
 
 and efpecially young men, who have no great ex- 
 
 on a place in which Captain Swaa had inveighed | 
 bitterly againft moft of his men, efpecially againft 
 
 another Fohr Reed, a Famaica man. This was fuch {tuff © 
 as he did not feek after: But hitting fo pat on this | 
 fubjett, his curiofity led him to pry farther; and — 
 therefore while the Gunner was bufie, he convey’d | 
 the Book away, to look over it at his leifure. The | 
 Gunner having difpatch’d his bufinefs, lock’d up_ 
 the Cabbin-door not miffing the Book, and went 7 
 afhore. Then Yohn Reed fhew’d it to his Name> 7 
 fake, and to the reft that were aboard; wlio — 
 were by this time the biggeit partof them ripe for — 
 mifchief; only wanting fome fair pretence to fet 
 themfelves to work about it. Therefore looking | 
 on what was written in this Journal to be matter — 
 
 tain Teat, who, as | faid before, had been abufed | 
 by Captain Swan, laid: hold on this opportunity to 7 
 
 matter to the height; perfwading the men to turn. 
 out Captain Swaz from being: Commander, in ~ 
 hopes to have commanded the Ship -himfelf. » As _ 
 for the Sea-men, they were eafily perfwaded toany © 
 thing; for they were quite tired with this long and 7 
 
 i | tedious. | 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 ce ig 
 
 ap Snake about u Ma? fs Nek 
 
 tedious Toyage, and moft of them. defpaired of 42.1687. 
 ever getting home, and therefore did not care what i 7 
 
 they did, or whither they went. It was only want 
 of being bufied. in fome Action that made them fo 
 uneafie; therefore they confented to what Tear 
 propofed, and immediately all that were aboard 
 bound themfelves by Oath to turn Captain Swan 
 out, and to conceal this defign from thofe that 
 werea Shore, until the Ship a under Sail; which 
 would have been prefently, if the Surgeon or his 
 Mate had been aboard; but they were both a Shore, 
 and they thought it no ’ Prudence to go to Sea with- 
 out a Surgeon: Therefore the next Morning they 
 fent a Shore one Fohn Cookworthy,. to haften off either 
 the Surgeon or his Mate, by pretending that one 
 of the Men in the Night broke his Leg by falling 
 into the Hold. The Surgeon told him that he in- 
 tended to come aboard the next day with the Cap- 
 tain, and would not come before; but fent his 
 “Mate, Herman Coppinger. 
 
 This Man fometime before this, was fleeping at 
 is Pagallies, and a Snake twifted ‘himfelf about. his 
 Neck; but afterwards went away' without hurting 
 him. "In this Country it is uftal to have the Snakes 
 come into the Houfes, and into the Ships too; for 
 we had feveral came aboard our Ship when we lay 
 in the River. But to proceed, Herman Coppinger 
 provided to go aboard; and the next day, being 
 ‘the time appointed for’ Captain Sman and all his 
 ‘Men to meet aboard, I went aboard with him, nei- 
 
 ther of us miftrufted what was defigning by thofe 
 ‘aboard, till we came thither. Then we found it 
 was only a trick to get the Surgeon off; for how, 
 having obtained their Defires, the Canoa was fent 
 afhore again immediately, to defire as many as they 
 could meet to come aboard; but not to tell the 
 Reafon, left Captain Swan would come to hear of 
 it, 
 
 B. Be The 
 
 
 
Na ee ee ee ae OTe Cae Tame a ae 
 
 ~374 They leave Captain Swan behind. 
 - An.1687. The 13thday in the Morning they weighed, and © 
 ‘WY™ fired a Gua: Captain Swaz immediately fent a- — 
 board Mr. Welly, who was now his chief Mate, to — 
 fee what the matter was: To him they toldall their — 
 Grievances, and fhew’d him the Journal. He per- © 
 {waded them to ftay till the next day, for an An- — 
 fwer from Captain Swaa and the Merchants. So ~ 
 they came to an Anchor again, and the next Morn- ~ 
 ing Mr. Harthop came aboard: He perfwaded them ~ 
 to be reconciled again, or at leaft to ftay and get 
 more Rice: But they were deaf to it, and weigh- © 
 ed again while he was aboard. Yet at Mr. Harthop’s © 
 Perfwafion they promifed to ftay till 2 a Clock in © 
 the Afternoon for Captain Swan, and the reft of 
 the Men, if they would come aboard; but they — 
 fuffered no Man to go afhore, except one Wiliam — 
 Wiliams that had a wooden Leg, and another that © 
 Was a Sawyer. — : a 
 If Captain Swan had yet come aboard, he might | 
 have dafli'd all their Deligns; but he neither came 
 himfelf, as a Captain of any Prudence and Cou- | 
 rage would have done, nor fent till the time was | 
 expired. So we left Captain Swan and about 36 © 
 Men afhore in the City, and 6 or 8 that run away; | 
 and about 16 we had buried there, the moft of © 
 which died by Poifon. The Natives are very ex- 
 pert at Poifoning, and do it upon fmall Occafions : 7) 
 Nor did our Men want for giving Offence, through 
 their general Rogueries, and fometimes by dallying — 
 too familiarly with their Women, even before their © 
 Faces. Some of their Poifons are flow and linger-~ 
 ing, for we had fome now aboard who were Poi- 
 fon’d there, but died not till fome Months after. — 
 
 CHARS 
 
 
 

 
 Cal A, Bis XLV. 
 
 They depart from the River of Mindanao. Of 
 the time loft or gaind in failing round the 
 World: With a Caution to Seamen, about the 
 allowance they are to take for the difference 
 of the Suns declination. The South Coaft of 
 Mindanao. Chambongo Tows and Harbour, 
 with its Neighbouring Keys. Green Turtle. 
 Rains of a Spanifh Fort. The Weftermoft 
 point of Mindanoa. Two Proes of the Solo- 
 gues laden from Manila. Ax Ile to the Weft 
 of Sebo. Walking Canes. Ifle of Batts, very 
 large; and numerous Turtle and Manatee. A 
 dangerous Shoal. They fail by Panay be- 
 longing to the Spaniards, and others of the 
 Philippine [fands.  Ifle of Mindora. Two 
 Barks taken. A further account of the Ifle 
 Luconia, and the City and Harbour of Ma- 
 nila. Theygo of Pulo Condore to lye there. 
 The Shoals of Pracel, ec. Pulo Condore. 
 The Tar-tree. The Mango, Grape-tree. The 
 Wild or Baftard-Nutmeg. Their Animals. 
 Of the Migration of the Turtle from place to 
 place. Of the Commodious Situation of Pulo 
 Condore; zs Water, and its Cochinchinefe 
 Inhabitants, Of the Malayan Tongue, The 
 Cujtom of proftituting their Women in thefe 
 Countries, and in Guinea. The Idolatry here, 
 at’ Tunquin, and among the Chinefe Sea- 
 men, ana of a Procdfion at Fort St.George. 
 
 ? Bb 4 They 
 

 
 376 
 An.1637. 
 Yr 
 
 Cambodian Veffels. Ifles in the Bay of Siam. 
 The tight Veffels and Seamen of the Kingdom 
 
 of Champa. Storms. A Chinefe fonk from : 
 Palimbam 7# Sumatra. They come agaim-to 
 
 Pulo Condore. 4 bloody Fray with a Ma- 
 layan Vejfel. The Surgeons and the Authors 
 defires of leaving their Crew. 
 
 HE rg4th Day of January, 1687, at 3 of the 
 
 I Clock in the Afternoon, we failed from the 
 River of Afindanao, defigning to cruife before ALz- 
 wild. ; 
 
 It was during our ftay at Atizdanao, that we 
 were firft made fenfible of the change of time, in 
 the courfe of our Voyage. For having Travell’d 
 fo far Weltward, keeping the fame courfe with 
 
 the Sun, we muft confequently have gain’d fome- — 
 
 thing infenfibly in the length of, the particular 
 
 Days, but have loft in the tale, the bulk, or num-.. 
 
 ber of the Days or Hours. According to the diffe- 
 
 rent Longitudes of England and Mindanao, this 
 
 Ifle being Weft from the Lizzard, by common 
 Computation, about 210 Degrees, the difference of 
 time at our arrival. at AZizdanao ought to be about 
 14. Hours: and fo much we fhould have anticipated 
 
 - our reckoning, having gained it by bearing the 
 
 Sun company. Now the natural Day inevery par- 
 
 ticular place muft be confonant to it felf: but this — 
 
 going about with, or againft the Suns courfe, will 
 of neceflity make a difference in the Calculation of 
 
 Change of time in compalfing of the World, % 
 They refit their Ship. Two of them dye of 
 Poyfon they took at Mindanao. They take — 
 in Water, and a Pilot for the Bay of Siam. — 
 Pulo Uby, azd Point of Cambodia. Two | 
 
 Spi epi 6 hr amie: Hehe RR RO ORIN er gp TA 
 
 
 
 the civil Day between any two Places. Accord- 4 
 ingly, at AGadanao, and allother places in the Eaft- 
 
 Indies, 
 
 Fe a = a ll 
 
 
 
a ee eee tee ee eee 
 
 The neceffity of allowing for change of Time. 377 
 Indies, we found them reckoning a Day before us, 47.1687- 
 oth Nativesand Europeans, forthe Europeans com- 
 ing Eaftward by the Cape of Good Hope, ina 
 courfe contrary to the Sun and us, where-ever we 
 met they were a full Day before us in their Ac- 
 counts. §o among the Indian Mahometans here, 
 their Friday, the Day of their Sultans going to their 
 Mofques, was Thurfday with us; though it were 
 Friday alfo with thofe who came Eaftward from - 
 Europe. Yet at the Ladrone Mlands, we found the 
 Spaniards of Guam keeping, the fame computation 
 with our felves; the reafon of which I take to be, 
 that they fettled that Colony by acourfe Weitward 
 ‘from Spain; the Spamards going firlt to America, 
 and thence to the Ladrones and Philippines.’ But 
 how the reckoning was at Manila, and the reft of 
 the Spanifh Colonies in the Philippine Wands, 1 
 know not; whether they keep it as they brought 
 it, or corrected it by the Accounts of the Natives, 
 and of the Porruguefe, Dutch and Englifh, coming the 
 
 contrary way from ‘Europe. 
 
 One great reafon why Seamen ought to keep 
 the difference of time as exact as they can, is, that 
 they may be the more exaét in their Latitudes. 
 For our Tables of the Suns declination, being cal- 
 ‘culated for the Meridians of the places in which 
 they were made, differ about 12 Minutes from 
 thofe parts of the World, that lie on their oppo- 
 fite Meridians, in the Months of March and Sep- 
 ‘tember ; and in proportion to the Suns declination, 
 at other times of the Year alfo. And fhould they run | 
 farther as we did, the difference would ftill in- 
 ‘ereafe upon them, and be an occafion of great er- 
 rours. Yet even able Seamen in thefe Voyages 
 sare hardly made fenfible of this, tho’ fo necellary 
 ‘to be obferved, for want of duly attending to the 
 ireafon of it, as it happened among thofe of our 
 ~Crew ; who after we had paft 180 degrees, began 
 cae to 
 
 
 
 Pe See eee 
 

 
 378 7 
 '4n.1687.to decreafe the difference of declination, whereas 
 v™~they ought {till to have increafed it, for it all the 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 > ae 
 
 Town of Chambongo, Hand: &e, . 
 
 way increafed upon us. ue 
 
 We had the Wind at N. N.E. fair clear Wea- 
 ther, anda brisk gale. We coafted to the Weft- 
 ward, on the South fide of the Ifland of AGizdanao, 
 keeping within 4.0r 5 Leagues of the fhore. The 
 Land from hence tends away W. by S. It is ofa 
 good heighth by the Sea, and very Woody, and 
 and in the Country we faw high Hills. i 
 
 The next Day we were abreft of Chambongo; a 
 Town in this Ifland,.and 30 Leagues from the Ri- 
 ver of Mindanao. Here is faid to be a good Har=- 
 bour, and a great fettlement, with plenty of Beef 
 and Buffaloe. Itis reported that the Spaniards were 
 formerly fortified here alfo : There are 2 fhoals lie 
 off this place, 2 or 3 Leagues from the fhore. 
 From hence the Land is more low and even 
 yet there are fome Hills in the Country. . 
 
 About 6 Leagues before we came to the Weft 
 end of the Ifland Adindanao, we fell in witha 
 great many {mall low Iflands or Keys, and about 
 2 or 3 Leagues to the Southward of thefe Keys, 
 there is a long Ifland ftretching N. E. and S$, W. 
 about 12 Leagues. This Ifland is low by the Sea” 
 on the North fide, and has a ridge of Hills in the 
 middle, running from one end to the other. Be- 
 tween this Ifland and the fall Keys, there is a 
 good large Channel: Among the Keys alfo there 
 is a good depth of Water, anda violent Tide , but 
 on what point of the Compafs it flows, I know 
 not, nor how much it rifeth and falls. 
 
 The 17th Day we anchored on the Eaft fide of all 
 thefe Keys, in 8 fathom Water, cleanSand. Here 
 are plenty of green Turtle, whofe Flehh is as {weet 
 as any in the Weft-Indies: but they are very fhy. A 
 little to the Weitward of thefe Keys, on the ifland 
 Mindanao, we faw abundance of Coco-nut Trees: 
 
 | : ice Therefore 
 
 24 
 
Laan Cte 
 
 Oe oo ae 
 
 Rains of a Spanifh Fort. The Coats, &e. 3.79 | 
 Therefore we fent onr Canoa afhore, thinking to.4m1687; 
 find Inhabitants, but found none, nor fign of any ; “VW 
 ‘but great tracks of Hogs, and great Cattle, and 
 clofe by the Sea there were the Ruins of an old Fort. 
 
 The Walls thereof were of a good heighth, built 
 with Stone and Lime; and by the Workmanfhip 
 feem’d to be Spamifh. From this place the Land 
 trends W.N. W. and itis of an indifferent heighth by : 
 the Sea. It run on this point of the Compafs 4 or | 
 
 5 Leagues, and then the Land trends away N. N.W, ~ | 
 5 or 6 Leagues farther, making with many bluff 
 Points. 
 
 - We weigh’d again the 14th day, and went thro’ 
 between the Keys; but met fuch uncertain Tides, 
 that we were forced to Anchor again. The 22d 
 day we got about the Weltermoft point of all ) 
 Mindanao, and ftood to the Northward, plying 
 under the Shore, and having the Wind at N.N, E. 
 a frefh Gale. As we failed along further, we 
 found the Land to trend N. N. E. On this part 
 of the Ifland the Land is high by the Sea, with 
 | full bluff Points, and: very Woody. ‘There are 
  fome finall Sandy Bays, which afford Streams of 
 
 frefh Water. eae pees 
 -* Were we met with two Prows belonging to the 
 | Sologues, one of the Mindanaian Nations before- 
 mentioned. They came from AZanila laden with 
 _ Silks and Calicoes. We kept on this Weftern part 
 
 of theiIfland fteering Northerly, till we came a- 
 
 breft of fome other of the Philippine lands, that 
 
 lay to the Northward of us; then fteered away 
 towards them; but ftill keeping on the Weft fide 
 
 of them, and we had the Winds at N. N. E. 
 
 * The 3d of February we anchored in a good Bay 
 
 on the Weft fide of an Ifland, in Lat. 9 d. 55 min. 
 where we had 43 Fathom-water, good foft Oaze. 
 
 “This Ifland hath no Name that we could find in 
 any Book, but lieth on the Welt fide of the Ifland 
 
 Sebe. 
 
 = 
 7 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i : ' 
 An.1687. Sebo. It is about 8 or 10 Leagues long, Mountain- 
 \“V™ ous and Woody. At this place Captain Read, who 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Ifle of Batts. : 
 
 was the fame Captain Swan had fo much railed a- 
 gainft in his Journal, and was now made Captain 
 in his room (as Captain Teat was made Matter, 
 and Mr. Henry More Quartermafter) ordered the 
 Carpenters to cut down our Quarter Deck to make 
 the Ship fnug, and the fitter for Sailing. When 
 that was done we heeled her, fcrubbed her bottom 
 and tallowed it. ‘Then we fill’d all our Water, for 
 here is a delicate fmall run of Water. : 
 
 The Land was pretty low in this Bay, the 
 Mould black and fat, and the Trees of feveral 
 Kinds, very thick and tall. In fome places we 
 found plenty of Canes, fuch as we ufe in England 
 for walking Canes. Thefe were fhort jointed, not 
 above two Foot and a half, or two Foot ten Inches 
 the longeft, and moft of them not above two Foot.. 
 They run along on the Ground like a Vine; or? 
 taking hold of the Trees, they climb up to their” 
 very tops. They are 15 or 20 Fathom long, and” 
 much of a bignefs from the Root, till within 5— 
 or 6 Fathom of the end. They are of a pale green © 
 Colour, cloathed over with a Coat of a fhort thick 
 hairy Subftance, of a dun Colour, but it comes off 
 by only drawing the Cane through your Hand. We- 
 did cut many of them, and they proved very rough | 
 heavy. Canes. q 
 
 We faw. no Houfes, nor fign of Inhabitants; ~ 
 but while we lay here, there was a Canoa with 6 
 Men came into this Bay; but whither they were 
 bound, or from whence they came I know not. 
 They were Indians, and we could not underftand | 
 them. : 
 
 
 
 oe 
 
 In the middle of this Bay, about a Mile from 
 the Shore, there is a fmall, low woody Ifland, not 
 above a Mile in Circumference; our Shop rode a-_ 
 bout a mile from it. . This Ifland was. the Habita- 
 
 tion — 
 
 
 
Vaft numbers of monftrous Batts. 38r 
 tion of an incredible number of great Batts, with 40.1687. 
 Bodies as big as Ducks, or large Fowl, and with WYN) 
 waft Wings: For I faw at Atindanao one of this 
 
 fort, and I judge that the Wings ftrecht out in 
 
 length, could not be lefs afunder than 7 or 8 Foot 
 
 from tip to tip; for it was-much more than any 
 
 of us could fathom with our. Arms, extended to 
 
 the utmoft. The Wings are for Subitance like 
 
 thofe of other Bats, ‘of aun or Moufecolour. The 
 
 Skin or Leather of them hath Ribs. running along 
 
 it and draws up in 3 or 4 Folds, and at the joints 
 
 of thofe Ribs and the extremities of the Wings, 
 
 there are fharp and crooked Claws, . by which they 
 
 may hang on any thing. In:the Evening as foon 
 
 as the Sun was fet, thefe Creatures would begin 
 to take their flight from this Ifland, in fwarms 
 like Bees, direGting their flight over to the main 4 
 ‘Afland ; and whether afterwards I.know not. ‘Thus 
 we fhould fee them -rifing up from the Ifland till 
 Night hindred our fight; and.in the Morning as 
 foon as it was light, we fhould fee*them returning 
 again like a Cloud; to the fmall dfland; © till Sua 
 ruling. ‘This courfe they kept conftantly while we 
 Jey here, affording us every Morning and Evening © 
 an Hour’s Diverfion in gazing at them, and talking 
 vabout them; but our Curiofity did not prevail 
 with us to go afhore' to them; our. felves and Ca- 
 ‘noas. being all the day time taken. up in bufinefs a- 
 bout our Ship. At this Ifle alfo we found plenty 
 of Turtle and Manatee, but no Fifh. HOM 
 
 » We ftay'd here till, the roth of February, 1687. 
 and then having compleated.our Bufinefs, we failed 
 hence with the Wind at North.) But going out 
 we ftruck on a Rock, where! we lay two. Hours: 
 It was very fmooth Water, and,the ‘lide of Flood, 
 or elfe we fhould there have-loft our Ship. » We 
 ftruck off a great piece of our Rudder, which was all 
 the damage that we received, but we more narrow- 
 
 ly 
 
 
 
 
 
ere 
 
 382. Ife of Panay. Ifle of Mindora. a 
 ‘An.i 637. ly mift lofing our Ship this time, than in any other 
 WY in the whole Voyage. This is a very dangerous” 
 Shoal, becaufe it does not break, unlefs proba-— 
 bly it may appear in foul Weather. It lies about” 
 two Mile to the Weftward, without the fmall Batt 
 Ifland. Here we found the Tide of Flood fetting” 
 to = Southward, and the Ebb to the North-— 
 ward. ag 
 After we were paft this Shoal, we Coafted along 
 by the reft of the Philippine Mflands, keeping on the 
 Welt fide of them. Some of them appeared to be 
 very Mountainous dry Land. We faw many Fires 
 in the Night as we pafled by Panay, a great Ifland” 
 fettled by Spaniards, and by the Fires up and down, ~ 
 it feems to be well fettled by. them; for this is a 
 Spanifh Cuftom, whereby they give Notice of any 
 Danger or the like from Sea; and ’tis probable 
 they had feen our Ship the day before. ‘This is an” 
 unfrequented Coaft, and ’tis rare to have any Ship — 
 feen there. We touched not at Pavzay, nor any — 
 were elfe,; tho’ we faw a great many {mall Iflands — 
 to the Weftward of us, and fome Shoals, but none — 
 of them laid down-in our Draughts. j 
 The 18th day of Feb. we anchored at the N. W. 
 end of the Ifland Windora, in 10 Fathom-water, a+ 
 bout 3 quarters of a Mile from the Shore. Mindora | 
 is a large Ifland; the middle of it lyig in Lat.” 
 ¥3. about 40 Leagues long, ftretching N. W. and— 
 SE... It is High ‘and Mountainous, and not very 
 Woody. At this Place where we anchored the 
 Land was neither very high nor low. ‘There was a 
 fall ‘Brook of Water, and the Land by the Sea _ 
 was very Woody, and the Trees high and tall, but 
 a League or two farther in, the Woodsare very thin 
 and {mall. Here we faw great tracks of Hogs and 
 Beef;-and we faw fome of each, and hunted them; — 
 but they were wild, and we could kill none. : 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 f 
 
 While” 
 

 
 They cruize off Manila, — 382 
 | While we were here, there was a Canoa with 4 4.16873 
 Indians came from Manila. ‘They were very thy of “YN 
 us awhile: but at laft, hearing us fpeak Spamfh, 
 they came tous, and told us, that they were go- 
 ing to a Frier, that liv’d at an Indian Village to- 
 wards the S$. E. end of the Ifland. They toldus - 
 alfo, that the Harbour of AZanila is feldom or ne- 
 ver without 20 or 30 Sail of Veflels, moft Chinefe, 
 fome Portugueze, andfome few the Spaniards have of 
 theirown. They faid that when they had done 
 their bufinefS with the Frier they would return to 
 Manila, and hopedto be back again at this place in 
 4 Days time. ‘We told them, that we came for a 
 Trade/with the Spaniards at Manila, and fhould be 
 glad if they would carry a Letter to fome Merchant 
 there, which they promifed todo. But this was 
 only a pretence of ours, to get out of them what 
 intelligence we could as to their Shipping, Strength, 
 and the like, under colour of feeking a Trade: for 
 our bufinefs was to pillage. © Now if we had really 
 defigned'to have Traded there, this wasas fair anop- | | 
 portunity as Men could have defired: for thefe Men 
 could have brought us to the Frier that. they were } 
 going to, anda {mall Prefent to him would have 
 engaged ‘him to do any kindnefs for us in the way - J 
 of Trade: for the Spazifh Governours do not allow | 
 of it;’and we muft Trade by ftealth. | 
 “The 21ft Day we went from hence with the g 
 wind at E..N.-E. a fmall gale. ‘The 23d Day in 
 the Morning we were fair by the 'S. E. end of the 
 Ifland Luconia, the place that had been fo long de- a 
 fired: by us.. We prefently faw a ‘Sail coming from 
 the Northward, and making after her, we took her 
 in 2 Hours time: She was a Spavifh Bark, thatcame 
 _ froma place‘called Pangafatam, a {mall Town'on 
 the N. end of Lucia, asthey toldus ; probably the 
 famewith Pongaffinay, which lies on a Bay: at the 
 Ni W. fide of the Ifland. She-was bound to AZgnila, 
 a but 
 
 
 
aaeetes on) 
 
 
 
 4 A “of: i  Acanttee S Ship, : wind LIfe fl fiboia. q 
 Ans 687. but had no Goods aboard ; and therefore we turned * 
 her away. if 
 The 23d. we took another Spaajh Veflel that: 
 came from the fame place as the other. She was) 
 Jaden with Rice and Cotton-cloath, and bound for | 
 Manila alfo. Thefe Goods were purpofely for the” | 
 Acapulco Ship: the Rice was for the Men to live on: 
 while they lay there, and in their return; and the 
 Cotton-cloath was to make Sail. The Mafter of — 
 this Prize was Boatfwain of the Acapulco Ship which — 
 efcaped us at Guam, and was now at Manila. It was | 
 this Man that gave us the relation of what ftrength © 
 it had, how they were afraid of us there, and of the — 
 ) acc ident that happen’d to them, as is before men — 
 tioned_in the 10th Chapter. We took thefe two — 
 Veflels within 7 or 8 leagues of Adanila, i 
 ~ Luconia Y have fpoken ‘of already: butI fhall now. q 
 add this further account of it. Itis a great Ifland, © 
 taking up between 6 and 7 degrees of Lat. in length, | 
 and its breadthnear the middle is:about 60 leagues — 
 but..the ends are narrow. The, North end. lies in 
 about 19d. North Lat. and the S.. end in about 4 
 12,d. 30m. “This great Ifland hath abundance: of | 
 fmall Keys or Iflands, lying about it ;>efpecially at 7 
 the North end... The.South fide fronts towards the © 
 reft of the Philippine Mlands:..of thefé that are its © 
 neareft Neighbours, AZindora, lately. mentioned, ‘is 
 the chief, and gives name to the, Sea or: Streight — 
 that parts it andthe other Iflands from Luconia; bes | 
 ing called the Streights of Adindora. 4 
 The. body. of the Iland ZLuconia is compofed. of 
 many -fpacious: plain Savannahs, and large Moun» 
 tains. The North-end {eems, to be more plain and © 
 even, I-mean freer.from Hills, than-the Southend: 
 but the Land is all along of a.good height.. It-does — 
 not appear fo flourifhing and green as fome of the 
 other. Iflands in this Range 5..-efpecially that; Of 7 
 at Sales Mindanao, Batt Ifland, &c. yet in fome © 
 places © 
 

 
A Prospect- tC of ¢ I. Lucoma wears Place this at P384] | 
 z fics highest Pike bearing ‘orci : | 
 cl Vatttrcr l  ec OO 
 
 Thus the Fslands Pulo Condor appear : 
 at 8L. distance bearing ‘ 
 
 ‘ Prat Mesesr\y «\y 
 Os © a mm ATI MA (nu 
 
 Aanila, at 6L. 
 
 = 
 
 
 

 
 Ife Luconia. Manila City and Harbour. 384 
 places it is very Woody. Some of the Mountains of 47.1687. 
 this Ifland afford Gold, and the Savannahs are well “WW 
 ftockt with herds of Cattle, efpecially Buffaloes. | 
 Thefe Cattle are in great plenty all over the Eaf# 
 Indies; and therefore ’tis very probable that there 
 were many of thefe here even before the Spaniards 
 came hither. But now there are alfo plenty of o- 
 ther Cattle, as I have been told, as Bullocks, Horfes, 
 Sheep, Goats, Hogs, ¢c. brought hither by the 
 Spaniards. 
 It is pretty well inhabited with Indians, moft of 
 them, if not all, under the Spamards, who now are 
 matters of it. “The Native Zzdians do live together 
 in Towns; and they have Priefts among them to 
 inftrué them in the Spanifh Religion. ; 
 Manila, the chief, or perhaps only City, lies at 
 the foot of a ridge of high Hills, facing upon a 
 fpacious harbour near the $. W. point of the Ifland, 
 in about the Lat. of 14d. North. It is environ’d 
 with a high ftrong Wall, and very well fortify’d 
 with Forts and Breaft-works. The Houfes are large, 
 ftrongly built, and covered with Pan-tile. The 
 Streets are large, and pretty regular, witha Pa- 
 ade in the mid{ft, after the Spanifh fafhion. There 
 are a great many fair Buildings, befide Churches and 
 peer Religious houfes; of which there are not a 
 few. 
 ’ The Harbour is fo large, that fome hundreds of 
 Ships may ride here: andis never without many, 
 both of their own, and ftrangers. I have already 
 given you an account of the two Ships going and 
 Icoming between this place and Acapulco. Belides 
 ithem, they have fome fmall Veflels of their own, 
 and they do allow the Portugue/e to trade here, but 
 the Chinefe are the chiefeft Merchants, and they drive 
 Ithe greateft Trade; for they have commonly 20 or 
 )30, or 40 Jonks in the harbour ata time, and a great 
 
 many Merchants conftantly refiding in the City, 
 } Cr befide 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 388 John Fitz-Gerald a2 Irifhmad. a 
 An.1687. befide Shop-keepers, and Handy-crafts- men in a-_ 
 “ww™ bundance. Small Veflels run up near the Town, 
 but the Acapulco Ships and others of greater bur-— 
 
 then, lye a league fhort of it, where there is a 
 
 {trong Fort alfo, and Store-houfes to put Goods 
 in. 4 
 Ihad the major part of this relation 2 or 3 years” 
 after this time, from Mr. Coppinger our Surgeon 5 
 for he made a Voyage hither from Porto Nova, a 
 ‘Town on the Coatt of Coromandel, in a Portoguele 
 Ship, as I think. Here he found 10 or 12 of Cap-— 
 tain Swan’s men; fome of thofe that we left at” 
 Mindanao. For after we came from thence, they 
 brought aa Proe there, by the inftigation of an Irifh- 
 man, who went by the name of Fokn Firz-Gerrald, 
 a perfon that {poke Spanifh very well; and fo in this” 
 their Proe they came hither. They had been here” 
 but 18 months when Mr. Coppinger arrived here, and” 
 Mr. Fitz-Gerrald had in this time gotten a Spanifh 
 Multefa Woman to Wife, and a good Dowry with” 
 her. He then profefled Phyfick and Surgery, and” 
 was highly efteemed among the Spaniards for his 
 fuppofed knowledge in thofe Arts: for being al¥ 
 ways troubled with fore Shins while he was with 
 us, he kept fome Plafters and Salves by him; and 
 with thefe he fet up, upon his bare natural ftock of | 
 knowledge, and his experience in Kibes. But 
 then he had a very great ftock of confidence with= 
 al, to help out the other, and beingan Irifh Roman 
 Catholick, and having the Spanifh Language, he 
 had a great advantage of all hisConforts; and he 
 alone lived well there of them all. We were not 
 within fight of this Town, but 1 was fhewn the) 
 Hills that over-looked it, and drew a draft of! 
 them as we lay off at Sea; which I have caufed) 
 to be engraven among a few others that I took my 
 felf: See the Table. . 
 
They arrive st Pulo Condore. 
 
 hence to Pulo Condore, a little parcel of Iflands, on 
 the Coaft of Cambodia, and carry this prize with 
 us, and there careen if we could find any conye- 
 nient place for it, defigning to return hither again 
 by the latter end of day, and wait for the Aca- 
 pulco Ship that comes about that time. By our 
 Drafts (which we were guided by, being {tran- 
 
 place out of the way, where we might lye fnug 
 for a while, and wait the time of returning for 
 our Prey. For we avoided as much as we could 
 the going to lye by at any great place of Com- 
 merce, left we fhould become too much expofed, 
 and perhaps be affaulted by a Force greater than 
 our Own. | 
 
 So having fet our Prifoners afhore, we failed 
 from Luconiathe 26th Day of Feb. with the Wind 
 E. N. E. and fair Weather, anda brisk Gale. We 
 were in Lat. 14d. N. when we began to fteer away 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 way thither we went pretty near the Shoals of 
 Pracel, and other Shoals which are very dange- 
 rous. We were very much afraid of them, but 
 ‘efcaped them without fo muchas feeing them, on- 
 Ty at the very South-end of the Pracel Shoals we 
 faw 3 little fandy Iflands or fpots of Sand, ftand- 
 ing juft above Water within a Mile of us. 
 
 It was the 13th Day of AZarch before we came in 
 fight of Pulo Condore, or the Ifland Condore, as Pulo 
 fignifies. The 14th Day about Noon we Anchored 
 on the North-fide of the Ifland, againit a fandy 
 Bay 2 Mile from the Shore, in ro Fathom clean 
 hard Sand, with both Ship and Prize. Pule 
 'Condore is the principal of a heap of Iflands, and the 
 “only inhabited one of them. ‘They lye in Iat. 
 Pid. 40m. North, and about 20 Leagues South and 
 ‘ig Coe eg by 
 
 —.-:hlUCU 2 i oki Pe eee ae ee ae ee NT ee ge eee eT Ss ee ne Se ee ee 
 
 gers to thefe parts) this feemed to us then to bea . 
 
 for Pulo Condore, and we fteered S. by W. Inour © 
 
 The time of the year being now too far fpent 42.1687. 
 to do any thing here, it was concluded to fail from “Y™ 
 
iy aa ee 
 
 
 
 ‘An.4687. by Eaft from the Mouth of the River of Cambodia 
 wy Thefe Iflands lye fo near together, that at a di- 
 
 Tfes of Condore. © The Tar-tree, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ~ {tance they appear to be but one Ifland. 
 
 Two of thefe Iflands are pretty large, and of a 
 good heighth, they may be feen 14 or 15 Leagues at 
 Sea; the reft are but little Spots. The biggeft of 
 thetwo (which is the inhabited one) is about 4 or 
 5 Leagues long, and lies Eaft and Weft. It is not 
 above 3 Mile broad at the broadeft place, in moft_ 
 places not above a Mile wide. The other large 
 Iffand is about 3 Mile long, and half a Mile wide. 
 This Ifland ftretcheth N. and S. It is f 
 conveniently placed at the Weft-end of the biggef 
 Ifland, that between both there is formed a very 
 commodious Harbour. The entrance of this Har- 
 bour is on the North-fide, where the two Iflands” 
 are near a Mile afunder.~ There are 3 or 4 {mall 
 Keys, and a good deep Channel between them, 
 and the biggeft Ifland. “Towards the South-end of 
 the Harbour the two Iflands do in a manner clofe 
 up, leaving only a fall Paffage for Boats and 
 Canoas. There are no more Iflands on the North- 
 fide, but 5 or 6 on the South-fide of the great Ifland. 
 See the Table. 
 
 The Mold of thefe Iflands for the biggeft part Z 
 blackifh, and pretty deep; only the Hills are 
 fomewhat ftony. The Eaftern part of the biggeft 
 Ifland is fandy, yet all cloathed with Trees of di- 
 vers forts. The Trees do not grow fo thick as 
 have feen them in fome Places, but they are gene= 
 rally large and tall, and fit for any ufes. : 
 
 There is one fort of Tree much larger than any 
 other on this Ifland, and which I have not feen 
 any whereelfe. It is about 3 or 4 Foot Diameter 
 in the Body, from whence is drawn a fort of clam= 
 my Juice, which being boiled a little becomes. per= 
 fect Tar; and if you boil it much it will becomé 
 hard as Pitch, It are be put to either ufe, we 
 
 ufed 
 

 
 
 
 | Mangoes. ‘Achar of Several Siar . 
 
 39% 
 
 ufed it both ways, and found it to be very fervice- 4n.1687: 
 
 able. The way that they get this Juice, is by cut- 
 ting a great gap horizontally in the Body of the 
 Tree half through, and about a Foot from the 
 Ground; and then cutting the upper part of the 
 Body aflope inwardly downward, till in the mid- 
 dle of the Tree it meet with the traverfe cutting 
 or plain. In this plain horizontal femicircular 
 ftump, they make a hollow like a Bafon that may 
 contain a Quart or two. Into this hole the Juice 
 which drains from the wounded upper part of the 
 
 Tree falls; from whence you mult empty it every 
 
 day. It will run thus for fome Months, and then 
 dry away, and the Tree will recover again. 
 The Fruit-trees that Nature hath beftowed on 
 
 thefe Ifles are Mangoes; and Trees bearing a fort . 
 
 of Grape, and other Trees bearing a kind of wild 
 or baftard Nutmegs. Thefe all grow wild in the 
 Woods, and in very great plenty. 
 
 The Mangoes here grow on Trees as big as Ap- 
 ple-trees: Thofe at Fort St. George are not fo large. 
 The Fruit of thefe is as big as a fmall Peach; but 
 long and fimaller towards the top: It is ofa yellow- 
 ifh colour when Ripe; it is very juicy, and of a 
 pleafant finell, and delicate tafte. When the Mango 
 is young, they cut them in two pieces, and pickle 
 them with Salt and Vinegar, in which they put fome 
 Cloves of Garlick. This isan excellent Sawce, and 
 much efteemed; it is called Mango-Achar. Achar,} 
 prefime, fignifies Sawce. They make in the Eaff-In- 
 dies, ef{pecially at Siam and Pegu, feveral forts of 
 Achar, as of the young tops of Bamboes, ec. Bam- 
 bo-Achar and Mango--Achar are moft ufed. The 
 
 Mangoes were Ripe when we were there, (as were 
 -alfo the reft of thefe Fruits) and they have then 
 
 fo delicate a Fragrancy, that we could {mell them 
 out in the thick Woods if we had but the wind of 
 them, while we-were a good way from them, and 
 Go 3. could 
 

 
 Wild Grape-tyee. : Wild Nutmeg. | } 
 
 An.1687. could not fee them; and we generally found them 
 Wy~jout this way. Mangoes are common in many 
 
 Places of the Eaff-Indies ; but I did never know any 
 grow wild only at this Place. “Thefe, though not 
 fo big as thofe I have feen at Achin and at Maderas, 
 or Fort St. George, are yet every whit as pleafant as 
 the beft fort of their Garden Mangoes. : 
 
 The Grape-tree grows with a ftrait Body, of a 
 Diameter about a Foot or more, and hath but few — 
 Limbs or Boughs. The Fruit grows in Clufters, — 
 all about the Body of the Tree, like the Jack, Du-— 
 rian, and Cacao Fruits. There are of them both © 
 red and white. They are much like fuch Grapes as” 
 grow on our Vines, both in fhape and colour; and — 
 they are of a very pleafant Winy tafte.: I never ~ 
 faw thefe but on the two biggeft of thefe Iflands 5 
 the reft had no Tar-trees, Mango’s, Grape-trees, — 
 nor Wild Nutmegs. 
 
 The Wild Nutmeg-tree is as big as a Walnut~ — 
 tree ; but it does not fpread fo much.” ‘The Boughs © 
 are grofs, and the Fruit grows among the Boughs, — 
 as the Wallnut, and other Fruits. This Nutmeg — 
 is much fimaller than the true Nutmeg, and longer — 
 alfo. It is inclofed with a thin Shell, and‘a fort of 
 Mace, encircling the Nut, within the Shell. This — 
 baftard Nutmeg is fo much like the true Nutmeg © 
 in fhape, that at our firft arrival here we thought 
 it to be the true one; but it has no manner of finell 
 nor tafte. 
 
 The Animals of thefe Iflands are fome Hogs, 
 Lizards, and Guanoes; and fome of thofe Crea-~ 
 tures mentioned in Chap. XI. which are-like, but © 
 much bigger than the Guano. i 
 
 Here are many forts of Birds, as Parrots, Para- 
 kites, Doves and Pigeons. Here are alfo a fort of © 
 wild Cocks and Hens: They are much like our tame_ 
 Fowl of that kind, but a great deal lef&, for they © 
 are about the bignefs of a Crow. The Cocks do™ 
 ; crow 
 
 
 
 
 
Of the Turtles moving from Sea to Sea. 3.93 
 crow like ours, but much more fmall and fhrill; 4z.1687. 
 and by their crowing we do firft find them out inwYWWI 
 the Woods, where we fhoot them. ‘Their flefh is 
 very white and {weet. ; on ee 
 
 There are a great many Limpits and Mutcles, 
 and plenty of green Turtle. : 
 
 ' And upon this mention of Turtle again, I think 
 it not amifs to add fome reafons to ftrengthen the 
 opinion that I have given concerning thefe Cra- 
 
 tures removing from place to place. I have faid in 
 Chapter sth, that they leave their common feeding 
 places, and go to places a great way from thence 
 
 to lay, as particularly to the Ifland Afcention. Now 
 I have difcourfed with fome fince that Subject was 
 printed, who are of opinion, that when the lay- 
 ing time is over, they never go from thence, but 
 lye fome where in the Sea about the Ifland, which 
 I think.is very improbable: for there can be no . 
 food for them there, as I could foon make appear ; 
 
 /as particularly from hence, that the Sea about the 
 Ifle of Afcention is fo deep as to admit of no anchor- 
 ing but at one place, where there is no fign of 
 Grafs: and we never bring up with our founding 
 Lead any Grafs or Weeds out of very deep Seas, 
 but Sand or the like only. But if this be granted, . 
 that there is food for them, yet I have a great deal 
 of reafon to believe that the Turtle go from 
 hence; for after, the laying time you fhall never 
 fee them, and where-ever Turtle are, you will fee 
 them rife, and hold their Head above water to 
 breath, once in 7 or 8 minutes, or at longeft in 
 10 or 12. And if any man does but confider,how 
 Fifh take their certain feafons of the year to go 
 from one Sea to another, this. would not feem 
 ftrange,; even Fowls alfo having their feafons to 
 remove from one place to another. 
 
 Thefe Iflands are pretty well watered with 
 {mall Brooks of frefh Water, that run flulh inta” 
 ; OCia af the 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 The convenient Site of Pulo Condore. 
 
 Wa1687. the Sea for 10 Mouths in the Year. The latter 
 
 end of March they begin to dry away, and in 
 April you fhall have none in the Brooks, but what 
 is lodged in deep Holes; but you may dig Wells in 
 fome places. In May, when the Rain comes, the 
 Land is again replenifhed with Water, and the 
 Brooks run out into the Sea. : 
 
 Thefe Iflands lye very commodionfly in the way 
 to and from Japan, China, Manila, Tunqun, Co= 
 chinchina, and in general all this moft Eafterly vq 
 Coaft of the Indian Continent; whether you go 
 through the Streights of Malacca or the Streights i 
 of Sunda, between Sumarra and Fava : and one of 7 
 them you muft pafSinthe common way from Ez-_ 
 rope, or other parts of the Eaft Indies; unlefs you — 
 mean to fetch a great compafs round moft of the | 
 Eaft India Vlands, as we did. Any Ship in diftrefS 
 may be refrefhed and recruited here very conve-_ 
 niently ; and befides ordinary Accommodations, be © 
 furnifhed with Mafts, Yards, Pitch and Tar. It i 
 might alfo be a convenient Place to ufher in a 
 Commerce with the Neighbouring Country of 
 Cochinchina, and Forts might be built to fecure a _ 
 Factory ; particularly at the Harbour , which is 
 capable of being well Fortified. This place there-~ 
 fore being upon all thefe Accounts fo valuable, and ~ 
 withal {0 little known, I have here inferted a draft 
 of it, which I took during our ftay there. 3 
 
 The Inhabitants of this Ifland are by Nationl 
 Cochinchinefe, as they told us, for one of them {pake — ; 
 g00d Malayan: which Language we learnt a finat- ~ 
 . tering of, and fome of us fo as to {peak it pretty i 
 well while we lay at Adindanao, and this is the com- © 
 mon Tongue of Trade and Commerce (though it 
 be not in feveral of them the Native eee 
 _ in moft of the Eaft India Mlands, being the Lingua” 
 Franca, as it were, of thefe parts. I believe’tis the i 
 vulgar Tongue at Adalacca, Sumatra, Java, and~ 
 
 Borneo,” 
 
 
 

 
 The Inhabitants. Proftituting of Women. 395 
 Borneo; but at Celebes, the Philippine Ilands and the An.1687: 
 Spice Iflands, it feems borrowed for the carrying on ~WN2 
 of Trade. | a 3 
 The Inhabitants of Pulo Condore are but a fmall 
 People in Stature, well enough fhaped, and of a 
 darker Colour than the Atindanayans. They are ? 
 pretty long Vifaged, their Hair is black and ftraight, 
 their Eyes are but fmall and black, their Nofes of 
 a mean bignefs and pretty high, their Lips thin, 
 their Teeth white, and little Mouths. They are 
 very civil People, but extraordinary Poor. . Their 
 chiefeft Imployment is to draw the Juice of thofe 
 Trees that I have defcribed, to make Tar. They 
 preferve it in wooden Troughs, and when they 
 have their Cargo, they tranfport it to Cochinchina, 
 their Mother-Country. Some others of them im- 
 ploy themfelves to catch Turtle, and boil up their 
 Fat to Oil, which they alfotranfport home. Thefe 
 People have great large Nets, with wide Mafhes 
 to catch the Turtle. The Famaica Turtles have 
 fuch; and I did never fee the like Nets but at Fz- 
 _maica and here. 
 
 They are fo free of their Women, that they 
 would bring them aboard, and offer them to us, 
 and many of our Men hired them for a fmall mat- 
 ter. This is a Cuftom ufed by feveral Nations in 
 the Eajt-Indies, as at Pegu, Siam, Chocinchina, and 
 Cambodia, as I have been told. It is ufed at Tunquin 
 alfo to my Knowledge, for I did afterward make a 
 Voyage thither, and moft of our Men had Women 
 aboard all the time of our abode there. In Africa, 
 alfo, on the Coaft of Guinea, our Merchants, Fa- 
 ctors, and Seamen that refide there, have their 
 black Miffes. It is accounted a piece of Policy to 
 do it, for'the chief Factors and Captains of Ships 
 have the great Mens Daughters offered them, the 
 Mandarins or Noblemens at Tunquin, and even the 
 King’s Wives in Guinea; and by this fort of Alliance 
 
 | the 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(396 ~=—«.-— An Idol Temple, Chinefe Idols. 7 
 42.1687. the Country people are ingaged to a greater friend- _ 
 | &AV™ fhip: And if there fhould arife any difference about 
 
 Trade, or any thing elfe, which might provoke 
 
 the Natives to feek fome treacherous revenge, ( to 
 which all thefe Heathen Nations are very prone) _ 
 than thefe Dalilabs would certainly declare it to 
 their white friends, and fo hinder their Country- 
 mens defigns. i 
 _Thefe People are Idolaters : but their manner of — 
 Worthip I know not. , There are afew {cattering 
 Houfes and Plantations on the great Ifland, and a — 
 fmall Village on the South fide of it; where there ~ 
 is a little Idol Temple, and an Image of an Ele-~ 
 phant, about 5 foot high, and in bignefS propor- _ 
 tionable, placed on one fide of the Temple; and a 
 Horfe, not fo big, placed on the other fide of it; 
 both ftanding with their Heads towards the South. 
 The Temple it felf was low and ordinary, built of — 
 
 Wood, and thatched, like one of their Houfes; 
 which are but very meanly. ; 
 The Images of the Horfe and the Elephant were © 
 the moft general Idols that I obferv’d in the Tem-_ 
 ples of Tuaquin, when | travell’d there. There 
 were other Images alfo, of Beafts, Birds, and Fih. — 
 I do not remember I faw any humane fhape there; — 
 nor any fuch mon{trous Reprefentations as I have 
 feen among the Chinefe. Where-exer the Chinefe Sea-~ 
 menor Merchants come (and they are very numerous © 
 all over thefe Seas) they have always hideous Idols on © 
 board their Jonks or Ships, with Altars, and Lamps ~ 
 burning before them. Thefe Idols they bring a-~ 
 fhore with them: and befide thofe they have in- 
 common, every Man hath one in his own Houfe. 7 
 Upon fome particular folemn days I have feen” 
 their Bonzies, or Priefts, bring whole arm-fulls of - 
 painted Papers, and burn them with a great deal” 
 a of Ceremony, being very careful to let no piece” 
 e{cape them. The fame day they kill’d a Gon { 
 which: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A Proceffion of the Idolaters at Maderas. 397 
 which had been-purpofely Fatting a Month before; 47.1687. 
 this they offer or prefent before their Idol, and ; 
 then drefs it and feaft themfelves with it. I have 
 feen them do this in Tumquin, where I have at the 
 fame time been invited to their Feafts; and at Bay- 
 couli, in the ille of Sumatra, they fent a Shoulder of 
 ‘the Sacrific’d Goat to the Englifh, who eat of it, 
 and ask’d me to do fo too; but I refufed. 
 
 When I was at Maderas, or Fort St. George, 1 took 
 notice of a great Ceremony ufed for feveral Nights 
 fucceflively by the Idolaters inhabiting the Suburbs: 
 
 Both Men and Women (thefe very well clad) in a 
 
 great multitude went in folemn Proceffion with 
 
 lighted Torches, carrying their Idols about with 
 
 them. I knew not the meaning of it. I obferv’d 
 
 fome went purpofely carrying Oy] to fprinkle into 
 
 the Lamps, to make them burn the brighter. They 
 
 began their Round about a 11 aClock at Night, and 
 having Paced it gravely about the Streets till 2 or 3 a 
 a Clock in the Morning, their Idols were carry’d 
 with much Ceremony into the Temple by the 
 Chief of the Proceffion, and fome of the Women I 
 faw enter the Temple, particularly. Their Idols 
 were different from thofe of Tunquin, Cambodia, &c. 
 being in hnmane Shape. 
 
 I have faid already that we arrived at thefe 
 Iflands the 14th day of March, 1687. The next day 
 we fearched about for a place to Careen in; and 
 the 16th day we entered the Harbour, and imme- 
 diately provided to Careen. Some Men were fet to 
 fell great Trees to faw into Plank; others went to 
 unrigging the Ship; fome made a Houfe to put our 
 Goods in, and for the Sail-maker to work in. The 
 Country People reforted to us, and brought us of 
 the Fruits of the Ifland, with Hogs, and fometimes 
 Turtle, for which they received Rice in exchange, 
 which we had a Ship load of, taken at AZazila. We 
 bought of them alfo a good quantity of their 
 e pitchy 
 
 ree at 
 
 
 
 
 
 | 
 . 
 | 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 398 
 4n.1687.pitchy Liquor, which we boyled, and ufed about. 
 t#v™Jour Ship’s bottom. We mixed it firft with Lime, 
 
 - Poifoned at Mindanao, they told us of it, when they — 
 
 ' Spouts-or Troughs. We convey’d fome of it thus” 
 
 
 
 Two Men poyfoned at Mindanao, dye here. 
 
 which we made here; and it made an excellent 
 Coat, and ftuck on very well. 
 We ftaid in this Harbour from the 16th day of 
 March till the 16th of April; in which time we 
 made a new Suit of Sails of the Cloath that was 
 taken inthe Prize. We cut a {pare Main-top-maft, 
 and fawed Plank to fheath the Ship’s bottom; for 
 fhe was not fheathed all over at Mindanao, and.that_ 
 old Plank that was left on then we now ript off, 
 and clapt on new. 4 
 While we lay here 2 of our Men dycd, who were 
 
 found themfelves Poifon’d, and had lingered ever 
 fince. ‘They were open’d by our Doétor, accord-_ 
 ing to their own -Requeft before they died, and 
 their Livers were black, light and dry, like pieces _ 
 of Cork. q 
 Our Bufinefs being finifhed here, we left the 
 Spamifh Prize taken at Manila, and moft of the Rice, 
 taking out enough for our felves, and on the 17th 
 day we went from hence to the place where we 
 firft Anchored, on the the North fide of the great 
 Ifland, purpofely to water; for there was a great — 
 ftream, when we firft came to the Ifland, and we — 
 thought it was fo now. But we found it dried Up, 
 only it ftood in holes, 2 or 3 Hogfheads, or a Tun 
 in a hole: Therefore we did immediately cael 
 Bamboos, and made Spouts, through which we j 
 conveyed the Water down to the Sea-fide; by ta-_ 
 
 king it up in Bowls, and pouring it into thefe— 
 
 near half a Mile. While we were filling our Was 
 ter, Captain Read engaged an old Man, one of the 
 Inhabitants of this Ifland, the fame, who, I faid, 
 could fpeak the Adaylayan Language, to be his. Pilot” 
 to the Bay of Siam; for he had often been telling” 
 US, | 
 
Pulo Uby. > ie 
 us, that he was well acquainted there, and that he 42.1687. 
 knew fome Iflands there, where there were Fifher- WW 
 men lived, who he thought could fupply us with 
 Salt-fifh to eat at Sea, for we had nothing but Rice 
 to eat. The Eafterly Monfoon was not yet done; 
 therefore it was concluded to {pend fome time 
 there, and then take the advantage of the begin- 
 ning of the Weftern Monfoon, to return to ALanila 
 again. 
 oThe 21ft Day of April 1687, we failed from Pulo 
 Condore, directing our courfe W. by S. for the Bay 
 of Siam. We had fair Weather and a fine moderate 
 gale of Wind at E. N. E. P 
 The 23d Day we arrived at Pulo Uby, or the 
 Ifland Uby. This Iflandis about 40 Leagues to the 
 Weltward of Pulo Condore; it lies juft at the en- ’ 
 trance of the Bay of Siam, at the S. W. point of 
 Land, that makes the Bay; namely, the point of 
 Cambodia. This Ifland is about 7 or 8 Leagues 
 round, and it is higher Land than any of Pulo Con- 
 dore ifles. Againft the South Eaft part of it there 
 is a {mall Key , about a Cables length from the 
 main Ifland.. This Pulo Uby is very woody, and it 
 has good Water on the North-fide, where you may 
 anchor; but the beft anchoring is on the Eaft-fide 
 againft a fmall Bay ; then you will have the little | 
 Ifland to the Southward of you | 
 At Puleo Uby we found two fmall Barks laden © 
 with Rice. They belonged to Cambodia, from 
 whence they came not above two or three Days 
 before, and they touched here to fill Water. Rice 
 is the general Food of all thefe Countries, there- 4 
 fore it is tranfported by Sea from one Country to | 
 another, as Corn-in thefe parts of the World. 
 For in fome Countries they produce more than { 
 enough for themfelves, and fend what they can | 
 {pare to thofe places where there is but little. 
 
 
 
 This 
 
a a cia 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ~ 400 The Seamen of Champa. ’ 
 4n.1687, The 24th Day we went into the Bay of Siam: 
 | SYN This isa large deep Bay, of which and of this” 
 q Kingdom I hall at prefent {peak but little, becanfe 
 I defign a more particular account of all this Coaft, 
 to wit, of Tunquin, Cochinchina, Siam, Champa, 
 Cambodia, and Malacca, making all the moft 
 Eafterly part of the Continent of Afiz, lying South” 
 of China; but to do it in the Courfe of this Voy-— 
 age, would too much fwell this Volume, and I 
 fhall chufe therefore to give a feparate Relation of 
 what I know or have learnt of them, together” 
 with the Neighbouring parts of Sumatra, Fova, &c. 
 
 where I have {pent fome time. 
 
 We run down into the Bay of Siam, tll we came: 
 to the Iflands that our Pwlo Condore Pilot told us~ 
 of, which lye about the middle of the Bay, but” 
 as good a Pilot as he was, he run us aground ; yet — 
 we had no damage. Captain Read went afhore at — 
 thefe Iflands, where he found a fmall Town of 
 Fifhermen, but they had no Fifh to fell, and fo we 
 returned empty. 
 
 We had yet fair Weather, and very little Wind; — 
 fo that being often becalmed, ‘we were till the ~ 
 13th Day of May before we got to Pulo Uby again. ~ 
 There we found two finall Veffels at an Anchor” 
 on the Eaft fide: They were laden with Rice and” 
 Laquer, which is ufed in Japaning of Cabinets.” 
 One of thefe come from Champa, bound to the 
 Town of Malacca, which belongs to the Dutch,” 
 who took it from the Portuguefe: and this fhews ~ 
 that they have a Trade with Champa. ‘This was a~ 
 very pretty neat Veffel, her bottom very clean and © 
 curioufly coated, fhe had about 40 Men all armed © 
 with Cortans, or broadSwords, Lances, and fome © 
 Guns, that went with a fwivel upon their Gun- 
 nal. They were of the Idolaters, Natives of Cham- 
 pa, and fome of the briskeft, moft-fociable, with-~ 
 out fearfulnef$ or fhynef$, andthe moft neat and = 
 
 | ( dextrous 7 
 
 4 
 we 
 te 
 
 ee 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 A ‘onk from Palimbam or Sumatra. 40% 
 dextrous about their Shipping, .of any fiuch I 4n.1697. 
 
 “have met with in all my Travels. The other WYN 
 Veflel came from the River of Cambodia, and was 
 
 bound towards the Streights of Adalacca. Both of 
 
 them ftopt here, for the Wefterly winds now began 
 
 to blow, which were againft them, being fome- 
 
 what bleated. 
 
 We anchored alfo on the Eaft fide, intending 
 to fill Water. While we lay here we had very 
 violent Wind at S. W. and a ftrong current fet- 
 ting right to Windward. ‘The fiercer the Wind 
 blew the more ftrong the current fet againft it. 
 This ftorm lafted till the 20th day, and then it 
 began to abate. 
 
 The 21ft day of Afzy we went back from > 
 hence towards Pulo Condore. In our way we over- 
 took a great Jonk that came from Palimbam, a 
 Town on the Ifland Sumatra: She was full laden 
 ‘with Pepper which they bought there, and was — 
 Bound to Siam, but it blowing fo hard, fhe was 
 afraid to venture into that Bay, and therefore 
 came to Pulo Condore with us, where we both an- 
 chored A4ay the 24th. This Veflel was of the 
 Chinefe make, full of little Rooms or Partitions 
 like our Well-boats, I fhall deftribe them ‘in the 
 next Chapter. The men of this Jonk told us, that 
 the Englifh were fettled on the Ifland Sumatra, at 
 a place called Sillabar, and the firft knowledge we 
 had that the Exglifh had any fettlement on Sumatra 
 was from thefe. 
 
 _ When we came to an anchor, we faw a fimall 
 Bark at an anchor near the fhoar; therefore Cap- 
 tain Read fent a Canoa aboard her, to know 
 from whence they came; and fuppofing that it 
 Was a Malaya Veflel, he ordered the men not to 
 go aboard, for they are accounted defperate Fel- 
 lows, and their Veflels are commonly full of men, 
 who all-wear Creflets, or little Daggers by their 
 
 fides, 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 402 A bloody Fray with a Malayan Veffel. 
 An.1687. fides. The Canoas Orew, not minding the Cap- 
 UV™ tains orders, went aboard, all but one man that 
 
 ftay’d in the Canoa. The A4alayans, who were 
 
 a about 20 of them, feeing our men all armed, 
 nm thought that they came to take their Veflel: 
 therefore at once, ona fignal given, they drew 
 out their Creflets, and ftabbed 5 or 6 of our men 
 
 before they knew what the matter was. The 
 
 reft of our men lept over board, fome into the 
 / Canoa, and fome into the Sea, and fo got away. 
 4 Among the reft, one Daniel Wallis leapt into the — 
 ‘Sea, who could never {wim before nor fince; yet 
 now he fwam very well, a good while before he 
 was taken up. When the Canoas came aboard, ~ 
 Captain Read manned two Canoas, and went to be — 
 revenged on the A4alayans;, but they feeing -him™ 
 coming, did cuta hole in their Veflels bottom, and — 
 went afhore in their Boat. Captain Read followed — 
 them, but they run into the Woods and hid them- — 
 
 felves. Here we ftayed ten or eleven days, for it 
 blew very hard all the time. While we ftay’d~ 
 here, Herman Coppinger our Surgeon went afhore, ~ 
 intending to live here: but Captain Read fent 
 fome men to fetch him again. I had the fame — 
 thoughts, and would have gone afhore too, but” 
 waited for a more convenient place. For neither — 
 he nor I, when we were laft on board at Mindanao, — 
 had any knowledge of the Plot that was laid to ~ 
 leave Captain Swan, and run away with the Ship; ~ 
 and, being fufficiently weary of this mad Crew, | 
 we were willing to give them the {lip at any place © 
 from whence we might hope to get a paflage to 
 an Englifh Factory. ‘There was nothing elfe of © 
 moment happened while we ftay’d here. 3 
 
 
 
 cal Ke 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CHAP. 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CHAP. XV. 
 
 They leave Pulo Condore, defigning for Mahi- 47.1687. 
 la, but are driven off from thence, and from “¥™ 
 the Ifle of Prata, by the Winds, and brought 
 upon the Coaft of China. fe of St. John, 
 on the Coaft of the Province of Canton ; its 
 Soil and Productions, China Hogs, &c. The 
 Inhabitants; and of the 'Vartars forcing the 
 Chinefe to cat off their Hair. Their Habits, 
 and the little Feet of their Women, China- 
 ware, China-roots; Tea, Gc. A Village at 
 St. John’s Iland, and of their Husbanday of 
 their Rice. A Story of a Chinefe Pagoda, 
 or Idol-Temple, and Image. Of the China 
 Fonks , and their Rigging. They leave St. 
 John’s and the Coaft of China. -A moft oat- 
 vagious Storm. Corpus Sant, 4 Light, or 
 Meteor appearing in Storms. The Pifcadores, 
 or Fifhers [lands near Formofa: A Tartas 
 rian Garrifon, and Chinefe Town on one of 
 thefe Iflands. They anchor in the Harbour 
 near the Tartars Garrifon, and treat with the 
 Governor. Of Amoy iz the Province of Fos 
 
 ’ kieu, azd Macao 2 Chinefe azd Portuguefe 
 Town near Canton in China. The Habits 
 
 - of a Tartarian Officer and his Retinue. Their 
 Prefents, excellent Beef. Sameiu, 4 fort of 
 
 _ Chinefe Arack, and Hocciu a kind of Chi- 
 
 nefe Mum, and the Fars it is bottled in. Of 
 
 the Ifle of Formofa; and the five Ifands; to 
 Dd whieh 
 
 
 

 
 An.1687. 
 
 ’’ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 404 
 
 _ Sagar-cane Drink, . Of their Language and 
 
 Husbandry. Their Manners, Entertainments, 
 and Traffick, Of the Ships fir ft Entercourfe | 
 _ off by a violent-Storm, and reurn. The Na-- 
 
 Crew. difcouraged. by thofe Storms, quit their \ 
 defign of Cruifing off Manila for the Aca- 
 
 - py 
 
 bluitring hard Winds lafted, we took the firft oe 
 portunity of a fettled Gale to Sail towards AZanila. 
 Accordingly June the 4th, 1687. we loofed from 
 
 Their Departure from Pulo Condore. 
 which they give the Names of Orange, Mon- 
 mouth, Grafton, Bafhee, azd Goat-Iflands, 
 am general, the Bathee Iflands.. .A Digrefion 
 concerning the different depths of the Sea near 
 high or low Lauds. The Soil, &c. as befores 
 The Soil, Fruits, and Animals of thefe Iflands.” 
 The Inhabitants and their Cloathing. Rings 
 of a yellow Metal like Gold. Their Houfes 
 built ow remarkable Precipices. Their Boats” 
 and Employments.. Their Food, of Goat Skins,” 
 Entrails, &c. Parcht Locujts.. Bafhee, or” 
 
 Original, Lauuces and Buffaloe Coats. No 
 Idols, nor civil Form of Government. A~ 
 joung Man buried alive by them; [uppofed to 
 be for Theft. Their Wives and Children, and 
 
 with thefe People, and Bartering with them. 
 Lheir Courfe. among the Ilands; their tay’ 
 there, and provifion to depart. They are i Ne 
 
 tives Kindnefs to.6 of them left behind. The 
 
 
 
 pulco Ship, and’tzs refolved to fetch a Com= 
 
 ‘s to Cape Comorin, .and_fo for the. Red=" 
 >= ‘WO ui Naa : 
 “J Aving fill’d our Water, cut our Wood, and ) 
 » A got our Ship in a Sailing ‘pofture; while the” 
 
 Pula” 
 
 
 
Shoals of Pracel. Ifles and Rocks of Plata. 405 
 Pulo Condore, with the Wind at S. W. fair Weather 4.1687. - 
 at a brisk gale. The Pepper Jonk bound to Siam 
 remained there, waiting for an Eafterly Wind; but 
 one of his Men, a kind ofa baftard Portuguefe, came 
 aboard our Ship, and was entertained for the fake of 
 his knowledge in the feveral Languages of thefe 
 Countries. The Wind continued in the S. W. but 24. 
 Hours, ora little more, and then came about to 
 the North, and then to the N. E.; and the Sky 
 
 became exceeding clear. Then the Wind came 
 at Eaft, and lafted’ betwixt E. and S.E. for 8 or 19 
 Days. Yet we continued plying to Windward, 
 expecting every Day a fhift of Wind, becaufe thefe 
 Winds were not according to the Seafon of the 
 Year. | 
 ’ We were now afraid left the Currents might de- 
 ceive us, and carry us on the Shoals of Pracel, which 
 were near us, a little to the N. W. but we pafled 
 onto the Eaftward, without feeing any fign of 
 them; yet we were kept much to the Northward 
 of our intended courfe : and the Eafterly Winds 
 fill continuing, we defpaired of getting to AZanila; 
 and therefore began to project fome new defign; 
 and the refult was, to vifit the Ifland Prata, about 
 the Lat. of 20 Deg. 40 Min. North; and not far 
 from us at this time. geet - 
 “Tt is a fmall low Ifland, environed’with Rocks 
 clear round it, by report. It lyeth fo in the way 
 between A4Zamila and Canton, the head of a Province, 
 and a Town of great Trade in Chia, that the Chi- 
 mefe do dread the Rocks about it, more than the 
 ee did formerly dread Bermuda : for many of 
 their Jonks coming from AZanila have been loft 
 there, and with abundance of Treafurre in them; _ 
 as we were informed by all the Spamiards that ever 
 we converft with inthefe parts. ‘They told us alfo, 
 that in thefe Wrecks moft of the Men were 
 drowned, and that the Chinefe did never go thi- 
 Zz 
 
 
 
 ther 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4.1687. ther to take uponany of the Treafure that was loft 
 ~ &/Y™ there, for fear of being loft themfelves. But the 
 
 St. John’s T/land on the Coajt of China. 4 
 
 danger of the place did not daunt us; for we were 
 refolved to try our Fortunes there, if the Winds 
 would permit; and we did beat for it 5 or 6 Days: 
 but at laft were forced to leave that Defign alfo for 
 want of Winds; for the S. E. Winds Sacer a 
 forced us on the Coaft of China. . 
 It was the 25th Day of Sune when we made the 
 Land; and running in towards the Shore we came 
 to an Anchor the fame Day, on the N.E. end of 
 St. Fohn’s Ifland. i 
 This Ifland is in Lat. about 22 d. 30 min. North, 
 lying on the S. Coaft of the Province of Quantung 
 or Canton in China. It is of an indifferent heighth, 
 and pretty plain, and the Soil fertile enough. It 
 is partly woody, partly Savannahs or Pafturage for. 
 Cattle ; and there is fome moift arable Land for 
 Rice. The skirts or outer part of the Ifland, efpes 
 cially that part of it which borders on the mai 
 Sea, is woody: The middle part of it is good thick 
 grafly Pafture, with fome Groves of Trees; and 
 that which is cultivated Land is low wet Land, 
 yielding plentiful Crops of Rice ,; the only Grain 
 that I did fee here. The tame Cattle which this 
 Ifland affords, are China Hogs, Goats, Buffaloes, 
 and fome Bullocks. The Hogs of this Ifland are 
 all black ; they have but {mall Heads, very fhort 
 thick Necks, great Bellies, commonly touching the 
 Ground, and fhort Legs. They Eat but little Food; 
 yet they are moft of them very fat; probably be= 
 caufe they Sleep much. The tame Fowls aré 
 Ducks, and Cocks and Hens. I faw no wild Fowl 
 but a few finall Birds. b 
 The Natives of this Ifland are Chinefe. They are 
 fubje& to the Crown of China, and confequently 
 at this time to the Tartars. The Chinefe in general 
 are tall, ftrait-bodied, raw-boned Men. They 
 are 
 

 
 
 
 The Chinefe compelled to cut their Hair. 
 
 are long Vifaged, and their Foreheads are high ; 47.1687: 
 but they have little Eyes. Their Nofes are pretty “YN 
 
 large, with a rifing in the middle. Their Mouths 
 are of a mean fize, pretty thin Lips. They are 
 of an afhy Complexion; their Hair is black, and 
 their Beards thin and long, for they pluck the Hair 
 out by the roots, fuffering only fome few very 
 jong ftraggling Hairs to grow about their Chin in 
 which they take great pride, often combing them, 
 and fometimes tying them up ina knot, and they 
 have fuch Hairs too growing down from each fide 
 of their upper Lip like Whiskers. The ancient 
 Chinefe were very proud of the Hair of their Heads, 
 Jetting it grow very long, and ftroking it back 
 with their Hands curioufly, and then winding the 
 plats all together round a Bodkin, thruft through 
 it at the hinder part of the Head; and both Men 
 and Women did thus. But when the Tartars con- 
 quer’d them, they broke them of this cuftom they 
 were fond of, by main force; infomuch that they 
 refented this impofition worfe than their fubjecti- 
 on, and rebelled upon it: but being ftill worfted, 
 were forc’d to acquiefce; and to this day they 
 follow the fafhion of their Mafters the Tartars, and 
 fhave all their Heads, only referving one lock, which 
 fome tye up, others let it hang down toa great 
 or fmall length as they pleafe. The Chinefe in 
 other Countries {till keep their old cuftom, but if 
 any of the Chinefe is found wearing long: Hair in 
 China, he forfeits his Head ; and many of them 
 have abandoned their Country to preferve their 
 liberty of wearing their Hair, as 1 have been told 
 by themfelves. | 
 The Chinefe have no Hats, Caps, or Turbans ; 
 but when they walk abroad, they carry a finall 
 Umbrello in their Hands , wherewith they fence 
 their Head from the Sun or the Rain, by holding 
 it over their Heads. If they walk but a little way, 
 a Dd 3 they 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 An. 1687. they carry only a large Fan made of Paper, or 
 WYN Silk, of the fame fafhion as thofe our Ladies have, 
 
 The Chinefe Womens little Feet. " 
 
 and many of them are brought over hither; one of 
 thefe every Man carries in his Hand if he do but 
 crofs the Street, skreening his Head with it, if he 
 hath not an Umbrello with him. t 
 The common Apparel of the Men, is a loofe 
 Frock and Breeches. They feldom wear Stock- 
 ings, but they have Shoes, or a fort of Slippers ra- 
 ther. The Mens Shoes are made diverfly: The | 
 Women have very {mall Feet, and confequently 
 but little Shoes , for from their Infancy their Feet 
 are kept fwathed up with Bands, as hard as they” 
 can poflibly endure them , and from the time they 
 can go till they have done growing they bind them 
 up every night. This they do purpofely to hin- 
 der them from growing, efteeming little Feet 
 to be a great Beauty. But by this unreafonable 
 Cuftom they do in a manner lofe the ufe of their 
 Feet , and inftead of going they only ftumble 
 about their Houfes , and prefently fquat down 
 on their Breeches again, being, as it were, con- 
 fined to fitting all Days of their Lives. They fel- 
 dom ftir abroad, and one would be apt to think, 
 that, as fome have conjectured, their keeping up 
 their fondnefs for this Fafhion were a Stratagem of 
 the Mens, to keep them from gadding and goflip-” 
 ping about, and confine them at home. They are 
 kept conftantly to their work, being fine Needle- 
 Women, and making many curious Embroideries, 
 and they make their own Shoes; but if any Stran= 
 ger be defirous to bring away any for Novelty’s fake, 
 - he muft be a great Favourite to get a pair of Shoes 
 of them, though he give twice thelr value: The) 
 _ poorer fort of Women trudge about Streets, and to 
 the Market, without Shoes or Stockings; .and thefe 
 cannot afford to have little Feet, being to get their” 
 living with them. . | 
 They 
 
 
 
China Ware. China Root. Tea. 409 
 The Chinefe, both Men and Women, are very in-.Am.1687- 
 genious ; as may.appear by the many curious things WW 
 that are brought from thence, efpecially the Porce- 
 laine, or China Eatthen Ware. The Spaniards of 
 Manila, that we took on the Coaft of Luconia, told 
 me, that this Commodity is made of Conch-fhells ; 
 the infide of which looks like Mother of Pearl. But 
 the Portuguefe lately mentioned, who: had_ lived in 
 China, and {poke that and the neighbouring Lan- 
 guages very well, faid, That it was made of a fine 
 fort of Clay that was dug, in the Province of Can- 
 ton. Ihave often made enquiry about it, but could 
 never be well fatisfied in it: But while I was on the 
 Coaft of Canton I forgot to inquire about it. They 
 make very fine Lacquer-ware alfo, and good Silks; 
 and they are curious at Painting and Carving. 
 China affords Drugs in great abundance; efpeci- 
 ally China Root; but this is not peculiar ‘to that 
 Country alone; for there is much of this Root 
 growing in Jamaica, particularly at 16 mile walk, 
 and in the Bay of Honduras it is very plentiful. 
 There is great ftore of Sugar made in this Coun- 
 try ; and Ica in abundance is brought from thence 5 
 being much ufed there, and in Tunquin and Cochin- 
 china as common drinking ; Women fitting in the 
 Streets, and felling Difhes of Tea hot and ready 
 made; they call it Chau, and even the pooreft People 
 fip it. But the Tea at Tonqueen or Cochinchina feems 
 not fo good, or of fo pleafant a bitter, or of fo 
 fine a colour, or fuch virtue as this in China; for I 
 have drank of it in thefe Countries: unlefs the 
 fault be in their way of making it, for I made none 
 there my felf: and by the high red colour it looks 
 as if they made a Decoétion of it, or kept it ftale. 
 Yet at Japan I was told there is a great deal of pure 
 Tea, very good. 
 The Chinefe are very great Gamefters, and they 
 will never be tired with it, playing night and day, 
 Dd 4 ull 
 
 
 

 
 410 ' 
 An.1687, till they have loft all their Eftates, then it is ufual 
 
 ards thenfelves are much addicted to Gaming, and 
 
 _yound in a ring, as in a Horfe-mill, they fo order” 
 
 
 
 =, i eh ited Ss 
 
 The Product and Inhabitants of St. John’s. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 with them to hang themfelves. This was fre- 
 quently done by the Chinefe Factors at Manila, as¥ 
 was told by Spaniards that lived there. The Spani- 
 
 are very expert at it; but the Chinefe are too fubtle 
 for them, being in general a very cunning People. 
 
 But a particular Account of them and their 
 Country would fill a Volume; nor doth my fhort 
 Experience of them qualify me to fay much of 
 them. Wherefore I confine my felf chiefly to || 
 what I obferved at St. Fohx’s Ifland, where we lay” 
 fome time, and vifited the fhore every day to buy 
 Provifion , as Hogs, Fowls, and Buffaloe. Here | 
 was a fmall Town ftanding in a wet fwampy 
 Ground, with many filthy Ponds amongft the 
 Houfes, which were built on the Ground as ours are, 
 not on Pofts as at Atizdanao. In thefe Ponds were” 
 plenty of Ducks; the Houfes were fiall and low, 
 and covered with Thatch, and the infide were 
 but ill furnifhed, ‘and kept naftily: and I have been” 
 told by one who was there, that moft of the 
 Houfes in the City of Canton it felf are but poor andl 
 irregilar.- +s 0 + | Patch ice Sa 
 ‘ The Inhabitants of this Village feem to be moft” 
 ‘Husbandmen: They were at this time very bufy 
 in Sowing their Rice’which is their chiefeft Com=— 
 modity. The Land in which they choofe to Sow 
 the Rice is low ard wet, and when Plowed the 
 Earth was like a mafs of Mud. They. plow their” 
 Land with a {mall Plow, drawn by one Buffaloe, — 
 and. one Man both holds the Plow, and drives the 
 Beaft. . When the Rice is ripe and gathered in, 
 they tread it out of the Ear with Buffaloes, in a 
 large round place made witha hard floor fit for that” 
 purpofe, where they chain 3 or 4 ‘of thefe Beafts, © 
 one at the tail of the other, ‘and driving them — 
 
 
 
 it 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 A Chinefe Idol, Temple and Image. 
 it that the Buffaloes may tread upon it all. 
 
 ~ | was once afhore at this Ifland, with 7 or 8 En- UAWNY 
 
 lifh Men more, and having occafion to ftay fome 
 time, we killed a Shote, or young Porker, and 
 roafted it for our Dinners. While we were bufie 
 drefling of our Pork, one of the Natives came and 
 fat down by us; and when the Dinner was ready, 
 we cut a good piece and gave it him, which he 
 willingly received. But by figns he begged more, 
 and withal pointed into the Woods; yet we did 
 mot underftand his meaning, nor much mind him, 
 till our Hunger was pretty well aflwaged; although 
 he did {till make figns, and walking a little way 
 from us, he beckoned to us to come to him; which 
 at laft I did; and 2 or 3 more. He going before, 
 led the way in a fmall blind Path, through a 
 Thicket, into a fmall Grove of Trees, in whichthere 
 was an old Idol Temple about 10 Foot fquare: The 
 
 Walls of it were about 6 Foot high, and 2 Foot 
 thick, made of Bricks. ‘The Floor was paved with . 
 
 broad Bricks, and in the middle of the Floor ftood 
 an old rufty Iron Bell on its Brims. © This Bell was 
 about two Foot high, ftanding flat on the Ground; 
 the Brims on which it ftood were abont 16 Inches 
 diameter. “From the Brims it did taper away a lit- 
 tle towards the Head, much like our Bells; but that 
 the Brims did not turn out fo much as ours do. On 
 the Head of the Bell there were 3 Iron Bars as big 
 as a Man’s Arm, and about 10 Inches long from the 
 top of the Bell, where the ends join’d as ina Center, 
 and feemed of one Mafs with the Bell, as if Cait toge- 
 ther. ‘Thefe Bars ftood all Parallel to the Ground, 
 and their further ends, which ftood Triangularly 
 and opening from each other at’equal Diftances, 
 like the Fliers of our Kitchen-Jacks, were made 
 exactly in the fhape of the Paw of fome mon- 
 ftrous Beaft, . having fharp Claws on it. This it 
 _ feems was their God; for as {oon ‘as our gana 
 le a es Vasarie Gt a ane are Guide 
 
 4ii 
 
 Ans 
 
 6872 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 412 - China Fonks like Well-boats. 
 _ 1687. Guide came before the Bell, he fell flat on his Face” 
 .V™ and beckoned to us, feeming very defirous to have 
 - us do the like. At the inner fide of the Temple, 
 againft the Walls, there was an Altar of white 
 hewn Stone. The Table of the Altar was about 
 3 Foot long, 16 Inches broad, and 3 Inches thick.” 
 ft was raifed about two Foot from the Ground, 
 and fupported by 3 fmall Pillars of the fame white — 
 Stone. On this Altar there were feveral . {mall — 
 Earthen Veflels; one of them was full of finall 
 fticks that had been burned at one end. Our 
 Guide made.a great many figns for us to fetch 
 and to leave fome of our Meat there, and feemed 
 very importunate, but we refufed. We left him — 
 there, and went aboard; I did fee no other Tem- 
 ple nor Idol here. 
 While we lay at this Place, we faw feveral fmall © 
 China Jonks, Sailing in the Lagune between the 
 Hlands and the Main, one came an anchored by | 
 us. I and fome more of our Men went aboard to — 
 4 view her: She was built with a fquare flat Head as © 
 well as Stern, only the Head or fore Part was not fo © 
 broad as the Stern. On her Deck fhe had little — 
 thacht Houfes like Hovels, covered with Palmeto , 
 Leaves, and raifed about 3 Foot high, for the Sea- — 
 men to-creep into. She had a pretty large Cabin, © 
 wherein there was an Altar and a Lamp burning, ~ 
 | I did but juft look in, and faw not the Idol. The © 
 Hold was divided in many fimall. Partitions, all of — 
 , them made fo tight, that if a Leak fhould Spring © 
 up in any one of them, it could go no farther, 
 and fo could do but little Damage, but only to the — 
 Goods in the bottom of that Room where the Leak — 
 {prings up. Each of thefe Rooms belong to one or © 
 two Merchants, or more; and every Man freights ~ 
 his Goods inhis own Room; and probably Lodges : 
 there, if he be on Board himfelf. Thefe Jonks have — 
 only two Maits, a Main-maft anda Fore-maft. The 
 Fares } 
 
 
 
 a 
 
Wee Tee ees, |) ee 
 
 Great Mafts. They leave China. 41. 
 Fore-maft has a fquare Yard and a fquare Sail, but 47.1687. 
 the Main-maft has a Sail narrow aloft,like a Sloops- “V™“ 
 Sail, and in fair Weather they ufe a Top-fail, which 
 is to hale down on the Deck in foul weather, Yard 
 and all; for they do not go upto furl it. The 
 -Main-maft in their biggeft Jonks feemed to me as 
 big as any third-rate Man of Wars Matt in Exgland, 
 -and yet not pieced as ours, but made of one 
 grown Tree; and in all my Travels I never faw 
 any fingle Tree-mafts fo big in the Body, and fo 
 long, and yet fo well tapered, as I have feen in the 
 Chinefe Jonks. 
 
 Some of our Men went over toa pretty large 
 Town on the Continent of China, where we might 
 have furnifhed our Selves with Provifion, which 
 was a thing we were always in want of, and was 
 our chief bufinefs here; but we were afraid to lye 
 in this place any longer, for we had fome figns of 
 an approaching Storm: this being the time of the 
 Year in which Storms are expected on this Coalt; 
 and here was no fafe Riding. It was now the 
 time of the Year for the $. W. Monfoon, but the 
 Wind had been. whiffling about from one part of 
 ‘the Compafs to another for two or three Days, 
 and fometimes it would be quite calm. This 
 caufed ns to put to Sea, that we might have Sea- 
 room at leaft; for fuch flattering Weather is com- 
 monly the fore-runner of a Tempett. | 
 
 Accordingly we weighed Anchor, and fet out ; 
 yet we had very little Wind all the next night. But 
 the Day enfuing, which was the 4th day of July, 
 ‘about 4 a clock in the afternoon, the Wind came to © 
 the N. E. and frefhned upon us, and the Sky look’d 
 very black in that quarter, and the black Clouds 
 began to rife apace and mov’d towards us ; having 
 hung all the morning in the Horizon. This made 
 us take in our Top-fails, and the Wind {till increa- 
 fing, about 9 a clock we riftour Main-fail and yi 
 
 ail : 
 

 
 
 414 A most dreadful Storm. Corpus Sant. 
 n.1687. fail ; at 10 we furl’d our Fore-fail, keeping under a - 
 yw Main-fail and Mizen. At 11 a clock we furl’d our 
 Main-fail, and ballafted our Mizen; at which time 
 #t began to rain, and by 12 aclock at night it blew 
 exceeding hard, and the Rain poured down as 
 through a Sieve. It thundered and lightned pro- 
 digioufly , and the Sea feemed all of a Fire about 
 us; for every Sea that broke fparkled like Light- 
 ning. ‘The violent Wind raifed the Sea prefently 
 to a great heighth, and it ran very fhort, and be- — 
 gan to break in on our Deck. One Sea ftruck a- © 
 way the Rails of our Head, and our Sheet Anchor, — 
 which was ftowed with one Flook or bending of © 
 the Iron, over the Ships Gunal, and lafht very well — 
 down to the fide, was violently wafht off, and had — 
 like to have ftruck a hole in our Bow, as it lay © 
 beating againft it. Then we were forced to put © 
 right before the Wind to ftow our Anchor again ; — 
 which we did with much ado: but afterwards we © 
 durft not adventure to bring our Ship tothe Wind — 
 again, for fear of foundring , for the turning the © 
 Ship either to or from the Wind is dangerous in fuch — 
 violent Storms. The fiercenefs of the Weather con- — 
 tinued till 4 a Clock that morning; in which time © 
 we did cut away two Canaas that were towing ~ 
 
 aftern. | 
 After four a clock the Thunder and the Rain © 
 abated, and then we fawa Corpus Sant at our Main- — 
 top-maft head, on the very topof the truck of the — 
 Spindle. This fight rejoyc’d our Men exceedingly; — 
 for the heighth of the Storm iscommonly over when — 
 the Corpus Sant is feen aloft; but when they are — 
 feen lying on the Deck, it is generally accounted — 
 a bad S:gn. j 
 A Corpus Sant is acertain {mall glittering light;when — 
 it appears as this did, on the very top of the Main- ~ 
 maft or ata Yard-arm, it is likea Star; butwhen © 
 it appears on the Deck, it refembles a great Glow- © 
 worm, — 
 
 iach 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 A Storm, 
 worm. The Spaniards have another Name for it, 
 (though I take even this to be a Spanifh or Portuguefe 
 Name, and a corruption only of Corpus Santtum) 
 and I have been told that when they fee them, they 
 prefently go to Prayers, and blefs themfelves for 
 the happy fight. I have heard fome ignorant Sea- 
 men. difcourfing how they have feen them creep, or 
 as they fay, travel about in the Seuppers, telling 
 many difmal Stories that hapned at fuch times: but 
 I did never fee any one ftir out of the place where 
 it was firft fixt, except upon Deck; where every 
 Sea wafheth it about. Neither did I ever fee any 
 but when we have had hard Rain as well as Wind; 
 and therefore do believe it is fome Jelly: but e= 
 nough of this; ~ . ; “ey 
 
 We continued fcudding right before Wind and 
 Sea from 2 till 7 a Clock in the Morning, and then 
 the Wind being much abated, we fet our Mizen 
 again, and brought our Ship to the Wind, and lay 
 under a Mizen till 11. Then it fell fat calm, and 
 it continued fo for about 2 Hours: but the Sky 
 looked very black and rueful , efpecially in the 
 S. W. and the Sea tofled us about like an Egg-fhell, . 
 for want of Wind. About onea Clock inthe After- 
 noon the Wind {prung up at S. W. outof the quar- 
 ter from whence we did expect it: therefore, we 
 prefently brail’dup our Mizen, and wore our Ship: 
 but we had no fooner put our Ship before’ the 
 Wind, but it blew a Storm again, and rain’d very 
 hard , though not fo violently as the Night before : 
 but the Wind. was altogether as boyfterous, and fo 
 continued till 10 or 11 aClock at Night. All which 
 time we fcudded, or rum-before the Wind very 
 fwift, tho’ only with our bare Poles, that is, with- 
 out any Sail abroad. Afterwards the Wind died 
 away by degrees, and before Day we had but little 
 Wind, and fine clear Weather. 
 

 
 G6 
 
 ‘An. I 687. 
 
 The Pifcador Iflands near Formofa. 
 
 I was never in fuch a violent Storm inall my Life; 
 
 UV™~ fo faidall the Company. This was near the change 
 
 of the Moon: it was 2 or 3 Days before the change. 
 The oth Day in the Morning, having fine handfome 
 Weather, we got up our Yards again, and began to 
 dry our felves and our Cloaths, for we were all 
 well fopt. This Storm had deadned the Hearts of 
 our Men fo much, that inftead of going to buy more’ 
 Provifion at the fame place from whence we came — 
 before the Storm, or of feeking any more for the 
 Ifland Prata, they thought of going fomewhere to — 
 fhelter before the Full Moon, for fear of another — 
 fach Storm at that time: For commonly, if there is 
 any very bad Weather in the Month, it is about: — 
 2 or 3 Days before or after the Full, or Change: 
 of the Moon. 
 
 Thefe Thoughts, I fay, put our Menon thinking: 
 where to go, and the Drafts or Sea-plats being firft — 
 confulted, it was concluded to go to certain Iflands’ | 
 lying in Lat. 23 d. N. called Pifcadores. For there © 
 was nota Manaboard that was any thing acquaint- 
 ed on thefe Coafts ; and therefore all our depen- — 
 dance was on the Drafts, which only pointed out — 
 to us where fuch and fuch Places or Iflands were, — 
 without giving: us any account, what Harbour, — 
 
 - Roads, or Bays there were; or the produce, j 
 
 ftrength, or trade of them: thefe we were forced — 
 to feek after our felves. i 
 
 The Pifeadores are a great many inhabited Iflands, 
 lying near the Ifland Formofa, between itand China, — 
 
 in or near the Lat. of 23 deg. N. Lat. almoft as high — 
 
 asthe Tropick of Cancer. Thefe Pifcadore Iflands are. 
 moderately high, and appear much like our Dorfer- — 
 (hire and Wilt{hire-Downs in England. They produce ~ 
 thick fhort Grafs, and a few Trees. They are’ - 
 pretty well watred, and they feed abundance of’ © 
 Goats, and fome great Cattle. There are abun- — 
 dance of Mounts and old Fortifications on grit 
 ut 
 
 ] 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 A Tartar Garrifon at the Pifcadores. 417 
 but of no ufe now, whatever they have been: 4m,1687- 
 _ Between the 2 Eaftermoft Iflands there is a very “WA 
 good Harbour, which is never without Jonks Ri- 
 ding in it: Andon the Weft-fide of the Eaftermoft 
 Ifland there is a large Town and Fort commanding 
 the Harbour. ‘The Houfes are but low, yet well 
 built, and the Town makes a fine Profped. . This 
 is a Garrifon of the Tartars, wherein are alfo 3 or 
 400 Soldiers; who live here 3 years, and then they 
 are removed to fome other Place. : 
 
 On. the Ifland, on the Weft fide of the Har- 
 bour, clofe by the Sea, there is a fmall Town of 
 Chinefe, and moft of the other Iflands have fome 
 Chinefe living on them, more or lefs. . 
 
 . Having as I faid before, concluded to. go. to 
 thefe Iflands, we fteered away for..them, having 
 the Wind at W. S. W. a fimall gale... The 20th day 
 of Fuly we had firft fight of them, and fteered in 
 among them; finding no place to anchor in till 
 we came into the Harbour before-mentioned. We 
 blundering in, knowing little of ourway, and we 
 admired to fee fo many Jonks going and coming, 
 and fome at an Anchor,..and fo great a Town as 
 the Neighbouring Eaftermoft Town, the Tartariaz 
 Garrifon; for we did not..expeé&, nor defire, to 
 have feen any People,.. being in care to lie ‘con- 
 ceal’d in thefe Seas; however, : feeing..we were 
 here, we boldly run into. the Harbour, and. pre- 
 fently {ent afhore our. Canoa to.the, Town... 
 
 _ Our. People were met- by -an Officer at their 
 Landing ;. and our Quarter-mafter, who was the 
 chiefeft Man in the Boat, was conduéted before 
 the Governour and examined, of what, Nation we 
 were, and. what was our Bufinefs-here.,..He an- 
 {wer’d, That we were Englifh, and; were bound to 
 Amoy, or Anhay, whichis a City ftanding.on.a Na- 
 vigable River in the Province of Fokien in China, and 
 is.a.place of vaft Trade, there being a huge multe 
 tude 
 
 
 
418 —_. Gities of Amoy and Macaoin China, 
 ‘An.1687. titude of Ships there, and in general on all thefe 
 « Coafts, as I have heard of feveral that have been 
 
 there. He faid alfo, that having received fome 
 Damage by a Storm, we therefore put in here to 
 refit, befpre we could adventure to go farther; 
 and that we did intend to lie here till after the 
 full Moon, for fear of another Storm. The Gos 
 vernour told him, that we might better refit our 
 Ship at Amoy than here, and that he heard that 
 two Englifh Veflels were arrived there already; and 
 that he fhould be very ready to affift us in any 
 thing; but we muft not expect to Trade there, 
 but muft go to the places allowed to entertain 
 Merchant Strangers, which were Amoy and Macao. 
 Macao is a Town of great Trade alfo, lying in an 
 Ifland at the very Mouth of the River of Canton. 
 Tis fortified and garrifoned by a large Portuguefe 
 Colony, but yet under the Chizefe Governour, 
 whofé People inhabit one Moiety of the Town, and~ 
 Tay on the Portuguefe what Tax they pleafe , for 
 they dare not difoblige the Chinefe, for fear of lofing — 
 their Trade: However, the Governour very 
 kindly told our Quarter-mafter, that whatfoever 
 we wanted, if that place could furuifh us, we 
 fhould have it: Yet that we muft not come afhore 
 on that Ifland, but he -would fend aboard fome 
 of his Men, to know what we wanted, and they — 
 fhould alfo bring it off tous. ‘That neverthelefs — 
 we might go on fhore on other Iflands to buy — 
 Refrefhments of the Chinefe. After the difcourfe 
 was ended, the Governour difmift him, with a— 
 finall Jar of Flower, and 3 or 4 large Cakes of 
 very fine Bread, and about a dozen Pine-Apples 
 and Water-Melons, (all very good in their kind) 
 as a Prefentto the Captain. q 
 The next day an eminent Officer came aboard, 
 witha great many Attendants. He wore a black 
 Silk Cap of a particular make, with a ee a 
 
 
 
 ¢ 
 a 
 ba 
 

 
 -were black Silk, He had a loofe black Coat, 
 which reached to his Knees, and his Breeches were 
 -of the fame; and underneath his Coat he had two 
 Garments more, of other coloured Silk. His Legs 
 were covered with {mall black limber Boots. All 
 his Attendants were ina very handfom garb of 
 black Silk, all wearing thofe {mall black Boots and 
 Caps. ‘Thefe Caps were like the Crown of a Hat 
 made of Palmeto-leaves, like our Straw-hats; but 
 without brims, and coming down but to their 
 Ears. ‘Thefe had no Feathers, but had an oblong 
 Button on the top, ‘and from between the Button 
 and the Cap, there fell down all round their 
 Head as low as the Cap reached, a fort of courfe 
 Hair like Horfe-hair, dyed. (as I fuppofe) of a 
 ight red colour. 
 
 - The Officer brought aboard, asa prefent from 
 the Governour, a young Heifer, the fatteft and 
 kindlieft Beef, that I did ever tafte in any Foreign 
 Country: Iwas fimall yet full grown; 2 large 
 Hogs, 4 Goats, 2 Baskets of fine Flower, 20 great 
 flat Cakes of fine well tafted Bread, 2 great Jars 
 of Arack, (made of Rice asI judged) called by 
 tthe Chinefe, Sam Shu, and 55 Jars of Hoc Shu, as 
 ‘they call it, and our Exropeans fromthem. ‘This isa 
 ftrong Liquor, made of Wheat as I have been told. 
 Tt looks like Mum, and taftes much like it, and is 
 very pleafant-and héatty. Our Seamen love it 
 mightily, and will lick their Lips with it: for fearce a 
 Ship goes to China, but the Men come home fat with 
 foaking this Liquor, and bring ftore of Jars of it. 
 home with them. It is put into fmall white thick 
 Jars, that hold near a quart: The double Jars hold_ 
 about two quarts. Thefe Jars are fmall below, and 
 thence rife up with a pretty full belly, clofing in 
 pretty fhort at top, witha fimall thick mouth, Over. 
 is ae 
 
 ~~ 
 
 
 
 Sam Shu asd Hoc Shu, Chinefe Liquors. 
 black and white Feathers, ftanding up almoft 4m1687; 
 round his Head behind, and all his outfide Cloaths ~WNd 
 
 
 
 
 oe ee 
 Mekiet <3 cS see: 
 7. 
 
 
 
 ine 
 
 me 
 
 ~ 
 
 the“e:. 
 
Pe kc eee 
 
 ‘420 
 
 lump of Clay, almoft as big as the Bottle or Jar it~ 
 
 in our Plots without any name, only witha figure 
 
 _ becaufe they had not any name by our Hydrograq 
 phers. Therefore we thought to lye there fecurey 
 
 ‘An.1687. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 the mouth of the Jar they put a thin Chip cut 
 round, juft fo as to cover the mouth, over that a 
 piece of Paper, and over that they puta great 
 
 felf, with a hollow in it, to admit the neck of 
 the Bottle, made round, and about 4 inches long ;_ 
 this is to preferve the Liquor. If the Liquor take” 
 any vent it will be fowre prefently, fo that when 
 we buy any of it, of the Ships from Cha returning 
 to Maderas, or Fort St. George, where itis then fold, _ 
 or of the Chizefe themfelves, of whom I have bought 
 it at Achin, and Bencoul: in Sumatra, if the Clay be | 
 crackt, or the Liquor mothery, we make them take: 
 it again. A quart Jar there is worth Six-pence.” 
 Befides this prefent from the Governour, there was 
 a Captain of a Jonk fent two Jars of rack, and 
 abundance of Pine-apples, and Water-melons. © 
 Captain Read fent afhore, as a Prefent to the 
 Governour, a curious Spazifh Silver-hilted Rapier, | 
 an Exglifh Carbine, anda Gold Chain, and when | 
 the Officer went afhore, three Guns were fired.® 
 In the Afternoon the Governour fent off the fame” 
 Officer again, to complement the Captain for his” 
 civility , and promifed to retaliate his kindnefs_ 
 before we departed; but we had fuch bluftring) 
 Weather afterward; that no Boat could come a=) 
 board. 
 We ftayed here till the 29th Day, and then failed 
 from hence with the Wind at $. W. and pretty 
 fair Weather. We now directed our courfe for 
 fome Iflands we had chofen to go to, that lye be= 
 tween Formofa and Lucouia. ‘They are laid dowm 
 
 of 5, denoting the number of them. _ It was fup—) 
 
 pofed by us, that thefe Iflands had no Inhabitantsy) 
 
 and be pretty near the Ifland Laconia, which wey 
 did fill intend to vifit. a9 
 

 
 | Ife of Formofa. Orange Mand. 
 
 is a large Ifland; the South end is in Lat. 21.d. 20m, | 
 and the North end in the 25 d. 10m. NorthLat. the ~ 
 
 Longitude of this Ifle is laid down from 142 d. 5 m. 
 } to 143 d.16 m. reckoning Eaft from the Pike of 
 Tenariffe, fo that ’tis but narrow; and the Tropick 
 of Cancer croffes it. Itisa Highand Woody Ifland, 
 and was formerly well inhabited by the Chinefe, 
 and- was then frequently vifited by Englifh Mer- 
 chants, there being a very good Harbour to fecure 
 their Ships. But fince the Tartars have conquered 
 China, they have fpoiled the Harbour, (as £ have 
 been informed) to hinder the Chinefe that were 
 ‘then in Rebellion, from Fortifying themfelves 
 there; and ordered the Foreign Merchants to come 
 and Trade on the Main. } 
 
 The’ fixth day of -Axguft we arrived at the five 
 Iflands that we were bound to, and anchored on 
 the Eaft fide of the Northermoft Ifland, in 15 Fa- 
 thom, a Cable’s length from theShore. Here, con- 
 trary to our Expectation, we found abundance of 
 Inhabitants in fight; for there were 3 large Towns 
 all within a League of the Sea; and another larger 
 ‘Town than any of thetthree, on the backfide of 
 a fmall Hill clofe by alfo, as we found afterwards. 
 Thefe Iflands lie in Lat. 20 d. 20m. North Lat. by 
 iny Obfervation, for I took it there, and I find their 
 Longitude according to our Drafts, to be 141 d. 
 som. Thefe Iflands having no particular Names 
 in the Drafts, fome or other of us made ufe of 
 ‘the Seamens priviledge, to give them what Names 
 we pleafed. Three of the Iflands were pretty 
 large; the Weftermoft is the biggeft. ‘This the 
 Dutchmen who were among us called the Prince 
 
 42r 
 _ In going to them we failed by the South Weft 4n.1637° 
 end of Formo/a, leaving it on our Larboard fide. This way) 
 
 ‘ 
 : $e 3 
 
 of Orange’s Ifland, in honour of his prefent Ma- , 
 
 jefty. it is about 7 or 8 Leagues long, and about 
 two Leagues wide; and it lies almoit N. and S. 
 Ee 2 ne 
 
 
 
 
 
ies aa tg 
 
 422 
 
 An. 1687. Lhe other two great Iflands are about i Or 5 Leagues” 5 { 
 
 - ber of Goats there; and to the Northward of thent ) 
 
 ‘ where the Land is fenced with fteep Rocks and) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 enten, "Monraauch, Ba oat Ten 7 
 to the Eaftward of this. The Northermoft of 
 them, where we firft anchored, I called the Dukelk 
 of Grafton’s Ifle, as foon as we landed on it; has 
 ving married my Wife out of his Dutchefs’s Fami- 
 ly, and leaving her at Arlingron-houfe, at my going 
 Abroad. This Ifle is about - 4 Leagues long, and one. 
 League and a half wide, ftretching North and 
 South. The other great Ifle our Seamen called 
 the Duke of Afonmouth’s Ifland. This is about a 
 League to the Southward of Grafton Ifle. It is about | 
 3 Leagues long, and a League wide, lying as the 
 other. Btw een Monmouth “and the South end ok : 
 Orange Ifland, there are two {mall Iflands of a 
 roundifh For m, lying Eaft and Weft. The Rafters 
 
 moft Ifland of the two, our Men unanimoufly cal= 
 led Bofbee Iiland, from a Liquor which we drank 
 there plentifully. every day, after we came to an 
 Anchor at it. The other, which is the finalleft 
 of all, we called Goat Ifland, from the great num 
 
 all, are two high Rocks. 
 Orange Ifland, which is the biggeft of them al, 
 is not inhabited. It is high Land, flat and even” 
 on the top, with fteep Cliffs againit the Sea; for ) 
 which Reafon we could not go afhore there, as we 
 did on all the reft. 
 I have made it my general Obfervation, That 
 
 Cliffs againft the Sea, there the Sea is very deep, 
 and feldom affords Anchor-ground; and on the 
 other fide where the Land falls away with a des 
 clivity into the Sea, (altho’ the Land be extraordiay 
 nary high within, yet) there are commonly gooe 
 Sotindings, and confequently Anchoring ;. and ag) 
 the vifible declivity of the Land appears ‘near, or 
 at the edge of the Water, whether pretty fteep, 
 or more floping, fo we commonly find our Anchors) 
 ground a 
 
ae eee meee | ee eee We eles eee 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 fore wecome nearer the Shore, or anchor farther 
 off, as we fee convenient; for there is no Coaft 
 in the World, that I know, or have heard of, 
 
 mixt with the high Land. ‘They are the fubfi- 
 dings of Valleys or low Lands, that make dents 
 
 or little Coves, ec. which afford good anchoring, 
 the furface of the Earth being there lodged deep 
 under Water. ‘Thus we find many good Harbours 
 on fuch Coafts, where the Land bounds the Sea 
 with fteep Cliffs, by reafon of the Declivities, or 
 fubfiding of the Land between thefe ClifS: But 
 where the Declenfion from the Hills, or Cliffs, is 
 not within Land, between Hill and Hill, but, as 
 on the Coaft of Chili and Peru, the Declivity is to- 
 ward the Main Sea, or into it, the Coaft being 
 perpendicular, or very fteep from the neighbouring 
 Hills, as in thofe Countries from the -Avdes, that 
 run along the Shore, there is a deep Sea, and few 
 or no Harbours, or Creeks. All that Coaft is too 
 fteep for anchoring, and hath the feweft Roads 
 
 Gallicia, Portugal, Norway, and Newfoundland, &c. 
 are Coafts like the Peruvian, and the high Iflands 
 of the Archipelago , but yet not fo fcanty of good 
 Harbours; for where there are fhort Ridges of 
 Land, there are good Bays at the extremities of 
 thofe Ridges, where they plunge intothe Sea; as 
 on the Coaft of Caraccos, &c. The Ifland of Fehp 
 Fernando, and the Ifland St. Helena, &c. are fuch 
 high Land with deep Shore: and in general, the 
 plungifig of any Land under Water, feems to be 
 in proportion to the rifing of its continuous part 
 above Water, more or lefs fteep; and it muit be 
 ‘a bottom almoft level, or very gently declining, 
 x Ee: 3 that 
 
 Deep Seas near high Lazds. eS 
 
 “ground to be, more or lefS deep or fteep ; there ; 
 where the Land is of a continual heighth, without. 
 
 fome {mall Valleys or Declivities, which lye inter-. 
 
 in the Shore and Creeks, fmall Bays, and Harbours, 
 
 fit for Ships of any Coaft I know, The Coafts of 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Hoa High Shores and deep Seas. ' 
 ‘An.1687.that affords good anchoring , Ships being foon 
 “J driven from their Moorings on a fteep Bank; 
 Therefore we- never ftrive to anchor where we 
 fee the Land high, and bounding the Sea with fteep — 
 Cliffs; and for this reafon, when we came in 
 fight of States Ifland near Terra del Fuego, before we 
 entered into the South Seas, we did not fo much” 
 as think of anchoring after we faw what Land it” 
 was, becaufe of the fteep Clif which appeared a-_ 
 gainft the Sea: Yet there might be little Harbours 
 
 or Coyes for Shallops, or the like, to anchor in, 
 which we did not fee or fearch after. = 
 As high fteep CliffS bounding on the Sea have” 
 this ill confequence, that they feldom afford an-7 
 choring ; fothey have this benefit, that we can fee” 
 them far off, and fail clofe to them, without dan<7 
 ger: for which reafon we call them Bold Shores 5” 
 whereas low Land, on the contrary, is feen but a 
 little way, and in many places we dare not come?) 
 near it, for fear of running aground before we¥! 
 fee it. Befides, there are in many places Shoals) 
 thrown out by the courfe of great Rivers, that 
 from the low Land fall into the Sea. ; 
 This which I have faid, that there is ufually™ 
 good anchoring near low Lands, may be illuftra=7 
 ted by feveral Inftances. Thus on the South fide”! 
 of the Bay of Campeachy, there is moftly low Landy 
 and there alfo is good anchoring all along Shore;) 
 and in fome Places to the Eaftward of the Town 
 of Campeachy, we fhall have fo many Fathom as 
 we are Leagues off from Land; that is, from 9 or® 
 10 Leagues diftance, till you come within 4 Leagues: 
 and from thence to Land it grows but fhallower.§ 
 The Bay of Honduras alfo is low Land, and con-) 
 tinues moitly fo, as we paft along from thencely 
 to the Coaits of Portobel, and Cartagena, till wel 
 came as high as Savta Martha; afterwards the Landay 
 1s low again, till you come towards the Coalt off 
 CAraccosy) 
 
 mp) 
 
 
 
Low Shores, and {hallow Seas. Ads 
 
 ‘Caraccos, which is a high Coaft and bold Shore: 47.1687. 
 The Land about Szrizam on the fame Coaft is low UY 
 and good anchoring , and that over on the Coaft 
 
 of Guinea is fuch alfo. And fuch too is the Bay of 
 Panama, where the Pilot- book orders the Pilot 
 -always to found, and not to come within fuch a 
 depth, be it be Night or Day. In the fame Seas, 
 from the high Land of Guitimala in Mexico, to 
 California, there is moftly low Land and good An- 
 choring. Inthe Main of Afia, the Coaft of China, 
 
 the Bays of Siam and Bengal, and all the Coaft of 
 Coromandel , and the Coaft about Addlacea, and a- 
 gainft it the Ifland Szmatra, on that fide, are moft- 
 
 ly low anchoring Shores. But on the Weft-fide of 
 Sumatra, the Shore is high and bold; fo moft of 
 the Iflands lying to the Eaftward of Sumatra; as 
 
 the Iflands Borneo, Celebes, Gilolo, and abundance 
 
 of Iflands of lefs note, lying fcattering up and 
 down thofe Seas , are low Land and have good 
 anchoring about them, with many Shoals fcattered 
 
 to and fro among them; but the Iflands lying 
 againft the East-Indian Ocean, efpecially the Weit- 
 fides of them, are high Land and fteep, particularly 
 
 the Weit-parts, notonly of Sumatra, but alfo of 
 Fava, Timer, @&c. Particulars are endlefs; but in 
 general, ’tis feldom but high Shores and deep Wa~ 
 ters; and on the other fide, low Land and fhallow 
 Seas, are found together. 
 ~ But to return from this Digreffion, to fpeak of 
 
 the reft of thefe Iflands. Asonmouth and Grafton 
 Ifles are very hilly, with many of thofe ftcep in- 
 habited. Precipices on them, that I fhall defcribe » 
 particularly. The two fimall Iflands are flat and 
 —éven; only the Bafhee Ifland hath one fteep fcrag- 
 
 gy Hill, but Goar Ifland is all flat and very e- 
 ven. | , 
 The Mold of thefe Iflands in the Valley, is 
 blackifh in fome places, but in moft red. The 
 Eee Hills 
 
 
 
 Ay. ae ey Pa ee ee ee ee ee eee eae Sk eee er eh ee Ue ee eee ea ERs op OR ee, se 
 eo se Colt alters B, ' h ST Bi uli. 
 F : i 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 426 The Produtt ana Inhabitants of the Bafhee I/les, 
 An.1687. Hills are very rocky : The Valleys are well wa- 
 tered with Brooks of frefh Water, which run into: | 
 
 the Sea in many different places. The Soil is in- 
 different fruitful, efpecially in the Valleys ; pro- 
 
 ducing pretty great plenty of Trees (tho’ not very 
 
 big) and thick Grafs. The fides of the Mountains 
 
 have alfo fhort Grafs; and fome of the Mountains 
 
 have Mines within them, for the Natives told us,” 
 
 That the yellow Metal they fhewed us, (as I fhall” 
 
 {peak more particularly) came from thefe Moun- 
 
 tains; for when they held it up they would point 
 
 towards them. — 
 
 The Fruit of the Iflands are a few Plantains, : 
 
 Bonanoes , Pine-apples , Pumkins, Sugar-canes, 7 
 
 cc. and there might be more if the: Natives would,” 
 
 for the Ground feems fertile enough. Here are) 
 
 great plenty of Potatoes, and Yames, which is 
 
 the common Food for the Natives, for Bread-kind ;) 
 
 For thofe few Plantains they have, are only ufed! 
 
 as Fruit. ‘They have fome Cotton growing here of 
 
 the final] Plants. ‘ 
 
 Here are plenty of Goats, and abundance 
 
 of Hogs; but few Fowls, either wild or tame. 
 
 For this I have always obferved in my Travels, 
 
 | both in the East and West Indies , that in thofe 
 _ Places where there is plenty of Grain, that is, of 
 | Rice in one, and Maiz in the other, there are alfo 
 found great abundance of Fowls; but on the con-| 
 trary, few Fowls in thofe Countries where the 
 Inhabitants feed on Fruits and Roots only. The) 
 few wild Fowls that are here, are Parakites, and_ 
 fome other {mall Birds. ‘Their tame Fowlare only’ 
 a few Cocks and Hens. ; 
 Monmouth and Grafton Wands are very thick in-) 
 habited; and Bafhee ifland hath one Town on it 
 The Natives of thefe Iflands are fhort fquat People ;) 
 they are generally round vifaged, with low Fore-§ 
 heads, and thick Eye-brows; their Eyes ofa i 
 4 ' LS a 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 3 \ Pa! 
 URE Tis et Ee ope = ne ee PUN yet Ne eee Se)” on + Li aa 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Their Habit, and Rings of yellaw Metal. 
 
 proportioned, ‘Their Teeth are white; their Hair 
 is black, and thick, and lank, which they wear but 
 fhort ; it will juft cover their Ears, and foit is cut 
 round very even. ‘Their Skins are of a very dark 
 copper colour. MS 
 
 - They wear no Hat, Cap, nor Turbat, nor any 
 thing to keep off the Sun. ‘The Men for the biggeft 
 part have only a {mall Clout to cover their Naked- 
 nefs; fome of them have Jackets made of Plantain- — 
 Jeaves, which were as rough as any Bear’s skin: 
 I never faw fuch rugged Things. The Women 
 havea fhort Petticoat made of Cotton, which comes 
 a little below their Knees. It is a thick fort of 
 ftubborn Gloth, which they make themfelves of 
 their Cotton. Both Men and Women do wear 
 large Ear-rings, made of that yellow Metal before . 
 mentioned. Whether it were Gold or no I cannot 
 ‘pofitively fay: I took it to be fo, it washeavy, and 
 of the colour of our paler Gold. I would fain have 
 brought away fome to have fatisfied my Curiofity ; 
 but I had nothing wherewith to buy any. Captain 
 Read bought two of thefe Rings with fome Iron, of 
 which the People are very greedy; and he would 
 have bought more, thinking he wascome to a very 
 fair Market , but that the palenefs of the Metal 
 made him and his Crew diftruft its being right 
 Gold. For my part, I fhould have ventured on 
 the purchafe of fome, but having-no property in 
 the Iron, of which we had great ftore on board, 
 fent from Exgland, by the Merchants along with 
 Captain Swaz, I durft not barter it away. 
 
 Thefe Rings when firft polifhed look very glo- 
 rioufly, but time makes them fade, and turn to a 
 pale yellow. Then they make a foft Pafte of red 
 Earth, and fmearing it over their Rings, they caft: 
 ‘them into a quick Fire, where they remain till the 
 ip be 
 
 427 
 -zel colour, and finall, yet bigger than the Chine/e , An.1687. 
 fhort low Nofes, and their Lips and Mouths middle WAN): 
 
" 
 
 a 
 og 
 M. 
 
 im} | 
 | 
 | 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 them in Water., and rub off the Pafte ; and they” 
 look again of a glorious colour and luftre. al 
 Thefe People make but fmall low Houfes. The 
 fides, which are made of finall Pofts, watled with 
 boughs, are not above 4 foot and an half high: the | 
 ridge-pole is about 7 or 8 foot high. They have a 
 fire-place at one end of their Houfes, and Boards) 
 placed on the Ground to lie on. They inhabit to) 
 gether in fmall Villages, built on the fides and 
 tops of rocky Hills ; 3 or 4 rows of Houfes one a=) 
 bove another, and on fuch fteep Precipices, that) 
 they go up to the firft row with a wooden Ladder 
 and fo witha Ladder ftill from every Story up to 
 that above it, there being no way to afcend. The 
 Plain on the firft Precipice may be fo wide, as to” 
 have room both for a row of Houfes that ftand all 
 along on the edge or brink of it, and a very narrow) 
 . Hreet running along before their doors, between 
 the row of Houfes and the foat of the next Preci-) 
 pice; the plain of which is in a manner level toy 
 the tops of the Houfes below, and fo for the reft.” 
 The common Ladder to each row or ftreet comes) 
 up at a narrow paflage left purpofely about they 
 middle of it; and the Street being bounded with 4 
 Precipice alfo at each end, “tis but drawing up) 
 the Ladder, if they be aflaulted, and then there is) 
 no coming at them from below, but by climbing” 
 up as againft a perpindicular Wall: And that they) 
 may not be affaulted from above, they take care toy 
 build on the fide of fuch a Hill, whofe backfide™ 
 hangs over the Sea, or is fome high, fteep, per- 
 pendicular Precipice , altogether inacceflible. 
 ‘Thefe Precipices are natural; for the Rocks feeng 
 too hard to work on; noristhere any fign that Art 
 hath been employed about them. On Bafhee Ifland 
 there is one fuch, and built upon, with its back] 
 mext the Sea. Grafton and Afonmouth Iles are Mee 
 thick | 
 
 | 
 | 
 | 
 : 
 | 
 } 
 
 2 
 

 
 Their Boats, Fifbing, Food. 429 
 thick fet with thefe Hills and Towns; and the An,16375 
 Natives, whether for fear of Pirates, or Foreign WANS 
 Enemies, or Factions among their own Clans, 
 care not for building but in thefe Faftnefles; which 
 I take to be the Reafon that Orange Ifle, though the 
 Jargeft, and as Fertile as any, yet being Level, 
 and expofed, hath no Inhabitants. I never faw the . 
 like Precipices and ‘Towns. 3 ’ 
 
 Thefe People are pretty Ingenious alfo in build- 
 ing Boats. Their {mall Boats are much like our 
 Deal Yalls, but not fo big; and they are built with 
 very narrow Plank, pinn’d with wooden Pins, and 
 fome Nails. They have alfo fome pretty large 
 Boats, which will carry 40 or so Men. Thefe 
 they Row with12 or 14 Oars of a fide. They are 
 built much like the fmall ones, and they row dou- 
 ble banked; that is, two Men fetting on one 
 Bench, but one Rowing on one fide, the other on 
 the other fide of the Boat. They underftand the 
 ufe of Iron, and work it themfelves. Their Bel- 
 lows are like thofe at Afindanao. 
 
 The common Imployment for the Men is Fith- 
 ing; but I did never fee them catch much: Whe- 
 ther it is more plenty at other times of the Year I 
 know not. The Women do manage their Planta- 
 tions. | 
 
 I did never fee them kill any of their Goats or 
 Hogs for themfelves, yet they would beg the 
 Panches of the Goats that they themfelves did fell 
 tous: And if any of our furly Seamen did heave 
 them into the Sea, they would take them up again 
 and the Skins of the Goats alfo. They would not 
 meddle with Hogs-guts, if our Men threw away any 
 befide what they made Chitterlings and Saufages of. 
 The Goat-skins thefe People would carry afhore; 
 and making a Fire they would finge off all the Hair, 
 and afterwards let the Skin lie and Pearch on the 
 Coals, till they thought it eatable; and then they 
 pf eine would 
 
 
 

 
 ‘430 i 
 4n.1687. would: knaw it, and tear it in pieces with their 
 V™ Teeth, and at laft fwallow. i it. The Paunches of the 
 Goats would mak esthem an excellent Difh; they 
 
 ~ ofthe Ferment, and snaking a very favory Stink. 
 
 RS Sah 5 MELONS Soo ee ie ee re 
 
 Goats Maws'cook’d, and Locafts. ¥ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 dreft it in this’ hammer. They se turn out all 
 
 to their Pots, afdae it 
 about often :, “would Smoak and Puff, andl | 
 heave up as it was Boyling, wind breaking out | 
 
 While.this was doing, if they had any Fifh, as com) 
 montysthey had 2 or 3 {mall Fifh, thefe they would 
 make Very’clean (as hating NaftinefS belike) andy 
 cut the Flefh from the Bone, and then mince the 
 Flefh as {mall as poflibly they could, and when that’ 
 in the Pot was well boiled, they would take it Up, 
 and itrewing aq little Salt into it, they would eat it,” 
 mixt with their raw minced Flefh. The Dung in the 
 Maw would look like fo much boil’d Herbs minc’d 
 very fmall;, and they took up their Mefs with their” 
 Fingers, as the AZoors do their Pilaw, ufing now 
 Spoons. a 
 They had another Difh made of a fort of Locufts,7 
 whofe Bodies were about an Inch and an half long) 
 and.as thick as the the top of one’s little Finger ; with) 
 large thin Wings, and long and finall Legs. Ath 
 this time of the Year thefe Creatures came in great 
 Swarms to devour their Potato-leaves, and other: 
 Herbs; and the Natives would go out with finall 
 Netts, and take a quart at one fweep. When they 
 had enough, they would carry them home, and! 
 Parch them over the Fire in an earthen Pan; and 
 then their Wings and Legs would fall off, and their’ 
 Heads and Backs would turn red like boil’d Shrimps, 
 being before brownifh. -Their Bodies being full, 
 would eat very moift, their Heads would crackle in 
 one’s Teeth. I did once eat of this Difh, and liked? 
 it well enough; but their other Difh my Stomach! 
 would not take. 4 
 Theil 
 
 
 
 wn 
 
The Bafhee Liquor: Their Language. 431 
 _. Their common Drink is Water; as it is of all 4.1699. 
 other Indians: Befide which they make a fort of ww) 
 Drink with the Juice of the Sugar-cane, which they 
 boil, and put fonie fimall black fort of Berries 
 among it. Whenit is well boiled, they put it into 
 great Jars, and let it ftand 3 or 4 days and work. . 
 ‘Then it fettles, and becomes clear, and is prefent- oe 
 ly fit to drink. ‘This is an excellent Liquor, and 
 
 
 
 very much like Englifh Beer, both in Colour and 
 Tafte. It is very ftrong, and I do believe very 
 wholefome: For our Men, who drank briskly of it 
 all day for feveral Weeks, were frequently drunk 
 
 ‘with it, and never fick after it. The Natives brought 
 a vaft deal of it every day to thofe aboard and 
 afhore : For fome of our Men were afhore at work 
 on Bafhee Ifland; which Ifland they gave that Name 
 to from their drinking this Liquor there; that be- 
 ing the Name which the Natives call’d this Liquor 
 by: and as they fold it to our Men very cheap, fo : 
 they did not {pare to drink it as freely. And in- : 
 deed from the plenty of this Liquor, and’ their | 
 plentiful ufe of it, our Men call’d all thefe Iflands, 
 the Bafhee Iflands. 
 
 What Language thefe People do. {peak I know 
 
 not: for it had no affinity in found to the Chinefe, 
 which is fpoke much through the Teeth; nor yet to 
 
 the Malayan Language. They called the Metal 
 that their Ear-rings were made of Bullawan, which y 
 is the Adindana word for Gold; therefore probably 
 they may be related to the Philippine Indians , for 
 that is the general Name for Gold among all thofe 
 Indians. 1 could not learn from whence they have 
 their Iron; but it is moft likely they go in their 
 great Boats to the North end of Lueonia, and Trade 
 with the Jzdians of that Ifland for it. Neither did I i 
 fee any thing befide Iron, and pieces of Buffaloes 
 
 | Hides, which I could judge that they bought of 
 Strangers: Their Cloaths were of their own Growth 
 
 and Manufacture. Thefe 
 
AN Lances headed with Iron; which are all the Wea 
 
 ope , 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Their 2 MA INIADY Politic, ke 7 
 Thefe Men had Wooden Lances, and a few | 
 pons that they have. Their Armour is a piece of 
 Buffaloe-hide, fhaped like our Carters Frocks, being 
 without Sleeves, and fowed both fides together | 
 with holes for the Head and the Arms to come 
 forth. This Buff-Coat reaches down to theif) 
 Kneés: It is clofe about their Shoulders, but below 
 it is 3 Foot wide, and as thick as a Board. : 
 I could never perceive them to Worfhip any 
 enn neither had they any Idols; neither did) 
 they feem to obferve any one day more than other. 
 I could never perceive that one Man was of greater ) 
 Power than another, but they feemed to be all” 
 equal; only every Man Ruling in his own Houfe; 
 and the Children refpecting and Honouring their | 
 Parents. 
 
 Yet ’tis probable that they have fome Law, or 
 Cuftom, by which they are govern’d;, for while 
 we lay here we faw a young “Man buried alive in | 
 the Earth; and twas for Theft, as far as we could) 
 underftand from them. There was a great deep) 
 hole dug, and abundance of People came to the7| 
 ' Place to take their laft Farewel of him: Among” 
 the reft, there was one Woman who made greaty) 
 Lamentation, and took off the condemned Perfon’s 
 Ear-rings. We fuppofed her to be his Mother. 
 After he had taken his leave of her and fome othersy 
 he was put into the Pit, and covered over with 
 Earth. He did not ftrugele, but yielded very qui- 
 etly to his Punifhment; and they cramm’d the 
 Earth clofe upon him, and ftifled him. 
 
 They have but one Wife, with whom they live 
 and agree very well; and their Children live very) 
 Obediently under them. The Boys go out a Fifh- 
 ing with their Fathers, and the Girls live at home? 
 with their Mothers: And when the Girls are grown 
 pretty ftrong, they fend them to their Plantations,” 
 toy 
 
eS eR ee ee er me ee eee re Oe ee ee 
 
 ” Tl ie Manners of i the Bafheans. , 432 
 
 dig Yames and Potatoes ; of which they bring 4x16872 
 Be on their Heads every day enough to fervethe MWA 
 ‘whole Family; forthey have no Rice nor Maiz. 
 4 ‘Their Plantations are in the Valleys, ata good 
 ‘diftance from their Houfes ; where every Man has 
 a certain {pot of Land, which is properly his own. 
 ‘This he manageth himfelf for his own ule: ; and 
 eee vices enough, that he may not be beholding to 
 s Neighbour. 
 __ Notwithftanding the feeming naftinefs of their 
 Dith of Goats Maw, they are in their Perfons a very 
 ‘neat cleanly People, both Men and Women: And 
 ‘they are withal the quieteft and civileft People that 
 -ididever meet with. I could never perceive them 
 ‘to be angry with one another. I have admired to 
 fee 20 or 30 Boats aboard our Ship at a time, and 
 yet no difference among them; but all civil and 
 i quiet, endeavouring to help each other on occafi- 
 -on: No noife, nor appearance of diftafte : and al- 
 ‘though fometimes crofs Accidents would happen, 
 |which might have fet other Men together by the 
 ‘Ears » yet they were not moved by them. Some- 
 /times they will alfo. drink freely, and warm them- 
 felves with their Drink; yet neither then could £ 
 ever perceive them out of Humour. They are not 
 ponly thus civilamong themfelves, but very obliging 
 Bad kind to Strangers; nor were their Children 
 ‘mude to us, as is ufual. Indeedthe Women, when 
 we caine to their Houfes, would modeftly beg any 
 Rags, or {mall pieces of Cloth , to {waddle their 
 young ones in, holding out their Children to us: 
 and begging is uftial among all thefe wild Nations.. 
 Yet neither did they beg fo importunately dspin 
 other places; nor did the Men ever beg any thing 
 pat all. Neither, except once at the firit time that) 
 /we came to an Anchor (as I fhall relate) did they. 
 ‘teal any thing; but dealt juftly, and with great 
 pecerity with us ; ; and make us very welconie tO; 
 their 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 a : “ti 1689. their Houfes with Bafhee anne If they had none) 
 _ &v™~ of this Liquor themfelves, they would buy a Jar 
 
  fimall crumbs of the Metal before defcribed, which 
 
 - Hands, ready to fire on them if they had offered tol 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ea ents, Ther Ke. : 
 
 e Drink of their Neighbours, and fit down with 
 
 _ for we could fee them go and give a piece or} 
 pas of their Gold for fome Jars of Bafhee. Andy 
 indeed among Wild Indians, as thefe feem to be, | 
 wonder'd to fee buying and felling, which is not 
 fo ufual; nor to converfe fo freely, as to go aboard) 
 Stranger’ s Ships with fo little caution: Yet their 
 own {mall Trading may have brought them to this. 
 At thefe Entertainments, they and their Family; 
 Wife and Children drank out of {mall Callabafhes ¢ 
 and when by themfelves, they drink about from 
 one to another; but when any of us came among | 
 them, then they would always drink to one off 
 us: { 
 They have no fort of Coin ; but they have 
 
 they bind up very fafe in Plantain Leaves, or the 
 like. This Metal they exchange for what they¥ 
 want, giving a fmall quantity of it, about 2 or 3 | 
 grains, for a Jar of Drink, that would hold 5 orog, 
 Gallons. They have no ’Scales, but give it b 
 guefs. Thus much in general. 
 
 To proceed therefore with our Affairs, I have 
 faid before, that we anchored here the oth day off 
 August. While we were furling our Sails thereg 
 came near 100 Boats of the Natives aboard, with 
 3 Or 4 Men in each; fo that our Deck was full of 
 Men. We were at frit afraid of them, and there 
 fore got up 20 or 30 fimall Arms onour Poop, and 
 kept 3 or 4 Men as Centinels, with Guns in thei 
 
 . 
 . 
 . 
 
 molett us. But they were pretty quiet, only they® 
 pickt up fuch old Iron that they found on our Deck 
 and they alfo took out our Pump-Bolts, and Linch-] 
 Pins out of the Carriages of our Guns, before wey 
 «perceived them. At laft, ene of our Men per= 
 ceived 
 
a es Pe ee eer ee 
 a 
 
 Their Traffick with the Bafheans. “435 
 
 ceived one of them very bufie getting out one of 47.1687: 
 
 our Linch Pins; and took hold of the fellow, who S 
 
 immediately bawl’d out, and all the reft prefently- 
 
 leaped over-board, fome into their Boats, others 
 into the Sea; and they all made away for thie Shore. 
 But when we perceived their Fright, we made much 
 of him that was in hold, who ftood Trembling all 
 the while; and at laft we gave him a fall piece 
 of Iron, with which he immediately leapt over- 
 board, and fwam to his Conforts; who hovered a- 
 bout our Ship to fee the Iffie. ‘Then we beckned 
 to them to come aboard again, being very loth to 
 lofe a Commerce with them. Some of the Boats 
 came aboard again, and they were always very 
 Honeft and Civil afterward. 
 We prefently after this fent a Canoa afhore, to 
 fee their manner of living, and what Provifion they 
 had: The Canoa’s Crew were made very welcome 
 with Bafhee drink, and faw abundance of Hogs, 
 fomé of which they bought, and returned aboard. 
 After this the Natives brought aboard both Hogs 
 and Goats to us in their own Boats, and every 
 day we fhould have 15 or 20 Hogs and Goats in 
 Boats aboard by our fide. Thefe we bought for a 
 fall matter; we could buy a good fat Goat for an 
 
 old Iron Hoop, and a Hog of 70 or 80 pound 
 
 weight for 4 or 3 pound of Iron. ‘Their drink : 
 alfo they brought off in Jars, which we bought for 
 Old Nails, Spikés, and Léaden Bullets. Belide the 
 forementioned Commodities, they brongnt aboard 
 reat quantities of Yams and Potatoes; which we 
 purchafed for Nails, Spikes; or Bullets. It was one 
 Man’s work to be all day cutting out Bars of Iron 
 into fmall pieces with a cold Chifel: And’ thefe 
 were for the great Purchafes of Hogs and Goats, 
 which they would not fell for Nails, as their 
 Drink and Roots. We never let them know what 
 Store we have, that they may value ic the more; 
 ‘Ff Every 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 436 «Their fay and bufinefs at thefe Tes. 
 4n.1687. Every morning, affoon as it was light, they would _ 
 wY™ thus come aboard with their Commodities; which — 
 
 we falted them. Their Hogs were very {weet; 
 , 
 
 a 
 
 ward, pafling on the Eaft fide of Grafton Ifland, 
 and then paffed thro’ between that and Afozmouth 
 Ifland; but we found no Anchoring till we came 
 to the North end of Afoxmouth Ifland, and there 
 we ftopt during one Tide. The Tide runs very 
 {trong here, and fometimes makes a fhort chop- 
 ping Sea. Its courfe among thefe Iflands is $. by 
 E. and N. by W.. The Flood {ets to the North, 
 and Ebb to the South, and it rifeth and falleth 87 
 Foot. 4 
 When we went from hence, we coafted about 
 2 Leagues to the Southward, on the Welt fide of. 
 Monmouth Iland, and finding no Anchor-ground, 
 We ftood over to Bafhee Ifland, and came to an 
 Anchor on the North Eaft part of it, againft a 
 {mall fandy Bay, in 7 Fathom clean hard Sand, and 
 about a quarter of a Mile from the Shore. Here is 
 _ a pretty wide Channel between thefe two Iflands, 
 and Anchoring all over it. The depth of Water is_ 
 12, 14, and 16 Fathom. y 
 We prefently built a Tent afhore,, to mend out 
 Sails in, and ftay’d all the reft of our time here, 
 viz. from the 13th day of Avgu/t till the 26th day of 
 September. In which time we mended our Sails 
 and fcrubb’d our Ship’s bottom very well; and eve=_ 
 ry day fome of us went to their Towns, and were 
 
 kindly” 
 

 
 GR le valet he MA ed ih 5 on 
 
 
 
 
 ) A fierce Storm. 437 
 Kindly entertained by them. Their Boats alfo 4m1687- 
 came aboard with their Merchandize to fell, and WWW 
 Jay aboard all Day; and if we did not take it off 
 their Hands one day , they would bring the fame 
 again the next. | 
 - We had yet the Winds at ’S. W. and S. S. W. 
 moftly fair Weather. In Ogtcber we did expe& the 
 Winds to fhift to the N. E. and therefore we pro- 
 vided to fail (as foon as the Eaftern Monfoon was 
 fettled) to cruife off of ALanila. Accordingly we 
 provided a ftock of Provifion. We falted 70 or 80 
 good fat Hogs, and bought Yams and Potatoes 
 _ good ftore to-€at at Sea. 
 » About the 24th day of September, the Winds 
 fhifted about to the Eaft, and from thence to the f 
 'N.E. fine fair Weather. The 25th it came at N. 
 and began to grow frefh, and the Sky began to be 
 Clouded; andthe Wind frefhned on us. 
 _ At 12 a clock at night it blewavery fierce Storm. 
 We were then riding with our beft Bower a head, 
 and though our Yards and Top-maft were down, 
 yet wedrove. ‘This obliged us to let go our Sheet- 
 Anchor, veering out a good fcope of Cable, which 
 ftopt us till ro or rr a clock the next day. Then 
 the Wind came on fo fierce, that fhe dfove again, 
 with both Anchors a-head. The Wind was now 
 at N. by W. and we kept driving till 3 or 4a 
 clock in the afternoon: and it was well for us 
 that there were no Iflands, Rocks, or Sands in 
 ourway , for if there had, we muft have been 
 driven upon them. We ufed our utmoft Endea- 
 Vours to ftop here, being loath to go to Sea, be- 
 caufe we had fix of our Menafhore, who could 
 lot get off now. At laft we were driven out into 
 deep Water, and then it was ‘in vain to wait any 
 longer: Therefore we hove in our Sheet Cable, 
 and got up our Sheet Anchor, and cut away our 
 beft Bower, (for to have heav’d her up then would 
 ' | ig have 
 
 
 
438 | 
 _ 4n.1687.have gone near to have foundred. us) and fo put to 
 AVN Sea. We had very violent Weather the night en- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 OF fix Englifhmen Left afbore. 
 
 fuing, with very hard Rain, and we were forced 
 to fcud with our bare. Poles till 3 a clock in the 
 morning. Then the Wind flaeken’d, and we 
 brought our Ship to, under a mizen, and lay with 
 our Head to the Weftward. ‘The 27th day the 
 Wind abated much, but it rained very hard all 
 day, and the night enfuing. The 28th day the 
 Wind came about to the N.E. and it cleared upy 
 and blew a hard Gale, but it ftood not there, for 
 it fhifted about to the Eaftward, thence to the S. 
 then to the South, and at laft fettled at S. Wo 
 and then we had a moderate Gale and fair Weas. 
 ther. 
 It was the 29th day when the Wind came to 
 the S. W. Then we made all the Sail we could 
 for the Ifland again. The 30th day we had the 
 Wind at Welt , and faw the Iflands; but could 
 not get in before night. Therefore we ftood off 
 to the Southward till two a clock in the morning § 
 _ then we tackt, and ftood in all the morning, and 
 about 12 a clock, the rft day of Oétober, we am 
 chored again at the place from whence we were 
 driven. . f 
 __ Then our fix Men were brought aboard by the 
 Natives, to whom we gave 3 whole bars of [rom 
 for their kindnefs and civility, which was an ex 
 traordinary Prefent to them. Mr. Robert Hall was 
 one of the Men that was left afhore. I fhall fpeak 
 more of him hereafter. He and the reft of thet 
 told me, ‘That after the Ship was out of fight, the 
 Natives began to be more kind to them than they 
 had been before, and perfuaded them to cut theif 
 Hair fhort, as theirs was, offering to each of them 
 if they would do it, a young Woman to Wie, 
 and a fimall Hatchet, and other fron Utinfils, fit 
 for a Planter, in Dowry ; and withal fhewed 
 
ee a Oe ee en ee eae ee en at ean ae ee ie ae 
 
 
 
 7, ga 
 e The Crew go upon new Projects. ' 439 
 ‘them a piece of Land for them to manage. They 4.16897. 
 were courted thus by feveral of the Town where "WY 
 they then were: but they took up‘their head quar- 
 ‘ters at the houfe of him with whom they firft went. 
 ‘afhore. When the Ship appeared in fight again, 
 ‘then they importuned them for fome fron, which 
 is the chief thing that they covet, even above their — 
 Ear-rings. We might have bought all their Ear- 
 rings, or other Gold they had, with our Iron-bars, ~ 
 had we been affur’d of its goodnefs: and yet when 
 it was touch’d, and compared with other Gold, we 
 ‘could not difcern any difference, tho’ it look’d fo 
 ‘pale in the lump ; but the feeing them polish it fo 
 often, was a new difcouragement. 
 __ This laft Storm put our Men quite out of heart ; 
 for although it was not altogether fo fierce as that 
 ‘which we were in on the Coaft of China, which 
 was {till frefh in memory, yet it wrought more 
 “powerfully, and frighted them from their defign of 
 eruifing before AZanila, fearing another Storm there. 
 Now every Man witht himfelf at home, as they had 
 ‘done an hundred times before: but Captain Read, 
 ‘and Captain Tear the Mafter, perfuaded them to 
 “go towards Cape Comorin, and then they would tell 
 ‘them more of their Minds, intending doubtlefs to 
 ‘eruize in the Red Sea; and they ealily prevailed 
 with the Crew. 
 _ The Eaftern Monfoon was now at hand, and the 
 Deft way had been to go through the Streights of » 
 “Malacca: but Captain Tear faid it was dangerous, 
 “by reafon of many Iflands and Shoals there, with 
 “which none of us were acquainted. ‘Therefore he 
 “thought it beft to go round on the Ealt-fide of all 
 “the Philippine Wlands, and fo keeping South toward 
 ‘the Spice Iflands, to pafs out into the East-Indian 
 Ocean about the [land Timor. 
 
 Ff 3 . This 
 
 Mf 
 
 
 
440 The Author's Refolution. 7 
 4n.1687. This feemed to be a very tedious way about, and 
 “Y™ as dangerous altogether for Sholes; but not for 
 
 meeting with Englijh or Dutch Ships, which wastheir 
 greateft Fear. 1 was well enough fatisfied, know-_ 
 ing that the farther we went, the more Knowledge — 
 and Experience I fhould get, which was the main — 
 Thing that I regarded; and fhould alfo have the 
 more variety of Places to attempt an Efcape from 
 
 them, being fully refolv’d to take the firft oppor- 
 tunity of giving them the flip. | 
 
 
 
 
 
442 
 An.1687. 
 CY 
 
 
 
 CHAP. XVI. 
 
 They depart from the Bafhee Iflands, and paffing 
 by fome others, and the N. End of Luconia, 
 St. John’s Ife, and other of the Philippines, 
 they ftop at the two Ifles near Mindanao ; 
 where they re-fit their Ship, and make a Pump 
 after the Spanifh fafbion. By the young Prince 
 of the Spice Ifland they have News of Captain 
 Swan, azd his Men, left at Mindanao: The 
 Author propofes to the Crew to return to him ; 
 but in vain: the Story of bis Murder at Min- 
 danao, The Clove-Iflands. Ternate. Ti- 
 dore, ec. The Iflands Celebes, and Dutch’ 
 Towa of Macaffer. They Coaft along the 
 Eaft fide of Celebes, and between it and other 
 Lflands and Sholes, with great Difficulty. Shy 
 Turtle. Vaft Cockles. A wild Vine of great 
 Virtue for Sores. Great Trees ; one exceffive- 
 ly big. Beacons inftead of Buoys on the Sholes. 
 A Spout: a Defcriptioa of them, with a Story 
 of one. Uncertain Tornadoes. Turtle. The 
 » Lfland Bouton, and its chief Town and-Har- 
 bour Callafufung. The Inhabitants. Vifits 
 given and receiv’d by the Sultan. His De 
 vice in the Flag of his Proe: His Guards, 
 Habit, and Children. Their Commerce. Their 
 different efteem (as they pretend) of the En- 
 glith avd Dutch. Maritime Indians fell 
 gthers for Staves. Their Reception in the 
 Ff 4 Towes 
 
 a ee ee 
 

 
 
 
 N. E. end of Luconia, and Ife of St. John. : 
 Town. A Boy with 4 rows of Teeth. Para= 
 kites. Crockadores, a fort of White Parrots. 
 They pafs among other Inhabited Iflands, Om- 
 ba, Pentare, Timor, ce. Sholes. New- 
 Holland : laid down too much Northward. Its 
 Soil, and. Dragon-trees. The poor winking 
 Inhabitants: their Feathers, Habit, Food, 
 Arms, &c. The way of fetching Fire out of 
 Wood. The Inhabitants on the Ilands. Their 
 Habitations, Unfitne{s for Labour, &c. The 
 great Tides ‘here. They defign for the tana 
 Cocos, aad Cape Comorin. 
 
 HE third Day of October 1687. we failed from : 
 thefe Iflands, ftanding to the Southward ; 
 intending to fail through among. the Spice Iflands.: 
 We had fair Weather, and the Wind at Welt. We 
 firft fteer’d S.$. W. and pafled clofe by certain fall” 
 Iflands that lye juft by the North-end of the Ifland” 
 Luconia. We \eft them all onthe Weft of us, and_ 
 paft on the Eaft-fide of it, and the reft of the’ Phis 
 lippine Mlands, coafting to ‘the Southward. 
 
 The N. Eaft-end of the Ifland Luconia appears to 
 be good Champion Land, of an indifferent heighth, 5 | 
 plain and evenfor many Leagues; only i it has fome : 
 pretty high Hills ftanding upright by themfelves in” 
 thefe Plains : but’ no ridges of Hills, ‘or chains of 
 Mountains joyning one to another. The Land on” 
 this fide feems to be moft Savannah, or Pafture <7 
 The S. E. part is more Mountainous and Woody. i 
 
 Leaving the Ifland Luconia, and with itour Gol-— 
 den Projects, we failed on to the Southward, pafling ~ 
 on the Eaft-fide of the reft of the Philippine Ulands.” 
 Thefe appear to be more Mountainous, and. lefs” 
 Woody, till we came in fight of the Ifland St. Fohn; 
 the ‘int of that name Nf aati the other [- 
 
 frag 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weft fide of Mindanao. Spanifh Pamps 4 43 | 
 fpake of on the Coaft of China. This I have alrea- 4n.16872 
 dy defcribed to be a very woody Ifland. Here the warn 
 
 Wind coming Southerly, forced-us to keep farther 
 from the Iflands. | 
 
 The 14th day of Qéfober we came clofe by a fmall 
 low woody Ifland, that lieth ‘Eaftfrom the S. E. 
 end of Mindanao, diftant from it about’20 Leagues. 
 
 Ido not find it fet down in any Sea Chart. 
 
 The 15th day we had the Wind at N. E. and 
 
 we fteered Weft for the Ifland Afindanao, and arri- 
 ved at the S.E. end again on the 16th day. There 
 we went in and anchored between two {mall 
 -Iflands, which lie in about 3 d. 10 m. North Lat. 
 I mentioned them when we firft came on this 
 Coaft. Here we found a fine fmall Cove, on the 
 
 N. W. end of the Eaftermoit Ifland, fit to Careen’ 
 
 in, or hale afhore,; fo we went in there, and pre- 
 fently unrigg’d our Sip, and provided to hale our 
 Ship afhore, to clean her bottom. Thefe Iflands 
 are about-3 or 4. Leagues from the Ifland AGindanao; 
 they are about 4. or 5 Leagues in Circumference, and 
 of a pretty good heighth. The mold is black and 
 deep, and there are two fmall Brooks of frefh 
 Water. 
 
 They are both plentifully ftored with great high 
 Trees; therefore our Carpenters were fent afhore 
 to cut down fome of them for our Ufe; for here 
 they made a new Boltfprit, which we did fet here 
 
 _alfo, our old one being very faulty. They made 
 -a new Fore-yard too, and a Fore Top-maft: And 
 our Pumps being faulty, and not ferviceable, they 
 did cut a Tree to. make a Pump. They firft {quar- 
 ed it, then fawed it in the middle, and then hol- 
 lowed each fide exa@ly. The two hollow fides 
 “were made big enough to contain a Pump-box in 
 the midit of them both, when they were joined to- 
 gether; and it required their utmoft Skill to clofle 
 them exactly to the making a tight Cylinder for the 
 3 Fe i xi oi 4 ry f R , zi Pump-= 
 
 ty 
 Bae h.. 
 
 oe ee ee ee 
 

 
 444 
 
 
 
 A Prince of a Spice Iftand. 
 
 44.1687. Pump-box; being unaccuftomed to fuch work. 
 
 UWV~\ We learnt this way of Pump-making from the Spa- 
 
 niards;, who make their Pumps that they ufe in 
 their Ships in the South Seas after this manner; and 
 Yam confident that there are no better Hand-pumps 
 in the World than they have. 
 
 While we lay here, the young Prince that ] 
 mentioned in the 13th Chapter, came aboard. He 
 
 anderftanding that we were bound farther ‘to the 
 
 Southward, defired us to tranfport him and his 
 
 Men to his own Ifland.. He fhewed it to us in our 
 
 Draft, and told us the Name of it; which we put 
 
 down in our Draft, for it was not named there; 
 
 but I quite forgot to put it into my Journal. 
 
 This Man told us, that not above 6 days before 
 this, he faw Captain Swaz, and feveral of his Men 
 
 that we left there, and named the Names of fome 
 of them, who, he faid, were all well, and that now 
 
 they were at the City of A¢indaneo; but that they 
 
 had been all of them out with Raja Laur, fighting 
 
 under him in his Wars againft his Enemies the 4/-_ 
 
 foores; and that moft of them fought with un- 
 daunted Courage; for which they were highly 
 honoured and efteemed, as well by the Sultan, as 
 by the General Raja Laut; that now Captain Swan 
 
 
 
 intended to go with his Men to Fort St. George, and 
 that in order thereto, he had proffered 40 Ounces” 
 
 of Gold for a Ship; but the Owner and he were 
 
 not yet agreed; and that he feared. that the Sultan 
 would not let him go away till the Wars were 
 
 ended. 
 
 All this the Prince told us in the AZalayan Tongue 
 ~which many of us had learnt; and when he went” 
 
 away he promifed to return to us again in 3 days” 
 time, and fo long Captain Read promifed to ftay — 
 
 for him (for we had now almoft finifhed our Bufi- 
 
 nefs) and he feemed very glad of the Opportunity — 
 
 of going with us, 
 After 
 

 
 so 
 
 The Murder of C. Swan at Mindanao: 445 
 
 After this I endeavoured to perfuade our Men, 42.1687. 
 to return with the Ship to the River of A4indanas,\ OWNS 
 and offer their Service again to Captain Swan. I 
 took an opportunity when they were filling of 
 Water, there being then half the Ships Company 
 afhore ; and I found thefe all very willing to do it. 
 I defired them to fay nothing, till I ‘had tried the 
 Minds of the other half, which I intended to do 
 
 ' the next day; it being their turn to fill Water then: 
 but one of thefe Men, who feemed moft forward 
 to invite back Captain Swan, told Captain Read 
 and Captain Teat of the Projeét, and they prefently 
 diffuaded the Men from any fuch Defigns. Yet 
 fearing the worft, they made all poflibly halite to 
 be gone. 
 
 I have fince been informed, That Captain Swan 
 and his Men ftayed there a great while afterward : 
 and that many of the Men got Paflage from thence 
 in Dutch Sloops to Ternate, particularly Mr. Rofy, 
 and Mr. Nelly. There they remained a great while, 
 and at laft got to Batavia (where the Dutch took their 
 
 Journals from them) and fo to Europe; and that 
 fome of Captain Swan’s Men died at Adindanao ; of 
 which number Mr. Harthope, and Mr. Smith, Cap- 
 tain Swan’s Merchants were two. At laft Captain 
 Swan and his Surgeon going in a final] Canoa 
 aboard of a Dutch Ship then in the Road, in order 
 _ to get paflage to Europe, were overfet by the Na- 
 tives at the Mouth of the River; who waited their 
 coming purpofely to do it, but unfufpected by 
 
 _ them; where they both were kill’d in the Water. 
 
 _ This was done by the General’s Order, as fome 
 
 _ think, to get his Gold, which he did immediately 
 
 feize on. Others fay, it was becaufe the General’s 
 
 Houfe was burnt a little before, and Captain Swan 
 
 was fufpected to be the Author of it ; and others 
 fay, That it was Captain Swan’s Threats occafioned 
 his own Ruin; for he wauld often fay as 
 
 9 
 
446 
 
 
 
 Diy artive at the [land Celebes. © 
 
 4n.1687. ly, that he had been abufed by the General, and 
 Fae.) 
 
  fent it to England by Mr. Geddard, Chief Mate of ~ 
 
 _» defire to have had the Prince’s Company: But 
 
 that he would have fatisfaction for it; faying alfo 
 that now he was well acquainted with ‘their Rivers, 
 and knew how to comein at any time; that he alfo 
 knew their manner of Fighting, and the Weaknefs 
 of their Country; and therefore he wou’d go a- 
 way, and get a Band of Men to affift him, and re-_ 
 turning thither again, he would fpoil and take all 
 that they had, and their Country too. When the — 
 General had been informed of thefe Difcourfes hel 
 would fay, What, is Captain Swan made of Iron, ; 
 and able to refift a whole Kingdom? Or does he — 
 think that we are afraid of him, that he fpeaks 
 thus ? Yet did he never touch him, till now the 
 Mindanayans kild him. It is very probable there { 
 might be fomewhat of Truth in all this, for the q 
 Captain was paflionate, and the General ereedy of | 
 Gold. But whatever was the occafion, fo he was 
 kil?d, as feveral have aflured me, and his Gold © 
 feiz’d on, and all his Things; and his Journal alfg ; 
 from England, as far as Cape Corrientes onthe Coaft — 
 of Mexico. ‘This Journal was afterwards fent away — 
 from thence by Mr. AZoody (who was there both a i 
 little before and a little after the Murder ) and he , 
 
 ARR ITR 
 
 the Defence. 
 
 But to our purpofe , feeing I could not perfrade i 
 them to go to Captain Swan again, I had a great © 
 
 Captain Read was afraid to let his fickle Crew lie” 
 Jong. “That very day that the Prince had promifed © 
 to return to us, which was November 2. 1687. we — 
 failed hence, directing our courfe South Wett, and © 
 having the Wind at N..W.. | 
 This Wind continued till we came in fight off 3 
 the Ifland Celebes; then it veered about to the W. 4 
 and to the Southward of the Weft. We came up 
 with the N. E. end of the Ifland Celebes the oth — 
 
 ayy 
 
 
 
I. Gilolo, Ternate, Tidor, &c. Macafler. 447 . 
 day, and there we found the Current fetting to the 42.1687 
 Weltward fo ftrongly, that we couldhardly geton WY 
 the Eaft-fide of that Ifland. roe 
 
 The Ifland Celebes is a very large Ifland, extends 
 ed in length from North to South, about 7 de- 
 grees of Lat. and in breadth it is about 3 degrees. 
 
 It lies under the Equator, the North end being 
 in Lat. 1 d. 30 m. North, and the South end in 
 Lat. 5 d..30 m. South, and by common account the 
 North point in the bulk of this Ifland, lies neareft 
 North and South, but at the North Eaft end there - 
 runs‘out a long narrow Point, ftretching N. E. a- 
 bout 30 Leagues; and about 30 Leagues to the Eaft- 
 ward of this long Slipe, is the Ifland Gilole, on 
 the, Weft fide of which are 4 fimall Iflands, clofe 
 by it, which are very well ftored with Cloves. 
 The two chiefeft are Terware and Tidore; and as the 
 Ifle of Ceylon is reckoned the only place for Cin- 
 namon, and that of Banda for Nutmegs, {0 thefe 
 are-thought by fome to be the only Clove Iflands 
 in the World ; but this is a great error, as I have 
 already fhewn. -4H0 
 At the South-end of the Ifland Celebes there is a 
 - $ea or Gulph, of about 7 or 8. Leagues wide, and 
 ~40 or 50 long, which runs up the Countrey ale 
 moft directly to the North; and this Gulph hath 
 feveral {mall Iflands along the middle of it. On 
 the Weft-fide of the Ifland, almoft at the South- 
 endof it, the Town of Afacaffer is feated. A Town 
 of great Strength and Trade, belonging to the ~ 
 ~ Dutch. “ 
 
 There are great Inlets and Lakes on the Eaft- 
 fide of the Ifland; as alfo: abundance of finalt 
 Iflands, and Sholes lying fcattered about it. We 
 faw a high peeked Hill at the N. end: but the Land 
 on the Eaft-fide is low all along ; for we cruized 
 almoft the length of it. The: mold on this fide is 
 black and deep, and extraordinary fat and rich, 
 
 | ad 
 
4.1687. and full of Trees: and there are many Brooks of — 
 Vw Water run out into the Sea. - Indeed all this Eaft- 
 
 
 
 
 
 They couft along the Ife of Celebes. 
 
 
 
 
 fide of the Ifland feems to. be but one large Grove 
 of extraordinary great high Trees. . 
 
 Having with much ado got on this Eaft-fide, 
 coafting along to the Southward, and yet having 
 but little Wind, and even that little againft us, at 
 S.S. W. and fometimes Calm, we were a long time © 
 going about the Ifland. : 
 
 The 22d Day we were in Lat. 1 d.20 m. South, 
 and being about 3 Leagues from the Ifland ftanding © 
 to the Southward; with a very gentle Land Wind, — 
 about 2 or 3 a Clock in the Morning, we heard a 
 clafhing in the Water, like Boats rowing: and 
 fearing fome fudding attack, we got up all our 
 Arms, and ftood ready to defend our felves. As 
 foon as it was Day, we faw a great Proe, built like © 
 the Mindanayan Proe’s, with about 60 Men in her; — 
 and 6 fmaller Proe’s. They lay ftill about a Mile © 
 to Windward of us, to view us; and probably de- — 
 fign’d to make a’prey of us, when they firft came — 
 out; but they were now afraid to venture on us. 
 
 At laft we thewed them Dutch Colours, thinking — 
 thereby to allure them to come to us; for wecould — 
 not go to them; but they prefently rowed in to- — 
 ward the Ifland, and went into a large opening ; — 
 and we faw them no more; nor did we ever fee 
 any other Boats, or Men, but only one fifhing Ca-' — 
 noa, while we were about this Ifland; neither did 
 we fee any Houfe on all the Coaft. 
 
 About 5 or 6 Leagues to the South of this place, 
 there is a great Range of both large and {mall Iflands ; 
 and many Shoals alfo that are not laid down in our 
 Drafts; which made it extreamly troublefome for 
 us to get through. But we paft between them all and 
 the Ifland Celebes. and anchored againft a fandy Bay 
 in 8 Fathom fandy Ground, about half a Mile fron: — 
 the main Ifland; being then in Lat.1d. 50 m.South. 
 
 : Here ~ 
 
 
 
 ee ne er RAT rR RLY 
 

 
 4 Shy Turtles. Vajft Cockles. A Drag. 449 
 
 Here we ftayed feveral Days, and fent out our 4.1687: 
 Canoas a ftriking of Turtle every Day ; for hereis “WS 
 great plenty of them ; but they were very fhy, as 
 ‘they were generally where-ever we found them in 
 the Eajt India Seas. . 1 know not the reafon of it, 
 unlefs the Natives go very much a ftriking here: 
 for even in the Weft Indies they are fhy in places 
 ‘that are much difturbed: and yet on New Holland 
 -we found them fhy, as I fhall relate ; though the 
 Natives there do not moleft them. 
 
 On the Sholes without us we went and gathered 
 Shell-fifh at low Water. There were a monftrous 
 fort of Cockles; the Meat of one of them would 
 fufice 7 or 8 Men. It was very good wholfom 
 Meat. We did alfo beat about in the Woods on 
 the Ifland, but found noGame. One of our Men, 
 who was always troubled with fore Legs, found a 
 certain Vine that fupported it felf by clinging 
 
 about other Trees. The Leavesreach 6 or 7 Foot 
 high, but the Strings or Branches 11 or 12. - It had 
 a very green Leaf, pretty broad and roundifh, and 
 of a thick fubftance.  Thefe Leaves pounded {mall 
 and boiled with Hogs Lard, make an excellent 
 Salve. Our Men, knowing the vertues of it, 
 ftockt themfelves here: there was fcarce a Man in 
 the Ship but got a Pound or two of it; efpecially 
 fuch as were troubled with old Ulcers, who found 
 great benefit by it. This Man that difcovered thefe 
 leaves here had his: firft knowledge of them in the 
 Iithmus of Darien, he having had his Receipt from 
 one of the Indians there: and he had been afhore 
 _indivers places fince, purpofely to feek thefe Leaves, 
 but did never find any buthere. Among the many 
 vaft Trees hereabouts, there was one exceeded 
 all the reft. This Captain Read caufed to be cut 
 down, in order to make a Canoa, having loft our 
 Boats, all but one fmall one, in the late Storms; 
 fo 6 lufty Men, who had been Logwood-cutters * 
 the 
 
 e 
 
 
 

 
 
 450 
 An.1687.the Bays of Campeachy and Honduras (as Captain 
 YY Read himfelf, and’ many more of us had) and fo 
 
 _ by the Natives of the Ifland Celebes, or thofe of 
 
 
 
 A great Tree, Beacons fet on Sholes. —@g 
 
 
 
 
 
 were very expert at this work, undertook to fell it, 
 taking their turn, 3 always cutting together ; and 
 they were one whole Day, and half the next, bes 
 fore they got itdown. ‘This Tree, though it grew 
 im a Wood, was yet 18 Foot in circumference, and 
 44. Foot of clean Body, without Knot or Branch: 
 and even there it had no more than one or two 
 Branches, and then ran cleanagain 10 Foot higher; 
 there it fpread it felf into many great Limbs and 
 Branches, likean Oak, very green and flourifttiing ¢ 
 yet it was perifht at the Heart, which marr’d it for 
 the fervice intended. ' : 
 
 So leaving it, and having no more bufinefS here; 
 we weighed, ‘and went from hence the next Day, 
 it being the 29th Day of November. While we 
 lay here we had fome Tornadoes, one or two 
 every Day, and pretty frefh Land Winds which 
 were at Welt. | The Sea-breezes were fmall: and 
 uncertain, fometimes out of the N. E. and fo 
 veering ahout to the Eaft and South Eaft. We 
 had the Wind at North Eaft when we weighed; 
 and we fteered off SS. W. In the Afternoon we 
 faw a Shole a-head of us, and altered our courf@ 
 to the S. S: E. In the Evéning, ‘at 4 a Clock, wé 
 were clofeé by another great Shole : therefore wé 
 tackt, and ftood in for the Ifland Celebes again : for 
 fear of running on fome of the Sholes in the Nien 
 By Day 2 Man might avoid them well enough, for 
 they had all Beacons on them, like Huts built om 
 tall Poits, above high-water Mark, probably fet oS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 fome other neighbouring Iflands; and I never faw 
 any fuch elfeyhere. Inthe Night we had a violent 
 Tornado out of the $. W. which lafted about an 
 Hour. ; 
 
 The 
 
Shoals wear Celebes. A Tornado and Spout. 
 
 The 30th Day we had a frefh Land Wind, and 4n.1687) 
 
 Hiccred away South, pafling between the 2 Shoals, 
 which we faw the Day before.. Thefe Shoals lye 
 in Lat. 3 d. South, and about to Leagues from the 
 Hland Celebes. Being paft them, the Wind died 
 away, and we lay becalmed till the Afternoon : 
 ‘Then we hada hard Tornado out of the South 
 Welt, and towards the Evening we faw two or 
 three ‘Spouts, the firft I had {een fince I came ‘into 
 the Eaft Indies; in the Weft Prdies1 had often met 
 with them.- A Spout is a fmall ragged piece, or 
 part of a Cloud, hanging down about a Yard, 
 feemingly from the blackeft part thereof. Com- 
 monly it hangs down floping from dae or 
 fometimes appearing with a fmall bending, or 
 elbow inthe middle. I never faw any hang ’per- 
 pendicularly down. It is fmall at the lower end, 
 deeming no bigger than ones’Arm, but tis fuller 
 cowards the Cloud, from whence it proceeds. 
 ‘When the? farface of the $ea begins to° work, 
 you fhall fee the Water, for about 100 paces in 
 circumference, foam and move gently round till 
 the whirling motion ifcreafes: and then it flies 
 upward in a pillar, about 100! Paces.in compafs 
 at the bottom, but leflening gradually -upwards 
 to the finallnefs of the Spout it’ felf, there where 
 it’ reachetly the lower end of the Spout, through 
 which the rifing Sea-water feems to be conveyed 
 into the Clouds. °This vifibly appears «by the 
 Clouds “increafing in bulk and blacknefs.. Then 
 you fhallprefently fee the’ Cloud drive along, al- 
 though before it feemed to be without any. mo- 
 tion: the Spout *alfo keeping’ the fame courfe 
 with the Cloud, and till fucking tip the Water as 
 ib goes along, and they make a Wind as they go. 
 Thus it continues for the ‘fpace of half an Hour, 
 
 more or lefs,) until the fucking is fpent, and then’ 
 
 peering off, all the’ Water which was below 
 G g the 
 
 
 
 45t 
 
 
 
4n.1687. the Spout, or pendulous piece of Cloud, falls down 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 “Of Spout onthe Cosf of Guinean. 
 
 again into the Sea, making a great, noife with its _ 
 fall, and clafhing motion in the Sea: . 
 It is very dangerous for a Ship to be under a 
 Spout when it breaks, therefore we always en- 
 deavoured to fhun it, by keeping at a diftance, if 
 poflibly we can. — But.for want of Wind to carry 
 us away, we are often in great fear and danger; 
 for it is ufually calm when Spouts are at work, 
 except only juit where they are. Therefore Men 
 at Sea, when they fee a Spout coming; and know 
 not how to avoid it, do fometimes fire Shot out of - 
 their great Guns. into it; to give it air or vent, 
 that fo it may break; but I did never hear that it 
 proved to be of any benefit. P 
 And now being on this Subje&, I think it not 
 ami to give you an account of an accident that 
 happened to a Ship once on the. Coatt of Guinea, 
 fome time in or about the Year 1674. One Cap-_ 
 tain Records of Loudon, bound for the Coaft of | 
 Guinea, inaShip of 300 Tuns, and 16 Guns, called 
 the Bleffing ; when he came into the Lat. 7 or 8) 
 degrees North, he faw feveral Spouts, one of which 
 came directly towards the Ship, and he having ‘no’ 
 Wind to get out of the way of the Spout; made ready” 
 to receive it by furling his Sails. It came on very” 
 {wift, .and broke, a little before it reached the 
 Ship; making a great noife, and railing the Sea 
 round it, as if a great Houfe, or fome’fuch thing, 
 had been caft into the Sea. The fury-of the Wind 
 ftill lafted, and took the Ship om the Starboard= 
 bow ‘with fuch violence, that it fnapt off th 
 Boltfprit and Fore-maft both at once, and ble 
 the Ship all along, ready to over-fet it, but th 
 Ship did prefently right again, and the Win 
 whirling round, took the Ship a fecond time wit 
 the like fury as before, but on the contrary fide 
 and was again like to overfet her the other way. 
 
 
 
 : 
 ‘ 
 
 
 

 
 Dfle of Bouton. Fickle Weather. 453 
 
 The Mizen-maft felt the fury of this fecond Blaft, 4.1687. 
 and was fnapt fhort off, as the Fore-maft and Bolt- “Ww 
 fprit had been before. The Main-maft, and Main- : 
 top-maft received no damage, for the fury of the 
 Wind, (which was prefently over) did not reach 
 them. ‘Three Men were in the Fore-top when the 
 _ Fore-maft broke, and one on the Boltfprit, and fell 
 
 with them into the Sea, but all of them were faved. 
 I had this Relation from Mr. Yohn Canby, who was 
 then Quarter-mafter and Steward of her; one 
 Abraham Wife was Chief Mate, and Leonard Jefferies 
 Second Mate. : 
 
 We are ufually very much afraid of them: Yet 
 this was the only damage that ever I heard done by 
 them. They feem terrible enough ; the rather 
 becaufe they come upon you while you lie becalm’d, 
 like a Log in the Sea, and cannot get-out of their 
 _ way: But though I have feen, and been befet by 
 
 them often, yet the Fright was always the greateft 
 of the harn. : 
 
 December the 1ft, we had a gentle Gale at E.S.E. - 
 we fteered South; and at noon I was by Obferva- 
 tion in Lat. 3d. 34 m. South. Then we faw the 
 Ifland Bouton, bearing South Weft, and about 10 
 Leagues diftant. We had very uncertain and un- 
 con{ftant Winds : The Tornadoes came out of the 
 S. W. which was againft us; and what other 
 Winds we had were fo faint, that they did us little 
 kindnefS; but we took the advantage of the fmalleft 
 Gale, and got a little way every day. ‘The qth 
 day at noon I was by Obfervation in Lat. 4.d. 30 
 m. South. 
 
 The sth day we got clofe by the N. W. end of 
 the Ifland Bowron, and in the evening, it, being fair 
 Weather, we hoifed out our Canoa, and fent the , 
 Moskito Men, of whom we had 2 or 3, to ftrike 
 Turtle, for here are plenty of them, but they be- 
 ing fhy, wechofe to ftrike themin the night (which 
 Gg is 
 
 + 
 
a Pyotr eso, eee we Oe, 
 
 484 ~— ‘Wf of Bouton, and its City Callafufung. 
 j An.1687. is cuftomary in the West-Indies alfo) for every time 
 _ WV™ they come up to breathe, which is once in 8 or 10 
 
 
 
 bis minutes, they blow fo hard, that one may hear — 
 --——s them at 30 or 40 yards diftance,; by which means — 
 ‘ the Striker knows where they are, and may more — 
 ’ ‘ _ eafily approach them than in the day; for the Tur- | 
 j tle fees better than he hears ,; but, on the contrary, 
 
 the Manatee’s hearing is quickeft. 
 In the morning they returned with a very large © 
 Turtle, which they took near the Shore ;.and withal — 
 an Indian of the Ifland came aboard with them. He _ 
 fpake the Afalayan Language, by which we did © 
 underftand him. He told us, That 2 Leagues far- ~ 
 ther to the Southward of us, there was a good — 
 Barbour, in which we might Anchor : So having a 
 fair Wind, we got thither by noon. ‘ 
 This Harbour is in Lat 4 d. 54m. South ; lying © 
 on the Eaft-fide of the land Bouton. WhichIfland | 
 lies near the S. E. end of the Ifland Celebes, diftant 
 from it about 3 or 4 leagues... It is of a long form, 7 
 ftretching §. W. and N. E. about 25 leagues long, ~ 
 and 10 broad. It is pretty high Land, and appears © 
 pretty even, and flat, and very woody. : 
 There is a large Town within a league of the 
 anchoring place, called Callafufung, being the chief, 
 if there were more; which we knew not. _ It is” 
 about a mile from the Sea, on the top of a finall ” 
 Hill, in a very fair Plain, incompafled with Coco- 7 
 nut Trees. Without the Trees there is a ftrong 
 Stone Wall, clear round the Town. ‘The Houfes © 
 are built like the Houfes at A4indanao, but more 
 neat: And the whole Town was very clean and” 
 delightfome. — 
 : _ The Inhabitants are fmall, and well fhaped.” 
 a ‘They are much like the Adindanaians in fhape, co- 
 | Jour, and habit; but more neat and tight. They” 
 {peak the Adalayan Language, and are all A4ahome-_ 
 tans. “Uhey are very obedient to the Sultan, who 
 
 . is” 
 
 
 
 
 Ny 
 > 
 4 
 

 
 | The Sultan of Bouton 3 his Device and Guards, 455 = 
 
 is a little Man, about 40 or so yearsold, and hath An.1687. 
 
 a great many Wives and Children. 
 
 About an hour after we came to an anchor, the 
 Sultan fent a Meflenger aboard; to know what we 
 were, and what our Bufinefs. Wegave him an ac- 
 
 ‘ count, and he returned afhore, and ina fhort time 
 
 ‘ 
 
 after he came aboard again, and told us, Thatthe 
 Sultan was very well pleafed when he heard that we 
 were Englifh ; and faid, That we fhould have any 
 thing that the Ifland afforded , and that he himfelf 
 would come aboard in the morning. Therefore 
 the Ship was made clean, and every thing put in 
 the beft order to receive him. 
 
 The sth day in the morning betimes a great ma- 
 ny Boats and-Canoas came aboard, with Fowls, 
 Eggs, Plantains, Potatoes, @c. but they would 
 difpofe of none till they had order for it trom the 
 Sultan, at his coming. About ro a ciock the Sul- 
 tan came aboard in a very neat Proe, built after the 
 
 Mindanao Fafhion. There was a large white Silk 
 
 Flag at the head of the Maft, edged round with a 
 deep red for about 2 or 3 inches broad, and in the 
 middle there was neatly drawn a Green Griffon, 
 trampling on a winged Serpent, that feemed to 
 ftruggle to get up, and threatned his Adverfary 
 with open Mouth, and witha long Sting that was 
 
 ready to be darted into his Legs. Other Eafi-Indian 
 
 Princes have their Devices alfo. 
 
 The Sultan with 3 or 4. of his Nobles, and 3 of 
 his Sons, fate in the Houfe of the Proe. His 
 Guards were. 10 Mufqueteers, 5 ftanding on one 
 fide of the Proe, and 5 on the other fide; and be- 
 fore the door of the Proe-houfe ftood one with a 
 great broad Sword and a Target, and 2 more fuch 
 at the after part of the Houfe; and in the Head and 
 Stern of the Proe ftood 4 Mufqueteers more, 2 at 
 each end, 
 
 Gs 3 The 
 
 WN 
 

 
 456 
 An.1687. 
 
 ce The Soltasi Habit. a Selling of Slaves. 
 
 
 
 
 
 The Sultan had a Silk Turbat, laced with nar- q 
 
 row Gold Lace by the fides, and broad Lace at the 
 
 end: which hung downon one fide the Head, after _ 
 
 the. A4indanayan Fafhion. He had a sky coloured 
 Silk pair of Breeches, and piece of red Silk thrown 
 
 crofs his Shoulders, and hanging loofe about him ; — 
 
 the greateft part of his Back and Waiit appearing 
 naked. He had neither Stocking nor Shoe. One 
 of his Sons was about 15 or 16 year old, the other 
 two were young things; and they were always in 
 the arms of one or other of his Attendants. 
 
 Captain Read met him at the fide, and led him 
 into his fimall Cabbin, and fired five Guns for his 
 
 welcome. Affoon as he came aboard he gave leave ' 
 
 to his Subjects to traffick with us; and then our 
 People bought what they had a mind to. The 
 Sultan feem’d very well pleas’d to be vifited by the 
 
 Englifh ; and faid he had coveted to have a fight of © 
 
 Enghifhmen, having heard extraordinary Characters 
 
 - of their juft and honourable Dealing: But he ex- 
 
 Claimed againft the Dutch (as all the Atindanayans, 
 
 - and all the Indians we met with do) and wifh’d 
 
 them at a greater diltance. 
 For Macaffer is not very far from hence, one of 
 the chiefeft Towns that the Dutch have in thofe 
 parts. From thence the Dutch come fometimes hi- 
 ther to purchafe Slaves. The Slaves that thefe Peo- 
 le get here and fell to the Dutch, are fome of the 
 idolatrous Natives of the Ifland , who not being 
 under the Sultan, and having no Head , live ftrag- 
 gling in the Country , fiying from one place to 
 another to preferve themfelves from the Prince and 
 his Subjects, who hunt after them to make them 
 Slaves. For the civilized fvdians of the Maritime 
 Places , who trade with Foreigners, if they can- 
 not reduce the inland People to the Obedience of 
 their Prince, they catch all they can of them and 
 fell them for Slaves; accounting them to be but 
 
 as 
 
 I RRR oo St RR) Pc Tee Bia hc! co Seale 
 
 “ 
 
 £ 
 

 
 
 
 The Sultan entertains then at Callafufung. ics 
 
 as Savages, juft as the Spaniards dé the poor Ame- An.1687° 
 - vicans. 
 
 After two or three. hours difcourfe, the Sultan 
 went afhore again, and 5 Guns were fired at his 
 departure alfo. The next day he fent for Captain 
 Read to come afhore, and he, with 7 or 8 Men, 
 went to wait on the Sultan. I could not flip an 
 opportunity of feeing the Place; and fo accom- 
 panied them. We were met at the landing place 
 by two of the chief Men, and guided toa pretty 
 neat Houfe, where the Sultan waited our coming, 
 The Houfe ftood at the farther end of all the Town 
 
 -before-mentioned, which we paft through; and 
 
 abundance of People were gazing on us as we paft 
 by. When wecame near the Honfe, there were 
 40 poor naked Souldiers with Mufquets made a Lane 
 for us to pafS through. ‘This Houfe was not built 
 on Pofts, as the reft were, after the Ad4indanayan 
 
 way; but the Room in which we were énter- 
 
 tained was on the Ground, covered with Mats to 
 fiton. Our Entertainment was Tobacco and Betel- 
 nut, and young Coco-nuts; and the Houfe was 
 befet with Men, and Women and Children, who 
 
 thronged to get near the Windows to look on - 
 
 us. 
 We did not tarry above an hour before we took 
 our leaves and departed. This Town ftands in a 
 fandy Soil; but what the reft of the Ifland is I 
 know not, for none us were afhore but at this 
 Place. 
 
 The next day the Sultan came aboard again 
 and prefented Capt. Read with a little Boy, but he 
 was too fimall to be ferviceable on board; and fo 
 Captain Read returned Thanks, and told him he 
 was too little for him. Then the Sultan fent for 
 a bigger Boy, which the Captain accepted. This 
 Boy was a very pretty tractable Boy; but what 
 
 was wonderful in him, he had two Rows of Teeth, 
 
 ie 
 
 G §4 one 
 

 
 The Crockadore. Neat Proes.  Tflands. 
 
 di 16$7. one within another on each Jaw. None of the 
 WY™ other People were fo, nor did I ever fee the like. 
 
 The Captain was prefented alfo qth two He-goats . 
 
 and was promifed fome Buffaloe, but I do believe © 
 
 that they have but few of either on the Ifland. We 
 did not fee any Buffaloe, nor many Goats, neither _ 
 have they much Rice, but their chiefeft Food is 
 
 Roots. We bought here about a thoufand pound © 
 
 Weight of Potatoes. Here our Men bought alfo- 
 
 abundance of Crockadores, and fine large Parakites, — 
 curionfly coloured, and fome of them the fineft f~ 
 
 ever faw. 
 
 The Crockadore is as big as a Parrot, and fhaped 7 
 
 much like it, with fucha Bill ; but it isas white as Milk, 
 and hath a bunch of Feathers on his head likea Crown. ~ 
 
 At this place we bought a Proealfo of the Minda- 
 naian make, for our own ufe, which our Carpenters ~ 
 afterwards altered, and made a delicate Boat fit for © 
 any Service. She was fharpat both ends, but we faw’d © 
 
 off one, and made that end flat, faftening a Rudder to 
 it, and fhe rowed and failed incomparably. 
 
 We ftayed here but till the 12th day, becanfe it 
 was a bad Harbour and foul Ground, and a bad 
 time of the year too, for the Tornadoes began to 
 
 come in tlick, and ftrong. When we went to 
 
 weigh our Anchor , it was hooked in a Rock, 
 
 and we broke our Cable, and could not get our © 
 Anchor, though we ftrove hard for it, fo we 7 
 went away and left it. there. We had the Wind © 
 at N. N. E. and we fteered towards the S. E. and 7 
 fell in with 4 or 5 fmall Iflands, that lie in 5 d. 7 
 40 m. South Lat. and about 5 or 6 Leagues from 7 
 Callafufung Harbour.. Thefe Iflands appeared very § 
 green with Coco-nut Trees, and we faw two or” 
 
 three ‘fowns on them, and heard a Drum all night; 
 
 for we were got in among Shoals, and could | 
 not get out ag gain til] the next-day. We knew | 
 
 not wh ether the Drum were for fear of us, 
 4 or 
 
 rs 
 
 
 
 
 
Pe ae x Re 
 
 Se se eta 
 
 
 
 Iles if Tener Ohba: ad pend 
 
 till Morning. | 
 We found a pr etty {trong Tide here, the Flood 
 
 459 
 or that they were making merry, as "tis ‘ufual in 4n.1687- 
 thefe parts to do all the Night, finging and dancing »V™) 
 
 fetting to the Southward, and the Ebb to the North- © 
 
 ward. ‘Thefe Shoals, and many other that are not 
 laid down in our Drafts, lie on the South Weft 
 fide of the Iflands where we heard the Drum, a- 
 
 bout a League from them. At laft we palt be-. 
 
 tween the Iflands, and tried for a Paflage on the 
 Eaft fide. We met with divers Shoals on this fide 
 alfo, but found Channels to pafs through, fo we 
 
 fteer’d away for the Ifland Timor, intending to pafs 
 
 out by it, Wehad the Winds commonly at W. S. 
 W. and S. W. hard gales, and rainy Weather. 
 
 The 16th a we got clear of the Shoals, and 
 fteered S. by E. with the Wind at W. S. W. but 
 veering every half hour, fometimes at S. W. and 
 then again at W. and fometimes at N.’ N. W. 
 bringing much Rain, with Thunder and Lightning. 
 
 The 20th day we pafled by the Ifland Omba, 
 which is a pretty high Ifland, lying in Lat. 8 d. 20 
 m. and not above 5 or 6 Leagues from the N. E. 
 part of the Ifland Timer. It is about 13 or 14 
 Leagues long, and 5 or 6 Leagues wide. 
 
 About 7 or 8 Leagues to the Weft of Omba, is a- 
 nother pretty large Ifland, but it had no Name in our 
 Plats; yet by the Situation it fhould be that, which 
 in fome Maps is called Pentare. We faw on it abun- 
 
 dance of Smoaks by day, and Fires by night, and . 
 
 a large Town on the North fide of it, not far 
 from the Sea; but it was fuch bad W eather that 
 
 we did not go afhore. Between Omba and Pentare,_ 
 
 and in the “mid Channel, there is a fmall low 
 fandy Ifland, with great Shoals on either fide; but 
 there is a very good Channel clofe by Pentare, 
 between that and the Shoals about the fmall Ifle. 
 we were three days beating off and on, not’ 
 kh having 
 
 — 
 
 ~~ 
 
460 | 
 4n.1687. having a Wind, for it was at South South Weft. © | 
 YY 
 
 cs %, 
 
 TH Pe bi 
 
 A difficult Paffage. "Timor and other Ile 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 ‘The 23d day in the Evening, having a fmall gale | 
 at North, we got through, keeping clofe by Peu- 
 tare. The Tide of Ebb here fet out to the South- 
 ward, by which we were helped through, for we 
 had but little Wind. But this Tide, which did uS 
 a kindnefs in fetting us through, had like to have 
 ruined us afterwards; for there are two finall 
 Klands lying at the South end of the Channel 
 we came through, aid towards thefe Iflands the 
 Tide hurried us fo fwiftly, that we very narrowl 
 efcaped being driven afhore; for the little Wind 
 we had before at North dying away, we had not 
 one breath of wind when we caine there, neither 
 was there any Anchor-ground. But we got out 
 our Oars and rowed, yet all in vain, for the 
 Tide fet wholly on one of the fmall Iflands, that 
 we were forced with might and main Strength to 
 bear off the Ship, by thrufting with our Oars againit 
 the Shore, which was a fteep bank, and by this 
 means we prefently drove away, clear of Danger 
 and having a little wind in the Night at North, we 
 fteered away S.S.W. In the Morning again we 
 had the wind at W.S. W. and fteered S. and the 
 wind coming to the W. N.W. we fteered S. Wi 
 to get clear of the S. W. end of the Ifland Timon 
 ‘The 29th day we faw the N. W. point of Timor SY 
 E. by E. diftant about 8 Leagues. a 
 
 Timor is a long high mountainous Ifland ftretch 
 ing N. E. and §. W. It is about 7o Leagues longy 
 and 15 or 16 wide; the middle of the Ifland is im 
 Lat. about 9 d. South. I have been informed that) 
 the Portuauefe do trade to this Ifland; but I know 
 nothing of its Produce befides Coire, for making 
 Cables; of which there is mention Chap. X. y 
 
 The 27th day we faw two fimall Iflands which? 
 lic near the §. W. end of Timor: They bear from 
 us $.E. We had very hard gales of Wind, till 
 
 ACU 
 
 
 

 
 4 { Shoal n near Ti imor, hPa with difieadeye 
 
 fill with a great deal of Rain; the Wind at W. Az.1687. 
 yw 
 
 and W. S. W. 
 
 Being now clear of all the IMlands, we ftood off 
 
 South, intending to touch at Nem Holland, a part 
 of Terra Auftralis Incognita, to fee what that Coun- 
 try would afford us. “Indeed, as the Winds were, 
 we could not now keep our insended Courfe (which 
 was firft Wefterly, and then Northerly) without 
 going, to New Holland, unlefs we had gone back a- 
 gain among the Iflands: But this was not a good 
 time of the Year to be among any Iflands to the 
 ‘South of the Equator, unlefs ina good Harbour. 
 
 _ The 31ft day we were in Lat. 13d. 20 m. ftill 
 ftanding to the Southward, the Wind bearing com- 
 Monly very hard at W. we keeping upon it 
 under two courfes, and our Mizen, and fometiines 
 a Main-top-fail rift.. About 20 aclock at night we 
 tackt and ftood to the Northward, for fear of rua- 
 Ming on a Shoal, which is laid down in our Drafts 
 in Lat. 13 d. 50 m. or thereabouts: it bearing S$. 
 by W. from the Eaft-end of Timor ; and fo the 
 ‘Hland bore from us, by our judgments and reck- 
 Oning. At 3 a clock we tackt again, and ftood 
 §. by W. and S.S. W. 
 
 In the Morning, afloon as it was day, we ane 
 the Shoal right a-head: It lies in13d. 50 m. by all 
 our reckonings. It is a fmall {pit of Sand, juft ap- 
 pearing above the Waters edge, with feveral Rocks 
 about it, 8 or 10 foot high above water. It lics in 
 a triangular form; each fide being about a league 
 and half. We ftemm’d right with the middle br 
 it, and ftood within half a mile of the Rocks ; 
 founded; but found no Ground. Then we ‘eat 
 about and ftood to the North two hours; and then 
 tackt and ftood to the Southward again, thinking 
 t0 weather it; but could not. So we bore away 
 On the North-fide, till we came to the Eaft-point, 
 giving the Rocks a finall birth: Then we trimb’d 
 
 fharp, 
 
 
 
 46% 
 
 
 
Es ee 
 
 462 A Error of the Hydographers. New Holland 
 n. 1688, fharp, and ftood to the Southward, pafling clofe by 
 ‘ it, and foundedagain; but found no Ground. | 
 This Shoal is laid down in our Drafts not above} 
 16 or 20 Leagues from New Holland; but we did} 
 run afterwards 60 Leagues due South ‘before we fell 
 in with it; and I am very confident, that no pal 
 of New Holland hereabouts lies fo far Northerly bj 
 40 Leagues, as it is laid down in our Drafts. For if 
 Wew Holland were laid down true, we muft of neé 
 ceflity have been driven near 40 Leagues to 
 Welftward of our courfe;, but this is very impro 
 bable, that the Current fhould fet fo ftr ong to the 
 Weltward, feeing we had. fucha conftant Wefterly 
 wind. I grant, that when the Monfoon shifts firfh 
 the Current does not prefently fhift, but runs after. 
 wards neara-Month; but the Monfoon had been 
 fhifted at leaft two Months now. But of the Mom 
 foons and other Winds, and of the Currents, elfé 
 where, intheir proper place. As tothefe here, 1 do 
 rather believe that the Land is not laid down tru 
 than that the Current deceived us; for it was mofe 
 probable we fhould have been deceived: before 
 met with the Shoal, than afterwards; for on thé 
 Coalt of New Holland we found the Tides keeping 
 their. conftant courfe; the Flood running N. by E 
 and the Ebb S. by E : 
 The 4th day of Fanuary, 1688. we fell in wi : 
 the Land of New Holland in the Lat. of 16 d. 594 0 
 having, as I faid before, made our courfe dat 
 South from the Shoal that we pait by the 3rft da 7 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 of December. We ran in clofe by it, and finding 
 convenient Anchoring, becaufe it lies open to th 
 N. W. we ran along fhore to the Eaftward, {tea 
 ing N. E. by E. for fo the Land lies. We ‘fteered 
 thus about 12 Leagues; and then came to a Poll 
 - of Land, from whence the Land trends Eaft ail 
 Southerly, for ro or 12 Leagues; but how afterwart 
 
 b 
 J know net. About 3 Leagues to the Eofrang : 
 

 
 ew-Holland. Dragon-trees. The Animals. 463 
 ‘this point, there is a pretty deep Bay, with abun- An.1688+, sh 
 dance of Iflands in it, and avery good place to , 
 anchor in, or to hale afhore. About a league to 
 he Eaftward of that point we anchored January / 
 the 5th, 1688. 2 mile from the fhore, in 29 fathom, 
 good hard Sand, and clean Ground. __ 
 _ New Holland is a very large tra of Land. It is 
 ‘fot yet, determined whether it is an Ifland or a 
 main Continent; but I am certain that it joyns 
 neither to Afia, Africa, nor America. This part of it~ 
 that we faw is all low even Land, with fandy Banks 
 “againft the Sea, only the Points are rocky, and fo 
 are fome of the Iflands in this Bay. - 
 _ The Land is of a dry fandy Soil, deftitute of 
 “Water, except you make Wells; yet producing 
 divers forts of Trees ;- but the Woods are not thick, 
 mor the Trees very big. Moft of the Trees that 
 we faw are Dragon-trees as we fuppofed; and thefe 
 ‘too are the largeft Trees of any there. They are 
 ibout the bignefs of our large Apple-trees, and 
 about the fame heighth: and the Rind is blackifh, ~ 
 ind fomewhat rough. The Leaves are of a dark 
 colour; the Gum diftils out of the knots or cracks 
 t are in the Bodies of the Trees. We compared. 
 - with fome Gum Dragon, or Dragons Blood, that 
 vas aboard; and it was of the fame colour and 
 fte. The other forts of Trees were not known 
 any of us. ‘There was pretty long Grafs grow- 
 hg under the Trees; but it was very thin. We 
 faw no ‘Trees that bore Fruit or Berries. 
 _ We faw no fort of Animal, nor any track of 
 Beaft, but once; and that feemed to be the tread 
 | of a Beaft as big as ‘a great MaftiffDog. Here are 
 ‘a few {mall Land-birds, but none bigger than a | 
 IyBlackbird;, and but few Sea-fowls. Neither is the 
 *Sea very- plentifully ftored with Fith, unlefS you 
 reckon the Manatee and Turtle as fuch. Of thefe 
 Creatures there is plenty; but they are extraordinary 
 
 2 A i 
 f ~ te ae 
 a tie 
 fh ° pero) £ Un 
 s* Ee 
 oo a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 aa The poor winking People of N ew Holland ss 
 _An.1687. fhy; though the Inhabitants cannot trouble them 
 ~V™ much, having neither Boats nor Iron. 
 
 The Intiabitants of this Country are the mifera- 
 bleft People in the World. The Hodmadods of Ma- 
 nomatapa, though a nafty People, yet for Wealth 
 are Gentlemen to thefe; who have no Houfes and 
 skin Garments, Sheep, Poultry, and Fruits of the 
 Earth, Oftrich Eggs, @c. as the Hodmadods havé: 
 And fetting afide their human Shape, they differ 
 but little from Brutes. They are tall, ftrait bo 
 died, and thin, with fmall long Limbs. They have 
 great Heads, round Foreheads, and great Brows, 
 ‘Their Eye-lids ate, always half clofed, to keep the 
 Flies out of their Eyes : they being fo troublefome 
 
 here, that no fanning will keep them from coming 
 to ones Face ; and without the afliftance of both 
 Hands to keep them off, they will creep into ones 
 Noftrils; and Mouth too, if the Lips are not fhut 
 very clofe. So that from their Infancy being thus 
 annoyed with thefe Infects, they do never opel 
 their Eyes, as other People: And therefore they 
 cannot fee far ; unlef$ they hold up their Heads, as 
 if they were looking at fomewhat over them. 2 
 
 They have great Bottle Nofes, pretty full Lips, 
 and wide Mouths. ‘The two fore-teeth of their up- 
 per Jaw are wanting in all of them, Men and Woe 
 men, Old and Young; whether they draw them 
 out, I know not: Neither have they any Beards 
 The ate long vifaged , and of a very unpleafing 
 afpect; having no one graceful Feature in theif 
 Faces. Their Hair is black, fhort and curl’d, like 
 that of the Negroes; and not long and lank Like 
 the common Indians. The colour of their Skins 
 both of their Faces and the reft of their Body, is 
 coal black, like that of the Negroes of Guinea. © 
 
 They have no fort of Cloaths,; bnt a piece OF 
 the rind of a Tree ty’d like a Girdle about “7 
 Wailts, and a handful of long Grafs, or 3 or 4 
 
 fall 
 

 
 Their Weim on [mall Fifh left ceria ie | 
 fall green Boughs, full of Leaves, thrutt under 47.1687. 
 ‘their Girdle, to cover their nakednefS. 
 _ They have no Houfes, but lye in the open Air, 
 without any covering ; the Earth being their Bed, 
 and the Heaven their Canopy. Whether they co- 
 habit one Man to one Woman, or promifcuoufly, 
 ‘Iknow not: but they do live in Companies, 20 
 ‘or 30 Men, Women, and Children together. 
 Their only Food isa fmall fort of Fifth, which they 
 get by making Wares of Stone, acrofs little Coves 
 ‘or Branches of the Sea: every Tide bringing in 
 he {mall Fifh, and there leaving them for a prey to 
 thefe People, who conftantly attend there to fearch 
 or them at Low-water. ‘This {mall Fry I take to 
 be the top of their Fifhery: they have no Inftru- 
 ents to. catch great Fifh, fhould they come; and 
 uch feldom ftay to be lett behind at Low-water : 
 nor could we catch any Fifh with our Hooks and 
 ines all the while we lay there. In other places 
 Low-water they feek tor Cockles, Mufcles, and 
 eriwincles: Of thefe SheiJ-fifh there are fewer 
 ill; fo that their chiefeft dependance is upon what 
 he Sea leaves in their Wares: 3 which, be it much 
 or little, they gather up, and march to the places 
 Mf their abode. There the old People, that are 
 ‘Rot able to ftir abroad, by reafonof their Age, and 
 e tender Infants, wait their return; and what 
 rovidence has beftowed on them, they prefently 
 sroil on the Coals, and eat it in common. Some- 
 es they get as many Fifh as makes them a plenti- 
 nl Banquet; and at other times they fcarce get 
 ry one a tafte: but be it little or much that they 
 et, every one has his part, as well the young and 
 ender, the old and feeble, who are not able to 
 20 abroad, as the ftrong and lufty. When they have 
 eaten they lye down ull the next Low-water, and 
 en all that are able march out, be it Night or 
 Day, rain or fhine, ’tis all one : they muft attend the 
 ¥ W ares, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 466. Their dee: How indwnse get Fire. ~~ 
 
 4n.1638. Wares, or elfe they muft faft: For the Earth affords 
 _ @¥~ them no Foodat all. There is neither Herb, Root. 
 Pulfe, nor any fort of Grain, for them to eat, 
 that we faw: nor any fort of Bird, or Beaft that 
 they can catch, having no Inftruments wherew ‘ithe 
 al to do fo. . 
 I did not perceive that they did worfhip an 
 “thing. Thefe poor Creatures havea fort of Wea 
 pon to defend their Ware, or fight with their Ene. 
 mies, if they have any that will interfere with a 
 poor Fifhery. They did at firft endeavour with 
 their Weapons to frighten us, who lying afhore des 
 terr’d them from one of their Fifhing-places. Some | 
 of them had wooden Swords, others had.a fort of 
 Lances. The Sword is a piece of Wood, fhaped 
 fomewhat like a Cutlafs. The Lance is a long 
 ftrait Pole, fharp at one end, and hardened afters 
 wards by heat. I faw no Iron, nor_any other -fort 
 of Metal; therefore it is probable they ufe Stone: 
 Hatchets, as fome Indians in America do, defcribet | 
 in Chap. IV. | 
 How they get their Fire, I know not: but, pros 
 bably, as Indians do, out of Wood... Ihave feen the 
 Indians of Bon- Airy do it, and have my felf tryed) 
 the experiment : They take a flat piece of Woody 
 that is pretty foft, and make a fmall dent in ong 7 
 fide of it, then they take another hard round fticky_ 
 about the bignefs of ones little finger, and fharpen= 
 ing it atone end like a Pencil, they put that fhary 
 end in the hole or dent of the flat foft piece, and 
 then rubbing or twirling the hard piece betwee 
 the palms of their Hands, they drill the foft piece 
 till it fmoaks, and at laft takes Fire. ie 
 Thefe People fpeak fomewhat thro’ the Three 
 but we could not underftand one word that the 
 faid. We anchored, as I faid before, Fanuary the 
 sth, and feeing Men walking on the Shore, 
 prefently fent a Canoa to get fome Acquaintance 
 with 
 
 ; 
 
: ‘The People on the Iflands. 467 
 with them: for we were in hopes to get fome 47.1688. 
 _ Provifion among them. - But the Inhabitants, fee- WAND 
 _ ing our Boat coming, run away and hid themfelves. 
 We fearched afterwards 3 Days in hopes to find 
 _ their Houfes, but found none: yet we faw many 
 _ places where they had made Fires. At laft, being 
 _ out of hopes to find their Habitations, we fearched 
 j no farther : but left agreat many Toys afhore ; in 
 - fuch places where we thought that they would 
 come. In all our fearch we found no Water, but 
 _ old Wells on the fandy Bays. 
 _ . At laft we went over to the Iflands, and there 
 _ we found a great many of the Natives: Ido be- 
 lieve there were 40 on one Ifland, Men, Women 
 ' and Children. | The Men at our firft coming a- 
 _ fhore, threatned us'with their Lances and Swords ; 
 but they were frighted by firing one Gun, which 
 _we fired purpofely to fcare'them. The Ifland was 
 | fo {mall that they could not hide themfelves: but 
 | they were much difordered: at our Landing, efpe- 
 | cially the Women and Children: for we went di- 
 / rectly to their Camp. ‘The luftielt of the Women 
 ' fhatching up their Infants ran away howling, and 
 ) the little Children run after fqueaking and bawl- 
 | ing; but the Men ftood ftill) Some of the Wo- 
 | men, and fuch People as could not go from us, lay 
 | fill by a Fire, making a doleful noife, asifwe had 
 | been coming to devourthem:. but when they faw 
 | wedid not intend to harm them they were pretty 
 | quiet, and the reft that fled from us at our firft 
 coming, returned again. © This their place of 
 | Dwelling was only a Fire, with a few Boughs before 
 ) it, fet up on that fide the Winds was of. 
 _. After we-had been hereva little while, the Men 
 _ began to’be familiar, and we cloathed fome of 
 | them, defigning to have had fome fervice of them 
 | for it: for we found fome Wells of Water here, 
 and intended to carry 2 or 3 Barrels of it aboard. 
 % Hh But 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ‘ 
 t, . 
 i 
 pit 
 q the Pee el ee eee i Si ae 
 
468’ 
 
 
 
 The New- Hollanders not curious. 
 
 An.1688. But it being fomewhat troublefome to carry to the ! 
 
 Canoas, we thought to have made thefe men to 
 have ¢arry’d it for us, and therefore we gave them 
 fome Cloaths; to one an old pair of Breeches. 
 to another a ragged Shirt, tothe third a Jacket that 
 was {carce worth owning; which yet would have 
 been very acceptable at fome places where we had 
 been, and fo we thought they might have been 
 with thefe People. We put them on them, think- 
 ing that this finery would have brought them to 
 work heartily for us; and our Water being filled 
 in {mall long Barrels, about 6 Gallons in each, 
 which were made purpofely to carry Water in, 
 we brought thefe our new Servants to the Wells, 
 and put a Barrel on each of their Shoulders for 
 them to carry to the Canoa. But all the figns we 
 could make were to no purpofe, for they ftood like © 
 Statues; without motion, but grinn’d like fo many 
 Monkeys , ftaring one upon another: For thefe 
 poor Creatures feem not accuftomed to carry Bur=_ 
 thens ; and I believe that one of our Ship-boys” 
 of 10 Years old, would carry as much as one of 
 them. So we were forced to carry our Water our 
 felves, and they very fairly put the Cloaths off a-— 
 gain, and laid them down, as if Cloaths were on- 
 ly to work in. I did not perceive that they had 
 any great liking to them at firft, neither did they 
 feem to admire any thing that we had. 
 
 At another time our Canoa being among thefe 
 Iflands feeking for game, efpy’d a drove of tele 
 Men {wimming from one Ifland to another; fo 
 they have no Boats, Canoas, or Bark-logs. They 
 took up Four of them, and brought them aboard : 
 two of them were middle aged, the other twa 
 were young Men about 18 or 20 Yearsold. Te 
 thefe we gave boiled Rice, and with it Turtle and 
 Manatee boiled. They did greedily devour what 
 
 
 
 _ we gave shee, but took no notice of the Ship, of 
 
 any 
 
 a 
 
es a 
 
 Their Shienefs. The Tides here, 469 
 any thing in it, and when they werefet on Land 42.1688. 
 again, they ran away as faft as they could. At wwND 
 our firft coming, before we were acquainted with — 
 them, or they with us, a Company of them who 
 liv’d on the Main, came juft againft our Ship, and 
 ftanding on a pretty high Bank, threatned us 
 with their Swords and Lances, by fhaking them 
 atus; at laft the Captain ordered the Drum to be 
 beaten, which was done of a fudden with much 
 vigour , purpofely to fcare the poor Creatures. 
 They hearing the noife, ran away as faft as they 
 could drive , and when they ran away in hafte , 
 they would cry Gurry, Garry, {peaking deep in the 
 Throat. Thofe Inhabitants alfo that live on the 
 Main, would always run away from us; yet we 
 took feveral of them. For, as I have already ob- 
 ferved, they had fuch bad Eyes, that they could 
 not feeus till we came clofe tothem. We did 
 always give them Victuals, and let them go again, 
 but the Iflanders, after our firft time of being a- 
 ‘Tong them, did not ftir for us. 
 
 When we had been here about a week, we hal’d 
 our Ship into a fmall fandy Cove, at a Spring- 
 tide, as far as fhe would float; and at low Water 
 fhe was left dry, and the Sand dry without us near 
 half a mile; for the Sea rifeth and falleth here 
 about 5 fathom. The Flood runs North by Eaft, 
 
 _ and the Ebb South by Weft. All the Neep-tides 
 _ we day wholly a-ground, for the Sea did not come 
 neat us by about a hundred yards. We had there- 
 _ fore time enough to clean our Ships bottom, which 
 _ we did very well. Moft of our Men lay afhore in 
 _a Tent, where our Sails were mending ; and our 
 | Strikers brought home Turtle and Manatee every 
 _ day, which was our conftant Food. 
 While we lay here, I did endeavour to perfuade 
 | our Men to go to fome Englifh Factory, but was 
 | threatned to be turned afhore, and left here for 
 2 it, 
 
 a 
 
 
 
pee ee 
 
 470 — They defign for Cocos, and Cape Comorin. _ 
 An.1688-it. This made me defift, and patiently wait for 
 “V™\ fome more convenient place and opportunity to 
 
 leave them, than here: Which I did hope I fhould 
 
 towards Cape Comorin. In their way thither they 
 which lieth in 
 Lat. 12 d. 12 m. North, by our Drafts; hoping 
 there to find of that Fruit; the Ifland having its 
 Name from thence. : 
 
 
 
 
 
 eee Pe 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 C FEA'P. SVL 
 
 Leaving New-Holland they pafs by the Ifland 
 _ Cocos, and touch at another woody Ifland 
 
 near it. A Land Animal like large Craw- 
 fib. Coco-Nuts, floating in the Sea. The 
 
 Ifland Trifte, bearing Coco's, yet over-flown 
 
 every Spring-tide. They Anchor at a {mall 
 Ifland near that of Naflaw. Hog Ifland, and 
 others. A Proe taken, belonging to Achin. 
 Nicobar Ifland, and the reft called by that 
 Name. Ambergreafe, good and bad. The 
 Manners of the Inhabitants of thefe Iflands. 
 They Anchor at Nicobar Ife. Its Situation, 
 Soil, and pleafant mixture of its Bays, Trees, 
 &c. The Melory Tree and Fruit, ufed for 
 Bread. The Natives of Nicobar Ifland, their 
 Form, Habit, Language, Habitations; no 
 form of Religion or Government: Their Food 
 and Canoas. They clean the Ship. The Au- 
 
 thor projetts and gets leave to flay afbore here, 
 
 and with him two Englifb-men more, the Por- 
 pee and 4 Malayans of Achin. Their 
 firjt Rencounters with the Natives. Of the 
 common Traditions concerning Cannibals, or 
 Man-Eaters. Their Entertainment afbore. 
 They buy a Canoa, to tranfport them over to 
 Achin ; but overfet her at firft going out. 
 Having recruited and improved her, they fet 
 gut again for the Eels of the Ifland. They 
 
 : have 
 
 
 
weather. We directed our courfe to the North- 
 ward, intending, as I faid, to touch at the Ifa 
 Cocos: But we met with the Winds at N. W. 
 W.N. W. and N. N. W. for feveral days; which 
 obliged us to keep a more Eafterly courfe than was — 
 convenient to find that Ifland. We had foon after — 
 our fetting out very bad weather, with much 
 Bs rig and Lightning, Rain and high bluftring 
 inds. 
 
 the Lat. of the Ifland Cocos, which is in 12 d. 12 m. 
 and then, by Judgment, we were 40 or 50 Leagues 
 to the Eaft of it; and the Wind was now at S. W._ 
 Therefore we did rather chufe to bear away to-— 
 wards fome Iflands on the Weft fide af Sumatra, 
 than to beat againft the Wind for the Ifland Cocos. 
 I was very glad of this; being in hopes to make — 
 my efcape from them to Sumatra, or fome other — 
 
 ace. ; 
 _ We met nothing of remark in this Voyage, befide _ 
 the catching 2 great Sharks, till the 28th day. 
 Then we fell in with a finall woody Ifland, in Lat. — 
 10 d. 30 m. Its Longitude from New Holland, from 
 whence we came, was, by my account, 12 d. 6. m. 
 Welt. It was deep Water about the Ifland, and 
 therefore no Anchoring; but we fent two Canoas — 
 afhore ; one of them with the Carpenters, to cuta 
 Tree to make another Pump; the other Canoa 
 went to fearch for frefh Water, and found a fine 
 {mall Brook ‘near the S$. W. point of the Ifland; 
 but there the Sea fell in on the Shore fo high, that 
 
 
 
 
 
 They in vain try for the Cocos. ; 
 have 2Wear with the Iflanders ; but Peace being q 
 re-eftablifbed, they lay in Stores, and make 
 Preparations for their Voyage. 
 
 Arch the 12th, 1688, we failed from Nem 
 Holland, with the Wind at N. N. W. and fair 
 
 It was tue 26th day of AZarch before we were in 
 
 they 
 

 
 A Land Animal like Craw-ffp. | ae 
 
 they could not ge tit off At noon both our Ca- 4n,1688. 
 - noas returned aboard; and the Carpenters brought U-WNs 
 aboard a good Tree, which they afterwards made a 
 Pump with, fuch a one as they made at Adindanao. 
 _ The other Canoa brought aboard as many Boobies, 
 and Men of War Birds, as fufficed all the Ships 
 
 Company, when they were boiled. They got alfo 
 
 a fort of Land-Animal, fomewhat refembling a large 
 
 Craw-fifh, without its great Claws. Thefe Crea- 
 _ tures lived in holes in the dry fandy Ground, like 
 
 Rabbits. Sir Francis Drake in his Voyage round the 
 
 ‘World makes mention of fuch that he found at Ter- 
 
 nate, or fome other of the Spice Iflands, or near 
 _ them. ‘They were. very good fweat Meat, and fo 
 
 large that two of them were more than a Man could 
 _ eat; being almoft as thick as ones Leg. Their 
 Shells were of a dark brown; but red when 
 boiled. 
 
 This Ifland is of a good heighth, with fteep Cliffs 
 againft the S. and S$. W. and a fandy Bay on the 
 _ North-fide; but very deep water fteep to the fhore. 
 
 The Mold is blackifh, the Soil fat, producing large 
 
 Trees of divers forts. ‘ ' 
 
 _ About one a clock in the Afternoon we made 
 _ fail from this Ifland, with the Wind at S. W. and 
 _ we fteered N. W. Afetrwards the Winds canie a- 
 
 bout at N. W. and continued between the W.N.W. 
 _ and the N.N. W. feveral days. I obferved, That 
 
 the Winds biew for rhe moft part out of the Weft, 
 _ or N. W. and then we had always rainy Weather, 
 
 with Tornadoes, and much Thunder and Lighr- 
 ning ; but when the Wind came any way to the 
 
 Southward, it blew but faint, and brought fair 
 
 weather. 
 
 We met nothing of remark till the 7th day of 4- 
 pri, and then, being in Lat. 7 d. S. we faw the 
 Land of Sumatra ata great diftance, bearing North. 
 The 8th day we faw the Eaft-end of the Ifland Su- 
 
 Hh 4 matra 
 
 — Cs 
 Bue 
 
 eS -. 
 
 er, 
 

 
 474 
 An.1688.matra very plainly; we being then in Lat. 6 d. §. 
 WV™ The roth day, being in Lat. 5 d. 11 m. and about 
 
 - they returned aboard laden with them:three times. 
 
 
 
 
 Trifte, a2 Ile near Sumatra. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 7 
 7 or 8 Leagues from the Ifland Sumatra, onthe Welt | 
 fide of it, we faw abundance of Coco Nuts fwim- — 
 ming in the Sea; and we hoyfed out our Boat, and | 
 took up fome of them; as alfo a fimall Hatch, or | 
 Scuttle rather, belonging to fome Bark. The Nuts — 
 were very found, and the Kernel fweet, and in 
 fome the Milk or Water, in them, was yet fweet 
 and good. 4 
 
 The 12th day we came toa fimall Ifland called” 
 Trifte, in Lat. (by Obfervation) 4 d. South; it is a-— 
 bout 14 or 15 Leagues to the Weft of the Ifland Su#- 
 matra. From hence to the Northward there area 
 great many fmall uninhabited Iflands, lying much — 
 at the fame diltance from Sumatra. This Ifland — 
 Trifte is not a Mile round, and fo low, that the © 
 Tide fiows clear over it. It is of a fandy Soil, and © 
 full of Coco-nut Trees. The Nuts.are but fmall; 
 yet {weet enough, full, and more Ponderous than 
 I ever felt any of that bignef$; notwithftanding — 
 that every Spring-tide the Salt-water goes. clear 
 over the Ifland. af 
 
 We fent <fhore our Canoas for Coco-nuts, and 
 
 Our Strikers alfo went out and ftruck fome Fifh, — 
 which was boiled for Supper. They alfo killed” 
 4 young Aligators, which we falted for the next | 
 ay. e 
 _ J had no Opportunity at this place to make my)’ 
 Efcape as 1 would have done, and gone over hence | 
 to Sumatra, could 1 have kept a Boat to nie. But — 
 there was no compafling this; and fo the 15th day: 
 we went from hence, fteering to the Northward. ~ 
 on the Weft fide of Szmatra. Our Food now was — 
 Rice, and the Meat of the Coco-nuts rafped, and © 
 iteep’din Water, which made a fort of Milk, into © 
 Which we did put.our Rice, making a ae 
 7 Sears Mets © 
 
 
 
sii . Se ee eS Bi a ae GS eA Gs REWER ec Pr ogee To ee ae 
 . os : | 
 Fr dfe Naflaw. Hog Ijle, &c. A Proe taken. 495 | 
 Mafs enough. After we parted from Trifte we faw 47.1688. | 
 other {mall Iflands, that were alfo full of Coco-nut W~V™ 
 “Trees. 
 The roth day, being in Lat. 3 d. 25 m. S. the 
 S. W. point of the Hland Naf bore N. about 5 
 mile dift. This is a pretty large uninhabited Ifland; 
 in Lat. 3 d. 20 m. S. and is full of high Trees. A- 
 bout a mile from the Ifland Waffam there is a {mall 
 Ifland full of Coco-hut Trees. There we anchored 
 the 29th day to replenifh our ftock of Coco-nuts. 
 A Riff of Rocks lies almoft round this Ifland, 
 fo that our Boats could not go afhore, nor come 
 aboard at low Water, yet we got aboard four 
 Boat-load of Nuts. This Ifland is low like Trifte, 
 and the anchoring is on the North-fide; where 
 you have 14 fathom, a mile from fhore, clean 
 Sand. GEL PIER ARAN 
 The 21ft day we went from hence, and kept to | 
 the Northward, coafting ftill on the Welt-fide of - 
 the Ifland Sumatra ; and having the Winds between 
 the W. and S.S. W. with unfettled Weather; fome- 
 times Rains and Tornadoes, and fometimes fair 
 weather. Al TOS, nea 
 The 25th day we croft the Equator, {till coaft- 
 ing to the Northward, between the Ifland Suma- 
 tra, anda range of fimall Iflands, lying 14 0r 15 
 leagues off it.. Amongft all thefe Iflands , Hog 
 Ifland is the moft confiderable. It lies in lat, 3 i 
 40m. North. It is pretty high even Land, cloathed. 
 with tall flourifhing Trees; we paft it by the’28th 
 day. , 
 The 29th we faw a fail to the North of us, 
 which we chafed : but it being little wind, we did 
 “not come up with her till the 30thday. Then, 
 being within a League of her, Captain Read 
 _ went into a Canoa and took her, and brought her 
 _aboard. She wasa Proe with four Men in her, be- 
 _Jonging to Achin, whether fhe was bound. She 
 eS ~~ Came 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 476 The W. Coaft. Achin Harbour. 
 4n.1688. came from ane of thefe Coco-nut Iflands that we — 
 YN paft by, and was laden with Coco-nuts, and Co- 
 
 co-nut Oil. Captain Read ordered his Men to take 
 aboard all the Nuts, and as much of the Oil as he 
 thought convenient, and then cut a hole in the 
 bottom of the Proe, and turned her loofe, keeping © 
 the Men Prifoners. ; 
 
 It was not for the lucre of the Cargo, that Cap- 
 tain Read took this Boat, but to hinder me and 
 fome others from going afhore ; for he knew that 
 we were ready to make our efcapes, if an oppor= 
 tunity prefented it felf; and he thought, that by 
 his abufing and robbing the Natives, we fhould be 
 afraid to truft our felves among them. But yet 
 this proceeding of his turned to our great advantage, 
 as fhall be declared hereafter. 
 
 May the 1ft, we ran down by the North Weft 
 end of the Ifland Sumatra, within 7 or 8 leagues 
 of the fhore. All this Weft-fide of Sumatra which 
 we thus coafted along, our Exglifhmen at Fort St. 
 George, call the West-Coast fimply ; without adding 
 the name of Sumatra. The Prifoners who were 
 taken the day before, fhewed us the Iflands that 
 lie off of Achin Harbour, and the Channels through: 
 which Ships go in; and told us alfo that there was 
 an. Englifh FaCtory at Achin. 1 wifht my felf there, — 
 but was forced to wait with patience till my time, 
 was comie. | i 
 
 _ We were now directing our courfe towards the 
 Nicobar Iflands, intending there to clean the Ship’s 
 bottom, in order to make her fail well. ; 
 
 The 4th day in the evening, we had fight of one 
 of the Nicobar Iflands. The Southermoft of them — 
 lies about 40 leagues N.N.W. from the N. W. end 
 of the Ifland Sumatra. This moft Southerly of 
 them is Nicobar it felf, but all the clufter of Iflands 
 lying South of the Audeman Mlandsare called by our 
 Seamen the Nicobar Iflands, 
 
 : The 
 
 
 
lia 
 
 The Nicobar Iflands. Ambergreafe, 477 
 The Inhabitants of thefe Iflands have no certain 4n.1638.: 
 Converfe with any Nation; but as Ships pafs by WANS 
 them, they will come aboard in their Proes, and 
 offer their Commodities to Sale, never inquiring 
 ‘of what Nation they are; for all white People are 
 alike to them. Their chiefeft Commodities are 
 Ambergreafe and Fruits. 
 _ Ambergreafe is pit found by the Native Ine 
 dians of thefe Iflands, who know it very well; as 
 alfo know how to cheat ignorant Strangers with 
 a certain mixture like it. Several of our Men 
 bought fich of them for a fmall Purchafe. Cap- 
 tain Weldoz alfo about this time touched at fome of 
 thefe Iflands, to the North of the Ifland where we 
 lay; and I faw a great deal of fuch Ambergreafe, 
 that one of his Men bought there; but it was not 
 good, having nofmell at all. Yet I faw fome there 
 very good and fragrant. 
 
 At that Ifland where Captain Weldon was, there 
 were 2 Fryers fent thither to Convert the Indians. 
 One of them came away with Captain Weldon; 
 the other remained there ftill, He that came away 
 with Captain Weldon gave a very good Character of 
 ‘the Inhabitants of that_Ifland, viz. that they were 
 yery honeft, civil, harmlefs People; That they 
 were not addicted to Quarrelling, Theft, or Mur- 
 der; That they did marry, or at leaft live as Man 
 and Wife, one Man with one Woman, never 
 changing till Death made the Separation, That they 
 were punctual and honeft in performing their 
 ‘Bargains, And that they were inclined to receive 
 ‘the Chriftian Religion. This Relation I had af- 
 terwards from the Mauth of a Prieft at Toxqueen, 
 who told me that he received this Information by 
 a Letter from the Fryer that Captain Weldon brought 
 away from thence. But to proceed. 
 
 The sth day of Aday we ran down on the Weft 
 
 fide of the Ifland Nicobor, properly fo called, and 
 
 a pes: anchored 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ce 478 
 
 
 
 An.1688. 
 
 - It produceth abundance of tall Trees, iit for any 
 
 Hair is black and lank, and their Skins-of a dark — 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Nicobar Ile. The Melory Tree and Fruit. — 
 anchored at the N. W. end of it, in a fimall Bay, 
 in 8 Fathom water, not half a Mile from the Shore. 
 The body of this Ifland is in 7 d. 30 m. North 
 Lat. it is about 12 Leagues long, and 3 or 4 broad. 
 The South end of it is pretty high, with fteep Cliffs 
 again{ft the Sea; the reft of the Ifland is low, flat, ] 
 and even. The Mold of it is black, and deep; and 
 it is very well watered with finall running Streams, 
 
 ufes; for the whole bulk of it feems to be but one 
 entire Grove. But that which adds moft to its” 
 Beauty off at Sea, are the many fpots of Coco-nut™ 
 Trees which grow round it in every fmall Bay. The 
 Bays are half a Mile, or a Mile long, more or lefS;_ 
 and thefe Bays are intercepted, or divided from 
 each other, with as many little rocky Points of 
 Wood-land. 
 As the Coco-nut Trees do.thus grow in Groves, 
 fronting to the Sea, in the Bays, fo there is another 
 fort of Fruit Tree in the Bays, bordering on the 
 back-fide of the Coco Trees, farther from the Sea, 
 It is called by the Natives, a Melory Tree. This 
 Tree is as big as our large Apple Trees, and as high. 
 Tt hath a blacifh Rind, and a pretty broad Leaf. 
 ‘The Fruit is as big as the Bread-fruit at Guam, des 
 fcribed in Chapter X. or a large penny Loaf. tv 
 is fhaped like a Pear, and hath a pretty tough” 
 fmooth Rind, of a light green Colour, ‘The infide 
 of the Fruit is in Subftance much like an Apple; 
 but full of fall Strings, as big as a brown Thread.) 
 I did.never fee of thefe Trees any where but) 
 here.” 7 
 The Natives of this Ifland are tall well-limb’d) 
 Men; pretty long vifaged, with black Eyes; their” 
 Nofes middle proportioned, and the whole Sym- 
 metry of their Faces. agreeing very well. Their: 
 
 Copper colour, The Women have no Hair on 
 3 their 
 
LL eee eS eee 
 
 
 
 
 
 The Natives; their Language, Houfes, &c. 479 
 their Eye-brows. Ido believe itis pluckt up by the 47.1688. 
 roots; for the Men had Hair growing on their \ 
 Eye-brows, as other People. 
 
 The Men go all naked, fave only a long narrow 
 piece of Cloth, or Safh, which going round their 
 Waites, and thence down between their Thighs, is 
 brought up behind, and: tuckt in at that part 
 which goes about the Wafte. The Women have a 
 kind of a fhort Petticoat reaching from their Wafte 
 to their Knees. yea 
 _ Their Language was different from any that I 
 had ever heard before; yet they had fome few 
 Malayan words, and fome of them had a word or 
 two of Portuguefe; which probably they might 
 learn aboard of their Ships, pafling by this place : 
 for when thefe Men fee a Sail they do prefently go 
 aboard of them in their Canoas. I did not per- 
 ceive any Form of Religion that they had; they 
 
 had neither Temple, nor Idol, nor any manner of 
 outward veneration to any Deity, that I did fee. 
 They inhabit all round the Ifland by. the Sea- 
 fide, in the Bays ; there being 4 or 5 Houfes, more 
 or lefs, in each Bay. Their Houfes are built on 
 Pofts, as the A4indanayans are. They are {mall, low 
 and of a fquare form. There is but one Room in 
 each Houfe, and this Room is about 8 foot from 
 the ground; and from thence the roof is raifed 
 about 8 foot higher. But inftead of a tharp ridge, 
 
 ‘the top is exceeding neatly arched with {mall 
 Rafters about the bignefs of a Man’s Arm, bent 
 “round like a Half-Moon, and very curioufly thatcht 
 
 - with Palmeto-leaves, | 
 
 _ They live under no Government that I could 
 perceive; for they feem to be equal, without any 
 
 | diftin&tion ; every Man ruling in his own Houfe. 
 
 Their Plantations are only thofe Coco-nut Trees 
 
 _ which grow by the Sea-fide;, there being no cleared 
 
 _ Land farther in on the Ifland: for I obferv’d that 
 
 zt when 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
‘4n.1688. when paft the Fruit-Trees, ‘there were no Paths to 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 sg let enc ide Mie Melory. Their Canoas. 
 
 be feen going into the Woods. ‘The greatelt ufe 
 which they make of their Coco-Trees is to draw 
 Toddy from them, of which they are very fond. 
 _ The Melory Trees feem to grow wild ; they 
 have great Earthen Pots to boil the Melory Fruit: 
 in, which will hold 12 or 14 Gallons. ‘Thefe Pots 
 they fill with the Fruit; and putting in a little 
 Water, they cover the Mouth of the Pot with 
 leaves, to keep the fteam, while it boils. When 
 the Fruit is foft they peel off the rind, and fcrape 
 the pulp from the ftrings with a flat ftick made like 
 a Knife’; and then make it up in great lumps, as big 
 as a Holland Cheefe ; and then it will keep 6 or 7 days, 
 It looks yellow, and taftes well, and is their chief 
 _ eft Food: For they have no Yams, Potatoes, Rice, 
 nor Plantains (except a very few;) yet they have 
 a few fmall Hogs, and a very few Cocks and Hens 
 like ours. The Men imploy themfelves in Fifhing ; 
 but I did not fee much Fifh that they got: Every 
 Houle hath at leaft 2 or 3 Canoas belonging to it, 
 which they draw upafhore. | 
 The Canoas that they go a fifhing in are fharp 
 at both ends; and both the fides and the bottom 
 are very thin and fmooth. They are fhaped fome- 
 what like the Proes at Guam, with one fide flattifh, 
 and the other with a pretty big belly; and they 
 have fmall flight Ontlagers on one fide. Being 
 thus thin and light they are better managed with 
 Oars than with Sails: Yet they fail well enough, 
 and are fteer’d with a Paddle. There commonly 
 go 20 or 30 Men in one of thefe Canoas; and fel- 
 dom fewer than 9 or 10. ‘Their Oars are fhort, 
 and they do not paddle, but row with them, as we 
 do. The Benches they fit on when they row areé 
 made of fplit Bamboes, laid acrofS, and fo near 
 together, that they look like a Deck. The Bam- 
 boes lie moveable ; fo that when any goin to a 
 they 
 
The Authors reafons for ftaying here, 481 
 they take up a Bambo in the place where they 4n.1688. 
 would fit; and lay it by to make room for their “YN 
 Legs. The Canoas of thofe of the reft of thefe 
 Iflands were like thofe of Nicobar : and probably 
 they were alike in other things; for we faw no 
 difference at all inthe Natives of them, who,came 
 hither while we were here. 
 
 __ But to proceed withour Affairs: it was, as I faid 
 before, the sth Day of A4zy, about 10 in the Morn- 
 ing, when we anchored at this Ifland: Captain 
 
 ‘Read immediately ordered his Men to heel the 
 Ship in order to clean her: which was done this 
 Day and thenext. All the water Veflels were fill’d, 
 they intended to go to Sea at Night: for the 
 Winds being yet at N.N.E. the Captain was in 
 hopes to get over to Cape Comorin before the Wind 
 fhifted. | Otherwife it would have been fomewhat 
 difficult for him to get thither, becaufe the Wefter- 
 ly Monfoon was not at hand. 
 
 __ I thought now was my time to make my Efcape, 
 
 _ by getting leave, if poffible, to ftay here: for it 
 
 _{eemed not very feazable to do it by ftealth, and 
 
 I had no reafon to defpair of getting leave: this 
 
 _ being a place where my ftay could, probably, do 
 
 our Crew no harm, fhould I defign it. Indeed 
 
 _One reafon that put me on the thoughts of ftaying 
 
 | at this particular place, befides the prefent oppor- 
 
 tunity of leaving Captain Read, which I did al- 
 
 | ways intend to do, afloon asI could, was, that I 
 
 _had here alfo a profpect of advancing a profitable 
 
 _ Trade for Ambergreafe with thefe People, and of 
 
 | Zaining a confiderable Fortune to my felf: For in 
 
 _a fhort time I might have learned their Language, 
 
 and by accuftuming my felf to row with them in 
 
 | the Proes or Canoas, efpecially by conforming my 
 
 felf to their Cuftoms and Manners of Living, 1 
 
 | fhould have feen how they got their Ambergreafe, 
 and have known what quantities they get, and 
 
 the 
 
 
 
ea nara) rele, ll RR et eh N=) oi ae el AMR tk — 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 482 «The Author leaves the Ship and goes alhore. a 
 4n.1688. the time of the Year when moft is found. And 
 U-yY™ then afterwards I thought it would be eafie for 
 
 me to have tranfported my felf from thence, ei 
 ther in fome Ship that paft this way, whether 
 Englhih, Dutch, or Portuguefe , or elfe to have gotten 
 one of the young Men of the Ifland, to have gone 
 with me in one of their Canoas to Achin, and there 
 to have furnifhed my {elf with fuch Commodities, 
 as I found moft coveted by them; and therewith, 
 at my return, to have beught their Ambergreafe. — 
 I had, till this time, made no open fhow of go- 
 ing afhore here: but now, the Water be fill’d)_ 
 and the Ship in a readinefs to fail, I defired Caps 
 tain Read to fet me afhore on this Ifland. He} fups 
 pofing that I could not go afhore in a place lefs 
 frequented by Ships than this, gave me leave: 
 which probably he would have refufed to have 
 done, if he thought I fhould have gotten from 
 hence in any fhort time; for fear of my giving an 
 account of him to the Exglifhor Dutch. 1 foon got 
 up my Cheft and Bedding, and immediately got 
 fome to row me afhore; for fear left his mind 
 fhould change again. J q 
 The Canoa that brought me afhore, landed me 
 ona {mall fandy Bay, where there were two Houfesy 
 butno Perfon inthem. |For the Inhabitants were 
 removed to fome other Houfe, probably, for fear 
 of us; becaufe the Ship was clofe by: and yet 
 both Men and Women came aboard the Ship 
 without any fign of fear. When our Ships Canod_ 
 was going aboard again, they met the Owner of 
 the Houfes coming afhore in his Boat. He madea_ 
 reat many figns to them to fetch me off againg — 
 Bat, they would not underftand him. Then he 
 _ came to-me, and offered his Boat to carry me off: 
 but I refufed it. ‘Then he made figns for me to go 
 
 up into the Houfe, and, according as I did under: j 
 
 ftand him by his figns, anda few Afalayan vom | 
 
 that 
 $ 
 
 ce | 
 te 
 
Ae ne a ae ee ee eee ee ye Wei ume ccs pia ea ee mae Ng) ie ol ie oe 4 
 
 : The Author Loes pore. 
 
 
 
 come out of the Woods in the night, when I 
 _was afleep , and kill me, meaning probably fome 
 wild Beaft. Then I carried my Cheft and Cloaths 
 up into the Houfe. 
 I had not been afhore an hour before Captain 
 Teat and one Fobn Damarell, with 3 or 4 armed 
 -Men more, came to fetch me aboard again. They 
 need not have fent an armed Poffe for me; for had 
 ‘they but fent the Cabbin-boy afhore for me, I 
 would not have denied going aboard. For though 
 I could have hid my felf in the Woods, yet then 
 they would have abufed, or have kill’d fome of the 
 _ Natives, purpofely to incenfé them againft me. I 
 told them therefore, that I was ready to go with 
 “them, and went aboard with all my Things. 
 
 
 
 Toar 5 for there were 3 Men more, who taking 
 Courage by my Example, defired leave alfo to ac~ 
 /company me. One of them was the Surgeon Mr. 
 ; Coppenger, the other were Mr. Robert Hall and one 
 “named Ambrofe, 1 have forgot his Sir-name. Thefe 
 | Men had always harboured the fame Defigns as 
 J had. The two laft were not much oppofed ; 
 “but Captain Read and his Crew would not part 
 t with the Surgeon. At laft the Surgeon leapt into 
 the Canoa, and taking up my Gun, {wore he would 
 go afhore, and that if any Man did oppofe it, he 
 | would fhoot him: But Yohn Oliver, who was then 
 ‘ Quarter-mafter, leapt into the Canoa, taking hold 
 of him, took away the Gun, and withthe help of 
 ‘two or ’ three more, they dragged him again into 
 / the Ship. 
 
 |. Then Mr. Hall and Ambrofe and I were- again 
 ‘fent afhore; and one of the Men that rowed us 
 /afhore ftole an Ax, and gave it to us,. knowing it 
 ‘was a good Commodity ‘with the Indians, It was 
 mw dark, therefore we lighted a Candle, and I 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 When I came aboard I found the Ship in an up- - 
 
 i . being. 
 
 Bea aol SOW 
 
 “483 
 that he ufed, he intimated that fomewhat would .42.1688. 
 
 ro ee 
 
: : sie . Others fet afbore with him, oer “ 
 “An.1688. being the oldeft ftander in our’ new Country, | 
 ZV conducted them into one of the Honfes, where we 
 
 gt 
 
 
 
 fearce done this before the Canoa came. afhore a= 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 did prefently hang up our Hammocks. We had 
 
 gain, and brought the 4 AZalaya Men belonging to” 
 Achin, (which we took in the Proe we took off of © 
 Sumatra) and the Portuguefe that came to our Ship out 
 of the Siam Jonk at Pulo Condore: the Crew having” 
 no occafion for thefe, being leaving the AZalayan” 
 Parts, where the Portuguefe Spark ferved as an Inter-1) 
 preter; and not fearing now that the Achinefe couldy 
 be ferviceable to us in bringing us over to their 
 Country, 40 Leagues off:, nor imagining that we? 
 durft make fuch am attempt: as indeed it was ai 
 bold one. Now we were Men enough to defend™ 
 our felves againit the Natives of this Ifland, if they) 
 fhould prove our Enemies: though if none of thefe 
 Men had come afhore to me, I fhould not have” 
 feared any danger. Nay, perhaps lefs, becanfe [7 
 fhould have been cautious of giving any offence to 
 the Natives : and lam of the Opinion, that there 
 are no People in the World fo barbarous as to kill 
 a jingle Perfon that falls accidentally into their 
 Hands, or comes to live among them ; except they 
 have before been injured, by fome-outrage} or vio- 
 lence committed againit them. Yet even then, or 
 afterwards, if a Man could but preferve his Life 
 from their firft rage, and come to. treat with thent 
 (which is the hardeft thing becaufe their way 4s 
 ufually to abfcond, and rufhing fuddenly upo 
 their Enemy to kill him at unawares) one. might, 
 by fome flight, infinnate ones felf into their Favours 
 again. Efpecially by fhewing fome Toy, or Knack, 
 that they did never fee before : which any European, 
 that has feen the World, might foon contrive to 
 ainufe them withal: as might be done, pene j 
 even with a little Fire ftruck with a Flint: and 
 Steel. ig 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ere. - 
 
 ee ae Pe OP, nee ee eee tt aya ee 
 
 Man-eaters, I did never meet with any fuch Peo- 
 ple: All Nations or Families in the World, that I 
 have feen or heard of, having fome fort of Food 
 to live on, either Fruit, Grain, Pulfe, or Roots; 
 which grow naturally, or elfe planted by them; 
 if not Fifh, and Land-Animals befides; (yea, even 
 the People of New Holland, had Fifh amid{ft all their 
 
 - Penury) and would fcarce kill a Man purpofely to 
 
 Eat him. I know not what barborous Cuftoms 
 
 may formerly have been in the World; and to- 
 
 Sacrifice their Enemies to their Gods, is a thing 
 hath been much talk’d of, with relation to the Sa- 
 vages of America. Iam a Stranger to that alfo, if 
 it be, or have been cuftomary in any Nation there; 
 and yet, if they Sacrifice their Enemies it is not 
 
 : neceflary they fhould Eat them too. After all, I 
 
 will not be peremptory in the Negative, but L 
 {peak as to the compafs of my own Knowledge, and 
 
 _ know fome of thefe Cannibal Stories to be falfe, and 
 _ many of them have been difproved fince | firft 
 went to the We/t-Indies. At that time how Barba- 
 _rous were the poor Florida Indians accounted, 
 
 
 
 _ which now we find to be Civil enough, what 
 _ ftrange Stories have we heard of the Indians, whofe 
  Tflands were called the Ifles of Cannibals? Yet we 
 
 find that they do Trade very civilly with the 
 
 French and Spainards; and have done fo with us. 
 
 - I do own that they have formerly indeavoured to 
 
 deftroy our Plantations at Barbadoes, and have 
 fince hindred us from fettling the Ifland Santa Loca, 
 by deftroying two or three Colonies fucceffively of 
 
 | thofe that were fettled there, and even the Ifland 
 | Tabago has been often annoyed and ravaged by 
 
 them, when fettled by the Dutch, and {till lies waft 
 
 | (though a delicate Fruitful Ifland) as being to near 
 | the Caribbces on the Continent, who vilit it every 
 /Year. But this was to preferve their ownright, by 
 
 iT ae en- 
 
 Of the Reports about Cannibals: | 485 ’ 
 As for the common Opinion of Authropophagi, or 4n.1688. 
 SY 
 

 
 486 The Ship departs, and leaves them. 
 An.1688. endeavouring to keep out any that would fettle © 
 - WY™ themfelves on thofe Iflands, where they had plant- — 
 a ed themfelves; yet even thefe People would not — 
 hurt a fingle Perfon, as I have been told by fome © 
 that have been Prifoners among them. I could © 
 inftance alfo in the Indians of Bocca Toro, and Bocca 
 Drago, and many other Places where they do live, — 
 as the Spaniards call it, Wildand Salvage; yet there 
 they have been familiar with Privateers, but by A- 
 -bufes have withdrawn their Friendfhip again. As © 
 
 for thefe Nicobar People, I found them Affable e- © 
 nough, and therefore I did not fear them;. but I 7 
 did not much care whether I had gotten any more ~ 
 Company or no. i 
 But however I was very well fatisfied, and the — 
 rather becaufe we were now Men enough to row _ 
 our felves over to the Ifland Sumatra; and accord- | 
 ingly we prefently confulted how to purchafe a Ca- © 
 noa of the Natives. sf 
 
 It was a fine clear Moon-light Night, in which © 
 we were left afhore. Therefofe we walked on | 
 the fandy Bay to watch when the Ship would ~ 
 weigh and be gone, not thinking our felves fecure © 
 in our new gotten Liberty till then. About 11 or 
 12 a Clock we faw her under Sail, and then we 
 returned to our Chamber, and {fo to fleep. This © 
 was the 6th of May. , 
 The next Morning betimes, our Landlord, with 
 4 or 5 of his Friends, came to fee his new Guelts, 
 and was fomewhat furprized to fee fo many of 
 us, for he knew of no more but my felf. Yet he 
 feemed to be very well pleafed, and entertained — 
 
 us with a large Calabafh of Toddy, which he 
 brought with him. Before he went away again, 
 (for wherefoever we came they left their Houfes 
 to us, but whether out of Fear or Superftition I 
 know not) we bought a Canoa of him for an Ax, 
 and we did prefently put our Chefts and Cloaths: 
 
 wd 
 
 . 
 : 
 . 
 
 Ce 
 
 
 
Oe eS eee Pe, EE A Oe Ne ee SPE cee eee ee agen ee eee 
 4 
 
 They fet out in a Boat, and coaft along. 487 3 
 in it, defigning to go tothe South-end of the Ifland, 47.1688. 
 and lye there till the Monfoon fhifted, whichwe“V™ 
 expected every Day, Bae | 
 When our things were ftowed away, we with 
 the Achinefe entered with joy into our new Frigot, 
 and launched off from the Shore. We were no 
 fooner off, but our Canoa overfet, bottom up- 
 wards, We preferved our Lives well enough by 
 Swimming, and drage’d alfo our Chefts and Cloaths 
 afhore ; but all our things were wet. I had no- 
 thing of value but my Journal and fome Drafts of y 
 Land, of my own taking, which I much prized, 
 and which | had hitherto carefully preferved. Mr. 
 Hall had alfo’ fueh another Cargo of Books and 
 Drafts, which were now like to perifh. But we pre- 
 fently opened our Chefts and took out our Books, 
 which, with much ado, we did afterwards dry ; 
 but fome of our Drafts that lay loofe in aur Chefts 
 were {poiled. en . 
 _ We lay here afterwards 3 Days, making great a 
 Fires to dry our Books. The chinefe in the mean , 
 time fixt our Canoa, with Outlagers on each fides 
 and they alfo cut a good Maft for her, and made 
 a fubftantial Sail with Mats. 
 The Canoa being now very well fixt, and our 
 Books and Cloaths dry, we launched out the fe- — | 
 cond time, and rowed towards the Eaft-fide of 
 the Ifland, leaving many Iflands to the ‘North of | 
 us. The Indians of the Ifland accompanied us with 
 8 or 10 Canoas againft our defire ; for we thought 
 that thefe Men would make Provifion dearer at 
 that fide of the Ifland we were going to, by giving 
 an account what rates we gave for it at the place 
 from whence we came, which was owing to the 
 Ships being there, for the Ships crew were not 
 fo thrifty in bargaining (as they feldom are) as 
 fingle Perfons, or a few Men might be apt to be, 
 who would keep to one bargain. Therefore to 
 ‘ oe ee hinder 
 
mee Lies 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 488 They have War with the Nicobarians. | 
 ‘An.1688. hinder them from going with us, Mr. Hall {cared | 
 \“v~\ one Canoas Crew, by firinga fhot over them. They — 
 
 all leapt over-board, and cried out, but feeing us — 
 row away, they got into their Canoa again, and © 
 came after us. _ 
 The firing of that Gun made all the Inhabitants © 
 of the Ifland to be our Enemies. For prefently af- 
 ter. this we put afhore, at a Bay where were four © 
 Houfes, and a great many Canoas: but they all © 
 went away, and came near us no more, for feve- © 
 ral Days. We had then a great Loafof Melory, 
 which was our conftant Food; and if we hada” 
 mind to Coco-nuts, or Toddy, our Aalayans of — 
 Achin would climb the Trees, and fetch as many 
 Nuts as we would have, anda good pot of Tod- ~ 
 dy every Morning. ‘Thus we lived till our Me- 
 lory was almoft fpent;, being ftill in hopes that 
 the Natives would come to us, and fell it as they 
 had formerly done. But they came not to us; 7 
 nay, they oppofed us where-ever we came, and © 
 often fhaking their Lances at us, made all the thew _ 
 of hatred that they could invent. y 
 At laft, when we faw that they ftood in oppo- 7 
 fition to us, we refolved to ufe force to get fome © 
 of their Food, if we could not get it other ways. _ 
 With this Refolution, we went in our Canoa to ~ 
 a {mall Bay, on the North part of the Ifland;_ 
 becaufe it was fmooth water there and good land- 
 ing, buton the other fide, the Wind being yet on 
 that quarter, we could not land without jeopardy — 
 of overfetting our Canoa, and wetting our Arms, _ 
 and then we muft have lain at the mercy of our 7 
 Enenties, who ftood 2 or 300 Men in every Bay, 
 where they faw us coming, to keep us off. ‘ 
 When we fet out, we rowed directly to the’ 
 North end, and prefently were followed by 7 of” 
 8 of their Canoas. They keeping at a diftance, | 
 rowed away falter than we did, and got to. the 
 pea ae nan Ge ae Bay © 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 But come'to xn Agreement with them. 
 
 Bay before us; and there, with about 20 more Ca- 47.1688, 
 -noas, full of Men, they all landed, and ftood to wAYNY 
 
 hinder us from landing. But we rowed in, within 
 a hundred yards of them. Then we lay ftill, and [ 
 took my Gun, and prefented at them; at which 
 they all fell down flaton the Ground. But I turn’d 
 my felf about, and to fhew that we did not intend 
 to harm them, I fired my Gun off to Sea; fo that 
 they might fee the Shot graze on the water. A ffoon 
 as my Gun was loaden again, we rowed gently in: 
 | at which fome of them withdrew. The reft ftand- 
 ing up, did {till cut and hew the Air, making figns 
 _ of their hatred: till 1 once more frighted them with 
 my Gun, and difcharg’d it as before. Then more 
 of them fneak’d away, leaving only 5 or 6 Men on 
 the Bay. Then we rowed in again, and Mr. Hall, 
 taking his Sword in his Hand, leapt afhore 3 and I 
 ftood ready with my: Gun to fire at the Indians, if 
 they had injured him: But they did not ftir, till he 
 came to them, and faluted them. : 
 - He fhook them by the Hand, and by fach figns of 
 Friendfhip as he made, the Peace was concluded, ra~ 
 tified and confirmed by all that were prefent: And 
 others that were gone, were again call’d back, and 
 they all very joyfully accepted of aPeace. This bet 
 came univerfal over all the Ifland, to the great 
 joy of the Inhabitants. There was no ringing of 
 Bells, nor Bonfires made, for that is not the 
 Cuftom. here; but GladnefS appeared ‘in their 
 Countenances, for now they could go ont and fifh 
 again, without fear of being taken. ‘This Peace 
 was not more welcome to them than to us; for 
 now the Inhabitants brought their Melory again to 
 us; which we bought for old Rags, and fmall 
 ftripes of Cloth, about as broad as the palm of 
 ones Hand. I did not fee above 5 or 6 Hens, for 
 they have but few on the Ifland. At fome places 
 we faw fome finall Hogs, which we conld have 
 Ti 4 bought 
 
490 = ‘They defign for Achin with their Boat. = 
 4n.1688. bought of them reafonably ; but we would not — 
 offend our -Achinefe Friends, who were Mahome- — 
 tans. 4 
 We ftayed here 2 or 3 days, and then rowed — 
 toward the South-end of the Ifland, keeping on — 
 the Eaft-fide, and we were kindly received by the | 
 Natives, where-ever we came. When we arrived _ 
 at the South-end of the Ifland, we fitted our felves — 
 with Melory, and Water. We bought 3 or 4_ 
 Loaves of Melory, and about 12 large Coco-nut 
 fhells, that had all the Kernel taken out, yet™ 
 were preferved whole except only a fimall hole at” 
 one end 3 and all thefe held for us about 3 gallons — 
 and a half of Water. We bought alfo 2 or 3” 
 Bamboes, that held about 4 or 3 Gallons mores 
 This was our Sea-ftore. | 
 We now defigned to go to Achiz, a Town on) 
 the N. W. end of the Ifland Sumatra, diftant from 
 hence about 40 leagues, bearing South South Eaft.~ 
 We only waited for the Weftern Monfoon, which” 
 we had expected a great while, and now it feemed _ 
 to be at hand ; for the Clouds began to hang their” 
 ' Heads to the Eaftward,and at laft moved gently that 
 way ; and though the Wind was ftill at Eaft, yet 
 this was an infallible Sign that the Weftern Mon- 
 foon was nigh, | 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CHABE 
 

 
 491 
 An. 1688. 
 ae, oe Oe 
 
 CHAP. XVIIL 
 
 The Author with fome others put to Sea in an 
 open Boat, defigning for Achin. Their Ac- 
 commodations for their Voyage. Change of 
 Weather ; a Halo about the Sun, and 4 vio- 
 lent Storm. Their great danger and diftrefs. 
 
 - Cudda , 42 Town and Harbour on the Coast of 
 
 Malacca. Pulo Way. Golden Mountain 
 on the Iffe of Sumatra: River and Town of 
 Paflenge-Jonca, ov Sumatra, ear Diamond- 
 point ; where they go afbore very fick, and are 
 
 kindly entertained by the Oromkay, and 
 Inhabitants. They go thence to Achin.. The 
 Author is examined before the Shabander ; 
 and takes Phyfick of a Maylayan Doctor. His 
 long Illnefs, He fets out towards Nicobar 
 again, but returns f[uddenly to Achin Read. 
 He makes feveral Voyages thence, to Ton- 
 queen, to Malacca, to Fort St. George, and 
 to Bencouli, az Englifh Factory on Sumatra. 
 An Account of the Ships Crew, who fet the 
 Author afbore at Nicobar. Some goto Tran- 
 gambar, 2 Danifh Fort on Coromandel ; 
 others to Fort St. George ; many to the Mo- 
 gul’s Camp. Of the Peuns ; and how John 
 Oliver made himfelf a Captain. Captain Read 
 with the rest, having plundered a rich Portu- 
 guefe Ship near Ceylon, goes to Madagatcar, 
 ana Ships himfelf off thence in a New-york 
 | Ship. The Traverfes of the res# to Johanna, 
 ith : Ce a ee eee 
 
 
 
492 
 
 An.1688. 
 
 _ fruple any thing that we'did approve of. Neither 
 
 ‘The ftate of their little Veffel. : 
 &c. Their Ship, the Cygnet of London, 
 now lies funk in Auguftin Bay at Mada- 
 gafcar. Of Prince Jeoly, the Painted Man, 
 whom the Author brought with him to Eng- 
 land, aud who died at Oxford. Of his 
 Country the Tile of Meangis ; the. Cloves there, 
 &c. The Author is made Gunner of Ben- 
 couli, but is forced to flip away from thence to 
 come for England. | | 
 
 T was the 15th day of A¢zy 1688. about 4 a 
 clock in the Afternoon, when we left Nicobar 
 land, directing our courfe toward Achia, being” 
 8 Men of us in Company, viz. 3 Englifh, 4 Malay- 
 ans, who were born at Achim, and the mungrel ” 
 Portuguese. ; % 
 ~ Our Veffel, the Nicobar Canoa, was not one of the 
 biggelt, nor of the leaft fize: She was much about: 
 the burthen of one of our Lozdon Wherries below 
 Bridge ; and built fharp at both ends, like the 
 fore part of a Wherry. She was deeper than a 
 Wherry , but not fo broad, and was fo thin and 
 light, that when empty, 4 Men could launch her, 
 or hale her afhore on a fandy Bay... We hada 
 good fubftantial Maft , .and a mat Sail, and good 
 Outlagers lafht very faft and firm on each fide the 
 Veflel, being made of ftrong Poles. So. that while 
 thefe continued firm, the Veffel could not overfet, 
 which fhe would eafily have done without them; 
 and with them too, had they not been made very 
 ftrong ; and we -were therefore much beholding 
 to our Achinefe Companions , for this Contri- 
 vance. AR q 
 Thefe’ Men were none.of them fo fenfible of the 
 danger as Mr. Halland my felf, for they all con 
 fided fo much in us, that they did not fo much as 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 was) 
 

 
 
 
 They proceed on their Voyage. 
 
 was Mr. Hall fo well provided as 1 was, for before’4n.1688: _ 
 we left the Ship, I -had purpofely confulted our “YN 
 
 Draft of the Eaft Indies, (for we had but one in the 
 Ship) and out of that I had written in my pocket, 
 book an account of the bearing and diitance of all 
 the Malacca Coaft, and that of Sumatra, Pegu, and 
 Siam, and alfo brought away with me a pocket 
 Compafs for my direction, in any enterprize that 
 I fhould undertake. 
 
 The weather at our fetting out, was very fair, 
 clear and hot. The Wind was ftill.at S. E. a ve- 
 ry fmall breeze, juft fanning the Air, and the 
 ‘Clouds were moving gently trom Weil to Eatt, 
 which gave us hopes that the Winds were either at 
 Weft already, abroad at Sea, or would be fo in 
 avery fhort time. We took this opportunity of 
 fair Weather, being in hopes to accomplifh our 
 Voyage to Achin, before the weitern Monfoon was 
 fet in ftrong, knowing that we fhould have very 
 bluftering weather after this fair weather, efpecially 
 at the firft coming of the weftern Monfoon. © 
 
 - We rowed therefore away to the Southward, 
 fappofing that when we were clear from the Ifland 
 we fhould havea true Wind, as we call it, for the 
 Land hales the Wind; and we often find the 
 Wind at Sea different from what it is near the 
 Shore. We rowed with 4 Oars, taking our turns: 
 Mr. Hall and | fteered alfo by turns, for none of 
 the reft were capable of it. We rowed the firft 
 Afternoon, and the Night enfuing, about twelve 
 Leagues, by my judgment. Our courfe was South 
 South Eaft, but the 16th Day in the Morning, 
 when the Sun was an Hour high, we faw the 
 Ifland from whence we came, bearing N. W. by 
 N. Therefore I found we had gone a point more 
 to the Eaft than I intended, for which reafon we 
 fteered S. by E. 
 
 In 
 
 SI a ean Lae ee ee ey ee OR ee eee ew he ee onngeee ee 
 
 
 
eRe BE ag a a a 
 Saabs a eg 
 
 494 Strong Currents. Uncertain Weather. 
 4n.1688. Inthe Afternoon at 4 a Clock, we hada gentle 
 “Uv™ breeze at W.S. W. which continued fo till 9, all 
 
 which time we laid down our Oars, and fteered” 
 away S.S. E. I was then at the Helm, and] 
 found by the ripling of the Sea, that there ‘was 4 
 {trong Current againft us. It made a great noife” 
 that might be heard near half a Mile. At 9 a Clock 
 it fell calm, and fo continued till 10. Then the 
 Wind fprung up again, and blew a frefh breeze all 
 Night. , ¥ 
 The 17th Day in the Morning we lookt out for 
 the Ifland Sumatra, fuppofing that we were now 
 within 20 Leagues of it; for we had rowed and 
 failed, by our reckoning 24 Leagues from Nicobar 
 Hiland ; and the diftance from Nicobar to Achin is 
 about 40 Leagues. But we lookt in vain for the 
 Iiland Sumatra; for turning our felves about, we 
 faw, to our grief, Nicobar Ifland, lying W. N. 
 W. and nat ahove 8 Leagues diftant. By this it 
 was vifible, that we had met a very ftrong Cur. 
 rent againft usin the Night. Bnt the Wind frefh 
 ned on us, and we made the beft ufe of it while 
 the weather continued fair.. At Noon we had an 
 obfervation of the Sun, my lat. was 6 d. 55 m. and 
 Mr. Hall’s was 7d. N. | E 3 
 The 18th Day the Wind frefhned on us again, 
 -and the Sky began to be clouded. It was indiffes 
 -rent clear till Noon, and we thought to have had 
 an Obfervation: but we were hindred by the 
 Clouds, that covered the Face of the Sun, when it 
 came on the Meridian. ‘This often happens that 
 we are difappointed of making Obfervations, by 
 the Suns being clouded at Noon, though it fhines 
 clear, both before and after, efpecially in places 
 near the Sun;. and this obfcuring of the Sun at 
 Noon, is commonly fudden and unexpected, and 
 
 for about half an Hour or more. 2" Raa 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 a 
 i 
 
 a 
 
A Halo about the Sun. A Storm. 495 
 We had then alfo a very ill Paflage, by a great 4.1688. 
 Circle about the Sun, (5 or 6 times the Diameter www 
 of it) which feldom appears, but ftorms of Wind, 
 
 or much Rain enfue. Such Circles about the 
 ‘Moon are more frequent, but of lef§ import. We 
 
 do commonly take great notice of thefe that ate - 
 about the Sun, obferving if there be any breach 
 inthe Circle, and in what quarter the bréach is, 
 
 for from thence we commonly find the greateft 
 ftrefs of the Wind will come. I muft confefS that 
 ‘Twas a little anxious at the fight of this Circle, 
 
 and wifh’d heartily that we were near fome Land. 
 ‘Yet I fhewed no fign of it to difcourage my Con- 
 forts, but made a Vertue of Neceflity, and put a 
 ‘good Countenance on the Matter. : 
 
 I told Mr. Hall that if the Wind became too 
 Strong and Violent, as I feared it would, it being 
 €ven then very ftrong, we muft of neceffity fteer 
 
 away before the Wind and Sea, till better Wea- 
 
 ther prefented;, and that as the Winds were now, 
 
 we fhould, initead of about 20 Leagues to Achin, be 
 driven 6o and 70 Leagues to the Coaft of Cudda or 
 “Queda, a Kingdom, and Town, and Harbour of 
 Trade on the Coaft of ALalacca. 
 The Winds therefore bearing very hard, we 
 rolled up the foot of our Sail on a Pole faftned 
 to it, and fettled our Yard within 3 Foot of the 
 Canoa fides, fo that we had now but a finall Sail; 
 yet it was ftill too big, confidering the Wind; for 
 the Wind being on our broad fide, preft her down 
 very much, tho’ fupported by her Outlagers; info- 
 much that the Poles of the Outlagers going from 
 the fides of their Veflel, bent as if they would 
 break; and fhould they have broken, our over-_ 
 torning and perifhing had been inevitable. Befides, 
 the Sea encreafing, would foon have filled the Vef-. 
 fel this way. Yet thus we made a hhift to bear up 
 With the fide of the Veffél againft the Wind for a 
 oe. while: 
 
 
 
 
 
eee Sl 
 a * 
 ah 
 
 496 i 
 ‘An.1688. while: But the Wind ftill increafing, about one a 
 ‘7Y™ Clock in the Afternoon we put away right before 
 
 -eoming in fo much as to endanger the Vefleli 
 
 - dark Clouds, the Wind blew hard, and the Seas 
 
 - in danger to be fwallowed by every Wave; and 
 
 -felves prepared for another World. The Reader 
 
 ML e oe: 
 
 bs ot Sy , 
 
 Wea 
 Set, 
 
 The Storm and their Danger encreafes, q 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Wind and Sea, continuing to run thus all the Af 
 ternoon, and part of the Night enfuing. The 
 Wind continued, increafing all the Afternoon, and 
 the Sea ftill fwell’d higher, and often broke, but_ 
 did us no Damage; for the ends of the Veflel bes 
 ing very narrow, he that fteered received and_ 
 broke the Sea on his back, and fo kept it from 
 
 though much Water would come in, which we 
 were forced to keep heaving out continually. And 
 by this time we faw it was well that we had al- 
 tered our Courfe, every Wave would elfe have 
 fil’d and funk us, taking the fide of the Veflele” 
 And though our Outlagers were well lafh’d down to 
 the Canoas bottom with Rattans, yet they muft pro- 
 bably shave yielded to fuch a Sea as this; when 
 even before, they were plunged under Water, and 
 bent like Twigs. ; 
 
 The Evening of this 18th day was very difmale 
 The Sky looked very black, being covered with 
 
 ran high. ‘The Sea was already Roaring in a 
 white Foam about us; a dark Night coming on, and 
 no Land in fight to fhelter us, and our little Ark 
 
 what was wort of all, none of us thought our 
 
 may better guef$, than I can exprefs, the Confufie 
 on that we were all in. I had been in. many 
 eminent Dangers before now, fome of which I 
 have already related, but the worft of them all 
 was but a Play-game, in comparifon with this. 
 1 muft confefS that I was in great Conflicts of 
 Mind at this time. Other Dangers came not up* 
 on me with fuch a leifurely and dreadful Solemni-~ 
 ty: A fudden Skirmifh or Engagement, or f05” 
 
 was 
 
Oy AS SS ere) a pe iee blasts PF ARE ws 
 
 
 
 ‘The Authors Confternation. 497 
 was nothing when ones Blood was up, and puth’d 41.1688. 
 forwards with eager Expectations. But here I had ‘s 
 a lingring view of approaching Death, and little | 
 or no hopes of efcaping it; and I muft confefS 
 
 ‘that my Courage, which I had hitherto kept up, 
 failed me here; and I made very fad Reflections 
 
 ‘on my former Life, and lookt back with Horrour 
 
 'and Deteftation, on Adions which before I dift 
 liked, but now I trembled at the remembrance 
 
 of. I had long before this repented me of that 
 roving courfe of life, but never with fuch concern as 
 
 “now. I did alfo call to mind the many miraculous 
 
 Acts of Gods Providence towards me, inthe whole 
 -courfe of my life, of which kind, I believe few 
 
 /Men have met with the like. For all thefe I re- 
 ‘turned Thanks in a peculiar manner, and this 
 
 . once more defired God’s afliftance, and compofed 
 
 _my Mind, as well as I could, in the hopes of it, and, 
 
 _as the Event fhew’d, I was not difappointed of my 
 _hopes. } | 
 
 i: Subiniteiog our {elves therefore to God’s good — 
 Providence, and taking all the care we could to 
 _preferve our Lives, Mr. Hal and 1 took turns to 
 
 pf 
 
 iteer, and the reft took turns to heave out the 
 
 _ Water, and thus we provided to {pend the moft 
 
 ' doleful night I ever was in.) About ro a clock it 
 
 /began to Thunder, Lighten, and Rain ; but the’ 
 
 _ Rain was very welcom to us, having drank up all 
 
 | the Water we brought from the Ifland. ‘ 
 |. The Wind at. firft blew harder than before, | 
 but within half.an hour it abated, and became 
 | more. moderate; and the Sea. alfo aflwaged of its 
 Fury; and then by a lighted Match, of which we 
 kept a piece burning on purpofe, we looked on 
 | our Compafs, to fee how we fteered, and found 
 / our courfe to be fill Eaft. We had no occafion 
 }to look on the CompafS before, for we fteered 
 right before the Wind, which if it fhifted, we 
 a had 
 
 TS SRO a ae 
 5 a 
 f : 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 our Veffel lively enough with that finall Sail which 
 was then aboard, to hale to our former Courfe, 
 S. S. E. which accordingly we did, being now in 
 hopes again to get to the Ifland Sumatra. : 
 ‘But about 2 a clock in the morning of the roth 
 day, we had another Guft of Wind, with much 
 Thunder, Lightning and Rain, which lafted till 
 day, and obliged us to put before the Wind a- 
 
 much colder than that of the Sea. For even in 
 the coldeft Climates the Sea is warm, and in the — 
 hotteft Climates the Rain is cold and unwhole- 
 fome for Mans Body. In this wet ftarveling plight. 
 we {pent the tedious night. Never did poor Ma+ 
 riners on a Lee-fhore more earneftly long for the 
 dawning light, than we did now. At length the 
 day appeared ; but with fuch dark black Clouds” 
 near the Horizon, that the firft glimpfe of the 
 Dawn appeared 30 or 40 degrees high; which was” 
 dreadful enough; for it is a common Saying a= 
 mong Seamen, and true as I have experienced, that 
 a high dawa will have high winds; and a low dawng 
 _fmall winds. * 
 Wecoutinued our Courfe ftill Eaft, before Wind 
 and Sea, till about 8 a clock in the morning of this — 
 roth day ; and then one of our Adalayan Friends — 
 cried out, Pulo Way. Mr. Hall, and Ambrofe, and 
 I, thought the Fellow had faid Pull away, an Ex= 
 preflion ufual among Englifh Seamen, when they 
 are Rowing. And wé wondered what he meant 
 by it, till we faw him point to his Conforts; and 
 then we looking that way, faw Land appearing, 
 like an Ifland, and all our AM4alayans faid it i / 
 Iilan@ 
 

 
 _ Réver and Town of Paflange Jonca on Sumatra. 499 
 Ifland at the N. W. end of Sumatra, called Way; An.1688. 
 for Pulo Way, is the Ifland Way. We, who were “YN 
 dropping with Wet, Cold and Hungry, were ‘all 
 _ over-joyed at the fight of the Land, and prefently 
 marked its bearing. It bore South, and the Wind 
 was {till at Weft, a ftrong gale; but the Sea did 
 not run fo high as in the Night. Therefore we 
 _ trimmed our {mall Sail no bigger than an Apron, and 
 fteered with it. Now-our Outlagers did us a great 
 _kindnefS again, for although we had but a {mall 
 Sail, yet the Wind was ftrong, and preft down our 
 ‘Veflel’s fide very much: Butbeing fupported bythe | 
 Outlagers, we could brook it well enough, which 
 - otherwife we could not have done. 
 About Noon we faw more Land, beneath the 
 _ fuppofed Pulo Way; and fteering towards it, before 
 Night we faw all the Coaft of Sumatra, and found’ 
 the Errors of our Achinefe; for the high Land that 
 we firlt faw, which then appeared like an Ifland, 
 was not Pulo Way, but a great high Mountain on 
 the Ifland Sumatra, called by the Englifh, the Goldex 
 Mountain. Our Wind continued till about Seven a 
 Clock at Night; thenitabated, and at Ten a Clock 
 it died away: And then we ftuck to our Oars again, 
 though all of us quite tired with our former Fa- 
 tigues and Hardfhips. 
 _ The next Morning, being the 20th day, we faw 
 ~all the low Land plain, and judged our felves not 
 above Eight Leagues off About Eight a Clock in the 
 _ Morning we had the Wind again at Welt, a frefh 
 - gale, and fteering in itill for the Shore, at Five aClock 
 in the Afternoon we run to the Mouth of a River 
 onthe Ifland Sumatra, called Paffange Fonea. It is 34 
 - Leagues to the Eaftward of Achin, and 6 Leagues: _ 
 to the Weft of Diamond Point, which makes with 
 three Angles of a Rhombus, and is low Land. 
 Our Malayans were very well acquainted here, 
 and carried us to a {mall Fifhing Village, within a t 
 | Kk Mile 
 
Pr ch RS ak a i i ni 
 - aioe = 
 ¥ 
 
 Tore) The Authov?s kin Reception at Pa: 
 
 
 
 flange Jonca. — 
 ‘An.1683. Mile of the River’s Mouth, called alfo by the name — 
 WY™ ofthe River, Paffamge Fouca. The Hardthips of this — 
 Voyage, with the fcorching heat of the Sun, at our — 
 
 firft fetting out, and the cold Rain, and our con- 
 
 ae tinuing Wet for the laft'two days, caft.us all into — 
 Fevers, fo that now we were not able to help each — 
 
 other, nor fo much as to get our Canoa up to the 
 Village, but our Afalayans got fome of the Townf-— 
 
 men to bring her up. : 
 
 The News of our Arrival being noifed abroad, — 
 
 one of the Oramkai’s, or Noblemen of the Ifland, 
 
 came in the Night to fee us. We were then lying — 
 
 in a {mall Hut, at the end of the Town, and it 
 
 being late, this Lord only viewed us, and having 
 
 {poken with our Malayans, went away again; but 
 
 he returned to us again the next day, and pro- 
 
 vided a large Houfe for us to live in, till we fhould 
 
 be recovered of our SicknefS; ordering the Towns- 
 
 People to let us want for nothing. ‘The Achinefe 
 Malayans that came with us, told them all the Cir 
 cumftances of our Voyage; how they were taken 
 
 by our Ship, and where, and how we that came 
 
 with them were Prifoners aboard the Ship, and 
 
 had been fet afhore together at Nicobar, as they 
 
 were. It was for this Reafon probably, that the 
 Gentlemen of Swmatra were thus extraordinary 
 
 kind to us, to provide every thing that we ‘hac 
 
 need of; nay, they would force us to accept of 
 Prefents from them, that we knew not what to” 
 
 do with; as young Buffaloes, Goats, ec. for thefe 
 
 we would turn loofe at Night, after the Gentle 
 
 ‘men that gave them to us were gone, for we were 
 prompted by our Achinefe Conforts to accept of 
 
 them, for fear of difobliging by our Refufal. But 
 
 the Coco-Nuts, Plaintains, Fowls, Eggs, Fifh, ane 
 
 Rice,” we kept for our ufe. The Aalayans thal 
 accompanied us from Nicobar, feparated thems 
 
 felves from us now, living at one end of the Hot 
 
 ; ; | 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ‘4 
 
 7 
 7 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Z : zi ms if 3 : 
 His Sicknefs. 
 
 _ our Paflage by Sea together, we made them be con- 
 tented to drink their Water out of the fame Coco- 
 fhell with us; yet being now no longer under that 
 Neceflity, they again took up their accuftomed Ni- 
  cety and Refervednefs. They all lay fick, and as 
 their ficknefS increafed, one of them threatned us, 
 ‘that if any of them died, the reft fhould kill us, 
 for having brought them this Voyage; yet I que- 
 -ftion whether they would have attempted, or the 
 Country People have fufferedit. We made a hhift 
 to drefs our own-Food, for none of thefé People, 
 though they were very. kind in giving us any thing 
 “that we wanted, would yet come near us, to aflift 
 ous in drefling our Victuals: Nay, they would not 
 “touch any thing that we ufed. We had all Fevers, 
 “and therefore took turns todrefS Victuals, accord- 
 “ing as we had ftrength to do it, or Stomachs to eat 
 ‘it. -I found my Fever to increafe, and my Head fo 
 “diftempered, that-I could fcarce ftand, therefore I 
 “whetted and fharpened my Penknife, in order to 
 “let my felf Blood ; but I could not, for my Knife 
 ‘Was too blunt. 
 
 _ Wetayed here Ten or Twelve Days, in hopes to 
 “recover our Health, but finding no Amendment, we 
 ‘defired to go tu Achin. But we were delayed by the 
 Natives, who had a defire to have kept Mr. Halland 
 ‘my felf, to Sail in their Veflels to Afalacca, Cudda, 
 ‘or to other Places whither they Trade. But finding 
 us more defirous to be with our Country-men, in. 
 Pour Factory at .Achin, they provided a large Proe to 
 iarry us thither, we not being able to manage our 
 |Own Canoa. SBefides, before this, three of our AZz- 
 ayan Comrades were gone very lick into the Coun- 
 itry, and only one of them and the Portugue/e remain- 
 fed with us , accompanying us to Achim, and they 
 Noth as fick as we. | 
 
 / K k 2 It 
 
 a 
 vr 
 
 by themfelves, for they were Mahometans, as all thofe 4n.1698. 
 _ of the Kingdom of Achix are ; and though during WWNO 
 
ia a EN Dh SN Sl a la 
 me 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 802 = His Arrival, and Examination at Achin, 
 An.1683. It was the beginning of June, 1688. when we 
 WW left Paffange Fonca. We had four Men to row, one 
 
 to fteer, and a Gentleman of the Country, that” 
 went purpofely to give an Information to the Go- 
 vernment of our Arrival. We were but three Days 
 and Nights in our Paffage, having Sea-breezes by 
 
 Day, and Land-Winds by Night, and very fair 
 Weather. : a 
 When we arrived at Achiz, } was carried before 
 the Shabander, the chief Magiftrate in the City, 
 One Mr. Dennis Drifcall, an Irifh-man, and a Refi 
 dent there, in the Factory which our Eaft-Jndi 
 ‘Company had there then, was Interpreter. I be 
 ing weak, was fuffered to ftand in the Shabander 
 Prefence: For it is their Cuftom to make Menf 
 onthe Floor, as theydo, crofs-legg’d like Taylors 
 But I had not ftrength then to pluck up my Hee 
 in that manner. The Shabander asked of me f 
 veral Queftions, efpecially how we durft adventurt 
 to come in a Canoa from the Nicobar Ifland to § 
 matra.  \told him, that I had been accuftomedt 
 hardfhips and hazards, therefore I did with muh 
 freedom undertake it. He enquired alfo concert 
 ing our Ship, whence fhe came, cc. I told 
 from the South Seas; that fhe had ranged abo 
 the Philippine Mlands, @c. and was now gone 
 wards Arabia, andthe Red Sea. The Malayansal 
 and Portuguefe were afterward examined, and cdi 
 firmed what I declared, and in lef$ than half @ 
 
 Hour, I was difmift with Mr. Drifcal, who thei 
 
 lived in the Englifh Eaft-India Company’s Factory: 
 
 He provided a Room for us to lie in, and fome 
 
 Victuals. . 
 
 Three Days afterour arrival here, our Portugubfe 
 died of a Fever. What became of our Aalayant 
 know not. -Ambrofe lived not long after. Mr. Hi 
 alfo was fo weak, that I did not think he wal 
 
 : recover 
 
ih takes P hyfik of a Malayan. | 503 7 
 
 recover. I was the beft; yet ftill very fick of a 47.1688. 
 | Fever, and little likely tolive. Therefore Mr. Drif- “WO 
 eal, and fome other Englifhmen, perfwaded me to 
 
 take fome Purging Phyfick of a Malayan Door. I 
 
 ook their Advice, being willing to get Eafe: But 
 
 fter three Dofes, eacha large Calabafh of nafty ftuff 
 
 | finding no Amendment, I thought to defift from 
 | more Phyfick: but was perfwaded to take one Dofe 
 | more; which I did, and it wrought fo violently, 
 that I thought it would have ended my days. I 
 | ttruggled till I had been about 20 or 30 times at 
 | Stool: But it working fo quick with me, with little 
 i; Tntermiffion, and my Strength being almott {pent, 
 I even threw my felf down once for all, and had 
 | above 60 Stools in all before it left of working. I 
 f thought my Malayan Doctor, whom they fo much 
 “commended, would have killed me out-right. I con- 
 | tinued extraordinary Weak for fome days after his 
 | Drenching me thus: But my Fever left me for above 
 fa aWeek: After which, it returned upon me again 
 for a Twelve Month, and a Flux with it. 
 
 | However, when 1 was a little recovered from 
 ithe Effes of my Drench, I made a fhift to go 
 abroad : And having been Kindly invited to Captain 
 | Bowrey’s Houfe there, my firft vilit was to him, who 
 had a Ship in the Road, but-lived afhore. This 
 Gentleman was extraordinary kind to us all, par- 
 ‘ticularly to me, and importuned me to go his 
 'Boat{wain to Perfia; whither he was bound, with 
 adetign to fell his Ship there, asI was told, though 
 ‘not by himfelf. From thence he intended to pafs 
 Pwith the Caravan to Aleppo, and fo home for Eng- 
 Vaud. His Bufinefs required him to ftay fome time 
 Jonger at Achin; I judge, to fell fome Commodities, 
 ‘that he had not ‘yet difpofed of. Yet he chofe ra- 
 ither to leave the difpofal of them to fome Mer- 
 chant there, and make a fhort trip to the Nicobar. 
 Wands in the mean time, and on his return to take 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
so4 «Ss AVeffel of Siam af Achin. 7 
 ‘An.1688. in his Effects, and fo proceed towards Perfia. ‘This 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 was a fudden Refolution of Captain Bowry’s, pre- 
 . fently after the arrival of a fmall'Frigot from Siam, 
 with an Ambaflador from the King of Siam, to th 
 Queen of Achin. The Ambaflador was a French- 
 man by Nation. The Veffel that he came in wa 
 but fimall, yet very well mann’d, and fitted for 
 Fight. Therefore it was generally fuppofed her 
 that Captain Bowry was afraid to lie in Achin Road 
 becatfe the Siamers were now at Wars with the 
 Englifh, and he was not able to defend his Ship, if 
 he fhould be attack’d by them. _ a 
 But whatever made him think of going to the 
 Nicobar \ilands, he provided to Sail; and took me, 
 Mr. Hall, ‘and Ambrofe with him; though all of us” 
 fo fick and weak, that we could do him no Service. 
 It was fome time about the beginning of Fave when 
 we failed out of Achiz Road: But we met with thé 
 Winds at N. W. with turbulent Weather, whic 
 forced us back again in two days time. Yet he gave 
 us each 12 AMefs apiece, a Gold Coin, each of which 
 is about the Value of 15 Pence Englifh. So he gave 
 over that Defign: And fome Englifh Ships coming 
 into Achinz Road, he was not afraid of the Siamer, 
 who lay there. : 
 _ After this, he again invited me to his Houfe at 
 chin, and treated me always with Wine and goot 
 Cheer, and {till importuned me to go with him te 
 Perfia: But I being very weak, and fearing the 
 welterly Winds would create a great deal of trouble, 
 did not give him a pofitive Anfwer; efpecially be? 
 caufe I thought I might get a better Voyage in the 
 Englifh Ships newly arrived, or fome others now €& 
 ‘pected here. It was this Captain Bowry who fent 
 the Letter from Borneo, directed to the Chief of tlié 
 Englith Factory at Adizdanto, of which mention Is 
 
 made in Chapter XIII. # 
 

 
 : ue | | 
 His Voyage to Tonqueen, Malacca, cc. 505 
 _. A Short time after this, Captain Welden arrived 4m. 1638. 
 here from Fort St. George, in a Ship called the Cur- UA7e8 
 tana, bound to Tonqueen. ‘This being a more agree- 
 able Voyage than to Perfia, at this time of the Year, 
  befides that the Ship was better accommodated , 
 _ efpecially with a Surgeon, and I being {till fick; I 
 _ therefore chofe rather to ferve Captain Welde than 
 _ Captain Bowry. But to go on with a particular Ac- 
 - count of that Expedition, were to carry my Reader 
 _ back again: Whom having brought thus far to- 
 | wards England in my Circum-Navigation of the 
 _ Globe, I fhall not now weary him with new Ram- 
 ' bles, nor fo much fwell this Volume, as I muft to 
 _ defcribe the Tour I made in thofe remote Parts of 
 - the East-Indies, from and to Sumatra. So that my 
 Voyage to Tonqueen at this time, as alfo another to 
 | Malacca afterwards, with my Obfervations in them, 
 and the Defcriptions of thofe and the Neighbouring 
 - Countries; as well as the Decriptién of the Ifland 
 Sumatra it felf, and thercin the Kingdom and City 
 of Achin, Bencouli, &c. I fhallrefer to another place, 
 where I may give a particular Relation of them, 
 In. fhort, it may fuffice, that I fet out to Tonqueen 
 with Captain Welden about July 1688. and returned 
 to Achin in the April following. I ftaid here till the 
 latter end of September 1689. and making a fhort 
 Voyage to Malacca, came thither again about Chrift- 
 mas. Soon after that, [went to Fort St.George, and 
 ftaying there about five Months, J return’d oice more 
 _ to Sumatra; not to Achin, but Bencouli, an Englifh 
 | Factory on the Welt-Coaft ; of which I was Gun- 
 ' ner about. fivé Months more. 
 _ So that having brought my Reader to Sumatra, 
 | without carrying him back, I hhall bring him on 
 _ next way from thence to England: And of all that 
 - occurr’d between my firft ietting out from. this 
 _ Ifland in 1688, and my final departure from it at 
 _ the beginning of the Year 1691, I shall only take 
 y ; Kk 4 NOLICE 
 
 
 
 Ee ee ee See . 
 
 
 
 aah 
 
 rn gee ey, eee ee ee eee Toe TO. on) eee eae ee ee ea Ca bas D0) a ee oe 
 

 
 
 
 es? ee ee 
 
 806 
 
 ‘An.1689. notice at prefent of two Paflages; which I think I 
 AV™ ought not to omit. 
 
 _ him and others, I thought it might not be amifs to— 
 
 fame time, were received. 
 
 
 
 
 Of the Cygnet, and her Crew. 
 
 y 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The firft is, that at my return from Malacca, a 
 little before Chriftmas, 1689. I found at Achiz one — 
 Mr. Morgan, who was one of our Ship’s Crew that 
 left me afhore at Nicobar, now Mate of a Danifh 
 Ship of Tranxgambar , which is a Town on the Coaft | 
 of Coromandel, near Cape Comorin, belonging to the 
 Danes: And receiving an Account of our Crew from _ 
 
 a Oth 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ac ett ON i ata 
 
 gratifie the Reader’s Curiofity therewith, who 7 
 would probably be defirous to know the Succefs of © 
 thofe Ramblers, in their new intended Expedition © 
 towards the Red Sea: And withal I thought it might ~ 
 not be unlikely that thefe Papers might fall into the © 
 hands of fome of our London Merchants, who were © 
 concerned in fitting out that Ship; which I faid 7 
 formerly, was called the Cygnet of London, fent ona 
 Trading Voyage into the South Seas, under the © 
 Command of Captain Swan: And that they might 
 be willing to have a particular Information of the 7 
 fate of their Ship. And by the way, even before | 
 this meeting with Mr. Adorgan, while I was at Ton-7 
 queen, Fanuary 1689. 1 met with an Englifh Ship in’ 
 the River of Tonqueen, called the Rainbow of London, 
 Captain Poole Gommander; by whofe Mate , 
 Mr. Barlow, who was returning in that Ship to Exg- 
 land, 1 {ent a Pacquet, which he undertook to de 
 liver tothe Merchants, Owners of the Cygzer, fome 
 of which he faid he knew: Wherein I gave a par-_ 
 ticular Account of all the Courfe and. Tranfactions 
 of their Ship, from the time of my firft meeting it 
 in the South Seas, and going aboard it there, to its 
 leaving me afhore at Nicobar. But I never could hear 
 that either that, or other Letters which I fent at the 
 To proceed therefore with Aforgan’s Relation 
 He told me, That when they in the Cygzer went 
 ; ‘a away) 
 

 
 
 
 Many go into the Mogul’s Service. 
 
 away from Nicobar , in purfuit of their intended 4m. 1689; 
 Voyage to Perfia, they directed their Courfe to- WYN9 
 
 wards Ceylon. But not being able to Weather it, 
 ‘the Welterly Monfoon bearing hard again{ft them, 
 they were obliged to feek Refrefhment on the 
 Coaft of Coromandel. Here this mad fickle Crew 
 were upon new Projectsagain. ‘Their Defigns meet- 
 “ing with fuch Delays and Obftructions, that many 
 of them grew weary of it, and about half of them 
 went afhore. Of this number, Mr. Morgan, who 
 told me this, and Mr. Herman Coppinger the Surgeon, 
 went to the Danes at Trangambar , who kindly 
 received them. ‘There they lived very well; and 
 Mr. Morgan was employed as a Mate in a Ship of 
 theirs at this time to Achin; and Captain Knox 
 tells me, That he fince Commanded the Curtana, 
 the Ship that I went in to Toqueen, which Cap- 
 tain Welden having fold to the Mogul’s Subjects, 
 they employed Mr. Morgan as Captain to Trade in 
 her for them; and it is an ufual thing for the 
 Trading Indians to hire Europeans to go Officers 
 on board their Ships; efpecially Captains and Gun- 
 ners. 
 ~ About two or three more of thefe that were fet 
 afhore, went to Fort St. George, but the main Body 
 of them were for going into the Mogul’s Ser- 
 vice. Our Seamen are apt to have great Notions 
 of I know not what Profit and Advantages to be 
 had in ferving the Mogul; nor do they want for 
 fine Stories to encourage one another toit. It was 
 what thefe Men had long been thinking and talking 
 of as a fine Thing; but now they went upon 
 it in good earneft. The Place where they went 
 _ afhore was at a Town of the AZoors : Which name 
 - our Seamen give to all the Subjects of the Great 
 Mogul, but efpecially his A4ahometan Subjects; cal- 
 ling the Idolaters, Gemtous or Rafhbours. At this 
 Moors Town they got a Peun to be their Guide 
 ; the 
 
808 a + Pew... 
 4n.1689. the. Mogul’s neareft Camp: For he hath always fe- _ 
 WV ~ veral Armies in his vaft Empire. f 
 
 Thefe Peuns are fome of the Gentous or Rafhbouts, — 
 
 who in all places along the Coaft, efpecially in Sea- 
 port Towns, make it their Bufinefs to Hirethem- — 
 felves to wait upon Strangers, be they Merchants, — 
 Seamen, or what they will. To qualifie them for 
 fuch Attendance, they learn the European Languages, 
 Englifh, Dutch, French, Portuguefe, &c. according as 
 they have any of the Factories of thefe Nations in 
 their Neighbourhood, or are vifited by their Ships. 
 No fooner doth any fuch Ship come to an Anchor, © 
 and the Men come afhore, but a great many of — 
 thefe Peuns are ready to proffer their Service. Tis — 
 ufual for the Strangers to hire their Attendance du- _ 
 ring their ftay there, giving them about aCrown _ 
 a Month of our Money, more or lef. Thericheft — 4 
 fort of Men will ordinarily hire two or three Peuns _ 
 to wait upon them; and even the common Seamen, — 
 if able, will hire one apiece to attend them, either — 
 for Convenience or Oftentation; or fometimes one ~ 
 Peun between two of them. ‘Thefe Peuns ferve ! 
 them in many Capacities, as Interpreters, Brokers, ' 
 Servants to attend at Meals, andgo to Market, and 
 on Errands, &c. Nor do they give any Trouble, — 
 eating at their own Homes, and Lodging there, 
 when they have done their Mafters Bufinefs for them x4 
 expecting nothing but their Wages, except that they _ 
 have a certain Allowance of about a Fanam, or 3 d._ 
 in a Dollar, which is an 18th part Profit, by way _ 
 of Brokerage for every Bargain they drive ; they — 
 being generally employed in Buying and Selling. © 
 When the Strangers go away, their Peuns defire g 
 them to give them their Names in Writing, witha ¥ 
 Certificate of their honeft and diligent ferving them: 
 ‘ And thefe they fhew to the next Comers, to get into 
 Bufinefs ; fome being ableto produce a large Scrowl 
 of fiich Certificates, ne . 
 
 
 
 But 
 
Mee SR ee CR ee a CS ee er We a RU ly OES a ly ee Meee) te ee er 
 
 
 
 Captain Oliver and his Men. 30g 
 But to proceed: The Afvors Town, where thefe An.168g. 
 
 Men landed, was not far from Cunnimere, a fall “Ww 
 Englifh Factory on the Coromondel Coaft. ‘The Go- 
 vernour whereof having intelligence by the AZoors 
 of the Landing of thefe Men, and their intended 
 March to the Mogul’s Camp, fent out a Captain 
 with his Company to oppofe it. He came up with 
 them, and gave them hard Words: But they being 
 30 or 40 Refolute Fellows, not eafily daunted, he 
 durft not attack them, but returned to the Gover- 
 nour, and the News of it was foon carried to Fort 
 St.George. During their March, ohn Oliver, who 
 was one of them, privately told the Peun who 
 guided them, that himfelf was their Captain. So 
 when they came to the Camp, the Peun told this 
 to the General: And when their Stations and Pay 
 were aflign’d them, ohn Oliver had a greater Re- 
 fpect paid him than the reft,; and whereas their 
 _ Pay was Ten Pagodas a Month each Man, (a Pagoda 
 is two Dollars, or 9's. Englifh) his Pay was Twenty. 
 Pagodas: Which Stratagem and Ufurpation of his 
 occafioned him no fmall Envy and Indignation 
 from his Comrades. . 
 - Soonafter this, two or three of them went to Agra, 
 to be of the Mogul’s Guard. A while after, the Go- 
 vernour of Fort St.George fent a Meflage to the main 
 Body of them, and a Pardon, to withdraw them 
 from thence; which moft of them accepted, and 
 came away. ohn Oliver, and the fmall Remainder, 
 continued in the Country; but leaving the Camp, 
 went up and down Plundering the Villages, and 
 fleeing when they were purfued, and this was the 
 laft News I heard of them. This Account I had, 
 partly by Mr. Aforgan, from fome of thofe Deferters 
 he met with at Trangambar;, and partly from others 
 of them, whom] met with my felf afterwards at Fort 
 St.George. And thefe were the Adventures of thofe 
 who went up into the Country. | 
 
 Captain 
 
rs - The Cygnet goes to Madagafcar ; 
 42.1689. Captain Read having thus loft the beft half of his 
 wWN Men, failed away with the reft of them, after ha- 
 ving filled his Water, and got Rice, ftill intending 
 for the Red Sea. When they were near Ceylon, they 
 met with a Portuguefe.Ship richly laden, out of | 
 which they took what they pleas’d, ‘and then turn’d 
 her away again. From thence they purfued their 
 Voyage; but the wefterly Winds bearing hard 
 againft them, and making it hardly feizable for 
 them to reach the Red Sea, they ftood away for — 
 Madagafcar.. There they entered intothe Service of 
 one of the petty Princes of that Ifland, to aflift him — 
 again{ft his Neighbours, with whom he was at Wars, 
 During this Interval, a finall Veflel from New- — 
 York came hither to Purchafe Slaves: Which Trade ~ 
 is driven here, as it is upon the Coaft of Guinea, — 
 one Nation er ‘Clan felling others that are their — 
 Enemies. Captain Read, with about five or fix more, 
 ftole away from their Crew, and went aboard this 
 New-York Ship; and Captain Tear was made Com- 
 mander of the Refidue. Soon after which, a Bri- 
 gantine from the We/t-Iudies, Captain Knight Com- — 
 mander, coming thither with defign to go to the 
 Red Sea alfo, thefe of the Cyenet conforted with 
 them, and they went together to the Ifland. Fe- 
 -. hanna. Thence going together towards the Red Sea, 
 the Cygnet proving Leaky, and Sailing heavily, as — 
 being. much out of Repair, Captain Kvight grew 
 we! weary of her Company,. and: giving her the flip.in 
 the Night, went away for Achim, for having heard — 
 that there was plenty of Gold there, he went thi- 
 ther with a defign to Cruize: And ’twas from one — 
 Mr. Humes, belongitig to the Aza of London, Captain — 
 Freke Commander, who had gone aboard Captain © 
 Knight, and whom J faw afterwards at Achin, that — 
 {had this Relation. “Some of Captain Freke’s Men, 
 their own Ship being loft, had gone aboard the © 
 Cygnet at Fobanna: And after Captain Knight had lett — 
 MARL | ber, 9 
 
 
 
—_ 
 
 
 
 And lies funk in St. Auguftin’s Bay. sti 
 _her, fhe ftill purfued her Voyage towards the Red An.1690- 
 
 Sea : But the Winds being againft them, and the “WN 
 Ship in fo ill a condition, they were forced to 
 
 bear away for Coromandel, where Captain Teat and 
 
 his own Men went afhore to ferve the Mogul. But 
 
 the Strangers of Captain Freke’s Ship, who kept fill 
 
 aboard the Cyger, undertook to carry her for Eng- 
 
 land: And the laft News I heard of the Cygnet was 
 
 from Captain Knox, who tells me, that fhe now lies 
 
 funk in St. Auguftin’s Bay in Madagafear. This Di- 
 
 greffion | have made, to give an Account of our 
 
 Ship. 
 
 The other Paflage I fhall fpeak of, that occurred 
 
 during this Interval of the Tour I made from Achiz, 
 
 ‘is with relation. to the Painted Prince, whom I 
 brought with me into England, and who died at 
 Oxford. For while I was at Fort St.George, about 
 April 1690. there arrived a Ship called the A4indanao 
 Merchant, laden with Clove-bark from AGndanao. 
 Three of Captain Swan’s Men, that remained there | 
 when we went from thence, came in her: From 
 whom I had the Account of Captain Swan’s Death, 
 asis before related. There was alfo one Mr. Afoody, 
 who was Supercargo of the Ship. This Gentleman 
 bought at A4indanao the Painted Prince Feoly (men- 
 tioned in Chapter XIII.) and his Mother; and 
 brought them to Fort St.George, where they were 
 much admired by all that faw them. Some time 
 after this, Mr. Afcody, who fpoke the AZalayan Lan- 
 guage very well, and was a Perfon very capable to 
 manage the Company’s Affairs, was ordered by the 
 
 _Governour of Fort St. George to prepare to go to 
 Indrapore, an Englifh Factory on the Weft Coaft of . 
 Sumatra, in order to fucceed Mr. Gibbons, who was 
 Chief of that Place. 
 
 By this time I was very intimately acquainted 
 with Mr. Afoody, and was importuned by him to go 
 with him, and to be Gunner of the Fort there: I 
 
 | always 
 

 
 512 
 
 An.1690. always told him I hada great defireto goto theBay 
 
 The Author's Arrival at Bencouli. | 
 
 WV of Bengal, and that I had now an offer to go thi- 
 
 ther with Captain Aetcalf, who wanted a Mate, 
 and had already fpoke to me. Mr. A@oody, to en- — 
 
 courage meto go with him, told me, that ifI — 
 would go with him to Indrapore, he would buy a — 
 {mall Veffel there, and fend metotheIfland Afean- — 
 
 g, Commander of her; and that I fhonld carry 
 
 Prince Yeoly and his Mother with me (that being 
 their Country) by which means I might gaina 
 Commerce with his People for Cloves. - 
 
 This was a Delign that I liked very well; there- 
 fore I confented to go thither. ‘It was fome time 
 in July, 1690. when we went from Fort St. George, 
 in a finall Ship, called the Diamond, Captain Howel 
 Commander, We were about so or 60 Paflengers 
 in all; fome ordered to be leftat Jndrapore, and fome 
 at Bencouli: Five or fix of us were Officers, the reft 
 
 Soldiers tothe Company. We met nothing in our 
 
 Voyage that deferves notice, till we came abreft of 
 Indrapore: And then the Wind came at N. W. and 
 blew fo hard that we could not get in, but were 
 
 ‘forced to bear away to Bencouli, another ExglifhFa- 
 
 ctory on the fame Coaft, lying 50 or 60 Leagues to 
 the Southward of Indrapore. aa 
 Upon our Arrival at Bencoul: we faluted the Fort, 
 and were welcomed by them. The fame Day we 
 came to an Anchor; and Captain Homel, and 
 Mr. Ad4oody, with the other Merchants went afhore, 
 and were all kindly received by the Governour 
 of the Fort. It was two Days after before I went 
 afhore; and then I was importuned by the Gover- 
 nour to ftay there, to be Gunner of this Fort; be- 
 caufe the Gunner was lately dead: And this being 
 
 -a Place of greater import than Indrapore, I fhoulddo 
 
 the Company more Service herethanthere. I told 
 
 -the Governour, if he would augment my Sallary, — 
 which by Agreement with the Governour of 
 
 Fort 
 
Ife of Meangis, its Produéts. §12 
 Fort St. George 1 was to have had at Indrapore, I was An.16902 
 willing to ferve him, provided Mr. Afoody would UWYWNO 
 confent to it. Asto my Sallary, he told me, I fhould 
 have 24. Dollars per Month, which was as much as 
 he gave to the old Gunner. 
 
 Mr. Moody gave no Anfwer tilla Week after, and 
 
 _ then, being ready to be gone to Ivdrapore, he told 
 mel might ufe my own Liberty, either to ftay 
 here, or go with him to Indrapore. Headded, that 
 if I went with him, he was not certain, as yet, to 
 perform his Promife, in getting a Veffel for me to 
 
 _ g0 to Meangas, with Feoly and his Mother: But he 
 would be fo fairto me, that becaufeI left ALaderas 
 on‘his account, he would give me the half fhare 
 of the two Painted People, and leave them in my 
 Pofleffion, and at my-Difpoal. I accepted of the 
 Offer, and Writings were immediately drawn be- 
 tween us. — 
 
 Thus it was that I came to have this Painted 
 Prince, whofe Name was Jeoly, and his Mother. 
 They were born on a {mall Ifland called Adeangis, 
 which is once or twice mentioned in Chap. Xill. 
 I faw the Ifland twice, and two more clofe by it: 
 Each of the three feemed to be about four or five 
 Leagues round, and ofa good heighth. eoly himfelf 
 
 _told me, That they all three abounded with Gold, 
 ‘Cloves, and Nutmegs: For I fhewed him fome of . 
 each fort feveral times, and he told me in the A4%z- 
 layan Language, which he fpake indifferent 
 well, Meangis Hadda Madochala fe Bullawan: 
 “That is, there is abundance of Gold at AMeangis. 
 Bullawan, 1 have obferved to be the common 
 word for Gold at Mindanao ; but whether the pro- 
 per Malayan word I know not, for 1 found much 
 difference between the Malayan Language as it 
 was fpoken at A4indanao, and the Language on the 
 Coaft of Malacca and Achin. ‘When I fhewed him 
 Spice, he would not only tell me, that there was 
 Mado- 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 aera Jeoly, the Painted Prince. ’ 
 4n.165°. Madochala, that is, abundance; but to make it ap- 
 (AVN pear more plain, he would alfo fhew me the Hair 
 of his Head, a thing frequent among all the Izdians 
 
 ‘that I have met with, to fhew their Hair, when 
 
 _they would exprefs more than they can number. 
 
 ‘He told me alfo, that his Father was Raja of the 
 
 Hland where they lived: ‘That there were not above 
 
 Thirty Men on the Ifland, and about one Hun- 
 
 dred Women: That he himfelf had 5; Wives and _ 
 
 sig Children, and that one of his Wives painted 
 
 He was painted all down his Breaft, between 
 his Shoulders behind ; on his Thighs (moftly) be- 
 fore; and in the form of feveral broad Rings, or 
 Bracelets, round his Arms and Legs. I cannot” 
 liken the Drawings to any Figure of Animals, or 
 the like; but they were very curious, full of great 
 variety ‘of Lines, Flourifhes, Chequered Work, ¢*e.. 
 keeping a very graceful Proportion, and appearing 
 very Artificial, even to wonder, efpecially that 
 upon and between his Shoulder-blades. By the 
 Account he gave me of the manner of doing it, 
 underftood that the Painting, was done in the fame 
 manner, as the Ferufalem-Crofs is made in Mens 
 Arms, by pricking the Skin, and rubbing ina Pig- 
 ment. But whereas Powder is ufed in mak- 
 ing the Ferufalem-Crofs , they at Adfeangis ufe the 
 Gum of a Tree beaten to Powder, called by Eng- 
 lifh Dammer, which is ufed inftead of Pitch 1 
 many Parts of Ivdia.. Hetoldme, That moft of the 
 Men and Women on the Ifland were thus painted: 
 And alfo that they had all Ear-rings made of Gold, 
 and Gold-Shackles about their Legs and Arms: 
 That their common Food, of the Produce of the 
 Land, was Potatoes and Yames: That they had 
 plenty of Cocks and Hens; but no other tame Fowh 
 He faid, that Fifh (of which he was a great Lover, 
 as wild Jndians generally are) was very plentiful 
 
 about 
 
.. Stee be a > at RA Raa ela Te Kia 
 
 _ Meangian Tongue. P. Jeoly’s Captivity. 515 
 - about the Ifland: and that they had Canoas, and 4z.1690. 
 went a fifhing frequently in them; and that they WAWNO. 
 often vifited the other two fmall Iflands, whofe - 
 Inhabitants fpeak the fame Language as they did ; 
 which was fo unlike the Addlayan, which he had 
 learnt while he was a Slave at Atindanao, that 
 when his Mother and he were talking together in 
 their Adeangian Tongue, | could not underftand 
 one Word they faid. And indeed all the Indians 
 who fpeak A@alayan, who are the Trading and po- 
 liter fort,lookt on thefe Adeangians as a kind of Bar- 
 _ barians; and upon any occation of diflike, would 
 call them Bobby, that is, Hoggs; the greateft expref- 
 fion of Contempt that can be ; efpecially from the 
 mouth of A4alayans, who are generally A4ahometans : 
 and yet the AZalayans every where call a Woman 
 _ Babby, by a name not much different: and AZamma 
 fignifiesa Man. ‘Tho’ thefe two laft words proper- 
 ly denote Male and Female: And as Ejam tignifies 
 a Fowl, fo Ejam Mamma isaCock, and Ejam Babli 
 isa Hen. Butthis by the way. . 
 He faid alfo that the Cuftoms of thofe other 
 Ifles , and their manner of living, was like theirs, 
 and that they were the only People with whom 
 they had any Converfe: And that one time, as he, 
 with his Father, Mother and Brother, with two or’ 
 three Men more, were going to one of thefe other 
 Iflands, they were driven by a ftrong Wind on the 
 Coalt of Mindanao, where they were taken by the 
 Fifhermen of that Ifland, and carried afhore, and 
 fold as Slaves; they being firft ftript of their Gold 
 Ornaments. I did not fee any of the Gold that 
 they wore , but.there were great holes in their 
 Ears, by which it was manifeft that they had worn 
 fome Ornaments in them. Yeoly was fold to one 
 Michaela Mindanayan, that fpoke good Spanifh, and 
 commonly waited on Raja Laut, ferving him as our 
 Interpreter, where the Raa was at a lofs in anv 
 | La word 
 
 ass 
 
536 OF P. Jeoly and bis Mother. | 
 ‘An.1690. word, for Michael underftood it better. He did 
 “V™ often beat and abufe his painted Servant, to make — 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 him work, but all in vain; for neither fair means, © 
 threats nor blows, would make him work, as he 
 would have him. Yet he was very timerous, and 
 could not endure to fee any fort of Weapons ; and — 
 he often told me that they had no Arms at A¢eangis, 
 they having no Enemies to fight with. 
 I knew this Adichael very well, while we were - 
 at Mindanao: \ fuppofe that Name was given him ~ 
 by the Spaniards, who baptized many of them at © 
 the time when they had footing at that Ifland: 
 But at the departure of the Spaniards, they were 
 Mahometans again as before. Some of our People 
 lay at this Afichael’s houfe, whofe Wife and Daugh- 
 ter. were Pagallies to fome of them. I often faw © 
 Feoly at his Mafter Adichael’s Houfe, and when I 
 came to have him fo long after, he remembred me_ 
 again. I did never fee his Father nor Brother, nor 
 any of the others that were taken with them ; but 
 Feoly came feveral times aboard our Ship when we 
 lay at Mindanao, and gladly accepted of fuch Vidu- 
 als as we gave him; for his Mafter kept him at. 
 very fhort Commons. | 
 Prince Feoly lived thus a Slave at Mindanao 4 or 5 
 Years, till at laft Mr. Afoody bought him and his 
 Mother for 60 Dollars, and, as is before related, 
 carried him to Fort St. George, and from thence a= 
 long with me to Bencouli. Mr. Moody ftayed at 
 Bencouli about three Weeks, and then went back 
 with Captain Howel, to Indrapore, leaving Feoly and 
 his Mother with me. ‘They lived in a Houfe by 
 themfelves without the Fort. I had no employ- 
 ment for them; but they both employed them- 
 felves. She ufed to make and mend their own 
 Cloaths, at which fhe was not very expert, for 
 they wear no Cloaths at Adeangis, but only 4 
 Cloth about their Wailts: And he bufied himfelf in 
 making 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 The Mother dies. Falfe ftories of Jeoly. 
 
 517 
 
 making a Cheft with 4 Boards, anda few Nails An.1690. 
 that he begged of me. It was butan ill fhaped odd WY 
 
 thing, yet he was as proud of it, as if it had been 
 the rareft piece in the World. After fome time 
 they were both taken fick, and though I took as 
 much care of them, as if they had been my Bro- 
 ther and Sifter, yet fhe died. I did what I could 
 to comfort Feoly ; but he took on extreamly, info- 
 much that I feared him alfo. Therefore I caufed 
 a Grave to be made prefently, to hide her out of 
 his fight. I had her fhrowded decently in a piece 
 of new Callico; but eoly was not fo fatisfied, for 
 he wrapped all her Cloaths about her, and two new 
 pieces of Chints that Mr. Afoody gave her, faying 
 that they were his Mothers, and fhe muft have ’em. 
 I would not difoblige him for fear of endangering 
 his Life, and I ufed all poffible means to recover 
 his health: but I found little amendment while 
 we ftay’d here. 
 
 _ Inthe little printed Relation that was made of 
 him when he was fhewn for a Sight in Exgland, 
 there was a Romantick Story of a beautiful Sifter 
 of his, a Slave with them at AGindanao;, and of the 
 Sultans falling in Love with her ; but thefe were 
 Stories indeed. They reported alfo that this Paint 
 was of fuch Virtue, that Serpents and Veneinous 
 Creatures would flee from him, for which rea- 
 fon, I fuppofe, they reprefented fo many Serpents 
 {campering about in the printed PiGute that was 
 made of him. But I never knew any Paint of 
 fuch Virtue: and as for Jeoly, I have feen him as 
 much afraid of Snakes, Scorpions, or Centapeés, 
 as my felf, 
 
 Having given this account of the Ship that left 
 me! at Nicobar, and of my painted Prince whom I 
 brought with me to Bencouli, I thall now proceed 
 on with the Relation of my Voyage thence to F/- 
 
 gland, after I have given this fhort pier 
 | hp o 
 
‘4 
 is 
 j 
 
 
 
 ‘An.1690.0f the occafion of it, and the manner of my get- — 
  UWY™ ting away. 3 | 
 
 -a Fort; and yet fo much infolence and cruelty 
 
 to mention his name after fuch a Character ;, nor do 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The A. thinks of leaving Bencouli. 
 
 To fay nothing therefore now of that place, — 
 and my Employment there as Gunner of the Fort, ~ 
 the Year, 1690. drew towards an end, and not — 
 finding the Governour keep to his agreement with — 
 me; nor feeing by his carriage towards others any — 
 great reafon I had to expect he would, I began to” 
 wifh my felf away again. I faw fo much Igno- 
 rance in him, with refpect to his charge, being © 
 
 uch fitter to be a Book-keeper than Governour of 
 
 with refpeé& to thofe under him, and rafhnefs in 
 his management of the A4alayan Neighbourhood, 
 that I foon grew weary of him, not thinking my 
 felf very fafe, indeed, under a Man whofe hu- 
 mours were fo brutifh and barbarous. I forbear 
 
 I care to fill thefe Papers with particular {tories of 
 him: But therefore give this intimation, becaufe) 
 as it is the intereft of the Nation in general, fo is’ 
 it efpecially of the Honourable Eat India Compa- 
 ny, to be informed of abufes in their Factories. 
 And I think the Company might receive great ad- 
 vantage by ftrictly enquiring into the behavior of 
 thofe whom they entruft with any command. For 
 befide the odium, which refiects back upon the 
 Superiours from the mif-doings of their Servants, 
 how undefervedly foever; there are great and laft- 
 ing mifchiefs proceed from the Tyranny or igno 
 rant rafhnefs of fome petty Governours. Thofé 
 under them are difcouraged from their Service by 
 it, and often go away to the Dutch, the Mogul, or 
 the Afalayan Princes, to the great detriment of out 
 Trade, and even the Trade and the Forts thems 
 felves are many times in danger by indifcreet pros 
 vocations given to the Neighbouring Nations; 
 who are beft managed, as all Mankind are, by Jue 
 
 {tice 
 

 
 ma a ee a Rear, he eo eee i we Ne et be Ne OP ee | - ace oem 1 se 
 
 x | He defires leave to return home. 619 
 
 ftice, and fair dealings; nor are any more impla- 4x.1691- 
 cably revengeful than thofe AZdlayans, who live in “~VY™ 
 the Neighourhood of Bercouli, which Fort hath ? 
 been fore than once in danger of being furpriz’d 
 by them. I fpeak not this out of difguft to.this 
 particular Governour; much lefs would I feem to 
 reflec on any others, of whom I know nothing a- 
 mifS : But as it is not to be wondered at, if fome 
 fhould not know how to demean themfelves in places 
 of Power, for which neither their Education nor 
 their bufinefs poffibly, have fufficiently qualified 
 them, fo it will be the more neceflary for the 
 Honourable Company to have the clofer eye over 
 them, and as much as may be, to prevent or re- 
 form any abufes they may be guilty of, and ’tis 
 purely out of my Zeal for theirs and the Nations 
 intereft, that I have given this caution, having 
 {een too much occafion for it. 
 I had other Motives alfo for my going away. 
 
 I began to long after my Native Country, after fo 
 tedious aramble from it: and I propofed no fmall 
 advantage to my felf from my Painted Prince 
 whom Mr. Afoody had left entirely to my 
 difpofal, only referving to himfelf his right to 
 one half fhare in him. For befide what might 
 be gained by fhewing him in England, 1 was in 
 hopes that when'I had got fome Money, I 
 
 -. might there obtain what I had in vain fought for 
 in the Indies, viz. A Ship from the Merchants, 
 wherewith tocarry him back to A¢eangis, and rein- 
 {tate him there in his own Country, and by his 
 
 favour and negotiation to eftablifh a traffick for the 
 
 _ Spices and other produéts of thofe Iflands. : 
 Upon thefe Projects, I went to the Governour 
 
 and Council, and defired that I might have my 
 
 _ difcharge to go for England with the next Ship 
 
 that came. The Council thought. it reafonable, 
 
 and they confented toit; he alfo gave me his word 
 
 | Vig that 
 
 
 
 ge aah 
 

 
 520 | 
 Ax.i691. that I fhould go. Upon the 2d. of Fanuary, 1691. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The A. gets on board Captain Heath’s Ship. 
 there came to an anchor in Bencouli Road, the © 
 Defence, Captain Heath Commander, bound for — 
 England, in the fervice of the Company. "They 
 had been at Indrapore, where Mr. Moody then was; — 
 and he had made over his fhare in Prince Feoly, — 
 to Mr. Goddard chief Mate of'the Ship. Upon his — 
 coming on fhore, he fhewed me Mr. Adoody’s wri- — 
 tings, and lookt upon eoly, who had been fick — 
 for 3 Months: in all which time I. tended him as 
 carefully, as if he had been my Brother. Iagreed — 
 matters with Mr. Goddard, and fent Feoly. on board, 
 ' intending to follow. him asI could, and defiring — 
 Mr. Goddard’s affiftance to fetch me off, and con- — 
 ceal me aboard. the Ship, if there fhould be occa- — 
 fion ; which he promifed to do, and the Captain — 
 promifed to entertainme, For it proved as I had. — 
 forefeen, that upon Captain Hearh’s arrival, the-— 
 Governor repented him of his Promife, and would — 
 not faffer me to depart. J importun’d him all I. _ 
 could ; but in vain: fodid Captain Heath alfo, but. — 
 to no purpofe. In fhort, after feveral Effays, I’ 
 flipt away, at midnight (underftanding the Ship — 
 was to fail away the next Morning, and that they 
 had taken leave of the Fort) and creeping through’ 
 one of the Port-holes of the Fort, I got to: the 
 fhore, where the Ships Boat waited for me, and 
 carried me.on board. I brought with me my” 
 Journal, and moft of my written Papers: but fome — 
 Papers and Books of value I left in hafte, and all” 
 my Furniture , being glad I was my felf at liberty, — 
 and had hopes of feeing Exgland-again. q 
 

 
 They fet fail for the Cape of Good Hope. = sar 
 . An, 1691. 
 
 
 
 
 
 CHAP. XX. 
 
 The Author's departure from Bencouli, on board 
 the Defence, ander Captain Heath. Of a 
 Fight between fome French Men of War from 
 Ponticheri , aad fome Dutch Ships from 
 Pallacat, joined with fome Englifh, iz fight 
 of Fort St. George. Of the bad Water taken 
 in at Bencouli; and the ftrange fickne/s and 
 death of the Seamen, fuppofed to be occafioned 
 thereby. A Spring at Bencouli recommended, 
 The great Exigences on board: A Confult held, 
 and a Propofal made to go to Johanna. A 
 
 - Refolution taken to profecute their Voyage to 
 the Cape of Good Hope. The Wind favours 
 them. The Captains Conduct. They arrive at 
 the Cape, and are helped into Harbour by the 
 Dutch. A Defcription of the Cape, its Pro- - 
 Spect , Soundings, Table Mount, Harbour, 
 Soil, &c. large Pomegranates and good Wines, 
 The Land Animals. A very beautiful kind of 
 Onager, or wild Afs. ftriped regularly black 
 and white. Oftrages. Fifb. Seales. The 
 Dutch Fort and Faétory. Their fine Garden, 
 The Trajfick bere. 
 
 Eing thus got on board the Defence, 1 was con- 
 
 ) cealed there, till a Boat which came from the 
 Fort, laden with Pepper, was gone off again. And 
 then we fet fuil for the Cape of Good Hope, Fan. 25, 
 1691. and: made the beft of our way, as Wind 
 and Weather would permit; expecting there to 
 Lie nicet 
 
(822 Pallacat, azd Ponticheri. | 
 ‘An.1691.meet 3 Englifh Ships more, bound home from the © 
 Wwe Indies: for the War with the French having been © 
 
 proclaimed at Fort St. George, a little before Cap- — 
 tain Heath came from thence, he was willing to | 
 have company home, if he could. 
 A little before this War was proclaimed, there 
 was an Engagement in the Road of Fort St. George — 
 between fome French Menof War, and fome Dutch — 
 and Englifb Ships at anchor in the Road: which, — 
 becaufe there is fuch a plaufible Story made of it in 
 Monfieur Dzquefne’s late Voyage to the Eaft Indies, © 
 I fhall give a fhort account of, as I had it particu- 
 larly related to me by the Gunners Mate of Capt. — 
 Heath’s Ship, a very fenfible Man, and feveral-o- | 
 thers of his Men, who were in the Action. . The 3 
 - Dutch have a Fort onthe Coaft of Coromandel, called | 
 Pallacat, about 20 Leagues to the Northward of © 
 Fort St. George. Upon fome occafion or other the © 
 Dutch fent fome Ships thither to fetch away their 
 effects, and tranfport them to Batavia. Acts of © 
 Hoftility were already begun between the French 
 and Durch ; and the Freach had at this time a Squa- 
 dron newly arrived in Jzdia, and lying at Pontichert, — 
 a French Fort on the fame Coaft, Southward of — 
 Fort St.George. The Dutch inreturning to Batavia, — 
 were obliged to coaft it along by Fort St.George and — 
 Pouticheri, for the fake of the Wind: but when | 
 they came near this laft, they faw the French Men — 
 of War lying at anchor there; and fhould they — 
 have proceeded along the Shore, or ftood out to 
 Sea, expected to be purfued by them. They there- | 
 fore turned back again; for though their Ships were | 
 of a pretty good force, yet were they unfit. for — 
 Fight, as having’ great Loads of Goods, and many — 
 Paflengers, Women and Children, on board ; fo 
 they put in at For: St. George, and defiring the Go- ~ 
 vernours Protection , had leave to anchor in the © 
 Road, and to fend their Goods and ufelefs People _ 
 ‘ afhore. | 
 
 
 
 | 
 
 
 
ae a ee, “7 
 
 A Sea fight before Fort St. George. §23 
 ' afhore. There were then in the Road afew fimall 4n.1691- 
 Englifh Ships: and Chaptain Heath, whofe Ship was 
 a very ftout Merchant man, and which the French 
 Relater calls the Englijh Admiral, was juft come 
 _ from China; but very deep laden with Goods, and 
 the Deck full of Cannifters of Sugar, which he was 
 preparing to fend afhore. But before he could do 
 ‘it, the French appeared; coming into the Road 
 with their lower Sails and Top-fails, and had with 
 them a Firefhip. With this they thought to have 
 burnt the Dutch Commadore, and might probably 
 enought have done it as fhe lay at anchor, if they 
 had had the courage to have come boldly on; but 
 they fired their Ship at a diftance, and the Dutch 
 fent and towed her away, where fhe fpent her 
 felf without any execution. Had the Fremsh Men 
 of War alfo come coldly up, and grappled with 
 their Enemies, they might have done fomething 
 confiderable, for the Fort could not have played 
 On them, without damaging our Ships as well as 
 - theirs. But inftead of this, the Freach dropt an- 
 chor out of reach of the fhot of the Fort, and 
 _ there lay exchanging fhot with their Enemies Ships 
 _ with fo little advantage to themfelves, that after 
 _ about four hours fighting, they cut their Cables,.- 
 and went away in hatte and diforder, with al] their 
 _ Sails loofe, even their Top-gallant fails, which is’ 
 _ not ufual, but when Ships are juft next to running 
 away. 
 Captain Heath, notwithftanding his Ship was fo 
 heavy and incumbred, behaved himfelf very brave- 
 ly in the fight; and upon the going off of the 
 _ French went aboard the’ Dutch Commadore and 
 told him, that if he would purfile them, he woud 
 _ ftand out with them to Sea, though he had. very 
 | little Water aboard; but the Dutch Commander 
 _ excufed himfelf, faying he had orders to defend 
 _ himfelf from the French, but none to chafe them, 
 or 
 
 
 
 
 
 PO ee 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4n.1691, Or go out of his way to feek them. And this was. 
 ty™ the Exploit which the French have thought fit to. 
 
 _ A Mortality. Bad Water. | 
 
 brag of. I hear that the Dutch have taken from 
 them fince, their Fort of Ponticheri. : ' 
 But to proceed with our Voyage: We had not 
 been at Sea long, before our Men began to droop, 
 in a fort of a Diftemper that ftole infenfibly on 
 them, and proved fatal to above thirty who died 
 before we arrived at the Cape. We had fome- 
 times two, and once three Men thrown over board ~ 
 in a morning. This Diftemper might probably 
 arife from the badnefs of the Water, which we 
 took in at Bencouli : For I did obferve while I was _ 
 there, that the River-water, wherewith our’ships 
 were watered , was very unwholefome, it being 
 muxt with the Water of many {mall Creeks, that — 
 proceeded from Low Land, and whofe Streams 
 were always very black, they. being nourifhed by — 
 the Water that drained out of the low fwampy 
 unwholefom Ground. _ 
 I have obferved not only there, but in other hot 
 Countries alfo both in the East and West Indies,” 
 that the Land-floods which pour into: the Channels: 
 of the Rivers , about the feafon of' the Rains, are 
 very unwholfome. For when I lived in the Bay” 
 of Campeachy, the Fifh were found dead in heaps” 
 on the fhores of the Rivers and Creeks, at fuch a- 
 feafon; and many we took up halfidead ; of which’ 
 fudden mortality, there appeared no caufe but only” 
 the malignity of the Waters draining off the Land. 
 ‘This happens chiefly, as I take it, where the Wa-~ 
 ter drains through thick Woods, and Savannahs of” 
 long Graf&, and fwampy Grounds, with which” 
 fome hot Countries abound: And I believe it re- 
 ceives a ftrong Tin@ture from the Roots of feveral” 
 kind of Trees, Herbs, ec. and’ efpecially where’ 
 there is any ftagnancy of the Water, it foon cor-/ 
 rupts and poflibly the’Serpents and other poifon- 
 ous” 
 

 
 i) 6 ws sab ieee es 4 
 a 
 y 
 
 An excellent Spring at Bencouli. 525 
 
 . 
 
 ous Vermin and Infeéts may not a little contribute 4n.1691- 
 to its bad Qualities: at fuch times it will look very. “~V~ 
 
 deep coloured, yellow, red, or black, @c. The 
 feafon of the Rains was over, and the Land-floods 
 were abating upon the taking up this Water in the 
 River of Bencouli: but would the Seamen have 
 given themfelves the trouble, they might have 
 fill’d their Veflels with excellent good Water at a 
 Spring on the backfide of the Fort, not above 
 2 or 300 paces from the Landing-place; and with 
 which the Fort is ferved. And I mention this as 
 a Caution to any Ships that fhall go to Benconli for 
 the future; and withal I think it worth the care of 
 the Owners or Governours of the Factory, and 
 
 that it would tend much tothe prefervation of their — 
 
 Seainens Lives, to lay Pipes to convey the Fountain 
 Water to the Shore , which might eafily be done, 
 witha fimall charge: and had I’ ftaid longer there 
 I would have undertaken it. I hada Defign alfo 
 of bringing it into the Fort, though much higher : 
 for it would be a great convenience and fecurity to 
 it, in cafe of a Siege. 
 
 Befides the badnefs of our Water, it was {towed 
 among the Pepper in the Hold, which made it’ very 
 hot. Every Morning when we came to take our 
 allowance, it was fo hot that a Man could’ hardly 
 faffer his Hands in it, or hold a Bottle full of it in 
 his Hand. J never any where felt the like, nor 
 could have thought it poflible that Water fhould 
 heat. to that degree in a Ships Hold. It was ex- 
 ceeding black too, and looked'more like Ink than 
 _ Water. Whether it grew fo black with ftanding 
 or was tinged with the Pepper, I know not, for 
 | this Water was not fo black whenit was firft taken 
 up. Our Food alfo was very bad; for the Ship had 
 been out of Exgland upon this Voyage above three 
 Years; and the fale Provifion brought from thence, 
 aud which we fed @nx, having been’ fo long 
 
 inh 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 

 
 
 
 / i 526 
 
 4n.1691.in Salt, was but ordinary Food for fickly Men to’ 
 \MV™ Feed on. | 
 
 - to encourage his Men to their labour , kept his’ 
 
 et ee 
 
 | The Ships Crew diftreft with Sicknefs. ! 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Captain Heath, when he faw the Mifery of his’ 
 Company, ordered his own Tamarinds, of which 
 he had fome Jars aboard, to.be given fome to each — 
 MefS, to eat with their Rice. This was a great 
 refrefhment to the Men, and I do believe it contri- 
 buted much to keep us on our Legs. | 
 
 This Diftemper was fo univerfal, that 1 do’be- — 
 lieve there was fcarce a Man in the Ship, but lan- — 
 guifhed under it; yet itftole fo infenfibly on us, that — 
 we could not fay we were fick, feeling little or | 
 no Pain, only a Weaknefs, and but little Stomach. 7 
 Nay moft of thofe that died in this Voyage, would — 
 hardly be perfwaded to keep their Cabbins, or 
 Hammocks, till they could not ftir about; and — 
 when they were forced to lye down, they made — 
 their Wills, and piked off in 2 or 3 Days. : 
 
 The lofs of thefe Men, and the weak languifh-— 
 ing condition that the reft of us were in, rendered — 
 us uncapable to govern our Ship, when the Wind — 
 blew more than ordinary. This often happened 
 when we drew near the Cape, and as oft put us to” 
 our trumps to manage the Ship. Captain Heath, 
 
 watch as conftantly as any Man, tho’ fickly himfelf, | 
 and lent an helping Hand on all occafions. But at” 
 laft, almoft defpairing of gaining his Paflage to the 
 Cape, by reafon of the Winds coming Southerly, 
 and we having now been failing 8 or 9 Weeks, he 
 called all our Men to confult about our fafety, and ‘ 
 defired every Man, from the higheft to the 
 loweft, freely to give his real Opinionand Advice,» 
 what to do in this dangerous junGure; for we 
 were not in a condition to keep out long; and_ 
 could we not get to Land quickly, muft have pe-_ 
 rifhed at Sea. He confulted therefore whether it” 
 were beft to beat for the Cape, or bear away 
 
 or 
 

 
 Captain Heath’s Policy to hearten his Men. g2y 0 
 for Fohanna, where we might expect relief, that An.169%- 
 being a place where our outward bound Eaft In- “VNS 
 dia Ships ufually touch, and whofe Natives are 
 very familiar; but other places, efpecially St. Lau- 
 rence, Ot Madagafcar, which was nearer, was un- 
 knownto us. We were now fo nigh the Cape that 
 with a fair Wind we might expeét to be there in 4. 
 or 5 Days; but as the Wind was now, we could 
 not hope to get thither. On the other fide, this 
 Wind was fair to carry us to Fohanna: but then 
 Fohanna waS a great way off, and if the Wind 
 fhould continue as it was, to bring us inte a true 
 Trade Wind, yet we could not get thither undera 
 fortnight ; and if we fhould meet calms, as we 
 might probably expect, it might be much longer. 
 Befides, we fhould lofe our paflage about the 
 Cape till October or November, this being about the 
 latter end of AZarch, for after the 10th of Afzy ’tis 
 not ufual to beat about the, Cape, to come home. 
 All circumftances therefore being weighed and 
 _ confidered, we at laft unanimoufly agreed to pro- 
 fecute our Voyage towards the Cape, and with pa- 
 tience wait for a fhift of Wind. 
 But Captain Heath, having thus far founded the 
 inclination of his weak Men, told them, that it 
 was not enough that they all confented to beat 
 for the Cape, for our defires were not fufficient to 
 bring us thither; but that there would need a 
 more than ordinary labour and- management from 
 ‘thofe that were able. And withal, for their en- 
 couragement he promifed a months pay Gratis, to 
 every Man that would engage to aflift on all oc- 
 cafions, and be ready upon call, whether it were 
 his turn to watch or not: and. this Money he 
 promifed to pay at the Cape. ‘This offer was firft 
 imbraced by fome of the Officers, and then as many 
 of the Men‘as found themfelves ina capacity, lifted 
 themfelves in a Roll, to ferve their Commander. 
 
 This 
 

 
 
 They arrive at the Cape of Good Hope. | 
 
 1. This was wifely contrived of the Captain, for 
 he could not have compelled them in their weak 
 condition, neither would fair Words alone, with- 
 out fome hopes of a reward, have engaged them to 
 fo much extraordinary work; for the Ship, Sail, — 
 and Rigging were much out of repair. For my 
 part, I was too weak to enter my felf in that Lift, 
 for elfe our common fafety, which I plainly faw 
 lay at ftake, would have prompted me me. to do more 
 than any fiich reward would do. In a fhort time 
 after this, it pleafed God to favour us with a fine 
 Wind, which being improved to the beft advan-— 
 tage by the inceflant labour of thefe new lifted men, 
 brought us in a fhort time to the Cape. ; 
 - The night before we entered the Harbour, which | 
 was about the beginning of April, being near the 
 Land, we fired a Gun every hour, to give notice 
 that we were in diftrefs. The next day, a Dutch 
 Captain came aboard in his Boat, who feeing us 
 fo weak as not to be able to trim our Sails to turn © 
 _ into the Harbour, though we did tollerably well at 
 Sea, before the Wind, and being requeited by our 
 
 Captain ‘to affift him, fent afhore for a hundred 
 lufty Men, who immediately came aboard, and 
 
 brought our Ship in to an anchor. They alfo un- 
 bent our Sails, and did every thing for us that they 
 were required to do, for which Captain Heath gra- 7 
 tified them to the full. ie 
 
 Thefe Men had better ftomachs then we, and eat 7 
 freely of fuch food as the Ship afforded : and they 
 having the freedom of our Ship, to go to and fro © 
 
 between Decks, made prize of what they could 7 
 
 lay their hands on, efpecially Salt Beef, which our 
 Men, for want of ftomachs in the Voyage, had 7 
 hung up 6, 8, or 10 pieces in aplace. This was 7 
 
 conveyed a way before we knew it, or thought of & 
 
 it: befides, in the night, there was a Bale of Muz- 
 lins broke open, and a great deal conveyed away: 
 but a a 
 
 
 
Raia; 
 
 
 
 
 The Temparature of the Cape Climate. 
 but whether the Muzlings were ftoln by our own an. 
 Men, or the Dutch, I cannot fay ; for we had fome u 
 very dextrous Thieves in our Ship. 
 
 Being thus got fafe to an anchor, the Sick were 
 prefently fent afhore to Quarters provided for 
 them, and thofe that were able remained aboard, 
 and had good fat Mutton, or frefh Beef, fent a- 
 board every day. I went afhore alfo with my Paint- 
 ed Prince, where I remained with him till the 
 time of failing again, which was about fix Weeks. 
 In which time I took the opportunity to inform my 
 felf what I could concerning this Country, which I 
 fhall in the next place give youa brief Account of, 
 and fo make what hafte I can home. 
 
 The Cape of Good Hope is the utmoft Bounds of 
 the Continent of Africa towards the South, lying in 
 34d. 301m. S. lat. in a very temperate Climate. 1 
 look upon this Latitude to be one of the mildeft and 
 - {weeteft for its temperature, of any whatfoever ; 
 
 and I cannot here but take notice of a common 
 Prejudice our European Seamen have as to this 
 Country, that they look upon it as much colder, 
 than Places in the fame Latitude to the North of 
 the Line. JI am not of their Opinion as to that : 
 and their thinking fo I believe may eafily be ac- 
 counted for from hence, that whatever way they 
 come to the Cape, whether going to the Est-Indies 
 or returning back, they pafs thro’ a hot Climate; 
 and coming to it thus out of an extremity of heat, 
 *tis no wonder if it appear the colder to them. 
 Some impute the coldnefs of the South Wind here 
 to its blowing off from Sea. On the contrary, I 
 have always obferved the Sea-Winds to be warmer 
 than Land-Winds; unlefS it be when a bloom, as 
 we call it, or hot blaft blow from thence. Such an 
 one we felt in this very Voyage, as we went from 
 Cape Verd Iflands, towards the South Seas; which 
 I forgot to mention in its proper place, Chap. 4th. 
 
 For 
 

 
 Res eae 
 
 
 
 
 on : 
 
 ‘4n.1691.For one afternoon about the 19th of Faz. 1683. 
 
 Blooms of Heat. 7 
 the Lat. of 37 South we felt a brisk Gale coming 
 from off the Coaft of America, but fo violent hot, — 
 that we thought it came from fome burning Moun- 
 tain on the Shore, and was like the heat from tlie 
 mouth of an Oven. Juft ftich another Gleam I 
 felt one afternoon alfo , as I lay at anchor at the 
 Groin in Fuly 1694. it came with a Southerly Wind: 
 
 . ‘both thefe were followed by a Thunder fhower. 
 - Thefe were the only great Blooms I ever met with © 
 
 in my Travels. But fetting thefe afide, which 
 are Exceptions, I have made is my general obfer-— 
 vation, that the Sea-Winds are a great deal warm-_ 
 er than thofe which blow from Land : unlef$ where 
 the Wind blows from the Poles, which I take 
 to be the true caufe of the coldnefs of the South 
 Wind at the Cape ; for it is cold at Sea alfo. And 
 as for the coldnefs of Land-winds,as the South Welt - 
 parts of Europe are very fenfible of itfrom the Nor= 
 thern and Eaftern Winds; foon the oppofite Coaft 
 of Virginia, they are as much pinched with the 
 North Weft Winds, blowing exceflively cold from 
 over the Continent; though its Lat. be not much 
 greater than this of the Cape. 
 
 But to proceed: This large Promontory confifts 
 of high, and very remarkable Land; and off at. 
 Sea it affords a very pleafant and agreeable Profpect. 
 And without doubt the Profpeé of it was very 
 agreeable to thofe Portueuefe, who firft found out 
 this way by Sea to the East-Indies ; when after 
 coafting along the vaft Continent of Africk, towards 
 the South Pole, they had the comfort of feeing the 
 Tand and their Courfe end in this Promontory : 
 Which therefore they called the Cape de Bon Ef= 
 perance, Or Of Good Hope, finding that they might 
 now proceed Eaftward. " } 
 
 There is good Sounding off this Cape so or 60° 
 Leagues at Sea, to the Southward; and therefore | 
 
 our 
 
 ia 
 \a 
 
 
 
re 
 
 
 
 Signs of coming near the Cape of Good Hope. 531 
 our Englifh Seamen ftanding over as they ufually 47.1690 
 do; from the Coaft of Brazil, content themfelves. “VY: 
 with their Soundings, concluding thereby that 
 they are abreft of the Cape, they often pafs by 
 without feeing it, and begin to fhape their courfe 
 Northward. ‘They have feveral other Signs where- 
 by to know when they are near it, as by the Sea- ‘ 
 Fowl they meet at Sea, efpecially the Algatroffes, 
 
 a very large long winged Bird, and the Mango- 
 volucres, a fmaller Fowl. But the greateft depen- 
 dance of our Englifh Seamen now is upon their 
 obferving the variation of the Compafs, which 
 is very carefully minded when they come near 
 the Cape, by taking the Suns Amplitude mornings —-—-—— 
 and evenings. ‘This they are fo exact in, that by 
 the help of the Azimuth Compafs, an Inftrument 
 more peculiar to the Seamen of our Nation, they 
 know when they are abreft of the Cape, or are 
 either to the Eaft or the Weft of it: And for that 
 reafon, though they fhould be to Southward of all 
 the Soundings, or fathomable Ground, they can 
 fhape their courfe right, without being obliged to 
 make the Land. But the Dutch, on the contrary, 
 having fettled themfelves on this Promontory, do 
 always touch here in their East-India Voyages, both 
 going and coming. . 
 
 The moft remarkable Land at Sea is a high - 
 Mountain, fteep to the Sea, with a flat even top, 
 which is called the Table Land. On the Weft 
 fide of the Cape, a little to the Northward of it, 
 there is a fpacious Harbour, with a low flat Ifland 
 lying off it, which you may leave on either hand, 
 and pafs in or out fecurely at either end. Ships 
 that anchor here, ride near thé main Land, leaving 
 the Ifland at a farther diftance without them. The 
 Land by the Sea again{ft the Harbour is low; but 
 back with high Mountains a little way in, tothe 
 
 » Southward of it. 
 
 f Vy 
 
 Mm g The 
 
332 ~—s- Soil, Fruits, Animals, at the Cape. | 
 Ani691. The Soil of this Country is of a brown colour; — 
 ZV not deep, yet indifferently productive of Grafs, 
 
 Herbs and Trees. The Grafs is fhort, like that 
 which grows on our Wile{hire or Dorfer{hire Downs. 
 The Trees hereabouts are but fmall and few; the 
 Country alfo farther from the Sea, docs not much — 
 abound in Trees, as I have been informed. The — 
 
 ~ Mould or Soil alfo is much like this near the Har- — 
 bour, which though it cannot be faid to be very — 
 fat, or rich Land, yet it is very fit for cultivation, — 
 and yields good Crops to the indaftrious Husband- 
 man, and the Country is pretty well fettled with — 
 Farms, Dutch Families, and French Refugees, for — 
 20 or 30 leagues up the Country; but there are © 
 but few Farms near the Harbour. ; 
 Here grows plenty of Wheat, Barly, Peafe, © 
 exc. Here are alfo Fruitsof many kinds, as Apples, — 
 Pears, Quinces, and the largeft Pomgranates that I 
 did ever fee. 
 The chief Fruits are Grapes. Thefe thrive — 
 very well; and the Country is of lates Years, fo — 
 well ftockt with Vineyards, that they make abun- — 
 dance of Wine, of which they have enough and © 
 to fpare; and do fell great quantities to Ships that — 
 touch here. This Wine is like’a French High — 
 Country White-wine, but of a pale yellowifh co- — 
 Jour; itis fweet, very pleafant and ftrong. / 
 The tame Animals of this Country are Sheep, 
 Goats, Hogs, Cows, Horfes, cc. The Sheep 
 are very large and fat, for they thrive very well — 
 here: This being a dry Country, and the fhort ~ 
 Pafturage very agreeable to thefe Creatures, but it 
 is not fo proper for great Cattel; neither is the © 
 Beef in its kind fo fweet as the Mutton. Of wild — 
 Beaits, "tis faid, here are feveral forts, but I faw — 
 none. However, it-is very likely there are fome 
 wild Beafts, that prey on the Sheep, becaufe they ~ 
 are commonly brought into the Houfes in the ~ 
 might, and penn’dup. : There® 
 
 
 

 
 Wild Afs ftriped, Fowl, Fifh, Seals. 
 
 There is a very beautiful fort of wild Af in this 416913 
 
 
 
 533. 
 
 Country, whofe Body is curioufly ftriped with“VN 
 
 equal Lifts of white and black; the. Stripes coming 
 from the Ridge of his Back; and ending under the 
 Belly, which is white. ‘Thefe Stripes are two or 
 three Fingers broad, running Parallel with each 
 other, and curioufly intermixt, one white and one 
 black, over from the Shoulder to the Rump. I faw 
 two of the Skins of thefe Beafts, dried and preferved 
 
 to be fent to Holland, as a Rarity. They feemed 
 
 big enough to inclofe the Body of a Beatit, as big 
 - as a large Colt of a Twelvemonth old. _, 
 
 Here are a great many Ducks, Dunghil Fowls,; 
 
 ec. and Oftriges are plentifully found in the dry 
 Mountains and Plains. I eat of their Eggs here, 
 and thofe of whom I bought them told me that 
 thefe Creatures lay their Eggs in the Sand, or at 
 leaft on dry Ground, and fo leave them to be 
 hatch’d by the Sun. The Meat of one of their 
 Eggs will fuffice two Men very well. ‘The Inha- 
 bitants do preferve the Eggs that they find to fell 
 to Strangers. Yhey were pretty fcarce when I 
 was here, it being the beginning of their Winter ; 
 whereas I was told they lay their Eggs about Chri/f- 
 mas, which is their Summer, 
 _ The Sea hereabouts affords plenty of Fifth of di- 
 vers forts; efpecially a {mall fort of Fifh, not fo 
 big as a Herring; whereof they have fuch great 
 Plenty; that they Pickle great Quantities yearly, 
 and fend them to Europe. Seals are alfo in great 
 Numbers about the Cape; which, ‘as I have ftill 
 obferved, is a good fign of the Plentifulnef$ of Fifh, 
 which is their Food. . 
 
 The Dutch have a ftrong Fort by the Sea fide, 
 againft the Harbour, where the Governour lives. 
 At about 2 or 300 Paces diftance -from thence, on 
 
 the Weft fide of the Fort, there is a fimall Dutch — 
 
 Town, in which I told about 50 or 60 Houfes; 
 | Mim 2 low, 
 

 
 | wards the Mountains, the Dutch Eaft India Com- ‘ 
 
 534 
 Anr691. 
 
 ~ The Dutch Garden at the Capes 
 low, but well built, with Stone-walls; there be- 
 ing plenty of Stoné, drawn out of a Quarry 
 clofe by. 
 
 On the backfide of the Town, as you go to- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 pany have a large Houfe, and a ftately Garden 
 walled in with a high Stone-wall. . 
 This Garden is full of divers forts of Herbs, 
 Flowers, Roots, and Fruits, with curious fpacious 
 Gravel-walks and Arbors; and is watered with a 
 Brook that defcends out of the Mountains: which 
 being cut into many Channels, is conveyed into — 
 all parts of the Garden. The Hedges which 
 make the Walks are very thick, and 9 or 10 Foot 
 high: They are kept exceeding neat and even by 
 continual pruning. There are lower Hedges 
 within thefe again, which ferve to feparate the 
 Fruit-trees from each other, but without fhading 
 them: and they keep each fort of Fruit by them- — 
 felves, as Apples, Pears, abundance of Quinces, 
 Pomgranats, &c. Thefe all profper very well, ~ 
 and bear good Fruit , efpecially the Pomgranat. 
 The Roots and Garden-Herbs have alfo their di- 
 iting. places, hedged in apart by themfelves; and 
 all in fuch order, that it is exceeding pleafant and 
 beautiful. There are a great number of Negro 
 Slaves brought from other parts of the World; — 
 fome of which are continually weeding, pruning, ~ 
 trimming and looking after it. All Strangers are 
 allowed the liberty to walk there; and by the _ 
 Servants leave, you may be admitted to tafte of — 
 the Fruit: but if yon think to do it clandeftinly, 
 you may be miftaken, as I knew one was when I 
 was in the Garden, who took 5 or 6 Pomgranats, 
 and was efpy’d by one of the Slaves, and threat- 
 ned to be carry’d before the Governour : I believe 
 it coft him fome Money to make his peace, for I 
 heard no more of it. Further up from the Sea, 
 beyond a 4 
 
 oa, 
 
 S 
 \. J 
 « 
 re 
 oN} 
 
 Ry 
 (ay) 
 or 
 
 
 

 
 The dearne/s of Liquor there. 
 
 belonging to private Men: but the Mountains are 
 fo nigh, that the number. of them are but 
 {mall. 
 
 The Dutch that live in the Town get confidera- 
 bly by the Ships that frequently touch here, chiefly 
 by entertaining Strangers that come afhore to re- 
 frefh themfelves; for you muft give 3 s. ora Dollar 
 a Day for your Entertainment; the Bread and Flefh 
 is as cheap here as in England; betides they buy 
 good pennyworths of the Seamen, both outward 
 and homeward bound, which the Farmers up the 
 Country buy of them again at a dear rate; for 
 they have not an opportunity of buying things at 
 the beft hand, but muft buy of thofe that live at 
 the Harbour: the neareft Settlements, as I was in- 
 formed, being 20 miles off. ; 
 
 Notwithftanding the great plenty of Corn and 
 Wine, yet the extraordinary high Taxes which 
 the Company lays on Liquor, makes it very dear; 
 and you can buy nofte but at the Tavern, except 
 it be by ftealth. There are but 3 Honfes in the 
 Town that fell {trong Liquor, one of which is this 
 Wine-Houfe or Tavern; therethey fell only Wine; 
 _ another fells Beer and Mum; and the third fells 
 Brandy and Tobacco, all extraordinary dear. A 
 Flask of Wine which holds 3 quarts will coft 18 Sti- 
 vers, for fo much paid for it; yet] bought as much 
 for 8 Stivers in another place, but it was privately, 
 at an uglicenced Houfe, and the Perfon that fold it, 
 would have been ruined had it been known; and thus 
 much for the Country, and the European Inhabitants. 
 
 Mim 3 CHAP, 
 
 
 
 535 
 beyond the Garden, towards the Mountains, there 47.1691. 
 are feveral other fmall Gardens and Vineyards, “WNY 
 
 
 
, 5 36 | Of the Hodmadods or Hottantots. 
 An. 69%. - me 
 WwYywrw 
 
 
 
 CHAP. xXx. 
 
 Of the natural Inhabitants of the Cape of Good — 
 Hope, the Hodmodods or Hottantots, 7 
 Their: Perfonage, Garb, befmearing them- — 
 Selves; their Cloathing, Houfes, Food, way — 
 of Living, and Dancing at the Full of the 
 Moon : Compared in thofe refpects with — 
 other Negroes and Wild Indians. Captain 
 Heath refrefhes his Men at the Cape, and 
 getting fome more Hands, departs in compa- — 
 ny with the James and Mary, and the Jofiah, — 
 A great {welling Sea from 8.W. They ~ 
 avrive at Santa Hellena, «and there meet — 
 with the Princefs Ann, homeward bound, — 
 The Air, Situation, and Soil of that Ifland, 
 Its firft difcovery and change of Mafters 
 _ fince, * How the Englith gor it. Its Strength, 
 Town, Inhabitants, and the product of their 
 Plantations, The Santa Hellena Manatee 
 no other than the Sea Lion. Of the Englifh 
 Women at this Ile. The Englifh Ships ree 
 frefo their Men here, and depart all togee 
 ther. «Of the different Courfes from hence 
 to England. Their Courfe and arvival in 
 the Englith Channel and theDowns. ©° 
 FY HE Natural Inhabitants of the Cape are the 
 : Hodmodods, as they are commonly called, ~ 
 which isa corruption of the Word Horttantot , for — 
 this is the Name by whichsthey call to one ano- 
 ther, either in their Dances, or on any occafion ; a ; 
 Bia Sart hime Fea a eed as a 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 ‘The Caftom of anointing their Bodies. 53 
 _as if every one of them had this for his Name. The 4m.169r. 
 Word probably hath fome fignification or other in “V™ 
 their Language, whatever it is. . 
 Thefe Hotrantots are People of a middle Stature, 
 with fmall Limbs and thin Bodies, full of aGtivity. 
 Their Faces are of a flat oval Figure, of the Negra 
 make, with great Eye-brows, black Eyes, but neither 
 are their Nofes fo flat, nor their Lips fo thick, as 
 the Negroes of Guinea. Their Complexion is darker 
 than the common Jzdians ; tho’ not fo black as the 
 Wegroes or New Hollanders; neither is their Hair 
 fo much frizled. 
 They befiear themfelves all over with Greafe, 
 as well to kéep their Joints fupple, as to fence 
 their half naked Bodies from the Air, by ttopping 
 up their Pores. To do this the more effectually, 
 they rub Soot o¥er the greafed parts, efpecially 
 their Faces, which adds to their natural Beauty, as 
 Painting does in Exrope; but withal feads from 
 them a ftrong Smell., which though fufficiently > 
 pleafing to themfelves, is very unpleafant to others. 
 They are glad of the worit of Kitchin-ftuff for 
 this purpofe, and ufe it as often as they can get 
 it. | 
 This Cuftom of anointing the Body is very 
 common in other parts of Africa, efpecially oa 
 the Coaft of Guinea, where they generally ufe 
 Palm-Oil, anointing themfelves from Head to 
 Foot; but when they want Oil, they make ule 
 of Kitchin-ftuff, which they buy of the Europeans, 
 that ‘Trade with them. In the East-indies alfo, 
 efpecially on the Coaft of Cudda and Malacca, and. 
 in general, on almoft all the Eafterly Iflands , as — 
 well on Sumatra, Java, &c. as on the Philippine — 
 and Spice Iflands, the /vdiaz Inhabitants anoint 
 themfelves with Coco-nut Oil, two or three 
 times a day, efpecially Mornings and Evenings. 
 They fpend fometimes half aa hour in chafiag 
 Mm 4 the 
 
Se ee ee 
 
 538 
 
 — An.1691. 
 
 The Hottantots Garb. 
 
 the Oil, and rubbing it into their Hair and Skin, 
 leaving no place unfmear’d with Oil, but their 
 Face, which they daub not like thefe Aottaztors. 
 The Americans alfo in fome places do ufe this Cu- 
 ftom, but not fo frequently perhaps for want of 
 Oil and Greafe to do it. Yet fome American Indians 
 in the North Seas frequently daub themfelves with 
 
 a Pigment made with Leaves, Roots, or Herbs, or 
 
 with a fort of red Earth, giving their Skins a yel- 
 low, red, or green Colour, according as the Pig- 
 ment is. And thefe {mell unfavourly enough to 
 People not accuftomed to them; tho’ not fo rank as 
 thofe who ufe Oil or Greafe. 
 
 The Hotrantots do wear no covering on their 
 Heads, but deck their Hair with fimall Shells. 
 Their Garments are Sheep-skins wrapt about their 
 Shoulders like a Mantle, with the woolly fides 
 next their Bodies. _The Men have befides this 
 Mantle , a piece of Skin like a finall Apron, 
 hanging before them. The Women: have another 
 Skin tucked about their Waiits , which comes 
 down to their Knees like a Petticoat; and their 
 Legs are wrapt round with Sheeps-guts two or 
 three Inches thick, fome up as high as to their 
 Calves, others even from. their Feet | to 
 their Knees, which at a fmall diftance feems 
 to be a fort of Boots. ‘Thefe are put on when 
 they are green; and fo they grow hard and iif 
 on their Legs, for they never pull them off again, 
 till they have occafion to eat them; which is 
 when they journey from home, and have no, other 
 
 | Food; then thefe Guts which have been worn, it 
 
 maybe, fix, eight, ten or twelve Months, 7 
 make them.a good Banquet: This I was informed 
 of by the Dutch. They never pull off their Sheep- 
 skin Garments, but_to loufe themfelves, for by 
 continual wearing them they are full of Vermin, 
 which obliges them often to ftrip and fit in 
 
 the 
 
 
 
Their Houfes. 539 
 the Sun two or three hours together in the heat of An.ré9r- 
 the day , to deftroy them. Indeed moft Indians CWNI. 
 that live remote from the Equator, are molefted 
 with Lice, though their Garments afford lefS fhel- 
 ter for Lice, than thefe Horrarors Sheep-skins do. 
 For all thofe Indians who live in cold Countries, 
 as in the North and South parts of America, havé 
 fome fort of Skin or other to cover their Bodies, 
 as Deer, Otter, Beaver or Seals Skins , all which 
 they as conftantly wear, without fhifting them- 
 felves, as thefe Hottanrots do their Sheep-skins. 
 ~ And hence they are lowfy too, and ftrong fcented, 
 though they do not daub themfelves at all, or but 
 very little; for even by reafon of their Skins they 
 Amell ftrong. ae 
 The Hottantots Houfes are the meanelt that Idid 
 ever fee. They are about 9 or ro foothigh, and 
 10 or 12 from fideto fide. They are in a manner 
 round made with fmall Poles ftuck into the ground, 
 and brought together at the top, where they are 
 faftened. ‘The fides and top of the Houfe are fil- 7 
 led up with Boughs courfely watled between the 
 Poles , and all is covered over with long Grafs, 
 Rufhes, and pieces of Hides; and the Houfe at a 
 diftance appears juft like a Hay-cock. They leave 
 only a {mall hole on one fide about 3 or 4 foot : 
 high, for a door to creep in and out at ; but when | 
 the Wind comes in at this door, they ftop it up, 
 and make another hole in the oppofite fide. They 
 make the Fire in the middle of the Houfe, and 
 the Smoak afcends out of the Crannies, from all 
 parts of the Houfe. They have no Beds to lie on, 
 but tumble down at night round the fire. 
 Their Houfhold Furniture is commonly an earth- 
 - en Pot or two to boil Viduals, and they live very 
 miferably and hard; it is reported that they will 
 faft. two or three days together, when they travel 
 about.the Country. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Their 
 

 
 540 Their Food and Bartering. 
 An.1691. Their common Food is either Herbs, Flefh, or 
 WVY™ Shell-filh, which they get among the Rocks, or 
 
 ' other places at low Water: for they have no. 
 Boats, Barklogs, nor Canoas to go a Fifhing in; 
 fo that their chiefeft fubfiftence is on Land © 
 Animals, or on fuch Herbs as the Land na- 
 turally produceth. I was told by my, Dutch Land- 
 lord, that they kept Sheep and Bullocks here be- 
 fore the Dutch fettled among them: and that the 
 Inland Hottanrots have ftill great ftocks of Cattle, 
 and fell them to the Dutch for Rolls of Tobacco: 
 and that the price for which they. fell a Cow or 
 Sheep, was as much twilted Tobacco, as will 
 reach from the Horns or Head, to the.Tail ; for 
 they are great lovers-of Tobacco, and will do any 
 thing for it. This their way of trucking was 
 confirmed to me by many others, who yet faid 
 that they. could not buy their Beef this cheap way, 
 for they had not the liberty to deal with the Hor- 
 tantots, that being a priviledge which the Dutch 
 Eaft India Company referve to themfelves. My 
 Landlord having a great many Lodgers, fed us 
 moft with Mutton, fome of which he bought of 
 the Butcher, and there is but one in the Town 3; 
 but. moft of it he kil?d in the Night, the Sheep 
 being brought privately by the Hortanrots, who 
 affifted in Skinning and Drefling, and had the Skin 
 and Guts for their pains. I judge thefe Sheep 
 were fetched out of the Country, a good way off; 
 for he himfelf would be abfent.a Day or two to 
 procure them, and two or three Hottantors with 
 him. Thefe of the Hortrantors that live by the 
 Dutch Town, have their greateft fubfiftance from 
 the Dutch, for there is one or more of them be- 
 longing to every Houfe. Thefe do all forts of 
 fervile Work, and there take their Food and Greafe. 
 Three or Four more of their neareft Relations fit 
 at the Doors or near the Dutch Houle , snag 
 
 . | | or 
 
 meninrerereec rime Or 
 we 
 
 
 
 i 
 be 
 cu 
 

 
 Their Dancing by Moonelight. 
 
 
 
 for the fcraps and fragments that come from the 4n.1691- 
 Table; and if between meals the Dutch People wawng 
 
 have any occafion for them, to go on Errands, or 
 ' the like, they are ready at command; expecting 
 little for their pains ; but for a Stranger they wil] 
 not budge nnder a Stiver. | 
 
 Their Religion, if they have any,- is wholly 
 unknown to me; for they have no Temple nor 
 Idol, nor any place of Worthip that I did fee or 
 hear of. Yet their mirth and nocturnal paftimes 
 at the New and Full of the Moon, lookt as 
 if they had fome Superftition about it. For at 
 the Full efpecially they fing and dance all Night, 
 making a great noife: I walked out to their Huts 
 twice at thefe times, in the Evening, when the 
 Moon arofe above the Horizon, and viewed them 
 for an Hour or more.' They feem all very: bufie, 
 both Men, Women and Children, daacing very 
 oddly on the green Grafs by their Houfes. They 
 traced two and fro promifcuoufly, often clapping 
 their Hands and finging aloud. Their Faces were 
 fometimes to the Eaft, fometimes to the Weft: 
 neither did I fee any motion or gefture that they 
 ufed when their Faces were toward the Moon, 
 more than when their backs were towards it. Af- 
 ter I had thus obferved them fora while, I return- 
 ed to my Lodging, which was not above 2 or 
 300 paces from their Huts; and I heard them 
 Singing in the fame manner all Night. In the grey 
 of the Morning I walked out again, and found 
 many of the Men and Women ttill Singing and 
 Dancing ; who continued their Mirth till the 
 Moon went down, and then they left off: Some of 
 them going into their Huts to Sleep, and others 
 to their attendance in their Dutch Houfes. Other 
 Negroes are lefs circumf{pect in their Night~ 
 Dances, as to the precife time of the Full Moon, 
 they being more general in thefe No¢turnal Pa- 
 | : , {times, 
 
542 They refrefb themfelves at the Cape. 
 ‘An.1691. ftimes, and ufe them oftener ; as do many People 
 yw alfo in the Eaft and Weft Indies : yet there is a dif- 
 
 ference between colder and warmer Countries*as 
 _ to their Divertifements. |The warmer Climates 
 being generally very productive of delicate Fruits,  __ 
 ec. and thefe uncivilized People caring for little —_ 
 elfe than what is barely neceflary ; they fpendthe 
 greateft part of their time in diverting themfelves, 
 after their feveral Fafhions; but the Indians of 
 colder Climates are not fo muchat leifure, the 
 Fruits of the Earth being fcarce with them, and 
 they neceflitated to be continually Fifhing, Hunt- 
 ing, or Fowling for their fubfiiftence ; not as with 
 us for Recreation. © 
 As for thefe Hottanrots, they are a very lazy 
 fort of People, and tho’ they live ina delicate 
 Country, very fit to be manured, and where there 
 is Land enough for them, yet they choofe rather 
 to live as their Fore-fathers, poor and miferable, 
 than be at pains for plenty. And fo much for 
 the Hottantors: I fhall now return to our own q 
 J/ Affairs. | a 
 ’ Upon our arrival at the Cape, Captain Heath 
 took an Houfe to live in, in order to recover his 
 health. Such of his Men as were able did fo too, 
 for the reft he provided Lodgings and paid their 
 Expences. ‘Three or Four of aur Men, who came 
 afhore very fick, died, but the reft, by the affift- 
 ance of the Dodtors of the Fort, a fine Air, and 
 _.... good Kitchin and Cellar Phifick, foon recovered 
 their Healths. ‘Thofe that fubfcribed to be at all calls, 
 and aflifted to bring in the Ship, received Cap- 
 tain Heath’s Bounty, by which they furnifhed 
 themfelves with Liquor for their homeward 
 Voyage. But we were now fo few, that we 
 could not fail the Ship ;_ therefore Captain Heath 
 defired the Governour to fpare him fome Men; 
 and as I was informed, had a promife to be 
 fupplied 
 
 
 
 
 
 = 
 
 GEIL MIELE IID ALE CE sg TD 
 sat * . ai = 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 They leave the Cape. A Storm arifes. 842 
 fupplied out of the homeward bound Dwtch East- Ai.169t2 
 India Ships, that were now expected every Day, W 
 and we waited for them. Inthe meantime incame 
 the Games and Mary, and the Faofiah of London, 
 bound home. Out of thefe we thought to have 
 been furnifhed with Men; but they had only e- 
 nough for themfelves ; therefore we waited yet 
 longer for the Dutch Fleet, which at laft arrived : 
 but we could get no Men from them. | 
 
 Captain Heath was therefore forced to get Men 
 by ftealth, fuch as he could pick up, whether Sol- 
 diers or Seamen. The- Dutch knew our want of 
 Men, therefore near 40 of them, thofe that had 
 a defign to return to Europe, came privately and of- 
 fered themfelves, and waited in the night at places 
 appointed, where our Boats went and fetched 3 or 
 4. aboard at a time, and hid them, efpecially when 
 any Dutch Boat came aboard our Ship. Here at the 
 Cape I met my Friend Daniel Walls, the fame 
 who leapt into the Sea and fwam at Pulo Condore. 
 After feveral Traverfes to Madagafcar, Don Maf- 
 carin, Ponticherri, Pegu, Cunnimere, Maderas, and 
 the River of Hug , he was now got hither in a 
 homeward bound Dutch Ship. I foon perfuaded 
 him tocome over tous, and found méans to get him 
 aboard our Ship. ah 
 
 About the 23d of Afzy we failed from the Cape, 
 in the Company of the Sames and. Mary, and the 
 Fofiah , directing our Courfe towards the Ifland 
 Santa Hellena. ‘We met nothing of remark in this 
 Voyage, except a great {welling Sea, out of the 
 S. W. which taking us on the broad fide, made us 
 rowl fufficiently. Such of our Water-casks as 
 were between Decks, running from fide to fide, 
 
 » were ina fhort time all ftaved, and the Deck well 
 wathed with the frefh Water. The Shot tumbled 
 out the Lockers and Garlands; and rung a lowd 
 Peal, rumbling from fide to fide, every rowl my 
 
re A a ei 
 
 
 
 © Their Paffage to Santa Hellena. 
 
 4n.1691.the Ship made; neither was it an eafie matter to 
 WV™~ reduce them again within Bounds. The Guns, 
 
 being carefully look’d after and lafh’d faft, never 
 
 ‘budg’d, but the Tackles or Pulleys, and Lafhings, 
 
 made great Mufick too. The fudden and violent. 
 motion of the Ship, made us fearful left fome of 
 the Guns fhould have broken loofe, which muft 
 have been very detrimental to the Ship’s fides. 
 
 _ The Mafts were alfo in great danger to be rowl’d 
 
 by the board; but no harm happen’d to any of us, 
 befides the lofs of 3 or 4. Buts of Water, and a 
 Barrel or 2 of good Cape Wine, which was ftaved 
 in the great Cabbin. — 
 
 This great Tumbling Sea, took us fhortly after 
 we came from the Cape. The violence of it 
 lafted but one Night; yet we had a continual fwel- 
 ling came out of the S. W. almoft during all the 
 Paflage to Santa Hellena; which was an eminent 
 Token that the §. W. Winds were now violent.in 
 the higher Latitudes towards the South Pole ; for 
 this was the time of the Year for thofe Winds. 
 Notwithftanding this boifterous Sea ccoming thus 
 obliquely upon us, we had fine clear Weather, and 
 
 a moderate Gale at S. E. or between that and the 
 
 Eaft, till we came to the Ifland Santa Hellena, where 
 we arrived the 20th day of June. ‘There we 
 
 found the Princefs Ann at an Anchor, waiting 
 
 for us. 
 
 The Ifland Savta Hellena lies in about 16 De= — 
 
 grees South Lat. The Air is commonly Serene and 
 Clear, except in the Months that yield Rain, yet 
 we had one or two very Rainy days , even while 
 we were here. Here are moift Seafons to Plant 
 and Sow, and the Weather is Temperate enough 
 as to Heat, tho’ fo near the Equator, and very 
 Healthy. ay. 
 
 The Ifland is but fmall, nor above nine or ten 
 Leagues in length; and ftands 3 or 400 Leagues 
 
 fron 
 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 

 
 t 
 
 soit bi Se een en eee eee Nee eee ae 
 
 Of the feveral Owners of Santa Hellena. 
 
 145 
 
 from the main Land. It is bounded againft the 4n.169r. 
 Sea with fteep Rocks, fo that there is no landing WYN 
 
 but at two or three places. The Landis high and 
 Mountainous, and {eems to be very dry and poor ; 
 yet they are fine Valleys, proper for cultivation. 
 The Mountains appear bare, only in fome places 
 you may fee a few low Shrubs, but the Valleys 
 afford fome Trees fit for building, as I was in- 
 formed. 
 
 This Ifland is faid to have been firft difcover’d 
 and fettled by the Portuguefe, who ftockt it with 
 Goats and Hogs. But it being afterwards de- 
 ferted by them, it lay wafte, till the Durch, find- 
 
 _ ing it convenient to relieve their East-India. Ships, 
 
 fettled it again, but they afterwards relinquifhed 
 it for a more convenient place ; I mean the Cape 
 of Good Hope. ‘Then the Englifh East-India Compa- 
 ny fettled their Servants there, and began to For- 
 tify it, but they being yet weak, the Dutch about 
 the year 1672. came thither, and re-took it, and 
 keep it in their pofleflion. This News being re 
 ported in England, Captain Monday was fent to 
 retake it, who by the advice and conduct of one 
 
 that had formerly lived there, landed a Party of 
 Armed Men in the night in a fmall Cove, un= 
 
 known to the Dutch then in Garrifon, andclimb- 
 ing the Rocks, got up into the Ifland, and fo 
 came in the morning to the Hills hanging over 
 the Fort, which ftands by the Sea in a {mall Val- 
 ley. From thence firing into the Fort, they foon 
 made them furrender. There were at this time 
 two or three Dutch East-India Ships, either at An- 
 chor, or coming thither, when our Ships were 
 there. Thefe, when they faw that the Evnglifh 
 were Mafters of the Ifland again, made {ail to be 
 gone; but being chaced by the Englifh Frigots, two 
 of them became rich Prizes to Captain Afoxday and 
 his Men. 
 
 The 
 
a 
 
 (An1691. 
 
 an OTT eee 
 
 g46 The Strength, Town, & Product of SantaHellena. 
 
 
 
 The Ifland hath continued ever fince in the , 
 GWU) Hands of the Evxglifs East-India Company, andhath 
 
 been greatly ftrengthened both with Men and 
 Guns; fo that at this day it is fecure enough from 
 the Invafion of any Enemy. For the common 
 Landing-place is a finall Bay, like a Half Moon, 
 fcarce soo Paces wide, between the two Points: 
 
 Clofe by the Sea-fide are good Guns planted at — 
 
 equal diftances, lying along from one end of the 
 Bay to the other; befides a {mall Fort, a little fur- 
 ther in from the Sea, near the midft of the Bay. 
 All which makes the Bay fo ftrong, that it is impof- 
 fible to force it. The fimall Cove where Captain 
 Monday \anded his Men when he took the Ifland 
 from the Durch, is fcarce fit for a Boat to land at; 
 and yet that is now alfo fortified. 
 
 There is a fmall Exglifh Town within the great 
 Bay , ftanding in a little Valley, between two 
 high: fteep Mountains. There may be about 20 
 or 30 fmall Houfes, whofe Walls are built with 
 rough Stones: The infide Furniture is very mean. 
 The Governour-hath a pretty tolerable handfome 
 low Houfe, by the Fort; where he commonly 
 lives, having a few Souldiers to attend him, and 
 
 -to guard the Fort. But the Houfes in the ‘Fown - 
 before-mentioned ftand empty, favé only when © 
 
 Ships arrive here ; for their Owners have all 
 Plantations farther in the Ifland, where they con- 
 ftantly employ themfelves. But when Ships ar- 
 rive, they all flock to the Town, where they 
 live all the time that the Ships lie here; for then 
 is their Fair or Market, to buy fuch Neceflaries as 
 
 
 
 they want, and to fell off the Produce of their — 
 
 Plantations. 
 
 _ Their Plantations afford Potatoes, Yames, and ~ 
 fome Plantains and Bonanoes. Their Stock con- ~ 
 fits chiefly of Hogs, Bullocks, Cocks and Hens; — 
 Ducks, Geefe, and Turkeys, of which they have _ 
 
 great 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 _. » No Manatee at Hellena. 547 
 
 great plenty, and fell them at alow rate to the 4y.169t 
 Sailers, taking in exchange, Shirts, Drawers, or *=W™ 
 any light Cloaths ; pieces of Callico, Silks, or 
 Muzlins: Arack, Sugar, and Lime-juice, is alfo 
 much efteemed and coveted by them. But now 
 they are in hopes to produce Wine and Brandy, 
 in a fhort time ; for they do already begin to 
 plant Vines for that end, there being a few French 
 men there to manage that affair. This I was told 
 but I faw nothing of it,for it rained fo hard when 
 I was afhore, that I had not the opportunity of 
 feeing their Plantations. I~ was alfo informed, 
 that they get Manatee or Sea cows here, which 
 feemed very ftrange tome. Therefore enquiring 
 more ftri@ly into the matter, I found the Santa 
 Hellena Manatee to be, by their fhapes, and 
 manner of lying afhore on the Rocks, thofe Crea- 
 tures called Sea-lyons ; for the Manatee never 
 come afhore, neither are they found near any 
 rocky Shores, as this Ifland is, there being no 
 feeding for them in fuch places. Befides, in this 
 ifland there is no River for them to drink at, tho 
 there is a {mall Brook runs into the Sea, out of the 
 
 Valley by the Fort. ~ 
 We ftayed here 5 or 6 days; all which time: 
 the Iflanders lived at the Town, to entertain the 
 Seamen ; who conftantly flock afhore, to erjoy 
 themfelves among their Country people. Our 
 touching at the Cape had greatly drained the 
 Seamen of their loofe Corns, at which thefe If 
 landers as greatly repined; and fome of the 
 poorer fort openly complained againft fuch doings, 
 faying, it was fit that the Ea India Company 
 fhould be acquainted with it, that they might 
 hinder their Ships from touching atthe Cape. Yet 
 they were extreamly kind, in hopes to get what 
 was remaining. They are moft of them very 
 poor: but fuch as could geta little Liquor to fell 
 Na to 
 
ee a eS. eee ee 
 
 
 
 548 ts The Women of Santa Hellena. 
 4n.1691 to the Seamen at this time got what the Seamen 
 “~~ could fpare; for thePunch-houfes were neverempty. 
 But had we all come dire@ly hither, and noe 
 touched at the Cape, even the pooreft people 
 among them would have gotten fomething by 
 entertaining fickmen, For commonly the Seamen 
 coming home, are troubled, more or lefs with 
 Scorbutick Diftempers ; and their only hopes are 
 to get Refrefhment and health at this Ifland, 
 and. thefe hopes feldom or never fail them, if 
 once they. get feoting here. For the Iflands afford 
 abundance of delicate Herbs, wherewith the fick 
 are firft bathed to fupple their Joints, and then 
 the Fruits‘and Herbs, and frefh food foon after 
 cure them of theirScorbutick Humour. So that ina 
 weeks time men_ that have been carried afhore in 
 Hammocks, and they who were wholly unable to 
 go, have foon been able to leap and dance.Doubtlefs 
 the ferenity and wholefomenefs of the Air contti- 
 butes much to the carrying off of thefe. Diftem. 
 pers ; for here is conftantly a frefh breeze. While 
 we itay'd here, many of the Seamen got Sweet- 
 hearts. One young man belonging to the Fames 
 and Mary, was married, and brought his Wife to 
 Exgland. with him. Another bronght his Sweet- 
 heart to. England, they being each engaged by 
 Bonds to marry at their arrival in England ; and 
 feveral other of our Men were over Head and 
 Ears in love with the Santa Hellena Maids, who 
 tho they were born, there, yet very earneftly "4 
 defired to be releafed fromthat Prifon, whichthey 
 have no ether way to compafs, but by marrying 
 Seamen, or Paffengers that touch here. Ther © 
 young Women born here, are but one. remove 
 from Englifh, being the Daughters of fuch. They 
 are well ihaped, proper and comely, were they 
 ina Drefs to fet chem. off. 
 
 cael “ my Te ee a, a ee 
 
 
 
 . My 
 

 
 ' They depart from Santa Hellena. 
 
 
 
 549. 
 
 My ftay afhore here was but two days, to get 4n.1691 
 ~Refrefhments for my felf and Feoly, 2 I car- Aw 
 
 ried afhore with me: and he was very deligent to 
 pick up fuch things as the Iflands afforded, carry- 
 ing afhore with him a Bag, which the people of 
 the [fle filled with Roots for him. They flocke 
 
 about him, and feemedto admire him much, ‘This 
 
 was the laft place where I had him at my own 
 difpofal, for the Mate of the Ship, who had Mr. 
 Moodie’s fhare in him, left him entirely to my ma- 
 nagement, I being to bring him to England. But 
 I was no fooner arrived in the Thames, but he was 
 fent afhore to be feen by fome eminent perfons ; 
 and I being in want of. Money, was prevailed 
 upon to fell firft, part of my fharein him, and by 
 degrees all of it. After this I heard he was carri- 
 ed about to be fhown as a Sight, andthat he died 
 
 of the Small pox at Oxford. Foo laid 
 But to proceed, our Water being filled, and che 
 Ship all ftockt with frefh Provifion, we failed 
 from hence in Company of. the Prince/s Aun, the 
 ames and Mary, and the Fofiah, Fuly the 2d, 1691. 
 - directing our courfe towards Exgland, and defign- 
 ‘ing to touch no where by the way. We were 
 now in the way of the Trade Winds, which we 
 commonly find at E. S. E. or S. E. by E.orS. E. 
 till we draw near the Line, and fometimes till 
 we are 8 or 10 degrees to the North of the Line. 
 For which reafon Ships might fhape their courfefo, 
 as to keepon the African thore, and pafs between 
 Cape Verd and Cape Verd Iilands ; for that feems 
 to be the direeft courfe to Exglanil, But expe- 
 rience often fhews us, that the farchei way about 
 is the neareft way home, and fo it is bare. For 
 by ftriving to keep nearthe African Shore, you 
 meet with the Winds more uncertain, and fubject 
 to calms ; whereas in keeping che mid way be- 
 tween Africa and’ America, or rather nearer the 
 Nn 2 cimerica 
 
a Se eee | tier = ona 
 ia iid cla a na 
 pS Ne a Ae aa = 
 
 550 ‘Their Arrival in the Downs. _ 
 
 _An.1691 American Continent, till you are North of the 
 
 _ wv™ Line, you have a brisk conftant gale. 
 This was the way that we took, and in our paf- 
 {age before we got to the Line, we faw three 
 Ships, and making towards them, we found two 
 ~ of them to be Portuguefe, bound to Brazil, ‘The 
 third kept ona Wind, fo that we could not {peak 
 with her ; but we found by the Portuguefe it was 
 an Englifh Ship, called the Dorothy, Capt. Tdwart 
 Commander, bound to the Eaf Indies. After 
 this we kept Company ftill with our 3 Conforts 
 till we came near England, and then were feperated 
 by bad weather; but before we came within fight 
 of Land we got together again, all but the 
 Fames and Mary. She got into the Channel be- 
 fore us, and went to Plymouth, and there gave an 
 account of the reft of us ; whereupon our Men 
 of War who lay there, came out to joyn us, and 
 meeting us, brought us off of Plymouth, There 
 our Confort the Fames and Vary came to us again, 
 and from thence we all failed in company of feve- 
 ral Men of Wartowards Port/mouth. There our firft 
 Convoy left us, and wentin thither. But we did 
 not want Convoys, for our Fleets were then re- 
 pairing to their Winter Harbours, tobe laidup; 
 fo that we had the company of feveral Englifh Ships 
 to the Dowuzs, anda Squadron alfo of Dutch failed 
 up the Channel, but kept off farther from our 
 Englifh Coaft, they being bound home to holland, 
 When we came as high as the South Foreland, we 
 left them ftanding on their courfe, keeping on 
 the back of the Goodwin Sands ; and’ we lufftin 
 for the Downs, where we anchored Seprember the 
 a Cite ‘hatchet itidilouee gta igh st. ies 
 
 Books ~ 
 
 
 

 
 Books fold by James Ruapton, at the 
 Crown in St. Pauls Chuarch-yard. 
 
 CrP: Dampier's Voyages, Vol. II. in three parts. Firft, the 
 Supplement of his Voyage round the World, being that 
 
 part that relates to Tonquin, Achin, Malacca. and other 
 places in the Eaft Indies. Second, his Voyage to the Bay of 
 Campeachy in the Weft Indies. Third, his obfervation about the 
 Winds, and Weather in all parts of the Ocean, between the 
 Tropicks ; with a General Index to both Volumes. Oétavo. 
 Illuftrated with particular Map:. 
 
 A New Voyage and Defcription of the Ifbmus of America, 
 giving an account of the Authors abode there, the Form 
 and Make of the Country, the Coafts, Hills, Rivers, ¢rc Woods, 
 Soil, Weather, ¢7c. Trees, Fruit, Beafis, Birds, Fith,@v. The 
 Indian. Inhabitants, their Features, Complexion, &c. their 
 Manners, Cuftoms, Employments, Marriages, Feafts, Hunting, 
 Computation, Language, dy. With remarkable Occurrences 
 in the South Seas, and elfewhere, By Lionel Wafer. Iluflrated 
 with feveral Copper Plates. 
 
 Difcourfes on the Publick Revenues, and on the Trade of 
 England. In Two parts, viz, I. Of the Ufe of Political 
 Arithmetick, in all Confiderations about the Revenues and 
 Trade. If. On Credit, and the Means and Methods by 
 whichit may be reftored. 3. On the manegement of the Kings 
 Revenues. 4. Whether to Farm the Revenues, may not in this 
 juncture, be moft for the publick Service. 5. On the publick 
 Debts and Engagements. By the Author of The Ejfay on Ways 
 and Means. Part 1. To whichis added, a Difcou:fe vpon im- 
 proving the Revenue of the State of Athens. Written Originally 
 in Greek, by Xenophon, and now made Englifh {rom the Origi- 
 nal 5 by another Hand. 
 
 Lifcourfes on the publick Revenues, andon the Trade cf En- © 
 gland. Whichmore immediately treat of the Foreign Traffick 
 of this Kingdom, viz. 1. That Foreign Trade is beneficial to En- 
 gland: 2. Onthe protection and care of Trade. 3. On the 
 Plantation Trade. 4. On the Eaft India Trade. By the Ave 
 thor of The Effzy on Ways and Means. Part II. To whichis ad- 
 ded, the late Effay on the Eaft India Trade. By the fame 
 Hand. G . 
 
 The Memoirs of Monfieur Pontis , who ferved in the French. 
 Armies 56 years, trarflated by Ch, Cotton Efq; fol. yD 
 
 Sir W. Temples Memoirs £0,” BEe) 
 
 Plutarchs Lives, § vol, 80 
 
 - Scavvons 
 

 
 ’ Scarrons Novels 80 
 ~ Proceffus Integri in morbis fere omnibus Curandjs a Do. Tho. 
 Sydenham Confcripti 12s. ; 
 
 Dr Sydenham's prattice of Phyfick, faithfully tranflated into 
 Englifh, with large Annotations, Animadverfions and Prattical 
 Obfervations on the fame. By W. Salmon, M. D. ras. 
 
 Jacobi Rohaulti Phyfica. Latine reddidit,’ & annotatiunculis 
 quibufdam illuftravit. S.Clark,A. B. G.G.C.C. Acceffit in- 
 dex rerum & Phanomenorum precipuorum. 
 
 The Penitent, or Entertainments for Lenr, written in French 
 by R. F. N. Caufin, and tranflated into Englifh by Sir B. B, Tenth 
 Edition. To which is added feveral Sculptures. 
 
 Wingates Arithmetick 80. 9th Edit. 
 
 Scriveners Direétions toa holy Life, 80, 
 
 A Learned Treatife of the fituation of the FerreftrialParadice 
 Written by Monfieur Huet, done into Englifh. 
 
 Quadracnnium Facobi, or the hiftory of the Reign of K. Fames 
 ad. from his coming to the Crown to his Defertion, the 2d edif, 
 "A new method of curing all forts of Fevers, without taking 
 any thing by the mouth; being a new prefcription for giving 
 the Bark in Clyfter, whereby all the inconveniencies of admini, 
 firing it in any other form are avoided, and a more {peedy and 
 certain Cure isobtained. By A. Hefvet M.D. 125 2d edit. 
 
 The Governour of Cyprus 128. a Novel. 
 
 The wanton Fryar 12s. a Novel. 
 
 Vitoria Anglicang, or the Hiftories of feveral Battles won by 
 the Englifh againft the French, 12s. 
 
 Gornel. Nepos in afum Delph. 80. / 
 | The Artificial Glock Maker, a Treatifeef Watch and Clock 
 Work, wherein the Art of calculating numbers for moft forts of 
 Movements, is explained to the capacity of the unlearned; and 
 the Hiftory of Clock-work both Anttent and Modern, with 
 other ufeful matters never before publifhed,80, By 7. D. M. A. 
 
 The Hiftory of the Inquifition of Goa, done in Engli/b by the 
 
 ingenious Mr. Wharton, 40. 
 
 Ruffels Treatife of Phyfick, 80. 
 
 Bugerdicij & Hereboord Logica, ras, 
 
 Elis de Articulis, 125. 
 
 Mori Ethica, 128. 
 
 Bakers Ghronicle, fol. 
 
 L Eftranges AR{op, fol. 
 
 Seneas Morals, 8o. 
 
 Fillotfons Works, fol, 
 
 a“ His late Sermon in 2 yol, 
 
 Latin Common Prayer, 8vo 
 
 fdem in Erench . 
 
 
 
 
 
Cambridge Phrafes 8v0. 
 King and Prince Arthur fol, 
 Tillotfon’s Sermons 8vo. 
 
 Bifhop 7aylor’s life of Chrift fol. 
 
 Temple’s Effays. 
 
 Dryden's Virgil fol, 
 
 ~Furvenal 8vo. 
 
 Mifcellany poems. 
 Oldhams Works 8vo. 
 Cambridg Concordance fol. 
 Duty of Man’s Works fol. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Patrick on Genefis , Exodus, &c. 4t0. 
 
 Collier’s Eflays 80. 
 -—— View of the Stage 8vo 
 Salmons Difpenfatory 8vo 
 Senacas Morals 8vo 
 South’s Sermons 3 vol. 80. 
 
 Stillingleeos’s Sermons 3 vol. 8v0. 
 
 Mr Dryden’s Plays, bound or fingle, viz. 
 
 1 Drammatick effay 
 2 Wild Gallant 
 3 Rival Ladies 
 4 Indian Emperor « 
 g Maiden Queen 
 6 Sir Martin Marrall - 
 7 Tempeft 
 8 Mock Aftrologer ° 
 - 9 Tyrannick Love 
 10 Cona: of Granada 
 11 Marriage a-la.mode « 
 12 Love ina Nunnery - 
 13 Amboyna + 
 14 State of Innocence 
 
 
 
 | 
 
 : 
 
 13 Aurengzebe * 
 
 16 All for Love : 
 
 17 Limberham 
 
 18 OEdipus +. . 
 
 19 Troilus and Creffida 
 20 Spanifh Fryar + 
 
 21 Duke of Guife 
 
 22 Albion and Albanius 
 23 Don Sebaflion 
 
 24 Amphytrion + 
 
 25 King Arthur 
 26 Cleomenes « 
 27 Love Triumphant 
 
 
 
 Mr Shadwel’s Plays, bound or fingle, viz. 
 
 1 Sullen Lovers 
 
 2 Humorift 
 
 3 Royal Shepherdefs 
 4 Vertuofo 
 
 5 Pfyche 
 
 6 Libertine + 
 
 7 Epfom Wells - 
 
 ' 8 Timon of Athens - 
 
 9 Mifer 
 
 E 
 | 
 
 10 True Widdow 
 
 11 Lancafhire Witches + 
 12 Woman Captain 
 
 13 Squire of Alfatia* 
 
 14 Bury Fair 
 
 15 Amorous Biggot 
 
 16 Scowrers 
 
 17 Volunteers 
 
 Mr ° 
 

 
 Mr Otway 5 Plays, bE or ki Sat viz. 
 
 1 Alcibiades. ; 6 Titus and Berenice 
 2 Friendfhip in fafhion | 7 Venice preferved * | 
 Orphan ° 8 Don Carlos * 
 4 Soldiers fortune » 9 Caius Marius « 
 g Atheift.  — 10 Windfor Caftle,a poem 
 Mr Lee's Tragedies, bound or fingle, viz. 
 -1 Sophonisha * 8 Lucius Fun. Brutus 
 2Nero - 9 Conftantine 
 3 Alexander the Great - 10 OEdipus > 
 4 Gloriana } 11 Duke of Guife 
 s Mithridates + 312 Maffacre of Paris” 
 6 Theodofius + bias | 13 Princefs of Cleve 
 7 Cafar Borgia « 
 Alfo thefe, and all other Modern Plays. 
 Mr Antho ny ne Englifh Fryar 
 Abdelazer* 1 | | Edmard the Third * 
 Aiphoufo K. of Naples Emperor of the Moon ° 
 Antony and Cleopatra + Englifh Lawyer 
 Adventures of. 5 hours Fond Husband 
 
 Bellami a 
 
 ) Feignd Courtezans _ 
 Black Price and Tryphon 
 
 Forc'd Marriage 
 
 
 
 
 
 _ Buffy d Amba fe Female Virtuofo 
 Coun:ry Wit Fortune Hunters ° 
 Country Wife ¢ Fatal Marriage 
 Chances * Mock Marriage 
 Clic i t | She ventures, he wins 
 Cheats bes ‘ Rival Sifters 
 City Polit icks Cyrus the Great — 
 Cambyfes Lovers Luck 
 Deftruction of Ferufalem — | Agnes de Caftro : 
 
 -Dukeand no Duke- Loves laft fhiit - 
 Devil ofa Wife: i) Loft Lovers. 
 Diftreffed Innocent Country Wake : 
 ‘Dame Dobfsn Royal mifchief 
 Durch Lover Loves a Jeft 
 Don Quixot 3 parts - Unhappy Kin 
 Double Dealer -- Womans Wit - 
 Emprefs of Morocco Mcurning Bride * 
 
 Karl of Effex . Timoleon - 
 
 Englifh Monarch Roman Brides Revenge 
 And all other Plays. 
 AIGA Wan itt eect \ 
 
 
 
 ee ee ee 
 
al 
 
 Bhs 
 
 e 
 
 NS 
 
 Ae RA 
 
 gj 
 
 4 
 
 sh RCT Ir 
 
 t 
 i 
 H 
 7 
 
 
 

 

 

 

 

 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 BOSTON COLLEGE LIBRARY 
 
 | UNIVERSITY HEIGHTS wie 
 CHESTNUT HILL, MASS. en os eRe 
 
 | 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Books may be kept for two weeks and may 
 be renewed for the same period, unless ‘re- 
 served. : ‘: 
 
 Two cents a day is charged for each book 
 kept overtime. : 
 if you cannot find what you wart, ask the 
 Librarian who will be glad to help you. 
 
 The borrower is responsible for books drawn 
 on his card and for all fines accruing on the 
 
 
 
 
 same. 
 
 ® 
 
 
 
 

 
 ve ey & 
 tn di 
 ' ? 
 , «& ed 
 : ete 
 » CE 
 4 i 
 ‘ Ni Sot 
 " ‘ 
 “@ 
 id 
 % 
 § re 
 , 
 ; , 
 & 
 ; é 
 
 err 
 
 
 
 mare